Professional Documents
Culture Documents
1000 Puzzle by Ankush Lamba
1000 Puzzle by Ankush Lamba
WWW.BANKINGCHRONICLE.CO.IN
SUBSCRIBE TO OUR YOU-TUBE CHANNEL
DATA INTERPRETATION
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L5t
Jzz53c6w&list=PLYmOMw1MMM7uLhKy
Cc4KqtTNE4W9WmPS2
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
1)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 1.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
2)
Ten persons are sitting in a parallel row containing five persons in each row. In
row-1 M, N, O, P and Q are seated and are facing towards the south direction.
Similarly, in row2 U, V, W, X and Y are seated and are facing towards the north
direction. Therefore, in the given seating arrangement, each member seated in
a row faces another member of the other row. Each of them likes different
gemstones viz. Opal, Sapphire, Garnet, Ruby, Coral, Black onyx, Diamond, Blue
Topaz, Emerald and Pearl, but not necessarily in the same order.
V doesn’t like Sapphire. Y sits second to the right of X, who likes Emerald. X
doesn’t sit at the extreme end. M sits to the immediate left of the person, who
faces the person, who sits to the immediate right of the one who is sitting at the
extreme left end of the other row. The one who likes Coral sits second to the
left of M, who doesn’t like Opal. The one who likes Blue Topaz sits immediate
right of the one who faces M. O doesn’t like Sapphire or Pearl. Q sits opposite to
the one who sits third to the right of the one who likes Garnet. The one who
likes Diamond sits second to the right of Q. U sits opposite to the person, who
sits second to the right of N. Immediate neighbor of N likes Opal. W doesn’t like
Ruby or Black onyx. The one who likes Ruby sits second to the left of the one
who likes Sapphire. P faces the one who sits second to the left of the who likes
Blue Topaz.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
दस व्यक्ति दो समानाांतर पां क्तियोां में बैठे हैं , प्रत्येक पां क्ति में पाांच व्यक्ति बैठे हैं । पां क्ति-
1 में 1 M, N, O, P और Q बैठे हैं और सभी का मुख दक्षिण क्षदशा की ओर है । इसी
प्रकार पां क्ति-2 में U, V, W, X और Y बैठे हैं , इन सभी का मुख उत्तर क्षदशा में है ।
इसप्रकार, दी गई बैठेने की व्यवस्था में, एक पां क्ति में बैठे प्रत्येक व्यक्ति का मुख, अन्य
पां क्ति में बैठे अन्य व्यक्ति की ओर है । इनमें से प्रत्येक को क्षवक्षभन्न रत्न पसांद हैं अथाात-
ओपल, नीलम, गानेट, रूबी, मूँगा, ब्लैक आक्षनक्स, हीरा, पु खराज, पन्ना और पला ,
ले क्षकन यह आवश्यक नही है क्षक इसी क्रम में होां।
V को ‘नीलम’ पसांद नही ां है । Y, X के दायी ां ओर दसरे स्थान पर बैठा है , क्षजसे ‘पन्ना’
पसांद है । X पां क्ति के अांक्षतम छोर पर नही ां बैठा है । M उस व्यक्ति के ठीक बायी ां ओर
बैठा है , क्षजसका मुख उस व्यक्ति की ओर है , जो अन्य पां क्ति के अांक्षतम बाएां छोर पर
बैठे व्यक्ति के ठीक दायी ां ओर बैठा है । क्षजस व्यक्ति को ‘मूँगा’ पसांद है वह M के
बायी ां ओर दसरे स्थान पर बैठा है , क्षजसे ‘ओपल’ पसांद नही ां है । क्षजस व्यक्ति को
‘पु खराज’ पसांद है , वह उस व्यक्ति के ठीक दायी ां ओर बैठा है क्षजसका मुख M की
ओर है । O को ‘नीलम’ या ‘पला’ पसांद नही ां है । Q उस व्यक्ति के क्षवपरीत बैठा है , जो
‘गानेट’ पसांद करने वाले व्यक्ति के दायी ां ओर तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा है । क्षजस व्यक्ति
को ‘हीरा’ पसांद है वह Q के दायी ां ओर दसरे स्थान पर बैठा है । U उस व्यक्ति के
क्षवपरीत बैठा है , जो N के दायी ां ओर दसरे स्थान पर बैठा है । N के क्षनकटतम पड़ोसी को
‘ओपल’ पसांद है । W को ‘रूबी’ या ‘ब्लैक आक्षनक्स’ पसांद नही ां है । क्षजस व्यक्ति
को ‘रूबी’ पसांद है , वह उस व्यक्ति के बायी ां ओर दसरे स्थान पर बैठा है क्षजसे
‘नीलम’ पसांद है । P का मुख उस व्यक्ति की ओर है , जो ‘पु खराज’ पसांद करने वाले
व्यक्ति के बायी ां ओर दसरे स्थान पर बैठा है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 2.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
3)
Eight persons P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W, got appointments on either 10th or 15th
of different months of the same year starting from March to June. Not more
than two persons got appointment in a same month. Only one person got
appointment on each date. V got appointment in the month which has odd
days. There were four persons got appointment between V and S. P got
appointment before S but not in the month of March. Q got appointment in the
month which has even number of days. Three persons got appointment
between Q and T. R got appointment before U and both of them got
appointment in the month which has odd numbered days. W did not get
appointment on 10th of any of the month and he did not get appointment just
before S. T got appointment in one of the months before the month in which Q
got appointment. P did not get appointment just before S.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 3
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 4.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
5)
Seven boxes namely, R, M, H, L, P, T and X, are placed one above another, but
not necessarily in the same order. Each of them is made up of different material
viz. Gold, Silver, Copper and Steel. Not more than two boxes are made up of one
material. There is one vacant space between the two boxes. The order of
arrangement of boxes is from top to bottom.
There is one Box between Box H and the Box L which is made up of Steel
material. Three boxes are placed between the box which is made up of Steel
and the one which is made up of Silver. There is a vacant space between the
boxes which is made up of Silver and the one which is made up of Copper
material. Box P is made up of the same material as Box R. Box M is made up of
Gold material and placed at the bottommost position. There are two boxes
placed between the box which is made up of Gold material and the one which is
made up Silver. Box M doesn’t place anywhere above the Box X. No box is
placed just after Box X which is not made up of Copper material. Box R is placed
immediately below the box which is made up of Steel material but, not
immediate above Box L. Only box X is made up of silver.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 5.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
6)
Nine persons namely, B, G, M, N, O, P, Q, T and X are seated in a straight line having
ten seats, five of them are facing towards south direction while four of them are
facing towards north direction. One seat is vacant in the line. Each of them likes
different flowers viz. Daffodil, Lily, Orchid, Lotus, Daisy, Marigold, Sunflower, Tulip
and Rose, but not necessarily in the same order.
G sits third to the left of P, who likes Lily. The one who likes Daisy sits at the extreme
end of the row. Neither X nor M sits at the extreme end of the line and none of them
likes Marigold. There is one vacant space between G and O. One of the immediate
neighbor of N faces in the opposite direction to N and another one likes Daffodil. The
immediate neighbors of P face opposite direction and none of them likes Marigold. O
is the only neighbor of B, who faces to the south and likes Rose. T sits second to the
left of X, whose immediate neighbor likes Marigold. N faces in the same direction as P
and sits third to the left of T, who likes Orchid. Q is not an immediate neighbor of G. Q
doesn’t face towards south. Sunflower is liked by the person who sits to the
immediate left of G and faces in the opposite direction as T.
G, P के बायें से तीसरे स्थान पर बै ठता है, क्षजसे क्षलली पसांद है। गुलबहार पसांद करने वाला
व्यक्ति पांक्ति के अांक्षतम छोर पर बैठता है। न तो X न ही M पां क्ति के अांक्षतम छोर पर बैठा है
और उनमें से कोई भी गेंदे का फल पसां द नही ां करता है। G और O के बीच एक खाली स्थान
है। N का एक क्षनकटतम पड़ोसी, N के क्षवपरीत क्षदशा की ओर उन्मुख है और दसरा नरक्षगस
पसांद करता है। P के क्षनकटतम पड़ोसी क्षवपरीत क्षदशा की ओर उन्मुख हैं और उनमें से कोई
भी गेंदा पसां द नही ां करता है । O, B का एकमात्र पड़ोसी है, जो दक्षिण की ओर उन्मुख है और
गुलाब पसां द करता है । T, X के बायें से दसरे स्थान पर बैठता है, क्षजसका क्षनकटतम पड़ोसी
गेंदा पसांद करता है। N, P की समान क्षदशा की ओर उन्मुख है और T के बायें से तीसरे स्थान
पर बैठता है, क्षजसे आक्षकाि पसांद है। Q, G का क्षनकटतम पड़ोसी नही ां है । Q दक्षिण की ओर
उन्मुख नही ां है। G के ठीक बायी ां ओर बैठने वाले व्यक्ति को सरजमुखी पसांद है और T के
क्षवपरीत क्षदशा की ओर उन्मुख है।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol. 6
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
7)
Eight friends namely, A, B, C, E, W, X, Y and Z lives in eight different floors of the same building, but
not necessarily in the same order. The lowermost floor is numbered 1, second floor as number 2 and
so on up to the floor number 8. Each of them visited a mobile store in different months of the same
year, starting from January to August, following the order as the person who is living at the topmost
floor has visited the store in the month of January, the person living at 7th floor visited the store in
February and so on. So that, the person living at lowermost floor visited the store in August. Each of
them bought different mobile phones viz. Oppo, Lava, Motorola, HTC, Vivo, Karbonn, Oneplus and
Micromax, but not necessarily in the same order.
X lives at an odd number floor just below C, but not at the lowermost floor. Z bought Vivo but not in
any of the month before the month of April and lives at an even number floor. Lava is not bought by
either E or W. A visited the mobile store in the month of February. The one who bought OnePlus lives
immediately below the floor on which the one who bought Karbonn lives. Neither X nor C bought
Karbonn. Only one person lives between E and A. Neither W nor B visited the mobile store in the
month of March. Oppo is bought by the person who visited the store before March. HTC is purchased
just after Oppo. B neither bought Motorola nor Lava and visit the mobile store after the month in
which W visits the store. Only one person lives between the person who bought Micromax and
Motorola. Y did not buy Lava.
X क्षवर्म सांख्या तल पर ठीक C के नीचे रहता है, लेक्षकन सबसे क्षनचले तल पर नही ां। Z ने क्षववो ख़रीदा लेक्षकन
अप्रैल के माह से पहले क्षकसी भी माह में नही ां खरीदा और वह सम सांख्या तल पर रहता है। या तो E या W द्वारा
लावा नही ां खरीदा जाता। A फरवरी के माह में मोबाइल स्टोर का दौरा करता है। वह, जो वन प्लस खरीदता है
वह काबान खरीदने वाले व्यक्ति के ठीक नीचे रहता है। न तो X न C काबान खरीदते है। E और A के मध्य केवल
एक व्यक्ति रहता है। न तो W और न ही B माचा माह में मोबाइल स्टोर का दौरा करते है। ओप्पो उस व्यक्ति
द्वारा ख़रीदा जाता है, जो माचा से पहले स्टोर का दौरा करता है। एचटीसी ठीक ओप्पो के बाद खरीदा जाता है।
B न तो मोटोरोला और न ही लावा खरीदता है और उस माह के बाद मोबाइल स्टोर का दौरा क्षकया क्षजसमें W
स्टोर का दौरा करता है। माइक्रोमैक्स और मोटोरोला खरीदने वाले व्यक्तियोां के मध्य केवल एक व्यक्ति रहता
है। Y लावा नही ां खरीदता है।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol. 7
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
8)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol. 8
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
9)
Six friends H, M, N, Q, R and S are sitting around the circular table but not necessarily
in the same order. Three of them are facing towards the center while rest of them are
facing outside the center. Each of them likes different brands of lady’s bags viz. Da-
Milano, Kara, Caprese, Lino-Perros, Lavie and Baggit, but not necessarily in the same
order. S sits second to the left of R. N sits opposite to the who likes Lino Perros. Q faces
outside the center and doesn’t like Kara. H doesn’t like Da-Milano. H sits immediate
right of N, who doesn’t like Lino-Perros. Two people sits between H and the one who
likes Lavie. The one who likes Da-Milano is not an immediate neighbor of R. The one
who sits second to the right of Q likes Lavie.The one who likes Caprese sits opposite to
M. Neither S nor N likes Da-Milano. The one who likes Baggit sits second to the left of
the one who likes Da-Milano.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Solution 9
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
10)
Eight persons G, H, I, J, K, L, M and N are sitting around a rectangular table in such a
way that four of them sit at four corners, who are facing towards center, and rest four
who sits at the middle of the side, are facing outside. They like different numbers i.e.
16, 7, 21, 51, 25, 14, 34 and 13.
G sits at the corner and likes the number which is less than 20. Only two persons sits
between G and K. J who likes 21 sits second to the left of M. Difference between the
number G likes and the one who sits immediate right of G is one. M does not face
outside. The one who likes 34 sits second to the right of N. Only one person sits
between L and H who likes 51. The one who likes an odd number greater than 20 sits
third to the left of J. I likes an even number. N sits third to the right of M. L likes a
prime number.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Solution 10
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
11)
Six boxes- P, Q, R, S, T and U are placed one above another. Each box is of different
colour i.e. Blue, White, Green, Yellow, Grey and Purple. Each box is sent in different
months- January, March, April, June, July and September of the same year and same
destination. Box P is white coloured and sent in a month which have odd number of
days but not in the month of march. Box S sent just after the month on which Box Q
sent. Box T is Green coloured and sent in the month which have even number of days
but after April. Blue box sent in the month which have less than 31 days and Q is not
blue coloured box. Box T sent after the month on which box R sent. Purple Box sent in
the month which have odd numbers of days but after box P. There are two months gap
between the month in which Box U and Box S sent. Box R is grey coloured and sent
immediate before the month on which yellow coloured box sent.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol. 11
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
12)
Eight people M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T has visited a hospital on two different dates i.e.
13th and 21st but in different months i.e. March, June, August and November of the
same year. Not more than two people will visit the hospital in the same month.
O visited the hospital in the month which have even numbers of days but not on 21st
of any of the month. Two people visited the hospital in between O and T. Neither R nor
Q visited the hospital in the month which have an odd number of days. R visited the
hospital after N but not before T. P and S visited the hospital on a same date but not in
the same month. Q visited the hospital on 21st of any month but before the month of
August but not immediate before O. N does not visited the hospital on 13th of any
month and also does not visited immediate after O. S neither visit the hospital before
N nor on 21st of any the month. R does not visit the hospital just after S. M and P
visited the hospital on different dates.
O उस महीने में अस्पताल जाता है , क्षजसमे क्षदनोां की सांख्या सम है , ले क्षकन वह क्षकसी भी महीने
की 21 तारीख को नही ां जाता है । दो व्यक्ति O और T में बीच में अस्पताल जाते हैं । न तो R न ही
Q उस महीने में अस्पताल जाते हैं क्षजस महीने में क्षदनोां की सांख्या क्षवर्म है । R, N के बाद
अस्पताल जाता है ले क्षकन T के पहले नही ां। P और S समान तारीख को अस्पताल जाते हैं
ले क्षकन समान महीने में नही ां। Q क्षकसी महीने की 21 तारीख को अस्पताल जाता है ले क्षकन
अगस्त के महीने से पहले जाता है , ले क्षकन वह O के ठीक पहले नही ां जाता है । N क्षकसी महीने
की 13 तारीख को अस्पताल नही ां जाता है तथा साथ ही वह O के ठीक बाद नही ां जाता है । S न
तो N के पहले अस्पताल जाता है न ही वह क्षकसी महीने की 21 तारीख को अस्पताल जाता है ।
R, S के ठीक बाद अस्पताल नही ां जाता है । M और P अलग-अलग तारीखोां में अस्पताल जाते
हैं ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol. 12
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
13)
Eight persons M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T sit around a round table. Four of them face inside and rest face
outside but not necessarily in the same order. (By facing opposite direction, we mean if one person
faces inside then the other faces outside. By facing same direction, we mean, if one faces inside then
other also faces inside). Each of them likes different types of biscuits viz. Oreo, Nimkin, Kreams, Parle-G,
Golden Arcs, Krackjack, Monaco and Festo but not necessarily in the same order.
N, who likes Kreams biscuits sits third to the right of S. Two people sits between P and S, neither of
them likes Monaco and Festo biscuits. O, who likes Golden Arcs biscuits sits Opposite to P. The person
who sits opposite to the one who likes Festo biscuits faces in the opposite direction as T. Q is not an
immediate neighbor of N but sits third to the right of O. S sit second to the left of Q.
O and M faces same direction. R, who doesn’t like Krackjack sits to the immediate left of Q. M is not an
immediate neighbor of O. The person who likes Krackjack sits third to the right of T. T doesn’t like Festo
and Parle-G biscuits. The one who likes Parle-G faces inside the center. Immediate neighbors of S faces
in the opposite direction to each other. Q either likes Monaco biscuits or Nimkin biscuits. The person
who likes Oreo biscuits sits opposite to the person who likes Monaco biscuits. The person who likes
Nimkin is the immediate neighbor of the person who likes Festo.
आठ व्यक्ति M, N, O, P, Q, R, S और T, एक ग ल मेि के इदा जगदा बैठे हैं । इनमें से चथर व्यक्तिय ं कथ मुख अंदर की
ओर है तर्थ शेष व्यक्तिय ं कथ मुख बथहर की ओर है , लेजकन यह आिश्यक नहीं है जक इसी क्रम में ह ।ं (जिपरीत जदशथ
में मुख ह ने से अजिप्रथय यह है जक यजद एक व्यक्ति कथ मुख अंदर की ओर है त अन्य व्यक्ति कथ मुख बथहर की ओर
है । समथन जदशथ में मुख ह ने से अजिप्रथय यह है जक यजद एक व्यक्ति कथ मुख अंदर की ओर है त अन्य व्यक्ति कथ मुख
िी अंदर की ओर है )। इनमें से प्रत्येक व्यक्ति क जिजिन्न प्रकथर के जबस्कुट पसंद है अर्था त- ओरे ओ, जनमजकन, क्रम्स,
पथले-िी, ग ल्डन आका, क्रैकिैक, म नथक और िेस्ट , लेजकन यह आिश्यक नहीं है जक इसी क्रम में ह ।ं
N जिसे ‘क्रम्स’ जबस्कुट पसंद है , िह S के दथयीं ओर तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है । द व्यक्ति P और S के बीच में बैठे हैं ,
इनमें से जकसी क िी म नथक और िेस्ट जबस्कुट पसंद नहीं है । O जिसे ‘ग ल्डन आका’ जबस्कुट पसंद है िह P के
जिपरीत बैठथ है । िह व्यक्ति ि िेस्ट जबस्कुट पसंद करने िथले व्यक्ति के जिपरीत बैठथ है , उसकथ मुख T की जिपरीत
जदशथ में है । Q, N कथ जनकटतम पड़ सी नहीं है , लेजकन िह O के दथयीं ओर तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है । S, Q के बथयीं ओर
दू सरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है ।
O और M कथ मुख समथन जदशथ में है । R जिसे क्रैकिैक पसंद नहीं है , िह Q के ठीक बथयीं ओर बैठथ है । M, O कथ एक
जनकटतम पड़ सी नहीं है । जिस व्यक्ति क क्रैकिैक पसंद है िह T के दथयीं ओर तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है । T क िेस्ट
और पथले-िी जबस्कुट पसंद नहीं है । जिस व्यक्ति क पथले-िी पसंद है उसकथ मुख मेि के केंद्र की ओर है । S के
जनकटतम पड़ जसय ं कथ मुख एक-दू सरे से जिपरीत जदशथ में है । Q क यथ त म नथक जबस्कुट यथ जनमजकन जबस्कुट
पसंद है । जिस व्यक्ति क ओरे ओ जबस्कुट पसंद है , िह उस व्यक्ति के जिपरीत बैठथ है , जिसे म नथक जबस्कुट पसंद
है । जिस व्यक्ति क जनमजकन जबस्कुट पसंद है , िह उस व्यक्ति कथ जनकटतम पड़ सी है , जिसे िेस्ट जबस्कुट पसंद है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol. 13
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
14)
Seven people namely, A, B, C, D, E, F and G live on different floors of the same building but not
necessarily in the same order. The lowermost floor of the building is numbered 1 and the topmost floor
of the building is numbered 7. Each of them attends different hobby classes i.e. Painting, Cooking,
Singing and Dancing but not necessarily in the same order. On different days starting from Monday to
Sunday. One person attends only one hobby class and only one class will take place on each day. There
are two persons who attend the Dancing, Cooing, Painting class and only one person attend the Singing
class.
G attends the class on Thursday. There are two persons who attend the class between G and the person
who attends the Painting class. There are three persons who attend the class between the person who
attend the Dancing class and the one who attends the Singing class. The persons who attends the
Dancing classes attends before the one who attend Singing class. The one who attends the Singing class
doesn’t attends on Saturday. The number of persons who attend class between G and the one who
attend Singing class is same as the number of persons who attends class between D and the one who
attend the Cooking class. The person who attend the Cooking class attend before D. D does not attend
the Painting class. C attends the class on the day immediately before the day on which G attends the
class. D doesn’t attend the class just after the day on which G attends the class. The number of persons
who attends the class between G and E is same as the number of persons who attends the class
between G and F. B attends the Dancing class. F lives at floor numbered 2 and doesn’t attend the
Cooking class.
सथत व्यक्ति अर्था त- A, B, C, D, E, F और G, समथन इमथरत के जिजिन्न तल ं पर रहते हैं , लेजकन यह आिश्यक नहीं है
जक इसी क्रम में ह ।ं इमथरत के सबसे नीचे के तल की संख्यथ 1 है और इमथरत के शीषा तल की संख्यथ 7 है । इनमें से
प्रत्येक व्यक्ति अलग-अलग हॉबी-कक्षथओं में िथग लेतथ है अर्था त जचत्रकथरी, पथक-कलथ, गथयन और नृत्य, लेजकन यह
आिश्यक नहीं है जक इसी क्रम में ह ।ं िे स मिथर से आरं ि करते हुए रजििथर तक जिजिन्न जदन ं में िथग लेते हैं । एक
व्यक्ति केिल एक हॉबी-कक्षथ में िथग लेतथ है तर्थ एक जदन में केिल एक कक्षथ ह गी। नृत्य, पथक-कलथ और जचत्रकथरी
में द व्यक्ति िथग लेते हैं तर्थ केिल एक व्यक्ति गथयन-कक्षथ में िथग लेतथ है ।
G बृहस्पजतिथर के जदन कक्षथ में िथग लेतथ है । G और ि व्यक्ति जचत्रकथरी कक्षथ में िथग लेतथ है , इनके बीच द व्यक्ति
कक्षथ में िथग लेते हैं । ि व्यक्ति नृत्य में िथग लेतथ है और ि व्यक्ति गथयन में िथग लेतथ है , उनके बीच तीन व्यक्ति
कक्षथ में िथग लेते हैं । ि व्यक्ति नृत्य की कक्षथओं में िथग लेतथ है , िह गथयन में िथग लेने िथले व्यक्ति से पहले कक्षथ में
िथग लेतथ है । ि व्यक्ति गथयन कक्षथ में िथग लेतथ है िह शजनिथर के जदन कक्षथ में िथग नहीं लेतथ है । G और गथयन में
िथग लेने िथले व्यक्ति के बीच िथग लेने िथले व्यक्तिय ं की संख्यथ, D और पथक-कलथ की कक्षथ में िथग लेने िथले व्यक्ति
के बीच कक्षथ में िथग लेने िथले व्यक्तिय ं की संख्यथ के समथन है । ि व्यक्ति पथक-कलथ में िथग लेतथ है िह D के पहले
कक्षथ में िथग लेतथ है । D जचत्रकथरी की कक्षथ में िथग नहीं लेतथ है । C उस जदन के ठीक पहले कक्षथ में िथग लेतथ है , जिस
जदन G कक्षथ में िथग लेतथ है । D उस जदन के ठीक बथद कक्षथ में िथग नहीं लेतथ है , जिस जदन G कक्षथ में िथग लेतथ है । G
और E के बीच कक्षथ में िथग लेने िथले व्यक्तिय ं की संख्यथ, G और F के बीच कक्षथ में िथग लेने िथले व्यक्तिय ं की
संख्यथ के समथन है । B नृत्य कक्षथ में िथग लेतथ है । F तल संख्यथ-2 पर रहतथ है और िह पथक-कलथ की कक्षथ में िथग
नहीं लेतथ है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol. 14
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
15)
Ten people i.e. A, B, C, D, E, P, Q, R, S and T are seating on two parallel rows. A, B, C, D and E are seating
in row 1 and facing towards south. P, Q, R, S and T are seating in row 2 and facing north. They like
different cartoon characters- Oggy, Doremon, Superman, Tom & Jerry, Mickey Mouse, Popeye, Tweety,
Ben 10, Scooby and Dora (not necessarily in same order). No two persons can sit together according to
alphabetical order (i.e M cannot sit with N and N cannot sit with O and so on…).
A likes Mickey Mouse and sits one of the extreme end of the row. Only two persons sit between the one
who likes Popeye and the one who likes Dora. The one who likes Scooby faces the one who sits
immediate right of the one who likes Doremon. There are only two persons sit between A and the one
who likes Tweety. Q sits third to the right of P. S likes Tom & Jerry and sits one of the extreme end of
the row. Only two persons sit between E and A. The one who likes Popeye sits diagonally opposite to
the one who likes Oggy. The one who like superman faces north. The one who likes Dora is not an
immediate neighbour of A. The one who likes Scooby faces the person who likes Ben10. T is not an
immediate neighbor of the one who likes Popeye.
दस व्यक्ति अर्था त A, B, C, D, E, P, Q, R, S और T, द समथनथं तर पंक्तिय ं में बैठे हैं । पंक्ति-1 में A, B, C, D और E बैठे
हैं तर्थ इनकथ मुख दजक्षण जदशथ की ओर है । पंक्ति-2 में P, Q, R, S और T बैठे हैं तर्थ इनकथ मुख उत्तर की ओर है । िे
सिी जिजिन्न कथटू ा न-चररत्र पसंद करते हैं अर्था त- ओग्गी, ड रे म न, सुपरमैन, टॉम एं ड िेरी, जमकी-मथउस, प पेय, ट्वीटी,
बेन 10, स्कूबी तर्थ ड रथ, लेजकन यह आिश्यक नहीं है जक इसी क्रम में ह ।ं
अंग्रेिी िणामथलथ के क्रमथनुसथर क ई िी द व्यक्ति एकसथर् नहीं बैठ सकते हैं । (अर्था त M, N के सथर् नहीं बैठ सकतथ
है तर्थ N, O के सथर् नहीं बैठ सकतथ है तर्थ आगे िी इसी प्रकथर...)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol. 15
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
16)
Eight friends P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are sitting in a straight line. Some of them face
north while some of them face south direction. Each of them belongs to different cities-
Pune, Agra, Lucknow, Jaipur, Banaras, Delhi, Goa and Kolkata. The person who sits fourth
to the right of T belongs to Jaipur and none of them sit extreme ends of the row. Q who
belongs to Goa sits third to the left of R and face same direction as T. P belongs to Pune
and sits one of the extreme ends of the row. R does not belong to Kolkata and S does not
belongs to Jaipur. Q is an immediate neighbour of the one who belongs to Jaipur. The
one who belongs to Delhi sits one of the position right of T. W sits second to the left of V
who belongs to Lucknow and both of them facing opposite direction to each other. Q
faces north direction. P and U facing same direction but opposite to S. The one who
belongs to Kolkata sits third to the left of the one who belongs to Banaras. U sits second
to the left of S. The one who belongs to Banaras is not an immediate neighbour of R
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 16
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
17)
L, M, N, O, P, Q, R and S are sitting around a square table, four of them sit at 4 corners
while four sits at the middle of the sides. The one who sit at the corners face the centre
while who sit at the middle face outside. They like different flowers Rose, Lily, Daisy,
Jasmine, Hibiscus, Orchid, Lavender and Marigold (not necessarily in same order).
R does not like Marigold. The one who likes Jasmine is an immediate neighbour of Q. N
sits third to the left of the one who likes Marigold. Only two persons sit between N and S.
The one who likes Rose sits on the immediate right of S. The one who likes Hibiscus sits
second to the right of R. R is neither an immediate neighbour of S nor N. Only one person
sits between L and the one who likes Hibiscus. O sits on the immediate left of the one
who likes Orchid. P likes Lavender. The one who likes Marigold doesn’t face inside. P is
not an immediate neighbour of L. The one who likes Lily is an immediate neighbour of P.
L, M, N, O, P, Q, R और S एक िगथा कथर मेज़ के चथर ं ओर बैठे हैं , उनमें से चथर 4 क न ं पर बैठे हैं
िबजक चथर िुिथओं के मध्य में बैठे हैं । क न ं पर बैठे व्यक्तिय ं कथ मुख केंद्र की ओर है िबजक
िुिथओं के मध्य में बैठे व्यक्ति कथ मुख बथहर की ओर है । उन्हें अलग-अलग िूल पसंद है : गुलथब,
जलली, डे ज़ी, चमेली, गुड़हल, ऑजकाड, लै िेंडर और गेंदथ (आिश्यक नहीं की समथन क्रम में ह )।
R क गेंदथ पसंद नहीं है । चमेली पसंद करने िथलथ व्यक्ति, Q कथ जनकटतम पड़ सी है । N, उस व्यक्ति
के बथएँ से तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है , जिसे गेंदथ पसंद है । N और S के मध्य केिल द व्यक्ति बैठे हैं ।
गुलथब पसंद करने िथलथ व्यक्ति, S के ठीक दथएं बैठथ है । गुड़हल पसंद करने िथलथ व्यक्ति, R के दथएं
से दू सरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है । R, न त S कथ जनकटतम पड़ सी है और न ही N कथ जनकटतम पड़ सी है । L
और गुड़हल पसंद करने िथले व्यक्ति के मध्य केिल एक व्यक्ति बैठथ है । O, उस व्यक्ति के ठीक बथएँ
बैठथ है जिसे ऑजकाड पसंद है । P क लै िेंडर पसंद है । गेंदथ पसंद करने िथले व्यक्ति कथ मुख केंद्र की
ओर नहीं है । P, L कथ जनकटतम पड़ सी नहीं है । जलली पसंद करने िथलथ व्यक्ति, P कथ जनकटतम
पड़ सी है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol. 17
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
18)
There are six different colored boxes viz. Red, Orange, Brown, Green, Yellow and Blue, placed one
above the other from bottom to top, but not necessarily in the same order. Each box is packed with
balloons of different colors like Red, Orange, Brown, Green, Yellow and Blue, not necessarily in the
same order. All these boxes are delivered in six different months of the same year, starting from
January to June, not in the same order. No box contains balloons of same color as that of the color of
the box.
The box delivered in May is of same color as that the color of balloons which was delivered in April. The
box which contains green colored balloons is placed just above the box which contains Orange colored
balloons. Two boxes are placed between the box which contains orange colored balloons and the box
which was delivered in March. One box is placed between Orange colored box and the box containing
brown colored balloons, which is not placed at the top place. The Orange colored box is placed just
below the box which was delivered in March. Red colored box contains yellow colored balloons which
was delivered in a month having less than 30 days. The box which contains Brown colored balloons was
delivered in a month having even number of days. Two boxes are placed between Brown colored box
and the box which was delivered in June. Brown colored box is placed at one of the place above the
Orange colored box but not immediate above. One box is placed between box containing blue colored
balloons and Green colored box. Neither Green colored box nor Blue colored box was delivered in April.
Blue colored box was not delivered in March . The Yellow colored box doesn’t contain brown colored
balloons. Box delivered in April is not of Brown color.
छह अलग अलग रं ग के जडब्बे अर्था त् : लथल, नथरं गी, िूरथ, हरथ, पीलथ और नीलथ, शीषा से तल तक एक के ऊपर एक
करके रखे गए हैं , लेजकन िरुरी नहीं समथन क्रम में ह । प्रत्येक जडब्बथ अलग अलग रं ग के गुब्बथर ं के सथर् पैक जकयथ
है अर्था त् : लथल, नथरं गी, िूरथ, हरथ, पीलथ और नीलथ, िरुरी नहीं समथन क्रम में ह । इन सिी जडब्ब ं क एक ही िषा के
िनिरी से िून तक के छह अलग अलग महीने में जितररत जकयथ िथतथ हैं , लेजकन िरुरी नहीं समथन क्रम में ह । जकसी
िी जडब्बे में जडब्बे के समथन रं ग के गुब्बथरे नहीं हैं ।
मई में जितररत जकए गए जडब्बे कथ रं ग,अप्रैल में जितररत जकए गए गुब्बथरे के रं ग के समथन है । जिस जडब्बे में हरे रं ग के
गुब्बथरे हैं , उस जडब्बे के ठीक ऊपर रखथ है जिसमें नथरं गी रं ग के गुब्बथरे हैं । नथरं गी रं ग के गुब्बथरे िथले जडब्बे और मथचा
में जितररत जकए गए जडब्बे के बीच में द जडब्बे रखे हैं । नथरं गी रं ग के जडब्बे और िूरे रं ग के गुब्बथरे िथले जडब्बे के बीच में
एक जडब्बथ रखथ हुआ है , ि शीषा पर नहीं रखथ है । नथरं गी रं ग कथ जडब्बथ, मथचा में जितररत जकए गए जडब्बे के ठीक नीचे
रखथ है । लथल रं ग के जडब्बे में पीले रं ग के गुब्बथरे हैं , ि 30 से कम जदन िथले एक महीने में जितररत जकयथ िथतथ है । िूरे
रं ग के गुब्बथरे िथलथ जडब्बथ, उस महीने में जितररत जकयथ िथतथ है जिसमें जदन ं की सम संख्यथ है । िूरे रं ग के जडब्बे और
िून में जितररत जकए गए जडब्बे के बीच में द जडब्बे रखे हैं । िूरे रं ग कथ जडब्बथ, नथरं गी रं ग के जडब्बे के ऊपर जकसी एक
स्र्थन पर रखथ है लेजकन ठीक ऊपर नहीं। नील रं ग के गुब्बथरे िथले जडब्बे और हरे रं ग के जडब्बे के बीच में एक जडब्बथ
रखथ है । न त हरे रं ग कथ जडब्बथ और न ही नीले रं ग कथ जडब्बथ अप्रैल में जितररत जकयथ िथतथ है । नीले रं ग कथ जडब्बथ
मथचा में जितररत नहीं जकयथ िथतथ है । पीले रं ग के जडब्बे में, िूरे रं ग के गुब्बथरे नहीं हैं। अप्रैल में जितररत जकयथ गयथ
जडब्बथ िूरे रं ग कथ नहीं है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 18
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
19)
Eight persons P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are sitting around a rectangular table in such a way that
four of them sit at four corners, who are facing towards center, and rest four who sits at the
middle of the side, are facing outside. They all are different ages- 25, 18, 32, 7, 36, 40, 21 and
15. Each of them likes different types of Cadbury dairy milk chocolates- Fruit & Nut, Tropical
Mango, Caramel, Oreo, Silk, Roast Almonds, Crackle and Bubbly. Age of S is multiple of 5. R likes
Roast Almonds and sits at the corner. Only two persons sit between R and the one who is
21years old. The one who likes Tropical Mango sits third to the right of the one who is 7years
old. The one who is 25years old likes Silk and sits at the corner. V sits second to the left of the
one who is 21 years old. S sits second to the left of the one who likes Tropical Mango. T is the
oldest person of the group. Q likes Fruit & Nut and sits third to the right of S. The one who likes
Bubbly sits opposite to V. The one who likes Silk sits second to the left of the one who likes
Oreo. U sits second to the right of W. The one who likes Crackle sits second to the right of the
one who is 32 years old. R is older than Q who is not the third oldest person of the group. The
one who is 7 years old does not sit at the corner.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 19
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
20)
Seven persons A, B, C, D, E, F and G live on different floors in the same building, the
building has eight floors from 1 to 8 in such a way that ground floor is numbered 1, the
above floor is numbered 2 and so on. The top most floor is numbered 8. One floor is
vacant. They like different animals- J, K, L, M, N, O and P. All of them was born in
different months Starting from January to July, of the same year and on same date.
G lives on an even numbered floor below the 5th floor and likes O. There are only two
floors in between the floor on which G lives and D who was born in June. Only three
persons live between the one who was born in April and the one who was born in
January. The persons who live above the vacant floor were born on the months having
odd numbered of days. B likes L and lives on 3rd floor. A is older than G. C lives on an
even numbered floor above the vacant floor but not immediate above. Only two persons
live between the one who likes P and vacant floor which is above of that floor. Top floor
is not vacant. Second youngest person of the group likes M. A likes N and lives on an odd
numbered floor. The one who likes K was worn in March. F is the second oldest person of
the group.
G, 5 िीं मंजिल के नीचे एक सम संख्यथ िथली मंजिल पर रहतथ है और O क पसंद करतथ है । जिन
मंजिल ं पर G और D, जिसकथ िन्म िू न में हुआ र्थ, रहते हैं उनके मध्य केिल द मंजिल हैं । अप्रैल में
िन्मे व्यक्ति और िनिरी में िन्मे व्यक्ति के मध्य केिल तीन व्यक्ति रहते हैं । खथली मंजिल से ऊपर
रहने िथले व्यक्तिय ं कथ िन्म उन महीन ं में हुआ र्थ जिनमें जदन ं की सं ख्यथ जिषम है । B क L पसंद है
और तीसरी मंजिल पर रहतथ है । A, G से बड़थ है । C खथली मंजिल के ऊपर एक सम संख्यथ िथली
मंजिल पर रहतथ है ले जकन ठीक ऊपर नहीं। P क पसंद करने िथले व्यक्ति और खथली मंजिल ि
उससे ऊपर है , के मध्य केिल द व्यक्ति रहते हैं । सबसे ऊपरी मंजिल खथली नहीं है । समूह के दू सरे
सबसे छ टे व्यक्ति क M पसंद है । A क N पसंद है और एक जिषम संख्यथ िथली मंजिल पर रहतथ है ।
जिस व्यक्ति क K पसंद है उसकथ िन्म मथचा में हुआ र्थ। F समूह में दू सरथ सबसे बड़थ व्यक्ति है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol. 20
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
21)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 21
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
22)
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting around a rectangular table in such a way that four of
them sit at four corners, who are facing towards center, and rest four who sits at the middle of the side,
are facing outside. They like different colours- White, Black, Green, Yellow, Purple, Blue, Orange and
Grey. All of them was born on different date starting from 21 to 28 of the same month of same year.
B sits at the corner and likes Green colour. Only two persons sit between B and the one who was born in
an odd numbered date which is greater than 24. G neither likes black nor yellow colour. D sits third to
the right of G and was born on 22nd. D is not an immediate neighbour of B. The one who was born on
23 like orange colour and faces center. Only two persons sit between F who likes white colour and E
who face inside the center. The one who likes yellow was born on 25. B was born on the date which is
an odd number. C faces inside the center. F is not an immediate neighbour of D. A sits second to the left
of H who likes blue colour. The one who is like purple colour sits second to the right of the one who
likes Black colour. The youngest person likes grey colour and A is not the oldest person. D face inside
the center. Neither C nor A likes black colour. E is 2 days older than F.
B क ने पर बैठतथ है और उसे हरथ रं ग पसंद है । B और 24 से बड़ी जिषम संख्यथ िथली जतजर् क पैदथ ह ने िथले व्यक्ति
के मध्य केिल द व्यक्ति बैठते हैं । G न त कथलथ और न ही पीलथ रं ग पसंद करतथ है । D, G के दथयीं ओर तीसरे स्र्थन
पर बैठतथ है और िह 22 क पैदथ हुआ र्थ। D, B कथ जनकटतम पड़ सी नहीं है । ि 23 क पैदथ हुआ र्थ, उसे संतरी रं ग
पसंद है और िह केंद्र की ओर उन्मुख है । F, जिसे सिेद रं ग पसंद है और E ि केंद्र की ओर उन्मुख है , उनके मध्य
केिल द व्यक्ति बैठते हैं । िह जिसे पीलथ रं ग पसंद है , 25 क पैदथ हुआ र्थ। B जिषम संख्यथ िथली जतजर् क पैदथ हुआ
र्थ। C केंद्र की ओर उन्मुख है । F, D कथ जनकटतम पड़ सी नहीं है । A, H के बथयीं ओर दू सरे स्र्थन पर बैठतथ है जिसे
नीलथ रं ग पसंद है । जिसे बैंगनी रं ग पसंद है , िह कथलथ रं ग पसंद करने िथले व्यक्ति के दथयीं ओर दू सरे स्र्थन पर बैठतथ
है । सबसे छ टे व्यक्ति क स्लेटी रं ग पसंद है और A सबसे बड़थ व्यक्ति नहीं है । D केंद्र से अंदर की ओर उन्मुख है । न
त C और न ही A क कथलथ रं ग पसंद है । E, F से 2 जदन बड़थ है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 22
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
23)
Ten people are seating on two parallel rows. M, N, O, P and Q are seating in row 1 and
facing towards south. U, V, W, X and Y are seating in row 2 and facing north. They like
different Clothing brands- Gucci, Ralph Lauren, Dior, Chanel, Prada, Burberry, Versace,
Hermes, Giorgio Arman and Dolce & Gabbana (not necessarily in same order).
M likes Gucci and sits one of the extreme end of the row. Only two persons sit between
the one who likes Dolce & Gabbana and the one who likes Giorgio Arman. The one who
likes Dior faces the one who sits immediate right of the one who likes Hermes. There are
only two persons sit between M and the one who likes Chanel. X sits third to the left of
U. V likes Prada and sits one of the extreme end of the row. Only two persons sit
between M and P. The one who likes Dolce & Gabbana sits diagonally opposite to the
one who likes Burberry. The one who like Ralph Lauren faces north. The one who likes
Giorgio Arman is not an immediate neighbour of M. The one who likes Versace faces the
person who likes Dior. W is not an immediate neighbor of the one who likes Dolce &
Gabbana. X neither likes Dolce & Gabbana nor Burberry. Q sits third to the right of the
one who likes Hermes. Y doesn’t face N.
दस व्यक्ति द समथन्तर पंक्तिय ं में बैठते हैं । M, N, O, P और Q पंक्ति 1 में बैठे हैं एिं दजक्षण की ओर
उन्मुख हैं । U, V, W, X और Y पंक्ति 2 में बैठे हैं एिं उत्तर की ओर उन्मुख हैं । उन्हें अलग-अलग ब्थं ड
पसंद हैं - गूची, रथल्फ लॉरे न, जडओर, चैनल, प्रथदथ, बरबेरी, िसथा चे, हे मेस, जिय जिा य अरमथनी और
ड ल्से एं ड गबथनथ (आिश्यक नहीं जक यही क्रम ह )।
M क गूची पसंद है और िह पंक्ति के एक अंजतम छ र पर बैठतथ है । ड ल्से एं ड गबथनथ पसंद करने
िथले और जिय जिा य अरमथनी पसंद करने िथले व्यक्तिय ं के मध्य केिल द व्यक्ति बैठते हैं । जडओर
पसंद करने िथलथ व्यक्ति, हे मेस पसंद करने िथले व्यक्ति के ठीक दथयीं ओर बैठने िथले की ओर
उन्मुख है । M और चैनल पसंद करने िथले व्यक्ति के मध्य केिल द व्यक्ति बैठते हैं । X, U के बथयीं
ओर तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठतथ है । V क प्रथदथ पसं द है और पं क्ति के एक अंजतम जसरे पर बैठतथ है । M
और P के मध्य केिल द व्यक्ति बैठते हैं । ड ल्से एं ड गबथनथ पसंद करने िथलथ व्यक्ति, बरबेरी पसंद
करने िथले व्यक्ति के जिकणा त: जिपरीत बैठतथ है । रथल्फ लॉरे न पसंद करने िथलथ व्यक्ति उत्तर की
ओर उन्मुख है । जिय जिा य अरमथनी पसंद करने िथलथ व्यक्ति, M कथ जनकटतम पड़ सी नहीं है ।
िसथा चे पसंद करने िथलथ व्यक्ति, जडओर पसंद करने िथले व्यक्ति की ओर उन्मुख है । W, ड ल्से एं ड
गबथनथ पसंद करने िथले कथ जनकटतम पड़ सी नहीं है । X क न त ड ल्से एं ड गबथनथ और न बरबेरी
पसंद है । Q, हे मेस पसंद करने िथले व्यक्ति के दथयीं ओर तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठतथ है । Y, N की ओर
उन्मुख नहीं है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 23)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
24)
Eight boxes P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W are placed one above the other but not necessarily in
the same order. These boxes contain different flowers lily, jasmine, daffodil, rose,
marigold, lotus, sunflower, daisy but not necessarily in the same order.
There are two boxes between Box P and the box which contains sunflower. Box S is just
above the box which contain jasmine. Two boxes are between boxes R and Q, which is
below box R. Neither box R nor the box which contains lily in bottom four. Box T contains
marigold but is not the bottommost. Box Q does not contain daffodil or daisy. Box R is
just above the box which contains rose. The bottommost box does not contain daffodil
or jasmine. Three boxes are between the boxes which contains lily and sunflower. Box S
is below Box Q but not just below. Box Q does not contain sunflower. Three boxes are
kept between box U and the box which contains lily. Not more than two boxes are kept
between Box V and W, which is below box V.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 24
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
25)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 25
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
26)
Seven students namely A, B, C, D, E, F and G were asked to deliver a speech on different
types of pollution one after the other. The topics were light, thermal, noise, water, soil,
radioactive and visual pollution but not necessarily in the same order.
D delivered speech at the third last position. B delivered speech on soil pollution. Not
more than three persons delivered speech after A. The one who delivered speech on
noise pollution delivered speech at even position. The one who delivered speech on light
pollution delivered in second position. G delivered speech before E. C delivered before B
but after E. Three persons delivered speech between A and F. Not more than one person
delivered speech between the one who delivered speech on water and soil pollution. Not
more than two persons delivered speech between B and F. The one who delivered
speech on thermal pollution delivered speech before the one who delivered speech on
Radioactive pollution but none of them delivered speech on even position. Speech on
visual pollution was not delivered last but delivered before the speech delivered on
Thermal pollution. E delivered speech either immediately before or immediately after F.
D, तीसरे अंजतम स्र्थन पर िथषण दे तथ है । B, मृदथ प्रदू षण पर िथषण दे तथ है । A के बथद तीन से अजधक
व्यक्ति िथषण नहीं दे ते हैं । ध्वजन प्रदु षण पर िथषण दे ने िथलथ व्यक्ति सम स्र्थन पर िथषण दे तथ है ।
प्रकथश प्रदू षण पर िथषण दे ने िथलथ व्यक्ति दू सरे स्र्थन में िथषण दे तथ है । G, E से पहले िथषण दे तथ
है । C, B से पहले िथषण दे तथ है ले जकन E के बथद। A और F के बीच में तीन व्यक्ति िथषण दे ते हैं । िल
और मृदथ प्रदू षण पर िथषण दे ने िथले व्यक्तिय ं के बीच में एक से अजधक व्यक्ति िथषण नहीं दे तथ है ।
B और F के बीच में द से अजधक व्यक्ति िथषण नहीं दे ते हैं । तथपीय प्रदु षण पर िथषण दे ने िथलथ
व्यक्ति, रे जडय एक्तिि पर िथषण दे ने िथले व्यक्ति से पहले िथषण दे तथ है ले जकन उनमें से क ई सम
स्र्थन पर िथषण नहीं दे तथ है । जिसुअल प्रदू षण पर िथषण दे ने िथलथ व्यक्ति अंत में िथषण नहीं दे तथ है
ले जकन तथपीय प्रदू षण पर िथषण दे ने िथले से पहले िथषण दे तथ है । E, यथ त F से ठीक पहले यथ ठीक
बथद िथषण दे तथ है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 26
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
27)
Seven members of the family namely A, B, C, D, E, F and G live in seven different floors of
building. One of the floors in the building is vacant. The lowermost floor of the building is
numbered one, the one above that is numbered two, and so on till the topmost floor is
numbered eight. Each of them likes different beverages- Tea, Coffee, Shake, Milk,
Lemonade, Juice and Lassi.
B lives above the one who like shake. The one who likes lemonade lives on an even
numbered floor above the fifth floor. There are only three floors in between the floor on
which D lives and the one who likes Milk. C neither likes lassi nor lemonade. There are
only two floors in between the floor on which G lives and the one who likes lemonade. E
likes juice and lives on an even numbered floor but not on top floor. Only three persons
live between A who likes tea and the vacant floor which is below the floor on which A
lives. The number of persons live between the one who likes lemonade and shake are
same as number of persons live between C and F, who does not lives on top floor. The
one who likes milk lives immediate below the vacant floor. D does not like coffee and
Shake.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 27
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
28)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 28
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
29)
Fourteen persons are sitting in two parallel rows containing seven persons in each row.
In 1st row M, G, C, E, L, I and A and are seated and face south and in 2nd row B, H, F, D, J,
N and K are seated and face north, but not necessarily in the same order. Therefore, in
the given seating arrangement, each member seated in a row faces another member of
the other row. M faces N. No one sits between A and I. Two persons sit between H and K.
B sits 3rd right to the one who faces the one who is 2nd to the right of E. G faces one of
the neighbors of F. More than two people sit between K and J.C is sitting 3rd to the left
of L and at one of the extreme end. H faces the one who sits immediate right to L. I does
not face J and K. More than three people sit between E and M.
चौदह व्यक्ति द समथनथं तर पंक्तिय ं में बैठे हैं , जिनमें से प्रत्येक पंक्ति में सथत व्यक्ति हैं । पंक्ति 1 में,
M, G, C, E, L, I और A बैठे हैं और दजक्षण की ओर उन्मुख हैं और पंक्ति 2 में B, H, F, D, J, N और K
बैठे हैं और उत्तर की ओर उन्मुख हैं , ले जकन आिश्यक नहीं जक यही क्रम ह । अत:, दी गई बैठने की
व्यिस्र्थ में, एक पंक्ति में बैठथ प्रत्येक व्यक्ति दू सरी पंक्ति के अन्य व्यक्तिय ं की ओर उन्मुख हैं । M, N
की ओर उन्मुख है । A और I के मध्य क ई नहीं बैठतथ। H और K के मध्य द व्यक्ति बैठते हैं । B उस
व्यक्ति के दथयीं ओर तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठतथ है , ि E के दथयीं ओर दू सरे स्र्थन पर बैठने िथले व्यक्ति
की ओर उन्मुख है । G, F के पड़ सी की ओर उन्मुख है । K और J के मध्य द से अजधक व्यक्ति बैठते
हैं । C, L के बथयीं ओर तीसरे स्र्थन पर और अंजतम छ र पर बैठथ है । H, L के ठीक दथयीं ओर बैठे
व्यक्ति की ओर उन्मुख है । I, J और K की ओर उन्मुख नहीं है । E और M के मध्य तीन से अजधक
व्यक्ति बैठते हैं ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 29
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
30)
Eight people F, G, H, I, J, K, L and M went to watch a movie in one of the following month
viz. January, April, June and July. In each month two movies were released on two
different dates that is either on 18th or 25th of any given month.
H and J watched movie in a month having 31 days. There is at least one person who
watched movie between F and M. L watched movie before F who didn’t watched movie
in January. G watched movie in June. M watched movie immediately after G. J didn’t
watched movie on 18th of any month. G watched movie somewhere after H. Two people
watched movie between H and I. G and J watched movie on same date. Similarly, F and L
watched movie on same date. Neither I nor M has watched movie on same date. K didn’t
watched movie on July month.
H और J, 31 जदन ं िथले महीने में जिल्म दे खते हैं । F और M के मध्य कम से कम द व्यक्ति जिल्म
दे खते हैं । L, F से पहले जिल्म दे खतथ है ि िनिरी में जिल्म नहीं दे खतथ है । G िू न में जिल्म दे खतथ
है । M, G के ठीक बथद जिल्म दे खतथ है । J जकसी िी महीने की 18 क जिल्म नहीं दे खतथ। G, H के
बथद कहीं पर जिल्म दे खतथ है । H और I के मध्य द व्यक्ति जिल्म दे खते हैं । G और J समथन जतजर् पर
जिल्म दे खते हैं । उसी प्रकथर, F और L समथन जतजर् पर जिल्म दे खते है । न त I और न M एक ही जतजर्
पर जिल्म दे खते है । K िु लथई के महीने में जिल्म नहीं दे खतथ हैं ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 30
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
31)
Six persons K, L, N, P, T and X are sitting around a round table facing towards the center
of the table. Each of them likes to play different music instruments like Violas, Harpes,
Drum, Cellos, Flutes and Clarinet but not necessarily in the same order. Each of them
wears different color of hats– Red, Blue, Orange, Pink, Yellow and Green, but not
necessarily in the same order.
The persons, who like to play Violas, Drum and Flutes, are neither wear Red nor Blue
colored hat. Those, who wear Orange and Yellow colored hat, neither like Violas nor
Drum. K neither wear Red colored hat nor is he on the immediate left of the one who
likes to play Cellos. Only one person sits between T and X and likes to play Harpes. P likes
to play Cellos and wear Orange colored hat, faces the person who plays Harpes. The one
who likes to play Violas sits opposite to the one, who wear Green colored hat, while the
one who wear Orange colored hat sits immediate left of the one, who likes to play Flutes.
One who likes to play Clarinet sits immediate right of the one who wear Red colored hat
but sits immediate left of the one who likes to play Drum. N does not like to play Drum
while X does not like to play Violas.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 31
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
32)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 32
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
33)
Eight family members I, J, K, L, M, N, O and P are living in an 8-floor building. Only one person
stays on one floor. All persons sing different songs i.e. DISCO LIES, Blue, Star boy, Extreme ways,
Roar, Freeek, Heathens and Titanium but not necessarily in the same order. And each person is
playing different musical instruments viz. Dhol, TABLA, Harmoium, Sitar, Shehnai, Veena,
SANTOOR and Tanpura, but not necessarily in the same order. L’s maternal aunt does not live
on the 8th or first floor. The person who plays Harmoium lives on the fifth floor. L’s
grandmother plays Harmoium and L’s uncle plays Tanpura. K is the wife of I and she has only
one child. The person who plays Harmoium does not sings Extreme ways. The person who sings
Blue lives on an even-number floor. The person who sings Starboy is a brother of I. O is the
sister-in-law of I. The person who plays Tanpura sings Starboy and does not stay on the fifth
floor. The person who sings Freeek lives on the seventh floor. N is the father of J, who is the
uncle of L. K’s father-in-law plays Dhol and lives on the sixth floor. The person who plays
SANTOOR sings Roar and lives on the third floor. The person who plays Shehnai lives on the first
floor. I’s child who sings Titanium lives on even-numbered floor. L’s grandmother has one
brother. The person who sings DISCO LIES lives on the top floor. The person who plays Veena
have K and L’s grandmother as his/her immediate neighbours. O plays Sitar and M’s husband’s
brother-in-law plays TABLA. M is the mothser of I.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 33
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
34)
Five male scientist viz. Paul, Arya, Ram, Rob and Van are going on an expedition
trip to the south pole. Each of the male scientist is accompanied by one female
scientist viz. Fila, Jacki, Roxi, Pam and Foxy but not necessarily in the same order.
Thus they are going in a group of two(a male and a female). Each group is carrying
a particular brand of camping gear viz. P, Q, R, S and T but not necessarily in the
same order. The ranking of each of these brands in terms of market share is
different viz. 3rd, 5th , 6th , 4th and 9th . Paul’s camping gear brand is neither R
nor T and his brand is not ranked either 3rd or 5th. Jacki is accompanied by either
Ram or Van. Ranking of Foxy’s camping gear brand is 5th but it is neither Q nor T.
Fila is accompanied by Ram. Ranking of Roxi’s camping gear brand is 6th and her
partner is one among Arya, Ram and Van. Ranking S is 3rd but Ram is not the one
carrying it. P’s ranking is a multiple of 3 but it is not a carried by either Paul or Fila.
Q brand is better ranked than T.
पथं च पुरुष िैज्ञथजनक, अर्था त- पॉल, आया, रथम, र ब और िैन दजक्षण ध्रुि पर एक अजियथन
यथत्रथ पर िथ रहे हैं । प्रत्ये क पुरुष िैज्ञथजनक एक मजहलथ िैज्ञथजनक के सथर् है , अर्था त- जिलथ,
िै की, र क्सी, पथम और ि क्सी, ले जकन आिश्यक नहीं जक इसी क्रम में ह । इस प्रकथर िे द
(एक पुरुष और एक मजहलथ) के समूह में िथते हैं । प्रत्येक समूह के पथस एक जिशे ष ब्थंड कथ
कैक्तपंग जगयर है , अर्था त- P, Q, R, S और T, ले जकन आिश्यक नहीं जक इसी क्रम में ह ।
बथिथर जहस्सेदथरी के मथमले में इनमें से प्रत्येक ब्थं ड की रैं जकंग अलग है , अर्था त- तीसरी,
पथं चिीं, छठी, चौर्ी और नौिीं। पॉल कथ कैक्तपंग जगयर न त R न ही T ब्थण्ड कथ है और
उसके ब्थं ड क यथ त तीसरी यथ पथं चिीं रैं क नहीं दी गई है । िै की यथ त रथम यथ िैन के सथर्
है । ि क्सी के कैक्तपंग जगयर ब्थं ड की रैं क पथं चिीं है ले जकन यह न त Q न ही T है । जिलथ,
रथम के सथर् है । रॉक्सी के कैक्तपंग जगयर के ब्थण्ड की रैं क छठी है और उसकथ सथर्ी आया,
रथम और िैन में से एक है । S की रैं क तीसरी है ले जकन यह रथम के पथस नहीं है । P की रैं क 3
कथ गुणि है , ले जकन यह यथ त पॉल यथ जिलथ के पथस नहीं है । Q ब्थं ड की रैं क, T से बेहतर
है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 34
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
35)
Ten persons are sitting in two parallel rows containing five persons each. In row 1, R, P,
E, C and T are sitting and all of them are facing south. In row 2, B, S, Q, D and A are
sitting and all of them are facing north. In the given seating arrangement, each member
seated in a row faces another member of the other row. Moreover, each of them
belongs to different political parties — Fighter, Rise, Rebellion, Groom, NOFA, BJC,
MGTOW, PETA, PET and INP but not necessarily in the same order.
There are only two persons sitting between the person from Fighter, who sits at an
extreme end, and T. B, who sits in the middle of the row, is not an immediate neighbour
of S, who is not a person of INP. A is sitting at an extreme end. T, who is from NOFA, sits
on the immediate right of the person from Rise and faces the immediate neighhour of S.
Q, who is from Groom, is an immediate neighbour of the person from PET, who in turn
faces the immediate neighbour of the person from NOFA. There are two persons
between the persons from MGTOW and Rebellion. P is not from MGTOW. A is not from
PETA. P is not sitting at the extreme left end. B is not from PET. There is only one person
between E and C, who is from Fighter. D, who is from BJC, is an immediate neighbour of
the person from INP and does not face the person from Rebellion.
दस व्यक्ति द समथनथं तर पंक्तिय ं में बैठे हैं , जिनमें से प्रत्येक पंक्ति में पथं च व्यक्ति हैं । पंक्ति 1 में, R,
P, E, C और T बै ठे हैं और िे सिी दजक्षण की ओर मु ख जकये हुए हैं । पंक्ति 2 में , B, S, Q, D और A
बैठे हैं और िे सिी उत्तर की ओर मुख जकये हुए हैं । दी गई बै ठने की व्यिस्र्थ में, एक पंक्ति में बैठे
प्रत्येक सदस्य कथ मु ख दू सरी पंक्ति में बैठे अन्य सदस्य की ओर है । इसके अलथिथ, उनमें से प्रत्ये क
अलग-अलग रथिनीजतक दल- िथइटर, रथइि, ररबेजलयन, ग्रूम, एनओएिए, बीिेसी,
एमिीटीओडब्लू , पीईटीए, पीईटी और आईएनपी से सम्बंजधत है , लेजकन आिश्यक नहीं जक समथन
क्रम में ह ।
िथइटर से सम्बंजधत व्यक्ति, ि अंजतम छ र पर बै ठथ है और T के बीच में केिल द व्यक्ति बै ठे हैं । B,
ि पंक्ति के मध्य में बै ठथ है , S कथ एक जनकटतम पड़ सी नहीं है , ि आईएनपी कथ व्यक्ति नहीं है । A
एक अंजतम छ र पर बै ठथ है । T, ि एनओएिए से है , रथइि िथले व्यक्ति के ठीक दथएं ओर बैठथ है
और S के जनकटतम पड़ सी की ओर मु ख जकये हुए है । Q, ि ग्रूम से है , पीईटी से सम्बंजधत व्यक्ति
कथ जनकटतम पड़ सी है , ि एनओएिए िथले व्यक्ति के जनकटतम पड़ सी की ओर मुख जकये हुए
है । एमिीटीओडब्लू और ररबेजलयन िथले व्यक्तिय ं के बीच द व्यक्ति हैं । P एमिीटीओडब्लू से नहीं
है । A पीईटीए से नहीं है । P बथएँ अंजतम छ र पर नहीं बै ठथ है । B पीईटी से नहीं है । E और C के बीच
केिल एक व्यक्ति है , ि िथइटर से है । D, ि बीिे सी से है , आईएनपी िथले व्यक्ति कथ एक
जनकटतम पड़ सी है और ररबेजलयन िथले व्यक्ति की ओर मु ख नहीं जकये हुए है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 35
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
36)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
sol 36
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
37)
L, M, I, J and K are five media reporters who are working in different countries. Two of them are
working in Saudi Arabia, while the other three are working in different countries viz. SYRIA, Iraq
and UAE but not necessarily in the same order. They are married to different persons viz. P, Q,
R, S and T but not necessarily in the same order.
One of the person who is working in Saudi Arabia is married to T and the person working in UAE
is married to S. Two of these five persons are working for BBC, while the remaining three are
working for three different channels viz. RT, Al Jajeera and CNN but not necessarily in the same
order. The person who is working in UAE is the tallest in height while the female person who is
working in Saudi Arabia is the shortest. The other person who is working in Saudi Arabia is a
male and lies between the employees working in SYRIA and UAE height wise. J is working in
Saudi Arabia and he is married to T while K works for RT and is married to R. The employee
working in SYRIA works for Al Jajeera and is married to P. M works for CNN while, L works for
BBC and she working in Saudi Arabia. The person who work in Iraq is shorter than the one who
works for Al Jazeera.
पथं च मीजडयथ पत्रकथर L, M, I, J और K, जिजिन्न दे श ं में कथया करते हैं । इनमें से द पत्रकथर ‘सऊदी अरब’ में
कथया करते हैं , िबजक अन्य तीन अलग-अलग दे श ं में कथया करते हैं अर्था त- सीररयथ, इरथक और यूएई,
लेजकन यह आिश्यक नहीं है जक इसी क्रम में ह ।ं ये सिी जिजिन्न व्यक्तिय ं से जििथह करते हैं , अर्था त- P, Q,
R, S और T, लेजकन यह आिश्यक नहीं है जक इसी क्रम में ह ।ं
सऊदी अरब में कथया करने िथले व्यक्तिय ं में से एक व्यक्ति T से जििथह करतथ है और ि व्यक्ति ‘यूएई’ में
कथया करतथ है िह S से जििथह करतथ है । इन पथं च पत्रकथर ं में से द व्यक्ति ‘बीबीसी’ के जलए कथया करते हैं ,
िबजक शेष तीन पत्रकथर अलग-अलग चैनल ं के जलए कथया करते हैं अर्था त ‘आरटी’, ‘अल ििीरथ’ और
‘सीएनएन’ लेजकन यह आिश्यक नहीं है जक इसी क्रम में ह ।ं ि व्यक्ति ‘यूएई’ में कथया करतथ है िह लम्बथई
में सबसे लंबथ है िबजक िह मजहलथ व्यक्ति ि सऊदी अरब में कथया करती है िह लम्बथई में सबसे छ टी है ।
सऊदी अरब में कथया करने िथलथ अन्य व्यक्ति एक पुरुष है और िह लम्बथई के क्रम के अनुसथर सीररयथ और
‘यूएई’ में कथया करने िथले कमाचथररय ं के बीच में आतथ है। J सऊदी अरब में कथया करतथ है और िह T से
जििथह करतथ है , िबजक K ‘आरटी’ के जलए कथया करतथ है और िह R से जििथह करतथ है । सीररयथ में कथया
करने िथलथ व्यक्ति, ‘अल ििीरथ’ के जलए कथया करतथ है और P से जििथह करतथ है । M ‘सीएनएन’ के जलए
कथया करतथ है , िबजक L ‘बीबीसी’ के जलए कथया करती है और िह सऊदी अरब में कथया करती है । ि व्यक्ति
इरथक में कथया करतथ है िह लम्बथई में उस व्यक्ति से छ टथ है ि अल िज़ीरथ के जलए कथया करतथ है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 37
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
38)
P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are eight boys sitting around a circular table. Two of them are facing
outside while rest are facing towards centre. All of them like books of different writers, viz. KC,
UF, JP, PC, CP, PJ, FU and KT but not necessarily in the same order. Each of them is carrying a
bucket with a capacity of 3, 5 or 8 litres. Total volume of all the buckets of these eight friends is
40 ltr. S and R are sitting third and second to the left of P respectively. The difference between
the volumes of buckets of Q and the one who likes JP is the same as the number of persons
sitting between them. S and V are neighbours of Q, who likes CP. The one who likes PC sits on
the immediate right of Q. V is sitting third to the right of P and likes KC. The sum of total
capacities of the buckets of the immediate neighbours of P is greater than 6 but less than 10.W
is third to the right of T and likes FU. The capacity of the bucket of the person who likes KT is
not the highest but greater than that of his immediate right neighbour. P and Ware not the
neighbor of that person who likes PJ. U does not like JP and PC. Both the immediate neighbours
of T have buckets of 3 ltr. capacity. The person who likes KT is sitting opposite T. The one who
likes CP has a bucket of 5 ltrs. Q and P are not facing each others.
आठ लड़के P, Q, R, S, T, U, V और W एक िृतथकथर मेि के इदा जगदा बैठे हैं । उनमें से द कथ मुख बथहर की
ओर है , िबजक शेष कथ मुख केंद्र की ओर है । इनमें से सिी क अलग-अलग लेखक ं की पुस्तकें पसंद हैं ,
अर्था त- केसी, यूएि, िेपी, पीसी, सीपी, पीिे , एियू और केटी, लेजकन यह आिश्यक नहीं है जक इसी क्रम में
ह ।ं इनमें से प्रत्येक के पथस एक 3, 5 यथ 8 लीटर की क्षमतथ िथली एक बथल्टी है । इन आठ जमत्र ं की सिी
बथक्तल्टय ं कथ कुल आयतन 40 लीटर है । S और R, P के बथयीं ओर क्रमशः तीसरे और दू सरे स्र्थन पर बैठे हैं ।
Q और जिस व्यक्ति क िेपी-लेखक पसंद है , उनकी बथक्तल्टय ं के आयतन ं के बीच अंतर, उनके मध्य बैठे
व्यक्तिय ं की संख्यथ के बरथबर है । S और V, Q के पड़ सी हैं , जिसे सीपी-लेखक पसंद है । जिस व्यक्ति क
पीसी-लेखक पसंद है िह Q के ठीक दथयीं ओर बैठथ है । V, P के दथयीं ओर तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है और केसी
लेखक क पसंद करतथ है । P के जनकटतम पड़ जसय ं की बथक्तल्टय ं की कुल क्षमतथ कथ य ग, 6 से अजधक
लेजकन 10 से कम है । W, T के दथयीं ओर तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है और िह एियू -लेखक क पसंद करतथ है ।
ि व्यक्ति केटी-लेखक क पसंद करतथ है उसकी बथल्टी की क्षमतथ सबसे अजधक नहीं है , लेजकन उसके दथयें
जनकटतम पड़ सी से अजधक है । P और W उस व्यक्ति के पड़ सी नहीं हैं , जिसे पीिे-लेखक पसंद है । U क
िेपी और पीसी-लेखक पसंद नहीं हैं । T के द न ं जनकटतम पड़ जसय ं के पथस 3 लीटर क्षमतथ की बथक्तल्टयथँ हैं ।
जिस व्यक्ति क केटी-लेखक पसंद है , िह T के जिपरीत बैठथ है । जिस व्यक्ति क सीपी-लेखक पसंद है ,
उसके पथस 5 लीटर की बथल्टी है । Q और P कथ मुख एक दू सरे की ओर नहीं है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 38
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
39)
Eight family members A, B, C, D, E, G, H and J live on eight different floors of a building but not
necessarily in the same order. The lowermost floor of the building is numbered 1 and the
topmost floor of the building is numbered 8. The DOB of each of the persons is in different
months i.e. March, April, May, June, July, August, September and October, but not necessarily
in the same order. All persons like different topics for discussions i.e. Science, Religion, Health,
Politics, Culture, Astrology, Crime and Sports but not necessarily in the same order. The family
consists of two married couples and three generations.
The one whose DOB is in August does not live on an odd-numbered floor and does not like
Religion&Crime. D does not like Science. J who is the son of B lives just below the one whose
DOB is in October. The one who lives on Third floor likes Science. The one whose DOB is in April
lives on an even-numbered floor but not on the topmost floor and likes either Sports or
Astrology. Only one person lives between G who is the brother in law of J and the one whose
DOB is in July. The one who likes Culture lives immediate above the floor in which J lives. E who
is the brother of Clikes Crime. The one whose DOB is in June lives on an even numbered floor
and lives just above the person whose DOB is in October. C is the daughter of D and her DOB is
not in July or October. The persons (who likes Religion, Politics, Sports and Health) lives on even
numbered floor. The one who likes Healthis the grandson of B and lives below the one who
likes Politics. G and E are brothers. Only two persons live between the one whose DOB is in
August and the one whose DOB is in March. D’s DOB is not in September but she is married to
A. Only two persons live between G and the one whose DOB is in April. Neither E nor C lives on
the first floor. Only one person lives between C and the one whose DOB is in May. A lives just
above G. Only two persons live between E and A. The one whose DOB is in July does not live on
floor number one. A does not like Health or Politics. B lives on an even-numbered floor and just
above C but she does not like health. A is maternal the grandfather of H. B is not the
grandfather of H.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 39
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
40)
Ten boys Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y and Z are sitting in two rows with five persons in each row in
such a way that one person in the first row sits exactly opposite and facing a person in the
second row. Members of the first row are facing North. They all live in a building with five floors
with fifth floor being the topmost floor and first floor being the bottommost floor. Two persons
are living on each floor. U and his immediate neighbour are living on the topmost floor. R sits in
the first row to the immediate right of X who sits exactly opposite of T. Number of persons
living below T is equal to the number of persons living above him. S is at the extreme end of the
second row and is second to the left of T. One of the immediate neighbours of X lives on the
bottommost floor. Q is to the immediate right of T and exactly opposite of V. V does not lives
with either X or S. Two persons sitting at the ends of the same row are living on an even
numbered floor. W sits exactly opposite to U who is at one of the ends of the second row. Z
does not sit at the end. R and the person from his opposite row are sitting on an odd numbered
floor immediately above Y’s floor.
दस लड़के Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y और Z, द पंक्तिय ं में बैठे हैं जिसमें से प्रत्येक पंक्ति में 5 व्यक्ति इस
प्रकथर बैठे हैं जक पहली पंक्ति में बैठे एक व्यक्ति कथ मुख, दू सरी पंक्ति में बैठे एक व्यक्ति की ओर है और
िह ठीक जिपरीत बैठथ है । पंक्ति-1 में बैठे व्यक्तिय ं कथ मुख उत्तर की ओर है । िे सिी एक इमथरत में रहते हैं
जिसमे पथं च तल हैं तल संख्यथ-5 शीषा तल है और सबसे नीचे के तल की संख्यथ-1 है । प्रत्येक तल पर द
व्यक्ति रहते हैं । U और उसकथ जनकटतम पड़ सी शीषा तल पर रहते हैं । R, पंक्ति-1 में X के ठीक दथयीं ओर
बैठथ है , ि T के ठीक जिपरीत बैठथ है । T से नीचे रहने िथले व्यक्तिय ं की संख्यथ, उससे ऊपर रहने िथले
व्यक्तिय ं की संख्यथ के बरथबर है । S पंक्ति-2 के अंजतम छ र पर बैठथ है और िह T के बथयीं और दू सरे स्र्थन
पर बैठथ है । X कथ एक जनकटतम पड़ सी, सबसे नीचे िथले तल पर रहतथ है । Q, T के ठीक दथयीं ओर है और
V के ठीक जिपरीत बैठथ है । V, यथ त X यथ S के सथर् नहीं रहतथ है । समथन पंक्ति के अंजतम छ र ं पर बैठे द
व्यक्ति, एक सम संख्यथ िथले तल पर रहते हैं । W, U के ठीक जिपरीत बैठथ है , ि पंक्ति-2 के एक अंजतम छ र
पर बैठथ है । Z अंजतम छ र पर नहीं बैठथ है । R और उसकी जिपरीत पंक्ति में बैठथ व्यक्ति, एक जिषम संख्यथ
िथले तल पर, Y के तल से ठीक ऊपर रहते हैं ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 40
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
41)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 41
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
42)
Eight school friends Rati, Anshiki, Mitali, Lalita, Anshul, Nandita, Shruti and Aditi study in the
same school. They are very close friends and always play together in lunch. One day they are
playing some game. They seated in a straight line but not necessarily in the same order. Some
of them are facing South while some are facing North. Rati sits fourth to left of Nandita.
Nandita sits at one of the extreme ends of the line. Both the immediate neighbours of Rati face
North. Anshiki sits second to left of Aditi. Aditi is not an immediate neighbor of Rati. Neither
Aditi nor Mitali sits at the extreme end of the line. Mitali faces opposite direction to Lalita . Both
the immediate neighbors of Mitali face North. Anshul sits to immediate left of Shruti.
Immediate neighbours of Lalita face opposite directions (i.e. if one neighbour of Lalita faces
North then the other faces South and vice-versa). Immediate neighbours of Anshiki face
opposite directions (i.e., if one neighbor of Anshiki faces North then the other faces South and
vice-versa). People sitting at the extreme ends face the opposite directions (i.e., if one person
faces North then the other faces South and vice-versa). Lalita faces to south direction and does
not sit any extreme end of the row.
आठ स्कूल जमत्र रजत, अंजशकी, जमतथली, लजलतथ, अंशुल, नंजदतथ, श्रुजत और अजदजत एक ही स्कूल में पढ़ते हैं ।
िे बहुत अच्छे जमत्र हैं और लंच में हमेशथ एक सथर् खेलते हैं । एक जदन िे कुछ खेल रहे र्े। िे एक सीधी पंक्ति
में बैठतें हैं लेजकन इनकथ क्रम यही ह यह आिश्यक नहीं है । उनमें से कुछ दजक्षण की ओर मुंह जकए हुए हैं
िबजक कुछ उत्तर की ओर मुंह जकए हुए हैं । रजत, नंजदतथ के बथएं से चौर्े स्र्थन पर बैठी है । नंजदतथ पंक्ति के
जकसी एक अंजतम जकनथरे पर बैठी है । रजत के द न ं जनकटतम पड़ सी उत्तर की ओर मुंह जकए हुए हैं ।
अंजशकी, अजदजत के बथएं से दू सरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है । अजदजत, रजत की जनकटतम पड़ सी नहीं है । न त अजदजत
और न ही जमतथली पंक्ति के अंजतम जकनथरे पर बैठी हैं । जमतथली, लजलतथ के जिपरीत जदशथ की ओर मुंह करके
बैठी है । जमतथली के द न ं जनकटतम पड़ सी उत्तर की ओर मुंह जकए हुए हैं । अंशुल, श्रुजत के ठीक बथएं बैठी
है । लजलतथ कथ जनकटतम पड़ सी जिपरीत जदशथ की ओर मुंह जकए हुए हैं (िैसे: यजद लजलतथ कथ एक पड़ सी
उत्तर की ओर मुंह जकए हुए है त दू सरथ दजक्षण की ओर मुंह जकए हुए है और ठीक इसके जिपरीत िी)
अंजशकी के जनकटतम पड़ सी जिपरीत जदशथ की ओर मुंह जकए हुए हैं (िैसे: यजद अंजशकी कथ एक पड़ सी
उत्तर की ओर मुंह जकए हुए है त दू सरथ दजक्षण की ओर मुंह जकए हुए है और ठीक इसके जिपरीत िी) अंजतम
जकनथर ं पर बैठे व्यक्ति जिपरीत जदशथ की ओर मुंह जकए हुए है । (िैसे: यजद एक व्यक्ति उत्तर की ओर मुंह
जकए हुए है त दू सरथ दजक्षण की ओर मुंह जकए हुए है और ठीक इसके जिपरीत िी) लजलतथ दजक्षण जदशथ की
ओर मुंह करती है और पंक्ति के जकसी िी अंजतम जसरे पर नहीं बैठी है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 42)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
43)
सथत जिजिन्न बॉक्स P, Q, R, S, T, U और V में सथत जिन्न िल अर्थात, अमरुद, सेब, केलथ,
आम, अनथर, बेर और संतरे हैं और उन्हें एक-दू सरे के ऊपर व्यिक्तस्र्त जकयथ गयथ है।
व्यिस्र्थ में नीचे िथले बॉक्स की संख्यथ 1 है , और उससे ऊपर िथले की संख्यथ 2 है और
आगे िी यही क्रम चलतथ है ।
जिस बॉक्स में आम हैं , िह P के ठीक नीचे है । अमरुद िथले बॉक्स और U के मध्य केिल
एक बॉक्स है । V , बेर िथले बॉक्स के ठीक ऊपर है । अमरुद िथले बॉक्स के ऊपर द से
अजधक बॉक्स है। सेब िथले बॉक्स और संतरे िथले बॉक्स के मध्य केिल द बॉक्स हैं । पीले
रं ग के िल (केलथ नहीं) िथले बॉक्स और अमरुद िथले बॉक्स के मध्य द बॉक्स हैं । Q,T के
ठीक ऊपर है । केले िथलथ बॉक्स, व्यिस्र्थ में न त शीषा पर है और न ही सबसे नीचे है ।
बॉक्स Q में अमरुद नहीं है । Q और सेब िथले बॉक्स के मध्य केिल एक बॉक्स है। Q,क
सेब िथले बॉक्स के ऊपर रखथ गयथ है । R क U के ठीक ऊपर रखथ गयथ है । न त R और न
ही V बॉक्स में आम रखे हैं । बॉक्स U सबसे नीचे नहीं रखथ गयथ है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 43
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
44)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 44
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
45)
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I and J are family members. There are three generations in
the family. Each member likes a different Italian food viz. Panzenella, Bruschetta,
Focaccia Bread, Pasta Carbonara, Margherita Pizza, Mushroom Risotto, Pasta
Basilico, Tiramisu, Panna Cotta and Raspberry Coulis, but not necessarily in the
same order. There are five females in the family.
In the family each female member, except B and H, has two sisters and one
unmarried brother. B has no sister-in-law. A does not like Bruschetta. The
grandson of J does not like Tiramisu. No male member likes Pasta Basilico,
Raspberry Coulis or Bruschetta. I is the father-in-law of F and likes Margherita
Pizza. G, who likes Mushroom Risotto, is son-in-law of B. The mother of C likes
Bruschetta. D, who likes Panzenella, is the unmarried sister of E, who does not like
Pasta Basilico. C is sister-in-law of F, but she does not like Margherita Pizza,
Raspberry Coulis or Bruschetta. E is brother-in-law of G. The father of B is
husband of H and he does not like Panna Cotta. The grandparents do not like any
beverage except Focaccia Bread and Panna Cotta. C is a married sister of A.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 45
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
46)
• L is from Green house and lives on the sixth floor. The person who is from Pink
house study in St. francis and lives on the third floor. The student who is from
Black house lives on the first floor.
• The student who studies in St. xaviers lives on the top floor. The student who is
from Purple house lives between I and K. M is from Yellow house and N is from
Blue house.
• The student who is from White house studies in St. Conrord and does not stay
on the fifth floor. The student who studies in St. mary lives on the seventh floor.
• M does not live on the 8th or first floor. The person who is from Red house lives
on the fifth floor.
• The student who is from Red house does not study in St. Altus.
• The one who study in St. bishop lives on an even-number floor.
• K is from Red house and H is from White house.
• J and the student from St. maria stay on even-numbered floors.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
G, H, I, J, K, L, M और N जिन्न स्कूल के आठ जिद्यथर्ी हैं जिनकथ चयन जिलथ स्तरीय प्र ग्रथम
के जलए हुआ है । िे जिन्न घर ं से िी हैं । िे एक ही 8 मंजिलथ ईमथरत में रहते हैं । केिल एक
जिद्यथर्ी एक मंजिल पर रहतथ है । घर नीले , लथल, गुलथबी, हरे , पीले , कथले , िथमुनी और सफ़ेद
हैं , ले जकन इनकथ क्रम यही ह यह आिश्यक नहीं है । आठ जिन्न स्कूल हैं एल्मथ मेटर, सेंट
मथररयथ, सेंट जबशप, सेंट फ्रथं जसस, सेंट कथं र डा , सेंट एल्टस, सेंट मैरी और सेंट ज़े जियर हैं ,
ले जकन इनकथ क्रम यही ह यह आिश्यक नहीं है ।
• L हरे घर से है और छठी मंजिल पर रहतथ है । िह व्यक्ति ि गुलथबी घर से है सेंट फ्रथं जसस में
पढ़तथ है और तीसरी मंजिल पर रहतथ है । िह जिद्यथर्ी ि कथले घर से है पहली मंजिल पर
रहतथ है ।
• िह जिद्यथर्ी ि सेंट ज़े जियर में पढ़तथ है शीषा मंजिल पर रहतथ है । िह जिद्यथर्ी ि िथमुनी
घर से है I और K के बीच में रहतथ है । M, पीले घर से है और N नीले घर से है ।
• िह जिद्यथर्ी ि सफ़ेद घर से है सेंट कथं र डा में पढ़तथ है और पथं चिी मंजिल पर नहीं रहतथ
है । िह जिद्यथर्ी ि सेंट मैरी में पढ़तथ है सथतिीं मंजिल पर रहतथ है ।
• M, 8 िीं यथ पहली मंजिल पर नहीं रहतथ है । िह जिद्यथर्ी ि लथल घर से है पथं चिीं मंजिल
पर रहतथ है ।
• िह जिद्यथर्ी ि लथल घर से है सेंट एल्टस में नहीं पढ़तथ है ।
• एक जिद्यथर्ी ि सेंट जबशप में पढ़तथ है एक सम संख्यथ िथली मंजिल पर रहतथ है ।
• K लथल घर से है और H सफ़ेद घर से है ।
• J और िह जिद्यथर्ी ि सेंट मथररयथ से है सम सं ख्यथ िथली मंजिल पर रहते हैं ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 46
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
47)
T, Q, G, A, S, I and C are seven friends working in three different organizations, i.e. X, Y
and Z. Not more than three or less than two work in any of the organizations. Two of
them have specialization in Finance and two in Marketing and one each in Computers,
Electronics Engineering and HR. Three of them are females, one in each organization.
The persons with same specializations don’t work together in any of the organizations.
T, Q, G, A, S, I और C तीन अलग-अलग संगठन ,ं िैसे- X, Y और Z में कथयारत सथत जमत्र हैं । जकसी
िी सं गठन में तीन से अजधक यथ द से कम व्यक्ति कथया नहीं करते हैं । उनमें से द क िथयनेंस में
और द क जिपणन में तर्थ कंप्यूटर, इलेिर जनक्स इं िीजनयररं ग और एचआर, प्रत्येक में एक व्यक्ति
क जिशेषज्ञतथ प्रथप्त है । उनमें से तीन मजहलथएं हैं , प्रत्येक सं गठन में एक। समथन जिशेषज्ञतथ िथले
व्यक्ति जकसी िी संगठन में एकसथर् कथया नहीं करते हैं ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
48)
Seven students A, B, C, D, E, F and G are toppers of a class and are sitting in a row
for a photo session. They all have scored different marks out of 50. The third rank
holder is third to the left of sixth rank holder, who scored 7 marks less than the
average marks of seven students but these two are not on the extreme ends.
Marks of D are 36. B scored more marks than only three students and is seated
fourth to the right of A, who is second topper and is seated on the extreme end of
the row. Marks of C are 32 and 3 marks less than the average marks of all
students. The seventh rank holder is second to the left of C, who is not third or
sixth rank holder. Seventh rank holder scored more than 25. F is near to B but is
not first rank holder. G is not the topper and topper scored 46 marks. Sum of the
marks of first rank holder and seventh rank holder is equal to the sum of the
marks of second and fifth rank holder.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 48
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
49)
Anamika, Anita, Shanti, Kirti, Sweety, Deepti, Sangeeta, Julie are sitting
around a circular area at an equal distances between each other, but
not necessarily in the same order. Five of them are facing outside (i.e..,
in a direction opposite to the centre).
Anita sits third to left of Julie. Julie faces the centre. Deepti sits second
to the right of Anita. Sweety sits second to the left of Kirti. Kirti is
neither an immediate neighbor of Anita nor Julie. Both the immediate
of Shanti face outside. Anamika is not an immediate of Julie. Immediate
neighbours of Anamika face opposite direction .Anamika faces same
direction as Anita (i.e.. if Anamika faces the centre then Anita also faces
the centre and vice- versa).
अनथजमकथ, अनीतथ, शथं जत, कीजता, स्वीटी, दीक्तप्त, संगीतथ, िूली एक दू सरे से समथन
दू री पर एक िृ तथकथर क्षेत्र में बैठी हैं लेजकन इसी क्रम में आिश्यक नहीं है । उनमें
से कुछ ल ग केंद्र से बहथर की ओर मुहं करके बैठी हैं (अर्था त; केंद्र से जिपरीत
जदशथ में )।
अनीतथ, िूली के बथएं से तीसरे स्र्थन पर है । िूली कथ मुहं केंद्र की ओर है । दीक्तप्त,
अनीतथ दथयें से दू सरे स्र्थन पर बै ठी हैं । स्वीटी, कीजता के बथएं से दू सरे स्र्थन पर
बैठी है । कीजता, न त अनीतथ और न ही िू ली की तुरंत पड़ सी है । शथं जत के द न ं
तुरंत पड़ सी केंद्र के जिपरीत जदशथ में मुहं करके बैठी हैं । अनथजमकथ, िूली की
तुरंत पड़ सी नहीं है । अनथजमकथ की तुरंत पड़ सी जिपरीत जदशथ में मुहं करके
बैठी है । अनथजमकथ और अनीतथ कथ मुहं एक ही जदशथ में है (अर्था त;यजद
अनथजमकथ कथ मुहं केंद्र की ओर है त अनीतथ कथ मुहं िी केंद्र की ओर है )।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 49
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
50)
Aakash, Piyush, Ronak, Manoj and Deepak are five friends their
surnames are Bajaj, Sinha, Chawla, Shetty and Shukla. They all have
different vehicles (cars) i.e., Audi, Mercedes, BMW, Nissan and
Volkswagen and use five different mobile phones ie, Nokia, Sony,
Samsung, HTC and Apple.
Deepak has either Nissan or Mercedes user but he is not Bajaj. Apple
mobile is used by Mr. Chawla. Volkswagen car is used by Aakash but he
does not have Sony or Nokia mobile. Ronak does not have Sony mobile.
Manoj has HTC mobile and Nissan car. The person who has BMW car
uses Apple mobile. Mr. Sinha has Volkswagen car and Mr. Shetty does
not have Mercedes car. The surname of Ronak is not Bajaj, who has
Audi car.
आकथश, जपयूष, र नक, मन ि और दीपक पथं च जमत्र हैं उनके उपनथम बिथि,
जसन्हथ, चथिलथ, शेट्टी और शुक्लथ हैं । िे सिी पथं च ं अलग-अलग िथहन ं (कथर)-
ऑडी, मसेजड़ि,बीएमडब्लू , जनसथन और िॉक्सिैगन के उपय गकतथा हैं और िे
अलग-अलग म बथइल फ़ न अर्था त न जकयथ, स नी, सैमसंग, एचटीसी और एप्पल
कथ उपय ग करते हैं ।
दीपक के पथस यथ त जनसथन यथ मसेजड़ि है लेजकन िह बिथि नहीं है । जमस्टर
चथिलथ एप्पल म बथइल कथ उपय ग करते हैं । िॉक्सिैगन कथर कथ उपय ग
आकथश करतथ है लेजकन उसके पथस स नी यथ न जकयथ कथ म बथइल नहीं है ।
र नक के पथस स नी कथ म बथइल नहीं है । मन ि के पथस एचटीसी कथ म बथइल
और जनसथन कथर है । िह व्यक्ति जिसके पथस बीएमडब्लू कथर है एप्पल के
म बथइल कथ उपय ग करतथ है । जमस्टर जसन्हथ के पथस िॉक्सिैगन कथर है और
जमस्टर शेट्टी के पथस मसेजड़ि कथर नहीं है । र नक कथ उपनथम बिथि नहीं है , ि
ऑडी कथर कथ उपय ग करतथ है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 50
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
51)
Seven candidates which are participating in an interview of a company are – M, N, O, P,
Q, R and S. They belong to different countries namely America, Korea, India, China,
Japan, Africa and Austria, but not necessarily in the same order. They are going to an
interview on different days of the week, starting from Monday and they are going in
different month of the same year. M belongs to Korea, but attends the interview neither
on Friday nor on Monday. P attends the interview on Thursday but not on July and he is
from China. R attends interview on Wednesday but neither in the month of May nor on
January and he is from Japan. S attends interview on the last day of the week in the
month of June. N belongs to Austria and attends the seminar in the month of which has
30 days or less. The person who attends interview on Monday does not belong to
America. The person who is from Africa attends interview on the last day of the week.
The person who is from India attends interview on Tuesday in April. The person who is
from Austria does not attend the interview on Tuesday or Friday. M attends the
interview in the month of March on Saturday. Q attends his interview on Tuesday in the
month of April. S attends his interview on Sunday. O was the first person to attend the
interview.
सथत उम्मीदथर- M, N, O, P, Q, R और S एक कंपनी के इं टरव्यू में िथग लेते हैं l िे सिी जिजिन्न दे श ं
से हैं , जिनके नथम हैं - अमेररकथ, क ररयथ, इं जडयथ, चीन, िथपथन, अफ्रीकथ और ऑक्तस्टरयथ, ले जकन
ज़रूरी नही जक इसी क्रम में ह l िे सप्तथह के जिजिन्न जदन ं में इं टरव्यू के जलए िथते हैं , ि स मिथर से
शुरूह तथ है और िे समथन िषा के जिजिन्न मथह में िथते हैं l M क ररयथ से सम्बं जधत है लेजकन िह न त
शुक्रिथर क इं टरव्यू के जलए िथतथ है न ही स मिथर क l P, बृहस्पजतिथर क इं टरव्यू में उपक्तस्र्त ह तथ
है लेजकन िु लथई मथह में नही और िह चीन दे श से है l R बु धिथर क इं टरव्यू में उपक्तस्र्त ह तथ है
लेजकन न त िह मई मथह में और न ही िनिरी मथह में उपक्तस्र्त ह तथ है और िह िथपथन से है l S िून
मथह के सप्तथह के अंजतम जदन इं टरव्यू में उपक्तस्र्त ह तथ है l N ऑक्तस्टरयथ से है और िह उस मथह में
इं टरव्यू के जलए उपक्तस्र्त ह तथ है जिस मथह में जदन ं की सं ख्यथ 30 यथ उससे कम है l िह व्यक्ति ि
स मिथर क इं टरव्यू के जलए उपक्तस्र्त ह तथ है अमे ररकथ दे श से नही है l िह व्यक्ति ि अफ्रीकथ दे श
से है सप्तथह के अंजतम जदन इं टरव्यू के जलए उपक्तस्र्त ह तथ है l िह व्यक्ति ि इं जडयथ से है , अप्रै ल मथह
के मं गलिथर क इं टरव्यू के जलए उपक्तस्र्त ह तथ है l िह व्यक्ति ि ऑक्तस्टरयथ से है िह मंगलिथर यथ
शुक्रिथर क इं टरव्यू के जलए उपक्तस्र्त नहीं ह तथ है l M मथचा मथह के शजनिथर के जदन इं टरव्यू के जलए
उपक्तस्र्त ह तथ है l Q अपने इं टरव्यू में अप्रैल मथह के मंगलिथर क उपक्तस्र्त ह तथ है l S रजििथर क
इं टरव्यू के जलए उपक्तस्र्त ह तथ है l O इं टरव्यू में उपक्तस्र्त ह ने िथलथ पहलथ व्यक्ति र्थl
Sol 51
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
52)
Eight members of a family C, D, E, F, K, L, M and N are seated in a straight line, but not
necessarily in the same order. Some of them are facing north while some are facing
south.
• Only one person sits to the left of K who is the sister of D and daughter of M. E sits
third to the right of K.
• C who is sister in law of F and sits second to the left of E. C is not an immediate
neighbour of K.
• C faces a direction opposite that of E who is father of N (i.e. if E faces north then C
faces south and vice versa.)
• Both the immediate neighbours of D face south. D who is sister in law of E is not at any
of the extreme ends of the line.
• F who is brother-in law of C sits third to the right of N .
• Both the immediate neighbours of C face north. L is grandfather of D and K. L is not an
immediate neighbour of E. M is son in law of L.
• The immediate neighbours of K face opposite directions (ie if one neighbour faces
north then the other faces south and vice versa.) M is grandfather of N.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 52
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
53)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 53
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
54)
Eight members of a family viz. P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are sitting
around a circular table facing away from the centre. Each of them has a
different rank in mock test, viz 1st , 2nd , 3rd , 4th , 5th 6th , 7th and
8th but not necessarily in the same order. There are two married
couple in the family.
P and R, whose rank is 3rd, can never sit together. There are two
members between the members whose ranks are 7th and 5th who is
son of V. The member whose rank is 5th sits second to the right of U
who is maternal grandfather of P. W does not rank 2nd or 1st and he is
also immediate neighbour of the one whose rank is 5th . The member
whose rank is 1st cannot sit with the member whose rank is 4th who is
mother of V.
There are two members sitting between R and the member whose rank
is 6th . Q and T are immediate neighbours of each other and they are
siblings of each other. The member whose rank is 1st sits on the
immediate left of the member whose rank is 8th who is father of V. R is
Son in law of W. P is second to the right of the member whose rank is
7th . S's rank is neither 6th nor 7th . T and V are not immediate
neighbours. V, who does not rank 5th , sits on the immediate right of
W. There is only one member sitting between those two members
whose ranks are 8th and 6th. U has only one daughter. T and Q are
unmarried.
There is only one member sitting between V and the member whose
rank is 6th and the member can never be U.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
के चथर ं ओर केंद्र की तरि मुहं करके बै ठ हैं l उनमें से प्रत्ये क के म क टे स्ट में
जिजिन्न स्र्थन हैं िैसे 1 , 2, 3 , 4 , 5 6 , 7 और 8 हैं लेजकन िरूरी नहीं की इसी
क्रम में ह ं l इस पररिथर में द जििथजहत ि ड़े हैं l
P और R जिसकथ स्र्थन 3 है एक सथर् नहीं बैठ सकते हैं | जिनकथ स्र्थन 7 और
5है उन सदस्य ं के बीच में द सदस्य बैठे हैं ि V कथ पु त्र है | िह सदस्य जिसकथ
स्र्थन 5 है , U के दथयें से दू सरे स्र्थन पर बै ठथ है , ि P कथ नथनथ है l W कथ स्र्थन 2
यथ 1नहीं है और िह स्र्थन 5 िथले व्यक्ति कथ जनकटतम पड़ सी है l िह सदस्य
जिसकथ स्र्थन 1 है , स्र्थन 4 िथले व्यक्ति के सथर् नहीं बैठतथ है ि V की मथँ है | R
और स्र्थन 6 िथले सदस्य के बीच में द सदस्य बैठे हैं l Q और T एक दू सरे के
जनकटतम पड़ सी हैं और िे एक दू सरे के सह दर हैं | िह सदस्य जिसकथ स्र्थन
1है , िह स्र्थन 8 िथले सदस्य के ठीक बथएं में बैठथ है , ि V कथ जपतथ है | R,W कथ
दमथद है | P, स्र्थन 7 िथले सदस्य के दथयें के दू सरे स्र्थन पर बै ठथ है l S कथ स्र्थन
न त 6 है और न ही 7 है l T और V जनकटतम पड़ सी नहीं हैं l V जिसकथ स्र्थन 5
नहीं है , िह W के ठीक दथयें बैठथ है l उन द सदस्य जिनकथ स्र्थन 8और 6 हैं के
बीच में केिल एक सदस्य बैठथ हुआ है l U की केिल एक पु त्री है l T और Q
अजििथजहत हैं l V और िह सदस्य जिसकथ स्र्थन 6 के बीच केिल एक सदस्य बै ठथ
हुआ है और िह सदस्य U नहीं ह सकतथ है l
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 54
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
55)
Seven persons viz. P, Q, R, S, T, V and W working in an organization are going for holiday on
different months of the year starting from January and ending on November. Some of them are
females and some of them are male. Their holiday destinations are-New York, Italy, Paris,
Australia, Dubai, Maldives, Egypt. V will go in June. Two persons will go between V and P. On
the first month of the year, a male went to New York. S does not going a month after Q. None
of the given person will go in a month which has 28 days. There are two such cases where the
difference in the number of days of the months is zero. In one such case, the months are
consecutive months of the year. The trip to Egypt was held in November month. W neither
went to Maldives nor Dubai. Q is going in august to Maldives. A female is always preceded and
succeeded by a male. T is the only female who cannot be succeeded by any one. P is the only
male which is followed by another male. The person who is going to Dubai will go in a month
which has 31 days. Only one person will go between T and S.The trip held to Australia and
Maldives were held in june and august respectively. T is not going immediately before or
immediately after the month when V is going (considering only those months in which the
persons are going). R is going immediately before W. Only three persons will go in a month
which has 31 days.
सथत व्यक्ति िैसे- P, Q, R, S, T, V और W एक संगठन में कथया कर रहे हैं और िे िषा के जिजिन्न महीन ं ि
िनिरी से शुरू ह कर निम्बर में समथप्त ह ते हैं , में छु जट्टय ं पर िथ रहे हैं l उनमें से कुछ पुरुष और कुछ
मजहलथएं हैं l उनकी छु जट्टय ं के स्र्थन- न्यू-यॉका,इटली,पेररस, ऑस्टर े जलयथ, दु बई, मथलदीि , जमस्र हैं l V िून में
िथयेगथ|V और P के बीच द व्यक्ति िथयेंगे| िषा के प्रर्म महीने में एक पुरुष न्यू-यॉका िथतथ है | S,Q के बथद
िथले महीने में नहीं िथ रहथ है | इनमें से क ई िी व्यक्ति उस महीने में नहीं िथतथ है जिसमें 28 जदन हैं | द ऐसी
क्तस्र्जतयथं हैं िहथँ महीन ं के जदन ं की संख्यथओं कथ अंतर शून्य है | ऐसी एक क्तस्र्जत में महीन िषा के क्रमथगत
मजहने हैं l जमस्र की यथत्रथ निम्बर में आय जित की गई|W न त मथलदीि िथतथ है न ही दु बई l Q अगस्त महीने
में मथलदीि िथ िथतथ है | एक मजहलथ के पहले और बथद में हमेशथ एक पुरुष ह तथ है | T केिल एक मजहलथ है
जिसके बथद में क ई नहीं ह तथ है l P केिल एक पुरुष है जिसके बथद िी क ई पुरुष है | िह व्यक्ति ि दु बई
िथ रहथ है , िह उस महीने में िथतथ है जिस महीने में 31 जदन हैं |. केिल एक व्यक्ति T और S के बीच िथतथ है |
ऑस्टर े जलयथ और मथलदीि की यथत्रथ क्रमशः िून और अगस्त के महीने में आय जित ह ती है l T उस महीने के
ठीक पहले यथ ठीक बथद के महीन ं में नहीं िथतथ है जिस महीने में V िथ रहथ है (केिल उन महीन ं पर जिचथर
कीजिये जिसमें व्यक्ति िथ रहे हैं ) R,W के ठीक पहले िथतथ है , केिल तीन व्यक्ति उस एक महीने में िथते हैं
जिसमे 31 जदन ह ते है l
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 55
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
56)
Eight Persons P ,Q, R, S, T, U, V, and W likes different actresses -Alia Bhatt , Sonam
Kapoor, Shradha Kapoor, Sonakshi Sinha, Parineeti Chopra, Disha Patni,
Jacqueline Fernandez and Deepika Padukone. All of them are seated around a
square table (two on each side) facing the centre.
R sits third to the right of W. W likes Deepika Padukone. U is sitting second to the
left of T. T is not an immediate neighbour of R or W. The one who likes Alia Bhatt
is an immediate neighbour of T. Three people sit between W and the one who
likes Jacqueline Fernandez.
W, R and also their immediate neighbour do not like Sonam Kapoor. Only one
person sits between the person likes Sonam Kapoor and V. The one who likes
Shradha Kapoor and Sonakshi Sinha are immediate neighbour of each other. R
likes neither Sonakshi Sinha nor Shradha Kapoor. Only one person sits between P
and the one who likes Parineeti Chopra . P does not likeSonam Kapoor or Shradha
Kapoor . Q does not like Sonam Kapoor.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 56
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
57)
Eight friends i.e. C, D, E, F, G, H, I and J are decided to do lunch together in a hotel, so they went
to restaurant. They all are seated in two parallel rows with 4 members in each row. C, H, I, J are
facing south and sit in row 1. D, E, F and G are facing North and sit in row 2.There are working in
different state i.e. 2 friends in BIHAR, 2 friends in UP, 2 friends in MP and 2 friends in DELHI. No
2 persons working to the same state sit in the same row. All friends like different colored Tie i.e.
Yellow, Violet, Red, Green, Blue, Pink, White and Grey.
The one who like Blue and Red tie sit together. F does not work in UP. The one who sits at
extreme right of Row 1, likes Green Tie. The one who works in UP in both rows, sits at extreme
end. C sits 2nd to right of H. The one who faces immediate neighbor of H, likes Red Tie. The one
who faces H, works in UP. The one who likes Yellow tie faces the one who likes Violet tie. C likes
yellow tie. The one who works in DELHI in row 2, seats 2nd to left of the one who works in MP.
G and E sit together and E faces that person who works in DELHI in row 1. The one who faces
immediate neighbor of F, works In BIHAR. G sits 2nd to left of F. The one who works in BIHAR
sits immediate left I. There is 2 friends who sit between the one who likes green tie and the one
who likes White tie. The one who belongs to Delhi in row 2, likes Grey tie.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 57
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
58)
In an apartment, there are seven members of a family i.e. P, Q, R, S, T, U and V having three
generation whose birthday is in different month of a year, from Jan to December. They all are
of different ages i.e. 35, 25, 5, 52, 49, 48 and 33 years. They all are seated in a line and All are
facing towards North. These birthday months are January, February, March, April, May,
November and December.
The one whose age is 35 and 33 years, sit together in a line. U is the aunt of the one whose
birthday is in May. T is the wife of U’s brother. The one whose birthday is in May sits at extreme
end. R sits 2nd left of Q. The one, whose birthday is in December, is of 52 years old. The one
whose age is 49 years old, sits 2nd left of T. Two members whose birthday month having same
letter, sit together. The one whose birthday is in January is the uncle of R. The one whose
birthday is in November is the father of a daughter. V is the mother-in law of T. The one who
sits in middle of the line is P and his birthday is in January. The age of youngest member of a
family is 5 years old. Q sits immediate right of T. There are only 2 members between S and T.
Sister in law of T is 25 years old. V sits at extreme left end and his birthday is in that month
which having only 30 days. The one whose birthday comes after June which having only 30 days
of a year, sits 3rd right of that member whose birthday is in February. S is the oldest person and
grandfather of Q. Daughter in law of S is of 33 years old.
एक अपथटा मेंट में, एक पररिथर के तीन पीजढ़य ं के सथत सदस्य िैसे P, Q, R, S, T, U और V जिनके िन्मजदन
एक िषा के जिजिन्न महीन ं िैसे Jan से December में हैं , रहते हैं । िे सिी जिजिन्न आयु िगा िैसे 35, 25, 5, 52,
49, 48 और 33 िषा के हैं । िे सिी एक पंक्ति में बैठते हैं और िे सिी उत्तर की ओर मुख करके बैठे हुए हैं ।
िन्मजदन के महीनें January, February, March, April, May, November और December हैं । िे जिनकी
आयु 35 और 33 िषा हैं , एक पंक्ति में एकसथर् बैठते हैं । U उसकी आं ट है जिसकथ िन्म जदन May में । T,U
के िथई की पत्नी है । िह जिसकथ िन्मजदन May में है , पंक्ति के एक अंजतम छ र पर बैठतथ है । R, Q के बथएं
दू सरे स्र्थन बैठथ हुआ है । िह जिसकथ िन्मजदन December में है , िह 52 िषा कथ है । िह जिसकी आयु 49
िषा है , T के बथएं दू सरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ हुआ है । द सदस्य जिनके िन्मजदन के महीन ं में समथन अक्षर हैं ,एक
सथर् बैठते हैं । िह जिसकथ िन्मजदन January में है , R कथ चथचथ है । िह जिसकथ िन्मजदन November में है ,
एक पुत्री कथ जपतथ है । V, T की सथस है । िह ि पंक्ति के मध्य में बैठतथ है , P है और उसकथ िन्मजदन
January में है । पररिथर के सबसे छ टे सदस्य की आयु 5 िषा है । Q,T के जनकटतम दथएं बैठतथ है । S और T के
बीच केिल द सदस्य हैं । T की जसस्टर-इन-लॉ 25 िषा की है । V बथएं अंजतम छ र पर बैठतथ है और उसकथ
िन्मजदन उस मजहनथ में है जिसमे केिल 30 जदन हैं । िह जिसकथ िन्मजदन June के बथद 30 जदन ं िथले महीने
में आतथ है , िह उस सदस्य के दथयें तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है जिसकथ िन्मजदन February है । S सबसे बड़थ है
और Q कथ दथदथ ग्रैंडफ़थदर है । S की बहु 33 िषा की है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 58
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
59)
Eight friends E, F, H, K, L, M, P and Q, specialist in different management fields , i.e. Energy, Oil
& Gas, Rural, Production, Industrial, Quality, Hotel and Disaster (but not necessarily in the same
order), are sitting around a circular table, facing the centre. Also they like different subjects, i.e.
Maths, Hindi, English,Arts, Physics, Chemistry, Biology, Environment (but not necessarily in the
same order).
K who is a Quality manager sits third to the right of Q, who likes Arts.The managers in the field
of Oil & Gas likes Biology and the one who is from Disaster are immediate neighbours of each
other and neither of them is an immediate neighbor of Q and K. Either H or K likes English
subject. The one who likes English sits third right of the person who likes Arts. The one who
likes Environment sits between P &Q.
The managers in the field of Hotel and Energy are immediate neighbors of each other and both
of them don’t like Physics, Chemistry, Environment. P is not the manager in the field of Energy
and Hotel.
The one who is the manager in the field of Oil & Gas sits second to the right of L, who is an
Industrial manager. M who is a manager in the field of Hotel is not an immediate neighbor of
the Quality manager and likes Maths. Only H sits between those two who are managers in the
field of Oil & Gas and Production. E sits third to the right of the one who is the manager in the
field of Energy.
आठ जमत्र E, F, H, K, L, M, P और Q जिजिन्न प्रबंधन क्षेत्र ं िैसे ऊिथा , तेल और गैस, ग्रथमीण, उत्पथदन,
औद्य जगक, गुणित्तथ, ह टल और आपदथ में जिशेषज्ञ (लेजकन िरूरी नही की इसी क्रम में ह ) एक िृतथकथर
टे बल के चथर ओर केंद्र की ओर मुख करके बैठे हुए हैं । िे जिजिन्न जिषय ं िैसे- गजणत, जहं दी, अंग्रेिी, कलथ,
िौजतकी, रसथयन जिज्ञथन, िीिजिज्ञथन, पयथा िरण (लेजकन िरूरी नही की इसी क्रम में ह ) क पसंद करते हैं ।
K ि एक गुणित्तथ प्रबंधक है , Q के दथएं तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ हुआ है , ि कलथ जिषय क पसंद करतथ है ।
तेल और गैस के प्रबंधक िीिजिज्ञथन क पसदं करतथ है और िह ि आपदथ से हैं , एक-दू सरे के जनकटतम
पड़ सी हैं तर्थ उनमें से क ई िी Q और K कथ जनकटतम पड़ सी नही है । यथ त H यथ K अंग्रिी जिषय क
पसंद करतथ है । िह ि अंग्रेिी जिषय क पसंद करतथ है, कलथ जिषय पसंद करने िथले प्रबंधक के दथएं के
तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठतथ है । िह ि पयथा िरण जिषय क पसंद करतथ है P और Q के मध्य में बैठतथ है । ह टल
और उिथा क्षेत्र के प्रबंधक एक-दू सरे के जनकटतम पड़ सी हैं और उनमें से द न ं िौजतक, रसथयनजिज्ञथन,
पयथा िरण जिषय ं क पसंद नहीं करतथ है । P, ह टल और ऊिथा क्षेत्र में प्रबंधक नहीं है । िह ि आयल और
गैस क्षेत्र में प्रबंधक है , L के दथएं दू सरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ हुआ है ि एक औद्य जगक प्रबंधक है । M ि एक ह टल
क्षेत्र में प्रबंधक है , िह गुणित्तथ प्रबंधक कथ जनकटतम पड़ सी नहीं है और गजणत पसंद करतथ है । केिल H,
उन द न ं के मध्य में बैठतथ है ि आयल और गैस तर्थ उत्पथदन क्षेत्र के प्रबंधक हैं । E, ऊिथा क्षेत्र के प्रबंधक
के दथएं तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ हुआ है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 59.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
60)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 60
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
61)
There is 9 storey-building in which 9 members i.e. A, B, D,C, F, P, S, R and T is
staying on different floors. Floor number one lies on bottom, above on there is
2nd floor, and then 3rd floor, so on… They all have different pets which name is
Ruby, Lola, Tilly, Max, Oscar, Bella, Charlie, Toby and Coco.
The one which has Charlie lives on Even numbed floor. The one who has Tilly lives
on Odd numbered floor but below from 6th floor. F lives on 6th floor and has
Lola. The one who has Bella lives in top floor. The one who has Oscar lives below
from the one who has Tilly. There are 5 floors between A and the one who has
Toby. R does not lives on top floor. The one who has Coco lives on 2nd floor. B
lives above from T. D lives immediate below the one who has Bella. S lives
immediate above floor from the one who has Toby. The one who lives on odd
numbered floor, have Oscar. There are 2 floors between R and F. The number of
persons who live above C’s floor , is same number of person who lives below from
him/her (C). P lives on Even numbered floor and has Max. The one which has
Ruby lives immediate below the one which has Charlie.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 61
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
62)
A, B, C, D and E, five friends went to market and bought five sets of Cold
drinks. Each and every person took one cold drink.They choose Cold
drinks among Frooti, Pepsi, Fanta or Sprite but not necessarily in the
same order. The cold drink of each person had a unique colour. These
colour were orange, Yellow, black and green but not necessarily in the
same order.
Amongst A, B, C, D and E two were enjoying Frooti and two were
enjoying cold drink of orange colour.
The one who was enjoying ‘Yellow’ colour cold drink , was also enjoying
‘Pepsi’ cold drink. Neither of A nor C were enjoying Frooti. The persons
who Drink Frooti were not enjoying ‘orange’ colour cold drink. B, who
was not drinking Sprite, was enjoying ‘orange’ colour cold drink .
Neither A nor E was enjoying ‘orange’ colour cold drink or ‘black’ colour
cold drink .
पथं च जमत्र A, B, C, D और E बथिथर गए और क ल्ड जडरंक के पथं च सेट ख़रीदे ।
प्रत्येक व्यक्ति ने एक क ल्ड जडरंक ली। उन्ह न ं े फ्रूटी, पेप्सी, िैंटथ यथ स्प्रथईट में से
एक क ल्ड जडरंक चुनी, लेजकन यह आिश्यक नहीं है जक इसी क्रम में ह ।ं प्रत्येक
व्यक्ति की क ल्ड जडरंक कथ रं ग अलग-अलग र्थ। इनकथ रं ग नथरं गी, पीलथ, कथलथ
और हरथ र्थ, लेजकन यह आिश्यक नहीं है जक इसी क्रम में ह ।ं A, B, C, D और E
में से द जमत्र ं ने फ्रूटी ली और द व्यक्तिय ं ने नथरं गी रं ग की क ल्ड जडरंक ली।
ि व्यक्ति पीले रं ग की क ल्ड जडरंक कथ आनंद ले रहथ र्थ, िह पेप्सी क ल्ड जडरंक
कथ िी आनंद ले रहथ र्थ। न त A न ही C फ्रूटी कथ आनंद ले रहे र्े। ि व्यक्ति
फ्रूटी पी रहथ र्थ िह नथरं गी रं ग की क ल्ड जडरंक नहीं पी रहथ र्थ। B ि स्प्रथईट नहीं
पी रहथ र्थ, िह नथरं गी रं ग की क ल्ड जडरंक पी रहथ र्थ। न त A और न ही E नथरं गी
रं ग की क ल्ड जडरंक यथ कथले रं ग की क ल्ड जडरंक पी रहे र्े ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 62
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
63)
J, K, L, M, N, O, P and Q are eight friends who live in a same
colony. They are sitting in a park in a straight line equidistant from
each other (but not necessarily in the same order). Some of them
are facing south while some are facing north.
J faces north. Only two people sit to the right of J. K sits third to
the left of J. Only one person sits between K and O. O sits to the
immediate right of N. Only one person sits between N and Q.
Both the immediate neighbors of K face the same direction. L sits
third to the left of O. K faces the opposite direction as J. P does
not sit at any of the extremes ends of the line. M faces the same
direction as N. Both P and L face the opposite direction of Q.
आठ जमत्र J, K, L, M, N, O, P और Q, एक ही कॉल नी में रहते हैं । ये सिी एक
पथका में एक सीधी पंक्ति में एक-दू सरे से समथन दू री पर बैठे हैं (लेजकन यह
आिश्यक नहीं है जक इसी क्रम में ह )ं । इनमें से कुछ कथ मुख दजक्षण की ओर है
और कुछ कथ मु ख उत्तर की ओर है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 63
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
64)
There is a conference in Singapore for environmental climate change.
Eight countries’ PM i.e. P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W have attended this and
seated around a circular table, facing towards a centre. These countries
are. India, Pakistan, Singapore, Australia, Sri lanka, Bangladesh, Canada
and UK.
T has seated 2nd right of P. India’s PM has seated immediate left of U
who is PM of Canada. T sits 2nd to the left of W. P and the one who is
PM of Pakistan has seated opposite to each other. P has seated 3rd left
of Q who is PM of Australia. R has seated 2nd right of W. S is not PM of
Singapore. W has seated opposite to one who is PM of India. W has
seated 3rd left of the who is PM of Singapore. The one who is PM of
Canada, has seated adjacent to one who is PM of UK. R is PM of
Bangladesh and has seated opposite to T.
पयथा िरणीय िलिथयु पररितान के जलए जसंगथपु र में एक सम्मलेन है । आठ दे श ं के
प्रधथनमं जत्रय ं अर्था त - P, Q, R, S, T, U, V और W ने इस सम्मलेन में िथग जलयथ और ये
सिी एक िृ त्तथकथर मे ि के इदा -जगदा केंद्र की ओर मुख करके बै ठे हैं । ये दे श िथरत,
पथजकस्तथन, जसंगथपुर, ऑस्टर े जलयथ, श्रीलंकथ, बथं ग्लथदे श, कनथडथ और जब्टे न हैं ।
T, P के दथयी ं ओर दू सरे स्र्थन पर बै ठथ है । िथरत के प्रधथनमंत्री, U के ठीक बथयी ं ओर
बै ठे हैं ि कनथड़थ के प्रधथनमंत्री हैं । T, W के बथयी ं ओर दू सरे स्र्थन पर बै ठथ है । P और
ि व्यक्ति पथजकस्तथन कथ प्रधथनमंत्री है , ये एक-दू सरे के जिपरीत बै ठे हैं । P, Q के बथयी ं
ओर से तीसरे स्र्थन पर बै ठथ है , ि ऑस्टर े जलयथ कथ प्रधथनमंत्री है । R, W के दथयीं ओर
दू सरे स्र्थन पर बै ठथ है । S जसंगथपुर कथ प्रधथनमंत्री नहीं है । W उस व्यक्ति के जिपरीत
बै ठथ है ि िथरत कथ प्रधथनमंत्री है । W उस व्यक्ति के बथयी ं ओर से तीसरे स्र्थन पर बै ठथ
है , ि जसंगथपुर कथ प्रधथनमंत्री है । ि व्यक्ति कनथडथ कथ प्रधथनमंत्री है , िह उस व्यक्ति
के आसन्न बै ठथ है , ि जब्टे न कथ प्रधथनमंत्री है । R बथं ग्लथदे श कथ प्रधथनमंत्री है और िह T
के जिपरीत बै ठथ है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 64
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
65)
In an apartment, there are 8 members i.e. D,F,G,H,I,J,K and L live on eight storey-
building. Floor number one is grounded and is at bottom. 2nd floor is just above
on 1st floor and so on. These members belong to different cities i.e. Patna,
Kanpur, Chennai, Katak, Goa, Darbhanga, Kolkata and Delhi.
There is 2 floors’ gap between H and the one who is belongs to Goa. The one who
is from Katak lives just immediate above from G. L and J do not belong to Kolkata.
H lives on 3rd floor and he is belongs to Chennai. There is a gap of one floor
between the one who is from Chennai and Kanpur. The one who is from Patna
and the one who is from Kanpur, live on Top floor and 1st floor. There is a gap of
one floor between L and the one who is from Goa. D is from Delhi and K is not
from Katak. The one who belongs to Kolkata lives on Even floor but not on 2nd
Floor. The one who belongs to Katak , does not live on 5th floor. There is a gap of
two floors between D and L, and D and F. The one who is belongs to Darbhanga,
lives immediate below from the one who belongs to Patna. There is 5 floors’s gap
between G and I.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 65)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
66)
Every morning of a day, seven persons i.e. A, B, C, D, E, F and G are walking
along with their pets i.e. Max, Buddy, Rocky, Maggie, Charlie, Molly and Lucy
on different days of week from Monday to Sunday.
The one who walks out with Buddy, just immediate before the one who
walks out with Molly. E does not walk out on Wednesday. F walks out on
Friday with his pets Charlie. There is 2 days gap between F and the one who
walks out with Lucy. B does not walk out with Lucy. There is one day gap
between E and F. The number of persons who walks out with their pets
before and after the person who walks out with Maggie is same. D walks out
either on 1st day or last day of the week but D does not walk out with Rocky.
The one, who walks out with Buddy, does not walk out on Wednesday.
There is 2 days’ gap between A and C but C walks after the day when F
walks.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 66
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
67)
M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, and T sit in a straight line but not necessarily in the same
order. Some of them are facing south while the remaining are facing north.
They all like different colors i.e. Black, Yellow, Brown, Grey, Blue, Green,
Violet and White but not necessarily in the same order.
Note: Facing the same direction means if one person faces north then the
other person also faces north and if one person faces south then the other
person also faces south. Facing the opposite direction means if one person
faces north then the other person faces south and vice-versa.
O likes Black color. The one who sits extreme end like Grey and Blue colors.
N and R face opposite directions and R sits fourth to the right of N. T sits
immediate left of the one who likes Grey color. S sits second to the left of Q.
The immediate neighbour of P faces the same direction as P. There are 2
persons between the one who likes White color and M. M sits second to the
left of R. The immediate neighbour of M faces the same direction as S. The
one who likes Yellow color sits immediate right of Q. T is not an immediate
neighbour of S. Both the immediate neighbours of N face opposite
directions. One of the immediate neighbours of T faces north. The persons
who like Violet and Brown colors sit together. O is at the fourth position
with respect to M. T is not facing south. Both the immediate neighbours of S
face same direction. S is third to the right of N. O is not facing north. Q is not
third from the right end if we face north. Q sits second to the right of P. The
one who likes Brown color sits 2nd right of the one who likes White colors.
M sits at one of the extreme end.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 67
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
68)
Seven persons i.e. A,B,C,D,E,F, and G have gone to world tour in different
cities. These cities are New york, London, Kuala lumpur, Paris, Switzerland,
Tokyo, and Rome but not necessarily in the same order. Each person has
bought some gift item for his family. These items are Sandles, Purse, Watch,
Bag , Mobile, Laptop and Designer Clothes but not necessarily in the same
order.
G has not gone to Kuala Lumpur. The one who has bought Laptop, has gone
to Paris. C has not gone to Switzerland. B has gone to London but has not
bought Designer clothes. The one who has gone to Rome has bought Watch.
F has gone to New York and bought Purse. C has bought either Designer
Clothes or Bags. The one who has bought Bags, has gone to Switzerland. E
has bought Laptop but has not gone to London or Tokyo. The one who has
gone to Tokyo, has not bought Sandles and Designer clothes. A has gone to
Switzerland. D has not bought Designer Clothes and Sandles and has not
gone to Tokyo.
सथत व्यक्ति अर्था त A,B,C,D,E,F, और G जिश्व भ्रमण हे तु अलग-अलग शहर ं में िथते हैं ।
ये शहर न्यूयॉका, लन्दन, कुआलथलं पुर, पे ररस, क्तस्वटिरलैं ड, ट क्य , और र म हैं लेजकन
िरूरी नहीं जक इसी क्रम में ह ।ं प्रत्ये क ने अपने पररिथर के जलए कुछ उपहथर ख़रीदे ।
ये उपहथर सैंडल, पसा, घड़ी, बै ग, म बथइल, लै पटॉप और जडिथइनर कपड़े हैं , लेजकन
िरूरी नहीं जक इसी क्रम में ह ।ं G, कुआलथलुपुर शहर नहीं िथतथ है । लैपटॉप खरीदने
िथलथ व्यक्ति पेररस िथतथ है । C, क्तस्वट् िरलैंड नहीं िथतथ है । B लन्दन शहर िथतथ है ,
लेजकन िह जडिथइनर कपड़े नहीं खरीदतथ है । िह व्यक्ति ि र म िथतथ है ,घड़ी
खरीदतथ है । F न्यूयॉका िथतथ है और पसा खरीदतथ है । C यथ त जडिथइनर कपड़े यथ बै ग
खरीदतथ है । बै ग खरीदने िथलथ व्यक्ति, क्तस्वट् िरलैंड िथतथ है । E लैपटॉप खरीदतथ है
लेजकन लन्दन यथ ट क्य नहीं िथतथ है । ट क्य िथने िथलथ व्यक्ति सैंडल और जडिथइनर
कपड़े नहीं खरीदतथ है । A क्तस्वट् िरलैंड िथतथ है । D जडिथइनर कपड़े और सैं डल नहीं
खरीदतथ है और िह ट क्य नहीं िथतथ है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 68
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
69)
There are 8 friends i.e. R, S, T, U, V, W, X and Y who has seated around a
rectangular table and all of them is working in different company i.e.
Lenovo, HP, CP,KD, Infy, TCS, CTS, and HCL but not necessarily in the same
order. All of them are facing towards centre. On each side of table, only two
friends have seated.
R sits on the small side. There are 3 person sits between R and W, who
works in KD .T does not work in Lenovo. The one who is working in TCS sits
immediate left of U. X sits 2nd right of the one who works in Infy. The one
who works in Lenovo sits opposite to the one who works in TCS. The one
who works in CP and the one who works in Hp sit adjacent to each other. S
sits opposite of R. The one who works in HCL sits opposite to X. R sits 2nd to
the right of V who sits immediate left of U. S works in HP.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 69
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
70)
Eight friends i.e. P, S, R, C, S, B, Q and A are living in a building of 8 storey-building.
There is 1st floor which is bottom most floor and 2nd floor is above on 1st floor
and 3rd floor is on 2nd floor, so on. They all are using AC’s in their homes of
different companies in this hot summer. Ac’s are Voltas, LG, Daikin, Blue Star,
Videocon, Samsung, Whirlpool, and Hitachi but not necessarily in the same order.
A lives just below the floor on which Q lives. There are 3 friends live between S
and C. B and P live on 1st floor and top most floor respectively but B doesn’t use
Videocon. The one who uses Blue star lives just immediate below from C. The one
who lives on bottom most floor is using Whirlpool. The one who uses Videocon
and Samsung live on even numbered floor. S lives on 7th floor and is using Voltas.
There are one two people live between the one who uses Blue Star and the one
who uses Hitachi. V lives on even numbered floor but below from 4th floor. There
is 2 friends between the one who uses Whirlpool and R , who uses LG . Q does not
use Videocon.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 70
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
71)
Ten persons are sitting in two parallel rows containing five person each, in such a
way that there is an equal distance between adjacent persons. In first row A, B, C,
D and E are seated and all of them are facing South. In second row, P, Q, R, S and
T are seated and all of them are facing North. Therefore in the given seating
arrangement, each member seated in a row faces another member of the other
row. These persons belong to different cities.
There is one person sits between Kolkata and The one who belongs to Kanpur.
The one who faces C belongs to Lucknow. The immediate neighbor of R belongs
to Kanpur . S sits third to the left of P. A faces immediate neighbour of S. C sits
second to the right of A. Only one person sits between B and D. Q and T are
immediate neighbours. T does not face A and B. The one who belongs to Patna
Sits extreme right end of Row1. P belongs to Chennai. Immediate neighbor of T
belongs to Banaras. The one who faces T belongs to Delhi. There is one person
between Darbhanga and D. A belongs to Goa. E belongs to Mumbai.
दस व्यक्ति द समथनथन्तर पंक्तिय ं में, प्रत्येक में पथं च करके, इस प्रकथर बैठे हैं जक द आसन्न
व्य्यथक्तिय ं के बीच की दू री समथन है । पहली पं क्ति में A, B, C, D और E बैठे हैं और िे सिी
दजक्षण की ओर अजिमुख हैं । दू सरी पंक्ति में, P, Q, R, S और T बैठे हैं और िे सिी उत्तर की
ओर अजिमुख हैं । अतः, दी गई बैठक व्यिस्र्थ में एक पंक्ति में बैठथ प्रत्येक सदस्य दू सरी
पंक्ति में बैठे अन्य सदस्य की और अजिमुख है । ये व्यक्ति अलग-अलग शहर ं से सम्बंजधत
है ।
क लकथतथ से सम्बंजधत व्यक्ति और कथनपुर से सम्बंजधत व्यक्ति के बीच एक व्यक्ति बैठथ है ।
िह ि C की ओर अजिमुख है लखनऊ से सम्बंजधत है । R कथ जनकटतम पड़ सी कथनपुर से
सम्बंजधत है । S, P से बथएं से तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है । A, S के जनकटतम पड सी की ओर
अजिमुख है । B और D के बीच केिल बैठथ है । Q और T एक दू सरे के जनकटतम पड़ सी हैं । T,
A और B की ओर अजिमुख नहीं है । िह ि पटनथ से सम्बंजधत है पंक्ति 1 के अक्तन्तम दथयें जसरे
पर बैठथ है । P चेन्नई से सम्बंजधत है । T कथ जनकटतम पड़ सी बनथरस से सम्बंजधत है । िह ि T
की ओर अजिमुख है , जदल्ली से सम्बंजधत है । दरिंगथ से सम्बंजधत व्यक्ति और D के बीच एक
व्यक्ति बैठथ है । A ग िथ से सम्बंजधत है । E मुंबई से सम्बंजधत है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 71
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
72)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 72
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
73)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 73
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
74)
Seven men A, B, C, D, E, F and G purchased different products viz. Retro
phone, Watch, Book, Yoga mats, Headphone, Cycle and Laptop in
different months – February, May, March, July, June, January and April ,
but not necessarily in the same order. C purchased a Book but not in
April and June. E purchased a Cycle in March. A purchased a product in
January but works neither a Retro phone shop nor a Headphone. G
purchased a Yoga mat in April. D did not purchase anything in May. The
Watch was purchased in May. The one who purchased the Retro phone
purchased it in July. F purchased a Headphone.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 74
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
75)
Ten Executives A, B, C, D, E, P, Q, R, S and T who are sitting in two parallel rows
such that A, B, C, D and E sits in row 1 and all are facing north direction and P, Q,
R, S and T sits in row 2 who faces south direction, , each member seated in a row
faces another member of the other row. They all belongs to different countries
i.e. Australia, Turkey, USA, Italy, Japan, India, Russia, Indonesia, South Africa and
France but not necessarily in the same order. C does not sit at any of the end of
the row. D sits third to the right of the one who faces the one who belongs to
Australia and one of them sits at the end of the row. The one who belongs to
India sits on the middle of the row. R sits second to the right of Q, who belongs to
Russia. R does not sit at the end of the row. One of the immediate neighbour of R
faces the one who belongs to USA. C belongs Turkey and sits third to the left of
the one who belongs France. T belongs to Japan and sits on the immediate left of
R. P sits to the right of S but not immediate right. A sits second to the left of E. B
faces the one who belongs to Indonesia. R does not belong to South Africa. D
does not belong to France.
दस कथयाकथरी A, B, C, D, E, P, Q, R, S और T है , ि द समथं तर पंक्तिय ं में इस प्रकथर बैठे हैं
जक A, B, C, D और E पं क्ति 1 में है और सिी उत्तर जदशथ की ओर उन्मु ख है एिं P, Q, R, S
और T पंक्ति 2 में बैठे हैं और दजक्षण जदशथ की ओर उन्मुख हैं , एक पंक्ति में बैठथ प्रत्येक
सदस्य दू सरी पंक्ति में बैठे प्रत्येक सदस्य की ओर उन्मुख है । िे सिी जिन्न दे श ं से संबंजधत हैं
िै से: ऑस्टर े जलयथ, टकी, अमेररकथ, इटली, िथपथन, िथरत, रूस, इं ड नेजशयथ, दजक्षण अफ्रीकथ
और फ्रथं स ले जकन आिश्यक नहीं जक समथन क्रम में ह । C, पंक्ति के जकसी िी अंजतम जसरे पर
नहीं बैठथ है । D, उस व्यक्ति के दथएं से तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है ि ऑस्टर े जलयथ से संबंजधत
व्यक्ति की ओर उन्मुख है एिं इनमें से एक पंक्ति के अंजतम जसरे पर बै ठथ है । िह व्यक्ति ि
िथरत से संबंजधत है , पंक्ति के मध्य में बैठथ है । R, Q के दथएं से दू सरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है , ि
रूस से संबंजधत है । R, पंक्ति के अंजतम जसरे पर नहीं बैठथ है । R कथ एक जनकटतम पड़ सी,
अमेररकथ से संबंजधत व्यक्ति की ओर उन्मुख है । C, टकी से संबंजधत है और फ्रथं स से संबंजधत
व्यक्ति के बथएँ से तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है । T, िथपथन से संबंजधत है और R के ठीक बथएँ बैठथ
है । P, S के दथएं बैठथ है ले जकन ठीक दथएं नहीं बै ठथ है । A, E के बथएँ से दू सरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है ।
B, इं ड नेजशयथ से संबंजधत व्यक्ति की ओर उन्मुख है । R, दजक्षण अफ्रीकथ से संबंजधत नहीं है ।
D, फ्रथं स से संबंजधत नहीं है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 75
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
76)
Seven persons A, B, C, D, E, F and G who all are sitting in a row such that
some of them faces south and some faces north direction. They all likes
different colour i.e. Blue, Red, Green, Yellow, Pink, Brown and Black but
not necessarily in the same order. Three persons sits between A and
the one who likes Pink colour and one of them sits at the end of the
row and both faces same direction. One of the immediate neighbour of
the one who likes Pink is C, who likes Yellow colour. G sits fourth to the
right of C and likes Red. Immediate neighbour of G faces opposite
direction. D likes Brown colour and sits third to the right of A, who likes
Blue colour. The one who likes Black colour faces north direction and
sits on the immediate left of C. B like green colour and faces opposite
direction of D. E sits on the right of F. G faces south direction. A sits on
the left of F, who faces north direction. B and G faces same direction.
सथत व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F और G हैं ि एक पंक्ति में इस प्रकथर बैठे हैं जक
उनमें से कुछ दजक्षण जदशथ की ओर उन्मुख है और कुछ उत्तर जदशथ की ओर
उन्मुख हैं । िे सिी जिन्न रं ग पसंद करते हैं िैसे: नीलथ, लथल, हरथ, पीलथ, गुलथबी,
िूरथ और कथलथ, लेजकन आिश्यक नहीं जक क्रम समथन ह । A और गुलथबी रं ग
पसंद करने िथले व्यक्ति के मध्य तीन व्यक्ति बैठे हैं और उनमें से एक पंक्ति के
अंजतम जसरे पर बै ठथ है एिं द न ं कथ मुख समथन जदशथ की ओर है । गु लथबी रं ग
पसंद करने िथले व्यक्ति कथ एक जनकटतम पड सी C है जिसे पीलथ रं ग पसंद है ।
G, C के दथएं से चौर्े स्र्थन पर बै ठथ है और लथल रं ग पसंद करतथ है । G िथ
जनकटतम पड सी जिपरीत जदशथ की ओर उन्मुख है । D क िूरथ रं ग पसंद है और
A के दथएं से तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है , ि नीलथ रं ग पसंद करतथ है । कथलथ रं ग
पसंद करने िथलथ व्यक्ति उत्तर जदशथ की ओर उन्मुख है एिं C के ठीक बथएँ बैठथ
है । B क हरथ रं ग पसं द है और यह D की जिपरीत जदशथ की ओर उन्मुख है । E, F
के दथएं बैठथ है । G, दजक्षण जदशथ की ओर उन्मुख है । A, F के बथएँ बैठथ है ि उत्तर
जदशथ की ओर उन्मुख है । B और G समथन जदशथ की ओर उन्मुख हैं ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 76
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
77)
Jesse Owens, Michael Johnson, Asafa Powell, Usain Bolt, PT Usha,
Yohan Blake and Cristiano Ronaldo are seven Sprinters who ran
different miles on different days starting from Monday to Sunday (of
the same week)but not necessarily in same order. The number of miles
ran by the Seven Sprinters in seven different days are 40, 60, 90, 120,
180, 150 and 270 (not necessarily in same order).
Jesse Owens ran in one of the days after Friday. On Wednesday, the
miles ran by a Sprinter is 120. The difference between the number of
miles ran on Monday and Friday is the multiple of the number 7.There
are two days between the days on which Yohan Blake and the Sprinter
who ran 40 miles, ran. Michael Johnson ran on the day immediately
before the day on which a sprinter ran 90 miles . There are two days
between the days on which Michael Johnson and Cristiano Ronaldo ran.
There are three days between the days on which Yohan Blake and
Usain Bolt ran. Asafa Powell did not ran the least number of miles. The
sum of miles ran on Wednesday and Saturday is more than hundred
and the sum equals to the number of miles ran on Friday. The
difference between the number of miles ran by Michael Johnson and
Cristiano Ronaldo is less than fifty. The Sprinter who ran 90 miles did
not ran on Friday. Yohan Blake ran on one of the days after the day on
which 40 miles ran .The Sprinter who ran 180 miles, ran immediately
after the day on which a sprinter ran 120 miles. Yohan Blake ran more
miles than Usain Bolt.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
िेसी ओिेन्स, मथइकल िॉन्सन, असिथ पथिेल, उसैन ब ल्ट, पीटी उषथ, य हन
ब्लेक और जक्रक्तस्टयथन र नथल्ड सथत धथिक हैं ि स मिथर से रजििथर (एक ही
सप्तथह) के दौरथन जिन्न जदन ं पर, जिन्न मील ं तक दौड़ते हैं , लेजकन आिश्यक नहीं
जक क्रम समथन ह । इन सथत धथिक ं द्वथरथ सथत जिन्न जदन ं पर दौड़ी िथने िथले
मील ं की संख्यथ 40, 60, 90, 120, 180, 150 और 270 है (लेजकन आिश्यक नहीं
जक क्रम समथन ह )।
िेसी ओिेन्स, शुक्रिथर के बथद जकसी जदन दौड़तथ है । बुधिथर क धथिक द्वथरथ
दौड़ी िथने िथली दू री 120 मील है । स मिथर और शुक्रिथर क दौड़े िथने िथले
मील ं के मध्य कथ अंतर सं ख्यथ 7 कथ गुणक है । य हन ब्लेक और 40 मील तक
दौड़ने िथले धथिक के मध्य द जदन ं कथ अंतर है । मथइकल िॉन्सन उस जदन के
ठीक पहले िथले जदन दौड़तथ है , जिस जदन एक धथिक 90 मील तक दौड़तथ है ।
मथइकल िॉन्सन और जक्रक्तस्टयथन र नथल्ड जिन जदन ं में दौड़ते हैं उनके मध्य द
जदन ं कथ अंतर है । य हन ब्लेक और उसैन ब ल्ट जिन जदन ं में दौड़ते हैं उनके
मध्य तीन जदन ं कथ अंतर है । असिथ पथिेल सबसे कम सं ख्यथ िथले मील तक नहीं
दौड़तथ है । बुधिथर और शजनिथर क जितने मील ं तक दौड़थ िथतथ है उनकथ
य गिल 100 से अजधक है और यह उस मील के बरथबर है ि शुक्रिथर क दौड़ी
िथती है । मथइकल िॉन्सन और जक्रक्तस्टयथन र नथल्ड द्वथरथ जितने मील ं तक दौड़थ
िथतथ है उनके मध्य कथ अंतर 50 से कम है । 90 मील तक दौड़ने िथलथ धथिक
शुक्रिथर क नहीं दौड़तथ है । य हन ब्लेक उस जदन के बथद जकसी जदन दौड़तथ है
जिस जदन 40 मील तक दौड़थ िथतथ है । 180 मील तक दौड़ने िथलथ धथिक, उस
जदन के ठीक बथद िथले जदन दौड़तथ है जिस जदन एक धथिक 120 मील तक
दौड़तथ है । य हन ब्ले क, उसैन ब ल्ट से अजधक मील तक दौड़तथ है ?
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 77
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
78)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 78
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
79)
Six persons A, B, C, D, F and G belongs to six different Indian cities i.e.
Chandigarh, Varanasi, Delhi, Jodhpur, Bombay and Banglore. They all
stays in different countries i.e. UK, Iran, USA, New Zealand, Jamaica and
Japan. Each of them has a different occupation viz. Wrestler, Cyclist,
Priest, Teacher, Surfer and Marathon Runner. G stays in Japan and he is
from Varanasi but he is neither a Cyclist nor a Priest. A is from Chandigarh
and she is a wrestler. The one who stays in UK is a Teacher and he is not
from Banglore or Jodhpur. D is from Delhi and she is a Priest. The one who
is a Marathon Runner stays in Jamaica. Neither B nor F stays in Jamaica. F
does not stay in UK or USA and he is not from Jodhpur nor from Bombay.
The one who has her occupation as a wrestler stays in Iran.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 79
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
80)
In a relligious conference eight people O, B, G, T, L, I, N and A are participating from
eight different religious institutions viz. Jesus Army, Kirpalu Centre, Art of Living, Aryan
Nations, Osho, Brahmakumaris, Anand Marg and Iskon but not necessarily in same order
. They are sitting around a rectangular table. Only three persons are sitting on each
longer side and each on the smaller sides. T is sitting second to the right of the person
who is from Iskon. L is sitting third to the left of the person who is from Brahmakumaris.
G is sitting diagonally opposite the person from Anand Marg. B is sitting opposite the
person who is from Jesus Army. The person from Aryan Nations is sitting third to the
right of the person from Iskon, who is not sitting diagonally opposite the person from
Kirpalu Centre. The person from Aryan Nations is third to the left of G. I sits second to
the left of A.The person from Aryan Nations is sitting second to the right of the person
from Osho and second to the left of O, who is not sitting near the person who is from
Anand Marg. N is sitting on the smaller side and to the immediate right of the person
who is from Anand Marg. Persons from Osho and Aryan Nations are not on the same
side of the table. The person from Kirpalu Centre sits opposite to the person from Osho.I
and N are sitting opposite each other.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 80
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
81)
Seven Players i.e. Rooney, Rohit, Ronaldo, Virat, Messi, Mike Tyson and Dhoni who live
in a seven storey building such that ground floor is numbered one and above it 2nd floor
and so on to the top floor which is numbered 7. They all play different games i.e.
Hockey, Wrestling, Badminton, Polo, Cricket, Boxing and Football but not necessarily in
the same order. They all play games on different days of the week starts from Monday
but not necessarily in the same order. No two players play the game on the same day of
the week. More than three players live above Dhoni who plays Cricket. There is two
days gap between the one who plays badminton and when Virat plays game. Virat lives
on the even number floor above Mike Tyson. Two person lives between the one who
plays Hockey and the one who plays cricket. Rooney plays Boxing on the day
immediately before the day on which Virat Plays his game but not on Monday. Only one
players play game before Mike Tyson who lives on fourth floor. The one who plays Polo
lives immediately above the one who plays cricket on Saturday. Ronaldo plays
Badminton and lives on the Top floor of the building. Rooney lives on even number floor
but not above Dhoni. Messi plays wrestling on Sunday and lives immediately below the
one who play on Thursday. Rohit plays game on Friday.
सथत क्तखलथड़ी अर्था त् रूनी, र जहत, र नथल्ड , जिरथट, मेस्सी, मथइक टथयसन और ध नी, एक सथत
मंजिलथ इमथरत पर इस प्रकथर रहते हैं जक जनचली मं जिल की सं ख्यथ एक है , इससे ऊपर की मंजिल
की सं ख्यथ द है और आगे इसी प्रकथर शीषा मंजिल तक जिसकी संख्यथ 7 है । िे सिी अलग-अलग
खेल खे लते हैं अर्था त् हॉकी, रे सजलं ग, बैडजमंटन, प ल , जक्रकेट, बॉक्तक्संग और िुटबॉल, ले जकन
आिश्यक नहीं जक समथन क्रम में ह । िे सिी स मिथर से शुरू ह ने िथले सप्तथह के अलग-अलग
जदन ं में खे लते हैं ले जकन आिश्यक नहीं जक समथन क्रम में ह । क ई द क्तखलथड़ी सप्तथह के एक ही
जदन नहीं खे लते हैं । तीन से अजधक क्तखलथड़ी ध नी से ऊपर रहते हैं , ि जक्रकेट खे लतथ है । उन जदन ं
के मध्य द जदन कथ अंतर है जिस जदन बैडजमंटन खे लने िथले क्तखलथड़ी और िब जिरथट खेलतथ है ।
जिरथट, मथइक टथयसन से ऊपर एक सम सं ख्यथ िथली मंजिल पर रहतथ है । हॉकी खेलने िथले
क्तखलथड़ी और जक्रकेट खे लने िथले क्तखलथड़ी के मध्य द व्यक्ति रहते हैं । रूनी उस जदन से ठीक पहले
िथले जदन खे लतथ है जिस जदन जिरथट अपनथ खे ल खे लतथ है , ले जकन स मिथर क नहीं। केिल एक
क्तखलथड़ी मथइक टथयसन से पहले खलतथ है , ि चौर्ी मंजिल पर रहतथ है । िह क्तखलथड़ी ि प ल
खेलतथ है , िह उस क्तखलथड़ी के ठीक ऊपर रहतथ है ि शजनिथर क जक्रकेट खेलतथ है । र नथल्ड
बैडजमंटन खेलतथ है और इमथरत के सबसे ऊपरी मंजिल पर रहतथ है । रूनी एक सम संख्यथ िथली
मंजिल पर रहतथ है लेजकन ध नी के ऊपर नहीं रहतथ है । मेस्सी रजििथर क रे सजलंग खे लतथ है और
बृहस्पजतिथर क खेलने िथले क्तखलथडी के ठीक नीचे रहतथ है । र जहत शुक्रिथर क खेलतथ है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 81
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
82)
Eight executives i.e. A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H who all are sitting around a circular table
such that some of them are facing towards the centre and some are facing outside the
centre. They all belong to different
Countries i.e. Pakistan, Bhutan, Australia, USA, India, New Zealand, Sri Lanka and Nepal
but not
necessarily in the same order. The one who belongs to Nepal sits on the immediate left
of the one who belongs to Sri Lanka. D and H faces same direction. G sits third to the left
of the one who belongs to India. The one who belongs to Sri Lanka faces opposite
direction to which the one who belongs to Australia. The one who belongs to India faces
outside. E and H are immediate neighbour of each other and faces opposite directions.
F, who belongs to USA sits third to the right of the one who belongs Sri Lanka Both faces
same direction. The one who belongs to Bhutan sits third to the left of the one who
belongs to India and is not the immediate neighbour of the one who belongs to either
USA and Sri Lanka. B does not belong to India and he faces outside as of D faces. The
one who belongs to Pakistan sits third to the right of the one who belongs to New
Zealand and second to the left of the one who belongs to Australia. A face inside. C, who
face opposite direction to A sits second to the left of G. B does not belongs to Pakistan.
H does not belong to India and Sri Lanka.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 82
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
83)
World Cup is being organized by Brazil. Different teams are participating in the World
Cup. Seven teams which are participating are – Argentina, Belgium, Colombia, Brazil,
Chile, Germany and France. They will be playing their matches at different places,
namely Rio de Janeiro, Brasilia, Sao Paulo, Cuiaba, Salvador, Curitiba and Manaus, but
not necessarily in the same order, on different days of the week, starting from Monday.
ब्थिील द्वथरथ जिश्व कप कथ आय िन जकयथ िथ रहथ है । जिश्व कप में जिजिन्न टीमें िथग ले रही हैं । िथग
लेने िथली सथत टीमें हैं – अिेंटीनथ, बेक्तियम, क लं जबयथ, ब्थिील, जचली, िमा नी और फ्रथं स। िे अपने
मैच जिजिन्न स्र्थन ं पर, जिनके नथम- ररय डी िेनेररय , ब्थिीजलयथ, सथओ पथउल , क्यू बथ, सल्वथड र,
कुरीजतबथ और मनौस हैं , स मिथर से प्रथरं ि ह ने िथले सप्तथह के अलग-अलग जदन ं में खेलेंगीं, लेजकन
िरुरी नहीं जक समथन क्रम में ह ।ं
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
sol 83
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
84)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 84
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
85)
Twelve people are sitting in two parallel rows containing six people each, in such a
way that there is an equal distance between adjacent person. In row-1 P, Q, R, S, T and V are
seated and all of them are facing south. In row-2 A, B, C, D, E and F are seated and all of them
are facing north. All of them study in the same college and each of them doing different courses
i.e. B.Tech, B.Sc., BBA, BCA, M Tech, MSc, B-Pharma, B.Tech (CS), B.Sc (I.T), BA, M.B.A and
M.C.A. Therefore, in the given seating arrangement each member seated in a row faces another
member of the other row.
S sits third to right of Q. Person, who is doing BCA sits fourth right of the one who is doing B
Tech (CS). Either S or Q sits at an extreme end of the line. The one who is doing MSc faces Q,
who is doing B.Tech. The one who faces Q sits second to right of E. Persons are doing B.Sc (I.T)
and BA sits adjacent to each other. T is not doing M.B.A and B.Sc. Two people sit between B and
F. Neither B nor F sits at an extreme end of the line. S is doing B-Pharma. The immediate
neighbour of B faces the person who sits third to left of P. T faces the one, who is doing BA. R
and T are immediate neighbours of each other. C sits second to the left of A. Person doing B.Sc
faces the one, who sits third to the left of B. T does not face the immediate neighbor of D. C is
doing B.Tech (CS). The person, who is doing BBA faces the person, who sits third to the right of
R. Person, who is doing M.C.A sits diagonally opposite to the person, who is doing M.Sc.
बथरह व्यक्ति द समथं तर पंक्तिय ं में बैठे हैं , प्रत्येक पंक्ति में छः व्यक्ति इस प्रकथर से बैठे हैं , जक जनकटतम
व्यक्तिय ं के बीच की दू री बरथबर है । पंक्ति 1 में – P, Q, R, S, T और V बैठे हैं और उन सिी कथ मुख दजक्षण
की ओर है । पंक्ति 2 में – A, B, C, D, E और F बैठे हैं और उन सिी कथ मुख उत्तर की ओर है । िे सिी समथन
कॉलेि में पढ़ते हैं और उनमें से प्रत्येक कथ पथठ्यक्रम अलग है , अर्था त- बी.टे क, बीएससी, बीबीए, बीसीए,
एम.टे क, एमएससी, बी िथमथा , बी.टे क (सीएस), बीएससी (आईटी), बीए, एमबीए और एमसीए। इस प्रकथर
दी गई बैठक व्यिस्र्थ में, एक पंक्ति में बैठे प्रत्येक सदस्य कथ मुख दू सरी पंक्ति के अन्य सदस्य की ओर है ।
S, Q के दथयें तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है । िह व्यक्ति, ि बीसीए कर रहथ है , बी.टे क (सीएस) करने िथले व्यक्ति
के दथयें चौर्े स्र्थन पर बैठथ है । यथ त S यथ Q, पंक्ति के अंजतम जसरे पर बैठथ है । िह व्यक्ति, ि एमएससी कर
रहथ है , उसकथ मुख Q की ओर है , ि बी.टे क कर रहथ है । िह व्यक्ति, जिसकथ मुख Q की ओर है , E के दथयें
द्द सरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है । बीएससी (आईटी) और बीए करने िथले व्यक्ति, एक दू सरे के जनकट बैठे हैं । T,
एमबीए और बीएससी नहीं कर रहथ है । B और F के बीच द व्यक्ति बैठे हैं । न त B न F पंक्ति के एक अंजतम
जसरे पर बैठथ है । S बी-िथमथा कर रहथ है । B के जनकटतम पड़ सी कथ मुख उस व्यक्ति की ओर है , ि P के
बथएं तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है। T कथ मुख उस व्यक्ति की ओर है , ि बीए कर रहथ है । R और T एक दू सरे के
जनकटतम पड़ सी हैं । C, A के बथएं दू सरे स्र्थन पर बैठथ है । िह व्यक्ति, ि बीएससी कर रहथ है , उसकथ मुख
B के बथएं तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठे व्यक्ति की ओर है । T कथ मुख, D के जनकटतम पड़ सी की ओर नहीं है । C
बी.टे क (सीएस) कर रहथ है । िह व्यक्ति, ि बीबीए कर रहथ है , उसकथ मुख R के दथयें तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठे
व्यक्ति की ओर है , ि एमसीए कर रहथ है और उस व्यक्ति के जिकणातः जिपरीत बैठथ है , ि एमएससी कर
रहथ है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 85
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
86)
Eight Persons A, B, C, D, E, G, H and J live on eight different floors of a building but not
necessarily in the same order. The lowermost floor of the building is numbered 1 and the
topmost floor of the building is numbered 8. They celebrate their birthday in a month of
January, February, March, April, May, June, July and August, but not necessarily in the same
order.
The one who’s Birthday is in February lives on an even-numbered floor but not on the topmost
floor. Only one person lives between G and the one who’s Birthday is in May. Only two persons
live between G and the one who’s Birthday is in February. Neither E nor C lives on the first floor.
Only one person lives between C and the one who’s Birthday is in March. A lives just above G.
Only two persons live between E and A. The one who’s Birthday is in May does not live on floor
number one. B lives on an even-numbered floor and just above C. The one who’s Birthday is in
April lives on an even numbered floor and lives just above the person whose Birthday is in
August. C’s Birthday is not in May or August. Only two persons live between the one who’s
Birthday is in June and the one who’s Birthday is in January. D’s Birthday is not in July. The one
whose Birthday is in June does not live on an odd-numbered floor. J lives just below the one
whose Birthday is in August.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 86
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
87)
Seven executives i.e. Rohan, Rohit, Manish, Ramesh, Divya, Sohan and Alok who
all work in different companies viz. B, A, C, D, E, F and G but not necessarily in the
same order. They all sold the different number of product on the same day but
not two executives sold the same number of product. The highest number of
product sold is 50 and the lowest number of product sold by an executive is 20.
Divya works in A and sold ten less products than the one who works in F. Rohan
works in B. Sohan sold half the number of products sold by Manish who works in
D and Ramesh together. Ramesh sold 40 products but does not works in F and G.
Rohit sold 7 products more than the one who works in B company. Alok works in
G and sold 20 less product than the one who sold highest number of products.
The one who works in C sold 27 products who is not Sohan. The one who sold
highest number of products neither works in A nor in F.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 87
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
88) Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting in a row such that some of
them faces north and some of them faces south direction. They all work in
different companies i.e. Infosys, Microsoft, Tech Mahindra, Alphabet Inc, Wipro,
Mitsubishi, Foxconn and Google but not necessarily in the same order. The one
who works in Foxconn sits third to the right of D who works in Microsoft and both
face same direction. More than two person sits between A and the one who
belongs to Foxconn. No one sits on the right of A. B and C face same direction.
Number of persons sits on the right of F who works in Foxconn are same as the
number of persons sits on the right of H. B sits third to the right of C who sits
second to the left G. D does not sits at the end of the row. The one who works in
google sits at the end of the row and face north direction. Three persons sits
between the one who works in Tech Mahindra and the one who works in Wipro.
G and H do not work in Wipro and Tech Mahindra. The one who works in
Alphabet Inc. sits third to the left of the one who works in Infosys. B does not
work in Wipro and faces same direction to E. Only one person sits on the left of
D.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 88)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
89)
There are Eight students i.e. A, B, C, D, L, M, N and O, who lives in a school hostel
which is a eight storey building such that ground floor is numbered 1 and above it
second floor and so on till the topmost floor which is numbered 8. They all study
in different schools in Delhi viz. Vasant Valley, DIT, Amity international, DPS
Central, Don Bosco, DAV Model, GD Goenka and Bal Bhawan but not necessarily
in the same order. M does not study in Amity International school. There are
three floors between the student who studies in DIT and C, who studies in DAV
Model school. The one who studies in DIT lives one of the floor above C but not
on top floor. There are two students who lives between M and the one who
studies in DIT school. O studies in Vasant Valley school and lives on an even
number floor but not on top floor. B studies in DPS central and lives one floor
above C. The one who studies in Vasant valley lives immediately above B. Only
one student lives between the one who studies in Amity international and Vasant
Valley school. The one who studies in Don Bosco school lives one floor above N,
who study in GD Goenka. D studies in Bal Bhawan school and lives below C. A, live
one of the floor above O but not immediately above.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 89
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
90)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 90
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
91)
Eight persons i.e. E, L, O, K, I, P, M, and V are living on different floors of Nine-
storey building in which one floor is vacant which is not below from 4th floor.
They are influenced by different personalities of world i.e. Luther king, Lenin, John
Arc, Washington, Mahatma Gandhi, Caesar, Mandela and Churchill but not in
same order. P is not influenced by Washington and John Arc. The one who is
influenced by Mandela lives on even number floor. There are two floors between
the one who is influenced by Mandela and Vacant floor. V is influenced by Caesar
and lives above vacant floor but not immediate above vacant floor. There is one
floor gap between P and the one who is influenced by Churchill, who lives just
above the vacant floor. I is not influenced by Churchill and John Arc. E is
influenced by Luther King and lives below from 4th floor. There are three floors
gap between E and V, who lives on odd numbered floor. The one who is
influenced by Mandela lives below from Vacant floor. The one who is influenced
by Washington lives on even numbered floor but does not live just below vacant
floor. K is influenced by Mahatma Gandhi but does not live on top floor. I lives
above P and O is not influenced by Churchill and Mandela. L lives below E.
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 91
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
92)
Seven persons S, T, U, V, W, X and Y went to watch the match of World-cup tournament.
They watched matches of different teams i.e. England, South Africa, India, Pakistan,
West Indies, Bangladesh and Australia on a different day of the week from Monday to
Sunday. Also, each person likes different drinks i.e. Thump’s up, Coca-Cola, Miranda,
Pepsi, Slice, Fruti and Appy fizz but not necessarily in the same order.
U went to watch the match of England but not on Tuesday. Y went on Monday but did
not go to watch match of India and Australia. X went to watch the match of West Indies
on Friday. The one who went to watch the match of England likes Slice. T went to watch
the match of Pakistan on Wednesday. Two people went to watch the match between
the days on which the one who likes Slice and the one who likes Fruti. V, who likes Fruti
did not go to watch the match of England and India and went on the next day of the day
on which W went to watch the match of Bangladesh. The one who likes Pepsi went on
the day just before the day on which U went and three people went to watch the match
between the days on which the one who likes Thump’s up and the one who likes Appy
fizz. The one who likes Coca-Cola went just before the day on which the one who likes
Thump’s up. The one who likes Miranda went after the day on which the person who
likes Thump’s up went.
सथत व्यक्ति S, T, U, V, W, X और Y िल्डा कप टू नथा मेंट कथ मैच दे खने िथते हैं । िे सप्तथह में स मिथर
से रजििथर तक जिन्न टीम ं के मैच दे खने िथते हैं िैसे: इं ग्लैंड, सथउर् अफ्रीकथ, िथरत, पथजकस्तथन,
िे स्ट इं डीि, बथं ग्लथदे श और ऑस्टर े जलयथ। सथर् ही इनमें से प्रत्ये क व्यक्ति क जिन्न जडरंक्स पसंद हैं
िैसे: र्म्स अप, क कथ क लथ, जमररं डथ, पेप्सी, स्लथइस, फ्रूटी और एप्पी जिज्ज लेजकन आिश्यक नहीं
जक क्रम यही ह ।
U, इं ग्लैंड कथ मैच दे खने िथतथ है लेजकन मं गलिथर क नहीं िथतथ है । Y, स मिथर क िथतथ है लेजकन
िथरत और ऑस्टर े जलयथ कथ मैच दे खने नहीं िथतथ है । X, शुक्रिथर क िे स्ट इं डीि कथ मैच दे खने िथतथ
है । इं ग्लैंड कथ मैच दे खने िथने िथले व्यक्ति क स्लथइस पसं द है । T, बु धिथर क पथजकस्तथन कथ मैच
दे खने िथतथ है । द व्यक्ति उन जदन ं के मध्य मैच दे खने िथते हैं जिन जदन ं स्लथइस और फ्रूटी पसं द
करने िथले व्यक्ति मै च दे खने िथते हैं । V, जिसे फ्रूटी पसंद है िह इं ग्लैंड और िथरत कथ मैच दे खने
नहीं िथतथ है एिं उस जदन के अगले जदन मैच दे खने िथतथ है जिस जदन W, बथं ग्लथदे श कथ मैच दे खने
िथतथ है । पेप्सी पसंद करने िथलथ व्यक्ति U से ठीक पहले जदन मैच दे खने िथतथ है एिं तीन व्यक्ति
उन जदन ं के मध्य मैच दे खने िथते हैं जिन जदन ं र्म्स अप और एप्पी जिज्ज़ पसंद करने िथले व्यक्ति
मैच दे खने िथते हैं । क कथ क लथ पसं द करने िथलथ व्यक्ति उस जदन से ठीक पहले जदन मैच दे खने
िथतथ है जिस जदन र्म्स अप पसंद करने िथलथ व्यक्ति मैच दे खतथ है । जमररं डथ पसंद करने िथलथ
व्यक्ति उस जदन के बथद मैच दे खने िथतथ है जिस जदन र्म्स अप पसंद करने िथलथ व्यक्ति मैच दे खने
िथतथ है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 92
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
93)
Twelve people are sitting in two parallel rows containing six people each, in such a way
that there is an equal distance between adjacent persons. In row-1 Swati, Anshika,
Twinkle, Monika, Tia and Vini are seated and all of them are facing south. In row-2 Fizee,
Bini, Cina, Nipa, Esha and Anshul are seated and all of them are facing north. Therefore,
in the given seating arrangement each member seated in a row faces another member
of the other row. All of them have different ranks i.e. 19, 18, 21, 22, 26, 27, 28, 23, 24,
25, 30, 20.
Fizee sits second to the right of Esha. Neither Fizee nor Esha faces Tia or Swati. Fizee
does not sit at an extreme end and her rank is 27. Swati’s rank is 19 sits third to the left
of Tia whose rank is 22. Twinkle’s rank is 28 does not face Fizee and Twinkle does not sit
at an extreme end the line. Neither Swati nor Tia sits at an extreme end of the line. Only
one person sits between Anshul whose rank is 24 and Cina. Neither Anshul nor Cina
faces Tia. Cina does not sit at the extreme end. Only one person sits between Vini and
Anshika whose rank is 26. The one whose rank is 25 faces north and the one whose rank
is 20 faces south direction. Anshul is not an immediate neighbour of Bini and Fizee does
not face Vini whose rank is 21. The one who faces Vini, has 18th rank. The one whose
rank is 30 faces Twinkle. The one whose rank is 23 sits immediate right of Cina.
बथरह व्यक्ति द समथं तर पंक्तिय ं में प्रत्येक पंक्ति में छह व्यक्ति सजहत इस प्रकथर बैठे हैं जक
सजन्नकट बै ठे व्यक्तिय ं के मध्य समथन दू री है । पहली पंक्ति में स्वथजत, अंजशकथ, जट्वं कल, म जनकथ,
जटयथ और जिनी बै ठे हैं एिं ये सिी दजक्षण की ओर उन्मुख हैं । दू सरी पंक्ति में जििी, जबनी, सीनथ,
नीपथ, एषथ और अं शुल बै ठे हैं और ये सिी उत्तर की ओर उन्मु ख हैं । इसजलए दी गई बै ठक व्यिस्र्थ
में पहली पंक्ति में बै ठथ प्रत्येक सदस्य दू सरी पंक्ति में बै ठे सदस्य की ओर उन्मुख है । इनमे से सिी
की रैं क जिन्न है िैसे:. 19, 18, 21, 22, 26, 27, 28, 23, 24, 25, 30, 20।
जििी,एषथ के दथएं से दू सरे स्र्थन पर है । न त जििी और न ही एषथ, जटयथ यथ स्वथजत की ओर उन्मु ख
हैं । जििी पंक्ति के अंजतम जसरे पर नहीं बै ठी है एिं उसकी रैं क 27 है । स्वथजत की रैं क 19 है और यह
जटयथ के बथएँ से तीसरे स्र्थन पर बै ठी है जिसकी रैं क 22 है । जट्वं कल की रैं क 28 है और यह जििी की
ओर उन्मु ख नहीं है एिं जट्वं कल पंक्ति के अंजतम जसरे पर नहीं बैठी है । न त स्वथजत और न ही जटयथ
पंक्ति के अंजतम जसरे पर बैठी है । केिल एक व्यक्ति अं शुल जिसकी रैं क 24 िीं है और सीनथ के मध्य
बैठी है । न त अं शुल और न ही सीनथ, जटयथ की ओर उन्मु ख हैं । सीनथ अंजतम जसरे पर नहीं बै ठी है ।
केिल एक व्यक्ति जिनी और अंजशकथ के मध्य है जिसकी रैं क 26 िीं है । िह जिसकी 25 िीं रैं क है ,
उत्तर की ओर उन्मु ख है एिं िह जिसकी रैं क 20 है , दजक्षण की ओर उन्मुख है । अंशुल, जबनी की
जनकटतम पड सी नहीं है एिं जििी, जिनी की ओर उन्मु ख है , जिसकी रैं क 21 है । िह ि जिनी की
ओर उन्मु ख है , उसकी रैं क 18 है । िह जिसकी रैं क 30 है , जट्वं कल की ओर उन्मुख है । िह जिसकी
रैं क 23 है , सीनथ के ठीक दथएं है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 93
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
94)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 94
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
95)
Ten persons are sitting in two parallel rows containing five person each, in
such a way that there is an equal distance between adjacent persons. In first
row A, B, C, D and E are seated and all of them are facing South. In second
row, P, Q, R, S and T are seated and all of them are facing North. Therefore
in the given seating arrangement, each member seated in a row faces
another member of the other row. These friends belong to different teams
viz. F, G, H, I, J, U, V, W, X and Y. Only one person sits between the one who
belongs to F and the one who belongs to G. The one who faces C belongs to
J. The immediate neighbor of R belongs to G . The one who faces T belongs
to X. S sits third to the left of P. A faces the immediate neighbour of S. C sits
second to the right of A. A belongs to W. Only one person sits between B
and D. Q and T are immediate neighbours. T does not face A and B. The one
who belongs to U sits at extreme right end of his row. P belongs to H.
Immediate neighbor of T belongs to I. There is one person sitting between
the person who belongs to team Y and D. E belongs to V.
दस व्यक्ति द समथनथं तर पं क्तिय ं में प्रत्ये क में पथं च इस प्रकथर बै ठे हैं जक सजन्नकट बै ठे
व्यक्तिय ं के मध्य समथन दू री है ।पहली पंक्ति में A, B, C, D और E बै ठे हैं और िे सिी
दजक्षण की ओर उन्मु ख हैं ।दू सरी पं क्ति में, P, Q, R, S और T बै ठे हैं और िे सिी उत्तर
की ओर उन्मु ख हैं । इसजलए दी गयी बै ठक व्यिस्र्थ में पंक्ति में बै ठथ प्रत्ये क सदस्य
अन्य पंक्ति में बै ठे सदस्य के उन्मु ख है । ये जमत्र जिजिन्न टीम अर्था त F, G, H, I, J, U, V,
W, X और Y से सम्बंजधत हैं ।
F से सम्बक्तित व्यक्ति और G से सम्बक्तित व्यक्ति के मध्य केिल एक व्यक्ति बै ठथ है ।
ि व्यक्ति C के सथमने है , िह J से सम्बं जधत है । R कथ जनकटतम पड सी G से सम्बक्तित
है । T के उन्मु ख बै ठथ व्यक्ति X से सम्बक्तित है । S, P के बथएं से तीसरे स्र्थन पर बै ठथ है ।
A , S के जनकटतम पड सी के उन्मु ख बै ठथ है । C, A के दथएं से दू सरे स्र्थन पर बै ठथ है ।
A, W से सम्बंजधत है । B और D के मध्य केिल एक व्यक्ति बै ठथ है । Q और T जनकटतम
पड सी हैं । T, A और B की उन्मु ख नहीं है । U से सम्बक्तित व्यक्ति , अपनी पंक्ति के
दथयें छ र पर बै ठथ है । P, H से सम्बंजधत है । T कथ जनकटतम पड सी I से सम्बक्तित है ।
टीम Y से सम्बक्तित व्यक्ति और D के मध्य एक व्यक्ति बै ठथ है । E,V से सम्बक्तित है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 95
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
96)
Six astronauts viz. O, T, D, K, B and I went on a planetry expidition with
thier crew. Each of them went to a different planet viz. -Mercury,
Venus, Neptune, Saturn, Jupiter and Mars but not necessarily in the
same order. Each of them had different but one of the following
numbers of crew members viz. One, two, three, four, six and seven, but
not in the same order. The one who has three crew members went to
Jupiter. I went to Saturn and he did not have six crew members. The
one who had four crew members went to Venus. Neither D nor K had
four crew members. D did not have six crew members. O did not go to
Mars. T went to Neptune with two crew members. B went with seven
crew members but not to planet Mars.
छह अं तररक्ष यथत्री O, T, D, K, B और I अपने क्रू के सथर् ग्रहीय ख ि पर जनकले ।
उनमें से प्रत्येक जिजिन्न ग्रह - अर्था त् - बुध, शुक्र, नेपच्यून, शजन, बृहस्पजत और
मंगल पर िथते हैं , लेजकन िरूरी नहीं जक समथन ही क्रम में ह ।ं उनमें से प्रत्येक
के पथस अलग-अलग क्रू सदस्य ं की संख्यथ है ; एक, द , तीन, चथर, छः और सथत,
लेजकन समथन क्रम में नहीं।जिस व्यक्ति के पथस तीन क्रू सदस्य हैं , िह बृहस्पजत
पर िथतथ है । I शजन पर िथतथ है और उसके पथस छह क्रू सदस्य नहीं है । जिस
व्यक्ति के पथस चथर क्रू सदस्य हैं , िह शु क्र पर िथतथ है । न त D और न ही K के
पथस चथर चथर क्रू सदस्य हैं । D के पथस छह क्रू सदस्य नही है । O, मंगल पर नहीं
िथतथ है । T द क्रू सदस्य ं के सथर् नेपच्यून पर िथतथ है । B, सथत क्रू सदस्य ं के
सथर् िथतथ है लेजकन मंगल पर नहीं िथतथ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 96
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
97)
Eight friends viz. Collared Dove, Squirrel, Dove, Sparrow, Rabbit, Duck,
Mouse and Pigeon are sitting in a circular arrangement equidistant from
each other. Two of them are not facing the center. All of them like different
cartoon characters, viz. Tom, Batman, Bugs, Tweety, Roadrunner, Jerry,
Sylvester and Daffy but not necessarily in the same order. Sparrow and Dove
are sitting third and second to the left of Collared Dove respectively. Neither
Collared Dove nor Pigeon is an immediate neighbour of that person who
likes Jerry. Duck does not like Bugs and Tweety. The person who likes Daffy
is sitting opposite to Rabbit. Collared Dove does not like Jerry. Squirrel and
Collared Dove are not facing each other. Sparrow and Mouse are immediate
neighbours of Squirrel, who likes Roadrunner. The one who likes Tweety sits
on the immediate right of Squirrel. Mouse is sitting third to the right of
Collared Dove and likes Tom. Pigeon is sitting third to the right of Rabbit and
likes Sylvester.
आठ जमत्र अर्था त् क लथडा डि, क्तिरल, डि , स्पै र , रै जबट, डक, मथउस और पीिन
एक िृत्तीय व्यिस्र्थ में एक-दू सरे से समथन दू री पर बै ठे हैं । उनमें से द केंद्र की ओर
उन्मु ख नहीं हैं । िे सिी अलग-अलग कथटू ा न केरे िर ,ं िै से- टॉम, बै टमैन, बग्स, ट्वीटी,
र डरनर, िे री, जसल्वे स्टर और डै िी क पसंद करते हैं , लेजकन िरूरी नहीं जक समथन
क्रम में ह ।ं स्पै र और डि क्रमशः कॉलथडा डि के बथईं ओर तीसरे और दू सरे स्र्थन पर
बै ठे हैं । न त कॉलथडा डि और न ही पीिन उस व्यक्ति के जनकटतम पड सी है जिसे
िै री पसंद करतथ है ।
डक क बग और ट्वीटी पसंद नहीं है । डै िी क पसंद करने िथलथ व्यक्ति रै जबट के
जिपरीत बै ठथ है । कॉलथडा डि क िै री पसंद नहीं है । क्तिरल और कॉलथडा डि एक-
दू सरे के उन्मु ख नहीं हैं । स्पै र और मथउस , क्तिरल के जनकटतम पड़ सी हैं , ि
र डरनर क पसंद करतथ है । ि व्यक्ति ट्वीटी क पसंद करतथ है , िह क्तिरल के ठीक
दथयी ं ओर बै ठतथ है । मथउस, कॉलथडा डि के दथयी ं ओर तीसरे स्र्थन पर बै ठथ है और
टॉम क पसंद करतथ है । पीिन, रै जबट के दथयी ं ओर से तीसरे स्र्थन पर बै ठथ है और
जसलिेस्टर क पसंद करतथ है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 97
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
98)
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 98
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
99)
H, I, J, K, L, M, N and P are eight family members sitting around a circle
facing the centre but not necessarily in the same order. Each of them
have a different age except I and M. There are five females and three
males in the family. L ,who is 21 years old sits second to the right of his
sister ,who is 33 years old and on the immediate left of his wife. J ,who
is twice as old as her sister sits third to he right of L. M who is 10 years
older than N sits second to the right of her husband P ,who is 18 years
older than K. P is not an immediate neighbour of his sister K. I sits
second to the right of H and has two children. N, who is 9 years younger
than K, is not an immediate neighbour of L. P sits second to the right of
L, who is brother of K. Uncle of J is 50 years older than H. N is the son of
P.
H, I, J, K, L, M, N और P एक पररिथर के आठ सदस्य हैं ि एक िृतथकथर मेि के
चथर ं ओर केंद्र की ओर उन्मुख ह कर बै ठे हैं , लेजकन आिश्यक नहीं जक क्रम
समथन ह । I और M क छ ड़कर इनमें से प्रत्येक की आयु जिन्न है । पररिथर में
पथं च मजहलथएं हैं एिं तीन पुरुष हैं । L, जिसकी आयु 21 िषा है , अपनी 33 िषीय
बहन के दथएं से दू सरे स्र्थन पर बै ठथ है एिं अपनी पत्नी के ठीक बथएँ बैठथ है । J,
जिसकी आयु उसकी बहन से द गुनी है , L के दथएं से तीसरे स्र्थन पर बैठी है । M,
जिसकी आयु N से 10 िषा अजधक है , अपने पजत P के दथएं से दू सरे स्र्थन पर बै ठी
है , ि जक K से 18 िषा बड़थ है । P, अपनी बहन K की जनकटतम पड सी नहीं है । I,
H के दथएं से दू सरे स्र्थन पर है एिं उसकी द संतथन है । N ि K से 9 िषा छ टथ है ,
L कथ जनकटतम पड सी नहीं है । P, L के दथएं से दू सरे स्र्थन पर है ि जक K कथ
िथई है । J कथ अंकल H से 50 िषा बड़थ है । N, P कथ पुत्र है ।
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 99
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
100)
Eight persons P,Q,R,S,T,U,V,W were racing towards ladakh on different
bikes viz. Apache, Ducati, Suzuki ,Pulsar ,Honda ,Yamaha, Royal Enfield,
Harley Davidson but not necessarily in the same order. They got
different positions viz. 1,2,3,4,5. Two of them got the same positions
while two of them were not be able to reach to the destination point.
W is two position ahead of V(means the difference of numerical value
of their position’s is two).S was three positions behind Q. The one with
Harley Davidson got the first position but that will not be Q. The person
with Suzuki was not be able to reach to the final destination point.
Ducati is ahead of Pulsar. V was not at last position. U who is on
Yamaha was out of the race. P was just behind Royal Enfield. The
persons who were on Honda and Apache were riding together but they
did not get the 2nd and 3rd position. Pulsar was not owned by P. T did
not have Apache or Suzuki.
आठ व्यक्ति P,Q,R,S,T,U,V,W जिजिन्न बथइक ं पर लद्दथख की ओर िथ रहे र्े ,
अर्था त- अपथचे, डु कथटी, सुिुकी, पल्सर, ह ड ं थ, यथमथहथ, रॉयल इनिील्ड, हथले
डे जिडसन, लेजकन आिश्यक नहीं जक समथन क्रम में ह |ं उन्ह न ं े जिजिन्न स्र्थन
प्रथप्त जकयथ, अर्था त- 1,2,3,4,5. उनमें से द समथन स्र्थन प्रथप्त करते हैं िबजक द
गंतव्य जबंदु पर पहुँ चने में सक्षम नहीं हुए| W, V से द स्र्थन आगे है (अर्था त उनके
स्र्थन ं की अंकीय मथन कथ अंतर द है )| S, Q से तीन स्र्थन पीछे र्थ| हथले
डे जिडसन िथलथ व्यक्ति प्रर्म स्र्थन प्रथप्त करतथ है , लेजकन िह Q नहीं है | सुिुकी
िथलथ व्यक्ति अंजतम गंतव्य स्र्थन पर पहुँ चने में सक्षम नहीं हुआ| डु कथटी, पल्सर
के आगे है | V, अंजतम स्र्थन पर नहीं र्थ| U, ि यथमथहथ पर र्थ, दौड़ से बथहर ह
गयथ| P, रॉयल एनिील्ड से ठीक पीछे र्थ| ह ड ं थ और अपथचे िथले व्यक्ति
एकसथर् चल रहे र्े , लेजकन िे दू सरथ और तीसरथ स्र्थन प्रथप्त नहीं करते हैं |
पल्सर, P द्वथरथ नहीं चलथई िथती है | T के पथस अपथचे यथ सुिुकी नहीं है |
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 Puzzles set -1
Sol 100
**********
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 PUZZLE SET 2
WWW.BANKINGCHRONICLE.CO.IN
SUBSCRIBE TO OUR YOU-TUBE CHANNEL
DATA INTERPRETATION
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L5tJzz
53c6w&list=PLYmOMw1MMM7uLhKyCc4K
qtTNE4W9WmPS2
1)
Seven containers named C, D, E, F, G, H and I are placed one above other. Each
container contains different quantity of oil i.e. 18, 21, 28, 32, 38, 44 and 63 litres
but not necessarily in the same order.
Container with 63 litre oil is placed just above H. Three containers are placed
between E and H but neither of them is placed at the bottommost position. Three
containers are placed between container of 32 litre and of 18 litre oil. H does not
contain 18 litre oil. Container with 18 litre oil is placed below container with 32
litre oil. No container is placed between containers of 18 litre and 38 litre oil,
which is not at bottommost position. I contain 28 litres oil and is not below
container of 18 litre oil. D is placed at bottommost position. G is placed above F
which does not contain 38 litre oil. Container C is placed just below the container
with 32 litre oil. The container which contains 44 litre oil is placed below the one
which contains 21 litres oil. The container with 21 litre oil is placed below the
container with 28 litre oil.
SOL
2)
SOL 2)
3)
Eight people A, B, G, H, N, O, X and Y are member of family. Among them four are
males and four are females. There are three husbands, three wives, two
daughters, and two sons in the family. Each member of the family likes different
color i.e. Yellow, Red, Blue, Brown, Black, Green, Grey and Pink. They all are
sitting around a circular table facing the centre.
No male like Blue. Y likes Black and is married to the one who likes Green. A is
father of G and O. O, who is a male likes Green. A and B do not sit adjacent to
each other. All females sit together. H likes Pink and is sitting second to the left of
her father. H is daughter of G. G sits second to the right of her son. B sits between
one male and one female. The one who likes Grey is married to the one who likes
Brown and neither A nor B likes Brown. N likes Blue and is sitting between the one
who like Red and the one who like Grey. X does not like grey. X is father of B and
is sitting between two male members. Son and Daughter-in-law of A faces each
other.
SOL
4)
SOL
5)
Nine people A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I stay in a building. The building has nine
floors and only one person stays on one floor. Each of them is the owner of a
coaching - Adda, OT, Career Launcher, PM, Oliveboard, Kd, CP, TIME and
Testbook. Each person belongs to different city, i.e. Mumbai, Agra, Bhopal,
Chennai, Delhi, Kolkata, Noida, Banglore and Gurugram, but not necessarily in the
same order. The ground floor is numbered 1, the floor above it is numbered 2,
and so on, and the topmost floor is numbered 9.
The one who belongs to Banglore stays on the fourth floor. A does not belong to
Kolkata. There are three floors between the floors on which C and G stay. D stays
on a floor immediately above the I’s floor. The one who has coaching named as
CP stays on an even numbered floor. F does not belong to Gurugram. The one
who belongs to Mumbai stays on the topmost floor. The one who has coaching
named as PM stays immediate below to the one who has coaching named as
Adda. F has coaching named as Kd and does not stay on the ground floor. H
belongs to Chennai and stays on an even-numbered floor and he has coaching
named as PM. G belongs to Noida. E stays on the second floor and belongs to
Bhopal. There are three people between the one who has coaching named as OT
and the one who has coaching named as TIME. The person who has coaching
named as OT stays below the person who has coaching named as TIME. The one
who belongs to Gurugram stays on the third floor. There are two floors between
the floors on which the people who belong to Noida and Chennai live. The person
who has coaching named as TIME is from Noida. C belongs to Agra. The one who
has coaching named as Testbook stays immediate above C. There is one floor
between the floors on which F and G stay. There is one floor between the floors
on which the one who has coaching named as Career Launcher and the one who
has coaching named as Testbook stay. A stay on an even-numbered floor below
the floor on which H stays.
SOL
6)
Eight persons A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8 are sitting in a row not necessarily in the
same order. Some of them are facing north while some of them are facing south. They
used to do shopping from different brands i.e. Levis, John Players, Spykar, Denizen,
Gantt, Flying Machine, USPA, Superdry but not necessarily in the same order.
The one who shop from Denizen sits fifth to the right of A6 and both of them are facing
same direction. The persons who used to do shopping from John Players and Spykar are
immediate neighbors of each other and none of them sits at the corner. A3 does
shopping from Gantt and faces south direction. Only one person sits to the left of A6. A4
does shopping from Flying Machine sits third to the left of the one who shop from
Spykar. The immediate neighbours of A3 faces opposite directions (if one faces north
then other faces south or vice versa). A8 sits at the corner and faces north direction. A7
who faces south and shop from Superdry sits second to the right of A8. A1 does not
shop from Spykar and Denizen and faces north. A2 faces north direction and is not an
immediate neighbour of A5. A6 shop from USPA. A3 sits second to the right of A4. A8 is
not an immediate neighbor of one who shop from Denizen.
आठ व्यक्ति A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8 एक पंक्ति में बै ठे हैं आवश्यक नहीं कक समान क्रम में
हों। उनमें से कुछ का मुख उत्तर की ओर है जबकक कुछ का मुख दकिण की ओर है । वे अलग-अलग
ब्ां ि अर्ाा त् लेकवस, जॉन प्लेयसा , स्पाईकर, िे कनज़न, गैंट, फ्लाइं ग मिीन, यू एसपीए, सुपरिराई से
िॉकपं ग करते हैं , लेककन आवश्यक नहीं कक समान क्रम में हो।
िे कनज़न से िॉकपंग करने वाला व्यक्ति A6 के दाएं से पां चवें स्र्ान पर है और उन दोनों का मुख
समान कदिा की ओर है । जॉन प्ले यसा और स्पाईकर से िॉकपं ग करने वाले व्यक्ति एक-दू सरे के
कनकटतम पड़ोसी हैं तर्ा उनमें से कोई भी कोनों पर नहीं बैठा है । A3 गैंट से िॉकपं ग करता है और
उसका मुख दकिण की ओर है । A6 के बाईं ओर केवल एक व्यक्ति बै ठा है । A4 फ्लाइं ग मिीन से
िॉकपं ग करता है और स्पाईकर से िॉकपं ग करने वाले व्यक्ति के बाएँ से तीसरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है । A3
के कनकटतम पड़ोकसयों का मु ख कवपरीत कदिाओं की ओर है (यकद एक का मुख उत्तर की ओर है तो
अन्य का मु ख दकिण की ओर है या इसके कवपरीत भी)। A8 कोने पर बै ठा है और उसका मु ख उत्तर
कदिा की ओर है । A7, कजसका मु ख दकिण की ओर है और सुपरिराई से िॉकपं ग करता है , A8 के दाएं
से दू सरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है । A1 स्पाईकर और िे कनज़न से िॉकपं ग नहीं करता है तर्ा उसका मु ख
उत्तर की ओर है । A2 का मुख उत्तर कदिा की ओर है तर्ा वह A5 का कनकटतम पड़ोसी नहीं है । A6
यूएसपीए से िॉकपंग करता है । A3, A4 के दाएं से दू सरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है । A8, िे कनज़न से िॉकपं ग
करने वाले व्यक्ति का कनकटतम पड़ोसी नहीं है ।
Sol
7)
Eight friends S, T, U, V, W, X, Y and Z are sitting around a circular area of
equal distances between each other, but not necessarily in the same order.
Some of the people are facing the centre while some faces outside. They
have relation with each other.
Y’s grandfather sits third to the right of U. Immediate neighbours of U face
the same direction. Y faces the same direction as U’s grandfather.
Immediate neighbours of W face opposite direction. S is brother-in-law of T.
Immediate neighbours of U’s father face opposite direction. U’s uncle sits
second to the left of Y, who is one of the sons of X. Z is not immediate
neighbour of V’s grandsons. T, who is the wife of V, sits second to the left of
Y’s mother. Y’s mother faces the centre. U’s father sits third to the right of
U’s grandmother. Y’s grandfather has only one brother. T’s daughter-in-law
W has two sons and one brother-in-law. Z is the son of V. T is the wife of Y’s
grandfather. U’s mother sits second to the left of U.
आठ कमत्र S, T, U, V, W, X, Y और Z एक वृ त्ताकार िे त्र के चारों ओर एक-दू सरे से
समान दू री पर बै ठे हैं , लेककन आवश्यक नहीं कक समान क्रम में हों। कुछ व्यक्तियों का
मुख केंद्र की ओर है जबकक कुछ का मुख केंद्र से बाहर की ओर है । वे सभी एक-दू सरे
से सम्बंकधत हैं ।
Y का ग्रैं िफादर, U के दाएं से तीसरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है । U के कनकटतम पड़ोकसयों का
मुख समान कदिा की ओर है । Y का मुख U के ग्रैं िफादर के समान कदिा की ओर है ।
W के कनकटतम पड़ोकसयों का मुख कवपरीत कदिा की ओर है । S, T का ब्दर-इन-लॉ है ।
U के कपता के कनकटतम पड़ोकसयों का मुख कवपरीत कदिा की ओर है । U का अं कल Y
के बाएँ से दू सरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है , जो X के पु त्रों में से एक है । Z, V के पोते का कनकटतम
पड़ोसी नहीं है । T, जो V की पिी है , Y की माँ के बाएँ से दू सरे स्र्ान पर बै ठी है । Y की
माँ का मुख केंद्र की ओर है । U का कपता, U की ग्रैं िमदर के दाएं से तीसरे स्र्ान पर
बै ठा है । Y के ग्रैं िफादर का केवल एक भाई है । T की पुत्रवधू W के दो पुत्र और एक
ब्दर-इन-लॉ हैं । Z, V का पुत्र है । T, Y के ग्रैं िफादर की पिी है । U की माँ U के बाएँ से
दू सरे स्र्ान पर बै ठी है ।
Sol
8)
Five coaches were presented with Dronacharya award in different cities viz.
Mumbai, Delhi, Nagpur, Kolkata and Bangalore. They were awarded on
different days of the same week. No one was awarded in weekends. These
coaches teach different sports viz. Boxing, Wrestling, Judo, Archery and
Swimming. Among the five coaches only two are males. The one who
teaches Wrestling was not awarded in Bangalore. The coach who teaches
archery was awarded in Nagpur. The one who teaches Swimming was
awarded neither in Kolkata nor in Bangalore. A female coach was awarded
in Bangalore. The one who was awarded in Mumbai is a female and she was
awarded on Tuesday. The Wrestling coach was awarded on Wednesday. The
male coaches were awarded on alternate days of the week but not on
Monday. Neither Boxing nor Archery coach was awarded on Monday. Judo
coach was awarded just immediately after wrestling coach. In Bangalore the
award was given on Thursday.
पाँ च कोचों को अलग-अलग िहरों अर्ाा त मुं बई, कदल्ली, नागपुर, कोलकाता और
बं गलोर में द्रोणाचाया अवािा से सम्माकनत ककया गया। इन सभी को समान सप्ताह के
कवकभन्न कदनों में अवािा कदया गया। सप्ताहां त में ककसी को अवािा नहीं कदया गया। ये
कोच कवकभन्न खे लों का प्रकििण दे ते हैं अर्ाा त-मुक्केबाजी, कुश्ती, जू िो, तीरं दाजी और
तैराकी। इन पाँ चों कोचों में से केवल दो पुरुष हैं । जो कुश्ती में प्रकििण दे ता है , उसे
बं गलोर में अवािा नहीं कदया गया। जो कोच तीरं दाजी में प्रकििण दे ता है , उसे नागपुर में
अवािा कदया गया।
जो तैराकी में प्रकििण दे ता है उसे न तो कोलकाता न ही बें गलोर में अवािा कमलता है ।
एक मकहला कोच को बैं गलोर में अवािा कदया गया। कजस कोच को मुंबई में अवािा कदया
गया वह एक मकहला है और उसे मंगलवार को अवािा कदया गया। कुश्ती के कोच को
बु धवार के कदन अवािा कदया गया। पुरुष कोचों को सप्ताह के एकान्तर कदनों में अवािा
कदया गया लेककन सोमवार को नहीं। न तो मु क्केबाजी न ही तीरं दाजी के कोच को
सोमवार को अवािा कदया गया। जू िो के कोच को, कुश्ती के कोच के ठीक बाद अवािा
कदया गया। बैं गलोर में बृ हस्पकतवार के कदन अवािा कदया गया।
Sol
9)
A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7 and A8 are eight employees who work in an eight-
storey building. The ground floor is numbered one and the topmost floor is
numbered eight. Each of them earns different amount of rupees per day viz 80,
70, 210, 500, 150, 290, 140 and 50 but not necessarily in the same order. There is
gap of only one floor between A1 and the one who earns 50 lives. The one who
earns 80 works on an even-numbered floor and just above the floor on which the
one who earns 150. A4 does not works on the 1st floor. A8 does not work on third
floor. Only one person works between the one who earns 140 and A4. A1 works
on an odd-numbered floor and A5 works on the floor which is just above the floor
on which A1 works. A2 works on the fourth floor. Two persons work between the
one who earns 290 and A1. A6 works just below the one who earns 150. The one
who earns 210 does not work on an odd-numbered floor. A7 does not earn 70.
There is a gap of two floors between the floor on which A8 and A5 works. A8
works on floor which is below the floor of A5. There is a gap of two floors
between the one who earns 500 and the one who earns 210.
A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7 और A8 आठ कमाचारी हैं , जो एक आठ मंकजला इमारत में
काया करते हैं । सबसे कनचले तल की संख्या एक और िीषा तल की संख्या आठ है । उनमें से
प्रत्येक, प्रकतकदन अलग अलग राकि अकजात करता है अर्ाा त् : 80, 70, 210, 500, 150, 290,
140 और 50 ले ककन जरूरी नहीं समान क्रम में हो। A1 और 50 रुपये अकजा त करने वाले
व्यक्ति के तलों के बीच में केवल एक तल का अंतर है । 80 रुपये अकजा त करने वाला व्यक्ति
सम संख्या वाले तल पर काया करता है और उस तल के ठीक ऊपर काया करता है कजस पर
150 रु. अकजा त करने वाला व्यक्ति काया करता है । A4 पहले तल पर काया नहीं करता है । A8
तीसरे तल पर काया नहीं करता है । 140 रुपये अकजा त करने वाले व्यक्ति और A4 के बीच में
केवल एक व्यक्ति काया करता है । A1 कवषम संख्या वाले तल पर काया करता है और A5 उस
तल के ठीक ऊपर वाले तल पर काया करता है , कजस पर A1 काया करता है । A2 चौर्े तल पर
काया करता है । 290 रु अकजा त करने वाले व्यक्ति और A1 के बीच में दो व्यक्ति काया करते हैं ।
A6, 150 रु. अकजा त करने वाले व्यक्ति के ठीक नीचे काया करता है । 210 रु. अकजा त करने
वाला व्यक्ति कवषम संख्या तल पर काया नहीं करता है । A7, 70 रु. अकजा त नहीं करता है । A8
और A5 कजस तल पर काया करते हैं , उनके बीच में दो तल का अंतर है । A8 उस तल पर काया
करता है , जो A5 के तल से नीचे है । 500 रु. अकजा त करने वाले व्यक्ति और 210 रु. अकजा त
करने वाले व्यक्ति के बीच में दो तलों का अंतर है ।
Sol.
10)
Seven students Swati, Shradha, Preeti, Mansi, Charu, Pooja and Shruti
are going to visit famous temples of India viz; Badrinath, Konark-Sun,
Somnath, Kedarnath, Sanchi Stupa, Vaishno Devi and Siddhivinayak but
not necessarily in the same order. Each of them also uses different
means to travel viz; Car, Bus, Train, Air-Plane, Cycle, Boat and Bike, not
necessarily in the same order. Preeti visits Siddhivinayak and she goes
by Train. The one who goes by Car visits Somnath temple. Charu does
not go by Boat. Pooja does not visit Sanchi Stupa and Kedarnath. The
one who goes by Bike does not go to Badrinath. Shruti visit Konark Sun
and her means of travel is Air Plane. Mansi goes to visit Vaishno Devi.
Shradha’s means of travelling is Cycle. Pooja does not visit Somnath
temple and her means of travelling is not Bike. Swati travels by Bus. The
one whose means of travel is Cycle does not visit Kedarnath.
सात कवद्यार्ी स्वाती, श्रद्धा, प्रीकत, मानसी, चारू, पूजा और श्रुकत भारत के प्रकसद्ध
मंकदरों में घूमने जा रहे हैं , अर्ाा त; बद्रीनार्, कोणाका-सूया, सोमनार्, केदारनार्,
सां ची स्तूप, वै ष्णो दे वी और कसक्तद्ध कवनायक लेककन जरूरी नहीं कक समान क्रम में
हों। वे सभी यात्रा के अलग अलग साधनों का भी प्रयोग करते हैं , अर्ाा त; कार,
बस, टर े न, हवाई जहाज, साइककल, नाव और बाइक, लेककन जरूरी नहीं समान
क्रम में हो। प्रीकत, कसक्तद्ध कवनायक जाती है और वह टर े न द्वारा जाती है । वह जो कार
से जाता है , सोमनार् मंकदर जाता है । चारू, नाव से नहीं जाती है । पूजा, सां ची स्तूप
और केदारनार् नहीं जाती है । वह जो बाइक द्वारा जाता है , बद्रीनार् नहीं जाता है ।
श्रुकत, कोणाका-सूया जाती है और जाने के कलए हवाई जहाज का प्रयोग करती है ।
मानसी, वैष्णो दे वी जाती है । श्रद्धा यात्रा के कलए साइककल का प्रयोग करती है ।
पूजा, सोमनार् मंकदर नहीं जाती है और वह जाने के कलए बाइक का प्रयोग नहीं
करती है । स्वाती, बस से यात्रा करती है । वह जो जाने के कलए साइककल का प्रयोग
करता है , केदारनार् की यात्रा नहीं करता है ।
Sol)
11)
Ten persons P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X and Y lives in a building of five
floors such that ground floor is numbered 1 and floor above it is 2 and
so on up to top floor which is numbered as 5. Each of the floor consist
of 2 flats as flat-1and flat-2. Flat-1 of floor-2 is immediately above flat-1
of floor-1 and immediately below flat-1 of floor-3 and in the same way
flat-2 of floor-2 is immediately above flat-2 of floor-1 and immediately
below flat-2 of floor-3 and so on. Flat-2 of each floor is in east of Flat-1
S lives in even numbered flat of even numbered floor. R lives west of U
on one of the floor above S.
There are three floors in between floors of V and R.
Only One floor is in between the floors of X and Y, who does not live
with V. X lives above Y but not in same numbered flat. P live in flat-1 of
odd numbered floor. T live below P but not in flat-2.
W lives east of P but not on same flat numbered as of V.
दस व्यक्ति P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X और Y एक ईमारत में पां च मंकजलों पर इस
प्रकार रहते हैं कक भूतल की सं ख्या 1 और उससे ऊपर की मंकजल की संख्या 2
और इस प्रकार िीषा मंकजल की संख्या 5 है . प्रत्येक मंकजल में 2 फ्लैट हैं - फ्लैट-1
और फ्लैट-2. फ्लैट-1 और फ्लैट-2 मंकजल 1 के फ्लैट 1 के ठीक ऊपर और
मंकजल 3 के फ्लैट 1 के ठीक नीचे है और इसी प्रकार मंकजल 2 का फ्लैट 2 मंकजल
1 के फ्लैट 2 के ठीक ऊपर और मंकजल 3 के फ्लैट 2 के ठीक नीचे है और इसी
प्रकार आगे भी. प्रत्ये क मंकजल का फ्लैट-2 फ्लैट -1 के पूवा में है .
S सम संख्या मंकजल के सम संख्या फ्लैट में रहता है . R, S के ऊपर की मंकजलों में
से एक पर U के पकित में रहता है .
V और R की मंकजल के बीच तीन मंकजलें हैं .
X और Y के बीच में केवल एक मंकजल है , जो V के सार् नहीं रहता. X,Y के ऊपर
रहता है लेककन समान फ्लैट संख्या में नहीं. P कवषम मंकजल संख्या के फ्लैट-1 में
रहता है . T,P के नीचे रहता है लेककन फ्लैट -2 में नहीं.
W, P के पूवा में रहता है लेककन समान फ्लै ट संख्या पर नहीं कजसपर V रहता है .
Sol.
12)
Seven person A, B, C, D, E, F and G goes for shopping on different days
of the week from Monday to Sunday on different malls viz. MGF, DLF,
Metropolitan, Pheonix, DB City, Mantri Square and Select Citywalk (but
not necessarily in the same order).
G goes to Pheonix but neither on Saturday or Friday. The one who goes
to Metropolitan for shopping goes on Wednesday. F neither goes to DB
city nor MGF but goes on Sunday. B goes on Monday. A goes on
Tuesday for shopping in DLF. The one who shops in Mantri Square goes
before F. Neither C nor D goes on Wednesday. The one who shops from
Mantri Square did not goes on Friday or Monday. D does not shops
from Mantri Square but shops after the one who shops at MGF.
Sol.
13)
Some persons A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7 and A8 sit in a row facing
North. All of them likes different color and each of them have different
height. A3 sits 4th to the left of A4, who likes orange color. The one
who likes black color sits at extreme right end. A5 sits 3rd to the left of
A6, who likes white color. Only four persons sit between A8 and A6.
Four persons sit between A3 and A1, who likes green color. A7 sits 7th
from the left end. Only one person sit between A6 and A2, who sits at
extreme right end. A8 sits immediate right to the one who likes orange
color. Only two persons sit to the left of A1.The one who likes Pink
color sits 5th to the left of A6. The one who likes Blue color sits 2nd to
the right of A8. A7 likes Yellow color. The one who likes Red color sits
5th to the right of A1.
कुछ व्यक्ति A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7 और A8 एक पं क्ति में उत्तर की ओर
उन्मुख हैं . उनमें सभी कभन्न रं ग पसंद करते हैं और उन सभी की ऊंचाई कभन्न है .
A3, A4 के बाएं से चौर्े स्र्ान पर बै ठता है जो नारं गी रं ग पसंद करता है . वह जो
काला रं ग पसंद करता है अंकतम दायें छोर पर बै ठा है . A5, A6 के बाएं से तीसरे
स्र्ान पर बै ठा है जो सफ़ेद रं ग पसंद करता है . केवल चार व्यक्ति A8 और A6 के
बीच बैठे हैं . चार व्यक्ति A3 और A1 के बीच बैठे हैं जो हरा रं ग पसंद करता है .
A7, बाएं अं त से सातवें स्र्ान पर बै ठा है . केवल एक व्यक्ति A6 और A2 के बीच
बैठा है जो अंकतम दायें छोर पर बै ठा है . A8 नारं गी रं ग पसंद करने वाले व्यक्ति के
ठीक दायें बैठा है . केवल दो व्यक्ति A1 के बायीं ओर बैठे हैं . वह जो गुलाबी रं ग
पसंद करता है A6 के बाएं से पां चवें स्र्ान पर बैठा है . वह जो नीला रं ग पसंद
करता है A8 के दायें से दू सरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है . A7 पीला रं ग पसंद करता है . वह
जो लाल रं ग पसंद करता है A1 के दायें से पां चवें स्र्ान पर बैठा है .
Sol.
14)
Ten persons are sitting in two parallel rows containing five persons in
each row. In row 1, P1, P2 P3, P4 and P5 are sitting and all of them are
facing south. In row 2, A1, A2, A3, A4 and A5 are sitting and all of them
are facing north. In the given seating arrangement, each person seated
in a row faces another person of the other row but not necessarily in
the same order. Each of them has a birthday in different months viz.
March, April, May, June, July, August, September, October, November
and December but not necessarily in the same order.
Two persons sit between the one whose birthday is in March, who sits
at an extreme end and P5. A1 sits middle of the row and he is not an
immediate neighbour of A2, whose birthday is not in December. A5 is
sitting at an extreme end of the row. P5’s birthday is in July and he sits
on the immediate right of the one whose birthday is in April. P5 faces
the immediate neighbour of A2. P3 does not sit at the extreme left end
of the row. A1’s birthday is not in November. Only one person sits
between P2 and P4 whose birthday is in March. A4’s birthday is in
August and he is an immediate neighbour of the one whose birthday is
in December. A4 does not face the one whose birthday is in May. A3’s
birthday is in June and he is an immediate neighbour of the one whose
birthday is in November. The one whose birthday is in November faces
the one who is immediate neighbour of the one whose birthday is in
July. There are two persons between the one whose birthday is in
September and the one whose birthday is in May. P3’s birthday is not in
September. A5’s birthday is not in October.
दस व्यक्ति दो समान्तर पंक्तियों में बैठें हैं कजसमें प्रत्येक पंक्ति में पां च व्यक्ति हैं .
पंक्ति 1 में , P1, P2 P3, P4 और P5 बैठे हैं और सभी उत्तरी की ओर उन्मुख हैं .
पंक्ति 2 में , A1, A2, A3, A4 और A5 बै ठे हैं और सभी उत्तर की ओर उन्मुख हैं . दी
गयी बैठकीकरण व्यवस्र्ा में , पंक्ति में बै ठा प्रत्येक सदस्य अन्य पं क्ति में बैठे अन्य
सदस्य की ओर उन्मुख है लेककन जरूरी नहीं समान क्रम में हो. प्रत्येक का
जन्मकदन कभन्न महीनों में है जैसे: माचा , अप्रै ल, मई, जून, जुलाई, अगस्त, कसतम्बर,
अक्टू बर, नवम्बर और कदसंबर लेककन जरूरी नहीं समान क्रम हो.
Sol.
15)
Six persons A, B, C, D, E and F attends lecture of six different
subjects i.e. English, Hindi, Maths, Science, Economics and
Accounts in a same institute in six continuous time slots each of
either 1.5 hour or 3 hours. There is no break time between lecture
timings. First lecture starts at 6:30 AM. Three lectures are of 3
hours each and rest are of 1.5 hour each. B does not studies
Science or Economics. C does not studies accounts or Maths. A
attends lecture of English and his lecture ends at 12:30 PM.
There are two lectures between lectures of English and that of
Hindi, which is of 1.5 hours. More than three persons attend
lecture between D and F. D attends lecture immediate before the
lecture of Economics, which starts at 9:30 AM. B attends lecture
just after the one who attends lecture of accounts which is of 3
hours.
छह व्यक्ति- A, B, C, D, E और F, छह अलग-अलग कवषयों अर्ाा त्- अंग्रेज़ी,
गकणत, कवज्ञान, अर्ा िास्त्र और एकाउं ट्स के लेक्चर में तर्ा समान संस्र्ान में छह
लगातार टाइम स्लॉट में भाग लेते हैं कजसमें प्रत्येक स्लॉट या तो 1.5 घंटे या 3 घंटे
का है । लेक्चर के बीच कोई समयान्तराल नही है । पहला लेक्चर 6:30 पू वाा ह्न पर
आरम्भ होता है । तीन में से प्रत्येक ले क्चर 3 घन्ों का है और िे ष लेक्चर में से
प्रत्येक 1.5 घंटे का है । B, कवज्ञान या अर्ािास्त्र नहीं पढ़ता है । C, एकाउं ट्स या
गकणत नहीं पढ़ता है । A, अंग्रेज़ी के ले क्चर में भाग लेता है और उसका लेक्चर
12:30 अपराह्न पर समाप्त हो जाता है । अं ग्रेज़ी और कहन्दी के लेक्चर के बीच दो
लेक्चर हैं , जो 1.5 घंटे के हैं । D और F के बीच तीन से अकधक व्यक्ति लेक्चर में
भाग लेते हैं । D, अर्ा िास्त्र के लेक्चर से ठीक पहले लेक्चर में भाग लेता है , जो
9:30 पूवाा ह्न पर आरम्भ होता है । B, एकाउं ट्स के लेक्चर में भाग लेने वाले व्यक्ति
के ठीक बाद लेक्चर में भाग लेता है , जो 3 घंटे का है ।
Sol.
16)
Ten persons sit in two parallel rows facing each other. A, B. C. D and E sits in row 1 and
faces South. U, V, W, X and Y sits in row 2 and faces North. Each of them likes ten
different festivals i.e. Holi, Diwali, Eid, Rakhi, Easter, Gurupurab, Onam, Pongal,
Christmas and Bihu.
X sits third to left of one who likes Easter. C sits in middle of the row. The one who likes
Christmas is an immediate neighbor of D and faces the one who likes Easter. Two
persons sit between V and W. The one who likes Diwali is an immediate neighbour of
the one who faces V. C does not like Diwali. Two persons sit between the one who likes
Eid and the one who likes Onam. The one who likes Bihu faces Eid and sit third to the
left of E. U does not likes Easter. U is not an immediate neighbor of the one who faces B.
The one who likes Gurupurab sit at an extreme end. V does not like Eid. Only one person
sits between the one who likes Gurupurab and Pongal. The one who like Holi faces the
one who likes Pongal. The one who likes Rakhi faces North.
दस व्यक्ति दो समानां तर पंक्तियों में बैठे हैं । A, B, C, D और E, पंक्ति-1 में बैठे हैं और दकिण की
ओर उन्मु ख हैं । U, V, W, X और Y पंक्ति-2 में बैठे हैं और उत्तर की ओर उन्मु ख हैं । उनमें से प्रत्ये क
दस अलग-अलग त्योहारों अर्ाा त् होली, दीवाली, ईद, राखी, ईस्टर, गुरुपवा , ओनम, पोंगल, कक्रसमस
और कबहू को पसं द करते हैं ।
X, ईस्टर पसंद करने वाले व्यक्ति के बाएँ से तीसरे स्र्ान पर बैठा है । C, पंक्ति के मध्य में बै ठा है ।
कक्रसमस पसं द करने वाला व्यक्ति, D का एक कनकटतम पड़ोसी है और ईस्टर पसंद करने वाले
व्यक्ति की ओर उन्मुख है । V और W के बीच दो व्यक्ति बैठे हैं । दीवाली पसंद करने वाला व्यक्ति, V
की ओर उन्मुख व्यक्ति का एक कनकटतम पड़ोसी है । C, दीवाली पसं द नहीं करता है । ईद और
ओनम पसंद करने वाले व्यक्तियों के बीच दो व्यक्ति बै ठे हैं । कबहू पसंद करने वाला व्यक्ति, ईद पसंद
करने वाले व्यक्ति की ओर उन्मु ख है और E के बाएँ से तीसरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है । U, ईस्टर पसं द नहीं
करता है । U, B की ओर उन्मुख व्यक्ति का कनकटतम पड़ोसी नहीं है । गुरु पवा पसंद करने वाला
व्यक्ति ककसी अंकतम छोर पर बै ठा है । V, ईद पसं द नहीं करता है । गु रु पवा और पोंगल पसंद करने
वाले व्यक्तियों के बीच केवल एक व्यक्ति बैठा है । होली पसंद करने वाला व्यक्ति, पोंगल पसंद करने
वाले व्यक्ति की ओर उन्मु ख है । राखी पसं द करने वाला व्यक्ति उत्तर की ओर उन्मु ख है ।
Sol.
17)
Sol.
18)
Eight family members M, N, O, P, Q, R, T and U are going for a
marriage party. Only three of them are females. They all sit
around a circular table for dinner facing center but not
necessarily in the same order. Each of them is in relation with
M in some way. O is the son of M and sits third to the right of
him. Brother of M sits opposite to O. U is the wife of M and sits
opposite to her son-in-law. Father of Q sits third to the left of
him. P is not mother-in-law of U. Mother-in-law of M’s wife sits
second to the left of M. R sits immediate right to her husband
T.
Sol.
19)
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting around a square table and
all of them are facing towards the center of table. Each of them like different
brand viz. Oneplus, Honor, Apple, Poco, Oppo, Vivo, Samsung and Moto but
not necessarily in the same order. Two persons sit on each side of table.
A sits third to left of G who likes Moto brand. Only one person sits between
A and C. The one who likes Apple brand sits second to right of C. Only one
person sits between A and H. The persons who like Oneplus and Samsung
brand sit on the same side. E neither like Oneplus nor Samsung brand. Three
persons sit between the one who likes Poco brand and the one who like
Oneplus brand. C does not like Poco or Oneplus brand. Only one person sits
between E and F who likes Oppo brand. The one who likes Honor brand
does not sit with adjacent to F. H does not sit on same side with the one
who likes Poco brand. Only three persons sit between the one who likes
Vivo and D.
आठ व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक वगाा कार मेज के चारों ओर बै ठे हैं और वे
सभी मेज के केंद्र की ओर उन्मु ख हैं . उनमें से प्रत्ये क को कवकभन्न ब्ां ि पसंद हैं अर्ाा त:
वनप्लस, हॉनर, एप्पल, पोको, ओप्पो, कववो, सैमसंग और मोटो ले ककन जरूरी नहीं कक
क्रम यही हो. दो व्यक्ति मेज की प्रत्ये क भु जा पर बै ठे हैं .
A, G के बाएं से तीसरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है जो मोटो ब्ां ि पसंद करता है . केवल एक
व्यक्ति A और C के बीच बै ठा है . वह जो एप्पल ब्ां ि पसंद करता है , C के दायें से दू सरे
स्र्ान पर बै ठा है . केवल एक व्यक्ति A और H के बीच में बै ठा है . वे व्यक्ति जो वनप्लस
और सैमसंग ब्ां ि पसं द करते हैं , समान भु जा पर बै ठे हैं . E न तो वनप्लस और न ही
सैमसंग ब्ां ि पसंद करता है . तीन व्यक्ति पोको ब्ां ि और वनप्लस ब्ां ि पसंद करने
वाले व्यक्तियों के बीच बै ठे हैं . C, पोको या वनप्लस ब्ां ि पसंद नहीं करता है . केवल
एक व्यक्ति E और F के बीच में बै ठा है , जो ओप्पो ब्ां ि पसंद करता है . वह जो हॉनर
ब्ां ि पसंद करता है , F के आसन्न नहीं बै ठा है . H पोको ब्ां ि पसंद करने वाले व्यक्ति के
सार् समान भु जा पर नहीं बै ठा है . केवल तीन व्यक्ति कववो पसंद करने वाले व्यक्ति और
D के बीच बै ठे हैं .
Sol.
20)
Eight employees P, R, T, V, A, C, E and G are living in a building on different floors
such as ground floor is numbered as 1 and top floor is numbered as 8, but not
necessarily in the same order. All of them work at different banks ICICI, BOI, BOB,
OBC, SBI, HDFC, DCB and UCO, but not necessarily in the same order.
Four employees live between E and the one who works at BOI, who lives above E.
P lives at odd no floor except 7th floor and does not live adjacent to E. The one
who works at DCB lives adjacent above BOI. One employee lives between P and
the one who works at ICICI bank. G works at BOB and lives above 5th floor. A does
not live adjacent to the one who works at ICICI bank and does not work at OBC or
UCO bank. V does not live at odd no floor and does not work at DCB or BOI bank.
The one who works at SBI lives at ground floor. More than three employees live
between A and the one who works at BOB. One employee lives between T and C,
who does not work at DCB. The one who work at OBC does not live adjacent to A.
Sol.
21)
Eight Students are sitting in two parallel rows in such way that there is an
equal distance between adjacent students. In row-I A, C, G and H are seated
and all of them are facing south. In row-II P, S, T and W are seated and all of
them are facing north, but not necessarily in the same order. Each of them
gets different ranks in test viz 1st, 2nd, 3rd , 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th and 8th, but
not necessarily in the same order.
C sits second to the left of the one who gets 3rd rank. The one who gets 8th
rank faces North direction. The one who gets 6th rank sits between P and W.
H and the one who gets 8th rank do not sit any extreme ends. C does not get
7th rank. A gets 3rd rank and sits opposite to the one who sits second left of
P. The one who gets 5th rank sits in same row with the one who gets 2nd
rank. The one who gets 7th rank does not sit at extreme ends. P sits at
extreme end. S gets 1st rank and does not sit opposite to the one who gets
2nd rank. P does not get 2nd rank.
आठ कवद्यार्ी दो समान्तर पं क्तियों में कुछ इस प्रकार बै ठे हैं कक सकन्नकट कवद्याकर्ा यों के
बीच की दू री समान है . पंक्ति -I में, A, C, G और H बै ठे हैं एवं वे सभी दकिण की ओर
उन्मु ख हैं . पंक्ति-II में, P, S, T और W बै ठे हैं एवं वे सभी उत्तर की ओर उन्मु ख हैं ,
लेककन जरूरी नहीं कक समान क्रम में हों. उनमें से प्रत्ये क को टे स्ट में कभन्न रैं क प्राप्त
होती है , अर्ाा त- पहली, दू सरी, तीसरी, चौर्ी, पां चवीं, छठी, सातवीं और आठवीं लेककन
जरूरी नहीं कक समान क्रम हो.
C, तीसरी रैं क प्राप्त करने वाले व्यक्ति के बाएं से दू सरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है . वह जो आठवीं
रैं क प्राप्त करता है , उत्तर कदिा की ओर उन्मु ख है . वह जो छठी रैं क प्राप्त करता है , P
और W के मध्य बै ठा है . H और वह व्यक्ति जो आठवीं रैं क प्राप्त करता है , ककसी भी
अं कतम कसरों पर नहीं बै ठे हैं . C सातवीं रैं क प्राप्त नहीं करता है . A तीसरी रैं क प्राप्त
करता है और P के बाएं से दू सरे स्र्ान पर बै ठे व्यक्ति के कवपरीत बै ठा है . वह जो
पां चवीं रैं क प्राप्त करता है , दू सरी रैं क प्राप्त करने वाले व्यक्ति के सार् समान पंक्ति में
बै ठा है . वह जो सातवीं रैं क प्राप्त करता है , अं कतम कसरों पर नहीं बै ठा है . P अं कतम कसरे
पर बै ठा है . S पहली रैं क प्राप्त करता है और दू सरी रैं क प्राप्त करने वाले व्यक्ति के
कवपरीत नहीं बै ठा है . P दू सरी रैं क प्राप्त नहीं करता है .
Sol 21
22)
There are eight people A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H they live on 8 different floors
of a building, lowermost floor is numbered as 1 and topmost floor is
numbered as 8. All are of different ages i.e. 51, 36, 39, 25, 14, 11, 17 and 19,
but not necessarily in the same order.
Only three person lives between B and the one who is 14 years old. Only
two persons live between G and the one who is second eldest person among
all. F is the oldest person among all. Only two person lives between G and
the one whose age is a perfect square of odd number. G does not live on
even number floor. Only three person lives between H and the one who is
11 years old. A is not the youngest among all. E and D are not the second
youngest person and neither of them is 25 years of age. The one who is
oldest does not live on odd number floor. A live immediately above the one
who is 14 years of age but not on even number floor. A’s age is not an odd
number. E’s age a prime number but does not live on the top floor. H is
younger than E.
आठ व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H इमारत के 8 अलग-अलग तलों पर रहते हैं ,
सबसे कनचला तल सं ख्या 1 और िीषा तल संख्या 8 है । सभी अलग-अलग आयु के हैं ,
अर्ाा त्: 51, 36, 39, 25, 14, 11, 17 और 19, लेककन जरूरी नहीं कक समान क्रम में
हो।
B और 14 वषा की आयु वाले व्यक्ति के बीच में केवल तीन व्यक्ति रहते हैं । G और सभी
में से दू सरे सबसे बड़े व्यक्ति के बीच में केवल दो व्यक्ति रहते हैं । F, सभी में से सबसे
बड़ा व्यक्ति है । G और वह व्यक्ति कजसकी आयु कवषम सं ख्या का पूणा वगा है , उनके
बीच में केवल दो व्यक्ति रहते हैं । G सम सं ख्या वाले तल पर नहीं रहता है । H और 11
वषा की आयु वाले व्यक्ति के बीच में केवल तीन व्यक्ति रहते हैं । A सभी में से सबसे
छोटा नहीं है । E और D दू सरे सबसे छोटे व्यक्ति नहीं हैं और उनमें से ककसी की भी
आयु 25 वषा नहीं है । सबसे बड़ा व्यक्ति कवषम संख्या तल पर नहीं रहता है । A, 14 वषा
की आयु वाले व्यक्ति के ठीक ऊपर रहता है लेककन सम संख्या तल पर नहीं। A की
आयु एक कवषम संख्या नहीं है । E की आयु अभाज्य संख्या है लेककन वह िीषा तल पर
नहीं रहता है । H, E से छोटा है ।
Sol. 22
23)
Ten persons P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y are going to attend the seminar on
two different dates 18 and 25 of five different months January, March, April,
May, June. Also each of them is of different height. Only four persons are
shorter than Q. X attend the seminar on an even date of a month having 30
days. Only three persons attend seminar in between X and Y who is the
tallest person. V goes immediately before U but not in the same month also
V is shorter than U. Only four persons attend the seminar in between V and
R. W attend the seminar immediately before R and is third shortest person.
S is just taller than V. The one who is second tallest attend the seminar
immediately before the one who is the shortest. R is taller than X but
shorter than U. P is shorter than W and X, who is not the shortest. The
shortest person attends the seminar immediately before the one who is the
tallest. Q does not attend the seminar on an odd date. T is not the second
tallest. P neither attend the seminar before W nor in a month having 30
days. R is shorter than S.
दस व्यक्ति P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y पां च अलग-अलग महीने जनवरी, माचा , अप्रैल,
मई, जू न की दो अलग-अलग तारीख 18 और 25 को सेमीनार में भाग लेते हैं । सार् ही
उनमें से प्रत्ये क की अलग अलग लम्बाई है । Qसे छोटे केवल चार व्यक्ति हैं । X, 30 कदन
वाले महीने की सम तारीख को सेमीनार में भाग लेता है । X और Y के बीच में केवल तीन
व्यक्ति सेमीनार में भाग लेते हैं , जो सबसे लम्बा व्यक्ति है । V, U से ठीक पहले जाता है
लेककन समान महीने में नहीं सार् ही V, U से छोटा है । V और R के बीच में केवल चार
व्यक्ति सेमीनार में भाग लेते हैं । W, R से ठीक पहले सेमीनार में भाग लेता है और
तीसरा सबसे छोटा व्यक्ति है । S, V से ठीक लम्बा है । दू सरा सबसे लम्बा व्यक्ति, सबसे
छोटे व्यक्ति से ठीक पहले सेमीनार में भाग लेता है । R, X से लम्बा है लेककन U से छोटा
है । P, W और X से छोटा है , जो सबसे छोटा नहीं है । सबसे छोटा व्यक्ति, सबसे लम्बे
व्यक्ति से ठीक पहले सेमीनार में भाग ले ता है । Qकवषम तारीख को सेमीनार में भाग
नहीं ले ता है । T दू सरा सबसे लम्बा नहीं है । P न तो W से पहले न ही 30 कदनों वाले महीने
में सेमीनार में भाग लेता है । R, S से छोटा है ।
Sol.
24)
There are eight persons i.e. A, B, C, D, M, N, O and P who all sitting around a
circular table such that four of them like fruits i.e. Banana, Mango, Litchi,
Kiwi and other four likes Rose, Orchid, Lily and Sunflower. Those who likes
Flower face outside and those who like Fruits face inside.
M sits third to the right of the one who likes Rose. Only one person sits
between the one who likes Rose and Orchid. N, who likes Kiwi sits third to
the right of the one who likes Orchid. Only one person sits between N and
the one who likes Banana. O does not like Flower. O sits opposite to the one
who like Mango. Only one person sits between O and P. The one who like
Litchi and sunflower are immediate neighbours. P faces same direction as N.
A sit second to the right of B and does not like Orchid. C is not immediate
neighbour of P. D is not the immediate neighbour of M.
Sol.
25)
Sol.
26)
Eight students J, K, L, M, N, P, Q and R participated in a Quiz in a school
competition. They were sitting around a circular ring facing outside the
centre. All eight students participated in different subjects quiz Science,
Mathematics, English, and Reasoning, at least two students in each subject
group, but not necessarily in the same order. These students are from
different schools, viz DAV Model, Indian School of Learning (ISL), DAV
Baniahir, DPS Central, BAL Bhawan, Valmiki, Amity International and Ryan
Public school but not necessarily in the same order.
No two students of the same subject group are sitting adjacent to each
other except those who belong to English group. The Students from
reasoning group are sitting opposite to each other. M is neither in DAV
Baniahir nor in BAL Bhawan School. The student who is from Amity
international school is sitting on the immediate right of the student who is
from DAV Baniahir. L, who is in the DPS Central, is in Science group and she
is sitting on the immediate right of P, who is in group English. P is not in BAL
Bhawan School and she is not from DAV Baniahir. K who is from DAV Model
School is neither in reasoning group nor in the subject group of Science and
Math’s. K is sitting opposite to N. Only Valmiki’s Student J is sitting between
the participant N, who is from Amity School and the Ryan Public School
participant. Both the students of subject group Mathematics are sitting
adjacent to students of subject group Reasoning. Q is not the neighbour of
M.
Sol.
27)
M, N, O, P, Q, R and S attended their school farewell party in different
months of the same year viz. February, March, April, May, Aug, October and
December but not necessarily in the same order. No two persons attended
the farewell in the same month. Each one of them uses different stationery
items i.e. Pen, Pencil, Scale, Sharpener, Note book, Marker pen and Eraser
but not necessarily in the same order. Each person also likes different food
items i.e. Burger, Sandwich, Hotdog, Dairy Milk, Pizza, Cake and Snickers but
not necessarily in the same order.
The person who likes Dairy milk attends the farewell party on one of the
months after March which has less than 31 days. The one who likes
sandwich does not use Pen. M attended farewell party in that month which
has less than 31 days. R does not use Marker pen. There is only one person
who attended the farewell between R and the person who uses Pencil. The
one who uses Pencil attended the farewell party in the month having less
than 31 days. The person who likes Hotdog attends the farewell party in the
month immediately before the one who likes Snickers and immediately after
the one who likes Dairy Milk. The one who uses Scale attends the farewell
party immediately before R. P attended the farewell party immediately after
R. Only two persons attended farewell party between P and Q. The person
who likes Pizza attends the farewell party immediately before the one who
likes Cake. O attended the farewell party immediately after M. Only one
person attended farewell party between R and the one who uses Note Book.
O does not like Burger. The one who uses Sharpener attended the farewell
party immediately before the one who use Note book. There are two
persons attend the farewell party between the one who likes dairy milk and
the one who likes pizza. S does not use scale. The person who uses Marker
pen attended the farewell party in the month having less than 30 days.
Sol.
28)
There are ten female friends who are sitting in two parallel rows containing
five persons each. In row 1, J, K, L, M and N are sitting and all of them are
facing south. In row 2, U, V, W, X and Y are sitting and all of them are facing
north. In the given seating arrangement, each member seated in a row faces
another member of the other row. Moreover, each of them is searching
handbag online on different online websites. They like different handbag
brands i.e. Caprese, Fostelo, Lavie, Baggit, Lino perros, Diana korr, Cathy
london, Adisa, Yark and Alessia, but not necessarily in the same order.
Y is sitting at an extreme end. There are only two women sitting between
the one who likes Caprese brand, who sits at an extreme end and N. U, who
sits in the middle of the row, is not an immediate neighbour of V, who
doesn’t like Alessia brand. N likes Lino perros brand and sits on the
immediate right of the person who likes Fostelo brand. N faces the
immediate neighhour of V. K is not sitting at the extreme left end. U does
not like Yark brand. There is only one person sit between L and M, who like
Caprese brand. X who likes Diana korr brand is an immediate neighbour of
the woman who likes Alessia brand and X does not face the woman, who
likes Lavie brand. W, who likes Baggit brand, is an immediate neighbour of
the person who likes Yark brand and the person who likes Yark brand faces
the immediate neighbour of the person who likes Lino perros brand. There
are two women between the woman who likes Cathy London brand and the
woman who likes Lavie brand. K does not like Cathy London brand. Y does
not like Adisa brand.
दस मकहला कमत्र दो समानां तर पं क्तियों में बै ठी हैं , कजसमें से प्रत्ये क पंक्ति में पां च
व्यक्ति हैं । पं क्ति 1 में , J, K, L, M और N बै ठी हैं और ये सभी दकिण की ओर उन्मु ख हैं ।
पंक्ति 2 में, U, V, W, X और Y बै ठी हैं और ये सभी उत्तर की ओर उन्मु ख हैं । दी गई
बै ठक व्यवस्र्ा में , एक पंक्ति में बै ठा प्रत्ये क सदस्य दू सरे पंक्ति में बै ठे अन्य सदस्य की
ओर उन्मु ख है । इसके अकतररि, उनमें से प्रत्ये क ऑनलाइन वेबसाइट पर ऑनलाइन
हैं िबै ग दे ख रहीं हैं । उन सभी को कभन्न हैं िबै ग ब्ां ि पसंद हैं ; जै से- कैप्रेसी, फोस्टे लो,
लावी, बै कगट, कलनो पेरोस, िायना कोर, कैर्ी लंदन, अकदसा, याका और एलेकसया,
लेककन आवश्यक नहीं कक समान क्रम में हो।
Y एक अं कतम छोर पर बै ठी है । एक अं कतम छोर पर बै ठी, कैप्रेसी ब्ां ि पसंद करने वाली
मकहला और N के मध्य केवल दो मकहलाएं बै ठी हैं । U, जो पं क्ति के मध्य में बै ठी है , V
की कनकटतम पड़ोसी नहीं है , जो एलेकसया ब्ां ि पसंद नहीं करती है । N लीनो पेरोस
ब्ां ि पसंद करती है और उस मकहला के ठीक दाएं बै ठीं है , कजसे फोस्टे लो ब्ां ि पसंद
है । N, V के कनकटतम पड़ोसी की ओर उन्मु ख है । K अं कतम बाएं छोर पर नहीं बै ठी है ।
U को याका ब्ां ि पसंद नहीं है । L और M, कजसे कैप्रेसी ब्ां ि पसंद है , के मध्य केवल
एक मकहला है । X, कजसे िायना कोर ब्ां ि पसंद है , उस मकहला की कनकटतम पड़ोसी
है , कजसे एलेकसया ब्ां ि पसंद है और लावी ब्ां ि पसंद करने वाली मकहला की ओर
उन्मु ख नहीं है । W, कजसे बै कगट ब्ां ि पसंद है , याका ब्ां ि पसंद करने वाली मकहला की
कनकटतम पड़ोसी है और याका ब्ां ि पसंद करने वाली मकहला, कलनो पेरोस ब्ां ि पसंद
करने वाली मकहला की कनकटतम पड़ोसी की ओर उन्मु ख है । कैर्ी लंदन ब्ां ि और
लावी ब्ां ि पसंद करने वाली मकहलाओं के मध्य दो मकहलाएं हैं । K, कैर्ी लंदन ब्ां ि
पसंद नहीं करती है । Y अकदसा ब्ां ि पसंद नहीं करती है ।
Sol.
29)
There are five guests from five different foreign countries. These guests lives
on different floors viz. Fourth, Eighth, Second, Sixth and Third of a same
building. These guests have different number of pets with them viz. 3, 5, 6, 4
and 9. They are from different countries viz. K, L, M, J and N but not
necessarily in the same order. The Name of the guests are P, Q, R, S and T.
Neither R nor T lives on fourth floor. The person who lives on fourth floor
does not have the most and the least number of pets. The person who is
from N has five pets but that person is neither Q nor T. The person who is
from K lives on second floor. The person who is from M has six pets and he
lives on one of the floors amongst Eighth, Second and Third. S has three pets
and he does not live on second floor. The number of pets P has is a multiple
of 3. P is not from K nor does he live on fourth floor. The person who is from
L lives on either Second or Third floor.
पां च कभन्न दे िों से पां च अकतकर् हैं । ये अकतकर् एक ही इमारत की अलग-अलग मंकजलों
पर रहते हैं अर्ाा त् चौर्ी, आठवीं, दू सरी, छठीं और तीसरी। इन अकतकर्यों के सार्
पालतू जानवर की अलग-अलग संख्या हैं , अर्ाा त् 3, 5, 6, 4 और 9। वे कवकभन्न दे िों से
सम्बंकधत हैं अर्ाा त् K, L, M, J और N ले ककन जरूरी नहीं कक समान क्रम में हो।
अकतकर्यों के नाम P, Q, R, S और T हैं । न तो R और न ही T चौर्ी मंकजल पर रहते हैं ।
चौर्ी मंकजल पर रहने वाले व्यक्ति के पास पालतू जानवरों की सबसे अकधक या सबसे
कम संख्या नहीं है । जो व्यक्ति N से सम्बं कधत है , उसके पास 5 पालतू जानवर हैं ले ककन
वह व्यक्ति न तो Q और न ही T है । जो व्यक्ति K से सम्बं कधत है , वह दू सरी मं कजल पर
रहता है । जो व्यक्ति M से सम्बंकधत है उसके पास छः पालतू जानवर हैं और वह
आठवीं, दू सरी और तीसरी मं कजल में से एक पर रहता है । S के पास तीन पालतू जानवर
हैं और वह दू सरी मंकजल पर नहीं रहता है । P के पालतू जानवरों की संख्या 3 का गु णक
हैं । P, K से सम्बं कधत नहीं है और न ही वह चौर्ी मंकजल पर रहता है । वह व्यक्ति जो L से
सम्बंकधत है , वह या तो दू सरी या तीसरी मं कजल पर रहता है ।
Sol.
30)
Seven countries participated in two different games Kabaddi and
Hockey. The countries which participated in both the games were
Japan, India, Pakistan, Afghanistan, Iran, South Korea and Australia.
Each country obtained different rankings on the basis of their
performance in the games. No two countries obtained the same
ranking in a particular game. Japan’s ranking in Kabaddi race was just
above South Korea but in Hockey it was just below Pakistan.
Afghanistan's ranking in Hockey was just above Australia but in Kabaddi
it was just below Iran. Ranking of Japan and Afghanistan were
consecutive (but not necessarily in the same order) in both the games.
At least four countries got rankings above Japan in Kabaddi. Pakistan
did not get the highest or the lowest ranking in any games. South
Korea‘s performance was better than Australia’s in both games. Japan
was ranked amongst top three teams in Hockey.
सात दे ि दो कवकभन्न खेलों कबड्डी और हॉकी में भाग लेते हैं । दोनों खेलों में भाग
लेने वाले दे ि हैं - जापान, भारत, पाककस्तान, अफगाकनस्तान, ईरान, दकिण
कोररया और ऑस्टर े कलया। प्रत्येक दे ि खेलों में अपने प्रदिान के आधार पर कवकभन्न
रैं क प्राप्त करता है । कोई भी दो दे ि एक कनकित खेल में समान रैं ककंग प्राप्त नहीं
करते हैं । कबड्डी में जापान की रैं ककंग दकिण कोररया से ठीक ऊपर र्ी लेककन
हॉकी में यह पाककस्तान से ठीक नीचे र्ी। अफगाकनस्तान की रैं ककंग हॉकी में
ऑस्टर े कलया से ठीक ऊपर र्ी लेककन कबड्डी में यह ईरान से ठीक नीचे र्ी। जापान
और अफगाकनस्तान की रैं ककंग दोनों खेलों में क्रमागत है (लेककन जरूरी नहीं कक
समान क्रम में हों)। कम से कम चार दे िों को कबड्डी में जापान से ऊपर रैं ककंग
कमली। पाककस्तान ने ककसी भी खेल में सबसे अकधक या सबसे कम रैं ककंग प्राप्त
नहीं की। दकिण कोररया का प्रदिान दोनों खेलों में ऑस्टर े कलया से बेहतर र्ा।
जापान ने हॉकी में िीषा तीन टीमों में रैं क प्राप्त की।
Sol.
31)
A, B, C, D, E and F are six businessmen from six different countries U, V,
W, X, Y and Z but not necessarily in the same order. Each of them have
different amount of land and different number of flats.
The businessman from V has land which is two acres less than half the
amount of land as the businessman who has 8 flats. C and the
businessman from Z together have 25 acres of land. B has 12 more flats
than D ,who is from W. The businessman from X has 4 acres of land.
The businessman from W has 24 acres of land and has 8 flats. The
businessman who has 15 acres of land has 24 flats. E is from country Y.
Neither A nor B is from Z. The number of flats E has is equal to the sum
of the number of flats possessed by A and C. The businessman from Y
has 8 acres of land. The businessman from Y has six flats more than A ,
who is from country U. B has land which is 20 acres less than D’s land.
छः व्यवसायी A, B, C, D, E और F कवकभन्न दे िों, अर्ाा त- U, V, W, X, Y और Z से
हैं , लेककन जरूरी नहीं कक समान क्रम में हों। उनमें से प्रत्येक के पास कवकभन्न मात्रा
में जमीन है और कवकभन्न सं ख्या में फ़्लैट हैं ।
जो व्यवसायी V से है , उसके पास 8 फ्लैटों वाले व्यवसायी की जमीन के आधे से
दो एकड़ कम जमीन है । C और जो व्यवसायी Z से है , दोनों के पास कमलाकर 25
एकड़ जमीन है । B के पास D से 12 फ़्लै ट अकधक हैं , जो W से है । जो व्यवसायी X
से है , उसके पास 4 एकड़ जमीन है । जो व्यवसायी W से है , उसके पास 24 एकड़
जमीन है और 8 फ़्लै ट हैं । कजस व्यवसायी के पास 15 एकड़ जमीन है , उसके पास
24 फ़्लैट हैं । E दे ि Y से है । न तो A न B, Z से है । E के फ्लैटों की संख्या, A और C
के फ्लैटों की कुल संख्या के योग के बराबर है । जो व्यवसायी Y से है , उसके पास
8 एकड़ जमीन है । जो व्यवसायी Y से है , उसके पास A से छः फ़्लैट अकधक हैं , जो
दे ि U से है । B के पास उससे 20 एकड़ कम जमीन है , कजतनी D के पास है ।
Sol.
32)
A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are eight family members who are living in
different cities as they work in different places. All members are
meeting at F’s house on the occasion of Diwali Pooja. Each member is
related to F in a certain way as in - Father, Mother, Brother, Sister,
Wife, Son, Daughter but not necessarily in the same order. They are
sitting around the circular table in such a way that some are facing to
the center of the table and some are facing away from the center of the
table.
G sits second to the left to D and A sits second to the right to the one
who is opposite to C. The Father of F sits third to the left to his
granddaughter. Only one pair of mother and daughter sit together and
they face in opposite direction and other pair face same direction. Only
one person sits between E and B and E faces to the Centre. Two
persons sit between F and his sister and they face same direction. One
couple faces opposite direction while other couple faces same
direction. E sits immediate right of her uncle who face same direction
to his father. B sits second to the right of her granddaughter. D sits
opposite to her brother in law and faces the same direction as him. No
father sits adjacent to her daughter. No one sits between A and his son.
G sits between two females and face outward. H sits to immediate left
of A and faces same direction as his sister faces.
Sol.
33)
Eight students i.e. B, C, K, L, G, P, M and Z are sitting around a
circular table for dinner purpose and all are facing toward the centre.
They are from different standards i.e. 1st, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 7th, 8th, 9th
and 12th but not necessary in same order. The one who is in 5th
standard sits immediate left of the one who sits opposite of L. M sits
second to the left of Z who sits opposite of the one who is in 7th
standard. Z is an immediate neighbour of P who sits second to the
right of the one who is in 5th standard. The one who is in 7th standard
does not sit immediate right of the one who sits opposite of the one
who is in 5th standard. B sits third to the right of M and studies in 12th.
C sits immediate right of K but does not sit opposite to the one who is
in 12th standard. The one who is in 9th standard sits opposite to
K.The one who is in 1st standard sits opposite to the one who is in
8thstandard.K is in 4th standard and sits adjacent to the one who is in
1st standard.
Sol.
34)
Seven persons i.e. M, H, V, B, G , C and Y are living on seven storey building.
Ground floor is numbered as 1st floor and Top most floor is numbered as
7th floor. They like different mobile phones i.e. Sony, HTC, MI, Lenovo,
Redmi, Samsung and Iphone, but not necessarily in the same order. The one
who likes Redmi lives on even numbered floor but above from V and H.
There are two persons live between the one who likes Redmi and C. C lives
just below from the one who likes Samsung. G lives on even numbered floor
and just above from the one who likes MI Phone. The one who likes HTC
mobile lives on 1st floor but that person is not C. V lives on odd numbered
floor and just below from the one who likes Sony. C does not like MI phone.
B likes Lenovo phones. H lives just above from M.
सात व्यक्ति, अर्ाा त- M, H, V, B, G , C और Y सात मंकजला इमारत में रहते हैं । कनचले
तल का क्रमां क 1 है और िीषा तल का क्रमां क 7 है । वे कवकभन्न मोबाइल फोन पसंद
करते हैं , अर्ाा त- सोनी, एचटीसी, एमआई, ले नोवो, रे ि् मी, सै मसंग और आईफोन,
लेककन जरूरी नहीं कक समान क्रम में हों। रे ि् मी पसंद करने वाला व्यक्ति सम क्रमां क
तल पर रहता है , ले ककन V और H से ऊपर। रे ि् मी पसंद करने वाले व्यक्ति और C के
बीच दो व्यक्ति रहते हैं । C, सैमसंग पसंद करने वाले व्यक्ति से ठीक नीचे रहता है । G
सम-क्रमां क तल पर रहता है और एमआई फोन पसंद करने वाले व्यक्ति से ठीक ऊपर
रहता है । एचटीसी मोबाइल पसंद करने वाला व्यक्ति पहले तल पर रहता है , लेककन
वह व्यक्ति C नहीं है । V कवषम क्रमां क तल पर रहता है और सोनी पसंद करने वाले
व्यक्ति से ठीक नीचे रहता है । C, एमआई फोन पसंद नहीं करता है । B, लेनोवो फोन
पसंद करती है । H, M से ठीक ऊपर रहता है ।
Sol.
35)
Sol.
36)
Eight girls P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, X uses different brands of shampoo viz. Clinic
Plus , Dove, Fiama Di Wills, Head & Shoulder ,Himalaya, L’Oreal Paris,
Sunsilk, Tresemme also wears clothes of different brands viz. Armani,
Burberry, Chanel, Fendi, Gucci, Hermes, Parada, Versace but not necessarily
in the same order. Himalaya is used by the one who wears Fendi. R wears
Versace and does not use Sunsilk or Tresemme. V uses Head & Shoulder. T
uses Dove and wears Burberry. The one who uses Fiama Di Wills does not
wear the clothes of Armani and Chanel. X wears Herms and Q wears Parada
respectively. P and S do not use Himalaya. P does not wear Gucci or Chanel.
The one uses Tresemme does not wear Chanel or Armani. The one who uses
Sunsilk does not wear Gucci or Chanel. X does not use Sunsilk or Fiama Di
Wills. R uses Clinic Plus. The one who wears Parada uses L’Oreal Paris.
आठ लड़ककयां P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, X, कवकभन्न ब्ां िों के िै म्पू का प्रयोग करती हैं
अर्ाा त- क्तक्लकनक प्लस, िव, कफआमा कि कवल्स, हे ि एं ि िोडर, कहमालया, एल
ओररयल पे ररस, सनकसल्क, टर े समे, सार् ही ये कवकभन्न ब्ां ि के वस्त्र पहनती हैं अर्ाा त
अरमानी, बरबरी, चै नल, फ़ेंिी, गु ची, हे कमास, पारदा, वसाा चे, ले ककन यह आवश्यक नहीं
है कक इसी क्रम में हों। कहमालया िै म्पू का प्रयोग उसके द्वारा ककया जाता जो फ़ेंिी के
कपड़े पहनती है । R वसाा चे के कपड़े पहनती है और वह सनकसल्क या टर े समें िै म्पू का
प्रयोग नहीं करती है । V ‘हे ि एं ि िोडर’ िै म्पू का प्रयोग करती है । T िव िै म्पू का
प्रयोग करती है और बरबरी ब्ां ि के कपड़े पहनती है । जो ‘कफआमा कि कवल्स’ िै म्पू
का प्रयोग करती है वह अरमानी और चै नल के कपड़े नहीं पहनती है । X हे कमास और Q
पारदा के कपड़े पहनती हैं । P और S कहमालया िै म्पू का प्रयोग नहीं करती हैं । P गु ची
और चै नल के कपड़े नहीं पहनती हैं । वह जो टर े समें िै म्पू का प्रयोग करती है वह चै नल
या अरमानी ब्ां ि के कपड़े नहीं पहनती है । वह जो सनकसल्क का प्रयोग करती है वह
गु ची या चै नल ब्ां ि के कपड़े नहीं पहनती है । X सनकसल्क या ‘कफआमा कि कवल्स’ का
प्रयोग नहीं करती है । R ‘क्तक्लकनक प्लस’ का प्रयोग करती है । वह जो पारदा ब्ां ि के
कपड़े पहनती है वह ‘एल ओररयल पे ररस’ का प्रयोग करती है ।
Sol.
37)
Ten persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I and J are sitting in a row some are facing
north and some are facing south (but not necessarily in the same manner).
(Note: Facing the same direction means if one is facing north then the other
also faces north and vice versa. Facing opposite direction means if one is facing
north then the other faces south and vice versa).
Six persons sit between A and D and none of them sits at any end of the row.
Both A and D faces same direction. Two persons sit between E and D. I sits
fourth to the left of E. Only one person sit between H and I. C sits to the
immediate left of H. G and B are not the immediate neighbors of A. Persons
sitting at the end face opposite directions. Immediate neighbors of D face same
direction as D. Two persons sit between J and G. F faces north. G and B face
same direction as J. Immediate neighbors of E face opposite direction. The
number of person facing south is not equal to the number of person facing
north.
दस व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I और J एक पं क्ति में उत्तर की ओर उन्मु ख होकर बैठे
हैं और दकिण की ओर उन्मु ख हैं (लेककन जरुरी नहीं समान क्रम में हो)
(नोट: समान कदिा की ओर उन्मु ख का अर्ा है यकद एक उत्तर की ओर उन्मु ख है तो दू सरा
भी उत्तर की ओर उन्मु ख होगा और इसके कवपरीत भी। कवपरीत कदिा की ओर उन्मु ख का
अर्ा है कक यकद एक उत्तर की ओर उन्मु ख है तो दू सरा दकिण की ओर उन्मु ख होगा और
इसके कवपरीत भी)।
A और D के बीच में छह व्यक्ति बैठे हैं और उनमें से कोई पं क्ति के अंकतम कसरे पर नहीं
बैठा है । A और D दोनों समान कदिा की ओर उन्मु ख हैं । E और D के बीच में दो व्यक्ति
बैठे हैं । I, E के बायें से चौर्े स्र्ान पर बैठा है । H और I के बीच में केवल एक व्यक्ति बैठा
है । C, H के ठीक बायें बैठा है । G और B, A के कनकटतम पड़ोसी नहीं हैं । अंकतम कसरे पर
बैठे व्यक्ति कवपरीत कदिा की ओर उन्मु ख हैं । D के कनकटतम पड़ोसी उसी कदिा की ओर
उन्मु ख हैं कजस कदिा की ओर D उन्मु ख है । J और G के बीच में दो व्यक्ति बैठे हैं । F उत्तर
की ओर उन्मु ख है । G और B उसी कदिा की ओर उन्मु ख हैं कजस कदिा की ओर J उन्मु ख
है । E के कनकटतम पड़ोसी कवपरीत कदिा की ओर उन्मु ख हैं । दकिण की ओर उन्मु ख
व्यक्तियों की संख्या, उत्तर की ओर उन्मु ख व्यक्तियों की संख्या के बराबर नहीं है ।
Sol.
38)
Sol.
39)
Twelve persons are sitting in two parallel rows facing
each other. A, B, C, D, E and F are sitting in row 1
facing north and P, Q, R, S, T and U are sitting in row 2
facing south (not necessarily in the same order).
Two persons sit between F and B. Neither F nor B sits
at any end. Immediate neighbor of the one facing B
faces C. R sits at one of the end and faces D. Three
persons sit between T and R. F does not face T. S sits
to the immediate left of T. One of the immediate
neighbors of A faces T. Q faces E. U sits second to the
left of P. C does not face U.
Sol.
40)
Eight people viz. P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W live in a
building of eight different floors. The ground floor is
numbered as 1, the floor just above it is numbered as 2
and so on till top floor which is numbered as 8 . Each of
them works in a different company viz. CTS, TCS, HCL,
L&T, Oracle, Capgemini, Infosys and Wipro (but not
necessarily in the same order).
Only three persons live below the floor in which the one
who works in CTS live. Two persons live between T and
the one who works in CTS. P who works in HCL lives
immediately above T. Four persons live between the one
who works in Wipro and the one who works in Infosys
and neither of them lives on the ground floor. R works in
L&T and does not live on an odd numbered floor. V
works in Capgemini. There are as many persons live
between V and the one who works in HCL as there are
between S and the one who works in CTS. U works in
Oracle. W lives in one of the floor above Q. The one who
works in Infosys does not live above W.
Sol.
Sol.
42)
Eight persons - H, I, J, K, L, M, N and O - are standing in a straight line
at equidistant. Some of them are facing north while others are facing
south. L is the brother of J .M who is son of H standing third to the
right to H. M is standing at one of the extreme ends. L is standing
third to the left of H, who is the husband of O. The immediate
neighbours of J face north. N, who is mother-in-law of O, is not an
immediate neighbour of H, who is son of I. The persons standing at
the extreme ends face the same direction (both are facing either North
or South). The immediate neighbours of H face just opposite direction
as that of M. I is father of J, who is aunt of M. The immediate
neighbours of O face opposite direction with respect to each other. K
is the child of H. K is one of the immediate neighbour of L and is
facing north. I is standing between J and M. Not more than four
persons are facing north. L is immediate right of K.
आठ व्यक्ति - H, I, J, K, L, M, N और O – एक सीधी पं क्ति में समान दू री पर खड़े
हैं । उनमें से कुछ उत्तर की ओर उन्मु ख हैं तर्ा कुछ दकिण की ओर उन्मु ख हैं । L, J
का भाई है । M, जो H का पुत्र है , H के दाएं से तीसरे स्र्ान पर खड़ा है । M, एक
अं कतम कसरे पर खड़ा है । L, H के बाएँ से तीसरे स्र्ान पर खड़ा है , जो कक O का पकत
है । J का कनकटतम पड़ोसी उत्तर की ओर उन्मु ख है । N, जो O की सास है , H की
कनकटतम पड़ोसी नहीं है , जो कक I का पुत्र है । अं कतम कसरों पर खड़े व्यक्ति समान
कदिा ( दोनों या तो उत्तर या पकिम की ओर उन्मु ख हैं ) की ओर उन्मु ख हैं । H का
कनकटम पड़ोसी, M की कवपरीत कदिा की ओर उन्मु ख है । I, J का कपता है , जो M की
आं टी है । O के कनकटतम पड़ोसी एक-दू सरे के संदभा में कवपरीत कदिाओं की ओर
उन्मु ख हैं । K, H की संतान है । K, L का एक कनकटतम पड़ोसी है और उत्तर की ओर
उन्मु ख है । I, J और M के मध्य खड़ा है । चार व्यक्तियों से अकधक व्यक्ति उत्तर की
ओर उन्मु ख नहीं है । L, K के ठीक दाएं है ।
Sol
43)
Sol
44)
Sol.
45)
Sol.
46)
A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are eight friends in the college. They
all are the players of cricket and play at inter school
competition. They like different cricketers among Dhoni, Kohli
and Sachin but not necessarily in the same order. Three of
them like Kohli and Sachin each and two of them like Dhoni.
Each one of them has a different height.
i. The tallest does not like Dhoni and the smallest does not
like Kohli.
ii. F is taller than A and D, but shorter than H and B. E, who
does not like Kohli, is taller than B and is the second tallest. G
is shorter than D but taller than A.
iii. H, who is fourth from the top, likes Sachin along with D.
iv. G does not like Kohli and Dhoni. B does not like Dhoni.
47)
I, X, M, Y, N, Z, K and L are sitting around a square table in
such a way that four of them sit at four corners of the square
while four sit in the middle of each of the four sides. The ones
who sit at the four corners face the centre while those who sit
in the middle of the sides face outside. Four of them are
males and rest are females. Two females sit in the middle of
the sides and two at the corners. I sits second to the left of K.
K sits in the middle of one of the sides. M sits fourth to the
right of his wife and his wife is not an immediate neighbour of
I or K. X sits third to right of her husband. X does not sit at any
of the corners. Only Y sits between X and L. L is the husband
of I. N is a male.
Sol
48)
A, B, C and D are the presidents of four different countries
who stand side by side for a media photo-shoot. They are
from different countries viz. P, Q, R and S and they all are
wearing different clothes i.e Sherwani, Suit, Kurta and
Tuxedo though not necessarily in the same order. B is the
president of Q.
The president of S is wearing sherwani. The president of P
is standing at the leftmost end of the line. The president of
P is standing adjacent to C. The person who is standing
second from the right end is wearing a suit. The president
of R wears a kurta. C wears a sherwani. D is standing to
the right of B.
A, B, C और D, चार कभन्न दे िों के राष्ट्रपकत हैं , जो एक मीकिया फोटो-
िूट के कलए एक दू सरे के बगल में खड़े हैं । वे अलग-अलग दे िों,
अर्ाा त: P, Q, R और S से हैं एवं उन सभी ने अलग-अलग कपड़े
पहने हैं अर्ाा त: िेरवानी, सूट, कुताा और टे क्सेिो, हालां कक आवश्यक
नहीं कक क्रम यही हो। B, Q का राष्ट्रपकत है ।
S का राष्ट्रपकत, िेरवानी पहने हुए है । P का राष्ट्रपकत, पंक्ति के बाएँ
छोर पर खड़ा है । P का राष्ट्रपकत, C के सकन्नकट खड़ा है । वह व्यक्ति
जो दाएं छोर से दू सरे स्र्ान पर खड़ा है , सूट पहने हुए है । R का
राष्ट्रपकत कुताा पहने हुए है । C ने िेरवानी पहनी हुई है । D, B के दाएं
ओर खड़ा है ।
Sol.
49)
P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are seven employees who are
working in a bank. They work on seven different floors of a
building, but not necessarily in the same order. The
lowermost floor of the building is numbered one; the one
above it is number two and so on till the topmost floor is
number seven. Each of them also likes a different dish in
breakfast i.e. Dosa, Poha, Idli, Vada, Sandwich, Upma
and Burger, but not necessarily in the same order.
T works on one of the floors below Q, but does not work
on the lowermost floor. V works on the floor immediately
below the floor on which T works. The one who works on
7th floor likes Dosa. Only one person works between the
one who likes Sandwich and the one who likes Upma. S
does not like Sandwich. V does not like Dosa. There are
three persons between Q and T. The one who likes Vada
works on one of the odd-number floor below U. P works
immediately above U and does not like Idli. Only one
person works between Q and the one who likes Idli. The
one who likes Poha works on one of the even-numbered
floors above the one who likes Idli. The one who likes
Burger works immediately above V, who does not like
Vada. S works on one of the floors above R.
Sol.
50)
There are five Gymnasts A, B, C, D and E who are
fighting with five grapplers viz. Q, R, S, T and U but
not necessarily in the same order. Each fight is of
one hour duration. First fight is scheduled from 6PM
and the last at 10PM. All five fights are taking place
at different cities viz. Sydney, New York, Las Vegas,
Toronto and Sao Paolo. No male Gymnast fights
with a female grappler. Among Gymnasts, there are
only three females, who are- the one who fights with
R, the one whose fight is at 8 PM and the one
whose fight is in Toronto. The female whose fight is
at 10 PM fights in Las Vegas. The grappler whose
fight is in New York does not fight at 6 PM. S’s fight
is neither in New York nor in Sydney. T does not
fight in New York. The Gymnast who has a fight with
T is a female but she is not D. E fights at 10 PM. A
and C are not females. A’s fight is at 9 PM and fights
neither with T nor with the one whose fight is in New
York. B fights at 7 PM. Q’s fight is in Sydney and he
does not fight with A.
Sol.
51)
There are seven people P, Q, R, S, T, U and V.
Consider that they all were born on same date and
same month but on different years viz. 1949, 1956,
1961, 1965, 1977, 1982, and 1990 but not
necessarily in same order. Calculation should be
done with respect to the year 2017 and assuming
months and date to be same. U was born after 1965
but not on 1990. Total age of U and P is 96yr.
Difference between the age of T and S is more than
8yr but less than 13yr. R was born on odd year but
not on 1965. Q is older than V. R’s age is greater
than 40 yrs. There is only one person between T
and S.
P, Q, R, S, T, U और V सात व्यक्ति हैं । यह मानते हुए कक उन सभी
का जन्म समान तारीख और समान महीने में होता है लेककन कवकभन्न
वषों अर्ाा त्- 1949, 1956, 1961, 1965, 1977, 1982, और 1990
में होता है , लेककन आवश्यक नहीं कक इसी क्रम में हों। गणना महीने
और तारीख को समान मानते हुए वतामान वषा 2017 के सन्दभा में की
जाएगी। U का जन्म 1965 के बाद हुआ र्ा लेककन 1990 में नहीं हुआ
र्ा। U और P की कुल आयु 96 वषा है । T और S की आयु के बीच का
अंतर 8 वषा से अकधक है लेककन 13 वषा से कम है । R का जन्म कवषम
संख्या वाले वषा में हुआ र्ा लेककन 1965 में नहीं हुआ र्ा। Q, V से
आयु में बड़ा है । R की आयु 40 वषा से अकधक है । T और S के बीच
केवल एक व्यक्ति का जन्म हुआ है ।
Sol.
52)
Eight persons are sitting in two square tables, 1
table is inner side of another table. 4 persons are
sitting on each table. The persons who sit in inner
side of the table sit in the middle side and faces
outside the center and the persons who sit on outer
side of the square sit in the corner and faces inside.
T sits second to the left of R who is not an
immediate neighbor of V, who sits immediate right of
U. S and Q do not sit on the same table. P and W
are not immediate neighbors and do not sit in front
of each other. W does not sit with U in the same
table. Q is to immediate left of R. V sits opposite to
P, who does not sit at the corner side of the table.
आठ व्यक्ति दो वगाा कार मेजों पर बैठे हैं , 1 मेज, अन्य मेज के भीतर
की ओर है । प्रत्येक मेज़ पर 4 व्यक्ति बैठे हैं । मेज़ के भीतर की ओर
बैठे व्यक्ति भु जाओं के मध्य में बैठे हैं और उनका मुख केंद्र से बाहर
की ओर है तर्ा बाहरी मेज पर बैठे व्यक्ति, मेज के कोनों पर बैठे हैं
और उनका मुख अंदर की ओर है ।
T, R के बायीं ओर दू सरे स्र्ान पर बैठा है , जो V का कनकटतम पड़ोसी
नहीं है , जो U के ठीक दायीं ओर बैठा है । S और Q समान मेज पर
नहीं बैठे हैं । P और W कनकटतम पड़ोसी नहीं हैं और एक-दू सरे के
सामने नहीं बैठे हैं । W, U के सार् समान मेज पर नहीं बैठा है । Q, R
के ठीक बायीं ओर बैठा है । V, P के कवपरीत बैठा है , जो मेज के एक
कोने पर नहीं बैठा है ।
Sol.
53)
Twelve friends are sitting in two rows facing each other. L, K, Z,
O, P and M are sitting in a row-2 facing North and S, T, V, U, C
and A are sitting in a different row-1 facing South, but not
necessarily in the same order. Each friend in a row is facing
exactly one friend from the other row. The following information
is known about them. S sits second to the right of the person
who sits opposite K. K does not sit at any end of the row. Z and
O are immediate neighbours of K, and one of them sits at an
extreme end. P sits second to the left of O but does not
opposite to V. S is a neighbor of V but does not opposite to M.
Neither T nor C are adjacent to S. C is adjacent to either V or T
but not both. A is a neighbor of the person who sits opposite to
P.
बारह कमत्र दो पंक्तियों में एक-दू सरे की ओर मुख करके बैठे हैं । छह कमत्र L,
K, Z, O, P और M पंक्ति-2 में उत्तर की ओर मुख करके बैठे हैं तर्ा छह
कमत्र S, T, V, U, C और A एक अन्य पंक्ति-1 में दकिण की ओर मुख करके
बैठे हैं , लेककन यह आवश्यक नहीं है कक इसी क्रम में हो। एक पंक्ति में बैठे
प्रत्येक कमत्र का मुख दू सरी पंक्ति में बैठे एक अन्य कमत्र की ओर है । उनके
कवषय में कनम्नकलक्तखत जानकारी ज्ञात है। S, उस व्यक्ति के दायीं ओर दू सरे
स्र्ान पर बैठा है , जो K के कवपरीत बैठा है । K पंक्ति के ककसी भी अंकतम
छोर पर नहीं बैठा है। Z और O, K के कनकटतम पड़ोसी हैं और उनमें से
एक अंकतम छोर पर बैठा है। P, O के बायीं ओर दू सरे स्र्ान पर बैठा है
लेककन V के कवपरीत नहीं बैठा है । S, V का एक पड़ोसी है लेककन वह M के
कवपरीत नहीं है। न तो T न ही C, S के आसन्न बैठा है । C, या तो V या T के
आसन्न बैठा है लेककन दोनों के नहीं। A उस व्यक्ति का पड़ोसी है जो P के
कवपरीत बैठा है ।
Sol.
54)
There are Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F and G who watch
movies on different months of the year viz. January, April,
May and September, such that only two persons watch
movie in each of the months. Each Movie is watched on
either 7th or 21th day of the month. No two persons can
watch a movie on the same day. D watches movie in the
month of September. H and B watch the movies in the
same month. There are three movies watched between
the movies watched by E and C. H does not watch movie
in September. G watches movie immediately after B. The
number of persons who watch movies between the movies
of F and G is the same as the number of persons who
watch movies between the movies of B and D. E does not
watch the movie on May. H watches movie before B.A
does not watch movie immediately before D.
आठ कमत्र अर्ाा त A, B, C, D, E, F और G हैं , जो एक वषा के अलग-अलग
महीनों अर्ाा त् जनवरी, अप्रैल, मई और कसतम्बर में इस प्रकार कफल्म दे खने
जाते हैं कक एक महीने में केवल दो व्यक्ति ही कफल्म दे खते हैं । प्रत्येक कफल्म
महीने की या तो 7 तारीख या 21 तारीख को दे खी जाती है । कोई दो व्यक्ति एक
ही कदन कफल्म नहीं दे ख सकते हैं । D, कसतम्बर के महीने में कफल्म दे खता है । H
और B एक ही महीने में कफल्म दे खते हैं । E और C कजन कदनों में कफल्म दे खते
हैं उनके मध्य तीन व्यक्ति कफल्म दे खते हैं । H कसतम्बर में कफल्म नहीं दे खता है ।
G, B के ठीक बाद कफल्म दे खता है । F और G के मध्य कफल्म दे खने वाले
व्यक्तियों की संख्या उतनी है कजतनी B और D के मध्य कफल्म दे खने वाले
व्यक्तियों की संख्या है । E, मई में कफल्म नहीं दे खता है । H, B से पहले कफल्म
दे खता है । A, D से ठीक पहले कफल्म नहीं दे खता है ।
Sol.
55)
While discussing a wartime strategy, eight soldiers P,
Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are standing in a circular
arrangement with equal distance between each other
but not necessarily in the same order. Some of them
are facing the centre while some are facing outside the
centre i.e. away from the centre). They all are from four
different parts of the country viz. West India, North
India, East India and South India, such that two soldiers
are from each part. S stands second to the right of U. R
stands on the immediate right of Q, who is from West
India. U stands third to the left of V, who is from South
India and both are facing the same direction. W is not
facing the centre and is from East India. W and S are
immediate neighbours of V. The immediate neighbours
of P are facing the centre. One of the persons who is
from South India is an immediate neighbour of the
persons who are from East India. P stands fourth to the
left of R and both are facing opposite directions and are
from the same part of the country. U and Q are not
facing the same direction but U is an immediate
neighbour of P. The soldiers who are from West India
stand adjacent to each other, but face opposite
directions. The one who is on the immediate left of S is
not facing the centre. The soldiers who are from North
India stand opposite to each other.
Sol.
56)
Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting
around a square table in such a way that four of
them sit at four corners of the square while the other
four sit in the middle of each sides. All of them have
different profession viz. Athlete, Singer, Dancer,
Writer, Anchor, Actor, Businessman and Banker.
The ones who sit at the four corners do not face
outside the center while those who sit in the middle
of the sides do not face inside.
Two persons sit between H who is a Businessman
and F. The one who is a Dancer sits third to the right
of F. Singer is neither an immediate neighbor of
Businessman nor F. G sits to the immediate right of
the Dancer. Two persons sit between G and C. A
and D are immediate neighbors. The one who is an
Actor sits opposite to the one who is an Anchor. F is
not an Anchor. The one who is a Writer sits to the
immediate right of the Athlete. C is not an Athlete. B
is a Banker and faces inside. D does not sit third to
the left of the Banker.
Sol.
57)
Eight different lectures viz. History, Geography, Mathematics,
Physics, Chemistry, English, Hindi and Biology are to be
organized on four different days of the week viz. Monday,
Tuesday, Friday and Saturday starting from Monday in two
sessions i.e. Morning and Evening (but not necessarily in the
same order).
The lecture of languages was organized on Friday.
Geography was organized in the morning session but not on
Monday. One lecture was organized between Physics and
Geography. No lecture was organized after Chemistry.
Mathematics was not organized immediately after English.
History was organized on Tuesday. Mathematics and
Chemistry was not organized on same session.
Sol.
58)
Eight friends P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, and W are sitting
around a square table in such a way that four of
them sit at four corners while four sits in the middle
of each of the four sides. The one who sit at the four
corners face the center while those who sit in the
middle of the sides face outside (Opposite to the
center). V sits second to the right of R. R sits in the
middle of one of the sides of table. Only two people
sit between V and Q. S is one of the immediate
neighbors of Q. T sits second to the left of S. P sits
second to the left of U. V is not an immediate
neighbour of U.
आठ कमत्र P, Q, R, S, T, U, V और W एक वगाा कार मेज के
चारों ओर इस प्रकार बैठे हैं कक उनमे से चार व्यक्ति, चार कोनों
पर बैठे हैं जबकक चार प्रत्येक चारों भुजाओं के मध्य में बैठे हैं ।
चारो कोनो पर बैठे व्यक्ति केंद्र की ओर उन्मुख हैं जबकक
भुजाओं के मध्य बैठने वाले व्यक्ति बाहर की ओर उन्मुख है
(केंद्र से कवपरीत)। V, R के दायें से दू सरे स्र्ान पर बैठा है । R,
मेज की ककसी एक भुजा के मध्य में बैठा है । V और Q के बीच
केवल दो व्यक्ति बैठे हैं । S, Q के कनकटतम पड़ोकसयों में से
एक है । T, S के बायें से दू सरे स्र्ान पर बैठा है । P, U के बाए
से दू सरे स्र्ान पर बैठा है । V, U का कनकटतम पड़ोसी नहीं है ।
Sol.
59)
Twelve friends are sitting in two parallel rows containing six
people each such that they are equidistant from each other. In
row 1: A, B, C, D, E and F are seated and all of them are
facing South. In row 2: P, Q, R, S, T and U are seated and all
of them are facing North. Therefore, in the given seating
arrangement, each member seated in a row faces another
member of the other row. D sits third to the right of B. E does
not face the immediate neighbour of S. Neither Q nor U sits at
an extreme end of the line. Two people sit between Q and U.
The immediate neighbour of Q faces the person who sits third
to the left of A. The one who faces B sits second to the right of
T. C and E are immediate neighbors. R sits second to the left
of P. Either D or B sits at an extreme end of the line.
बारह कमत्र दो समानां तर पंक्तियों में से, प्रत्येक पंक्ति में छह व्यक्ति इस
प्रकार बैठे हैं कक वे एक दू सरे से समान दू री पर हैं । पंक्ति-1 में A, B, C,
D, E और F बैठे हैं और सभी दकिण की ओर उन्मुख है । पंक्ति-2 में P,
Q, R, S, T और U बैठे हैं और सभी उत्तर की ओर उन्मुख हैं । इस प्रकार
दी गयी बैठक व्यवस्र्ा में एक पंक्ति में बैठा प्रत्येक सदस्य अन्य पंक्ति में
बैठे दू सरे व्यक्ति की ओर उन्मुख है । D, B के दायें से तीसरे स्र्ान पर बैठा
है । E, S के कनकटतम पड़ोसी की ओर उन्मुख नहीं है । न तो Q न ही U
पंक्ति के ककसी अंकतम छोर पर बैठे हैं । Q और U के बीच दो व्यक्ति बैठे
हैं । Q का कनकटतम पड़ोसी, A के बायें से तीसरे स्र्ान पर बैठे व्यक्ति की
ओर उन्मुख है । B की ओर उन्मुख व्यक्ति, T के दायें से दू सरे स्र्ान पर
बैठा है । C और E कनकटतम पड़ोसी हैं। R, P के बायें से दू सरे स्र्ान पर
बैठा है । या तो D या B पंक्ति के ककसी एक अंकतम छोर पर बैठा है ।
Sol.
60)
There are seven friends A, B, C, D, E, F and H travels in three
different Cities viz. Goa, Shimla and Kochi with their cars. At
least two friends travel in one City. All of them have different
cars viz. Maruti, Honda, Hyundai, Audi, BMW, Renault and
Mahindra (but not necessarily in the same order).
D travels to Shimla only with the one who has Mahindra car. B
who has Audi travels to Goa with A who does not have
Hyundai car. The one who has Honda travels to Kochi. E
does not travel to Kochi. F has BMW. D does not have Maruti.
The one who has Hyundai does not travel to Shimla. The one
who has BMW does not travel to Goa. C travels with the one
who has Maruti.
Sol.
61)
Nine persons i.e. F, A, B, D, X, P, K, G and J live in nine storey
building. Ground floor is numbered as 1st floor and top most floor is
numbered as 9th floor. They know different languages i.e. Maithili,
Tamil, Hindi, German, Urdu, Telugu, French, Bhojpuri and English, but
not in same order.
The one who knows Urdu lives just below J. There are three persons
live between J and B who lives on odd numbered floor. There are one
floors gap between B and K who knows Hindi. There are two floors
between the one who likes German and the one who likes Hindi. A
lives on 5th floor, just below from the one who knows German. P lives
just above X. B does not live on 1st floor. F knows Telugu and lives
below B. G does not know German. The one who knows English lives
just above the one who knows French. X does not know Bhojpuri and
Tamil. The one who knows Tamil lives above the one who knows
Telugu language.
नौ व्यक्ति, अर्ाा त- F, A, B, D, X, P, K, G और J एक नौ मंकजला इमारत की कभन्न
मंकजलों पर रहते हैं । सबसे कनचली मंकजल की संख्या 1 है और सबसे ऊपरी मंकजल
की संख्या 9 है । वे कवकभन्न भाषाएँ जानते हैं , अर्ाा त: मैकर्ली, तकमल, कहं दी, जमान,
उदू ा , तेलुगु, फ्रेंच, भोजपुरी और अं ग्रेजी लेककन आवश्यक नहीं कक समान क्रम में हों।
वह व्यक्ति जो उदू ा जानता है , J से ठीक नीचे रहता है । J और B के मध्य तीन व्यक्ति
रहते हैं , जो कवषम सं ख्या वाली मं कजल पर रहता है । B और K के बीच एक तल का
अं तर है , जो कहं दी जानता है । जमान और कहं दी जानने वाले व्यक्तियों के मध्य दो
मंकजलें हैं । A, पां चवीं मंकजल पर उस व्यक्ति से ठीक नीचे रहता है , जो जमान जानता
है । P, X से ठीक ऊपर रहता है । B, पहली मंकजल पर नहीं रहता है । F, तेलुगु
जानता है और B से नीचे रहता है । G, जमान नहीं जानता है । वह व्यक्ति जो अं ग्रेजी
जानता है , फ्रेंच जानने वाले व्यक्ति से ठीक ऊपर रहता है । X, भोजपुरी और तकमल
नहीं जानता है । वह व्यक्ति जो तकमल जानता है , तेलुगु जानने वाले व्यक्ति से ऊपर
रहता है ।
Sol
62)
Seven people D, G, X, Z, Y, B and W are sitting in a straight line with
equal distance between them, but not necessarily in the same order.
Some of them are facing North and some are facing South. They like
different cricketers i.e. Dhoni, Kohli, Sachinn, Dravid, Saurabh, Lara,
Malinga but not in same order. Only two people are sitting to the left of
G. Only two people sit between G and W who likes Saurabh. X sits
second to the left of W. The immediate neighbours of X face opposite
directions. The one who likes Lara sits 2nd left of the one who liks
Dhoni. Only one person sits between X and D who likes Sachin. The
one who likes Kohli sits 2nd left of D. Y sits third to the left of D. B is
not an immediate neighbour of W. Both the immediate neighbours of
D face the same direction. X faces the same direction as that of D. Z
faces North. W sits to the immediate left of Z. There are two people sit
between the one who likes Saurabh and the one who likes Dravid. Y
does not like Dhoni.
सात व्यक्ति D, G, X, Z, Y, B और W एक सीधी रे खा में परस्पर समान दू री पर
बै ठे हैं , लेककन आवश्यक नहीं कक समान क्रम में हो। इनमें से कुछ उत्तर की ओर
उन्मु ख हैं और कुछ दकिण की ओर उन्मु ख हैं । वे कभन्न ककक्रेट क्तखलाकड़यों को पसंद
करते हैं , अर्ाा त: धोनी, कोहली, सकचन, द्रकवड़, सौरभ, लारा, मकलं गा लेककन समान
क्रम में नहीं। केवल दो व्यक्ति G के बाएँ बै ठे हैं । केवल दो व्यक्ति G और W के
मध्य बै ठे हैं , कजसे सौरभ पसंद है । X, W के बाएँ से दू सरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है । X के
कनकटतम पड़ोसी कवपरीत कदिाओं में उन्मु ख हैं । वह व्यक्ति कजसे लारा पसंद है ,
धोनी के बाएँ से दू सरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है । केवल एक व्यक्ति X और D के मध्य बै ठा है ,
कजसे सकचन पसंद है । वह व्यक्ति कजसे कोहली पसंद है , D के बाएँ से दू सरे स्र्ान पर
बै ठा है । Y, D के बाएँ से तीसरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है । B, W का कनकटतम पड़ोसी नहीं
है । D के दोनों कनकटतम पड़ोसी समान कदिा की ओर उन्मु ख हैं । X, D की समान
कदिा की ओर उन्मु ख है । Z, उत्तर कदिा की ओर उन्मु ख है । W, Z के ठीक बाएं
बै ठा है । उन व्यक्तियों के मध्य दो व्यक्ति बै ठे हैं , कजन्हें सौरभ और द्रकवड़ पसंद हैं । Y
को धोनी पसंद नहीं है ।
Sol.
63)
Eight friends i.e. Z, F, J, T, X, R, P and A are sitting around a circular table and
facing to the centre. They are doing the preparation of different exams i.e. CGL,
Assistant, PO, Clerk, IES, CHSL, IIT, and IAS but not in same order. They have
exams on different dates of same month in same year.
IAS exam is going to be held on 26th. P does not do the preparation of IAS and
sits 2nd right of the one who is doing the preparation of IES. The one, who is
immediate neighbor of P whose exam is on 2nd, is doing the preparation of
Clerk. The one who is doing the preparation of CGL which is going to be held on
9th, sits 2nd right of the one who is doing the preparation of Clerk. F sits
immediate left of J and J sits 2nd right of R who is doing the preparation of IIT
which is going to be held on 18th. The one whose exam is on 18th sits opposite
to P. The one who is doing the preparation of Assistant sits 2nd right of F. A and
Z does not do the preparation of Assistant. X’s exam is on 9th. Z does not do the
preparation of PO, IAS and Clerk. Z’s exam is on 12th. T ‘s exam is on 17th. A’s
exam is on 20th and J’s exam is going to be held on the date just after the date
on which A’s exam is going to be held.
Sol.
64)
Seven persons i.e. K, V, H, P, J, B and T live in different area of
Delhi-Ncr. These area are Saket, Ghaziabad, LaxmiNagar,
Yamuna Bank, Dwarka, Kirti Nagar and Noida but not in same
order. They work in different organizations i.e. Dell, CP, Infy, HP,
TCS, Ericsson and CTS, but not in same order.
J lives in Noida and does not work in HP and Infy. The one who
works in Infy, lives in Laxmi Nagar. H works in Dell. The one who
works in Ericsson does not live in Noida and Saket. V lives in
Dwarka but does not work in TCS and CTS. B does not live in
Ghaziabad and Saket and B does not work in Infy and HP. The
one who works in TCS is K. T does not work in HP, CTS and CP
but lives in Kirti Nagar. K does not live in Saket. The one who
lives in Noida does not work in CP.
Sol
65)
Eight friends i.e. M, J, W, F, R, D, V, and C live in a hostel. During the
lunch, they have seated around a circular table and face outside the
centre. They belong to different cities of India. These cities are Delhi,
Kanpur, Bhopal, Kolkata, Goa, Chennai, Pune, and Patna, but not in
same order. The one who belongs to Bhopal sits 2nd left of the one
who sits opposite to V. D sits immediate right of the one who belongs
to Patna. There are two persons sitting between the one who belongs
to Patna and the one who belongs to Pune. R sits 2nd right of the one
who belongs to Pune. D sits opposite to R and belongs to Kanpur. D is
the immediate neighbor of the one who belongs to Patna and W who
sits opposite of the one, who belongs to Bhopal. F does not belong to
Patna and Bhopal and does not sit opposite of J. The one who
belongs to Delhi is immediate neighbor of R. M is immediate neighbor
of J who does not belong to Bhopal. The one who belongs to Goa sits
opposite to F. W does not belong to Chennai. J sits third to the left of
the one who belongs to Pune.
आठ कमत्र अर्ाा त् M, J, W, F, R, D, V, और C एक हॉस्टल में रहते हैं । भोजन के
दौरान, वे एक वृत्ताकार मेज़ के चारों ओर बैठे हैं और केंद्र से बाहर की ओर उन्मु ख
है । वे भारत के कवकभन्न िहरों से सम्बंकधत है । ये िहर हैं - कदल्ली, कानपुर, भोपाल,
कोलकाता, गोवा, चे न्नई, पुणे और पटना, लेककन समान क्रम में नहीं। वह व्यक्ति जो
भोपाल से सम्बंकधत है , V के कवपरीत बै ठे व्यक्ति बाएँ से दू सरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है । D,
पटना से सम्बंकधत व्यक्ति के ठीक दाएं बै ठा है । पटना से सम्बंकधत व्यक्ति और पुणे
से सम्बंकधत व्यक्ति के मध्य दो व्यक्ति बै ठे हैं । R, पुणे से सम्बंकधत व्यक्ति के दाएं से
दू सरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है । D, R के कवपरीत बै ठा है और कानपुर से सम्बंकधत है । D,
पटना से सम्बंकधत व्यक्ति और W, का कनकटतम पड़ोसी है , जो उस व्यक्ति के
कवपरीत बै ठा है , जो भोपाल से सम्बंकधत है । F पटना और भोपाल से सम्बंकधत नहीं है
और J के कवपरीत नहीं बै ठा है । कदल्ली से सम्बंकधत व्यक्ति, R का कनकटतम पड़ोसी
है । M, J का कनकटतम पड़ोसी है , जो भोपाल से सम्बंकधत नहीं है । गोवा से सम्बंकधत
व्यक्ति F के कवपरीत बै ठा है । W चे न्नई से सम्बंकधत नहीं है । J, पुणे से सम्बंकधत
व्यक्ति के बाएँ से तीसरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है ।
66)
Seven persons i.e. K, B, T, P, J, F and G live in a nine storey building in
which two floors are vacant. Both vacant floors are odd numbered floor.
Top floor is numbered as 9th floor and ground floor is numbered as 1st
floor. They like different branded laptops i.e. Dell, Acer, Toshiba, HCL, HP,
Sony and Lenovo. The one who lives on top most floor likes HCL laptop.
There are two persons live between the one who likes HCL laptop and HP
laptop. The one who likes HP laptop lives on even numbered floor and lives
above from 3rd floor. P lives one of the floor above the floor on which T
lives. F lives just below from T and likes Acer. P does not live on top floor
and 7th floor. The one who lives on 2nd floor likes Sony Laptop. There are
three floors between the one who likes Sony and Dell. B lives on odd
numbered floor and likes Toshiba laptop. B lives below from the one who
likes HP laptop. There are two floors between 1st vacant floor from bottom
and J who lives just above the floor on which B lives. Ground floor is not
vacant. F lives on 3rd floor. P and K do not like Lenovo.
सात व्यक्ति अर्ाा त् K, B, T, P, J, F और G एक नौ मंकजला इमारत में रहते हैं , कजसमें दो
मंकजल खाली हैं । दोनों खाली मंकजल कवषम संख्या वाली मंकजल हैं। ऊपरी मंकजल की संख्या
9 है और सबसे नीचली मंकजल की संख्या एक है । वे अलग-अलग ब्ांि के लै पटॉप जै से
िै ल, एसर, तोकिबा, एचसीएल, एचपी, सोनी और ले नोवो पसंद करते हैं । सबसे ऊपरी
मंकजल पर रहने वाला व्यक्ति एचसीएल लै पटॉप पसंद करता है । एचसीएल लै पटॉप और
एचपी लै पटॉप पसंद करने वाले व्यक्तियों के मध्य दो व्यक्ति रहते हैं। एचपी लै पटॉप पसंद
करने वाला व्यक्ति सम संख्या वाली मंकजल पर रहता है और तीसरी मंकजल से ऊपर रहता
है । P उस मंकजल से ऊपर की मंकजल पर रहता है , कजस पर T रहता है । F, T से ठीक नीचे
रहता है और एसर पसंद करता है । P ऊपरी मंकजल और सातवीं मंकजल पर नहीं रहता है ।
दू सरी मंकजल पर रहने वाला व्यक्ति सोनी लै पटॉप पसंद करता है । सोनी और िै ल पसंद
करने वाले व्यक्तियों के मध्य तीन मंकजल हैं । B कवषम संख्या वाली मंकजल पर रहता है और
तोकिबा लै पटॉप पसंद करता है । B, एचपी लै पटॉप पसंद करने वाले व्यक्ति से नीचे रहता
है । नीचे से पहली खाली मंकजल और J के बीच दो मंकजल है जो उस मंकजल से ठीक ऊपर
की मंकजल पर रहता है कजस पर B रहता है । सबसे नीचली मंकजल खाली नहीं है । F तीसरी
मंकजल पर रहता है । P और K को ले नोवो पसंद नहीं है ।
Sol
67)
Eight friends i.e. A, B, D, H, L, K, J and G are seated around a circular
table and face towards a circular table. They like different laptops i.e. HP,
Toshiba, HCL, Sony, Apple, Compaq, Dell and Lenovo but not in same
order. The one who likes HCL laptop sits opposite to the one who likes
Lenovo who sits 2nd right of G. There are two people sit between the one
who likes Apple and G. L sits 2nd left of the one who likes Apple. L sits
opposite of the one who likes Compaq. B sits 3rd left of G and likes
Compaq. J sits opposite to the one who likes Lenovo. The one who likes
Dell and the one who likes Toshiba laptop sits opposite to each other. The
one who likes Dell sits 2nd left of the one who likes HCL. L does not like
HP.A is an immediate neighbor of J. D is an immediate neighbor of the one
who likes Lenovo. K sits opposite to G. D does not like Lenovo.
Sol.
68)
In a university, X, P, Y, K, Z, J and B are teachers who teach different
subjects on each day of the same week, starting from Sunday to
Saturday. These different subjects are Biology, Electronics, Civics,
English, History, Computer science, Geography, but not in same
order. Only one subject teaches on each day.
The one, who teaches Geography, takes the class after Wednesday.
P teaches the class after the day on which Geography subject was
taught but not immediately after. There are two days gap between the
classes which were taught by P and B. K teaches English on one of
the day before X who teaches Computer Science that is just before
the day on which Biology was taught. Y takes class just after J who is
taking the class just after Biology class. Z teaches on Monday and
does not teach History and Civics. Y does not teach Civics.
Sol.
69)
Seven Persons P, Q, R, S, T, U and V live on seven different
floors of a building, but not necessarily in the same order. The
lowermost floor of the building is numbered one and topmost
floor is numbered as seven. Each of them also likes a
different colours and cities i.e. colors are- Red, Yellow, Black,
Blue, Pink, Brown, White and cities are- Delhi, Noida, Jaipur,
Dehradun, Mumbai, Pune and Chennai but not necessarily in
the same order.
Only one person lives between the one who likes Pink and the
one who likes Brown. S does not like Pink. The one, who likes
Pune lives immediately above the one, who likes Pink. The
one who lives on 7th floor is immediate above the one, who
lives immediate below the one who likes Chennai. There are
three persons between Q and T who lives on 3rd floor. The
one who likes Blue lives on odd-numbered floor below U. P
lives immediately above U and does not like Black. The one,
who likes Jaipur lives immediately above the one, who likes
Mumbai. U likes Delhi and lives on 5th floor. The one who
likes Brown is also like Noida. Only one person lives between
Q and the one who likes Black. The one, who likes Mumbai
lives below the one who likes Delhi. Only two persons live
between V and the one who likes Black. The one, who likes
Yellow lives on one of the even-numbered floors above the
one who likes Black. The one, who likes White lives
immediately above V. S lives on one of the floors above R. V
does not like Red and Pune. V doesn’t live on an odd
numbered floor. R does not like Red.
Sol.
70)
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H are seating in a row and some are facing
towards North and some are facing towards south (not necessarily in same
order). They are of different ages (in years) i.e. 32, 30, 27, 49, 47, 17, 12,
and 24 (not necessarily in same order).
C doesn’t sit immediate left of A. Only two persons sit to the right of H. The
Immediate neighbors of C face opposite direction with respect to each
other. E’s age is average of A’s and H’s age. The one who is second
youngest doesn’t sits left of D. D sits third to the right of C. C is not older
than E and his age is an even number. D is an immediate neighbor of both
H and G. H sits immediate left of F, who is of 47 years old. G is not oldest.
D’s age is not a perfect square. E is not an immediate neighbor of C. D
faces same direction as F faces. C sits second to the left of the one who
sits immediate right of A, whose age is second highest even numbered age
among all the ages. D doesn’t face north direction. A and G face opposite
direction with respect to each other.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H, एक पंक्ति में बैठे हैं और इनमें से कुछ का मुख उत्तर की
ओर है और कुछ का मुख दकिण की ओर है, ले ककन यह आवश्यक नहीं है कक इसी क्रम में
हों। वे कवकभन्न आयु(वषों में) के हैं अर्ाा त 32, 30, 27, 49, 47, 17, 12, और 24, ले ककन
यह आवश्यक नहीं है कक इसी क्रम में हों।
C, A के ठीक बायीं ओर नहीं बैठा है । H के दायीं ओर केवल दो व्यक्ति बैठे हैं। C के
कनकटतम पड़ोसी का मुख एक-दू सरे के सन्दभा में कवपरीत कदिा में है । E की आयु, A और
H की आयु का औसत है । जो व्यक्ति आयु में दू सरा सबसे छोटा है वह D के बायीं ओर नहीं
बैठा है । D, C के दायीं ओर तीसरे स्र्ान पर बैठा है । C आयु में E से बड़ा नहीं है और
उसकी आयु एक सम संख्या में है। D, H और G दोनों का एक कनकटतम पड़ोसी है । H, F
के ठीक बायीं ओर बैठा है , कजसकी आयु 47 वषा है । G आयु में सबसे बड़ा नहीं है। D की
आयु एक पूणा वगा के रूप में नहीं है । E, C का एक कनकटतम पड़ोसी नहीं है । D का मुख
उसी कदिा में है कजस कदिा में F का मुख है । C उस व्यक्ति के बायीं ओर दू सरे स्र्ान पर
बैठा है जो A के ठीक दायीं ओर बैठा है , कजसकी आयु दी गई सभी आयु में से दू सरी सबसे
बड़ी सम संख्या में है। D का मुख उत्तर कदिा की ओर नहीं है। A और G का मुख एक
दू सरे के सन्दभा में कवपरीत कदिा में है |
Sol.
71)
Seven friends i.e. G, H, I , J, K, L and M are sitting on a bench
and facing towards South. They like different planets i.e. Venus,
Jupiter, Mars, Mercury, Uranus, Saturn, and Earth, but not in
same order.
The one who likes Saturn sits 2nd right of I. There are two friends
sit between M and L who likes Mercury. K who sits at extreme
end of this bench, sits 2nd right of L. G and J are immediate
neighbor of each other. But J is not near to L. The one who likes
Venus sits immediate right of the one who likes Mars. The one
who likes Mars sits 3rd right of the one who likes Saturn. I does
not like Jupiter. But the one who likes Jupiter is immediate
neighbor of I. G does not like Earth.
Sol.
72)
Seven students i.e. P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are studying in
different streams of engineering i.e. ECE, CSE, EE, ME, CE, ETC
and EEE. They belong to different cities i.e. Delhi, Goa, Pune,
Patna, Chennai, Kolkata, and Lucknow but not in same order.
The one who belongs to Lucknow studies in ETC. R studies in
CE. U belongs to Patna. The one who studies in EE is not Q and
P. S belongs to Kolkata. Q studies in EEE.
P does not belong to Chennai and Goa. The one who studies in
EE belongs to Chennai. V does not study in CSE and ECE and
does not belong to Chennai. The one who belongs to Delhi,
studies in ECE. U does not study in CSE. The one who studies in
EEE belongs to Goa
Sol.
73)
Eight friends S, T, U, V, W, X, Y and Z, are from different fields
i.e. Teacher, Singer, Cricketer, Astronaut, Doctor, Dancer,
Engineer, and Scientist (but not necessarily in the same order),
are sitting around a circular table, facing the centre.
U sits opposite to the one who is an engineer. Y is not an
immediate neighbour of Z. Z is a teacher whereas X is not a
dancer or engineer. The one who is dancer sits third to the right of
singer. V is an immediate neighbour of dancer. W, who is not
scientist, sits second to the right of dancer. Z is not an immediate
neighbour of W. The one who is engineer sits third to the right of
Z. S sits second to the right of engineer. Y is a cricketer and
doesn’t sit immediate left of W. X is not a singer and doesn’t sit
second place away from S. X and the one who is astronaut sit
opposite to each other. V is not a dancer.
आठ कमत्र S, T, U, V, W, X, Y और Z अलग अलग फीड से हैं अर्ाा त् :
कििक, गायक, कक्रकेटर, अंतररि यात्री, िॉक्टर, नताक, इं कजकनयर और
वैज्ञाकनक ये सभी गोलाकार मेज के चारों ओर, केंद्र की ओर उन्मुख होकर बैठे
हैं ।(लेककन जरुरी नहीं समान क्रम में हो)
U, उसके कवपरीत बै ठा है जो इं कजकनयर है । Y, Z का कनकटतम पड़ोसी नहीं है ।
Z, कििक है जबकक X, नताक या इं कजकनयर नहीं है । वह व्यक्ति जो नताक है ,
वह गायक के दायें से तीसरे स्र्ान पर है । V, नताक का कनकटतम पड़ोसी है ।
W, जो वैज्ञाकनक नहीं है , नताक के दायें से दू सरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है । Z, W का
कनकटतम पड़ोसी नहीं है । वह जो इं कजकनयर है , Z के दायें से तीसरे स्र्ान पर
बैठा है । S, इं कजकनयर के दायें से दू सरे स्र्ान पर बैठा है । Y, कक्रकेटर है और W
के ठीक बायें नहीं बैठा है । X, गायक नहीं है और S से दो स्र्ान दू र बैठा है । X
और अंतररि यात्री एक दू सरे के कवपरीत बैठे हैं । V, नताक नहीं है ।
Sol.
74)
Eight friends M, N, O, P, Q, R, T, and S are living on different floors of
eight storey building. Ground floor is numbered as 1st and top floor is
numbered as 8th floor. They like different brands of scooter TVS,
Yamaha, Hero, Honda, Tata, Maruti, Ducati, and Vespa (not necessarily
in same order).
O doesn’t live on the top floor. P doesn’t live on lowermost floor. M likes
TVS brand and lives on an even numbered floor. There are three
persons live between M and the one who likes Ducati brand. N likes
Yamaha brand and lives on an even numbered floor below the one who
like Ducati brand. Only one person lives between N and T. At least two
persons live below N. O likes Vespa brand and doesn’t live on an odd
numbered floor. The one who likes Hero brand lives one of the floors
above M. At least three persons lives between the one who likes Hero
brand and the one who likes Vespa brand. P likes Honda brand and
doesn’t live just above and below N. Only two floors are between M and
S who doesn’t like Hero brand. Q likes Tata brand
आठ कमत्र M, N, O, P, Q, R, T और S आठ मंकजला इमारत के अलग अलग तल पर
रहते हैं । सबसे कनचला तल संख्या 1 है और सबसे ऊपर वाला तल संख्या 8 है । वे
स्कूटर के अलग अलग ब्ां ि पसंद करते हैं अर्ाा त् : टीवीएस, यामाहा, हीरो, होंिा,
टाटा, मारुकत, िु काती और वेस्पा (जरुरी नहीं समान क्रम में हो)
O, सबसे ऊपर वाले तल पर नहीं रहता है । P, सबसे नीचे वाले तल पर नहीं रहता है ।
M, टीवीएस ब्ां ि पसंद करता है और एक सम संख्या वाले तल पर रहता है । M और
िु काती ब्ां ि पसंद करने वाले व्यक्ति के बीच में तीन व्यक्ति रहते हैं । N, यामाहा ब्ां ि
पसंद करता है और िु काती ब्ां ि पसंद करने वाले व्यक्ति के नीचे सम संख्या वाले तल
पर रहता है । N और T के बीच में केवल एक व्यक्ति रहता है । N के नीचे कम से कम
दो व्यक्ति रहते हैं । O, वेस्पा ब्ां ि पसंद करता है और कवषम संख्या वाले तल पर नहीं
रहता है । हीरो ब्ां ि पसंद करने वाला व्यक्ति, M के ऊपर ककसी एक तल पर रहता है ।
हीरो ब्ां ि पसंद करने वाले व्यक्ति और वेस्पा ब्ां ि पसंद करने वाले व्यक्ति के बीच में
कम से कम तीन व्यक्ति रहते हैं । P, होंिा पसंद करता है और N के ठीक ऊपर और
नीचे ठीक नहीं रहता है । M और S के बीच में केवल दो तल हैं जो हीरो पसंद नहीं करते
हैं । Q, टाटा ब्ां ि पसंद करता है ।
Sol.
75)
Six employees of an organization i.e. B, C, F, E, G, and D are living in Eight storey
building in which two floors are vacant which is at even numbered floor. They are
going to attend their friends’ wedding ceremony in different cities. These cities
are Kanpur, Manali, Kullu, Pune, Delhi and Lucknow but not necessary in same
order. Top floor is not vacant. The one who is going to attend the wedding in
Kanpur, lives on odd numbered floor which is just above the one of the Vacant
floor. E lives below to C but not just below. There are two employees live between
the one who is going to attend wedding in Kanpur and the one who is going to
attend the wedding in Kullu. B lives just above D who is at odd numbered floor.
The one who is going to attend the wedding in Lucknow lives on 4th floor. C lives
immediate below the one who is going to attend the wedding in Lucknow. The
one who is going to attend the wedding in Kanpur lives below the one who is
going to attend the wedding Kullu. G lives on 5th floor which is just below one of
the Vacant floor. G is not going Manali and Pune. The one who is going to attend
the wedding in Pune lives below the one who is going to attend the wedding in
Manali.
Sol.
76)
Sol.
77)
Seven boxes M, N, O, P, Q, R and S are kept one above another, but not
necessarily in the same order. Each box is of a different weight – 12kg,
10kg, 18kg, 20kg, 24kg, 5kg and 8kg – but not necessarily in the same
order.
The 20kg box is kept immediately below M. Only two boxes are kept
between the 20kg box and the 12kg box. More than two boxes are kept
above the 12kg box. Only one box is kept between the 12kg box and R. O is
kept immediately above R. Neither O nor S is a 20kg box. S is kept
immediately above the 5kg box. S is not a 12kg box. N is kept immediately
above Q. Only one box is kept between N and the 10kg box. N is kept
above the 10kg box. Only two boxes are kept between the 10kg and the
8kg box. The 18kg box is kept neither at the top nor at the bottom of the
stack.
Sol.
78)
Seven Persons - L, M, N, O, P, Q and R live on seven different floors of a
building but not necessarily in the same order. Lowermost floor is
numbered 1. Each of them Likes different alcohol drink - Wine, Rum, Zin,
Vodka, Whisky, Scotch and Beer. Each have on a different day of the week
starting from Monday. M lives on an odd numbered floor but not on floor
number three and have drink on Monday. The one who drink Zin lives
immediately above R who have drink on some day after Thursday. The one
who drink Wine lives on an odd numbered floor above Q. P drink Beer and
lives on the 4th floor. L lives on the floor above P and have Whisky on
Saturday. The one who lives on top floor drink Vodka and the person living
on the bottom floor drink Scotch but neither of two drinks on Monday. N
drink on an even numbered floor and have drink two days after the person
who have Rum. O drink on Tuesday.
Sol.
79)
Ten persons are sitting in two parallel rows containing five person each, in
such a way that there is an equal distance between adjacent persons. In first
row A, B, C, D and E are seated and all of them are facing South. In second
row, F, G, H,I and J are seated and all of them are facing North. Therefore, in
the given seating arrangement, each person seated in a row faces another
person of the other row. All the persons bought different items from the
store.
The one who sits at extreme left end of the row 1 bought flowers and faces
the one who bought Deo. I sits third to the left of F.H ,B, J bought frame
,bag, Perfume respectively. A faces immediate neighbour of I. C sits second
to the right of A. The one who sits diagonally opposite to F bought cup.
Only one person sits between B and D. The one who sits opposite to B,
bought chocolate. The immediate neighbour of I bought Candy. G and J are
immediate neighbours. J does not face A and B.A bought wallet and the
one who sits adjacent to him, bought shoes.
दस व्यक्ति दो समानां तर पंक्तियों में बैठे हैं कजनमें से प्रत्येक पां च व्यक्ति, इस तरह से बैठे
हैं कक आसन्न व्यक्तियों के बीच समान दू री है । पहली पंक्ति में A, B, C, D और E बैठे हैं
और सभी दकिण की ओर उन्मुख हैं । पंक्ति दो में F, G, H, I और J बैठे हैं और सभी उत्तर
की ओर उन्मुख हैं । इसकलए दी गयी बैठने की व्यवस्र्ा में, पंक्ति में बैठा प्रत्येक सदस्य,
दू सरी पंक्ति में बैठे अन्य सदस्य की ओर उन्मुख है । सभी व्यक्ति, दू कान से अलग अलग
वस्तु खरीदते हैं ।
पंक्ति 1 में अंकतम बायें कसरे पर बैठा व्यक्ति फूल खरीदता है और यह कियो खरीदने वाले
व्यक्ति की ओर उन्मुख हैं ।I, F के बायें से तीसरे स्र्ान पर बैठा है ।H ,B, J क्रमिः फ्रेम, बैग,
परफ्यूम खरीदते हैं । A, I के कनकटतम पड़ोसी की ओर उन्मुख है । C, A के दायें से दू सरे
स्र्ान पर बैठा है । F के कवकणात: कवपरीत बैठा व्यक्ति कप खरीदता है । B और D के बीच
में केवल एक व्यक्ति बैठा है । B के कवपरीत बैठा व्यक्ति, चॉकले ट खरीदता है । I का
कनकटतम पड़ोसी, कैंिी खरीदता है । G और J कनकटतम पड़ोसी हैं । J, A और B की ओर
उन्मुख नहीं है । A, वॉलेट खरीदता है और उसके आसन्न बैठा व्यक्ति जू ते खरीदता है ।
Sol.
80)
K, O, V, B, C, F and L are seven friends who watch movies in IFFI next
generation bioscope village which started on 21st November and ended on
27th November. They watch different movies viz. The great buddha, Ardh
satya, Spoor, The sacrifice, Mother, The square and Mukti bhawan, but not
necessarily in same order. They like different type of movies, viz Chinese,
Russian, Indian, Japanese, Spanish, Korean and American, but not
necessarily in same order. Each person watches only one movie on each
day.
L, who likes Korean movies, watches movie on the fourth day of event but
watches neither The great buddha nor Ardh satya. Two persons watch
movie between the L and F, neither of whom watch movie on 1st day of
week. There is one person who watches movie between B and V. But V does
not watch movie on 1st and on 3rd day of the event. V likes Russian movies
and watches The great buddha.The one who watches Spoor moviewatches
on the last day of event and likes Indian movies. O does not watch movie
on day immediately before and immediately after B, who does not like
Spanish, Chinese and Japanese movies. C watches movie immediately after
V and C likes Chinese movies. K does not like Spanish movies and watches
The sacrifice. B does not watch Mukti bhawan and The square.The one who
watches Mother watches immediately after the one who watches The great
buddha.
Sol.
81)
Ten persons U, V, W, X, Y, G, H, I, J and K give exam on different
days of the week starting from Monday to Friday. Only two
persons give exam in a day in the morning and in the afternoon
shift respectively. There are two times on a day in which exams are
organized i.e. 9 a.m. and 1 p.m.
G gives exam on Wednesday at 1p.m. U gives exam before G but
not immediate before the day on which G gives exam and U does
not give exam on 1p.m. W does not give exam on Tuesday. K does
not give exam on 1p.m. Only four persons give exam between W
and I. W gives exam before I. Only three persons give exam
between H and W. H gives exam in the morning. There are only
four persons who give exam between K and X. X does not give
exam on Monday. There are two days gap between the exam of J
and Y. J gives exam in the afternoon.
दस व्यक्ति U, V, W, X, Y, G, H, I, J और K सोमवार से िुक्रवार तक सप्ताह
के अलग अलग कदन परीिा दे ते हैं । एक कदन में केवल दो व्यक्ति क्रमिः सुबह
और दोपहर को परीिा दे ते हैं । एक कदन में परीिा दो बार आयोकजत की जाती
है अर्ाा त् : 9 a.m. और 1 p.m
G, बु धवार को 1p.m परीिा दे ता है । U, G से पहले परीिा दे ता है लेककन कजस
कदन G परीिा दे ता है उसे ठीक पहले कदन परीिा नहीं दे ता है और U, 1p.m
परीिा नहीं दे ता है । W, मंगलवार को परीिा नहीं दे ता है । K, 1p.m. परीिा नहीं
दे ता है । W और I के बीच में केवल चार व्यक्ति परीिा दे ते हैं । W, I से पहले
परीिा दे ता है । H और W के बीच में केवल तीन व्यक्ति परीिा दे ते हैं । H, सुबह
परीिा दे ता है । K और X के बीच में केवल चार व्यक्ति परीिा दे ते हैं । X,
सोमवार को परीिा नहीं दे ता है । J और Y की परीिा के बीच में दो कदन का
अंतर है । J, दोपहर को परीिा दे ता है ।
Sol.
82)
R, S ,T, U, V, W, X and Y are eight friends .They are sitting in a
straight line equidistant from each other (but not necessarily in
the same order). Some of them are facing south while some are
facing north.
R faces north. Only two people sit to the right of R. S sits third to
the left of R. Only one person sits between S and W. W sits to the
immediate right of V. Only one person sits between V and Y. Both
the immediate neighbors of S face the same direction. T sits third
to the left of W. S faces the opposite direction as R. X does not sit
at any of the extremes ends of the line. U faces the same direction
as V. Both X and T face the opposite direction of Y.
Sol
83)
Sol.
84)
There are twelve friends who are seated in two parallel rows facing to
each other. U, V, W, X,Y and Z are seated in first row and facing to
south. P, Q, R, S, T and O are seated in second row and facing
north.They all like different beaches in india.
U likes Colva and faces the one who likes Yarada. Q is on the
immediate right of S ,who is facing U. Q , Y, and V like Dhanushkodi,
Mandrem and Marari beach respectively. X is on the immediate right
of U. P, R,Z and W are at extreme ends of the rows and nobody is
seated on the right of Z. R and P like Cola and Versova respectively. P
sits near the one who likes Candolim beach. Only O is seated between
P and T and he is not facing V. T and X like Elephanta and Varca beach
respectively. Q is on the immediate left of R. The one who sits at
extreme left end of row 1 likes Juhu and the one who sits at another
end in same row likes Agonda beach.
बारह कमत्र दो समानां तर पं क्तियों में एक-दू सरे की ओर मुख करके बै ठे हैं । U, V, W,
X,Y और Z पहली पंक्ति में दकिण की ओर उन्मु ख होकर बै ठे हैं । P, Q, R, S, T और
O दू सरी पं क्ति में उत्तर की ओर उन्मु ख होकर बै ठे हैं । वे सभी भारत में कभन्न बीच
पसंद करते हैं ।
U को कालवा पसंद है और वह उस व्यक्ति की ओर उन्मु ख है , कजसे यारिा पसंद है ।
Q, S के ठीक दाएं हैं , जो U की ओर उन्मु ख है । Q , Y और V को क्रमि: धनु षकोिी,
मंिरम और मारारी बीच पसंद है । X, U के ठीक दाएं बै ठा है । P, R, Z और W
पंक्तियों के अं कतम कसरों पर बै ठे हैं और कोई भी Z के दाएं नहीं बै ठा है । R और P को
क्रमि: कोला और वे सोवा पसंद है । P, कैंिोकलम बीच पसंद करने वाले व्यक्ति के
कनकट बै ठा है । केवल O, P और T के मध्य बै ठा है एवं वह V की ओर उन्मु ख नहीं
है । T और X को क्रमि: एकलफेंटा और वकाा बीच पसंद है । Q, R के ठीक बाएँ बै ठा
है । जो व्यक्ति पंक्ति 1 के अं कतम बाएँ कसरे पर बै ठा है , उसे जु हू बीच पसंद है एवं जो
व्यक्ति इसी पं क्ति के दू सरे कसरे पर बै ठा है , उसे अगोंिा बीच पसं द है ।
Sol.
85)
A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are eight friends who are working in a same office.
They are all sitting around a circular table. Four of them are facing towards
the centre and four of them are facing away from the centre. Some of them
like different fruits which are Grapes, Papaya, Apple and Banana and Some
like different vegetables i.e. Tomato, Carrot, Raddish and Brinjal, but not
necessarily in the same order. The persons who face towards centre like
fruits and the persons who face away from the centre likes vegetables.
Both the immediate neighbours of E face away from the centre and like
carrot or Tomato. D faces away from the centre. E faces towards the centre
and likes Grapes. Both the immediate neighbours of D do not face away
from the centre. E sits third to the right of F, who likes Brinjal. C sits third to
the left of F.The one who likes carrot sits opposite to F. The one who likes
raddish is not the immediate neighbour of F and faces away from the
centre. A sits second to the left of C and does not eat Apple or Banana. The
one who likes Apple sits between H and F. B faces away from the centre
and does not eat raddish.
Sol.
86)
A, B, C, D, E and F are six friends who are going with other six friends U, V,
W, X, Y and Z (not necessarily in the same order), within a year in the
months of January, February, March, May, October and November and
going to different states to visit namely viz; Maharashtra, Gujarat,
Uttarakhand, Goa, Assam and Sikkim but not necessarily in the above
order.
C goes to Uttarakhand ,however he was not going with U or Z. A goes to
Maharashtra and E goes to Goa, however neither of them is going with V or
X. The one who is going to Sikkim is going for the holiday in January . W is
going for the holiday in February, but he does not go to Maharashtra . U
and Y are going for the holiday in January and October respectively and
they are going to Uttarakhand and Sikkim but not necessarily in the above
order .D does not go to Gujarat and Sikkim and is going for the holiday in
November. F is going for the holiday with V in May.
Sol.
87)
Eight persons O, P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are living in an 8-floor building. Only one
person stays on one floor. All persons are going to give RBI ASSISTANT MAINS
exam. They are going to different city Nagpur, Mumbai, Lucknow, Jammu,
Bhopal, Kolkata, Chennai and Ahmedabad but not necessarily in the same order.
They all wear T-shirts of different colours viz. Black, Blue, Grey, Orange, Green,
Red, Purple and brown but not necessarily in the same order.
Q is going to Jammu and lives on the sixth floor. The person who goes to
Lucknow wears Orange T-shirt and lives on the third floor. The person who is
going to Kolkata lives on the first floor.The person who wears Brown T-shirt lives
on the top floor. The person who is going to Chennai lives between T and R. P
goes to Bhopal and O goes to Nagpur. The person who is going to Ahmedabad
wears Green T-shirt and does not stay on the fifth floor. The person who wears
Purple T-shirt lives on the seventh floor. P does not live on the 8th and first floor.
The person who goes to Mumbai lives on the fifth floor. The person who goes to
Mumbai does not wear Red T-shirt. The person who wears Grey T-shirt lives on
an even-numbered floor. R goes to Mumbai and U goes to Ahmedabad. S and
another person who wears Blue T-shirt stay on even-numbered floors.
Sol.
88)
There are ten friends who are sitting in two parallel rows. There are 6
seats in each row. one seat is vacant in each row. In row- 1 , K, L, M, N
and O are sitting and facing south. In row-2, U, V, W, X and Y are
sitting and facing north. All of them work in different Arab country, ie;
Bahrain, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, UAE,
Yemen and Iran.
Y sits third to the right of V and works in Lebanon. Only two people sit
between U and the vacant seat. U does not work in Oman and Kuwait.
O is an immediate neighbour of M.L works in Iran. The one who works
in Kuwait faces the one who works in UAE.The one who works in
Kuwait sits opposite to the one who sits third to the right of the one
who sits opposite to Y.M is not an immediate neighbour of N.X, who
works neither in Oman nor in Qatar, does not face the vacant seat.
Neither Y nor V sits at the extreme ends. N faces V. Vacant seats are
not opposite to each other. Two persons sit between X and W.The one
who works in Yemen faces the one who works in Lebanon. The
persons who work in Bahrain and UAE are adjacent to each other. The
vacant seat of row one is not adjacent to N.U sits at one of the
extreme ends. V does not work in Bahrain and UAE.The vacant seat of
row one does not face Y and also it is not at the extreme ends. W is an
immediate neighbour of Y, who faces the person who works in
Yemen.L faces the vacant seat in row-2 and sits third to the right of
M.M works in Saudi Arabia.
दस कमत्र दो समानां तर पंक्तियों में बैठे हैं , प्रत्येक पंक्ति में 6 सीटें हैं । प्रत्येक
पंक्ति में एक सीट खाली है । पंक्ति- 1 में , K, L, M, N और O दकिण की ओर
मुख करके बै ठे हैं तर्ा पंक्ति-2 में , U, V, W, X और Y उत्तर की ओर मु ख
करके बै ठे हैं । वे सभी कवकभन्न अरब दे ि में काया करते हैं , अर्ाा त- बहरीन,
जॉिा न, कुवैत, लेबनान, ओमान, क़तर, सऊदी अरब, यूएई, यमन और ईरान।
Y, V के दायें तीसरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है और लेबनान में काया करता है । केवल दो
व्यक्ति, U और खाली सीट के मध्य बै ठे हैं । U, ओमान और कुवैत में काया नहीं
करता है । O, M का एक कनकटतम पड़ोसी है । L, ईरान में काया करता है ।
कुवैत में काया करने वाले व्यक्ति का मुख, यूएई में काया करने वाले व्यक्ति की
ओर है । कुवैत में काया करने वाला व्यक्ति, उस व्यक्ति के कवपरीत बै ठा है , जो Y
के कवपरीत बै ठे व्यक्ति के दायें से तीसरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है । M, N का एक
कनकटतम पड़ोसी नही है । X, जो न तो ओमान में काया करता है न ही कतर में ,
खाली सीट की ओर मुख करके नहीं बैठा है । न तो Y न V, अंकतम कसरों पर बै ठे
हैं । N का मु ख V की ओर है । खाली सीटें एक-दू सरे के कवपरीत नहीं हैं । X और
W के मध्य दो व्यक्ति बैठे हैं । यमन में काया करने वाले व्यक्ति का मुख, लेबनान
में काया करने वाले व्यक्ति की ओर है । बहरीन और यूएई में काया करने वाले
व्यक्ति, एक-दू सरे के पड़ोसी हैं । पंक्ति 1 की खाली सीट, N के बगल में नहीं है ।
U ककसी एक अंकतम कसरे पर बै ठा है । V, बहरीन और यूएई में काया नहीं करता
है । पंक्ति 1 की खाली सीट का मुख Y की ओर नहीं है और यह अंकतम कसरों पर
भी नहीं है । W, Y का एक कनकटतम पड़ोसी है , कजसका मुख यमन में काया
करने वाले व्यक्ति की ओर है । L का मु ख पंक्ति-2 की खाली सीट की ओर है
और वह M के दायें तीसरे स्र्ान पर बैठा है । M, सऊदी अरब में काया करता
है ।
Sol.
89)
Five male models viz. A, B, C, D and E are going on a ramp walk with five
other female models. Each of the male model is accompanied by one
female model viz. H, I, J, K and L but not necessarily in the same order. Thus
they are going in a group of two(a male and a female) for a ramp walk.
Each group is sponsored by different brand viz; Lakme, Loreal, Maybelline,
Colorbar and Olay but not necessarily in the same order. The ranking of
each of these groups in the fashion show is different viz. 3rd , 5th , 6th , 4th
and 9th. A is sponsored by neither Maybelline nor Olay and his group is not
ranked 3rd and 5th. I is accompanied by either C or E. Ranking of L’s group
is 5th but it is sponsored by neither Loreal nor Olay. H is accompanied by C.
Ranking of J’s group is 6th and her partner is one among B, C and E. The
Ranking of the group which is sponsored by Colorbar is 3rd but C is not the
one who is sponsored by colorbar. The ranking of the group which is
sponsored by Lakme is in a multiple of 3 but the group does not have A
and H. The group which is sponsored by Loreal brand is better ranked than
the group which is sponsored by Olay.
पां च पुरुष मॉिल, अर्ाा त- A, B, C, D और E अन्य पां च मकहला मॉिल के सार् एक रै म्प
वॉक के कलए जा रहे हैं । प्रत्येक पुरुष मॉिल एक मकहला मॉिल अर्ाात-H, I, J, K और L के
सार् जाता है , ले ककन आवश्यक नहीं कक समान क्रम में हों। इस प्रकार वे रै म्प वॉक के कलए
दो के समूह में (एक पुरुष और एक मकहला) जाते हैं । प्रत्येक समूह कवकभन्न ब्ां ि द्वारा
प्रायोकजत है , अर्ाा त- लैक्मे, लोररयाल, मेबलीन, कलरबार और ओले , ले ककन आवश्यक नहीं
कक समान क्रम में हों। फैिन िो में इनमें से प्रत्येक समूह की रैं ककंग कभन्न है , अर्ाा त-
तीसरी, पां चवीं, छठवीं, चौर्ी और नौवीं। A, न तो मेबलीन न ही ओले द्वारा प्रायोकजत है तर्ा
उसके समूह की रैं क तीसरी और पां चवीं नहीं है । I के सार् या तो C या E है । L के समूह की
रैं ककंग पां चवीं है , ले ककन यह न तो लोररयाल न ओले द्वारा प्रायोकजत है । H के सार् C है । J
के समूह की रैं ककंग छठवीं है एवं उसका सार्ी B, C और E में से एक है । कलरबार द्वारा
प्रायोकजत समूह की रैं ककंग तीसरी है , ले ककन C, कलरबार द्वारा प्रायोकजत नहीं है । लै क्मे
द्वारा प्रायोकजत समूह की रैं ककंग, 3 के गुणज में है ले ककन इस समूह में A और H नहीं है ।
लोररयाल ब्ां ि द्वारा प्रायोकजत समूह की रैं ककंग, ओले द्वारा प्रायोकजत समूह से बेहतर है ।
Sol.
90)
चार कववाकहत जोड़ों ने एक रे स्तरां में लंच के कलए एकसार् जाने का कनणाय
कलया, जहाँ एक वृत्ताकार किनर टे बल रखी है । A, B, C, D, L, M, N और O,
पुरुषों और मकहलाओं के एक समूह के सदस्य हैं । वे सभी वृ त्ताकार मेज के चारों
ओर केंद्र की तरफ मुख करके बै ठे हैं । कोई दो पु रुष या मकहलायें एक दू सरे के
कनकटतम पड़ोसी नहीं हैं ।
A, L के बाएं से तीसरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है । A, O की पिी है । M, D के दायें से
दू सरे स्र्ान पर बै ठा है , जो L का एक कनकटतम पड़ोसी नहीं है । O और C,
एक-दू सरे के कनकटतम पड़ोसी हैं । M, अपनी पिी B का एक कनकटतम पड़ोसी
नहीं है । L, A के बाएं से दू सरे स्र्ान पर बै ठे व्यक्ति का पकत है , जो D का
कनकटतम पड़ोसी नहीं है ।
Sol.
91)
B, D, E, P, Q and R are six persons who are going to watch different
movies in a multiplex .The movies are Darkest hour, Justice league,
Mayhem, Wonder, The star and Coco but not necessarily in the
same order. Each person watches only one movie. They are going
with S, T, U, V, W and X exactly with one friend. They watch only one
show among First show, Second show, Third show and Fourth show
and watch movie at the top three screens only. No two of the pairs
watch the movie at same screen in the same type of show.
At least one pair watches movie in each show.
Only the person who watches Darkest hour watches in First show
and he is P. Only The person who watches The star movie watches at
the 3rd screen. U is the partner of the person who watches movie in
Second show, but does not watch the movie at 3rd screen. V is the
partner of R and watches the movie either at the 1st or at the 2nd
screen. B watches Mayhem and watches in Third show. The person
who watches Justice league watches movie at the 1st screen but he
is neither D nor Q. Among the given persons only two persons
watch movie in Second show, but D is not among them. The person
who watches Justice league, the one who watches Darkest hour and
R watch movie at the same screen. D watches the movie at the 2nd
screen. W is the partner of the person who watches movie at the
2nd screen, but he is not D. E watches Justice League with U. S is the
partner of the one who watches Coco, who watches movie in the
same show in which the one who watches Wonder does. X is not the
partner of the one who watches Darkest hour.
Sol.
92)
Eight persons i.e. D, G, P, K, B, C, J and R live in a nine storey building in
which one floor is vacant. Ground floor is numbered as 1st floor and Top
floor is numbered as 9th floor. They have different amount in their pocket.
These amounts are 9k, 14k, 18k, 15k, 12k,5k, 20k and 16k, but not in same
order. The one, who lives on 4th floor, has 18k. There are two people live
between the one who has 18k and P. The one who has 15k amount in his
pocket, lives on an odd numbered floor and below 4th floor. There is one
floor gap between the one who has 15k amount and vacant floor. R lives
just below P. G lives just below D, who lives just below from vacant floor. G
does not live below from J. There are three people live between the one
who has 15k and the one who has 12k. R does not have 14k amount in his
pocket. The one who has 14k amount in his pocket lives on an odd
numbered floor and below from P. The one who has 5k amount lives just
above the one who has 20k amount. J has 16k amount in his pocket. C lives
on an even numbered floor. B does not have 14k amount in his pocket.
आठ व्यक्ति अर्ाा त् D, G, P, K, B, C, J और R एक नौ मंकजला इमारत में रहते हैं , कजसमें
एक मंकजल खाली है । कनचली मंकजल की संख्या 1 और ऊपरी मंकजल की संख्या 9 है ।
उनके पास उनकी जे ब में कभन्न-कभन्न राकि है। ये राकि हैं : 9k, 14k, 18k, 15k, 12k, 5k,
20k और 16k, ले ककन समान क्रम में नहीं। चौर्ी मंकजल पर रहने वाले व्यक्ति के पास 18k
है । कजस व्यक्ति के पास 18k है और P, दोनों के मध्य दो व्यक्ति रहते हैं । कजस व्यक्ति की
जे ब में 15k है , वह एक कवषम संख्या वाली मंकजल पर और चौर्ी मंकजल से नीचे रहता है ।
कजस व्यक्ति के पास 15k है और खाली मंकजल, दोनों के मध्य एक मंकजल का अंतराल है ।
R, P के ठीक नीचे रहता है । G, D के ठीक नीचे रहता है , जो खाली मंकजल के ठीक नीचे
रहता है । G, J से नीचे नहीं रहता है । कजन व्यक्तियों के पास 15k और 12k हैं , उनके मध्य
तीन व्यक्ति रहते हैं । R की जे ब में 14k राकि नहीं है । कजस व्यक्ति के पास 14k राकि है , वह
कवषम संख्या वाली मंकजल पर और P से नीचे रहता है । कजस व्यक्ति के पास 5k राकि है , वह
उस व्यक्ति के ठीक ऊपर रहता है कजसके पास 20k राकि है । J के पास उसकी जे ब में
16k राकि है । C एक सम संख्या वाली मंकजल पर रहता है । B के पास उसकी जे ब में 14k
राकि नहीं है ।
Sol.
93)
There are seven people D, E, F, G, H, I and J. They all were born on
different year’s viz. 1951, 1956, 1959, 1965, 1979, 1982, and 1992
but not necessarily in same order. But the date and month of birth
of all these persons are same. Calculation is done with respect to
the present year 2017 and assuming months and date to be same.
I was born after 1965 but not on 1992. Total age of I and D is 96yr.
Difference between the age of H and G is more than 8yr but less
than 13yr. F was born on odd year. E is older than J. F’s age is
greater than 55 years. There is only one person whose age is
between H and G.
D, E, F, G, H, I और J सात व्यक्ति हैं । उन सभी का जन्म अलग-अलग वषों में
हुआ, अर्ाा त्- 1951, 1956, 1959, 1965, 1979, 1982 और 1992, लेककन
आवश्यक नहीं कक समान क्रम में हो। ले ककन इन सभी व्यक्तियों की जन्म कतकर्
और माह समान हैं । गणना, महीनों और तारीख को समान मानते हुए वतामान
वषा 2017 के सन्दभा में की गई है । I का जन्म 1965 के बाद हुआ लेककन 1992
में नहीं। I और D की कुल आयु 96 वषा है । H और G की आयु में अं तर 8 वषा से
अकधक है लेककन 13 वषा से कम है । F का जन्म कवषम वषा में हुआ। E, J से बड़ा
है । F की आयु 55 वषा से अकधक है । H और G के मध्य केवल एक व्यक्ति की
आयु है ।
Sol.
94)
Seven students i.e. K, R, P, F, J, B and Z are doing the preparation
of banking in Delhi. They have selected in different bank as PO i.e.
BOB, BOM, OBC, PNB, SBI, Dena and IDBI but not necessary in
same order. They belong to different cities i.e. Goa, Patna,
Darbhanga, Delhi, Lucknow, Daman and Chennai but not
necessary in same order. The one, who belongs to Lucknow, has
selected in BOM. J belongs to Chennai. Z has selected in BOB. The
one, who belongs to Daman, has selected in Dena bank. R has not
selected in SBI, OBC and PNB. B belongs to Delhi. The one who is
selected in OBC is F. The one who belongs to Goa is R. P does not
belong to Daman. The one who belongs to Chennai has not
selected in SBI. The one who belongs to Darbhanga, has not
selected in OBC.
सात कवद्यार्ी, अर्ाा त्- K, R, P, F, J, B और Z कदल्ली में बैंककंग की तैयारी कर
रहे हैं । उनका अलग-अलग बैंक अर्ाा त् बीओबी, बीओएम, ओबीसी, पीएनबी,
एसबीआई, दे ना और आईिीबीआई में पीओ के रूप में चयन हो गया है , लेककन
आवश्यक नहीं कक समान क्रम में हो। वे सभी अलग-अलग िहरों से सम्बंकधत
हैं , अर्ाा त्- गोवा, पटना, दरभंगा, कदल्ली, लखनऊ, दमन और चेन्नई लेककन
आवश्यक नहीं कक समान क्रम में हो। जो व्यक्ति लखनऊ से सम्बंकधत है ,
उसका चयन बीओएम में हुआ है । J, चेन्नई से सम्बंकधत है । Z का चयन बीओबी
में हुआ है । जो व्यक्ति दमन से सम्बंकधत है , उसका चयन दे ना बैंक में हुआ है । R
का चयन एसबीआई, ओबीसी और पीएनबी में नहीं हुआ है । B, कदल्ली से
सम्बंकधत है । कजस व्यक्ति का चयन ओबीसी में हुआ है , वह F है । गोवा से
सम्बंकधत व्यक्ति R है । P, दमन से सम्बंकधत नहीं है । जो व्यक्ति चेन्नई से
सम्बंकधत है , उसका चयन एसबीआई में नहीं हुआ है । जो व्यक्ति दरभंगा से
सम्बंकधत है , उसका चयन ओबीसी में नहीं हुआ है ।
Sol.
95)
There are eight persons X, U, Z, K, R, G, H and S are sitting around a circular
table such that some of them are facing outside and some of them facing
inside. They are of different age i.e. 25, 32, 18, 28, 41, 16, 30 and 22 but not
necessarily in the same order.
The one who is 28 years old sits 2 nd to the left of one who is 32 years old.
X sits opposite to U and faces the centre. Z and X faces opposite directions
(i.e. if X faces outside then Z faces inside and vice versa.) The one who is 18
years old sits opposite to K. H is 22 years old and sits 3 rd to right of G,
who is an immediate neighbour of U, who is 28 years old. Z sits 2nd to the
left of K, who is 30 years old. Z faces the same direction as G and G is 18
years old. H is an immediate neighbour of Z. R is 25 years old and sits on
the immediate right of S. K and R faces same direction. The one who is16
years old sits on the immediate left of R.U and H face same direction as S.
Sol
96)
R, S, T, U, V, W and X are seven friends who draw different types of paintings, viz Sand
painting, Digital painting, Illusion painting, Acrylic painting, Oil painting, Water painting
and Pastel painting but not necessarily in the same order. They draw paintings in the
seven consecutive months of a year starting from January. Only one person draws
painting in a month. They use different places to draw painting, viz Face, Wall, Chart,
Class, Beach, Ice and Floor, but not necessarily in the same order.
S, who paints on Ice, draws painting in the month which has 31 days but before April
but neither Sand painting nor Pastel painting. Two persons draw painting between S
and W. There is one person who draws painting between R and T. T does not draw
painting in the month which has 31 days. T paints on Wall and draws Sand painting. The
one who draws Illusion painting draws in July and paints on Chart. U does not draw
painting in the month either immediately before or immediately after the month in
which R draws the painting. R does not paint either on Beach or on Face or or in Class. X
draws painting immediately after T and he paints on Face. V does not paint on Beach
and draws Water painting. R does not draw either Oil painting or Acrylic painting. The
one who draws Digital painting draws painting immediately after the month in which
one draws Sand painting. W does not draw Oil painting.
R, S, T, U, V, W और X सात कमत्र हैं जो अलग अलग प्रकार की पेंकटं ग बनाते हैं अर्ाा त् : सैंि पेंकटं ग,
किकजटल पेंकटं ग, इल्यूजन पेंकटं ग, ऐक्रेकलक पेंकटं ग, ऑयल पेंकटं ग, वॉटर पेंकटं ग और पेस्टल पेंकटं ग लेककन
जरुरी नहीं समान क्रम में हो। वे जनवरी से आरम्भ होने वाले एक वषा के सात क्रमागत महीने में पेंकटं ग
बनाते हैं । एक महीने में केवल एक व्यक्ति पेंकटं ग बनाता है । वे पेंकटं ग बनाने के कलए अलग अलग जगह का
प्रयोग करते हैं अर्ाा त् : फेस, वॉल, चाटा , क्लास,बीच, आइस और फ्लोर लेककन जरुरी नहीं समान क्रम में
हो।
S, जो आइस पर पेंट करता है , वह उस महीने में पेंकटं ग बनाता है , कजसमें 31 कदन हैं लेककन वह महीना
अप्रैल से पहले है , ककन्तु वह पेंकटं ग न तो सैंि पेंकटं ग और न ही पेस्टल पेंकटं ग है । S और W के बीच में दो
व्यक्ति पेंकटं ग बनाते हैं । R और T के बीच में एक व्यक्ति पेंकटं ग बनाता है । T, उस महीने में पेंकटं ग नहीं
बनाता है कजसमें 31 कदन हैं । T, वॉल पर पेंट करता है और सैंि पेंकटं ग बनाता है । इल्यूजन पेंकटं ग बनाने
वाला व्यक्ति, जुलाई में पेंकटं ग बनाता है और चाटा पर पें कटं ग बनाता है । U उस महीने के या तो ठीक पहले
या ठीक बाद पेंकटं ग नहीं बनाता है , कजस महीने में R पेंकटं ग बनाता है । R या तो बीच पर या फेस पर या कफर
क्लास में पेंट नहीं करता है । X, T से ठीक बाद पेंकटं ग बनाता है और वह फेस पर पें कटं ग करता है । V, बीच
पर पेंकटं ग करता है और वॉटर पेंकटं ग बनाता है । R या तो ऑयल पेंकटं ग या ऐक्रेकलक पेंकटं ग नहीं बनाता है ।
किकजटल पेंकटं ग बनाने वाला व्यक्ति, सैंि पेंकटं ग बनाने वाले व्यक्ति के ठीक बाद वाले महीने में पेंकटं ग
बनाता है । W, ऑयल पेंकटं ग बनाता है ।
Sol.
97)
Ten people i.e. Z, O, X, P, B, A, I, E, Y and M are sitting in two parallel rows such
that five persons are sitting in row 1 and facing towards South and five persons
are sitting in Row 2 and facing towards North. They like different celebrities i.e.
Yuvraj, Gayle, Gambhir, Sachin, Salman, Shahrukh, Rahul, Nitish, Virat and Dhoni,
but not in same order. The one who likes Salman faces the one who likes
Shahrukh. There are two people sit between the one who likes Shahrukh and M. X
sits 2nd left of M in row 2. B faces X , who sits 2nd right of the one who likes
Yuvraj. Z sits 3rd left of the one who likes Sachin and faces in South direction. I
does not like Yuvraj. The one who faces the one who likes Sachin sits immediate
left of the one, who likes Shahrukh. The one who likes Virat sits 2nd right of E ,
who faces the one who likes Nitish. I sits 3rd left to the one who likes Nitish and
faces North direction. P likes Salman and sits 2nd right of Z. The one who likes
Dhoni faces the one,who sits immediate right of Z. O does not face in South
direction and does not like Yuvraj. A is not immediate neighbor of P. The one
who faces the one,who likes Gayle, sits immediate left of M. E does not like
Rahul.
Sol.
98)
आठ व्यक्ति अर्ाा त् :B, O, M, P, X, A, J और F समान संगठन में काया करते हैं । ऑकफस एक
आठ मंकजला इमारत में क्तस्र्त है । उनका ऑकफस, इस इमारत के अलग अलग तल पर है । वे
चेयरमैन, वाईस प्रेकसिें ट, एमिी, सीईओ, मेनेजर, एचआर, प्रेकसिें ट और िॉक्टर के पद पर
कायारत हैं लेककन जरुरी नहीं समान क्रम में हो। पहला तल, कनचला तल है और सबसे ऊपर वाला
तल, आठवाँ तल है । M, वाईस प्रेकसिें ट है और सम संख्या वाले तल पर काया नहीं करता है । वह
व्यक्ति जो सीईओ है , वह सम संख्या वाले तल पर काया करता है लेककन छठे तल से ऊपर नहीं
और वह व्यक्ति O नहीं है । सीईओ और X कजन तलों पर काया करते हैं , उनके बीच में तीन व्यक्ति
काया करते हैं । B, X से ठीक नीचे काया करता है , जो उस संगठन का एमिी है । A, मेनेजर है और
कजस तल पर सीईओ काया करता है , उसके नीचे वाले तल पर काया करता है । एचआर उस तल
ठीक नीचे वाले तल पर काया करता है कजस पर सीईओ काया करता है । B और J कजन तलों पर
काया करते हैं , उनके बीच में तीन तल हैं । A उस तल के ठीक नीचे वाले तल पर काया करता है
कजस पर एचआर काया करता है और वह तल तीसरे तल से नीचे है । कजन तलों पर वाईस प्रेकसिें ट
और O काया करते हैं , उन तलों के बीच में कोई तल नहीं है । P, िॉक्टर है । कजन तलों पर एचआर
और चेयरमैन काया करते हैं , उनके बीच में तीन तल का अंतर है ।
Sol.
99)
Sol 8)
100)
Ten footballers belongs to ten different countries viz. A, B, C, D, E, F, M,
N, O and P are sitting in two parallel rows. In Row-1- G, H, I, J and K are
seated whereas U, V, W, X and Y are seated in Row-2 but not
necessarily in the same order. Each of them is either facing north or
south direction. Row-1 runs parallel and to the north of Row-2. Each
member of the two rows are seated opposite to each other. Each of
them was born on different months of the same year starting from Jan
to May. Two of them were born on each month but on different date
i.e. 13th and 29th. The player from A is sitting at the extreme end. U
sits third to the right of V, who was not born in the month which has 31
days . J sits to the immediate left of K. W, who is the oldest is not an
immediate neighbour of U. Y faces opposite direction to W who belongs
to F. J sits to the immediate left of the person, who sits opposite to V.
Only one person sits between J and G. The number of persons born
between H and X is the same as the number of persons born between U
and G. The persons who belongs to P and E are sitting diagonally
opposite to each other. V belongs to A. The one who belongs to N sits
in Row-2. The one who belongs to O is sitting to the right of the one
who belongs to M. K, who belongs to C does not sit opposite to Y. The
one who belongs to P is older than Y but younger than H. K is the fifth
youngest person. J and U face opposite directions. Y is to the
immediate right of U. K sits second to the left of H who belongs to D. Y
sits third to the left of W. G was born in Jan. Three of the persons who
were born on 13th date of the month are sitting at the ends. The one
who sits second to the right of G is the youngest. U and one of his
immediate neighbor were born in the same month. The one who
belongs to B sits opposite to K. H who was not born in March sits to the
immediate left of G. Y is second to the left of X. The fifth oldest person
is facing south. U is older than X who is older than Y.
SOL
****************
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
1 Abha, Divya, Jaya, Kiran, Manu, Neela and Tina live in a seven-floored
apartment (first floor to seventh floor). None of the two live on the
same floor.
i) Divya lives exactly between the floors in which Neela and Tina live
and these three live in consecutive floors in any order.
ii) Number of floors between Manu and Kiran is same as the number of
floors between Manu and Tina.
iii) Jaya lives in one of the floors above the floor in which Tina lives.
iv) There are two floors in between Kiran and Abha, and Kiran lives
above Abha.
आभा, दिव्या, जया, दिरण, मनु , नीला और टीना सात मंदजला अपाटट मेंट (पहली
मंदजल से सातवीं मंदजल ति) में रहते हैं । िोई भी िो समान मंदजलों पर नहीं
रहते।
i) दिव्या उन मंदजलों िे ठीि बीच वाली मं दजल पर रहती है , दजसमें नीला और
टीना रहती है और ये तीनों दिसी भी क्रम में क्रदमि मंदजलों पर रहती हैं ।
ii) मनु और दिरण िे बीच िे मंदजलों िी संख्या, मनु और टीना िे बीच िे
मंदजलों िी संख्या िे समान है ।
iii) टीना दजस मंदजल पर रहती है , दजया उससे ऊपर दिसी एि मंदजल पर रहती
है ।
iv) दिरण और आभा िे बीच िो मंदजलें हैं , और दिरण, आभा से ऊपर रहती है ।
SOL.
2
Ten people are sitting in two parallel rows having five people each, in
such a way that there is an equal distance between adjacent persons. In
row 1 - A, B, C, D and E are seated (but not necessarily in the same
order) and all of them are facing North. In row 2 - M, N, O, P and Q are
seated (but not necessarily in the same order) and all of them are
facing south. Therefore, in the given seating arrangement, each
member seated in a row faces another member of the other row.
D sits third to the left of B. The one who faces D sits second to the right
of M. Only one person sits between M and P.
O and Q are immediate neighbours of each other. Q does not sit at any
of the extreme ends of the line. The one who faces N sits to the
immediate right of E. C is not an immediate neighbour of E.
िो समानां तर पंक्ततयों में 10 लोग प्रत्तयेि में 5 िे आधार पर इस प्रिार बैठे हैं दि
दनिटतम व्तयक्ततयों िे बीच िू री समान है । पंक्तत 1 में A, B, C, D और E बैठे हैं
(लेदिन आवश्तयि नहीं दि इसी क्रम में ) और सभी िा मुख उत्ततर दिशा में है ।
पंक्तत 2 में M, N, O, P और Q बै ठे हैं (लेदिन आवश्तयि नहीं दि इसी क्रम में )
और सभी िा मुख िदिण दिशा में है । इस प्रिार, िी गई बै ठि व्तयवस्तथा में प्रत्तयेि
पंक्तत में बै ठे व्तयक्तत िे सामने िू सरी पंक्तत में एि व्तयक्तत बै ठा है ।
D, B िे बाईं ओर तीसरे स्तथान पर बै ठा है । वह जो D िे सामने है M िे िाईं ओर
िू सरे स्तथान पर बै ठा है । M और P िे बीच िेवल एि व्तयक्तत बै ठा है ।
O और Q एि िू सरे िे दनिटतम पडोसी हैं । Q पंक्तत िे दिसी छोर पर नहीं बै ठा
है । वह जो N िे सामने है E िे ठीि िाईं ओर बैठा है । C, E िा दनिटतम पडोसी
नहीं है ।
SOLUTION
3
Seven friends Tahir, Urvashi, Vidhi, Washim,
Mona, Yogesh and Zareen are playing in a park.
They are sitting in a straight line facing north.
Washim sits fifth to the right of Tahir. Washim
does not sit at any of the extreme ends. Two
people sit between Zareen and Mona. Yogesh sits
third to the left of Urvashi. Yogesh sits exactly in
the middle. Zareen is not an immediate neighbour
of Yogesh.
सात दमत्र तादहर, उवटशी, दवदध, वसीम, मोना, योगेश और
ज़रीन एि पािट में खेल रहे हैं | वे सभी एि सीधी पंक्ि में
उत्तर दिशा िी ओर मुखररत होिर बैठे हैं | वसीम, तादहर िे
िायें पां चवें स्थान पर बैठा है | वसीम पंक्ि िे दिसी भी चरम
अंत पर नहीं बैठा है | ज़रीन और मोना िे बीच िो व्यक्ि बैठे
हैं | योगेश, उवटशी िे बायें तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा है | योगेश
पंक्ि िे ठीि मध्य में बैठा है | ज़रीन, योगेश िे ठीि बगल
िी पडोसी नहीं है |
SOL
SOLUTION
5
8 friends P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W having a birthday on different month
April, June, July, and August but not necessary in the same order on
different date 9th and 16th.
T has a birthday on the month which does not have 30 days. Only one
person is between T and V. R is immediately before T. Only one person
is between R and U. S is before V but not immediate of R and V. Only
one person is between S and P. W is not immediate of V. V does not
have birthday in a month having 30 days. S does not have a birthday
which has even number as a date of birth. Q's month is August and is
immediate neighbour of V.
SOL.
Apr 9 (30) S
Apr 16 (30) W
June 9 (30) P
June 16 (30) R
July 9 (31) T
July 16 (31) U
Aug 9 (31) V
Aug 16 (31) Q
6
Stefan, Elena, Damon, Caroline, Jeremy and
Tyler, are six children who live in the same
building, but each one lives on different floor, not
necessarily in the same order. The building has
six floors and is marked as ground floor, first floor,
and so on from bottom to top. All study in the
same class but in different sections from A to F.
• Tyler lives above Elena with a gap of one floor in
between them.
• Stefan lives above Caroline,who is in section A
with a gap of one floor in between them.
• Number of children who live above the floor on
which child in section D lives is same as that who
live below the floor on which child in section B
lives.
• Only two people live between Damon and
Jeremy.
• Damon lives above the one who studies in D
with a gap of one floor in between them.
• Child who is in section C doesn't lives on top
floor.
• Jeremy is not in either of section C or E.
SOL.
7
There are 8 boxes which are containing different number of watches,
one box is empty and the other seven boxes are, P, Q, R, S, T, U and V
are arranged in the order that numbered 1-8 from bottom to top. They
are containing different number of watches-1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 and 10 but
not necessarily in the same order.
Box V contained only 1 watch. There is gap of 4 boxes between box Q
and the empty box. Box Q is containing such number of watches which
are half of its box number. The total number of watches contained by T
and Q is equal to the number of watches contained by S. U’s box
number is 1. Box R is kept just below that box which is contained 10
watches. The empty box is between T and P. 4 boxes are kept between
P and V. Box P is containing 2 more watches than box R. The box
containing 5 watches is kept below the box containing 3 watches.
आठ बॉतस में अलग-अलग संख्य त ाओं में घदडयां रखी हुई हैं , एि बॉतस ररतत है
और अन्तय सात बॉतस P, Q, R, S, T, U और V नीचे से ऊपर ति 1-8 िे क्रम
संख्य
त ा ति रखे हुए हैं । उनमें दवदभन्तन सं ख्य
त ाओं 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 और 10 में घदडयां
रखी हुई हैं लेदिन आवश्तयि नहीं दि इसी क्रम में।
बॉतस V में िेवल 1 घडी रखी हुई है । Q और खाली बॉतस िे बीच 4 बॉतस िा
अंतर है । बॉतस Q में घदडयों िी संख्य त ा उसिी क्रम संख्य
त ा से आधी है । बॉतस Q
और T में घदडयों िी िुल संख्य त ा बॉतस S िी घदडयों िी संख्यत ा िे बराबर है ।
बॉतस U िी क्रम सं ख्य त ा 1 है । बॉतस R उस बॉतस िे नीचे रखा है दजसमें घदडयों
िी संख्य
त ा 10 है । खाली बॉतस, बॉतस T और P िे बीच में है । P और V िे बीच में
4 बॉतस रखे हैं । बॉतस P में बॉतस R से 2 घदडयां अदधि हैं । दजस बॉतस में 5
घदडयां हैं 3 घदडयों वाले बॉतस िे नीचे रखा है ।
SOL.
8
Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G & H have different height.
They all are standing according to increasing order of
height such that Smallest at front & tallest at Last.
• Number of people standing between C & B is equal to
number of people standing between D & G.
• Both B & G are taller than C & D.
• F & E have at least 4 people standing between them.
• F Who is taller than A, is not the tallest.
• D is taller than C.
• Neither C nor D is adjacent to H.
• Number of people taller than A is one less than no of
people smaller than A.
SOL.
9
Seven persons A, B, C, D, E, F and G conduct workshop on Developing
Production skills in seven different companies P, Q, R, S, T, U and V on a
different day of the week from Monday to Sunday. The order of
persons, companies and days of the week are not necessarily the same.
B organizes workshop in Company S on Wednesday. D does not
conduct workshop for companies P or R and conducts on the very next
day of E who conducts the workshop for Company U. F conducts
workshop for Company T on Friday. G conducts workshop on Monday
but not for Company R or V. C conducts workshop for Company P but
not on Tuesday.
SOL.
10
Eight lunch boxes - A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are
kept one above the other.
• G is kept at the top.
• D is kept at a gap of one box below E, which is
kept immediately below C.
• H is kept below A.
• C is kept above A.
• F is kept above E but, below B.
आठ लंच बॉक्स - A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H िो एि
िू सरे िे ऊपर रखा जाता है |
• G िो शीर्ट पर रखा गया |
• D , E िे नीचे एि बॉक्स िे अंतराल पर रखा गया,जो C
िे ठीि नीचे रखा हुआ है |
SOL.
11
In a meeting of co-founders of a company, there are eight persons Sushil, Tarun,
Yami, Virendra, Upendra, Zoya, Gurmeet and Bipasha, sitting in a way such that
some of them are facing south and remaining are facing north.
Sushil sits fourth to left of Gurmeet. Gurmeet sits at one of the extreme ends of
the line. Both the immediate neighbours of Sushil face north. Tarun sits second to
the left of Zoya. Zoya is not an immediate neighbor of Sushil. Neither Zoya nor
Upendra sits at the extreme end of the line. Both the immediate neighbours of
Upendra face north. Bipasha sits to the immediate left of Yami. Immediate
neighbours of Virendra face opposite directions (i.e. if one of them faces North
and the other faces south). Immediate neighbors of Tarun face opposite
directions (i.e. if one of them faces north and the other one faces south). Sushil
faces south. People sitting at the extreme ends face the opposite directions (i.e. if
one person faces North then the other faces south and vice versa).
एि िंपनी िे सह-संस्तथापिों िी बैठि में, आठ सिस्तय सुशील, तरूण, यामी, वीरे न्तर,
उपेन्तर, जोया, गुरमीत तथा दबपार्ा हैं , वे ऐसे तरीिे से बैठे हैं दि उनमें से िुछ िा मुख
िदिण िी ओर है तथा शे र् िा मुख उत्ततर िी ओर है ।
सुशील, गुरमीत िे बाईं ओर से च थे स्तथान पर बैठता है । गुरमीत पंक्ि िे िोनों छोरों में से
दिसी एि छोर पर बैठता है । सुशील िे िोनों तत्तिाल पडोदसयों िा मुख उत्ततर िी ओर है ।
तरूण, जोया िे बाईं ओर से िू सरा स्तथान पर बैठता है । जोया, सुशील िे तत्काल पडोसी नहीं
हैं | न तो जोया न ही उपे न्तर पंक्ि िे अंदतम छोरों पर बैठते हैं । उपेन्तर िे िोनों तत्तिाल
पडोदसयों िा मुख उत्ततर िी ओर है । दबपार्ा, यामी िी तु रंत बाईं ओर बैठती है । वीरे न्तर िे
तत्तिाल पडोदसयों िा मुख दवपरीत दिशाओं में है (अथाट त् यदि उनमें से एि िा मुख उत्ततर
िी ओर है तो िू सरे िा मुख िदिण िी ओर है )। तरूण िे तत्तिाल पडोदसयों िा मुख
दवपरीत दिशाओं में है (अथाट त् यदि उनमें से एि िा मुख उत्ततर िी ओर है तो िू सरे िा मुख
िदिण िी ओर है )। सु शील िा मुख िदिण िी ओर है । अंदतम छोरों पर बैठे व्तयक्ियों िा
मुख दवपरीत दिशाओं में है (अथाट त् यदि एि व्तयक्ि िा मुख उत्ततर िी ओर है तो िू सरे िा
मुख िदिण िी ओर है तथा दवपरीत)।
SOL.
12
Few persons were seated across a straight row
facing the north.
• A was 2nd to the left of F's neighbour
• F and D were seated at a gap of 3 persons
• D was seated at either of the extreme ends
• E was seated exactly in the middle of the row
• Number of persons seated to the right of F was
one more than the number of persons to the left of A
• B was seated 2nd from the left end of the row.
िुछ व्यक्ि उत्तर िी ओर मुख िरिे एि सीधी पंक्ि में बैठे
थे।
• A, F िे पडोसी िे बायीं ओर से िू सरे स्थान पर था।
• F और D 3 व्यक्ियों िे अंतराल पर बैठे थे।
• D चरम अंतों में से दिसी एि पर बैठा था।
• E पंक्ि िे ठीि बीच में बैठा था।
• F िे िायीं ओर बैठे व्यक्ियों िी संख्या, A िे बायीं ओर बैठे
व्यक्ियों से एि अदधि थी।
• B पंक्ि िे बाएं अंत से िू सरे स्थान पर बैठा था।
SOL.
13
Twelve persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K and L
were seated around a square table facing the
centre. There was one person on each of the
corners and two persons on each of the sides.
• G was 3rd to the left of E who was seated at one of
the corners
• D was 2nd to the left of H who faced B
• B and J were seated at a gap of 3 persons
• J faced G's neighbour
• C was to the immediate right of F
• D was seated opposite to I's neighbour
• K was 3rd to the left of L
• K was seated opposite to A
बारहतव्यक्ितA,तB,तC,तD,तE,तF,तG,तH,तI,तJ,तKतऔरतLतएितवगाट िारतमेजत
िेतचारोंतओरतिेन्द्ोंन्मुखतहोिरतबैठेतथे |तमेजतिेतप्रत्येितिोनेतपरतएित
व्यक्ितबैठातथातऔरतमेजतिीतप्रत्येितभु जातपरतिोतव्यक्ितबैठेतथे |
•तG,तEतिेतबायेंततीसरे तस्थानतपरतबैठातथा,तजोतमेजतिेतदिसीतएितिोनेतपरत
बैठातथा|
•तD,तHतिेतबायेंतिू सरे तस्थानतपरतबैठातथा,तदजसिातमुखतBतिीतओरतथा|
•तBतऔरतJततीनतव्यक्ियोंतिेतअंतरालतपरतबैठेतथे |
•तJतिातमुखतGतिेतपडोसीतिीतओरतथा|
•तC,तFतिेतठीितिायेंतस्थानतपरतथा|
•तD,तIतिेतपडोसीतिेतदवपरीततस्थानतपरतबैठातथा|
•तK,तLतिेतबायेंततीसरे तस्थानतपरतबैठातथा|
•तK,तAतिेतदवपरीततस्थानतपरतबैठातथा|
I Can And I Will Page 28
100-PUZZLES-PDF III
SOL.
14
Eight persons M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T are sitting around a circular
table. Some of them are facing inside and some of them are facing
outside from the centre. R is 2nd to the right of O. P is 2nd to the left of
R. P and O are facing same direction. S is 3rd to the right of P. T is 2nd to
the left of S. T is not neighbor of P. S is not facing outside. One person
sits between S and Q. M is 2nd to the left of Q. M and Q are facing the
same direction. O’s both neighbors are facing the same direction with
each other. P is 2nd to the right of N.
SOL.
15
Eight students Alia, Bimla, Charu, David, Piya, Qarim, Riya
and Siya sit around a circular table in such a way that some
are facing away from the centre and the remaining people
are facing the centre. Alia and Charu are neighbours. Alia
sits third to the left of Piya, who faces the centre. Atleast
two persons are sitting between Piya and Charu. The
students who sit at a gap of one place to Charu face away
from the centre. No two adjacent students face the centre.
David sits second to the right of Qarim, who sits to the
opposite of Siya. The neighbours of Riya face opposite
directions (i.e., if one faces the centre, the other faces away
from the centre).
आठ दवद्याथी आदलया, दबमला, चारू, डे दवड, दपया, िरीम, ररया और
दसया एि वृतािार मेज िे चारों ओर इस तरह बैठते हैं दि उनमें से
िुछ व्यक्ियों िा मुख िेंर से बाहर िी ओर हैं और शेर् व्यक्ियों
िा मुख िेंर िी ओर हैं | आदलया और चारू एि-िू सरे िे पडोसी हैं |
आदलया, दपया िे बायें तीसरे स्थान पर बैठती है , दजसिा मुख िेंर िी
ओर है |दपया और चारू िे बीच िम से िम िो दवद्यादथट बैठे हैं |वो
दवद्याथी जो चारू से एि स्थान िे अंतराल पर बैठे हैं , उनिा मुख िेंर
से बाहर िी ओर हैं | िोई भी िो संलग्न दवद्यादथट यों िा मुख िेंर िी
ओर नहीं है | डे दवड, िरीम िे िायें िू सरे स्थान पर बैठता है , जो दसया
िे दवपरीत स्थान पर बैठता है | ररया िे पडोदसयों िा मुख दवपरीत
16
Six students - P, Q, R, S, T and U, live in a hostel which has 6 floors
(bottommost floor is first floor, then above it is second, and so
on). Each of them lives on different floor and each of them is
either from London or from Delhi.
•तOne who lives on bottommost floor, is from Delhi.
•तQ,तwhoतisतfromतDelhi,तlivesतonतfloorतimmediatelyतaboveतS'sतfloor.
•तThereतareतtwoतfloorsतbelowतtheतone on which P lives.
•तTwoतfloorsतareतthereतbetweenतQ'sतandतR'sतfloor.
•तSतisतfromतLondon.
•तUतisतnotतfromतDelhi.
•तOneतwhoतlivesतimmediatelyतaboveतRतasतwellतasतtheतoneतwhoतlivesत
immediately above T, both are from Delhi.
SOL.
17
Eight persons M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T are staying on an eight storey
building. Lowermost floor is numbered 1 and top most floor is
numbered 8. M is going to visit Bhopal and lives on an odd numbered
floor below 5thfloor. Two floors are between M and R. S is going to visit
Pune and lives on an even numbered floor above R’s floor. O lives just
below S but not on 5th floor. The number of floors above O is same as
the number of floors below Q, who is going to visit Indore. Two floors
are between Q and N. N is somewhere below R. The one who is going
to visit Delhi lives above N on an even numbered floor. The one who is
going to visit Goa lives on 1st floor.
SOL
18
There are eight people; A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H
having different weights. It is known that
1- Weight of B is less than H but more than C.
2- Weight of C is more than F and D.
3- Weight of E is less than A but more than G.
4- Weight of G is less than B.
5- Weight of A is more than B but less than H.
4- G िा वजन B. से िम है |
5- A िा वजन B से अदधि लेदिन H. से िम है |
SOL.
Combining all these five information we will get
the below conclusion.
H > A > B > C > (F, D) and B > G, A > E > G
19
Four married couples are sitting around a circular table and
facing the centre. They all related to each other.
Note: All wives are sitting with their husbands.
O is 2nd to the left of T. Two persons are sitting between T and
P’s wife. M is 2nd to the left of P. One person is sitting between
M’s wife and T’s wife. O is brother of S and two persons are
sitting between O and S. S is daughter of P. M is married to N. R
is grandmother of M. Q has no child.
SOL.
20
There are eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H, sitting in a row
facing north but not in a same order. Each of them likes
different fruits apple, grapes, litchi, nuts, papaya, orange, guava
and banana but necessarily in the same manner.
B sits on one of the end and does not likes grapes and guava.
There are two persons between B and E. G sits second to the
right of E, who likes grapes. D sits to immediate left of H, who
likes orange. The one who likes papaya and orange sits
together. The one who likes apple and guava sits on the
corners. A sit between the one who likes grapes and banana. C
does not like litchi and F doesn’t sits at any corner. A like nuts.
A sits 4th from the right end.
आठ लोग A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H, एि पंक्ि में उत्तर िी ओर मुख
िरिे बैठे हैं पर इस क्रम में नहीं हैं । उनमें से प्रत्येि िो दभन्न फल सेब,
अंगूर, लीची, अखरोट, पपीता, संतरा, अमरुि और िेला पसंि हैं परन्तु
ये आवश्यि हैं िी वे इसी क्रम में ही हों।
B िोनों में से एि छोर पर बैठता हैं और उसे अंगूर और अमरुि पसंि
नहीं हैं । B और E िे बीच िो लोग हैं । G, E िे िायें से िु सरे नंबर पर
बैठता हैं , दजसे अं गूर पसंि हैं । D, H िे दनिटतम बायीं ओर बैठता हैं ,
दजसे संतरा पसंि हैं । वह दजन्हें पपीता और संतरा पसंि हैं एि साथ
बैठते हैं । वह दजसे सेब और अमरुि पसंि हैं एि छोर पर बैठता हैं । A
उनिे बीच बैठता हैं दजन्हें अंगूर और िेला पसंि हैं । C िो लीची पसंि
नहीं हैं और F एि िोने पर नहीं बैठता हैं । A िो अखरोट पसंि हैं ।
I Can And I Will Page 42
100-PUZZLES-PDF III
SOL.
21
Four males M, B, N, P and four females H, O, K,
D are sitting in a single row facing towards north,
not necessarily in the same order. Only two
females are sitting between M and P. No male is
an immediate neighbor of other male. Only two
female are sitting together. The male who is
sitting fifth from the right end is sitting third to the
left of O. B is not among the males who are the
immediate neighbors of O. D sits second to the
right of K. N doesn't sit at any of the extreme
ends.
चार पुरुर् M, B, N, P और चार मदहलायें H, O, K, D एि
पंक्ि में उत्तर दिशा िी और मुंह िरिे बैठे हैं , लेदिन
ज़रूरी नहीं दि वे इसी क्रम में बैठे हों। िेवल िो मदहलाएं
M और P िे बीच बैठी हैं । िोई भी पुरुर् अन्य पुरुर् िे
ठीि बगल िा पडोसी नहीं है । िेवल िो मदहलायें एि िू सरे
िे साथ बैठी हैं । जो पुरुर् िाएं से पां चवे स्थान पर बैठा है वह
O िे बाएं से तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा है । B उन पुरुर्ों में से
नहीं है जो O िे ठीि बगल िे पडोसी हैं । D, K िे िाएं
िू सरे स्थान पर बैठा है । N पंक्ि िे दिसी छोर िे अंत पर
नहीं बैठा है ।
SOL.
22
A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are members of a family with three generations
are sitting around a circle in a random manner. Four of them face inside
and other outside the circle. No three females sit together.
B sits second to the left of D’s husband. E is daughter of D and sits
immediate right of her father. G sits second to the right of her husband
and both face outside. C has one grandson, who sits immediate right to
his mother. C sits between G and H. H’s father sits second to the left of
A. C has only one son and a daughter D, who has only one child, who
sits between F and A. B is sitting opposite to his sister. A is female and H
is father of B. B, C and D face same direction. E’s father faces outside
the circle.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एि पररवार िे तीन पीदढ़यों िे सिस्य, एि वृत्त िे
चारों ओर अदनयदमत तरीिे से बै ठे हैं । उनमें से चार िा मुख अन्दर िी ओर है
और अन्य चार िा मुख बाहर िी ओर है । तीन मदहलाएं एि साथ नहीं बैठी हैं ।
SOL.
23
One of the seven cars viz. Van , Ritz, Zen, ford, Toyata ,
Safari, and Indica went to hill stations with tourists on
one day each in the week starting from Monday and
ending on Sunday. Ford went on Thursday. Safari was
gone the day immediately next to the day when Ritz was
gone. Safari neither went on Tuesday nor Saturday. Only
one car went between Ford and Zen. Two cars were gone
between Van and Ritz. Indica neither went on Monday
nor Sunday.
SOL.
24
Seven boxes were arranged in a stack one above
another. The boxes were numbered 1-7 from bottom
to top. The boxes had different vegetables potato,
tomato, turnip, lemon, brinjal, peas and cabbage not
necessarily in the same order.
• Potato was kept at a gap of 3 boxes above tomato
• Brinjal and potato were kept in consecutive boxes
• Turnip was kept at a gap of 2 boxes above peas
which was not kept just above or just below lemon
• Number of boxes kept below cabbage was equal to
the number of boxes kept between turnip and lemon
• Lemon was not kept in the topmost box.
SOL.
25
Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are seated
around a circular table not necessarily in the
same order. They are facing the centre. The
arrangement is based on the following rules:
• A is seated 2nd to the left of D
• C and H are seated a gap of two seats
• H is not a neighbour of D and D is not a
neighbour of B and C.
• F is 2nd to the right of G
• E is seated 3rd right of B
• F and H are seated on consecutive seats.
SOL.
26.
Chunnu, Munna, Dolly, Bablu, Radha and Govind like different movies
KMG, KKKG, KKHH, KNPH, KANK and KHNH not necessarily in the same
order. They also like a different film star; Ranveer, Ranbir, Govinda, Salman,
Sharukh and Aamir not necessarily in the same order. It is further known
that:
•तOneतwhoतlikesतShahrukhतlikesतeitherतKNPH or KMG
•तRadhaतlikesतKHNHतandतdoesतnotतlikeतAamirतorतSalman
•तOneतwhoतlikesतGovindaतdoesतnotतlikeतKKHHतorतKHNH
•तMunna likes KKHH but he does not like Aamir or Ranbir
•तGovindतdoesतnotतlikeतKNPHतorतKANKतbutतlikesतeitherतGovindaतorतRanveer
•तOneतwhoतlikes KANK likes Govinda or Salman
•तBabluतlikesतAamirतbutतdoesतnotतlikeतKNPHतorतKMG
•तChunnuतdoesतnotतlikeतGovinda
•तDolly does not like Shahrukh
•तOneतwhoतlikesतRanveerतdoesतnotतlikeतKKHHतorतKANK
चुन्नू,तमुन्ना,तडॉली,तबबलू ,तराधातऔरतगोदवन्दतिोतदभन्नतदिल्मेंतKMG,तKKKG,तKKHH,तKNPH,त
KANKतऔरतKHNHतपसंितहै तआवशयितनहींतक्रमतयहीतहो|तउन्हें तदभन्नतअदभनेतातजै सेत
रणवीर,रणबीर,तगोदवंिा,तसलमान,तशाहरुख़त,औरतआदमरतपसंितहैं |तआवश्यितनहींतपसंितिात
क्रमतयहीतहो|तआगेतयहतभीतज्ञाततहै :
•तशाहरुख़तिोतपसंितिरनेतवालातयाततोतKNPHतअथवातKMGतपसंितिरतातहै |
•तराधातKHNHतपसंितिरतीतहै तऔरतआदमरतअथवातसलमानतिोतपसंितनहींतिरती|
•तगोदवंिातिोतपसंितिरनेतवालातKKHHतअथवातKHNHतपसंितनहींतिरतात|
•तमुन्नातKKHHतपसंितिरतातहै तले दिनतआदमरतअथवातरणबीरतिोतपसंितनहींतिरतात|
•तगोदवन्दतKNPHतअथवातKANKतपसंितनहींतिरतातले दिनतयाततोतगोदवंिातअथवातरणवीरतिोत
पसंितिरतातहै |
•तKANKतिोतपसंितिरनेतवालातगोदवंिातअथवातसलमानतिोतपसंितिरतातहै |
•तबबलू ,तआदमरतिोतपसंितिरतातहै तले दिनतKNPHतअथवातKMGतपसंितनहींतिरतात|
•तचुन्नू,तगोदवंिातिोतपसंितनहींतिरतातहै
•तडॉली,तशाहरुख़तिोतपसंितनहींतिरतीतहै
•तरणवीरतिोतपसंितिरनेतवालातKKHHतअथवातKANKतिोतपसंितनहींतिरतातहै
SOL.
27.
Sol.
28
Eight family members- M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T were
sitting around a circular table facing the centre. O, one of
the sons of S, sits exactly opposite S and is an immediate
neighbor of his mother. O's sister R is exactly opposite her
husband P and is an immediate neighbour of T. O's niece,
N, sits third to the left of her grandfather. Q, who has no
child, is a male member while O and N are the only
unmarried members of the family. No couple sits together.
O's sister-in-law, T, sits second to the right of her husband.
Sol.
29
Seven floors of a building have been named after seven planets namely Mercury,
Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn and Uranus, not necessarily in the same order.
Each floor is occupied by a person namely T, U, V, W, X, Y and Z. The lower-most
floor is numbered 1; the floor immediately above it is numbered 2 and so on till
the top-most floor which is numbered 7.
•तMercuryतisतoccupiedतbyतT.
•तTतlivesतnoतfloorतbelowतEarth.
•तUतisतlivingतinतVenusतwhichतisतnotतanतoddतnumberedतfloor.
•तThereतareतtwoतfloorsतinतbetween V and Earth and V lives in a floor above Earth
•तNeitherतVतnorतEarthतisतeitherतatतtheतtop-most nor the lower-most floor.
•तYतlivesतinतtheतtop-most floor which is either Saturn or Jupiter.
•तWतlivesतinतUranusतinतaतfloorतbelowतSaturnतandतthereतisतaतgapतof one floor in
between them.
•तThere are two floors between the floor in which U lives and Saturn.
•तXतisतlivingतinतanतoddतnumberedतfloor.
:तएितइमारततिीतसाततमंदजलोतिेतनामतसाततग्रहोंतिेतनामोंतअथाट त्तमिटरी,तवीनस,तअथट,तमासट,त
जुदपटर,तसैटनटतऔरतयूरेनसतिेतनामोंतपरतदिएतगएतहैं तलेदिनतआवश्यितनहींतदितक्रमतयहीतहो|तप्रत्ये ित
मंदजलतपरतएितव्यक्ितरहतातहै तदजनिेतनामतT,तU,तV,तW,तX,तYतऔरतZतहैं |तसबसेतनीचेतिीतमंदजलत
संख्यातिोत1तसेतअंदिततदियातगयातहै ,तउससेतठीितऊपरतिीतमंदजलतसं ख्यातिोत2तसेतअंदिततदियात
गयातहै तऔरतसबसेतऊपरतिीतमंदजलतसंख्यात7ततितआगेतिातक्रमतभीतइसीतप्रिारतहै |
•तTतमिटरीतनामितमंदजलतपरतरहतातहै |
•तTतअथटतनामितमंदजलतिेतनीचेतवालीतदिसीतभीतमंदजलतपरतनहींतरहतातहै |
•तUतवीनसतनामितमंदजलतपरतरहतातहै ,तजोतदितएितदवर्मतसंख्यातमंदजलतनहींतहै |
•तVतऔरतअथटतिेतबीचतमेंतिोतमंदजलतहै तऔरतVतउसिेतऊपरतरहतातहै त|
•तनततोतVतनतहीतअथटतनामितमंदजलतयाततोतसबसेतऊपरतिीतमंदजलतपरतयातसबसेतनीचेतिीतमंदजलतपरत
है |
•तYतसबसेतऊपरतिीतमंदजलतपरतयाततोतसैटनटतनामितमंदजलतयातजुदपटरतनामितमंदजलतपरतरहतातहै |
•तWतयूरेनसतनामितमंदजलतपरतरहतातहै त,तजोतदितसै टनटतिेतनीचेतहै तऔरतिोनोंतिेतबीचतएितमंदजलतिात
अंतरतहै त|
•तUतदजसतमंदजलतपरतरहतातहै तऔरतसैटनटतनामितमंदजलतिेतबीचतिोतमंदजलेंतहैं |
•तXतदवर्मतसंख्यातमंदजलतिीतमंदजलतपरतरहतातहै |
I Can And I Will Page 60
100-PUZZLES-PDF III
SOL.
30.
SOL.
31.
A, B, C, D, E, F and G are seven persons who live in a seven-storey
building. The first floor is numbered 1 and topmost floor is numbered 7.
Each of goes to a different destination, Paris, Queensland, Russia,
Sweden, Tanzania, Uganda and Vietnam but not necessarily in same
order.
The one who goes to Vietnam lives above A. G lives on fifth floor.
Neither G nor E goes to Queensland. There are two floors between the
floors on which E and C lives. The one goes to Uganda lives on the
topmost floor. The one who goes to Tanzania lives immediately above
E. C lives on an even number floor. The person F is from Russia. There is
only one floor between B and the one who goes to Queensland. There
are three floors between A and the one who goes to Paris. G and E does
not go to Sweden.
Sol.
32
Seven persons M, N, O, P, Q, R and S are standing in a row. The
positions from left to right are numbered 1 to 7. They all are
facing north. They like different colors viz, Red, Blue, Black,
White, Pink, Green and Yellow.The 3rd person in the row likes
Red color. P does not like Pink and is standing next to the
person who immediately follows Q. M likes Green. The one
who likes Black is standing at the sixth position. The one who
likes Blue is standing to the immediate left of the one who likes
Pink. S stands to the immediate right of R and to the immediate
left of N. Q likes White and standing at fifth position.
Sol.
33.
P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are seated in a straight line
facing North. The arrangement is based on the
following rules:
• P is seated 2nd to the right of Q
• R and S are seated at a gap of 3 seats and
neither of them is at the corner seat
• V is 3rd to the left of U
• T is not a neighbour of S
• P is not a neighbour of R
• Q is at one of the extreme end.
SOL.
34
In a seven storey building, having floors
numbered one to seven, P, Q, R, S, T and V each
live on a different floor. (The ground floor is
numbered floor no. 1, the floor above it floor no. 2
and so on.) One of the floors in the building is
vacant. P lives on the fifth floor. No floor below
fifth floor is vacant; also no odd numbered floor is
vacant. Only S lives between T and V. T does not
live on an odd numbered floor. T does not live on
a floor immediately above or immediately below
R's floor, Q does not live on the bottom-most floor.
35
Six friends A, B, C, D, E and F bought pencils of
green, yellow, pink, red, blue and black colors and
sharpeners of black, white, grey, blue, red and
green colors. The one who bought green pencil,
bought black sharpeners. The one who bought
blue sharpener, bought red pencil. Nobody bought
pencil and sharpener of the same color. D bought
a blue pencil and C bought green sharpener. A
bought white sharpener and pink pencil. E did not
buy red pencil. F bought a sharpener of red color.
C does not buy yellow pencil.
6 दमत्रों A, B, C, D, E और F ने हरी, पीली, गुलाबी, लाल,
नीली और िाले रं ग िी पेंदसल तथा िाले, सिेि, स्लेटी,
नीले, लाल और हरे रं ग िा शापटनर खरीिा| दजसने हरे रं ग
िी पेंदसल खरीिी, उसने िाले रं ग िा शापटनर खरीिा|
दजसने नीले रं ग िे शापटनर खरीिा, उसने लाल रं ग िी
पेंदसल खरीिी| दिसी ने भी एि ही रं ग िे पेंदसल और
शापटनर नहीं खरीिे | D ने नीली पेंदसल खरीिी और C ने हरा
शापटनर खरीिा| A ने सिेि शापटनर और गुलाबी पेंदसल
खरीिी| E ने लाल रं ग िी पेंदसल नहीं खरीिी | F ने लाल रं ग
िा शापटनर खरीिा | C पीले रं ग िी पेंदसल नहीं खरीिता है |
SOL.
36
Kajal, Juhi, Alex, Dev, Ravi, Rahul, Namit and
Pankaj live on different floors of same building.
The lower-most floor is numbered 1; the floor
immediately above it is numbered 2, and so on till
the top-most floor which is numbered 8. Rahul
lives four floors above Ravi. Kajal lives one floor
above Rahul's floor. Alex lives on an odd
numbered floor but not on floor number 3. Alex
lives above Ravi's floor. Dev does not live above
Rahul's floor. Juhi lives three floors below the floor
of Pankaj. Namit lives below the floor of Dev.
िाजल,तजूही,तअलेक्स,तिे व,तरदव,तराहुल,तनदमततऔरतपंिजतएित
हीतइमारततिेतदवदभन्नतमंदजलोंतपरतरहतेतहैं ।तसबसेतदनचलीतमंदजलत
िीतसंख्यात1तउसिेतठीितऊपरतिीतमंदजलतिीतसंख्यात2,तऔरत
उसिेतआगेतऊपरतशीर्टतमंदजलतिीतसंख्यात8तहै ।तराहुलतरदवतसेत
चारतमंदजलतऊपरतरहतातहै ।तिाजल,तराहुलतिीतमंदजलतसेतएित
मंदजलतऊपरतरहतीतहै ।तअलेक्सतएितदवर्मतअंिीयतमंदजलतपरत
रहतातहै तलेदिनतमंदजलतसंख्यात3तपरतनही ंतरहता।तअलेक्स,तरदवत
िीतमंदजलतिेतऊपरतरहतातहै ।तिे वतराहुलतिीतमंदजलतिेतऊपरत
नहींतरहतातहै ।तजूहीतपंिजतिेतमंदजलतसेततीनतमंदजलतनीचेतरहतात
है ।तनदमततिे वतिीतमंदजलतसेतनीचेतरहतातहै ।
I Can And I Will Page 75
100-PUZZLES-PDF III
SOL.
37
Eight persons - L, M, N, O, P, Q and R, S are sitting on
chairs put in two parallel rows. Each row consists of five
chairs and the persons sitting on chairs of one row are
facing south and the other are facing north such that, each
person of one row faces the person sitting in another row.
One chair in each row is left vacant.
L is facing a vacant chair as well as is sitting beside a
vacant chair. O, who faces south, sits second to left of a
vacant chair. Chair at extreme ends are not vacant. N sits
to immediate left of L. Only one person sits between M
and P. S sits immediate next to P. No one sits between L
and Q.
आठतव्यक्ित-तL,तM,तN,तO,तP,तQ,तRतऔरतSतिोतसामानां तरतपंक्ियोंतमेंत
िुदसटयोंतपरतबैठेतहैं |तप्रत्येितपंक्ितमेंतपां चतिुदसटयां तहैं तऔरतएितपंक्ितिीत
िुदसटयोंतपरतबैठनेतवालेतव्यक्ियोंतिातमुखतिदिणतदिशातिीतओरतहै तऔरत
िू सरीतपंक्ितमेंतबै ठनेतवालेतव्यक्ियोंतिातमुखतउत्तरतदिशातिीतओरतहै |त
पंक्ितएितमेंतबैठेतप्रत्येितव्यक्ितिातमुखतिू सरीतपंक्ितमेंतबैठनेतवालेत
व्यक्ितिेतमुखतिीतओरतहै |तप्रत्येितपंक्ितमेंतएितिुसीतखालीतहै |
Lतिातमुखतखालीतिुसीतिीतओरतहै तऔरतसाथतहीतसाथतवहतखालीतिुसीत
िेतबगलतमेंतबैठातहै |तOतिातमुखतिदिणतदिशातिीतओरतहै तऔरतवहतखालीत
िुसीतिेतबायेंतिू सरे तस्थानतपरतबैठतातहै |तचरमतअंतोंतपरतरखीतिुसीतखालीत
नहींतहै |तN,तLतिेतठीितबायेंतस्थानतपरतबैठतातहै |तMतऔरतPतिेतबीचतिेवलत
एितव्यक्ितबैठतातहै |तS,तPतिेतठीितबगलतमेंतबैठतातहै |तLतऔरतQतिेत
बीचतिोईतनहींतबै ठतातहै |
SOL.
38
Eight Family Members Vishal, Priya, Rohan,
Rashi, Sanchit, Ananya, Nikhil and Karan are
seated around a circular Dining Table, facing
inwards.
Priya is sitting 3rd to the right of Rashi. Sanchit
is sitting to the immediate left of Ananya. Priya
is not sitting next to Rohan. Ananya is not the
neighbor of Priya and Rashi. Priya is not the
neighbor of Sanchit. Vishal and Rohan are
sitting next to each other. Rashi is not sitting
next to Nikhil.
एि पररवारतिेतआठतसिस्यतदवशाल,तदप्रया,तरोहन,तरादश,तसंदचत,त
अनन्या,तदनक्खलतऔरतिरणतएितवृतािारतमेजतिेतचारोंतओरत
अंिरतिीतओरतमुखररततहोिरतबैठेतहुएतहैं ।
दप्रया,तरादशतिेतिाएं तसेततीसरे तस्थानतपरतबैठीतहुईतहै ।तसंदचत,त
अनन्यातिेतठीितबाएं तबैठातहुआतहै ।तदप्रया,तरोहनतिेतदनिटस्थत
नहींतबैठीतहुईतहै ।तअनन्या,तदप्रयातऔरतरादशतिीतपडोसीतनही ंतहै ।त
दप्रयातसंदचततिीतपडोसीतनही ंतहै ।तदवशालतऔरतरोहनतएि-िू सरे त
िेतअगल-बगलतमेंतबैठेतहैं |तरादश,तदनक्खलतिेतदनिटस्थतनही ंतबैठीत
है ।
SOL.
39
A, B, C, D, E, F, G are seven persons who have their meetings
on different days of a week namely Sunday, Monday, Tuesday,
Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday not necessarily in the
same order. Each of them likes different colours namely Blue,
Black, Orange, Yellow, White, Brown, Pink not necessarily in
the same order. B likes Orange colour and has meeting on
Monday. F likes Brown colour. One who has meeting on
Wednesday likes Blue colour. D likes Pink colour and doesn't
have meeting on Friday. E has meeting on Thursday and G has
meeting on Saturday. C doesn't like yellow colour and has
meeting on Sunday. The one who likes White colour doesn't
have meeting on Saturday or Sunday.
A,तB,तC,तD,तE,तF,तGतसाततव्यक्ितहैं ,तदजनिीतसप्ताहतिेतदवदभन्नतदिनोंतअथाट तटत
रदववार,तसोमवार,तमंगलवार,तबुधवार,तगुरुवार,तशुक्रवार,तशदनवारतिोतमीदटं गत
है ,तलेदिनतजरूरीतनहींतदितइसीतक्रमतमें।तउनमेंतसेतप्रत्येितिोतअलग-अलगत
रं गतपसंितहैं ,तजैसेतनीला,तिाला,तसंतरी,तपीला,तसफेि,तभूरा,तगुलाबीतलेदिनत
जरूरीतनहींतदितइसीतक्रमतमें।तBतिोतसंतरीतरं गतपसंितहै तऔरतउसिीतमीदटं गत
सोमवारतिोतहै ।तFतिोतभूरातरं गतपसंितहै ।तबुधवारतिोतदजसतव्यक्ितिीतमीदटं गत
है ,तउसेतनीलातरं गतपसंितहै ।तDतिोतगुलाबीतरं गतपसंितहै तऔरतशुक्रवारतिोत
उसिीतमीदटं गतनहींतहै ।तEतिीतमीदटं गतगुरुवारतिोतहै तऔरतGतिीतमीदटं गत
शदनवारतिोतहै ।तCतिोतपीलातरं गतपसंितनहींतहै तऔरतउसिीतमीदटं गतरदववारत
िोतहै ।तजोतव्यक्ितसफेितरं गतपसंितिरतातहै ,तउसिीतमीदटं गतशदनवारतयात
रदववारतिोतनहींतहै ।
SOL.
40
Six boxes were stacked one over another and were
differently coloured. The colours were white, black, blue,
red, green and yellow not necessarily in the same order.
Each box was filled with some balls which were made up of
different materials glass, cork, plastic, ceramic, steel and
rubber not necessarily in the same order.
•तTheतceramicतballsतwereतkeptतjustतaboveतtheतredतbox
•तTheतredतand Yellow boxes were kept at a gap of 2 boxes
•तTheतrubberतandतceramicतballsतwereतkeptतinतconsecutiveत
boxes
•तTheतwhiteतboxतwas just above the green box
•तThereतwasतoneतboxतbetweenतtheतcorkतandतglassतballs.
Cork balls were kept above the glass balls
•तPlasticतballsतwereतnotतkeptतinतtheतlowestतbox
• नीले रं ग िे बक्सों और रबड िी गें िें रखे हुए बक्सों िे बीच में िो बक्से
रखे हुए थे | नीला बक्सा, रबड िी गें िे रखे हुए बक्से से ऊपर रखा हुआ
था|
• रबड िी गें िे रखे हुए बक्से और सेरेदमि िी गें िे रखे हुए बक्से
क्रदमि त र पर रखे थे |
• सिेि रं ग िा बक्सा, हरे रं ग िे बक्से से ठीि ऊपर रखा हुआ था|
• िोिट िी गें िों वाला बक्सा और ग्लास िी गें िों वाले बक्सों िे बीच एि
बक्सा रखा था| िोिट िी गें िों वाला बक्सा, ग्लास िी गेंिों वाले बक्सों से
ऊपर रखा था|
• प्लाक्स्टि िी गेंिों वाला बक्सा सबसे नीचे नहीं रखा था|
SOL.
41
Nitin, Jahanvi, Lalit, Mohak, Piya, Khanak, Omkar and Qasim are sitting
around a circular table facing the centre. Each of them was born in
different years, 1981, 1983, 1985, 1987, 1989, 1991, 1993 and 1995,
not in this particular order.
Mohak is sitting second to the right of Khanak. Lalit is sitting third to the
right of Jahanvi. The only person sitting between Jahanvi and Khanak is
born in 1991. Nitin is the eldest person among all, is not an immediate
neighbour of Jahanvi or Mohak. Qasim is older than only Mohak. Qasim
is sitting second to the left of Piya. Piya does not sit beside Nitin. Lalit
does not sit beside Nitin. The sum of the ages of Jahanvi and Khanak is
equal to that of Lalit and Omkar. One of the neighbours of Nitin was
born in 1983. Khanak is older than Jahanvi. (Ages are to be calculated
taking 2017 into consideration).
दनदतन, जह्नवी, लदलत, मोहि, दपया, खनि, ओंिार और िादसम एि गोल मेंज
िे चारों ओर िेंर िी ओर मुख िरिे बैठे है । प्रत्तयेि अलग-अलग वर्ों 1981,
1983, 1985, 1987, 1989, 1991, 1993 और 1995 में जन्तमें है । लेदिन जरूरी
नहीं है दि इसी क्रम में हो।
मोहि, खनि िे िादहने िू सरा बैठा है । लदलत, जह्नवी िे िादहने तीसरा बैठा है ।
जह्नवी और खनि िे बीच िेवल एि व्तयक्ि बैठा है जो 1991 में पैिा हुआ है ।
दनदतन इन सबमें सबसे बडा है , वह जह्नवी या मोहि िा दनिटतम पडोसी नहीं
है । िादसम िेवल मोहि से बडा है । िादसम, दपया िे बां ये िू सरा बैठा है । दपया,
दनदतन िे बगल में नहीं बैठी है । लदलत, दनदतन िे बगल में नहीं बैठा है । जह्नवी
और खनि िी आयु िा योग लदलत और ओंिार िी आयु िे योग िे बराबर है ।
दनदतन िे दनिटतम पडोसी िा जन्तम 1983 में हुआ था। खनि, जह्नवी से बडा
है ।(2017 िो आधार वर्ट मानिर आयु िी गणना िी जायेगी)
Sol.
42
P, Q, R, S, T, U and V live on seven different floors of a building but not
necessarily in the same order. The lower most floor of the building is
numbered 1, the one above that is numbered 2 and so on till the topmost
floor is numbered 7. They live in seven different countries viz, China, India,
Japan, Canada, England, Australia and Russia but not necessarily in the same
order.
P live on an odd numbered floor but not on the floor numbered 3. The one
who lives in England lives immediately above P. Only two persons live
between S and the one who lives in England. The one who lives in India, lives
on the odd numbered floor above the floor on which S lives. Only three
persons live between R and the one who live in India. The one who lives in
Japan, lives immediately above R. The one who lives in China lives
immediately above the one who lives in Russia. V lives on an odd numbered
floor. Only one person lives between Q and T. Q lives above T. Neither R nor
P lives in Canada. T doesn’t live in Japan.
P, Q, R, S, T, U और V एि सात मं दजला ईमारत में दभन्न तलों पर रहते हैं , दिन्तु समान
क्रम में नहीं| सबसे दनचले तल िो 1संख्या िी गयी उसिे ऊपर िे तल िो 2 िहा
गया और इसी प्रिार सबसे ऊपर िे तल िो 7 सं ख्या िी गया| वे सात दभन्न िे श- चीन,
भारत, जापान, िनाडा, इं ग्लैंड, ऑस्टर े दलया और रूस में रहते हैं , दिन्तु समान क्रम में
नहीं|
P एि दवर्म संख्या िे तल पर रहता है , दिन्तु 3 तल पर नहीं रहता है | जो इं ग्लैंड में
रहता है P िे ठीि ऊपर वाले तल पर रहता है | िेवल िो व्यक्ि S और इं ग्लैंड में रहने
वाले व्यक्ि िे मध्य रहते हैं | जो भारत में रहता है वह S िे तल से ऊपर, दवर्म तल
पर रहता है | R और भारत में रहने वाले व्यक्ि िे मध्य तीन लोग रहते हैं | जापान में
रहने वाला व्यक्ि, R िे ठीि ऊपर वाले तल पर रहता है | चीन में रहने वाला व्यक्ि,
रूस में रहने वाले व्यक्ि िे ठीि ऊपर रहता है | V दवर्म संख्या िे तल पर रहता है |
Q और T िे मध्य िेवल एि व्यक्ि रहता है | Q, T िे ऊपर रहता है | न तो R न ही P
िनाडा में रहता है | T जापान में नहीं रहता है |
Sol.
43
SOL.
44
Six different cars, which belong to six different persons P,
Q, R, S, T and U are parked in a linear row from left to right
facing north.
Skoda, which belongs to S, is parked third to left of U's car.
Two cars are parked towards left of Honda, but towards
right of Jaguar. P's car is third to left of R's car, which is not
parked at any extreme end. Jaguar belongs to neither Q nor
T. Mercedes is parked to immediate left of Honda. BMW is
parked to immediate right of Audi. Q's car is not parked at
any extreme ends.
छः अलग-अलग िारें , जो छः अलग-अलग व्यक्ियों P, Q, R, S, T
और U से सम्बं दधत हैं , उन्हें एि रे खीय पंक्ि में बायें से िायें उत्तर
दिशा िी ओर मु खररत िरिे खडा दिया गया है ।
स्कोडा िार, जो व्यक्ि S से सम्बं दधत है , उसे U िी िार िे बायें
ओर तीसरे स्थान पर पािट दिया गया है | ह ड ं ा िार िे बायें ओर
ले दिन जगु आर िार िे िायें ओर िो िारों िो खडा दिया गया है ।
P िी िार, R िी िार िे बायें ओर तीसरे स्थान पर खडी है , दजसे
पंक्ि िे दिसी भी चरम अं त पर खडा नहीं दिया गया है | जगु आर
िार न तो Q और न ही T से सम्बं दधत है | मसीडीज िार िो ह ड ं ा
िार िे ठीि बायें स्थान पर पािट दिया गया है | BMW िार िो
ऑडी िार िे ठीि िायें स्थान पर पािट दिया गया है | Q िी िार
िो पंक्ि िे दिसी भी चरम अं त पर पर पािट नहीं दिया गया है |
I Can And I Will Page 93
100-PUZZLES-PDF III
SOL.
45
Eight persons A, B, C, D, P, Q, R and S were seated around a
square table facing the centre. There was one person at
each of the corner and one person along each of the sides.
• A was seated 2nd to the right of D who faced C
• S was to the immediate left of Q
• Q was not neighbouring D
• P was 2nd to the right of B
• B was seated at one of the corners & R is not neighbouring
D.
आठ व्यक्ि A, B, C, D, P, Q, R और S एि वगाट िार मेज़ िे चारों
ओर िेंर िी ओर मुखररत होिर बै ठे हुए थे । प्रत्ये ि िोने पर एि
व्यक्ि था और प्रत्येि भुजा पर एि वयक्ि था।
• A, D िे िाएं से िू सरे स्थान पर बै ठा हुआ था जो C िी ओर
मुखररत था ।
• S, Q िे ठीि बाएं था।
• Q, D िा पडोसी नहीं था।
• P , B िे िाएं से िू सरा था।
• B एि िोने पर बैठा हुआ था और R, D िा पडोसी नहीं था।
SOL.
46
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting in a straight line and facing
north direction. They were born in the year 1980, 1985, 1987, 1990, 1992,
1997, 1999 and 2004 not necessarily in the same order. Everyone shared the
same birthdate i.e. 1st January. All calculations are done with respect to their
present ages as on 1st January 2017. The number of person to the left of D is
one less than to the right of D. The one who is eldest sits 3rd to the right of
D. The one who was born in 1997 are sitting at the left end.F is 3 years older
to C. C is neighbor of D. B was born in an odd number year and younger to C.
One person sits between B and A. D is elder to F but younger to E. G is elder
to A and sits immediate left of E. H is not neighbor of A. H is 18 years old.
Sol.
47
Eight people P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are sitting around a circle facing
outward. All of them belong to different cities viz—Mumbai, Kota, Jaipur,
Indore, Pune, Goa, Raipur and Kolkata. S is sitting third to the right of U. The
one who belongs to Kota sits on the immediate left of S, who doesn’t belong
to Mumbai. Q sits fourth to the left of V. Neither Q nor V is an immediate
neighbour of S. T belongs to Indore and sits third to the left of the one who
belongs to Kota. The one who belongs to Goa sits second to the right of the
one who belongs to Indore. The one who belongs to Raipur sits second to
the right of S. P belongs to Jaipur and sits exactly between T and V. The one
who belongs to Pune sits second to the left of the one who belongs to
Jaipur. W sits third to the right of T.
Sol.
48
Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are seated
around a circular table not necessarily in the same
order. They are facing the centre. The arrangement
is based on the following rules:
• A sits diagonally opposite to B.
• B is neither a neighbour of F nor G
• G sits opposite to D who sits 3rd to the right of C
• Exactly 2 people sit between G & H.
• C is neither a neighbour of A nor B.
आठ दमत्र A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एि वृतािार मेज िे
चारों ओर बैठे हैं , लेदिन आवश्यि नहीं दि क्रम यही हो| वे
सभी िेंर िी ओर मुखररत हैं | यह व्यवस्था दनम्नदलक्खत शतों
पर आधाररत है |
• A, B िे दविणटतः दवपरीत बैठता है |
• B न तो F िा पडोसी है और न ही G िा पडोसी है |
• G, D िे दवपरीत बैठता है , जो C िे िायें तीसरे स्थान पर
बैठता है |
• ठीि िो व्यक्ि G और H िे बीच में बैठते हैं |
• C न तो A िा पडोसी है और न ही B िा पडोसी है |
SOL.
49
Twelve people are sitting in two parallel rows containing six people
each, in such a way that there is an equal distance between
adjacent persons. In the first row A, B, C, D, E and F are seated and
all of them are facing south. In the second row P, Q, R, S, T and V
are seated and all of them are facing north. Each member seated in
a row faces another member of the other row.
V sits third to right of S. S faces F and F does not sit at any of the
extreme ends of the line. D sits third to right of C. R faces C. The
one facing E sits third to right of P. B and P do not sit at the
extreme ends of the line. T is not an immediate neighbor of V and A
is not an immediate neighbor of C.
बारह व्यक्ि िो समानां तर पंक्ियों में बैठे है , प्रत्येि पंक्ि में छह व्यक्ि
बैठे हैं इस प्रिार से बैठे है दि आसन्न व्यक्ियों िे बीच समान िू री है |
पहली पंक्ि में A, B, C, D, E और F बैठे हैं और उन सभी व्यक्ियों िा मुख
िदिण िी ओर है | िू सरी पंक्ि में P, Q, R, S, T और V बैठे हैं और उन सभी
व्यक्ियों िा मुख उत्तर िी ओर है | पहले पंक्ि में बैठे प्रत्येि सिस्य िा
मुख अन्य पंक्ि में बैठे सिस्यों िे मुख िी ओर है | V, S िे िायीं ओर तीसरे
स्थान पर बैठा है | S िा मुख F िी ओर है और F पंक्ि िे दिसी भी चरम
अंतो पर नहीं बैठा है | D, C िे िायीं ओर से तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा है | R िा
मुख C िी ओर है | E िी ओर मुख िरिे बैठने वाला व्यक्ि P िे िायीं ओर
से तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा है | B और P पंक्ि िे चरम अंतो पर नहीं बैठे हैं | T,
V िा दनिटस्थ पडोसी नहीं है और A, C िा दनिटस्थ पडोसी नहीं है |
SOL.
D B F C E A (Facing south)
T P S R Q V (Facing north)
50
Six people P, Q, R, S, T and U belong to Bangalore,
Delhi, Pune, Mumbai, Chennai and Kolkata and play
six different sports Cricket, Chess, Hockey,
Badminton, Golf and Tennis in no particular order. Q
belongs to Bangalore and plays Cricket. R does not
play Hockey or Golf.
It is also know that-
1- U plays Tennis and does not belong to Chennai.
2- T plays Chess and belongs to Delhi.
3- P belongs to Pune and the person who belongs to
Kolkata plays golf.
छः व्यक्ि P, Q, R, S, T और U बैंगलोर, दिल्ली, पुणे, मुंबई, चेन्नई
और िोलिाता शहरो से सम्बं दधत हैं और वे सभी छः अलग-अलग
खेल अथाट त् दक्रिेट, चैस, हॉिी, बैडदमंटन, गोल्फ और टे दनस खेलते हैं
लेदिन दिसी भी दवशेर् क्रम में नहीं खेलते हैं | Q बैंगलोर शहर से
सम्बं दधत है और वह दक्रिेट खेलता है | R हॉिी या गोल्फ नहीं खेलता
है |
यह भी ज्ञात है दि-
SOL.
51
Eight persons K, L, M, N, O, P, Q and R - live on eight different floors of a
building but not necessarily in the same order. The lower most floor of the
building in numbered one, the one above that is numbered two and so on till the
topmost floor is numbered eight. Each of them also likes a different flower
namely- Lotus, Sunflower, Lily, Camellia, Rose, Dahlia, Antonio and Zinnia, but
not necessarily in the same order. The one who likes Camellia lives on an even
numbered floor. Only three persons live between the one who likes Camellia and
M. Only two persons live between M and N. N does not live on the lowermost
floor. Only four persons live between N and the one who likes Rose.O lives
immediately above K. O lives on an even numbered floor. K does not like Rose.
K lives neither on floor numbered three nor five. Only one person live between K
and the one who likes Antonio. Only one person lives between the one who likes
Antonio and Zinnia. The one who like Zinnia lives below the one who likes
Antonio. L lives immediately above Q. Only one person lives between Q and the
one who likes Lily. The one who likes Dahlia lives immediately above the one
who likes Lotus. P does not like Camellia. M does not like Sunflower. L lives on
the sixth floor.
52
Eight friends Cheeka, Dhruv, Fakir, Gagan, Lakshya, Om,
Palak and Yashi are sitting on a circular table. Some of them
are facing inside while others are facing outside.
Sol.
53
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H are 8 persons standing in
a straight line equidistant from each other.
Some are facing north while others are facing
south. F is standing 3 to the left of A. F is at
rd
SOL.
55
There are seven different types of games, viz J, K, L, M, N, O
and P being played on different days of a week starting from
Monday and ending on Sunday.
L is played on Thursday. Two games are played between
game L and game N. Only one game is played between game
J and game K. Game J is not played on the day immediately
before or immediately after the day when game L is played.
Game P is played on the day immediately before the day on
which game M is played. Game K is not played after game O.
Sol.
Day Game
Monday N
Tuesday P
Wednesday M
Thursday L
Friday K
Saturday O
Sunday J
56
Eight friends Rohan, Ramesh, Rupesh, Rupral, Ravan,
Raghav, Ram and Rizvaan are sitting in a circle in such a way
that three of them are facing outside and rest of them are
facing towards the centre.
रुप्रल, राघव िे बाये से िू सरा हैं और रावन िे िायें से तीसरा हैं , दजसिा
मुख िेंर िी ओर हैं । रमेश, राम िे बाएं से तीसरा हैं और उसिा मुख
बाहर िी ओर हैं । राम रोहन िे बाएं से तीसरा हैं , जो िी रावन और राघव
िा दनिटतम पडोसी नहीं हैं । बाहर िी ओर मुख िरिे बैठे दमत्र आस-
पास नहीं बैठे हैं । रावन, ररज़वान िे बाएं से िू सरा हैं , दजसिा मुख बाहर
िी ओर हैं ।
Sol.
57
Eight Family Members Raju, Nikita, Lavanya,
Anupama, Deepa, Gokul, Divya and Akansha are
seated around a circular Table, facing the center.
Anupama is not sitting next to Divya. Neither
Nikita nor Anupama is a neighbor of Gokul. Nikita
and Deepa are not next to each other. Nikita is
not sitting next to Lavanya. Gokul is sitting to the
immediate right of Deepa. Anupama is sitting 3rd
to the left of Nikita. Raju and Lavanya are next to
each other.
एि पररवार िे आठ सिस्य राजू, दनदिता, लावण्या, अनुपमा,
िीपा, गोिुल, दिव्या और आिां िा एि वृत्तािार मेज िे चारों
ओर िेंर िी ओर मुख िरिे बैठे हैं |
अनुपमा, दिव्या िे बगल में नहीं बैठी है | न तो दनदिता और न
ही अनुपमा, गोिुल िे पडोसी है | दनदिता और िीपा एि-
िू सरे िे बगल में नहीं बैठे है | दनदिता, लावण्या िे बगल में
नहीं बैठी है | गोिुल, िीपा िे ठीि िायीं ओर बैठा है |
अनुपमा, दनदिता िे बायीं ओर से तीसरे स्थान पर बैठी है |
राजू और लावण्या एि-िू सरे िे बगल में बैठे है |
SOL.
58
Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G & H lives on an 8-floored
building. The ground floor of the building is numbered 1 &
topmost is numbered 8. As floor number of a person increases,
his/her salary decreases.
• A lives on the 5th floor.
• B salary is more than D's.
• G lives immediately above H
• E's floor number is more than F's.
• 4 people live between the person whose salary is 2nd highest
&B
• A & C have 1 floor between them
आठ िोस्त A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H 8 मंदजला एि मिान में रह रहे
हैं | मिान िे भू तल िी संख्या 1 और सबसे ऊपर िे मंदजल िी संख्या
8 है | जैसे एि व्यक्ि िे मंदजल िी संख्या बढ़ जाती है , तो
उसिा/उसिी वेतन घट जाता है |
• A 5वीं मंदजल पर रहता है |
• B िा वेतन D िे वेतन से अदधि है |
• G, H िे ठीि ऊपर रहता है |
• E िे मंदजल िी संख्या F िे मंदजल िी संख्या से अदधि है |
• दितीय सबसे अदधि वेतन वाले व्यक्ि और B िे बीच 4 व्यक्ि रहते
हैं |
• A और C िे बीच एि मंदजल है |
I Can And I Will Page 121
100-PUZZLES-PDF III
SOL.
59
Seven persons N, O, P, Q, R, S and T are
sitting in a linear row from west to east and, all
are facing towards the south. Each person
either likes blue or red colour. No two persons
who like the same colour, sit together.
P sits at a gap of two persons from R, who sits
towards left of P. O likes blue and sits to
immediate right of S, and one of them sits at
extreme end. Neither N nor T, like red. P and Q
do not sit together. S and T do not sit together.
सात व्यक्ि N, O, P, Q, R, S और T एि रे खीय पंक्ि में पदिम से
पूवट दिशा िी ओर बैठे हैं , सभी व्यक्ियों िा मुख िदिण दिशा िी
ओर है | प्रत्ये ि व्यक्ि या तो नीला या लाल रं ग पसं ि िरता है |
समान रं ग पसं ि िरने वाले िोई भी िो व्यक्ि एि-साथ नहीं बै ठते
हैं |
P, R से िो व्यक्ियों िे अन्तराल पर बैठता है , जो P िे बायें ओर
बैठता है | O नीला रं ग पसं ि िरता है और S िे ठीि िायें ओर
बैठता है और उनमें से िोई एि व्यक्ि चरम अं त पर बैठता है | न
तो N और न ही T लाल रं ग पसं ि िरते हैं | P और Q एि-साथ नहीं
बैठते हैं | S और T एि-साथ नहीं बै ठते हैं |
SOL.
60
Eight persons P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W were
born in different months from January to August
but in the same year, not necessarily in the
same order. T was born in a month which has
31 days. R is 3 months younger to T. U is 2
months elder to T. Q is one-month elder than V
and born in a month which has 30 days. S was
born in a month which has least number of
days. The number of persons born between P
and S is same as the number of persons born
between Q and V.
आठ व्यक्ि P, Q, R, S, T, U, V और W समान वर्ट िे जनवरी से
अगस्त िे महीनें िे बीच अलग-अलग महीनों में पैिा हुए थे
लेदिन आवश्यि नहीं दि क्रम यही हो| T उस महीनें में पैिा
हुआ था दजस महीनें में दिनों िी संख्या 31 थी| R, T से 3 महीनें
छोटा है | U, T से 2 महीनें बडा है | Q, V से एि महीना बडा है
और उस महीनें में पैिा हुआ था दजस महीनें में दिनों िी संख्या
30 है | S उस महीनें में पैिा हुआ था दजस महीनें में दिनों िी
संख्या सबसे िम थी| P और S िे बीच पैिा होने वाले व्यक्ियों
िी संख्या, Q और V िे बीच पैिा होने वाले व्यक्ियों िी संख्या
िे समान थी|
SOL.
61
In an inter-college fest different institutes have participated
namely: SDPS, JLU, MLB, MVM, MIT, PDDB and GMC in
different competitions namely singing, dancing, debate, quiz,
chess, fashion show, carom, rangoli and face painting
respectively but not necessarily in the same order.
The one who won the fashion show also won face painting. MLB
and PDDB did not participated in debate, rangoli or chess and
they won exactly one competition. MIT won in rangoli only. MVM
won in singing and secured 1 position in one more competition
but not in dancing or quiz. GMC and JLU won only in 1
competition but none in rangoli. PDDB won either carom or
rangoli. JLU won neither Quiz nor face painting. None of the
institute won more than 2 competitions.GMC won either chess or
dancing.
Sol.
62
There are eight persons-D, E, F, G, H, Q, R and S and out of them 4
are females. They sit in a row facing south direction and have different
brands of watches-Sonata, Titan, Rolex, Fastrack and Omega. Only
one person has Sonata and not more than two persons have the
same watch. The following information is known about them.
The two males having Rolex form the only pair who has the same
watch and is sitting together (Apart from these two, no other two
adjacent people have same watch). Neither G nor F has Fastrack. S
sits 4th to the left of Q. F sits adjacent to D and H. D who is the wife of
E is sitting at 4th position from left end according to their own direction.
R who is the husband of G has Titan and sits 2nd to the right of Q and
none of them sits at extreme end. E sits to the immediate right of Q.
The persons who have Omega have two persons in between them.
Two females sit adjacent to each other and one of them sit on one of
the extremes.
Sol.
63
There are eight boxes with different food items
among PIZZA, BURGER, MAGGI, PASTA,
CHOCOLATE, CAKE, SANDWICH, CHEESE
placed in the form of a stack numbered 1-8 with 1
being the lowermost position and 8 being the
uppermost, not necessarily in the same order.
Cake is at 7th position. Maggi is at an odd position.
Only pizza is in between cheese and chocolate.
There are only two boxes between cake and
burger but does not include sandwich.
Sol.
64
Seven persons A, B, C, D, E, F and G
belonging to a sports club play a
different sport and also each one of
them plays a different musical
instrument. The seven different sports
are Golf, Cricket, Swimming, Kabaddi,
Chess, Snooker and Trekking and the
seven musical instruments are drum,
harmonium, flute, guitar, saxophone,
violin and piano. B plays cricket and
violin. E likes to play kabaddi but not
harmonium or guitar. The one who plays
snooker plays saxophone. F plays
drums but does not swim or play golf. A
treks and plays flute. The one who plays
golf does not play guitar. G plays
snooker and C plays harmonium.
Sol.
65
Eight Family Members Sumit, Arti, Tanya,
Manoj, Karan, Pawan, Anjana and Anubhav are
seated around a circular Dinner Table, facing
inside.
Anjana and Manoj are not next to each other.
Manoj is sitting 3rd to the left of Arti. Sumit and
Tanya are next to each other. Arti and Karan
are not next to each other. Arti is not sitting next
to Tanya. Pawan is sitting to the immediate
right of Karan. Pawan is not the neighbor of Arti
and Manoj.
एि पररवार िे आठ सिस्य सुदमत, आरती, तादनया, मनोज,
िरण, पवन, अंजना और अनुभव एि वृतािार दडनर टे बल
िे चारों ओर अंिर िी ओर मुखररत होिर बैठे हैं |
अंजना और मनोज एि-िू सरे िे अगल-बगल नहीं बैठे हैं |
मनोज, आरती िे बायें तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा है | सुदमत और
तादनया एि-िू सरे िे अगल-बगल बैठे हैं | आरती और िरण
एि-िू सरे िे अगल-बगल नहीं बैठे हैं | आरती, तादनया से
अगले स्थान पर नहीं बैठी है | पवन, िरण िे ठीि िायें स्थान
पर बैठा है | पवन, आरती और मनोज िा पडोसी नहीं है |
I Can And I Will Page 136
100-PUZZLES-PDF III
Sol.
66
Eight persons P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are sitting around a
circular table and facing the center. They like different colors
i.e. Yellow, Green, Black, Brown, Red, White, Blue and Pink,
not necessarily in the same order. T likes Brown and sits
opposite to S. P is 2nd to the left of S. Q likes Red and sits
3rd to the left of P. U is 2nd to the left of Q. R is not neighbor of
P. W likes Pink and sits 2nd to the left of V. The one who likes
Yellow sits opposite to the one who likes Blue. The one who
likes Yellow is 2nd to the left of the one who likes Green. U
doesn’t like White.
आठ व्तयक्तत P, Q, R, S, T, U, V और W एि वृत्त त ािार मेंज िे चारों
ओर िेन्तर िी ओर मुख िरिे बैठे हैं । वे सभी दवदभन्तन रं ग जैसे पीला, हरा,
िाला, भूरा, लाल, सफेि, नीला और गुलाबी पसंि िरते हैं , लेदिन
आवश्तयि नहीं दि इसी क्रम में। T भूरा रं ग पसंि िरता है और S िे
सामने बैठता है । P, S िे बां यें िू सरे स्तथान पर है । Q लाल पसंि िरता है
और P िे बां यें तीसरे स्तथान पर बैठता है । U, Q िे बां यें िू सरे स्तथान पर है ।
R, P िा दनिटतम पडोसी नहीं है । W गुलाबी पसंि िरता है और V िे
बां यें िू सरे स्तथान पर बैठता है । एि जो पीला पसंि िरता है , नीला पसंि
िरने वाले िे सामने बैठता है । एि जो पीला पसंि िरता है हरा पसंि
िरने वाले िे बां यें िू सरे स्तथान पर है । U, सफेि नहीं पसं ि िरता है ।
Sol.
67
There are seven persons A, B, C, D, E, F and G having a
meeting on seven days of the week starting from Sunday in
three different companies HCL, HP, and Infosys. There are
minimum two and maximum three person works on the same
company. The person whose meeting on Friday works in HCL
Company. Person C having a meeting on Wednesday and
there are two persons between C and D. B and one other
person work in HCL. There are three persons between both
the persons work in Infosys company, and both do not have
their meeting monday. There are two persons between E and
F where E is always before F. A workS in HCL and has a
meeting immediately before C. Number of persons who work
in Infosys and HCL is same and D has a meeting before C.
सात व्यक्ियों A, B, C, D, E, F और G िी सप्ताह िे सात दिनों में
रदववार से शुरू होिर तीन अलग िंपदनयों एचसीएल, एचपी, और
इन्फोदसस में मीदटं ग हैं । िम से िम िो और अदधि से अदधि तीन व्यक्ि
एि ही िंपनी में िाम िरते हैं ।
Sol.
68
Ten people are sitting in two parallel rows in a manner that
person sitting in one row is sitting exactly opposite to the
person sitting in other row. In row 1 - S, T, U, V and W are
sitting facing towards south and in row 2 - E, F, G, H and K are
sitting facing towards north, not necessarily in the same order.
• T is sitting third to the right of W.
• H is facing V and he is not sitting at any of the extreme ends.
• E is facing U.
• V is sitting opposite to the person who is sitting second to the
right of K.
• Three people are sitting between K and G.
• T is facing either G or K.
िस व्यक्ि िो समानान्तर पंक्ियों में इस तरह बैठे हैं दि पहली पंक्ि में
बैठने वाले व्यक्ि, िू सरी पंक्ि में बैठने वाले व्यक्ियों िे ठीि दवपरीत हैं |
पंक्ि-1 में S, T, U, V और W िदिण दिशा िी ओर मुखररत होिर बैठे हैं
और पंक्ि-2 में E, F, G, H और K उत्तर दिशा िी ओर मुखररत होिर बैठे हैं ,
लेदिन आवश्यि नहीं दि क्रम यही हो|
• T, W िे िायें तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा है |
• H िा मुख V िी ओर है और वह दिन्ही भी चरम अंतो पर नहीं बैठा है |
• E िा मुख U िी ओर है |
• V, K िे िायें ओर िू सरे स्थान पर बैठने वाले व्यक्ि िे दवपरीत स्थान पर
बैठा है ।
• K और G िे बीच में तीन व्यक्ि बैठे हैं |
• T िा मुख या तो G या K िी ओर है |
Sol.
69
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H are living on a
eight storeyed floor not necessarily in the same
order. The floors are numbered from 1 to 8 starting
with ground floor number as 1, first floor as 2 and so
on. G lives on floor number 7. There are 3 persons
between D & A. E is between B & C. A does not live
on the even numbered floor. D doesn't live on the
lowermost floor. Neither H nor C is an immediate
neighbour of D. B and C lives on a floor which is
immediately above and immediately below the floor
of E.
Sol.
70
8 persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are born in the same
year. They are born either on a date 12th or 23rd of the
month. They are born in the month February, April, May
and November not necessarily in the given order.
H and G are born on 12th of the month. Not more than 3
persons are elder than G. At-least 4 persons are younger
than H. Only 3 persons are younger than G but elder than
D. Only 2 persons are born between D and A, who is not
the youngest person. Number of persons younger than A
and elder than C are same. D and B are born in the same
month. F is younger than E and B.
आठ व्यक्ि A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H िा जन्म समान वर्ट में
हुआ है | वे महीनें िी या तो 12 तारीख या 23 तारीख िो पैिा हुए
हैं | वे फरवरी, अप्रैल, मई और नवम्बर महीनें में पैिा हुए हैं
लेदिन आवश्यि नहीं दि दिया गया क्रम यही हो|
H और G महीनें िी 12 तारीख िो पैिा हुए हैं | G से आयु में 3 से
अदधि व्यक्ि बडे नहीं हैं | िम-से-िम 4 व्यक्ि आयु में H से
छोटे हैं | िेवल 3 व्यक्ि आयु में G से छोटे लेदिन D से बडे हैं |
िेवल 2 व्यक्ि D और A िे बीच में पैिा हुए हैं , जो दि आयु में
सबसे छोटा नहीं है | आयु में A से छोटे व्यक्ियों िी संख्या और
आयु में C से बडे व्यक्ियों िी संख्या समान हैं | D और B समान
महीनें में पैिा हुए हैं | F आयु में E और B से छोटा है |
I Can And I Will Page 146
100-PUZZLES-PDF III
Sol.
71
Nine friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I are
sitting around a circular table in a restaurant
facing the centre. G is fourth to the left of
F.F is second to the right of E.H is fourth to
the right of E and is second to the left of
D.C is fourth to the right of D.A is not an
immediate neighbor of either D or G.B is
third to the right of I.
Sol.
72
A, B, C, D, L, M, P and S are sitting around a
square table. Those who are sitting at the
corners of the table are facing the center while
those who are sitting at the edges are facing
away from the center. S is not an immediate
neighbor of B. A is facing away from the center
and is sitting to the immediate right of L. P is
facing in the same direction as L and is not
sitting next to either A or M. B and C are the
immediate neighbors of P. C is sitting second to
the right of M.
A, B, C, D, L, M, P और S एि वगाट िार मे ज िे चारों ओर
बैठे हैं | जो मेज िे िोनो पर बै ठे हैं , उनिा मु ख िेंर िी
ओर है जबदि मेज िी भुजाओ पर बै ठने वाले व्यक्ियों िा
मुख िेंर से बाहर िी ओर है | S, B िा दनिटतम पडोसी
नहीं है | A िा मुख िेंर से बाहर िी ओर है और वह L िे
ठीि िायें स्थान पर बैठा है | P और L िा मु ख समान दिशा
िी ओर है और P या तो A या M से अगले स्थान पर नहीं
बैठा है | B और C, P िे दनिटतम पडोसी हैं | C, M िे िायें
िू सरे स्थान पर बैठा है |
Sol.
73
8 buses A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are parked in a row
facing the same direction. Bus D is parked 2nd from
the left end of the row and is parked at the gap of 3
buses from G. Bus A is parked to the right of C but
to the left of F. Bus F is neither the neighbour of G
nor parked at the end of the row. Bus H is parked to
the left of B. Bus G is not parked at the position
neighbouring to bus E.
Sol.
74
P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are seven professors. Each one teaches
a different subject from Physics, Chemistry, Biology, English,
Mathematics, Economics and Geography, not necessarily in
the same order, each of them teaches one day each on the
seven days of the week from Monday to Sunday not
necessarily in the same order. R teaches Biology on Friday.
Q teaches Mathematics on the previous day of the day on
which the professor teaches Physics. V teaches on Sunday
but does not teach Chemistry or English. S teaches
Economics on the previous day on which U teaches. P
teaches Geography on Tuesday. T does not teach English.
Sol.
75
Six persons have different heights of which
the tallest person is 195 cm. Ramesh is
taller than only Naresh. Only two people are
taller than Suresh. The tallest person is not
Paresh. Sukesh is neither taller than Dinesh
nor shorter than Paresh. The difference
between the height of the third shortest and
the tallest person is 5. Suresh is shorter
than Sukesh.
Sol.
76
Six persons A, B, C, D, E and F are sitting in a straight line
and facing north direction, distance between them is multiple
of 3. A is 36m to the west of D. C is 45m east of F. A is sitting
at extreme left end. D is 27m to the east of B. F is in east
direction of D. Distance between C and E is 9m. Distance
between D and F is double the distance of A and B (like-If
distance between A and B is 2m then distance between D and
F will be 4m). Distance between F and E is more than 50m.
Sol.
77
Seven persons Atul, Arnav, Anmol, Anand, Aakash, Arvind and Ankur live in a
seven-storey building. The bottom floor is numbered 1 and the floor above it is
numbered 2 and so on, the topmost floor is numbered 7. All the persons are
working with different company, viz Facebook, Google, Micorsoft, TCS, Infosys,
HCL and HP but not necessarily in the same order.
Anmol lives on the third floor but does not work with Facebook company. Arnav
does not work with Google. The one who works with HP lives immediately below
the person who works with TCS. Arvind works with Micorsoft but he does not live
on an even-numbered floor. The floor on which Atul lives is immediately above
the floor on which Arnav lives. Atul does not work with Facebook company. The
one who works with HCL lives immediately below the one who works with
Google. Anand lives on floor number 6. Neither Atul nor Aakash works with
Infosys. Ankur works with TCS and lives on the topmost floor. The one who works
with Facebook does not live above the person who works with Google.
सात लोग अतुल, अनटव, अनमोल, आनंि, आिाश, अरदवंि और अंिुर एि सात मंदजला
इमारत में रहते हैं । सबसे नीचे िी मंदजल 1 और उससे ऊपर िी मंदजल 2 और इसी प्रिार
आगे सबसे ऊपर िी मंदजल 7 वीं है । सभी व्तयक्तत दवदभन्तन िंपदनयों जै से फेसबुि, गूगल,
माइक्रोसॉफ्ट, टीसीएस, इं फोदसस, एचसीएल और एचपी िे साथ िाम िरते हैं ले दिन
आवश्तयि नहीं दि इसी क्रम में।
अनमोल तीसरी मंदजल पर रहता है ले दिन फेसबुि िंपनी िे साथ िाम नहीं िरता है ।
अनटव, गूगल िे साथ िाम नहीं िरता है । एि जो एचपी िे साथ िाम िरता है , टीसीएस में
िाम िरने वाले िे ठीि नीचे रहता है । अरदवं ि, माइक्रोसॉफ्ट िे साथ िाम िरता है ले दिन
वह सम संख्तया वाली मंदजल पर नहीं रहता है । दजस मंदजल पर अतु ल रहता है वह अनटव िी
मंदजल िे ठीि ऊपर है । अतुल, फेसबुि िे साथ िाम नहीं िरता है । एि जो एचसीएल िे
साथ िाम िरता है गूगल िे साथ िाम िरने वाले िे ठीि नीचे रहता है । आनंि 6 वीं मंदजल
पर रहता है । ना तो अतु ल ना दह आिाश इं फोदसस िे साथ िाम िरते हैं । अंिुर, टीसीएस
िे साथ िाम िरता है और सबसे ऊपर वाली मंदजल पर रहता है । एि जो फेसबुि िे साथ
िाम िरता है गूगल में िाम िरने वाले िे ऊपर नहीं रहता है ।
Sol.
78
Sol.
79
Nine friends L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and
T are sitting in a circle facing the
centre. T sits fifth to the right of R. N is
not an immediate neighbour of either R
or T. M is between S and P. N sits
fourth to the left of P. O sits second to
the right of Q. S is not an immediate
neighbour of T.
न िोस्त L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S और T एि
वृत्त में िेंर िी ओर मुखररत होिर बैठे हुए हैं ।
T, R िे िाएं से पां चवे स्थान पर बैठा हुआ है ।
N, या तो R या T िे ठीि बगल िा पडोसी
नहीं है । M, S और P िे बीच में है । N, P िे
बाएं से च थे स्थान पर बैठा हुआ है । O, Q िे
िाएं से िू सरे स्थान पर बैठा हुआ है । O, Q िे
िाएं से िू सरे स्थान पर बैठा हुआ है । S, T िे
ठीि बगल िा पडोसी नहीं है ।
I Can And I Will Page 164
100-PUZZLES-PDF III
Sol.
80
Twelve people sitting in two parallel lines facing
each other. Row 1 has six people A, B, C, D, E and
F facing south. Row 2 has six people P, Q, R, S, T
and U facing north. A faces R. F and Q are sitting at
extreme end but they don't face each other. U sits
second to the right of the one who is facing C. S is
as far from U as D is from F. E is not the immediate
neighbour of either C or D. B sits third to the right of
E. E faces T.
िो समानां तर पंक्ियों में बारह लोग एि-िू सरे िी ओर मुख
िरिे बैठे है | पंक्ि 1 में छह लोग A, B, C, D, E और F
िदिण दिशा िी ओर मुख िरिे बैठे हैं | पंक्ि 2 में छह लोग
P, Q, R, S, T और U उत्तर दिशा िी ओर मुख िरिे बैठे हैं |
A, R िी ओर मुख िरिे बैठा है | F और Q चरम अंत पर बैठे
हैं लेदिन एि-िू सरे िी ओर मुख िरिे नहीं बैठे है | U, C िी
ओर मुख िरिे बैठने वाले व्यक्ि िे िायीं ओर से िू सरे स्थान
पर बैठा है | S, U से दजतना िू र है , D, F से उतना ही िू र है | E,
या तो C अथवा D िा ठीि बगल िा पडोसी नही ं है | B, E िे
िायीं ओर से तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा है | E, T िी ओर मुख िरिे
बैठा है |
Sol.
81
Nine people A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I are
sitting in a row and all are facing North. It is
known that C sits exactly in the middle and
there is no person to the right of I. D is fourth to
the right of F. G and H are sitting next to each
other. E is the neighbor of D but not of C.
It is also known that
(1) H doesn't sit at any extreme corner.
(2) D is not sitting adjacent to either C or I.
(3) A is second to the right of H.
न व्यक्ि A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H और I एि पंक्ि में बैठे हैं
और सभी िा मुख उत्तर दिशा िी ओर है | यह ज्ञात है दि C
ठीि मध्य/बीच में बैठा है और I िे िायीं ओर िोई व्यक्ि नहीं
है | D, F िे िायीं ओर से च थे स्थान पर बैठा है | G और H
एि-िू सरे िे दनिट बैठे है | E, D िा पडोसी है लेदिन C िा
पडोसी नहीं है |
यह भी ज्ञात है दि
(1) वह दिसी भी चरम िोने पर नहीं बैठा है |
(2) D या तो C अथवा I िे आसन्न नहीं बैठा है |
(3) A, H िे िायीं ओर से िू सरे स्थान पर है |
Sol.
82
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are
sitting around a rectangular table and facing the
centre. They are sitting like that four of them on
corners and four of them middle on the edges.
B is facing G.G is on the middle of the edge. E
is 3rd to the right of A. The number of person
between A and B (if starts counting from the left
of A) is same as F and G (if starts counting from
the left of F). E is not neighbor of G or B. D is
immediate right of H. C is not neighbor of B.
आठ व्यक्ि A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एि
आयतािार टे बल िे चारों ओर बैठे हैं और िेंर िी ओर
मुखररत हैं । वे इस प्रिार से बैठे हैं दि उनमें से चार िोनों
पर बै ठे हैं और चार भुजाओं िे मध्य में बैठे हैं । B, G िी
ओर मुखररत है । G भुजा िे मध्य में बैठा है । E, A िे
िाएं से तीसरा है । A और B िे मध्य में व्यक्ियों िी
संख्या (यदि A िे बाएं से गणना आरं भ िरें ), F और G
िे मध्य में व्यक्ियों िी संख्या िे समान है (यदि F िे
बाएं से गणना आरं भ िरें )। E, G या B िा पडोसी नहीं
है । D, H िे ठीि िाएं बैठा है । C, B िा पडोसी नहीं है ।
I Can And I Will Page 170
100-PUZZLES-PDF III
Sol.
83
7 persons-P, Q, R, S, T, U and V enter in a room and take
a seat. Seats are arranged from left to right-number 1 to 7
in order. Numbered-1 seat is at left end and Numbered-7
seat is at right end. R enters the room first and takes even
numbered seat. Then P enters the room and takes
2nd numbered seat. U is sitting exactly between P and R. S
and P are good friends so they both are sitting together
and S takes a seat which is at the end. V takes even
numbered seat. T has some issues with R so they are not
sitting together.
7 व्तयक्ि- P, Q, R, S, T, U और V एि िमरे में प्रवेश िरते है और सीटो पर
बैठते है । सीटे बां ये छोर से िादहने िी ओर व्तयवक्स्तथत िी गयी थी, जो
संख्या 1 से 7 िे क्रम में व्तयवक्स्तथत है । संख्या 1 सीट बां ये अंदतम छोर पर और
संख्या 7 सीट िादहने अंदतम छोर पर है । R सबसे पहले िमरे में प्रवेश िरता है
और सम संख्या िी सीट पर बैठता है । दफर P िमरे में प्रवे श िरता है और
िू सरी संख्या िी सीट पर बैठता है । U, P और R िे ठीि बीच में बैठा
है । S और P अच्तछे िोस्तत है इसदलये वे एि साथ बैठते है और S अंदतम छोर
िी सीट पर बैठता है । V , सम संख्या िी सीट पर बैठता है । T िे R िे साथ
िुछ दववाि है इसदलये वे एि साथ नहीं बैठते है ।
Sol.
84
P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are eight friends who sit around the circular table
and they are facing the centre. Each one of them uses creams of different
brands viz. Vaseline, Ponds, Revlon, L’Oreal, Lakme, Biotique, Olay and
Lotus.
U sits second to the right of the one who uses Vaseline. The one who uses
Ponds is an immediate neighbour of the one who uses Vaseline. Two
people sit between Q and the one who uses Ponds. R and T are the
immediate neighbours of each other. Neither R nor T is an immediate
neighbour of either Q or the one who uses Vaseline.
The one who uses Lakme sits second to the right of S. S does not use
Ponds or Vaseline. V and the one who uses Olay are immediate
neighbours of each other. Q does not use Olay. Only one person sits
between R and the one who uses Revlon. W sits third to the left of the one
who uses Biotique. The one who uses Lotus sits second to the left of the
one who uses L’Oreal.
U वैसीलीन िा उपयोग िरने वाले िे िाईं ओर िू सरा स्थान पर बैठा है । जो व्यक्ि पॉन्ड् स
िा उपयोग िरता हैं वह वैसीलीन िा उपयोग िरने वाले व्यक्ि िा तत्काल पडोसी है । िो
लोग, Q और पॉन्ड् स िा उपयोग िरने वाले व्यक्ि िे बीच बैंठे हैं । R और T एि िू सरे िे
तु रंत पडोसी है । न तो R न ही T, Q या वैसीलीन िा उपयोग िरने वाले व्यक्ि िे तु रंत
पडोसी है ।
Sol
85
There are eight girls named ‘Hina, Gurmeet, Poonam, Sneha, Anita, Bindu,
Deepika and Chandni’ who stay in a eight-floor building numbered 1 to 8 as
bottom to top of the building. They go on a tour at different places named Goa,
Mumbai, Delhi, kerala, Lucknow, Himachal, Masoori and Lonawala but not
necessarily in the same order.
The girl who stays on 6th floor goes Kerala. One girl stays between Poonam and
the one who goes Kerala. Gurmeet stays below Poonam on an even numbered
floor. Gurmeet does not go Kerala. The one who goes Masoori stays just above
Gurmeet. Two girls stay between Poonam and Hina. Poonam doesn’t stay on the
top floor. Hina stays below Poonam. Two girls stay between Anita and the one
going Himachal. The one who goes Himachal stays above Anita. Bindu goes
Lucknow. The one who goes Goa stays just above the one who goes Mumbai. One
girl stays between Chandni and Sneha. The girl who goes Goa, doesn’t stay on an
even numbered floor. Hina doesn’t go Lonawala. Sneha doesn’t stay on the top
floor.
यहां पर आठ लडदियां हैं दजनिे नाम- दहना, गु रमीत, पूनम, स्तनेहा, अनीता, दबंिू, िीदपिा
और चां िनी हैं । ये लडदियां एि आठ मंदजला इमारत में रहती हैं । सबसे दनचले तल िा
क्रमां ि 1 और सबसे ऊपरी तल िा क्रमां ि 8है । वे अलग-अलग स्तथानों जै से-
गोवा, मुंबई, दिल्तली, िेरल,लखनऊ, दहमाचल, मसूरी और लोनावाला घूमने जाती हैं , ले दिन
जरूरी नहीं है दि इसी क्रम में हों। जो लडिी छठे तल पर रहती है , वह िेरल घूमने जाती है ।
िेरल घमूने जाने वाली लडिी और पूनम िे बीच में िेवल एि लडिी रहती है ।
गुरमीत, पूनम िे नीचे एि सम क्रमां ि तल पर रहती है । गुरमीत, िेरल घूमने नहीं जाती है ।
जो लडिी मसूरी घूमने जाती है , वह गुरमीत िे ठीि ऊपर रहती है । पू नम और दहना िे बीच
में िो लडदियां रहती हैं । पूनम सबसे ऊपरी तल पर नहीं रहती है । दहना, पूनम िे नीचे रहती
है । दहमाचल घूमने जाने वाली लडिी और अनीता िे बीच में िो लडदियां रहती हैं । जो
लडिी दहमाचल घूमने जाती है वह अनीता िे ऊपर दिसी तल पर रहती है । दबंिू, लखनऊ
घूमने जाती है । जो लडिी गोवा घूमने जाती है , वह मुंबई घूमने जाने वाली लडिी िे ठीि
ऊपर रहती है । चां िनी और स्तनेहा िे बीच में एि लडिी रहती है । जो लडिी गोवा घूमने
जाती है , वह दिसी सम क्रमां ि तल पर नहीं रहती है । दहना, लोनावाला घूमने नहीं जाती है ।
स्तनेहा, सबसे ऊपरी तल पर नहीं रहती है ।
Sol.
86
छह िोस्त - A, B, C, D, E,और F- एि छह
मंदज़ला मिान में रहते हैं । भूतल िो प्रथम मंदजल,
भूतल से ऊपर िी मंदज़ल िो िू सरी मंदज़ल िहा
जाता है और आगे भी इसी प्रिार। उनमें से प्रत्येि
अलग-अलग मंदज़ल पर रहता है , ज़रूरी नहीं दि
समान क्रम में। दनम्नदलक्खत जानिारी ज्ञात है ।
(i)E या तो शीर्ट मंदज़ल या भूतल पर नहीं रहता है ।
(ii) F उस मंदज़ल पर रहता है जो D िी मंदज़ल िे
ठीि नीचे है ।
(iii)उन लोगों िी संख्या जो B िे मंदजल िे नीचे
रहते हैं , उन लोगों िे बराबर है जो E िे मंदज़ल िे
ऊपर रहते हैं ।
(iv)C उस मंदज़ल पर रहता है जो A िी मंदज़ल और
E िी मंदज़ल िे ठीि बीच में है ।
(v)E एि सम संख्या िी मंदज़ल पर रहता है ।
Sol.
87
P, Q, R, S, T, V, W and X are seated in a
straight line facing North. T sits fourth to the left
of W.
Neither T nor W sits at the extreme end of the
line. Only one person sits between X and R.
Neither X nor R is an immediate neighbour of
W. P sits second to the right of X. Only two
people sit between P and S. Q is not an
immediate neighbour of S.
Solution :
Only one person sits between X and R.
P sits second to the right of X. hence R
sits second to the left of X. R __ X __
P.
Only two people sit between P and S.
Hence, R __ X __ P __ __ S.
T sits fourth to the left of W. hence, R T
X __ P W __ S
Q is not an immediate neighbour of S.
Hence the order is R T X Q P W V S
88
Five friends - A, B, C, D and E - have
different heights and different weights. B
is not the second heaviest and is shorter
than C. The only person shorter than A
is, D. The second tallest among them is
the third heaviest. A is neither the
lightest nor the second heaviest. E is the
tallest and the heaviest.
पां च दमत्र - A, B, C, D और E िी ऊंचाई और
भार अलग-अलग है | B िू सरा सबसे भारी व्यक्ि
नहीं है और वह ऊंचाई में C से नाटा है | िेवल
एि व्यक्ि D ऊंचाई में A से नाटा है | उनमें से
िू सरा सबसे लम्बा व्यक्ि तीसरा सबसे भारी
व्यक्ि है | A न तो भार में सबसे हल्का है और न
ही िू सरा सबसे भारी व्यक्ि है | E सबसे लम्बा
व्यक्ि और सबसे भारी व्यक्ि है |
Sol.
89
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are living on an eight-story floor not
necessarily in the same order. They like different colors such as Green, Blue, Red,
Pink, White, Brown, Yellow and Orange not necessarily in the same order. The
floors are numbered from 1 to 8 starting with ground floor number as 1, first floor
as 2 and so on. G lives on an even numbered floor above 5. Only 1 person lives
between G and the one who likes Green. The number of persons living above G is
same as the number of persons living between G and E. E doesn't like Yellow. Only
2 persons live between E and the one who likes Orange. B lives in one of the even
numbered floor above Orange and does not like Pink. Only 2 persons live between
B and the one who likes Blue. One who likes Red lives immediately above Orange.
H neither likes Pink nor Brown. Only 3 persons live between G and A. The one
who likes Yellow lives immediately above the one who likes White but not on the
topmost floor. Only 1 person lives between H and one who likes Yellow. Only 1
person lives between C and the one who likes Blue. D lives on the lowermost
floor.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H आठ मंदजला ईमारत में रहते हैं दिन्तु अदनवायटत: समान क्रम में
नहीं| उन्हें दभन्न रं ग जै से-हरा, नीला, लाल, गुलाबी, सफेि, भूरा, पीला और नारं गी पसंि है ,
दिन्तु अदनवायटत: समान क्रम में नहीं| तलों िो 1 से 8 ति िी संख्या िी गयी थी| भूतल िो
पहला तल और िो और इसी प्रिार शीर्ट ति| G, 5 से ऊपर िे सम तल पर रहता है | िेवल
1 व्यक्ि G और हरा रं ग पसंि िरने वाले िे मध्य रहता है | G िे ऊपर रहने वालों िी संख्या
उतनी ही G और E िे उसिे ऊपर िे तल िो मध्य रहने वालों िी है | E िो पीला नहीं
पसंि| E और नारं गी रं ग पसंि िरने वाले िे बीच िो लोग रहते हैं | B नारं गी रं ग पसंि िरने
वाले से ऊपर एि सम संख्या वाले तल पर रहता है , और उसे गुलाबी रं ग नहीं पसंि है | B
और नीला रं ग पसंि िरने वाले िे बीच िो लोग रहते हैं | दजसे लाल रं ग पसंि है वह नारं गी
रं ग पसंि िरने वाले िे ठीि ऊपर रहता है | H िो ना गुलाबी पसंि है न भूरा| G और A िे
बीच िेवल तीन लोग रहते हैं | पीला पसंि िरने वाला व्यक्ि सफेि रं ग पसंि िरने वाले िे
ठीि ऊपर रहता है , दिन्तु सबसे शीर्ट तल पर नहीं| H और पीला रं ग पसंि िरने वाले
व्यक्ि िे मध्य िेवल 1 व्यक्ि रहता है | C और नीला रं ग पसंि िरने वाले व्यक्ि िे मध्य
िेवल 1 व्यक्ि रहता है | D सबसे दनचले तल पर रहता है |
Sol.
90
Seven friends P, M, J, Q, Z, V and F sit around a circular table. Some of
them are facing the centre while some are facing away from the centre.
They work in different companies viz. HCL, Mahindra, Infosys, IBM,
Accenture, Cognisant and TCS.
V sits to the immediate left of F and they face opposite directions. The one
who works in TCS sits third to the right of Z. Neither V nor F sits beside Z.
Either V or F works in TCS. The one who works in IBM sits second to the
left of Q. Q works in Infosys. Neither P nor M sits beside Q. Z faces the
centre. Q does not sit adjacent to Z. Z does not work in IBM. M sits second
to the right of V. Only two people sit between P and J. Q faces away from
the centre. J and P work in neither HCL nor Mahindra. P and Z face the
same direction. M and the one who works in TCS face same direction. Q
sits to the immediate left of the one who works in Cognisant.
V, F िे दनिटतम बां ये स्तथान पर बैठता है और वे िोनों दवपरीत दिशा में िे ख रहे हैं । एि जो
टीसीएस में िायट िरता है Z िे िां यीं ओर तीसरे स्तथान पर बैठा है । ना तो V ना F, Z िे समीप
बैठे हैं । या तो V या F टीसीएस में िायट िरते हैं । एि जो आईबीएम में िायट िरता है Q िे
बां यीं ओर िू सरे स्तथान पर बैठा है । Q, इन्तफोदसस में िायट िरता है । ना तो P ना M, Q िे
समीप बैठे हैं । Z िेन्तर िी ओर िे ख रहा है । Q, Z िे समीप नहीं बैठा है । Z, आईबीएम में िायट
नहीं िरता है । M, V िे िां यीं ओर िू सरे स्तथान पर बैठा है । P और J िे बीच में िेवल िो
व्तयक्तत बैठे हैं । Q िेन्तर से बाहर िी ओर िे ख रहा है । J और P ना तो एचसीएल ना मदहन्तरा में
िायट िरते हैं । M और एि जो टीसीएस में िायट िरता है समान दिशा में िे ख रहे हैं । Q,
िॉगनीसेंट में िायट िरने वाले िे बां यीं ओर दनिटतम स्तथान पर बैठा है ।
Sol.
91
Ten people are sitting in two parallel rows containing five
people each, in such a way that there is an equal distance
between adjacent persons. In row 1, P, Q, R, S and T are
seated and all of them are facing south. In row 2, A, B, C,
D and E are seated and all of them are facing north.
Therefore, in the given seating arrangement, each
member seated in a row faces another member of the
other row.
D sits third to the left of A. P faces immediate neighbour of
D. R sits second to the right of P. Only one person sits
between Q and S. B and E are immediate neighbours. E
does not face P and Q.
िस लोग िो समानां तर पंक्ि में बैठे हुए हैं दजनमें प्रत्येि में 5 लोग इस
प्रिार बैठे हुए हैं , दि आसन्न व्यक्ियों िे बीच बराबर िू री है । पंक्ि 1
में, P, Q, R, S और T बैठे हुए हैं और सभी िदिण िी ओर मुखररत
होिर बैठे हुए हैं । पंक्ि 2 में , A, B, C, D और E बैठे हुए हैं और वे
सभी उत्तर िी ओर मुखररत होिर बैठे हुए हैं । इसदलए, िी गई बैठि
व्यवस्था में, एि पंक्ि में बैठा हुआ प्रत्येि सिस्य िू सरी पंक्ि में बैठे
हुए अन्य सिस्य िी ओर मुखररत है ।
D,A िे बाएं से तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा हुआ है । P, D िे ठीि बगल िे
पडोसी िी ओर मुखररत है । R, P िे िाएं से िू सरे स्थान पर बैठा हुआ
है । िेवल एि व्यक्ि Q और S िे बीच में बैठा हुआ है । B और E
ठीि बगल िे पडोसी हैं । E, P और Q िी ओर मुखररत नहीं हैं ।
Sol.
92
Seven friends P, Q, R, S, T, U and V
are sitting in a straight line facing the
north, not necessarily in the same
order. T sits fourth to the left of V.
Neither T nor V sits at the extreme
ends. P sits third to the right of S. R sits
fourth to the left of U. R does not sit at
any of the extreme ends.
सात दमत्र P, Q, R, S, T, U और V एि सीधी
रे खा में उत्तर िी ओर मुख िरिे बैठे हैं ,
आवश्यि नहीं दि क्रम यही हो| T, V िे बायीं
ओर से च थे स्थान पर बैठा है | न तो T और न
ही V चरम अंतो पर बै ठे हैं | P, S िे िायीं ओर
से तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा है | R, U िे बायीं ओर
से च थे स्थान पर बैठा है | R दिसी भी चरम
अंतो पर नहीं बैठा है |
I Can And I Will Page 191
100-PUZZLES-PDF III
Sol.
93
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H are sitting in a
straight line at equal distances, but not necessarily in the
same order. Four of them are facing north and four of them
are facing south.
D who is facing south is sitting fourth to the left of H, who is
sitting between two persons facing opposite directions to each
other. Immediate neighbours of B face the same direction.
Neither D nor H sits at the extreme ends. G is sitting third to
the left of C and is sitting at one of the extreme ends. A and D
are immediate neighbours and face opposite directions to
each other. E is sitting to the immediate right of G, who is fifth
to the left of F. D and G face the same direction.
Sol.
94
Eight persons Abhinav, Balram, Chetna, Deepa, Esha, Furkan, Gagan and Harshit
are sitting in a straight line. Some persons are facing north and some are facing
south.
(A). Two persons sit between Gagan and Abhinav. The persons sitting at the
extreme ends face the opposite direction. Deepa faces towards the South
direction.
(B). Esha sits third to the right of Furkan. Abhinav sits second to the left of Esha.
(C). Balram sits third to the right of Deepa. Neither Balram nor Deepa is an
immediate neighbour of Abhinav.
(D). Gagan is third to the right of Abhinav who is the immediate right of Chetna.
(E). Balram is second to the right of Harshit.
(F). Abhinav is sitting at one of the extreme ends.
Sol.
95
A, B, C, D, E, F and G lives on a different floor of
the 7-storey building.Lowermost floor is numbered
1 and the topmost floor is numbered 7. Some of
them lives in 1-BHK while rest lives in 2-BHK
apartment.
There are 2 floors between B and D, B lives
above D who lives in 1-BHK apartment. No 2
consecutive floors have 1-BHK apartments. C
lives on a lowermost floor, immediately below G,
who lives in 1-BHK apartment. A lives above E
but not in 2-BHK apartment. F lives below E.
A, B, C, D, E, F और G सात मंदज़ला इमारत िी अलग-
अलग मंदज़लों पर रहते हैं । भूतल िो 1 संख्यां दित दिया है
और शीर्ट मंदज़ल िो 7 संख्यां दित दिया है । उनमें से िुछ
1-BHK में जबदि शेर् 2- BHK अपाटट मेंट में रहते हैं ।
B और D िे बीच में 2 मंदज़लें हैं , B, D िे ऊपर रहता है जो
1-BHK अपाटट मेंट में रहता है । दिसी भी 2 क्रदमि मंदज़लों
में 1-BHK अपाटट मेंट नहीं है । C भूतल पर G िे ठीि नीचे
रहता है , जो 1-BHK अपाटट मेंट में रहता है । A, E िे ऊपर
रहता है लेदिन 2- BHK अपाटट मेंट में नहीं रहता । F, E िे
नीचे रहता है ।
I Can And I Will Page 197
100-PUZZLES-PDF III
Sol.
96
A 8 floor building having floors
numbered one to eight, Shukla, Devraj,
Mathew, George , Mudit, Aryan and
Ryan each live on different floors. The
ground floor is numbered floor 1 while
the top floor is floor 8. One of the floors
in the building is commercial, rest all
the residential floors. Devraj lives on
the sixth floor. No floor below the fourth
floor is commercial. Also no even
numbered floor is commercial. Shukla
lives exactly between George and
Ryan. George does not live on an odd
numbered floor. George does not live
on a floor immediately above or
immediately below Mudit's floor. Aryan
does not live on the first floor. Mathew
lives on a floor immediately above the
commercial floor.
I Can And I Will Page 199
100-PUZZLES-PDF III
एि आठ-मंदजला इमारत िो 1 से 8 ति
क्रमादित दिया गया है , दजसिी अलग-अलग
मंदजलो पर शुक्ला, िे वराज, मैथेयु, जोजट, मुदित,
आयटन और रे यान रहते हैं | भूतल िो संख्या 1 से
क्रमादित दिया गया है जबदि सबसे ऊपर िी
मंदजल िो संख्या 8 से क्रमादित दिया गया है |
इस इमारत में एि मंदजल वादणक्िि है और
शेर् सभी मंदजलें आवासीय हैं | िे वराज छठी
मंदजल पर रहता है | च थी मंदजल से नीचे िी
िोई भी मंदजल वादणक्िि मंदजल नहीं है | इसिे
अलावा िोई भी सम संख्या क्रमां दित मंदजल
वादणक्िि मंदजल नहीं है । शुक्ला- जॉजट और
रे यान िे ठीि बीच में रहता है | जॉजट दवर्म
संख्या िी मं दजल पर नहीं रहता है | जॉजट, मुदित
िी मंदजल से ठीि ऊपर वाली मंदजल और ठीि
नीचे वाली मंदजल पर नहीं रहता है | आयटन पहली
मंदजल पर नहीं रहता है | मैथेयु वादणक्िि
मंदजल से ठीि ऊपर वाली मंदजल पर रहता है |
I Can And I Will Page 200
100-PUZZLES-PDF III
Sol.
97
Seven friends T, U, V, W, X, Y and Z
are sitting in a straight line facing north.
W sits fifth to the right of T. W does not
sit at any of extreme ends. Two people
sit between Z and X. Y sits third to the
left of U. Y sits exactly in the middle. Z
is not an immediate neighbour of Y.
Solution :
W sits fifth to the right of T. W does not
sit at any of extreme ends. It means T
is the leftmost and W is 2nd from the
right end. Y sits exactly in the middle
and Y sits third to the left of U. Thus U
is the right end. Two people sit between
Z and X. Z is not an immediate
neighbour of Y.
Hence the order is T Z V Y X W U
98
Seven people P, Q, R, S, T, U and V sitting around a circular table facing away from
the center and belongs to different countries viz India, China, Japan, France,
England, Russia and Pakistan. Each of them likes a different color viz, Pink, Red,
Brown, Yellow, Blue, Black and White but not necessarily in the same order.
The one who likes Brown is from China and is not P. T sits third to the right of the
one who is from Russia. R's immediate neighbors are P and S. The one who likes
White is from Pakistan. The one who likes Pink sits with the one who is from
France. R does not like Yellow. P sits second to the right of U. S likes Blue and
belongs to India. V has neighbors who like Black and Brown. Neither P or T is from
France. Q does not sit with V. The people from England and France are sitting
together. Neither P nor U is from Russia.
सात लोग P, Q, R, S, T, U और V एि गोल मेज िे चारों ओर िेंर से िू र मुंह िरिे बैठे हैं
और दवदभन्न िे शों अथाट त - भारत, चीन, जापान, फ्ां स, इं ग्लैंड, रूस और पादिस्तान में से
दिसी एि से सम्बंदधत है | उनमें से प्रत्येि एि अलग रं ग अथाट त, गुलाबी, लाल, भूरा, पीला,
नीला, िाला और सफेि में से एि िो पसंि िरते हैं , ले दिन जरूरी नहीं दि ये इसी क्रम में
हों।
भूरे रं ग िो पसंि िरने वाला व्यक्ि चीन से है और वह P नहीं है | T रूस से सम्बंदधत व्यक्ि
िे िाएं से तीसरे स्थान पर है | R, P और S िा पडोसी है | सिेि रं ग िो पसंि िरने वाला
व्यक्ि पादिस्तान से है | गुलाबी रं ग पसंि िरने वाला व्यक्ि फ्ां स से सम्बंदधत व्यक्ि िे
साथ बैठा है । R पीले रं ग िो पसंि नहीं िरता है | P, U िे िाएं से िू सरे स्थान पर बैठा है | S
िो नीला पसंि है और वह भारत से सम्बंदधत है । िाले और भूरे रं ग िो पसंि िरने वाले
व्यक्ि V िे पडोसी हैं । न तो P और न ही T फ्ां स से सम्बंदधत है । Q, V िे साथ नहीं बैठा है |
इं ग्लैंड और फ्ां स से सम्बंदधत व्यक्ि साथ में बैठे हैं | न तो P और न ही U रूस से सम्बंदधत
है ।
Sol.
99
Eight persons are sitting around a circular table named – Ram, Rama, Ramu, Raju,
Raja, Ramesh, Rupesh, and Rohit (not necessarily in the same order). They all are
facing to the centre and all of them are going to different places Jaipur, Delhi,
Gurugram, Noida, Bangalore, Kota, Mumbai, Mathura.
Ram is facing towards the southwest direction and he goes to Delhi. Ram is sitting
in front of the one who is going to Jaipur. Ramesh is sitting opposite to Rama, who
does not go to Gurugram and facing south. Ramu is facing north – west direction
and likes to go Noida. Rohit is going to Bangalore. Raja, who is going to kota is not
facing east direction and he is not sitting between Ram and Ramu. Rupesh is going
to Mumbai and is sitting opposite to one who is facing west. Raju is facing north –
east direction. The person who sits between the one who likes to go kota and
Delhi, is going to Mathura.
एि वृत्त
त ािार मेज िे चारों ओर बैठे व्तयक्ियों िे नाम क्रमश: राम, रामा, रामू, राजू , राजा,
रमेश, रूपेश और रोदहत हैं (आवश्तयि नहीं है दि इसी क्रम में हों)। सभी िा मुख िेन्तर िी
ओर है और वे सभी दवदभन्तन स्तथानों जयपुर, दिल्तली, गुरुग्राम, नोएडा, बंगल र, िोटा, मुंबई
और मथु रा िी यात्रा पर जा रहे हैं ।
राम िा मुख िदिण-पदिम दिशा में है और वह दिल्तली िी यात्रा िरता है । राम जयपुर िी
यात्रा िरने वाले व्तयक्ि िे सामने बैठा है । रमेश रामा िे दवपरीत बैठा है , जो गुरुग्राम िी
यात्रा नहीं िरता है और इसिा िदिण िी ओर मुख है । रामू िा मुख उत्ततर-पदिम दिशा में है
और वह नोएडा जाना पसंि िरता है । रोदहत बंगल र जा रहा है । राजा िोटा जा रहा है और
इसिा मुख पूवट दिशा में नहीं है और वह राम और रामू िे मध्तय नहीं बैठा है । रूपेश मुंबई जा
रहा है और वह पदिम दिशा में मुख वाले व्तयक्ि िे सामने बैठा है । राजू िा मुख उत्ततर-पूवट
दिशा में है । िोटा और दिल्तली जाना पसंि िरने वाले व्तयक्ि िे मध्तय में बैठा व्तयक्ि मथु रा जा
रहा है ।
Sol.
100
Sol.
**********************
PLEASE DO NOT SHARE THIS PDF BAHUT MEHNAT LAGTI HAI BANANE
ME OR 50 RS HAR KOI AFFORD KAR SAKTA HAI SO PLEASE SUPPORT
ME TO SUPPORT YOU.
IF YOU WANT TO JOIN TARGET BASED TELEGRAM GROUP
PURCHASE YEARLY MOCK TEST FROM www.bankingchronicle.co.in
and provide your telegram number while signup you will be added to
the group within 3 days of purchase.
TO JOIN DEMO TARGET TELEGRAM GROUP – SEARCH BANKING
CHRONICLE ON YOUR TELEGRAM APP
DEMO TARGET
Today's schedule
28th April
LIC AAO PRELIMS level
TARGET - 1
10 AM (ENGLISH)
ROLL NO. 281-350 PRE LEVEL Ke reasoning topics bhejenge like syllogism inequality blood relationship
direction alphanumeric series alphabet test coding decoding symbol coding etc.....
10.05 AM (HINDI)
ROLL NO. 5181-5250 same topic
1 PM - TARGET 1 POLLS
TARGET 2
1.25 PM (ENGLISH)
ROLL NO. 351-400 PRELIMS LEVEL PUZZLES AND SITTING ARRANGEMENT and data interpretation
5 PM - TARGET 2 POLLS
1. ONLY STUDENTS WITH ROLL NUMBERS MENTIONED ABOVE WILL SEND QUESTIONS
2. FIRST SOLVE THAT QUESTION YOURSELF AND IF YOU ARE ABLE TO SOLVE THEN ONLY SEND IT
:heart:
3. TAKE A CLEAR PICTURE OF QUESTION AND SOLUTION AND ATTACH BOTH FILES BEFORE SENDING
THEM
:heart:
5. STUDENTS OTHER THAN MENTIONED ROLL NUMBERS DO NOT SEND ANY QUESTIONS
8. BICH ME KOI BHI MSG NAHI KAREGA OR MUJHE KOI PERSONAL MSG NAHI KAREGA
9. KHUD SE SOLVE HO JATA HAI QUESTION TABHI BHEJNA TAKI AAPKO LEVEL KA PATA HO OR
DUSRON KA BHI TIME WASTE NA HO
:heart::heart::heart:
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
Sol.
I Can And I Will Page 6
100-PUZZLES-PDF IV
2.
Six students A, B, C, D, E and F of Class 10 has been chosen to be the
head of the class for different days of the week starting from Monday
to Saturday. The roll number of the students are 17, 18, 20, 21, 23 and
24 not necessarily in the same order.
The head of the class on Wednesday is Student D and on Saturday is B.
The student whose roll number is 20 becomes the head of the class on
Thursday. Student C becomes the head of the class just after student A.
The student with roll number 24 is the next student to become the
head of the class after student C. The head of the class on Monday is
neither Student E nor F. The difference of roll number of student B and
student F is 4. The difference between the roll number of the head of
the class on the first day of the week and last day of the week is 1.
किा 10के छह छात्र ं अथाण त् A, B, C, D, E तथा F क स िवार से शमनवार तक
सप्ताह के मवमभन्न मदन ं के मलए किा का है ड चुना जाता है । छात्र ं के र ल नम्बर
17, 18, 20, 21, 23 तथा 24 हैं लेमकन आवश्यक नहीं है मक इसी क्रि िें ह ।ं
बुिवार क किा का है ड छात्र D तथा शमनवार क छात्र B है । मजस छात्र का र ल
नम्बर 20 है वे गुरूवार क किा का है ड बनता है । छात्र C, छात्र A के तुरंत बाद
वाले मदन किा का है ड बनता है । मजस छात्र का र ल नम्बर 24 है वे अगला छात्र है
ज छात्र C के बाद किा का है ड बनता है । स िवार क किा का है ड न त छात्र E
न ही F है । छात्र B और छात्र F के र ल नम्बर की दू री 4है । सप्ताह के पहले मदन
तथा सप्ताह के अंमति मदन पर किा के है ड के र ल नम्बर के बीच दू री 1 है ।
SOL.
3
Six different events were to be held at six different places in
three different months March, May and July on either 1st or
31st such that only one event took at one place. IIFA was not
held at the last day of any month and also was not held in the
last month. The number of events taking place before IIFA is
one less than the number of events after it. OSCARS were held
in the last. FILMFARE was not held in the same month as that of
OSCARS or IIFA and was also not held first. STAR was held
exactly between FILMFARE and OSCARS. GUILD was held in the
last month. One of the events is ZEE.
छह मवमभन्न आय जन छह मवमभन्न स्थान ं पर तीन मभन्न-मभन्न िहीन -ं
िाचण, िई और जुलाई िें या त 1 अथवा 31 तारीख क तरह से आय मजत
मकया जाना था मक केवल एक आय जन ने एक स्थान पर ह | आईफा
मकसी भी िहीने के अंमति तारीख पर आय मजत नहीं मकया गया था और
अंमति िहीने िें भी इसे आय मजत नहीं मकया गया था| आईफा के पहले
ह ने वाली आय जन ं की संख्या उसके बाद ह ने वाली आय जन ं की
संख्या से एक कि है | ऑस्कसण अंत िें आय मजत मकया गया था|
मफल्मफेयर, ऑस्कसण और आईफा आय मजत ह ने वाले सिान िहीने िें
आय मजत नहीं मकया गया था और पहले स्थान पर भी आय मजत नहीं
मकया गया था| स्टार, मफल्मफेयर और ऑस्कसण के ठीक बीच िें
आय मजत मकया गया था| मगल्ड अंमति िहीने िें आय मजत मकया गया
था| आय जन िें एक आय जन जेडईई का भी था|
Sol.
4
Seven friends Puja, Trisha, Rajni, Suraj, Tina, Umesh and Vinit live in a seven-
storey building but not necessarily in the same order.
The ground floor is numbered 1 and the topmost floor is numbered 7. Each of
them belongs to a different city, viz Mumbai, Ranchi, Panji, Ernakulam, Bengaluru,
Muzaffarpur and cochin, but not necessarily in the same order
Puja lives on the fifth floor. The person who belongs to Cochin lives above Vinit.
There are two floor between Rajni and Tina. Neither Puja nor Rajni belongs to
Ranchi. There is only one floor between Puja and Rajni. The person who belongs
to Panaji lives on the topmost floor. The one who belongs to Muzaffarpur lives
just above Rajni. Tina lives on an even-numbered floor. Trisha belongs to
Ernakulam. There is only one floor between Umesh and the one who belongs to
Ranchi. There are three floor between Vinit and the one who belongs to Mumbai.
Rajni and Vinit do not belong to Bengaluru. Vinit lives on an even number floor.
सात मित्र पूजा, मत्रशा, रजनी, सूरज, टीना, उिे श और मवमनत एक सात िंमजल ईिारत िें रहते हैं
लेमकन आवश्यक नहीं है मक इसी क्रि िें ह ।ं
सबसे मनचली िंमजल सं ख्या 1तथा सबसे ऊपरी िंमजल संख्या 7 है । उनिें से प्रत्येक मवमभन्न शहर ं
अथाण त् िुम्बई, रां ची, पणजी, ईनाण कुलि, बैं गलुरू, िुजफ्फरपुर तथा क क्ति से संबंमित हैं लेमकन
आवश्यक नहीं है मक इसी क्रि िें ह ।ं
पूजा पां चवीं िंमजल पर रहती है । ज व्यक्ति क क्ति से संबंमित है वे मवमनत की िंमजल के ऊपर रहता
है । रजनी और टीना के बीच द िंमजलें हैं । न त पूजा न ही रजनी रां ची से संबंमित है । रजनी और
पूजा के बीच केवल एक िं मजल है | ज व्यक्ति पणजी से सं बंमित है वे सबसे ऊपरी िंमजल पर रहता
है । ज व्यक्ति िुजफ्फरपु र से सं बंमित है वे रजनी से तुरंत ऊपरी वाली िंमजल पर रहता है । टीना
एक सि सं ख्य ा वाली िंमजल पर रहती है । मत्रशा ईनाण कुलि से संबंमित है । उिेश और ज व्यक्ति
रां ची से संबंमित है के बीच केवल एक िं मजल है । मवमनत और ज व्यक्ति िुम्बई से सं बंमित है के बीच
तीन िंमजलें हैं । रजनी और मवमनत बैंगलुरू से सं बंमित नहीं है ।मवमनत एक सि संख्य ा वाली िंमजल
पर रहता है |
5
There are 6 boxes arranged in the form of a stack from bottom
to top numbered from 1-6 each having a different colour: BLUE,
PINK, GREEN, YELLOW, RED, ORANGE not necessarily in the
same order. It is further known that:
Blue box is at the even position but not at the top. Red box is
not adjacent to the green or yellow box. Orange box is at the
5th position. There are two boxes between pink and green box
where pink box is above the green one. Green box is not at the
bottommost position.
6 बॉक्स एक ढे र के रूप िें नीचे से ऊपर तक क्रिां मकत 1-6 से तक
व्यवक्तस्थत है तथा प्रत्येक नीला, गु लाबी, हरा, पीला, लाल, नारं गी मवमभन्न
रं ग ं की है , आवश्यक नहीं की क्रि यही ह | यह भी ज्ञात है मक:
नीला बॉक्स सि स्थान पर है लेमकन सबसे ऊपर नहीं है | लाल बॉक्स
हरा या पीला बॉक्स के आसन्न नहीं है | नारं गी रं ग का बॉक्स 5 वें स्थान
पर है | गु लाबी और हरा बॉक्स के बीच िें द बॉक्स हैं , वही गु लाबी बॉक्स
हरा बॉक्स के ऊपर है | हरा बॉक्स सबसे मनचले स्थान पर नहीं है |
Sol.
6
Seven persons P, Q, R, S, T, U and V watched movies on different
days starting from Monday to Sunday. They watch i.e. Logan,
Avatar, Inception, Superman, Thor, Avengers and Batman, but not
necessarily in the same order.
Three persons watched movie between U and the one who
watched Avengers and U watched movie before the one who
watched Avengers but not on Monday. P watched Inception with a
gap of a day, before the one who watched Avengers. One person
watched movie between P and the one who watched Logan. Q
watched Avatar just before U. One person watched movie between
Q and T. T didn’t watch movie on Thursday. S watched Batman
before R who watched Thor.
सात व्यक्तत
P, Q, R, S, T, U और V ने स िवार से रमववार तक मवमभन्न मदन ं
िें िूवी दे खी। उन्ह न
ं े ल गन,अवतार, इं सेप्शन, सूपरिैन, थॉर, एवेंजर और
बैटिैन दे खी, लेमकन आवश्यक नहीं मक इसी क्रि िें।
एवेंजर दे खने वाले और U के बीच िें तीन व्यक्ततय ं ने िूवी दे खी और U ने
एवेंजर दे खने वाले के पहले िूवी दे खी लेमकन स िवार क नहीं। P ने
इं सेप्शन िूवी एवेंजर दे खने वाले के पहले एक मदन के अन्तर िें दे खी। ल गन
दे खने वाले और P के बीच िें एक व्यक्तत ने िूवी दे खी। Q ने अवतार U के
ठीक एक मदन पहले दे खी। Qऔर T के बीच िें मसफण एक व्यक्तत ने िूवी
दे खी। T ने गुरुवार क िूवी नहीं दे खी। S ने थॉर दे खने वाले R के पहले
बैटिैन दे खी।
7
In a class, some girls challenged some boys for a 100m
race.There were 4 boys named arjun, David, Gaurav,
ketan and 4 girls Priya, Varsha, Shalini, Mohini. On the
race day they all stood in a row on a track facing north. It
is known that no two girls stand adjacent to each
other.Each boy is adjacent to one girl. Arjun and Gaurav
are adjacent to each other. Shalini is not at any end and
Varsha is to the left of David but not adjacent to him.
Priya is adjacent to David and Varsha is to the immediate
right of ketan.
एक किा िें, कुछ लड़मकय ं ने कुछ लड़क ं क 100 िीटर की
रे स की चुनौती दी| चार लड़के मजनका नाि अजुणन, डे मवड, गौरव
और केतन था और चार लड़मकयां मजनका नाि मप्रया, वर्ाण ,
शामलनी और ि महनी था| रे स वाले मदन वे सभी एक पंक्ति िें टर ै क
पर उत्तर मदशा की ओर िुखररत ह खड़े थे| जैसा मक ज्ञात है मक
क ई भी द लड़मकयां एक-दू सरे के आसन्न नहीं खड़ी थी| प्रत्येक
लड़का एक लड़की के आसन्न था| अजुणन और गौरव एक-दू सरे
के आसन्न थे| शामलनी पंक्ति के मकसी अंत पर नही ं थी और वर्ाण ,
डे मवड के बायें ओर थी लेमकन उसके आसन्न नही ं थी| मप्रया,
डे मवड के आसन्न थी और वर्ाण , केतन के मनकटति दायें ओर थी|
Sol.
8
Five boxes P, Q, R, S and T are kept one above another.
Their colours are i.e. Red, Pink, Yellow, Black and Blue,
not necessarily in the same order. One box is between Q
and Black box. Two boxes are between R and Black box.
One box is between Red and Pink box and neither of
them is at the bottom position. Box S is the yellow
coloured box. The number of boxes between R and T is
same as the number of boxes between Q and P. Box P is
not at the bottom or top. Red box is above the Blue box.
पााँ च बॉक्स P, Q, R, S और T एक दू सरे के ऊपर रखे हैं । उनके
रं ग लाल, गुलाबी, पीला, काला और नीला, आवश्यक नहीं की
इसी क्रि िें ह । Q और काले बॉक्स के िध्य एक बॉक्स है । R
और काले बॉक्स के िध्य द बॉक्स हैं । लाल और गुलाबी बॉक्स
के िध्य एक बॉक्स है और उनिें से क ई भी आिार की क्तस्थमत पर
नहीं है ।बॉक्स S पीले रं ग का है । R, T और Q, P के िध्य बॉक्स की
संख्या सिान है । बॉक्स P आिार और शीर्ण पर नही ं है । लाल
बॉक्स, नीले बॉक्स के ऊपर है ।
SOL.
9
Five friends scored different marks in a paper
which was of 100 marks. Abdullah scored more
than Baadshah but less than Chinar. 75 marks
were scored by Chinar. Dafiq scored less marks
than only one person who was Eijaz. The
minimum marks scored were 50 and the
maximum scored were 90 marks. One of the
persons scored 3/5th of the total marks.
पां च द स् ं ने 100 अंक ं के पेपर िें अलग-अलग
अंक अमजणत मकए| अब्दु ल्लाह,ने बादशाह से अमिक
लेमकन मचनार से कि अंक अमजणत मकये| मचनार ने
75 अंक अमजणत मकये| दमफक ने केवल एक व्यक्ति
से कि अंक अमजणत मकये ज एजाज़ था| सबसे कि
अमजणत अंक 50 था और अमिकति अमजणत अं क 90
था| एक व्यक्ति कुल अंक ं का 3/5 वां भाग अमजणत
करता है |
Sol.
So, the final arrangement is as follows.
Eijaz(90) > Dafiq > Chinar (75) > Abdullah (60)> Baadshah (50)
10
Six players P,Q,R,S,T,U went for a tournament. All of them went
for a different sport tournaent among Badminton, Cricket,
Football, Golf, Tennis and volleyball ( not necessarily in the
same order). Also, they were wearing the jersey of different
brands among Puma, nike, reebok, adidas, nivea and yonex
such that each one of them was wearing a unique brand.
Further it is known that R was wearing adidas jersey and did
not play golf or football. U who played Cricket was wearing nike
jersey. The one who played golf which was not T, was wearing
Nivea jersey. P played badminton and was not wearing yonex
or puma. The one playing volleyball did not wear adidas or
yonex jersey. Neither T nor S played football.
छह क्तखलाड़ी P,Q,R,S,T,U एक टू नाण िेंट के मलए गए। वे सभी बैडमिंटन,
मक्रकेट, फुटबॉल, ग ल्फ, टे मनस और वॉलीबॉल (आवश्यक नहीं मक
सिान क्रि िें ह )ं अलग स्प टण -अलग टू नाण िेंट िें गए। वे अलग-अलग
ब्ां ड पूिा, नाइक, रीबॉक, एमडडास, मनमवया, और य ने क्स की जसी भी
इस प्रकार पहने हुए थे मक उनिें से प्रत्येक एक अलग ब्ां ड पहने हुए था।
इसके साथ ही यह भी ज्ञात है मक R एमडडास की जसी पहने हुए था और
उसने ग ल्फ या फुटबॉल नहीं खेला था। U मजसने मक्रकेट खेला था वह
नाइक की जसी पहनी थी| ग ल्फ खेलने वाला, ज T नहीं था उसने
नीमवया की जसी पहनी थी| P बेडमिन्ट खेलता था और उसने य नेक्स या
प्यूिा की जसी नहीं पहनी थी| वॉली खेलने वाले ने अमडडस या य नेक्स
की जसी नहीं पहनी थी| ना त T और ना ही S ने फुटबॉल खेला था।
Sol.
11
Eight friends M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T are sitting around a circular table
but not necessarily in the same order. Only three of them are not facing
the center.
M sits third to the left of P and both are facing the same direction. O is
not facing the centre but sits second to the right of S. T is not an
immediate neighbour of either R or O. R sits second to the left of O and
is not an immediate neighbour of N. Q sits on the immediate left of R
and faces the same direction as N. The immediate neighbours of T face
the same direction.
आठ द स् ं M, N, O, P, Q, R, S और T एक ग ल िेज के चार ं ओर बैठे हैं ,
लेमकन जरूरी नहीं मक इसी क्रि िें बैठे ह ।ं उनिें से केवल तीन केंद्र की ओर
िुह करके नहीं बैठे हैं ।
M, P के बाएं से तीसरे स्थान पर बै ठा है और द न ं एक ही मदशा िें िुह करके बैठे
हैं । O केंद्र की ओर िुह करके नहीं बैठा है , लेमकन S के दाएं से दू सरे स्थान पर
बैठा है | T न त R का और न ही O का पड़ सी है | R, O के बाएं से दू सरे स्थान पर
बैठा है , और N का पड़ सी नहीं है | Q, R के मबल्कुल बाएं बैठा है और N के ही
सिान मदशा िें िुह करके बैठा है | T के पड़ सी सिान मदशा िें िुह करके बैठा
है |
SOL.
12
Sol.
13
Five persons A,B,C,D,E sit in row -I, facing north and five
persons P,Q,R,S,T sit in row -II facing south, not
necessarily in the same order. Each person from row -I
faces exactly one person from row II. The following is
known about them.
Only one person sits between P and R, none of them sit at
any end. R sits to the immediate left of the person who sits
opposite to A. Q sits third to the left of R and opposite to
the person who is a neighbour of C. B sits second to the
right of D, who does not sit opposite S.
पां च द स् A,B,C,D,E पंक्ति -I िें उत्तर की ओर िुखररत ह
बैठे हैं और पां च द स् P,Q,R,S,T पंक्ति -II िें दमिण की ओर
िुखररत ह बैठे हैं , आवश्यक नहीं की क्रि यही ह |पंक्ति- I के
प्रत्येक व्यक्ति पंक्ति- II के एक व्यक्ति के ठीक सािने िुखररत
है | मनम्नमलक्तखत उनके संबंि िें ज्ञात है |
P और R के बीच िें केवल एक व्यक्ति बैठा है , उनिें से क ई
मकसी अंत िें नही ं बैठे हैं | R, A के मवपरीत बैठने वाले व्यक्ति
के मनकटस्थ बाएं बैठा है | Q, R के बाएं तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा है
और C के पड़ सी व्यक्ति के मवपरीत बैठा है | B, D के दायें
दू सरे स्थान पर बैठा है , ज S के मवपरीत नहीं बैठा है |
Sol.
14
The eight-storey building has either 1-BHK or 2-BHK flat only. The
floors are numbered from 1 to 8 from bottom to top. 8 persons A,
B, C, D, E, F, G and H are living in the building.
G lives on the odd numbered floor and on the floor above C. C
lives on the floor number 4 in 2-BHK flat. All prime numbered
floors have same type of flats. Not more than 2 consecutive floors
have same type of flats. Number of 1-BHK flats and number of 2-
BHK flats are same. D lives in 2-BHK flat and lives on the floor
immediately below B. B lives on the floor immediately below A,
who lives in 1-BHK flat. Either E or F lives below G. H does not
live on the floor adjacent to F. H lives on the floor below E.
Sol.
15
P,Q,R,S,T,U,V and W are eight employees of an organization working in
three departments, viz HR, IT and Marketing with not more than three
of them in any department. Each of them has a different choice of color
from Green, Red, Pink, White, Brown, Black, Blue and Orange, not
necessarily in the same order.
S works in IT and does not like either Green or Red. U works in HR with
only P, who likes Orange. T and W do not work in the same department
as S. R likes Blue and does not work in Marketing. V does not work in IT
and does not like either Red or White. One of those who work in IT likes
Green. The one who likes Pink works in HR. None of those who work in
IT likes either White or Brown. W does not like Red.
एक संस्थ ान के आठ किणचारी P,Q,R,S,T,U,V और W तीन अलग-अलग मवभाग
जैसे- एचआर, आईटी,िाकेमटं ग िें काि करतें है । मकसी भी मवभाग िें तीन से
अमिक किणचारी काि नहीं करतें है । प्रत्येक अलग-अलग रं ग जैसे-
हरा, लाल, गुलाबी, सफेद,भूरा, काला, नीला और नारं गी रं ग पसंद करतें है
(लेमकन जरूरी नहीं मक इसी क्रि िें )।
S, आईटी मवभाग िें काि करता है और हरा या लाल रं ग पसं द नहीं करता
है । U केवल P के साथ एचआर मवभाग िें काि करता है , ज नारं गी रं ग पसंद
करता है । T और W उस मवभाग िें काि नहीं करतें है मजस मवभाग िें S काि
करता है । R नीला रं ग पसंद करता है और िाकेमटं ग मवभाग िें काि नहीं करता
है । V, आईटी मवभाग िें काि नहीं करता है और लाल या सफेद रं ग पसंद नहीं
करता है । आईटी िें काि करने वाले ल ग ं िें क ई एक हरा रं ग पसंद करता
है ।ज गुलाबी रं ग पसं द करता है वह एचआर मवभाग िें काि करता है । आईटी िें
काि करने वाला क ई भी किणचारी सफेद या भूरा रं ग पसंद नहीं करता
है । W लाल रं ग पसंद नहीं करता है ।
SOL.
16.
Eight persons are seated around a circular table facing
either the centre or away from the centre. One of the
persons is Arnav. Poorva sits second to the right of
Varshini, who faces away from the centre. The immediate
neighbours of Aditya and Nitya face opposite direction.
Nitya facing the centre is not an immediate neighbour of
either Ashwini or Varshini and faces Pranav, sitting facing
the centre. Poorva faces Apoorva. Not more than two
people sitting together face the same direction. Two
persons sit between Apoorva and Pranav and two persons
also sit between Apoorva and Aditya.
आठ व्यक्ति एक वृत्ताकार टे बल के चार ं ओर या त केंद्र की ओर या
बाहर की ओर िुखररत ह बैठे हैं | व्यक्तिय ं िें से एक अनणव है | पूवाण ,
वमर्णणी के दायें दू सरे स्थान पर खड़ी है , ज केंद्र से बाहर की ओर
िुखररत है | आमदत्य और मनत्या के मनकटस्थ पड़ सी मवपरीत मदशा की
ओर िुखररत हैं | मनत्या केंद्र की ओर िुखररत है और या त अमिनी या
वमर्णणी का मनकटस्थ पड़ सी नहीं है और प्रणव की ओर िुखररत है , ज
केंद्र की ओर िुखररत ह बैठा है | पूवाण , अपूवाण की ओर िुखररत है | एक
साथ बैठने वाले द से अमिक व्यक्ति सिान मदशा की ओर िुखररत
नहीं है | अपू वाण और प्रणव के बीच िें द व्यक्ति बैठे हैं और अपूवाण और
आमदत्य के बीच िें भी द व्यक्ति बैठे हैं |
Sol.
17.
ix people A,B,C,D,E,F ate different kinds of food among
POHA,COFFEE,IDLI,PARATHA,OATS and BREAD.
These food items were consumed on different days of the
week, where the week starts from Monday. Each person
consumed a different food item and on different day.
Further it is known that C had Paratha on Thursday. F had
Idli immediately after the one who had Poha. B ate on
Friday. E ate bread. There were three people who ate
between F and E where E ate after F. Coffee was
consumed between F and C but not by A.
छह व्यक्तिय ं A,B,C,D,E,F ने प हा, कॉफ़ी, इडली, पराठा, ओट् स
और ब्ेड िें से अलग-अलग मकस्म का खाना खाया| इन खाद्य पदाथों
क सप्ताह के मवमभन्न मदन ं िें उपभ ग मकया गया, जहााँ सप्ताह
स िवार से शुरू ह ता है | प्रत्येक व्यक्ति मभन्न-मभन्न भ ज्य पदाथण का
अलग-अलग मदन उपभ ग करता है | इसके अमतररि यह भी ज्ञात है
मक C ने गु रुवार क पराठा खाया| मजसने प हा खाया था, उसके ठीक
बाद F ने इडली खायी| B ने शुक्रवार क खाया| E ने ब्ेड खायी| F
और E के बीच िें तीन व्यक्तिय ं ने खाना खाया, जहााँ E ने F के बाद
खाया| कॉफ़ी का उपभ ग F और C के बीच िें मकया गया, लेमकन A
द्वारा नहीं|
Sol.
18
Three ladies and four men are a group of friends, i.e. A, B, C, D, E, F
and G. Each one has a different profession, i.e. Judge, Builder, Pilot,
Nurse, Teacher, Architect and Engineer and each one owns a
different car, i.e. Safari, Polo, Ciaz, Duster, Amaze, Ritz and Zen, not
necessarily in that order.
None of the ladies is an Architect or a Judge. A is a Pilot and she
owns an Amaze car. B owns a Ritz. G is not a Nurse. C is an Engineer
and he owns Polo. D is a Judge and does not own Safari. E is an
Architect and owns Ciaz. The Nurse owns Zen car whereas the
Teacher owns Ritz. The Builder owns a Safari. None of the ladies
own a Ritz.
A, B, C, D, E, F और G, तीन िमहला और चार पुरूर् मित्र ं का एक ग्रुप है ।
प्रत्येक का एक अलग व्यवसाय जैसे-जज, मबल्डर, पायलट, नसण, अध्यापक,
वास्तुकार और इं जीमनयर है और प्रत्येक अलग-अलग कार जैसे-सफारी,
प ल , मसयाज, डस्टर, अिेज, ररट् ज और जेन का िामलक है लेमकन जरूरी
नहीं इसी क्रि िें।
क ई भी िमहला वास्तुकार अथवा जज नहीं है । A एक पायलट है और वह
अिेज कार रखती है । B, ररट् ज कार का िामलक है । G, नसण नहीं है । C,
इं जीमनयर है और वह प ल का िामलक है । D एक जज है और सफारी का
िामलक नहीं है । E एक वास्तुकार है और मसयाज का िामलक है । नसण के पास
जेन कार है जबमक अध्यापक के पास ररट् ज कार है । मबल्डर, सफारी का
िामलक है । क ई भी िमहला ररट् ज की िामलक नहीं है ।
SOL.
19.
Eight people P,Q,R,S,T,U,V,W were born on
23rd march but in different year among
1965,1974,1980,1981,1987,1992,1996 and
2000. Further it was known that T was born in
1987.R was 4 years elder to V.Q and S were
born in consecutive years where Q was elder to
S. P was born before S. Neither W nor P were
the eldest. W was not born immediately after T
आठ व्यक्ति P, Q, R, S, T, U, V और W अलग-अलग
वर्ों अथाण त 1965, 1974, 1980, 1981, 1987, 1992,
1996 और 2000 िें 23 िाचण क पैदा हुए थे | इसके
अलावा यह ज्ञात था मक T वर्ण 1987 िें पैदा हुआ था| R
आयु िें V से 4 वर्ण बड़ा था| Q और S क्रमिक िहीन ं िें
पैदा हुए थे, जहां Q आयु िें S से बड़ा था| P, S से पहले
पैदा हुआ था| न त W और न ही P आयु िें सबसे बड़े
था| W, T के ठीक बाद पैदा नहीं हुआ था|
Sol.
20.
Seven persons Tina, Vini, Yasir, Rishi, Sanya, Pankaj and Urmila live on the
separate floors of a 7- floor building. Ground floor is number one; second floor is
number two and so on. Each of them goes to a city viz. Paris, Istanbul, Shanghai,
Durban, London, Madrid and Dubai but not necessarily in the same order.
Only three people live above the floor on which Sanya lives. Only one person lives
between Sanya and the one who goes to Paris. Vini lives just below the person
who goes to Madrid. Only three people live between the one who goes to Paris
and London. The person who goes to Madrid lives on an even numbered floor.
Urmila lives just above Rishi. Urmila does not go to London. Only two persons live
between Pankaj and the one who goes to Durban. Pankaj lives above the person
who goes to Durban. Yasir does not go to Istanbul. Tina does not live just above or
just below Sanya. The one who goes to Shanghai does not live just above or just
below Pankaj.
सात व्यक्ति अथाण त् टीना, वीनी, यासीर, ऋमर्, सानया, पंकज और उमिणला एक 7- िंमजला
ईिारत की अलग-अलग िंमजल ं पर रहते हैं । सबसे मनचली िंमजल संख्या 1 है ; दू सरी िंमजल
संख्या 2 और बाकी भी इसी तरह हैं । उनिें से प्रत्येक एक शहर अथाण त् पेररस, इस्ां बुल,
शं घाई, डरबन, लं दन, िैमडरड और दु बई जाते हैं ले मकन आवश्यक नहीं है मक इसी क्रि िें ह ।ं
केवल तीन ल ग उस िंमजल के ऊपर रहते हैं मजस पर सामनया रहती है । सामनया और पे ररस
जाने वाले व्यक्ति के बीच केवल एक व्यक्ति रहता है । वीनी उस व्यक्ति के एक दि नीचे
रहती है ज िैमडरड जाता है । पेररस और लं दन जाने वाले व्यक्ति के बीच केवल तीन ल ग रहते
हैं । वह व्यक्ति ज िैमडरड जाता है वह सि संख्या वाली िंमजल पर रहता है । उमिणला ऋमर् के
एक दि ऊपर रहती है । उमिणला लं दन नहीं जाती है । केवल द ल ग पंकज और उस व्यक्ति
के बीच रहते हैं ज डरबन जाता है । पंकज उस व्यक्ति के ऊपर रहता है ज डरबन जाता है ।
यासीर इस्ां बुल नहीं जाता है । टीना, सानया के एक दि ऊपर या एक दि नीचे नहीं रहती
है । ज शं घाई जाता है वह पंकज के एक दि ऊपर या एक दि नीचे नहीं रहता है ।
SOL.
21.
Eight friends Rajesh, Ravi, Ravish, Ravishankar, Ravindra,
Ravikanth, Ravneet & Ramesh go to a gym. There they got
different lockers which are one above other. The lowermost locker
is numbered 1 & topmost locker is numbered 8.
Ravish locker number is thrice the locker number of Ravishankar.
Ramesh's locker number is more than both Ravikanth &
Ravindra's but less than Rajesh's locker number.Rajesh locker
number is immediate next to Ravi's locker number. Ravneet and
ravi's locker number is not 8. There are 4 lockers between
Ravishankar & Ravi's locker. Number of lockers between Ramesh
& Ravindra's locker is equal to number of lockers between Rajesh
& Ravikanth's locker.
Sol.
22.
A building has eight floors from 1 to 8 in such a way that ground
floor is numbered 1, the above floor is numbered 2 and so on.
The topmost floor is numbered 8. Eight persons S, T, U, V, W, X,
Y and Z are staying each on one of these floors. X is staying on
floor 6. There is a gap of three persons between S and V. Z is
staying on the topmost floor. W is staying in the middle of T
and U. V is staying on the floor 1. U is not an immediate
neighbor of S.
एक इिारत िें 1 से 8 तक आठ िंमजलें इस प्रकार हैं मक भू तल पहला उ
ससे ऊपर का तल दू सरा और इसीप्रकार सबसे ऊपर का तल 8 है । आ
ठ व्यक्तत S, T, U, V, W, X,
Y और Z प्रत्येक िंमजल पर रहते हैं । Xछठवीं िंमजल पर है । S और V की
िंमजल के बीच िें तीन व्यक्तत हैं । Z सबसे ऊपर की िं मजल पर है । W,
Tऔर U के बीच िें है । V पहली िंमजल पर है । U,
S का मनकटति पड़ सी नहीं है ।
SOL.
23.
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H were seated in two rows
such that four of them were seated in row 1 facing the North and
four of them were in row 2 facing the South. In both rows the
persons were seated equidistant from each other such that every
person was seated facing another person from the other row.
• F was seated 2nd to the right of H who was not seated at the
extreme end.
• H was seated opposite to G's neighbour
• G was to the immediate right of C
• B faced North and was neighbouring the one who faced A
• A was 2nd to the left of D
आठ व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H द पंक्तिय ं िें इस प्रकार से बैठे थे
मक उनिें से चार पंक्ति 1 िें उत्तर की ओर िुखररत ह कर बैठे थे और उनिें से
चार पंक्ति 2 िें दमिण की ओर िुखररत ह कर बैठे थे | द न ं पंक्तिय ं िें व्यक्ति
एक-दू सरे से सिान दू री पर इस प्रकार से बैठे थे मक प्रत्येक व्यक्ति दू सरी पंक्ति
के अन्य व्यक्ति के सािने िुख करके बै ठा था|
• F, H के दायीं ओर से दू सरे स्थान पर बै ठा था, ज चरि अंत पर नहीं बैठा था|
• H, G के पड़ सी के मवपरीत बै ठा था|
• G, C के ठीक दायीं ओर था|
• B उत्तर की ओर िुखररत था और A की ओर िुखररत व्यक्ति का पड़ सी था|
• A, D के बायीं ओर से दू सरा था|
Sol.
24.
M, N, O, P, Q, R and S live in a seven storey building. The lower-most
floor is numbered 1; floor above it is numbered 2 and so on. There are
four males and three females among them.
* S lives in floor no. 2.
* No female lives above the floor in which N lives. S and N are females.
* P lives on an odd numbered floor and he doesn't live either on the
top-most or lower-most floor.
* Q lives on the top - most floor.
* None of the female lives at the lower-most or top-most floor.
* R lives just below O. O is a Female.
* No two male or female live immediately above or below each other.
M, N, O, P, Q, R और S एक सात िंमजला इिारत िें रहते हैं । सबसे मनचली
िंमजल संख्या 1 है ; इससे ऊपर वाली सं ख्या 2 है इसी प्रकार आगे भी हैं । उनिे
चार पुरुर् और तीन िमहलाएं हैं ।
* S िंमजल संख्या 2 पर रहता है ।
* N मजस िंमजल पर रहता है उससे ऊपर क ई िमहला नहीं रहती है । S और N
िमहलाएं हैं ।
* P एक मवर्ि संख्या की िंमजल पर रहता है और वह या त सवोि या सबसे
मनचली िंमजल पर नहीं रहता है ।
* Q सबसे ऊपरी िंमजल पर रहता है ।
* क ई भी िमहला सबसे मनचली या सवोि िंमजल पर नहीं रहती है ।
* R, O के ठीक नीचे रहता है | O एक िमहला है ।
* क ई भी द पुरुर् या द िमहला एक दू सरे के ठीक ऊपर या नीचे नहीं रहते हैं ।
SOL.
25.
Six people A,B,C,D,E & F went to the Jumanji
museum on 18th, 24th and 29th of the month of
July, September, November. Each of them went
on a different day. Further it was known that F
did not go on 18th September. A went on 18th
November. B was the last person to visit the
museum. F went after C but before D.D went on
29th of a month. At least two people visited
each month. Nobody went on the same date as
on E went.
छह व्यक्ति A,B,C,D,E और F जुलाई, मसतम्बर और
नवम्बर के िहीने की 18, 24 और 29 तारीख पर जिुना
म्यूमज़यि गए| उनिें से प्रत्ये क मभन्न-मभन्न मदन ं पर गए|
आगे यह भी ज्ञात था मक F 18 मसतम्बर क नहीं गया था|
A 18 नवम्बरकी तारीख पर गया था| B म्यूमज़यि दे खने
वाला अंमति व्यक्ति था| F, C के बाद लेमकन D से पहले
गया| D एक िहीने की 29 तारीख पर गया| प्रत्येक िहीने
कि से कि द व्यक्ति दे खने गए| क ई भी व्यक्ति E की
सिान तारीख पर म्यूमज़यि दे खने नहीं गया|
Sol.
26.
D, E, F, G, H, I, J and K are eight persons. Each of them belongs to a
different places, viz Goa, Jaipur, Pune, Indore, Ranchi, Kerala, Kolkata
and Mumbai. Each of them likes a different Colors, viz Red, Black, Blue,
Green, Orange, Pink, Grey and Yellow, but not necessarily in the same
order.
D, who likes Grey belongs to neither Mumbai nor Ranchi. E belongs to
Indore and does not like either Red or Blue. The one who belongs to
Goa likes Green. The one who likes Yellow belongs to Jaipur and the
one who belongs to Kolkata likes Black. K doesn’t like Orange. H and I
like Black and Pink, though not necessarily in the same order. G likes
Yellow. J belongs to Kerala and doesn’t like Red. The one who belongs
to Ranchi likes Pink. F does not belongs to Mumbai. The one who
belongs to Pune doesn’t like either Blue or Orange.
D, E, F, G, H, I, J और K आठ ल ग हैं । उनिें से प्रत्येक मवमभन्न स्थान ं जैसे ग आ,
जयपुर, पुणे, इन्दौर, रााँ ची, केरल, क लकाता और िुम्बई से है । उनिें से प्रत्येक
मवमभन्न रं ग जैसे लाल, काला, नीला, हरा, नारं गी, गुलाबी, ग्रे और पीला पसन्द
करता है , लेमकन जरूरी नहीं मक इसी क्रि िें।
D, ज ग्रे रं ग पसन्द करता है ना त िुम्बई और न ही रााँ ची से सम्बक्तित है । E
इन्दौर से सम्बक्तित है और ना त लाल और ना ही नीला रं ग पसन्द करता है ।
ग आ से सम्बक्तित व्यक्ति हरा रं ग पसन्द करता है । वह ज पीला रं ग पसन्द करता
है जयपुर से सम्बक्तित है और ज क लकाता से संबंमित है काला रं ग पसन्द करता
है । K, नारं गी रं ग पसन्द नहीं करता है । H और I, काला तथा गु लाबी पसन्द करते
हैं यद्यमप इसी क्रि िें नहीं। G, पीला पसन्द करता है । J, केरल से सम्बक्तित है
और लाल नहीं पसन्द करता है । एक ज रााँ ची से सम्बक्तित है गु लाबी पसन्द करता
है । F, िुम्बई से सम्बक्तित नहीं है । एक ज पुणे से सम्बक्तित है नीला या नारं गी
पसन्द नहीं करता है ।
I Can And I Will Page 56
100-PUZZLES-PDF IV
SOL.
27.
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H lived in a building with 8
floors. The floors were numbered 1-8 from bottom to top and each
floor was of different colour red, yellow, orange, pink, green, blue,
purple and white not necessarily in the same order. Only one
person lived on each floor and none of the floors was vacant.
F's floor number was thrice as that of the floor number of the
green floor. The yellow floor had a floor number 4 times as that of
the floor number of the green floor. A lived just below the yellow
floor. There were 2 floors between B and H and H lived on one of
the floors above B. The floor number of H was even. G lived in the
purple floor just above E. 7th floor was red in colour. C lived just
below the pink floor. Blue floor was just above the white floor. D
did not live in the orange floor.
आठ व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H 8 िंमजला इिारत िें रहते थे |
िंमजल ं क नीचे से ऊपर तक 1-8 से क्रिां मकत मकया गया था और प्रत्येक
िंमजल का रं ग लाल, पीला, नारं गी, गुलाबी, हरा, नीला, बैंगनी और सफ़ेद मभन्न-
मभन्न था, आवश्यक नहीं की क्रि यही ह | प्रत्येक िंमजल पर केवल एक व्यक्ति
रहता था और क ई भी िंमजल खाली नहीं थी|
F की िंमजल संख्या हरी िंमजल की िंमजल संख्या का मतगुना थी| पीली िंमजल
की िंमजल संख्या हरी िंमजल की िंमजल संख्या का 4 गुना थी| A, पीली िंमजल
के ठीक नीचे रहता था| B और H के बीच िें 2 िंमजल थी और H, B के ऊपर
की िंमजल पर रहता था| H की िंमजल संख्या सि थी| G, बैं गनी िंमजल िें E के
ठीक ऊपर रहता था| सातवीं िंमजल का रं ग लाल था| C, गु लाबी िंमजल के
ठीक नीचे रहता था| नीली िंमजल, सफ़ेद िंमजल के ठीक ऊपर थी| D, नारं गी
रं ग की िंमजल िें नहीं रहता था|
Sol.
28.
Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are going to visit
eight different countries viz—China, India, France,
Russia, Canada, Australia, US and Japan. They are sitting
around a circle facing outward the centre but not
necessarily in the same order.
F sits second to the left of the one who is going to visit
Russia. The one who is going to visit US is an
immediate neighbour of the one who is going to visit
Russia. Two persons sit between the one who is going
to visit US and B. C and E are immediate neighbours of
each other. Neither C nor E is an immediate neighbour
of either B or the one who is going to visit Russia. The
one who is going to visit France sits second to the left
of D, who is going to visit India. G and the one who is
going to visit China are immediate neighbours of each
other. B is not going to visit China. Only one person sits
between C and D. H sits third to the right of the one
who is going to visit Japan. The one who is going to
visit Australia sits second to the right of the one who is
going to visit Canada.
SOL.
29.
Ten people are sitting in two parallel rows containing five people in
each row in such a way that there is equal distance between adjacent
persons. In row 1, P,Q,R,S and T are seated ( but not necessarily in the
same order) and all of them are facing north. In row 2, U,V,W,X and Y
are seated (But not necessarily in the same order) and all of them are
facing south. Therefore, in the given seating arrangement each member
seated in a row faces another member of the row.
Y sits at one of the extreme ends of the line. Only two people sit
between Y and U. The one who faces U sits on the immediate left of R.
Only one person sits between R and Q. The one who faces Q sits on the
immediate left of V. T sits second to the right of P. Neither Q nor R,
faces X.
दस ल ग द सिां तर पंक्तिय ं िें बैठे है , प्रत्येक पंक्ति िें पां च ल ग इस प्रकार से
बैठे हैं की साथ िें बै ठे द ल ग ं के बीच सिान दू री है | पंक्ति 1 िें , P,Q,R,S और T
बैठे हैं (मकन्तु अमनवायणत: सिान क्रि िें नहीं) और उन सभी का चेहरा उत्तर की
तरफ है | पंक्ति 2 िें , U,V,W,X और Y बैठे हैं (मकन्तु अमनवायणत: सिान क्रि िें
नहीं) और उन सभी का चेहरा दमिण की तरफ है | इसमलए, दी गयी व्यवस्था िें
एक पंक्ति िें बैठा प्रत्येक व्यक्ति दू सरी पं क्ति िें बैठे व्यक्ति के सािने बैठा है |
Y पंक्ति के एक छ र पर है | Y और U के िध्य केवल द ल ग बैठे हैं | ज U के
सािने बैठा है वह R के बायीं तरफ बगल िें है | R और Q के िध्य केवल एक
व्यक्ति बैठा है | ज Q के सािने बैठा है वह V के बायीं तरफ बगल िें बैठा है | T, P
के दायीं तरफ दु सरे स्थान पर बै ठा है | ना त Q या R, X के सािने बैठा है |
SOL.
30.
In the year 2017, number of visitors to a hill station in months -
January, April, May, July, August and December, were different.
• Number of visitors in April were more than that in August and
January.
• At least two months have more visitors than in April.
• Number of visitors in neither May nor January nor August were
the minimum.
• Number of visitors in July are more than that in December and,
that in May are more than in July.
वर्ण 2017 िें , जनवरी, अप्रैल, िई, जुलाई, अगस् और मदसंबर के िहीन ं िें
एक पहाड़ी स्टे शन पर आगंतुक ं की सं ख्या मभन्न-मभन्न थी|
• अप्रैल िहीने िें आगंतुक ं की संख्या अगस् और जनवरी िहीने से अमिक थी|
• कि से कि द िहीने िें अप्रैल िहीने से अमिक आगन्तुक थे |
• आगंतुक ं की संख्या न त िई िहीने िें , न जनवरी िहीने िें और न ही अगस्
िहीने िें न्यूनति थी|
• जुलाई िहीने िें आगंतुक ं की संख्या मदसम्बर िहीने िें आगंतुक ं की संख्या से
अमिक है और िई िहीने िें जुलाई से अमिक है |
Sol.
We get,
May > July > April > August/January
> January/August > December
31.
Six persons Abhay, Bindu, Carol, Drishti, Gagan, and
Hitesh participated in a running race and each of them
completed the race in different positions. Drishti finished
the race after only two other persons finished the race.
Hitesh is the person to finish the race exactly before
Abhay and exactly after Carol. Gagan is not the first
person to finish the race. Abhay comes last in the race.
छह ल ग अभय, मबंदू, कैर ल, दृक्तट
, गगन और महतेश ने एक
दौड़ प्रमतय मगता िें भाग मलया और उनिें से प्रत्येक ने अलग-
अलग स्थान ं पर दौड़ सिाप्त की। दृक्तट ने केवल द ल ग ं के
बाद दौड़ सिाप्त की। महतेश ने अभय के ठीक पहले और कैर ल
के ठीक बाद दौड़ सिाप्त की। गगन ने सबसे पहले स्थान पर
दौड़ नहीं सिाप्त की। अभय दौड़ िें सब आक्तखरी आता है |
SOL.
Drishti finished the race after only two other persons finished the race.
Hitesh is the person to finish the race exactly before Abhay and exactly
after Carol. Gagan is not the first person to finish the race. Abhay
comes last in the race.
Bindu > Gagan > Drishti > Carol > Hitesh > Abhay
32.
Sol.
33.
Eight friends - A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H - are sitting around a circular table,
but not necessarily in the same order, four of them are facing inside and the
other four are facing outside. All eight friends like different colors – Green,
Red, Yellow, Orange, Violet, Blue, Black, and White but not necessarily in the
same order.
A likes Violet. F is sitting to the third right of the person who likes Black. D
likes Yellow and faces the person who likes Blue. G sits third to the right of
B, who likes Green. E is sitting between the person who likes Yellow and the
one who likes White respectively. H is the immediate neighbor of the
persons who like Violet and Blue. C likes Red. The person who likes Black is
facing the same direction as the person who likes Orange. E is on the
immediate left of D. No two persons facing same direction sit adjacent to
each other.
आठ व्यक्ति अथाण त् A, B, C, D, E, F, G तथा H एक वृत्ताकार िेज के चार ं ओर बै ठे हैं ,
लेमकन आवश्यक नहीं है मक इसी क्रि िें ह ,ं इनिें चार का िुख अं दर की ओर तथा
अन्य चार का िुख बाहर की ओर है । सभी आठ व्यक्ति मवमभन्न रं ग ं अथाण त् हरा, लाल,
पीला, नारं गी, बैं गनी, नीला, काला तथा सफेद क पसंद करते हैं ले मकन आवश्यक नहीं
है मक इसी क्रि िें ह ।ं
A क बैं गनी रं ग पसंद है । F उस व्यक्ति की दाईं ओर से तीसरे स्थान पर है मजसे काला
रं ग पसंद है । D क पीला रं ग पसंद है तथा उसका िुख नीले रं ग क पसंद करने वाले
व्यक्ति की ओर है । G, B मजसे हरा रं ग पसंद है , की दाईं ओर से तीसरे स्थान पर है । E
मजस व्यक्ति क क्रिश: पीला रं ग पसंद है तथा मजस व्यक्ति क सफेद रं ग पसंद है के
बीच बै ठा है । H मजस व्यक्ति क बैं गनी तथा नीला रं ग पसंद है का तत्काल पड़ सी है । C
क लाल रं ग पसंद है । मजस व्यक्ति क काला रं ग पसंद है तथा मजस व्यक्ति क नारं गी
रं ग पसंद है का िुख एक ही मदशा की ओर है । E, D के तुरंत बाईं ओर है । मजन
व्यक्तिय ं का िुख एक ही मदशा की ओर है वह एक-दू सरे के आसन्न नहीं बै ठे हैं ।
SOL.
34.
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H shared their
birthdays i.e. they were born on the same date i.e. on
31st July but in different years. The years were 1974,
1977, 1982, 1984, 1989, 1992, 1996 and 1997 not
necessarily in the same order. Consider the age as on
31st July 2018.
· G was born in a leap year.
· Only 1 person was born between G and E. G was elder
to E
· F was 10 years elder to H
· Number of persons born before B was equal to the
number of persons born after C. B was elder to C
· D was born after 1985.
आठ व्यक्तिय ं A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H का जन्ममदन सिान है ,
यानी वे एक ही मदनां क अथाण त 31 जुलाई क पैदा हुए थे, लेमकन
मवमभन्न वर्ों िें। ये वर्ण 1974, 1977, 1982, 1984, 1989, 1992,
1996 और 1997 हैं , आवश्यक नहीं की क्रि सिान ह । 31 जुलाई
2018 के अनुसार आयु िानें।
. G लीप वर्ण िें पैदा हुआ था।
. G और E के बीच केवल 1 व्यक्ति पैदा हुआ था। G, E से बड़ा था।
. F, H से आयु िें 10 वर्ण बड़ा था।
. B से पहले पै दा हुए व्यक्तिय ं की संख्या, C के बाद पैदा हुए
व्यक्तिय ं की संख्या के बराबर थी। B, C से बड़ा था।
. D का जन्म वर्ण 1985 के बाद िें हुआ था।
Sol.
35.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are eight students of a school. They study in
standards VI, VII, and VIII with not more than three in any standard. Each of
them has a favorite subject from Physics, Geography, English, Marathi,
Mathematics, Chemistry, Biology and Economics but not necessarily in the
same order.
D likes Chemistry and studies in standard VIII with only H. B does not study
in standard VII. E and A study in the same standard but not with B. C and F
study in the same standard. Those who study in standard VI do not like
Mathematics or Biology. F likes Physics. The one who studies in standard VIII
likes English. C does not like Geography. A's favorite subject is Marathi and G
does not like Biology.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक स्कूल के आठ छात्र हैं । वे किा VI, VII और VIII िें
पढ़ते हैं , मकसी भी किा िें तीन से अमिक छात्र नहीं पढ़ते हैं । प्रत्येक छात्र का पसंदीदा
मवर्य जै से- भौमतक मवज्ञान, भू ग ल, अं ग्रेजी, िराठी, गमणत, रसायन मवज्ञान, जीव
मवज्ञान और अथण शास्त्र हैं , लेमकन जरूरी नहीं है मक इसी क्रि िें ह ।
D, रसायन मवज्ञान पसं द करता है और वह किा VIII िें केवल H के साथ पढ़ता है । B,
किा VII िें नहीं पढ़ता है । E और A सिान किा िें पढ़ते हैं लेमकन वे B के साथ नहीं
पढ़ते हैं । C और F सिान किा िें पढ़ते हैं । ज छात्र किा VI िें पढ़ता है , उसका
पसंदीदा मवर्य गमणत अथवा जीव मवज्ञान नहीं है । F, भौमतक मवज्ञान पसंद करता है ।
ज किा VIII िें पढ़ता है , वह अं ग्रेजी पसंद करता है । C, भू ग ल नहीं पसंद करता है । A
का पसंदीदा मवर्य िराठी है और G, जीव मवज्ञान पसंद नहीं करता है ।
SOL.
36.
Due to increasing prices of fuel, in a week spanning from
Monday to Sunday, different cities did protest. Each city
protested on a different day of the week.
• There are two days between Delhi's and Kanpur's
protest, Delhi's being before Kanpur's.
• Kolkata made protest on Tuesday.
• Bangalore protested immediately before Kanpur.
• Only one city protested between Bangalore and Jaipur,
which protested after Mumbai.
• Lucknow didn't protest on Monday.
Sol.
37.
Eight persons M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T are sitting in a straight line and facing
north. Their ages are i.e. 15, 17, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26 and 29 years, not
necessarily in the same order.
O is 18 years old. Two persons are sitting between O and N. The one who is
15 years old is 2nd to the right of N. M is 5 years younger to P. R is 22 years
old. P is not the eldest person in the group. Q is 3rd to the left of M. Q is at
one of the ends. Two persons are sitting between M and P. T is not neighbor
of P. S is 2nd to the left of R. T is 7 years elder to N. S is elder to R but
younger to Q.
आठ व्यक्ति अथाण त् M, N, O, P, Q, R, S तथाT एक सीिी पं क्ति िें उत्तर की ओर िुख
करके बै ठे हैं ।उनकी आयु 15, 17, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26 तथा 29 है लेमकन आवश्यक
नहीं है मक इसी क्रि िें ह ।ं
O, 18 वर्ण का है । O तथा N के बीच द व्यक्ति बै ठे हैं । ज व्यक्ति 15 वर्ण का है वे N की
दाईं ओर से दू सरे स्थान पर है । M, P से 5 वर्ण छ टा है । R, 22 वर्ण का है । P सिू ह िें
सबसे बड़ा व्यक्ति नहीं है । Q, M की बाईं ओर से तीसरे स्थान पर है । Q द न ं छ र ं िें
से मकसी एक छ र पर है । M तथा P के बीच द व्यक्ति बै ठे हैं ।T, P का पड़ सी नहीं है ।
S, R की बाईं ओर से दू सरे स्थान पर है । T, N से 7 वर्ण बड़ा है । S, R से बड़ा है ले मकन Q
से छ टा है ।
SOL.
38.
Sol.
39.
One of the seven regional films – Punjabi, Marathi, Tamil,
Telugu, Kannada, Bengali and Bhojpuri – is shown on each day
of a Film Festival, starting from Monday and ending on Sunday.
Bengali film is shown on Thursday. Kannada film is shown on
the day immediately after the day on which Marathi film is
shown. Kannada film is shown neither on Tuesday nor on
Saturday. Only one film is shown between Bengali and Tamil
film. Only two films are shown between Punjabi and Marathi
films. Bhojpuri film is shown neither on Sunday nor on Monday.
SOL.
40.
Sol.
41.
Eight persons – Meena, Mona, Sona, Atul, Anil, Anish, Amber and Ankur
are sitting in a straight line. Some of them are facing north and
remaining are facing south.
Ankur is sitting at one of the extreme ends of line. Anish is sitting
second to right of Ankur. Amber is sitting third to right of Anish. Sona is
sitting to immediate right of Amber. Sona is facing North direction. One
person is sitting between Sona and Meena. Meena is sitting somewhere
to the left of Amber. Both the immediate neighbours of Amber face
opposite direction to Amber (means if Amber face North, then both its
neighbours face South and vice versa). Ankur is sitting third to right of
Mona. Sona is sitting third to right of Anil. The ones sitting at extreme
end face opposite direction to each other. Anil is not sitting at the
extreme ends of the line.
आठ ल ग – िीना, ि ना, स ना, अतुल, अमनल, अनीश, अम्बर और अंकुर एक
सीिी पंक्तत
िें बै ठे हैं । उनिें से कुछ का िुख उत्तर की ओर और शेर् का दमिण
की ओर है ।
अंकुर पंक्तत के एक अक्तन्ति छ र पर बैठा है । अनीश, अंकुर के दाये ओर दू सरे
स्थान पर बै ठा है । अम्बर, अनीश के दायीं ओर तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा है । स ना,
अम्बर के दायीं ओर मनकटति स्थान पर बै ठी है । स ना का िुख उत्तर मदशा िें
है । स ना और िीना के बीच िें एक व्यक्तत बैठा है । िीना, अम्बर के बायीं ओर
कहीं बैठी है । अम्बर के द न ं पड़ मसय ं का िुख अम्बर की मदशा के मवपरीत
मदशा िें है (अथाण त यमद अम्बर का िुख उत्तर की ओर है , त उसके द न ं
पड़ मसय ं का िुख दमिण की ओर है और इसके मवपरीत). अंकुर, ि ना के दायीं
ओर तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा है । स ना, अमनल के दायीं ओर तीसरे स्थान पर बै ठी है ।
वे ज अक्तन्ति छ र पर बैठे हैं , एक दू सरे की मवपरीत मदशा िें दे ख रहे हैं । अमनल
मकसी भी अक्तन्ति छ र पर नहीं बै ठा है |
I Can And I Will Page 87
100-PUZZLES-PDF IV
SOL.
42.
In a building of 3 floors (first floor being the bottommost
floor), on each floor there are two flats A and B such that
flat A is to the west of flat B. Each flat of one floor is above
that of another floor. (such that flat A of floor 1 is
immediately below flat A of floor 2, and so on)
Seven friends - Rini, Ram, Rancho, Raju, Riya, Raj and
Rinky, live in those flats such that no flat is empty. Rinky
lives on the top floor. Raj lives in flat A, but not on first
floor and, he lives alone. Rini lives in the flat immediately
below Riya's flat. Ram and Riya live on odd numbered
floors. Rancho lives to east of Ram. Raju lives on even
numbered floor, but not immediately below Rinky's flat and
Raj's flat.
3 िंमजल ं के एक िकान िें (प्रथि िंमजल सबसे नीचे की िंमजल है ), प्रत्येक
िंमजल पर द फ्लैट्स A और B इस प्रकार है मक फ़्लैट A फ्लैट B के पमिि िें
है | एक िंमजल का प्रत्येक फ्लैट दू सरे िंमजल के ऊपर है | (जै से- िंमजल 1 का
फ्लैट A, िंमजल 2 के फ्लैट A के ठीक नीचे है , और आगे इसी तरह)
सात द स् - ररनी, राि, रें च , राजू, ररया, राज और ररं की इन फ्लैट्स िें इस
प्रकार रहते हैं मक क ई फ्लैट खाली नहीं है | ररं की ऊपर की िंमजल पर रहती है |
राज फ्लैट A िें रहता है , लेमकन पहली िंमजल पर नहीं और वह अकेले रहता
है | ररनी, ररया के मनकटस्थ नीचे के फ्लैट िें रहती है | राि और ररया मवर्ि
संख्यां मकत िंमजल ं पर रहते हैं | रें च , राि के पूवण िें रहता है | राजू सि
संख्यां मकत िंमजल पर रहता है , लेमकन ररं की के फ्लैट और राज के फ्लैट के
मनकटस्थ नीचे नहीं|
Sol.
43.
P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are seven friends like seven different Fast
Food namely, Pizza, Burger, Sandwich, Idli, Noodles, Samosa and
Dosa but not necessarily in the same order. The one who likes Pizza
is immediately above P. There are only two persons between S and
the one who likes Pizza. The one who likes Sandwich is above S but
not immediately above S. Only three persons are between R and
the one who likes Sandwich. The one who likes Dosa is immediately
above R. The one who likes Idli is immediately above V. Only one
person is there between Q and T. Q is above T. Neither Q nor P is
like Noodles. P does not like Burger. There is only one person
between T and V. V does not like Samosa and Noodles. Neither S
nor V like Burger. V is not below P.
P, Q, R, S, T, U और V सात द स् सात अलग-अलग फास्ट फूड अथाण त् -
मपज्जा, बगणर, सैंडमवच, इडली, नूडल्स, सि सा और ड सा िें से एक क
पसंद करते हैं , लेमकन जरूरी नहीं मक इसी क्रि िें ह ।ं मपज्जा क पसंद
करने वाला व्यक्ति P के ठीक ऊपर है | S और मपज्जा क पसंद करने वाले
व्यक्ति के बीच केवल द व्यक्ति हैं । सैंडमवच क पसंद करने वाला व्यक्ति S
से ऊपर है लेमकन S के ठीक ऊपर नहीं है | R और सैंडमवच क पसंद करने
वाले व्यक्ति के बीच तीन व्यक्ति हैं । ड सा क पसंद करने वाला व्यक्ति R के
ठीक ऊपर है | इडली क पसंद करने वाला व्यक्ति V के ठीक ऊपर है | Q
और T के बीच केवल एक व्यक्ति है | Q, T के ऊपर है | न त Q और न ही P
नूडल्स क पसंद करते हैं । P क बगणर पसंद नहीं है । T और V के बीच केवल
एक व्यक्ति है | V सि सा और नूडल्स पसंद नहीं करता है । न त S और न ही
V बगणर क पसंद करते हैं । V, P के नीचे नहीं है |
SOL.
44.
12 friends A, B, C, D, E, F, P, Q, R, S, T & U are sitting in
2 parallel rows facing each other. A, B, C, D, E & F are
sitting in one row facing north while P, Q, R, S, T & U are
sitting in another row facing south. Each person faces a
person of another row.
D is 2nd to the right of F who faces R. C's immediate
neighbour faces S who doesn't sit at any extreme ends. Q
faces A. Number of people towards the right of R is more
than number of people towards the left of R. Neither U nor
S is adjacent to T who faces person sitting 2nd to the right
of E.
2 मित्र A, B, C, D, E, F, P, Q, R, S, T और U द सिां तर पंक्तिय ं
िें एक-दू सरे की ओर िुखररत ह कर बैठे हैं | A, B, C, D, E और F
उत्तर की ओर िुखररत ह कर एक पंक्ति िें बैठे हैं जबमक P, Q, R,
S, T और U दमिण की ओर िुखररत ह कर अन्य पंक्ति िें बैठे हैं |
प्रत्येक व्यक्ति अन्य पंक्ति के एक व्यक्ति की ओर िुखररत है |
D, F के दायीं ओर से दू सरे स्थान पर है , ज R की ओर िुख करके
बैठा है | C का मनकटस्थ पड़ सी S की ओर िुखररत है , ज मकसी भी
चरि अंत पर नहीं बैठा है | Q, A की ओर िुखररत है | R के दायीं ओर
ल ग ं की संख्या, R के बायीं ओर ल ग ं की संख्या से अमिक है | न त
U और न ही S, T के आसन्न है , ज E के दायीं ओर दू सरे स्थान पर
बैठे व्यक्ति की ओर िुखररत है |
Sol.
45.
Direction: Study the following information carefully and answer
the questions given below:
• Akram, Bakhtawar, Changez, Dayud, Ekam, Farah, Gulrej and
Humayun are seated in straight line facing north.
• Changez sits fourth to the left of Gulrej. Dayud sits second to
right of Gulrej.
• Only two people sit between Dayud and Akram. Bakhtawar
and Farah sits adjacent to each other.
• Humayun is not an immediate neighbour of Dayud. Two
people sit between Humayun and Farah.
• अकरि, बख़्तावर, चंगेज़, दायुद, एकि, फ़राह, गु लरे ज और हुिायुं
एक सीिी पंक्ति िें उत्तर की ओर िुख करके बैठे हैं ।
• चंगेज, गु लरे ज के बाएं ओर चौथे स्थान पर बैठा है । दायुद, गु लरे ज के
दाएं ओर दू सरे स्थान पर बैठा है
• मसफण द व्यक्ति दायुद और अकरि के िध्य िें बैठे हैं । बख़्तावर और
फ़राह एक दू सरे के बग़ल िें बैठे हैं ।
• हुिायुं, दायुद का मनकटति पड़ सी नहीं है । द ल ग हुिायुं और फ़राह
के बीच बैठे हैं ।
SOL.
46..
Seven boys P, Q, R, S, T, U, V are seated
in a row facing north direction . It is known
that T is at the extreme right end and S is to
the right of U. If Q and S interchange their
position , each of them will get exactly one
new neighbour. R is to the left of both P and
V.Q and S are not adjacent to each other. R
is 3rd to the left of U.
सात लड़कें- P, Q, R, S, T, U, V एक पंक्ति िें
उत्तर मदशा की ओर िुखररत ह कर बैठे हैं | यह ज्ञात
है मक T चरि दाएं अंत पर है और S, U के दायीं
ओर है | यमद Q और S अपने स्थान ं की अदला-
बदली कर लेते हैं , उनिें से प्रत्येक क एक नया
पड़ सी मिल जाएगा| R, P और V द न ं के बायीं
ओर है | Q और S एक-दू सरे के आसन्न नहीं है | R, U
के बायीं ओर तीसरे स्थान पर है |
Sol.
47.
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H
were born on the same date i.e. on 22nd
August but in different years 1958, 1960,
1962, 1968, 1972, 1980, 1988 and 1999.
Make all the calculations as on 22nd
August 2018.
F was aged twice as old as H. D was born
just after H. G was 4 years elder to B. Two
persons were born between A and B. A was
elder to B. C was younger to G.
आठ व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H सिान
तारीख अथाण त् 22 अगस् क 1958, 1960, 1962,
1968, 1972, 1980, 1988 और 1999 मभन्न वर्ों िें
पैदा हुए| सभी गणना 22 अगस् 2018 के अनुसार
करे | F की आयु H की आयु का द गुना था| D, H के
ठीक बाद पैदा हुआ था| G, B से 4 वर्ण बड़ा था| A
और B के बीच िें द व्यक्ति पैदा हुए थे| A आयु िें B
से बड़ा था| C आयु िें G से छ टा था|
I Can And I Will Page 99
100-PUZZLES-PDF IV
Sol.
48.
9 friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H & I have exam on 2nd, 4th
& 7th of January, February & March (not necessarily in
same order). Each person has exam on only 1 day. No
two persons have exam on same day.
G & H have exam in same month. C has exam on an odd
date of the month which has 31 days. A has exam in
February but after 2nd February. One person has exam
between G & H. Only 2 people have exam between G &
F's exam. E has exam before B. Only 2 people have exam
in between C & D's exam. Three people have exam
between I & A's exam.
9 द स् A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H और I की परीिा जनवरी, फरवरी
और िाचण की 2, 4 और 7 तारीख क है (आवश्यक नहीं मक सिान
क्रि िें). प्रत्येक व्यक्ति की परीिा केवल 1 मदन ह ती है । मकसी भी द
व्यक्तिय ं की परीिा सिान मदन नहीं है ।
G और H की परीिा सिान िहीने िें है । C की परीिा उस िहीने की
मवर्ि तारीख क है मजसिें 31 मदन हैं । A की परीिा फरवरी िें लेमकन
2 फरवरी के बाद है । एक व्यक्ति की परीिा G और H के बीच िें है ।
केवल 2 ल ग ं की परीिा G और F की परीिा के बीच िें है । E की
परीिा B के पहले है । केवल 2 ल ग ं की परीिा C और D की परीिा
के बीच िें है । तीन ल ग ं की परीिा I और A की परीिा के बीच िें है ।
Sol.
49.
Five boxes A, B, C, D & E were stacked one above other.
All the boxes were of different colour Red, Pink, Blue,
Orange & Yellow(not necessarily in same order).
Box B which was kept immediately above box A. Neither
Box D nor Box E is red coloured box. Pink box is not kept
at top. 2 boxes were kept between Box C & the red
coloured box which was kept below box B. Box E is kept
immediately above the orange coloured box. 2 boxes were
kept between box B & the Blue coloured box which was
not kept at the top.
पां च बक्से A, B, C, D और E स्टै क िें एक के ऊपर एक करके रखे
हुए थे | सभी बक्स का रं ग अलग-अलग अथाण त लाल, गु लाबी, नीला,
संतरी और पीला था (लेमकन आवशयक नहीं मक क्रि यही ह )|
बक्सा B, बक्से A से ठीक ऊपर रखा हुआ था| न त बक्सा D और न
ही बक्सा E लाल रं ग के थे | गु लाबी रं ग का बक्सा सबसे ऊपर नहीं
रखा था| बक्सा C और लाल रं ग का बक्सा ज मक बक्से B के नीचे रखा
था, उनके बीच िें 2 बक्से रखे थे | बक्सा E, संतरी रं ग के बक्से से ठीक
ऊपर रखा था| बक्सा B और नीले रं ग का बक्सा ज मक सबसे ऊपर
नहीं रखा था, उनके बीच िें 2 बक्से रखे थे |
Sol.
50.
More than 10 persons were seated
around a circular table facing the centre
with equal distance between each
other. B was 3 to the left of G. J's
rd
Sol.
51.
8 friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G & H are sitting
around a square table. 4 people are sitting at 4
corners facing towards centre of the table while
one at centre of each side of the table facing
away from the centre of the table.
B is 2nd to left of E. G faces D. Neither B nor E
is adjacent to H. A is 2nd to right of F who is
adjacent to G.
8 द स् A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक वगाण कार
टे बल के चार ं ओर बैठे हैं | 4 व्यक्ति टे बल के 4 क न ं पर
केंद्र की ओर िुखररत ह बै ठे हैं जबमक अन्य टे बल के
प्रत्येक भुजा के िध्य िें केंद्र से बाहर की ओर िुखररत ह
बैठे है |
B, E के बाएं से दू सरा है | G, D की ओर िु खररत है | न ही
B और न ही E, H के आसन्न है | A, F के दायें से दू सरा
है , ज G के आसन्न है |
Sol.
52.
7 friends A, B, C, D, E, F & G have meetings on different days of a
week starting from Monday. No two friends have seminar on same
day.
• Atleast one person has meeting before F who has meeting
immediately before C.
• Neither G nor F has meeting immediately before or immediately after
E.
• G has meeting before D but after Wednesday.
• 2 people have meeting between A & B.
• C doesn't have meeting on Wednesday.
• Atleast 1 person has meeting between E & A.
स िवार से शुरू ह ने वाले एक सप्ताह के मवमभन्न मदन ं पर 7 मित्र -ं A, B, C,
D, E, F और G की िीमटं ग ह ती है | मकसी भी द मित्र ं का सेमिनार सिान मदन
पर नहीं ह ता है |
• कि से कि एक व्यक्ति की िीमटं ग F से पहले ह ती है मजसकी िीमटं ग
मनकटस्थ C के पहले ह ती है |
• न त G और न ही F की िीमटं ग E के मनकटस्थ पहले और मनकटस्थ बाद
ह ती है |
• G की िीमटं ग D से पहले लेमकन बु िवार के बाद ह ती है |
• A और B के बीच 2 ल ग ं की िीमटं ग ह ती है |
• बुिवार क C की िीमटं ग नहीं ह ती|
• कि से कि 1 व्यक्ति की िीमटं ग E और A के बीच ह ती है |
Sol.
53.
8 persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are working in the Indian
Police Department. The designation of each person is different
among DGP, ADGP, IGP, DIGP, SSP, SP, ASP and DSP not
necessarily in the same order. [Rank decreases moving from left
to right as: - DGP, ADGP, IGP, DIGP, SSP, SP, ASP and DSP]
A is a higher rank police officer than G, who is the DIGP. C is
higher rank police officer than A. Any important file is passed from
higher ranked officer to his immediately lower rank officer only.
When D passes the file to F, it goes through 3 police officers.
Rank of the officer B is higher than E, who is not the lowest
ranked officer. Neither F nor E is the SP.
आठ व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H भारतीय पुमलस मवभाग िें काि
करते हैं | प्रत्येक व्यक्ति का पद अलग-अलग अथाण त डीजीपी, एडीजीपी,
आईजीपी, डीआईजीपी, एसएसपी, एसपी, एएसपी और डीएसपी हैं , लेमकन
आवश्यक नहीं मक क्रि यही ह । [रैं क बायें से दायें ओर घटते क्रि िें हैं : -
डीजीपी, एडीजीपी, आईजीपी, डीआईजीपी, एसएसपी, एसपी, एएसपी और
डीएसपी]
A, G से उि रैं क वाला पुमलस अफसर है , ज मक डीआईजीपी है | C, A से
उि रैं क वाला पुमलस अफसर है | मकसी भी िहत्त्वपूणण फाइल क उि रैं क
वाले अफसर से केवल उसके ठीक मनम्न रैं क वाले अफसर के पास ही भेजा
जाता है | जब D, F क फाइल दे ता है , यह तीन पुमलस अफसर ं से ह कर जाती
है | अफसर B का रैं क, अफसर E के रैं क से उि है , ज मक सबसे मनम्नति रैं क
वाला अफसर नहीं है | न त F और न ही E एसपी है |
Sol.
54.
8 persons Aman, Atul, Ajay, Apurv, Apurava, Amar, Anil and Akhil
are sitting in a row. Some of them are facing towards the north
and rest are facing south.
No one is sitting to the left of Aman. 3 persons are sitting between
Akhil and Anil. Akhil and Anil both are facing North. Amar is sitting
at the end of the row and is sitting to the right of Apurva. Number
of persons facing north are less than the number persons facing
south. Apurva is sitting to the left of Apurv, who is facing north.
Only 2 persons are sitting to the right of Anil. Only 5 persons are
sitting to the left of Ajay. Only 2 persons are sitting between Aman
and Atul, who is facing in the same direction as that of Ajay.
8 व्यक्ति अिन, अतुल, अजय, अपू वण, अपूवाण , अिर, अमनल और अक्तखल एक
पंक्ति िें बैठे हैं | उनिें से कुछ उत्तर की ओर और शेर् दमिण की ओर िुखररत
हैं |
क ई भी व्यक्ति अिन के बायीं ओर नहीं बैठा है | 3 व्यक्ति अक्तखल और अमनल
के बीच बैठे हैं | अक्तखल और अमनल द न ं उत्तर की ओर िुखररत हैं | अिर पंक्ति
के अंत पर बैठा है और अपूवाण के दायीं ओर बैठा है | उत्तर की ओर िुखररत
व्यक्तिय ं की संख्या दमिण की ओर िुखररत व्यक्तिय ं की संख्या से कि है |
अपूवाण , अपू वण के बायीं ओर बैठी है , ज उत्तर की ओर िुखररत है | केवल 2
व्यक्ति अमनल के दाएं ओर बैठे हैं | केवल 5 व्यक्ति अजय के बायीं ओर बैठे हैं |
केवल 2 व्यक्ति अिन और अतुल के बीच बैठे हैं , ज अजय की तरह सिान
मदशा िें िुखररत हैं |
Sol.
55.
Eight people A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H live on a separate
floors of an 8-floor building. Bottom most floor is
numbered 1 and top most is floor 8.
G lives on the floor numbered 1. Only two people live
between G and B. A lives immediately above F. A lives on
an even-numbered floor. Only one person lives between
F and E. F lives above B. H lives on an odd-numbered
floor above A. D does not live on the topmost floor.
आठ ल ग A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H, 8 िंमजल की इिारत की
अलग-अलग िंमजल ं पर रहते हैं । सबसे मनचली िंमजल क 1
संख्या है और सवोि िंमजल संख्या 8 है |
G िंमजल संख्या 1 पर रहता है | G और B के बीच केवल द ल ग
रहते हैं | A, F के मबल्कुल ऊपर रहता है । A सि संख्या की
िंमजल पर रहता है | F और E के बीच केवल एक व्यक्ति रहता
है | F, B के ऊपर रहता है | H, A के ऊपर मवर्ि संख्या की
िंमजल पर रहता है | D सबसे ऊपर की िंमजल पर नहीं रहता है ।
SOL.
56.
Seven persons among whom one is S, are sitting in a
linear row, with some facing towards north while some
facing towards south direction. At least two persons face
in each given direction.
The persons sitting at extreme ends are facing south. M
sits third to the right of L, who faces south and neither of M
and L is sitting at any end. Three persons sit between P
and R, who sits to immediate left of T. R is towards left of
P, who faces south. N sits neither at any end nor next to
M.
सात ल ग मजनिें से एक S है , एक रै क्तखक पंक्ति िें बैठे हुए हैं मजनिें से
कुछ उत्तर की ओर िुखररत हैं जबमक कुछ दमिण की ओर िुखररत हैं |
कि से कि द व्यक्ति दी गयी मदशाओं िें से प्रत्येक की ओर िुख
करके बैठे हैं |
चरि अंत ं पर बैठे व्यक्ति दमिण की ओर िुखररत हैं | M, L के दायीं
ओर से तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा है , ज दमिण की ओर िुखररत है और M
तथा L िें से क ई भी मकसी चरि अंत पर नहीं बैठे हैं | P और R के
बीच तीन व्यक्ति बैठे हैं , ज T के मनकटस्थ बायीं ओर बैठे हैं | R, P के
बायीं ओर है , ज दमिण की ओर िुखररत है | N न त मकसी अंत पर
बैठा है और न ही M के बगल िें है |
Sol.
57.
14 friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G, P, Q, R, S, T, U & V are sitting in 2 parallel
rows facing each other. A, B, C, D, E, F & G are sitting in one row facing
north while P, Q, R, S, T, U & V are sitting in another row facing south.
Each person in a row faces a person of another row.
• R sits 3rd to left of the person who faces F who sits 2nd to right of A.
• G sits 2nd to right of B.
• P sits 2nd to left of U.
• Neither G nor F faces P.
• C faces the person who is adjacent to V.
• G is neither adjacent to F nor faces R.
• D faces Q who sits 2nd to right of S.
14 द स् A, B, C, D, E, F, G, P, Q, R, S, T, U और V, 2 सिानां तर पंक्तिय ं िें एक
दू सरे की ओर िुखररत ह कर बैठे हुए हैं । A, B, C, D, E, F और G एक पंक्ति िें उत्तर
की ओर िुखररत ह कर जबमक P, Q, R, S, T, U और V दू सरी पंक्ति िें दमिण की ओर
िुखररत ह कर बैठे हुए हैं । एक पंक्ति का प्रत्येक व्यक्ति दू सरी पंक्ति के एक व्यक्ति की
ओर िुखररत है।
• R उस व्यक्ति के बाएं से तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा हुआ है ज F की ओर िुखररत है ज A के
दाएं से दू सरे स्थान पर बैठा हुआ है ।
• G, B के दाएं से दू सरे स्थान पर बैठा हुआ है ।
• ना त G ना F, P की ओर िुखररत है।
Sol.
58.
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H were seated around a
circular table facing towards the centre.
• A said to D, "If you shift 2 places to your right you will be to my
immediate left"
• G said to B, "If you interchange positions with D, you will be to
my immediate right"
• E said to F, " You are seated 3rd to the left of the one who is to
my immediate left"
• C said to G, "I am seated 3rd to your right"
• E was to the immediate left of B
आठ व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक वृत्ताकार िे ज के चार ं ओर
केंद्र की ओर िुखररत ह कर बै ठे हैं |
• A ने D से कहा, "यमद तुि अपने दायीं ओर से द स्थान बदलते ह , त तुि िेरे
मनकटस्थ बायीं ओर रह गे "
• G ने B से कहा, "यमद तुि D के साथ अपने स्थान ं की अदला-बदली करते
ह , त तुि िेरे मनकटस्थ दायीं ओर रह गे "
• E ने F से कहा, "तुि िेरे मनकटस्थ बायीं ओर बैठे व्यक्ति के बायीं ओर से
तीसरे स्थान पर बै ठे ह "
• C ने G से कहा, "िैं तुम्हारे दायीं ओर से तीसरे स्थान पर बै ठा हाँ "
• E, B के मनकटस्थ बायीं ओर था|
Sol.
59.
Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting in a circle, but
not necessarily in the same order. Four of them are facing
outside and four of them are facing the centre.E faces outside,
both the immediate neighbours of E face the centre. H sits
second to the right of E. B sits third to the left of E. D faces the
centre. Both the immediate neighbours of D face outside. G sits
second to the left of A. B sits third to the right of H.F is an
immediate neighbour of D. C is an immediate neighbour of G. D
is not an immediate neighbour of B. C faces outside.
आठ मित्र A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक वृत्त के चार ं ओर बैठे हैं
लेमकन आवश्यक नहीं मक इसी क्रि िें। उनिें से चार बाहर की ओर
और शेर् चार केन्द्र की ओर दे ख रहे हैं । E बाहर की ओर दे ख रहा है । E
के द न ं पड़ सी केन्द्र की ओर दे ख रहे हैं । H, E के दां यीं ओर दू सरे स्थान
पर बैठा है । B, E के बां यीं ओर तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा है । D का िुख केन्द्र
की ओर है । D के द न ं पड़ सी बाहर की ओर दे ख रहे हैं । G, A के बां यीं
ओर दू सरे स्थान पर बैठा है । B, H के दां यीं ओर तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा है ।
F, D का मनकटति पड़ सी है । C, G का मनकटति पड़ सी है । D, B का
मनकटति पड़ सी नहीं है । C का िुख बाहर की ओर है ।
SOL.
60.
Seven persons A, B, C, D, E, F and G lived in a building
with 7 floors. The floors were numbered 1-7 from bottom
to top. Only one person lived on each floor and none of
the floors was vacant.
• A's floor number was 4 more than B's floor number
• C's floor number was twice as that of B's floor number
• F lived just below C
• Three persons lived between E and D.
• E lived on one of the floors above D
सात व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F और G, एक 7 िंमजला इिारत िें रहते
थे | िंमजल ं क नीचे से ऊपर 1-7 तक संख्यां मकत मकया गया था|
प्रत्येक िंमजल पर केवल एक व्यक्ति रहता था और क ई भी िंमजल
खाली नहीं था|
• A की िंमजल संख्या B की िंमजल संख्या से 4 अमिक था|
• C की िंमजल संख्या B की िंमजल संख्या का द गु ना था|
• F, C के ठीक नीचे रहता था|
• E और D के बीच िें तीन व्यक्ति रहते थे |
• E, D से ऊपर मकसी एक िंमजल पर रहता था|
Sol.
61.
Seven friends M, N, O, P, Q, R and S are travelling to different
cities: Jaipur, Ranchi, Pune, Goa, Indore, Hyderabad and
Mumbai, not in same order.
They travel on seven days of a week starting from Monday.
a. P travels to Pune but not on Sunday, O travels on Tuesday.
b. Q travels on Friday to Hyderabad and M travels to Jaipur
either on Monday or on Wednesday.
c. Flight to Ranchi is scheduled after Flight to Jaipur but not on
Saturday.
d. There is 2 days gap between flights to Jaipur and Mumbai.
e. S travels not on Monday or Sunday.
f. R travels immediately after the person travelling to Indore
but not on Sunday.
g. Flights to Pune and Goa are on consecutive days.
h. There is 2 days gap between R and the person travelling to
Pune.
SOL.
62.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are working in IIT Faridabad and each
one is working on a different position among Dean, VC, Principle,
Vice-Principle, HOD, Senior Associate, Junior Associate and
trainee not necessarily in the same order.
[Rank decreases moving from left to right as: - Dean, VC,
Principle, Vice-Principle, HOD, Senior Associate, Junior Associate
and trainee]
The rank of A is lower than D, who is VC. The rank of A is higher
than H, who is Junior Associate. The rank of C is lower than B,
who is Principle. The rank of C is higher than senior associate.
Rank of F is higher than G. G is neither Senior associate nor
Trainee. A is not HOD.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H आईआईटी फरीदाबाद िें कायणरत हैं और
प्रत्येक मभन्न-मभन्न पद -ं डीन, वीसी, मप्रंमसपल, वाइस-मप्रंमसपल, एचओडी,
सीमनयर एस मसएट, जूमनयर एस मसएट, और टर े नी के तौर पर कायणरत हैं ,
आवश्यक नहीं मक क्रि सिान ह |
[ बाएं से दाएं तक रैं क घटता जाता है जै से:- डीन, वीसी, मप्रंमसपल, वाइस-
मप्रंमसपल, एचओडी, सीमनयर एस मसएट, जूमनयर एस मसएट, और टर े नी ]
A का रैं क D से कि है , ज वीसी है | A का रैं क H से अमिक है , ज जूमनयर
एस मसएट है | C का रैं क B से कि है , ज मप्रंमसपल है | C का रैं क सीमनयर
एस मसएट से अमिक है | F का रैं क G से अमिक है | G न त सीमनयर एस मसएट
है और न ही टर े नी है | A एचओडी नहीं है |
Sol.
63.
7 persons A, B, C, D, E, F and G belonging to 3 families are
travelling in a train to Jhansi, Delhi and Agra not necessarily in
the same order but members from same family travel to same
city.
They have seats in different coaches namely H1, H2 and H3.
C who is the husband of G is travelling to Agra in coach H3. A is
the father of E who is travelling in H2. None of the person
travelling to Delhi are in the same coach as that of C. B is the
uncle of D who travels in H2. F who travels in H3 is the only
sister of E. None of the members from the same family have
seat in same coach.
सात ल ग A, B, C, D, E, F और G रे लगाड़ी से झां सी, मदल्ली और आगरा
यात्रा करने वाले तीन पररवार ं से सम्बक्तन्ित हैं पर आवश्यक नहीं मक
इसी क्रि िें लेमकन सिान पररवार के सदस्य सिान शहर की यात्रा
करते हैं । वे मवमभन्न क च H1, H2 और H3 िें बैठे हैं ।
SOL.
64.
A, B, C, D, E, F & G were born on 1st June of 7
different years 1973, 1977, 1986, 1992, 1993, 1995
& 1996 (not necessarily in same order). Calculate
age as on 1st June 2018.
E was born before D. F was born in a leap year.
Difference in F & G's age is 19 years. Only 3 people
were born between G & A. Difference between E &
D's age is equal to difference between D & B's age.
A, B, C, D, E, F और G सात मवमभन्न वर्ों- 1973, 1977,
1986, 1992, 1993, 1995 और 1996 के 1 जून पर पैदा हुए
थे (आवश्यक नहीं मक क्रि सिान ह )| आयु की गणना 1 जून
2018 से करें |
E, D से पहले पैदा हुआ था| F लीप वर्ण िें पैदा हुआ था| F और
G की आयु िें 19 वर्ों का अंतर है | G और A के बीच िें केवल
3 ल ग पैदा हुए थे| E और D की आयु के बीच का अंतर D
और B की आयु के बीच के अंतर के बराबर है |
Sol.
65.
Ravi, Nitesh, Gaurav, Neelam, Neha, Kiran and Mohit are seven
friends belonging to three cities Delhi, Mumbai and Pune with at
least two in each city. Each of them has a different profession
Doctor, Teacher, Engineer, Business, Banker, Painter and Singer but
not necessarily in the same order.
Ravi belongs to Delhi and he is a businessman. Mohit is not either
Engineer or Painter and has the same city with only Kiran among
them .Nitesh belongs to same city as that of Neha but neither Delhi
nor Pune. Gaurav does not belong to Delhi and he is a Singer. The
one who is Doctor does not belong to either Pune or Mumbai.
Neha is a Banker. The one who is Painter does not belong to
Mumbai.
रमव, नीतेश, गौरव, नीलि, नेहा, मकरण और ि महत सात द स् हैं , मजनिे से
प्रत्येक तीन शहर ं - मदल्ली, िुंबई और पुणे िें से मकसी एक से सम्बंमित है |
उनिे से कि से कि द मकसी एक ही शहर से संबंमित हैं । उनिें से प्रत्येक
एक अलग व्यवसाय - डॉक्टर, मशिक, इं जीमनयर, व्यापारी, बैंकर, पेंटर और
गायक िें से एक िें है , लेमकन यह जरूरी नहीं मक ये इसी क्रि िें ह ।ं
रमव मदल्ली से है और वह एक व्यापारी है । ि महत इं जीमनयर या पेंटर नहीं है
और उनिे से केवल मकरण के साथ एक ही शहर से है | मनते श और नेहा एक
ही शहर से हैं , लेमकन वे न त मदल्ली और न ही पुणे से हैं | गौरव मदल्ली का
नहीं है और वह एक गायक है । एक व्यक्ति, ज डॉक्टर है , वह पुणे या िुंबई
से नहीं है । नेहा एक बैंकर है । ज व्यक्ति एक पेंटर है , वह िुंबई से नहीं है ।
SOL.
66.
Seven persons – T, U, V, W, X, Y and Z are sitting in a
row but not necessarily in the same order. Among
them some are facing south and some are facing
north. If it is given that both are facing the same
direction, then both the persons face either south
or north. If it is given that the persons are facing
different directions, then if one person faces the
north then the other person faces north. The
following information is known about them.
T sits fourth to the left of U. X and W are neighbours
and they face the same direction. Z sits to the
immediate right of W. The neighbours of T face the
same direction and do not sit to the right of W. V
and X, who faces north, have two persons between
them. No three adjacent persons face the same
direction. U and V face different directions.
SOL.
67.
8 friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G & H are sitting around a
rectangular table facing towards the centre of the table. 3
people sit on each longer side & 1 on each shorter side. Each
person faces another person sitting on opposite side.
· E faces C.
· F is not 2nd to right of A.
· H sits 4th to right of E.
· B & C are not adjacent.
· Neither D nor F faces G.
· B is 3rd to right of A who is not adjacent to H.
8 द स् A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक आयातकार िेज़ के चार ं ओर
िेज के केंद्र की ओर िुखररत ह कर बैठे हुए हैं । 3 ल ग प्रत्येक लम्बी भुजा
पर बैठे हैं और 1 प्रत्येक छ टी भुजा पर बैठा है । प्रत्येक व्यक्ति मवपरीत
भुजा पर बैठे हुए दू सरे व्यक्ति की ओर िुखररत है ।
· E,C की ओर िुखररत है
· F,A के दाईं ओर से दू सरे स्थान पर नहीं बैठा हुआ है ।
· H,E के दाईं ओर से चौथे स्थान पर बैठा हुआ है ।
· B और C आसन्न नहीं हैं ।
· ना त D ना F, G की ओर िुखररत हैं ।
· B,A के दाईं ओर से तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा है ज H के आसन्न नहीं है ।
Sol.
68.
Six people A,B,C,D,E,F were sitting around a circular table
facing inwards ,wearing shirts of different colour among
green, yellow, pink, blue, brown, red not necessarily in the
same order. Further it is known that E was second to the
left of the one who was wearing red shirt and third to the
right of D. C was wearing yellow shirt. B was sitting
opposite to the one wearing brown shirt which was not E.
D and A were seated adjacent to each other and none of
them was wearing brown shirt. F was seated to the
immediate right of the one wearing green shirt which was
not D. B was not wearing red or blue shirt.
छह व्यक्ति A,B,C,D,E,F एक वृताकार टे बल के चार ं ओर अंदर की
ओर िुखररत ह कर बैठते हैं , प्रत्येक ने अलग-अलग रं ग -ं हरा, पीला,
गु लाबी, नीला, भू रा, लाल की किीज़ पहनी है आवश्यक नहीं मक क्रि
यही ह । यह ज्ञात है मक E उस व्यक्ति के बाएाँ से दू सरा है मजसने लाल
किीज़ पहनी है और D के दाएाँ से तीसरा है । C ने पीली किीज़ पहनी
है । B उस व्यक्ति के मवपरीत बैठता है , मजसने भू री किीज़ पहनी है ,
ज E नहीं है । D और A एक दू सरे के आसन्न बैठे है और उनिें से
क ई भी भू री किीज़ नहीं पहने हुए है । F उस व्यक्ति के ठीक दाएाँ
बैठता है मजसने हरी किीज़ पहनी है , ज D नहीं है । B ने न त लाल
और न ही नीली किीज़ पहनी हुई है ।
Sol.
69.
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H were born on the
same date i.e. on 2nd June but in different years viz. 1975,
1979, 1981, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 and 1996 not
necessarily in the same order. Make all the age
calculations as on 2nd June 2018.
• C was 6 years older to F
• Three persons were born between F and G. F was elder
to G
• D was born in one of the leap years
• 2 persons were born between D and B. D was elder to B
• H was 4 years elder to E
आठ व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H सिान तारीख क पैदा हुए
थे अथाण त 2 जून क लेमकन अलग-अलग वर्ण जैसे 1975, 1979,
1981, 1987, 1988, 1991, 1994 और 1996 क , लेमकन
आवश्यक नहीं मक सिान क्रि िें ह ।ं आयु की सभी गणनाएं 2 जून
2018 के अनुसार करें ।
• C,F से 6 वर्ण बड़ा था।
• F और G के बीच िें तीन व्यक्ति पैदा हुए थे । F,G से बड़ा था।
• D एक लीप वर्ण िें पैदा हुआ था।
• 2 व्यक्ति D और B के बीच िें पैदा हुए थे । D,B से बड़ा था।
• H, E से 4 वर्ण बड़ा था।
I Can And I Will Page 145
100-PUZZLES-PDF IV
Sol.
70.
A circus team arrived in the city of Happy Nagar. They
were there for three months ( April, May and June) and
had shows on only 3 days (2nd , 13th, and 19th of each
month). Six friends A,B,C,D,E,F decided to visit the circus
but due to some reasons, they all went on different days.
Further it was known that F was the only person to go on
the date on which he went and went in June. D went on
2nd may. B went before D but was not the first person to
go. E went immediately before A but after D.B and A did
not go on the same date. E did not go on 13th May.
एक सकणस की टीि है प्पी नगर शहर िें पहुं चती है । वे वहााँ तीन िहीने
(अप्रैल, िई और जून) के मलए थे और उनके श केवल तीन मदन (
प्रत्येक िहीने की 2, 13 और 19 तारीख) क थे। छह द स् ं
A,B,C,D,E,F ने सकणस जाना मनिाण ररत मकया, लेमकन मकसी कारण से
वे अलग-अलग मदन गए। इसके बाद यह ज्ञात है मक F मजस तारीख
क गया था केवल वही उस तारीख क गया था और वह जून िें गया
था। D,2 िई क गया था। B,D के पहले गया था लेमकन जाने वाला
पहला व्यक्ति नहीं था। E,A के ठीक पहले लेमकन D के बाद गया था।
B और A सिान तारीख क नहीं गए थे । E, 13 िई क नहीं गया था।
Sol.
71.
T, U, V, W, X, Y and Z are sitting in single
row facing towards east, not necessarily in
the same order. T is to the north of U and to
the south of Y but no two of them are sitting
together. Z is not sitting next to U. W is
sitting as far from U as he is from T. At least
three people are sitting between Z and T. V
is sitting to the immediate right of U.
T, U, V, W, X, Y और Z एक पंक्ति िें पूवण की
ओर िुखररत ह बैठे हैं , आवश्यक नहीं की क्रि यही
ह | T, U के उत्तर िें और Y के दमिण िें है लेमकन
उनिें द न ं िें से क ई भी एक साथ नहीं बैठे हैं | Z, U
के अगले स्थान पर नहीं बैठा है | W, U से उतनी ही
दू री पर बैठा है मजतनी दू री वह T से है | Z और T के
बीच िें कि से कि तीन व्यक्ति बैठे हैं | V, U के
मनकटस्थ दायें बैठा है |
Sol.
72.
Ganesh, Raghav, Dheeraj, Nitin, Asmit, Anshul and Neha
live on a different floors of a building having seven floors
numbered one to seven(The ground floor is number 1
and the floor above it is numbered 2 and so on. The
topmost floor is numbered 7) but not necessarily in the
same order. Each of them likes a different channel, Sony,
Star Sports, ZeeTv, Colors, HBO, Star Plus and Pogo but
not necessarily in the same order.
Dheeraj lives on the third floor but does not like Sony.
Raghav does not like Star Sports. The one who likes Pogo
lives immediately below the person who likes Colors.
Anshul likes ZeeTv but he does not live on an even-
numbered floor. The floor on which Ganesh lives is
immediately above the floor on which Raghav lives.
Ganesh does not like Sony. The one who likes Star Plus
lives immediately below the one who likes Star Sports.
Nitin lives on floor no.6. Neither Ganesh nor Asmit like
HBO. Neha likes Colors and lives on the topmost floor.
The one who likes Sony does not live above the person
who likes Start Sports.
SOL.
73.
Six colleagues Akash, Suresh, Jay, Bharat, Koyel and
Nilesh live in a six-storey building (from ground floor to
fifth floor). No two of them live on the same floor.
i)Jay lives above the floor at which Nilesh lives and
below the floor at which Suresh lives
ii)Suresh and Akash live at odd numbered floor. Bharat
lives above Akash
iii)Koyel lives below Nilesh and Akash
iv)Jay lives at an even numbered floor. Bharat lives
above Nilesh
ii) सु रेश और आकाश मवर्ि सं ख्यां मकत िंमजल पर रहते हैं | भारत,
आकाश के ऊपर वाली िंमजल पर रहता है |
sol.
74.
Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G & H were born on different years 1978,
1983, 1985, 1986,1988, 1991, 1996 & 1999(not necessarily in same order).
No two friends were born on same year. They all were born on 1st January.
(Note : Consider their age as on 1st Jan 2018)
• 2 people were born between D & E who was born in a leap year.
• Only one person was born between C & A who was born after G.
• 2 people were born between F & G whose age is not a multiple of 4.
• B was born immediately after D.
Sol.
75.
Seven persons A, B, C, D, E, F and G were seated in a
row facing the North.
· C was seated 3rd to the left of B
· E was to the immediate right of A
· Number of persons seated to the right of D was thrice as
that of the number of persons seated to the left of G
· G was not seated at either of the extreme ends.
· B was not seated neighbouring F
Sol.
76.
Eight people - Pawan, Sanjay, Piyush, Ranjeet, Puran,
Yogesh, Amit, and Pankaj are sitting around a circular
table facing the center. Each of them is a different
profession - Clerk, Typist, HR, Counselor, Marketing,
Accountant, Content Developer, and Manager but not
necessarily in the same order.
Sanjay is sitting second to the left of Yogesh. The
Manager is an immediate neighbour of Yogesh. There are
only three people between the Manager and Pawan.
Only one person sits between the Counselor and Pawan.
The Typist is to the immediate right of the Counselor.
Pankaj is second to the right of Yogesh. Ranjeet is the
Manager. Piyush and Puran are immediate neighbour of
each other. Neither Piyush nor Puran is a Counselor. The
Marketing is to the immediate left of Sanjay. The
Accountant is second to the right of the Typist. The
Content Developer is an immediate neighbor of the
Counselor. Piyush is second to the right of the Clerk.
SOL.
77.
Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are seated in a
straight line. Four of them are facing North and
remaining are facing South.
C is facing South and is sitting to the immediate right of
both G and D. F and C are seated second to the right of
each other. F and A are sitting at extreme ends and are
not facing the same direction. B is an immediate
neighbour of A and H. B, H and G are facing the same
direction.
आठ द स्त A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक सीिी पंक्ति िें बैठे हैं ।
उनिे से चार का िुख उत्तर और शेर् चार का िुख दमिण की
ओर है
C का िुख दमिण मदशा िें है और G और D द न ं के ठीक दायें
ओर बैठा है । F और C एक दू सरे के दायें दू सरे स्थान पर बैठे हैं । F
और A पंक्ति के अंमति छ र पर बैठे हैं और सिान मदशा की ओर
उन्मुख नही ं हैं | B, A और H का मनकटति पड़ सी है तथा B, H
और G सिान मदशा की ओर उन्मुख हैं ।
SOL.
78.
14 friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G, P, Q, R, S, T, U & V are sitting in 2
parallel rows facing each other. A, B, C, D, E, F & G are sitting in
a row facing north while P, Q, R, S, T, U & V are sitting on
another row facing south. Each person in a row is facing a person
of another row.
B is sitting 3rd to right of E who is facing the person sitting
immediate left of R. D is immediate left of G who faces P. Neither
T nor S is adjacent to R. A & F are adjacent. T & S have 4 people
in between them. A neither faces S nor T. Q sits 2nd to left of the
person who faces C. Neither T nor R is adjacent to V.
14 मित्र A, B, C, D, E, F, G, P, Q, R, S, T, U और V द
सिां तर पंक्तिय ं िें एक-दू सरे की ओर िुखररत ह कर बैठे हैं |
एक पंक्ति िें A, B, C, D, E, F और G उत्तर की ओर िुखररत
ह कर बैठे हैं जबमक अन्य पंक्ति िें P, Q, R, S, T, U और V
दमिण की ओर िुखररत ह कर बैठे हैं | एक पंक्ति िें प्रत्येक
व्यक्ति अन्य पंक्ति के एक व्यक्ति की ओर िुखररत है |
B, E के दाएं से तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा है , ज R के मनकटस्थ
बाएं बैठे व्यक्ति की ओर िुखररत है | D, G के मनकटस्थ बाएं है ,
ज P की ओर िुखररत है | न त T और न ही S, R के आसन्न
हैं | A और F आसन्न है | T और S के बीच िें 4 ल ग हैं | A न त
S और न ही T की ओर िुखररत हैं | Q, C की ओर िुखररत
व्यक्ति के बाएं से दू सरे स्थान पर बैठा है | न त T और न ही R,
V के आसन्न है |
I Can And I Will Page 165
100-PUZZLES-PDF IV
Sol.
79.
Eight persons A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H were born
on 16 April, but in different years among
th
Sol.
80.
There are six friends - A, B, C, D, E and F. They like
different cricketer - Sehwag, Saurav, Dhoni, Kohli, Dravid
and Sachin, not necessarily in the same order.
• F doesn't likes Dhoni.
• C neither likes Saurav nor Dhoni.
• B likes Dravid.
• E neither likes Sehwag nor Kohli.
• D is a fan of Kohli and, neither E nor C likes Sachin.
• E is not a fan of Dhoni.
छह मित्र - A, B, C, D, E और F हैं | वे मभन्न- मभन्न मक्रकेटर -ं सहवाग,
सौरव, ि नी, क हली, द्रमवड और समचन क पसंद करते हैं , आवश्यक
नहीं की सिान क्रि िें ह |
• F, ि नी क पसंद नहीं करता है |
• C न त सौरव क और न ही ि नी क पसंद करता है |
• B, द्रमवड क पसंद करता है |
• E न त सहवाग और न ही क हली क पसंद करता है |
• D, क हली का प्रशंसक है और न त E और न ही C समचन क पसंद
करते हैं |
• E, ि नी का प्रशंसक नहीं है |
Sol.
81.
Eight employees of a company: Pawan, Karishma, Raju, Shweta,
Tanvi, Varun, Wasim and Yogita are playing a game during the
lunch time. They are sitting around a square table in such a way
that four of them sit at four corners of the square while four sits in
the middle of each of the four sides.
The ones who sit at the four corners face the centre while the
ones who sit in the middle of the sides face outside. Pawan, who
faces the centre sits third to the right of Varun. Tanvi, who faces
the centre, is not an immediate neighbour of Varun. Only one
person sits between Varun and Wasim. Shweta sits second to the
right of Karishma. Karishma faces the centre. Raju is not an
immediate neighbour of Pawan.
एक कंपनी के आठ किणचारी: पवन, कररश्मा, राजू, िेता, तन्वी, वरुण, वसीि
और य मगता द पहर के भ जन के दौरान एक खेल खेल रहे हैं । वे एक वगाण कार
टे बल के चार ं ओर इस तरह से बैठे हैं मक उनिें से चार वगण के चार क न ं पर
बैठते हैं जबमक चार चार ं प्रत्येक भुजाओं के बीच िें बैठते हैं ।
चार क न ं पर बैठने वाले ल ग केंद्र की ओर िुखररत हैं , जबमक भुजाओं के बीच
िें बैठने वाले ल ग बाहर की ओर िुखररत हैं । पवन, ज केंद्र की ओर िुखररत है
वह वरुण के दाएाँ से तीसरी ओर बैठता है । तन्वी, ज केंद्र की ओर िुखररत है ,
वह वरुण की मनकटति पड़ सी नहीं है । वरुण और वसीि के बीच केवल एक
व्यक्ति बैठता है । िे ता, कररश्मा के दाएाँ से दू सरी ओर बैठती है । कररश्मा केंद्र
की ओर िुखररत है । राजू, पवन का मनकटति पड़ सी नहीं है ।
Sol.
82.
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H
were seated around a circular table
facing the centre. H was seated
opposite to F. C was 2 to the right of D
nd
right of G.
आठ व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक
वगाण कार िेज के चार ं ओर केंद्र की ओर
िुखररत ह कर बैठे हुए थे। H, F के मवपरीत
बैठा हुआ था। C, D दाएं से दू सरे स्थान पर बैठा
हुआ था ज H का पड़ सी था। A, B के बाएं से
तीसरे स्थान पर बैठा हुआ था। B उस व्यक्ति के
मवपरीत बैठा हुआ था ज G के दाएं से दू सरा
था।
Sol.
83.
Twelve players are sitting in two parallel rows containing
six players each in such a way that there is an equal
distance between adjacent players. In row 1, Ashwin,
Bhubhneshwar, Chandrapaul, Dhoni, Eshan and Flintoff
are sitting and all of them are facing South. In row 2,
Piyush, Qureshi, Rohit, Sehwag, Tahir and Virat are sitting
and all of them are facing North. Therefore, in the given
seating arrangement, each member of a row faces
another member of the other row.
Virat sits third to the right of Sehwag. Sehwag faces
Flintoff and Flintoff does not sit at any of the extreme
ends of the lines. Dhoni sits third to the right of
Chandrapaul. Rohit faces Eshan. The one facing Eshan
sits third to the right of Piyush. Bhubhneshwar and
Piyush do not sit at the extreme ends of the lines. Tahir is
not an immediate neighbour of Sehwag and Flintoff is
not an immediate neighbour of Dhoni.
SOL.
84.
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting in a straight line facing
north. They like different things i.e. Car, Mobile, Laptop, Pager, Camera,
I-pod, Walkman and Watch, but not necessarily in the same order.
The one who likes laptop is 3rd from the left end. Two people are
sitting between the one who likes Laptop and A. The one who likes I-
pod is the neighbour of A. B is 2nd to the left of the one who likes I-pod.
H likes Mobile and sits 2nd to the left of B. The number of people sitting
between H and A is same as the number of people sitting between B
and C. E likes Watch and sits 2nd to the left of the one who likes Car. F
likes Pager. The one who likes Walkman is 2nd to the left of the one
who likes Camera. G and A do not like Car.
आठ व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक सीिी रे खा िें उत्तर की ओर िुख
करके बैठे हैं । वे अलग-अलग चीजें जैसे- कार, ि बाइल, लैपटॉप, पेजर, कैिरा,
आईपॉड, घड़ी और वॉकिैन पसंद करते है लेमकन जरूरी नहीं है मक इसी क्रि िें
ह।
ज व्यक्ति लैपटॉप पसंद करता है , वह बां ये छ र से तीसरा है । A और लैपटॉप
पसंद करने वाले व्यक्ति के बीच िें द व्यक्ति बैठे हैं । ज व्यक्ति आईपॉड पसंद
करता है वह A का पड़ सी है । B, आईपॉड पसंद करने वाले व्यक्ति के बां ये दू सरा
है । H, ि बाइल पसंद करता है और B के बां ये दू सरा बैठा है । H और A के बीच
बैठे व्यक्तिय ं की संख्य
ा, B और C के बीच बैठे व्यक्तिय ं की संख्य ा के बराबर है ।
E, घड़ी पसंद करता है और कार पसंद करने वाले व्यक्ति के बां ये दू सरा बैठा है ।
F, पेजर पसंद करता है । ज व्यक्ति वॉकिै न पसंद करता है , वह कैिरा पसंद
करने वाले व्यक्ति के बां ये दू सरा बैठा है । G और A कार नहीं पसंद करते हैं ।
SOL.
85.
8 friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G & H are sitting in a row. Some of them are
facing north while others are facing south. Not more than 2 people
faces same direction are sitting together.
• D who sits at one of the ends is 3rd to right of G.
• C is 3rd to right of E.
• Both immediate neighbours of G faces opposite directions.
• Neither B nor G is adjacent to C.
• 3 people sit between F & B who is adjacent to G.
• H is 4th to left of A who faces north.
• H is not adjacent to E who is facing north.
• D & C faces same direction but opposite of H's direction.
एक पंक्ति िें आठ मित्र A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H हैं | उनिें से कुछ व्यक्तिय ं का
िुख उत्तर मदशा की ओर है जबमक अन्य व्यक्तिय ं का िुख दमिण मदशा की ओर है |
सिान मदशा की ओर िुखररत ह कर बै ठे 2 से अमिक व्यक्ति एक साथ नहीं बै ठे हैं |
• D ज मक पंक्ति के एक अं त पर बै ठता है , वह G के दायें ओर तीसरे स्थान पर
बै ठता है |
• C, E के दायें ओर तीसरे स्थान पर बै ठता है |
• G के द न ं मनकटति पड़ मसय ं का िुख मवपरीत मदशाओ की ओर है |
• न त B और न ही G, C के आसन्न हैं |
• 3 व्यक्ति F और B के बीच िें बै ठते हैं , ज G के आसन्न है |
• H, A के बायें ओर चौथे स्थान पर है , मजसका िुख उत्तर मदशा की ओर है |
• H, E के आसन्न नहीं है , मजसका िुख उत्तर मदशा की ओर है |
• D और C का िुख सिान मदशा की ओर है लेमकन H की मदशा के मवपरीत है |
I Can And I Will Page 180
100-PUZZLES-PDF IV
Sol.
86.
Sol.
87.
Seven friends viz Manuj, Nimit, Gunjan, Harsh, Akshay, Shivam and
Piyush, are pursuing their PhD in different subjects—Maths, History,
Political Science, Chemistry, Economic, Accounts and Geography, but
not necessarily in the same order. They study in three different
universities, viz P, Q and S. At least two friends study in the same
university.
Harsh is studying Political Science in university P. The one who is
studying History is not from university S. Piyush is studying Geography
in university Q with only Nimit. Manuj is not studying Economics and is
not from university P. Shivam is studying Accounts and is not from
university P. Akshay is studying Chemistry but not from university P. No
one studies Maths or Economics in university P.
सात द स् नािशः िनुज, मनमित, गुंजन, हर्ण , अिय, मशवि और पीयूर्, मवमभन्न
मवर्य-गमणत, इमतहास, राजनीमत मवज्ञान, रसायन मवज्ञान, आमथणक, ले खा और
भूग ल िें अपनी पीएचडी कर रहे हैं , लेमकन जरूरी नहीं मक एक ही क्रि िें। वे
तीन मवमभन्न मविमवद्यालय ं नािशः P, Q और S िें अध्ययन करते हैं । कि से कि
द द स् एक ही मविमवद्यालय िें अध्ययन करते हैं ।
हर्ण मविमवद्यालय P िें राजनीमत मवज्ञान का अध्ययन कर रहा है । एक छात्र ज
इमतहास का अध्ययन कर रहा है , मविमवद्यालय S से नहीं है । पीयूर् केवल मनमित
के साथ मविमवद्यालय Q िें भूग ल का अध्ययन कर रहा है | िनुज अथणशास्त्र का
अध्ययन नहीं कर रहा है और मविमवद्यालय P से नहीं है । मशवि् लेखा का अध्ययन
कर रहा है और मविमवद्यालय P से नहीं है । अिय रसायन शास्त्र का अध्ययन कर
रहा है लेमकन मविमवद्यालय P से नहीं है । क ई भी गमणत या अथणशास्त्र का
अध्ययन मविमवद्यालय P िें नहीं कर रहा है ।
SOL.
88.
Eight female members of a family - A, B, C, D, E, F,
G and H - sitting around a circular table such that no
two people sitting next to each other face the same
side.
G sits to the left of her mother-in-law H, who faces
the center and also to the right of her sister-in-law,
E. E has only two daughters D and A, who sit on
either side of C who is their maternal aunt. F faces H
in the same direction and sits to the left of A who is
her great granddaughter. G has only one daughter
who sits to the left of her aunt E.
एक पररवार की आठ िमहला सदस्य A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक
वृत्त
ाकार िेंज के चार ं ओर इस प्रकार बैठी हैं मक एक दू सरे के
मनकटति स्थान ं पर बैठे क ई भी द व्यक्ततय ं का िुख सिान मदशा िें
नहीं है ।
G, अपनी सास H के बां यें बैठती है ज केन्द्र के ओर दे खती है और
अपनी मसस्टर इन लॉ E के दां यीं ओर भी है । E की केवल द पुमत्रयां D
और A हैं , A, ज C के द न ं ओर बैठती हैं ज उनकी िौसी है । F, H के
सािने है और सिान मदशा िें है और A के बां यीं ओर बैठती है ज उसकी
ग्रे ट ग्रॉडडॉटर है । G के केवल एक पुत्री है ज अपनी ऑट E के बां यीं
ओर बैठती है ।
SOL.
89.
Seven people P, Q, R, S, T, U, V had their interview for a
prestigious MBA college. The interview was in the month
of June , July and August. The dates for these interviews
were 16, 19 and 23. Each of them had interview on a
different day. Further it is known that Q had interview
immediately after R but before U. V and R had interview
on same date but in different months. Nobody had
interview on 23rd August. U had interview on 19th of a
month with 31 days. P was interviewed on 16thof a month
but not in August. S was not interviewed on 23rd. T whose
interview was on 16th July had interview after S. V was
interviewed before R.
एक प्रमतमित एिबीए कॉलेज के मलए सात ल ग -ं P, Q, R, S, T, U,
V के सािात्कार थे | सािात्कार जून, जुलाई और अगस् के िहीने िें
था। इन सािात्कार ं की तारीख 16, 19 और 23 थी| उनिें से प्रत्येक
का सािात्कार मभन्न-मभन्न मदन ं पर था| आगे यह भी ज्ञात है मक Q का
सािात्कार R के मनकटस्थ बाद लेमकन U से पहले था| V और R का
सािात्कार सिान तारीख पर लेमकन मवमभन्न िहीन ं िें था| मकसी भी
व्यक्ति का सािात्कार 23 अगस् क नहीं था| U का सािात्कार 31
मदन ं वाले िहीने की 19 तारीख क था| P का सािात्कार िहीने की
16 तारीख क मलया गया था लेमकन अगस् िहीना िें नहीं मलया गया
था| S का सािात्कार 23 तारीख क नहीं मलया गया था| T, मजसका
सािात्कार16 जुलाई क था, उसका सािात्कार S के बाद था| V का
सािात्कार R से पहले मलया गया था|
Sol.
90.
6 persons A, B, C, D, E and F are standing around the
triangle facing towards centre. Three of them are standing
at the corner and rest are standing along the side of the
table. Distance between any 2 adjacent persons is same.
Each of them like different colours among Red, Blue,
Yellow, White, Black and Green not necessarily in the
same order.
A is standing 2nd to the left of the person who likes Red
colour. Neither A nor the person who like Red are standing
at the corner of the triangle. B is facing F, who likes
Green. The one who likes White is facing D, who likes
Black. C likes Blue. B is not standing adjacent to E. B
doesn't like Red.
6 व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E और F एक मत्रभु ज के चार ं ओर केंद्र की
ओर िुखररत ह खड़े हैं | उनिें से तीन क ना पर खड़े हैं और शेर् टे बल
की भु जा के साथ खड़े हैं | मकसी भी 2 आसन्न व्यक्तिय ं के बीच की दू री
सिान है | उनिें से प्रत्येक मवमभन्न रं ग लाल, नीला, पीला, सफ़ेद, काला
और हरा पसंद करते हैं , आवश्यक नहीं की क्रि यही ह |
A, लाल रं ग पसंद करने वाले व्यक्ति के बाएं से दू सरे स्थान पर खड़ा
है | न ही A और न ही लाल रं ग पसंद करने वाला व्यक्ति मत्रभु ज के
क ने पर खड़ा है | B, F की ओर िुखररत है , ज हरा रं ग पसंद करता
है | ज सफ़ेद रं ग पसंद करता है , वह D की ओर िुखररत है , मजसे
काला रं ग पसंद है | C नीला रं ग पसंद करता है | B, E के आसन्न नहीं
खड़ा है | B लाल पसंद नहीं करता है |
I Can And I Will Page 190
100-PUZZLES-PDF IV
Sol.
91.
Six suitcases each of a different brand were stacked one over
another. The brands were Tommy Hilfiger, Samsonite, Safari, AT,
VIP and Sky bags not necessarily in the same order.
• If the positions of the samsonite and AT are interchanged, then
AT would be kept just above the VIP suitcase
• If the positions of Tommy Hilfiger and Sky bags are
interchanged, then Sky Bags would be at a gap of 2 bags from
the VIP
• The Samsonite and Safari suitcases were kept consecutively.
• Sky bag was kept just above the AT suitcase
• AT and Tommy Hilfiger were not kept consecutively.
छः अलग-अलग ब्ां ड के सूटकेस एक स्टै क िें एक के ऊपर एक करके रखे
हुए थे| यह ब्ां ड टौिी महलमफगर, सैम्स नाइट, सफारी, एटी, वीआईपी और
स्काई बैग्स थे लेमकन आवश्यक नहीं मक क्रि यही ह |
• यमद सैम्स नाइट और एटी सूटकेस के स्थान ं क परस्पर बदल मदया जाए, त
एटी का सूटकेस,वीआईपी के सूटकेस के ठीक ऊपर ह गा|
• यमद टौिी महलमफगर और स्काई बै ग्स के सूटकेस के स्थान ं क परस्पर बदल
मदया जाए, त स्काई बैग्स का सूटकेस, वीआईपी के सूटकेस से 2 बैग ं के
अन्तराल पर ह गा|
• सैम्स नाइट का सूटकेस और सफारी का सूटकेस क्रमिक तौर पर रखे थे |
• स्काई बैग्स का सूटकेस, एटी के सूटकेस से ठीक ऊपर रखा था|
• एटी और टौिी महलमफगर का सूटकेस क्रमिक तौर पर नहीं रखे थे |
Sol.
92
Eight persons from different countries –Canada, Cuba, Japan,
France, Angola, Bhutan, Denmark and Russia– are sitting in two
parallel rows containing four people each in such a way that
there is an equal distance between adjacent persons. In row 1
A, B, C and D are seated and all of them are facing north. In row
2, M, N, O and P are seated and all of them are facing south.
Therefore, in the given seating arrangement, each member is
seated in a row facing another member of the other row. (All
the information given above does not necessarily represent the
order of seating as in the final arrangement).
* C sits second to right of the person from Russia. O is an
immediate neighbour of the person who faces the person from
Russia.
* Only one person sits between O and the person from France.
The immediate neighbour of the person from France faces the
person from Japan.
* The person from Canada faces the person from Bhutan. O is
not from Bhutan. M is not from France. M does not face the
person from Russia.
* N faces the person from Angola. The one who faces P sits on
the immediate left of A.
* B does not sit at any of the extreme ends of the line. The
person from Russia does not face the person from Cuba.
मवमभन्न दें श ं कनाडा, यूबा, जापान, फ्ां स, अंग ला, भू टान, डे निाकण
और रूस से संबंमित आठ व्यक्ति द सिां तर पंक्तिय ं (प्रत्येक िें चार
व्यक्ति) िें एक दू सरे के सिाने सिान दू री पर बैठे हैं । पंक्ति 1िें A, B, C
और D बैठें हैं और सभी का िुख उत्तर की ओर है । पंक्ति 2िें M, N, O
और P बैठे हैं और उनका िुख दमिण की ओर है । इसमलये, दी गई
व्यवस्था िें, प्रत्येक सदस्य का िुख दू सरी पंक्ति िें बैठे व्यक्ति के सािने
हैं । उपर त दी गई जानकारी िें मदया गया व्यक्तिय ं का मदया गया क्रि
आवश्यक नहीं है मक उत्तर व्यवस्था के सिान है ।)
* C रूस से संबंमित व्यक्ति के दायें दू सरे स्थान पर है । O रूस से
संबंमित व्यक्ति के सम्िुख व्यक्ति का मनकटति पड़ सी है ।
* O और फ्ां स से संबंमित व्यक्ति के िध्य केवल एक व्यक्ति बैठा है ।
फ्ां स से संबंमित व्यक्ति का मनकटति पड़ सी जापान से संबंमित व्यक्ति
के सािने बैठा है ।
* कनाडा से संबंमित व्यक्ति भू टान से संबंमित व्यक्ति के सािने है । O
भू टान से नहीं है । M फ्ां स से नहीं है । M रूस से संबंमित व्यक्ति के
सम्मुख नहीं बैठा है ।
* N अंग ला से संबंमित व्यक्ति के सािने बैठा है । P से सािने बैठा
व्यक्ति A के ठीक बायें बैठा है ।
* B मकसी भी पंक्ति के छ र पर नहीं बैठा है । रूस से संबंमित व्यक्ति
यूबा से संबंमित व्यक्ति के सािने नहीं बैठा है
SOL.
93.
Eight persons M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T are
sitting around a circular table and facing the
centre. P is second to the left of N’s mother.
N sits opposite to S. M is brother of Q and sits
to the immediate left of S. Q is father of O and
R. N is aunt of O. S sits third to the right of T.
Q’s daughter is second to the right of S. Two
persons are sitting between M and O. P’s
daughter is second to the left of P. P is not
neighbour of O. P is father of Q. O’s brother is
to the immediate left of O.
आठ ल ग M, N, O, P, Q, R, S और T एक वृत्त ाकार िेंज के चार ं
ओर केंद्र की ओर िुख करके बैठते हैं । P, N की िाता के बां यें दू सरे
स्थान पर है । N, S के सािने बैठता है । M, Q का भाई है और S के
मनकटति बां यें बैठता है । Q, O और R का मपता है । N, O की आं ट है ।
S, T के दां यें तीसरे स्थान पर है । Q की पुत्री S के दां यें दू सरे स्थान पर
है । M और O के बीच िें द व्यक्तत बैठते हैं । P की पुत्री, P के बां यें
दू सरे स्थान पर है । P, O का पड़ सी नहीं है । P, Q का मपता है । O का
भाई, O के मनकटति बां यें स्थान पर है ।
SOL.
Family Tree:
94.
Seven friends A, B, C, D, E, F, and G live on separate
floors of a 7-floor building. The ground floor is
numbered 1, first floor is numbered 2 and so on until
the topmost floor is numbered 7. Each of them plays
a different games—Cricket, Badminton, Tennis,
Football, Golf, Baseball, and Shooting.
Only three people live above the floor on which A
lives. Only one people live between A and the one
who plays Baseball. F lives immediately below the
one who plays Badminton. The one who plays
Badminton lives on an even numbered floor. Only
three people live between the ones who play
Baseball and the one who plays Tennis. Only two
people live between B and the one who plays Golf. E
livesimmediatelyaboveC.Edoesn’tplayTennis.The
one who plays Golf lives below the floor on which B
lives. The one who plays Cricket does not live
immediately above or immediately below B. D does
not live immediately above or immediately below A.
G does not play Football.।
SOL.
95.
Seven persons Ramesh, Suresh, Jignesh,
Parmesh, Kalpesh, Saurabh, and Surbhi are
sitting in a row and all of they are facing to the
North direction and likes different cities Delhi,
Varanasi, Bengaluru, Jaipur, Jodhpur, Pune,
Hyderabad not necessarily in the same
order.
Ramesh likes Delhi. Ramesh sits one of the
ends of the row. Kalpesh sits second to the
right of Ramesh and second to the left of the
one who likes Varanasi. Saurabh also sits
one of the ends of the row, he likes Jaipur.
Saurabh and Surbhi are immediate
neighbours of each other. There are three
persons sit between Surbhi and Bengaluru.
Parmesh likes Bengaluru. Jignesh sits
immediate left of Varanasi. Kalpesh likes of
jodhpur.
SOL.
96.
Six boxes A, B, C, D, E, F are placed one above another of different color
viz. Blue, White, Black, Purple, Red, Pink. Each of the box is of different
size. The smallest box is placed at the top. Two boxes are placed in
between box B and box D which is of Blue color. The second largest box
is placed immediately above box D. Only one box is smaller than box E.
Box C is of Purple color. Black box is larger than White box but smaller
than Purple box. Box F is neither of White color nor of black colour. Box
B is not of Black color. Box B is larger than Pink box which is larger than
Red box. Only two boxes are placed between box F and A. Only three
boxes are placed in between largest box and third smallest box but the
largest box is placed below the third smallest box.
छह मडब्बे A, B, C, D, E, F एक के ऊपर एक करके रखे हैं , इनका रं ग अलग-
अलग है अथाण त् नीला, सफेद, काला, जािुनी, लाल, गुलाबी। प्रत्येक मडब्बे का
आकार अलग-अलग है । सबसे छ टा मडब्बा शीर्ण पर रखा गया है । मडब्बा B और
मडब्बा D के बीच द मडब्बे रखे हैं , ज नीले रं ग का है । दू सरा सबसे बड़ा मडब्बा,
मडब्बा D के ठीक ऊपर रखा गया है । मडब्बा E से केवल एक मडब्बा छ टा है ।
मडब्बा C जािुनी रं ग का है । काला मडब्बा, सफ़ेद मडब्बे से बड़ा है लेमकन जािुनी
मडब्बे से छ टा है । मडब्बा F न त सफेद रं ग और न ही काले रं ग का है । मडब्बा B
काले रं ग का नहीं है । मडब्बा B गु लाबी मडब्बे से बड़ा है , ज लाल मडब्बे से बड़ा है ।
मडब्बा F और A के बीच केवल द मडब्बे रखे गए हैं । सबसे बड़े मडब्बे और तीसरे
सबसे छ टे मडब्बे के बीच िें केवल तीन मडब्बे रखे गए हैं , लेमकन सबसे बड़ा
मडब्बा तीसरे सबसे छ टे मडब्बे के नीचे रखा गया है ।
Sol
97.
Seven people A, B, C, D, E, F, G participated in a race which is of a certain
duration, also each of them got different ranks. The track is a linear one and
is of 100m. The one who got first rank run complete 100m but rest all run
different distance but less than 100m in that time. C ran 10 m more than G.
Both A and B run less distance than D. One of the person covers 85m
distance. The one who got II rank is only 5m behind the border line. C covers
less distance than F. The difference between the distance covered by C and
D is 5m. None of the given person runs 90m and nobody covers less distance
than 75m. The difference between the distance covered by C and G is same
as the distance covered by F and A. F runs less distance than E. The
difference between the sum of the distance covered by A and D and sum of
the distance covered by E and F is 23. B covers 3m less distance than G.
सात व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G एक मनमित अवमि की रे स िें भाग लेते हैं साथ ही उनिें
से प्रत्ये क क अलग अलग रैं क प्राप्त ह ती है । टर ै क एक रै खीय है और 100 िीटर का
है । पहली रैं क प्राप्त करने वाला व्यक्ति पूरे 100 िीटर तक दौड़ता है लेमकन शे र् सभी
उसी सिय िें अलग अलग दू री लेमकन 100 िीटर से कि दू री दौड़ते हैं । C, G की
तुलना िें 10 िीटर अमिक दौड़ता है । A और B द न ,ं D की तुलना िें कि दू री तय
करते हैं । क ई एक व्यक्ति 85 िीटर की दू री तय करता है । II रैं क प्राप्त करने वाला
व्यक्ति, बॉडण र लाइन से केवल 5 िीटर पीछे है । C, F की तुलना िें कि दू री तय करता
है । C और D द्वारा तय की गयी दू री के बीच का अं तर 5 िीटर है । मदया गया क ई भी
व्यक्ति 90 िीटर नहीं दौड़ता है और क ई भी व्यक्ति 75 िीटर से कि की दू री तय नहीं
करता है । C और G द्वारा तय की गयी दू री, F और A द्वारा तय की गयी दू री के बीच का
अं तर सिान है । F, E से कि दू री तय करता है । A और D द्वारा तय की गयी दू री के य ग
तथा E और F द्वारा तय की गयी दू री के य ग के बीच का अं तर 23 है । B, G की तु लना िें
3 िीटर कि दू री तय करता है ।
SOL
98.
Eight persons P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W were giving exam of different types viz. IIT,
CLAT, SSC, IBPS, NET, NEET, CA, UPSC but not necessarily in the same order.
They got different ranks among 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 only. Two of them got the same
rank while two of them were not be able to qualify the exam. W got two ranks
higher than V (means the difference of numerical value of theirrank’sistwo).
S got three ranks lower than Q. The one who gives exam of NEET got the first
rank. The person who was giving the exam of NET was not be able to qualify
the exam. The one wo is giving the exam of CA got higher rank than the one
who is giving the exam of IBPS. V did not get the last rank. U who is giving
examofCLATwasnotbeabletoqualify.P’srankwasjust lower than the one
who is giving the exam of IIT. The persons who were giving exam of UPSC and
SSC got the same rank but they did not get the 2nd rank. The exam of IBPS
was not given by P and T. T did not give exam of SSC and NET. Q did not give
the exam of IIT. The one who gave the exam of IIT did not get 4th position.
Sol
99.
P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y are going to attend the meeting on two dates 10 and 27 of five
different months January, March, April, May, June on different places A, B, C, D, E, F, G,
H, I, J. Only one person attends a meeting on one date of a month at a place. Q attends
the meeting on an odd date of a month which has 30 days. Only three persons attend
meeting in between Q and S who attends the meating at A. Y attends the meeting at G
and immediately before S. Both P and X attend the meeting on an even date of a month
having 31 days but P attends the meeting before X. Both R and T attend the meeting in
the same month. Only two persons attend meeting in between those who attend
meeting at A and H. The meeting is not held in a month having 31 days at H. U attend
the meeting before V but after W. The meeting held at B immediately after the meeting
which was held at H. Two meetings held in between the one held at B and the one held
at I. Only one meeting held between the one held at I and the one held at F. More than
two meeting held between the one held at F and the one held at E. W does not attend
meeting at D and V does not attend meeting at J. Both T and W attend the meeting on
same date. Meeting at place C held in a month having 30 days.
Sol
100.
P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are eight cricketers sitting around a circular table. Some of them
are facing the center while others are facing opposite to the center. Each of them plays
for different team viz. M, K, J, X, N, L, Y and Z but not necessarily in the same order. Each
of them except U and R played different number of matches for their team. S played
two more matches than his immediate right neighbour. S sits third to the left of P. R sits
second to the left of P. The difference between the number of matches played by Q and
the one who plays for J is two less than the number of person sitting between them. Q
who plays for N is an immediate neighbour of both S and V. The one who sits to the
immediate right of Q plays for X. V who plays for M is sitting third to the right of P. The
sum of the total number of matches played by the immediate neighbours of P is equal
to 9. W who plays for Y sits third to the right of T. Neither P nor W is an immediate
neighbour of the person who plays for L. U does not play for J. Only two such persons
are there who do not have anyone sitting in front of them. The number of matches
played by T is twice the sum of the number of matches played by his immediate
neighbors. The person who plays for Z is sitting opposite T. The one who plays for N
played 5 matches. P and Q are not facing each other. The one who played for K played 3
matches. No one played more than 8 matches.
Sol
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
I Can And I Will Page 214
100 PUZZLES
& SITTING March 14
ARRANGEENT
FOR SBI/IBPS
PO PRELIMS
2019
SET - 5
All Puzzles & Sitting Arrangements are of
SBI/IBPS PO PRELIMS Level and The standard “I CAN AND
time to solve each puzzle sould not be more I WILL”
than 6 minutes and minimum 3 minutes.
100-PUZZLES-PDF V
100 PUZZLES
& SITTING March 14
ARRANGEENT
FOR SBI/IBPS 2019
PO PRELIMS
SET - 5
All Puzzles & Sitting Arrangements are of SBI/IBPS
PO PRELIMS Level and The standard time to solve “I CAN AND I
each puzzle sould not be more than 6 minutes and WILL”
minimum 3 minutes.
PLEASE DO NOT SHARE THIS PDF BAHUT MEHNAT LAGTI HAI BANANE
ME OR 50 RS HAR KOI AFFORD KAR SAKTA HAI SO PLEASE SUPPORT
ME TO SUPPORT YOU.
TARGET - 1
10 AM (ENGLISH)
ROLL NO. 281-350 PRE LEVEL Ke reasoning topics bhejenge like syllogism inequality blood relationship
direction alphanumeric series alphabet test coding decoding symbol coding etc.....
10.05 AM (HINDI)
ROLL NO. 5181-5250 same topic
1 PM - TARGET 1 POLLS
TARGET 2
1.25 PM (ENGLISH)
ROLL NO. 351-400 PRELIMS LEVEL PUZZLES AND SITTING ARRANGEMENT and data interpretation
5 PM - TARGET 2 POLLS
1. ONLY STUDENTS WITH ROLL NUMBERS MENTIONED ABOVE WILL SEND QUESTIONS
2. FIRST SOLVE THAT QUESTION YOURSELF AND IF YOU ARE ABLE TO SOLVE THEN ONLY SEND IT
:heart:
3. TAKE A CLEAR PICTURE OF QUESTION AND SOLUTION AND ATTACH BOTH FILES BEFORE SENDING
THEM
:heart:
5. STUDENTS OTHER THAN MENTIONED ROLL NUMBERS DO NOT SEND ANY QUESTIONS
8. BICH ME KOI BHI MSG NAHI KAREGA OR MUJHE KOI PERSONAL MSG NAHI KAREGA
9. KHUD SE SOLVE HO JATA HAI QUESTION TABHI BHEJNA TAKI AAPKO LEVEL KA PATA HO OR
DUSRON KA BHI TIME WASTE NA HO
:heart::heart::heart:
1.
Eight students - A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H, gave an exam for the entrance in a school. Five of them
passed the exam and took admission, while the rest of the students took admission in schools
in different cities.
All these students are sitting in a circular manner facing the centre.
• C didn't pass and took admission in a school in Bangalore.
• Two students are sitting between A and E, both A and E passed.
• C is not an immediate neighbour of both D and A and, is facing the student who didn't pass
the exam.
• The one who sits facing H, passed.
• Both B and H didn't pass.
• D sits facing G, who passed.
• The one who didn't pass and took admission in Pune, sits to immediate left of the one who
didn't pass and took admission in Goa.
• D sits to immediate left of F.
आठ विद्यार्थी - A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H ने एक विद्यालय में प्रिेश परीक्षा दी| उनमें से पाांच व्यक्तियों ने परीक्षा उत्तीर्ण की
और प्रिेश ललया जबकक शेष विद्यार्र्थणयों ने अलग-अलग शहरों के विद्यालयों में प्रिेश ललया|
ये सभी विद्यार्थी केंद्र की ओर मुख करके िि
ृ ाकार बैठे हैं|
• C उिीर्ण नहीां हुआ और उसने बैंगलोर के विद्यालय में प्रिेश ललया|
• A और E के बीच दो विद्यार्थी बैठे हैं, A और E दोनों ही उत्तीर्ण हो गए हैं|
• C, न िो D न ही A के ठीक बगल का पड़ोसी है और उसका मुख उस व्यक्ति की ओर है जो व्यक्ति परीक्षा में उिीर्ण नहीां हुआ है |
• H की ओर मख
ु ररि व्यक्ति परीक्षा में उिीर्ण हुआ है |
• B और H दोनों परीक्षा में उत्तीर्ण नहीां हुए हैं|
• D, G की ओर मुखररि होकर बैठा है , जो परीक्षा में उत्तीर्ण हो गया है |
• पुर्े के विद्यालय में प्रिेश लेने िाला व्यक्ति परीक्षा में उत्तीर्ण नहीां हुआ है , िह गोिा के विद्यालय में प्रिेश लेने िाले व्यक्ति
जो परीक्षा में उत्तीर्ण नहीां हुआ है उसके ठीक बायें स्र्थान पर बैठा है |
• D, F के ठीक बायें स्र्थान पर बैठिा है |
2.
Ten persons are sitting in two linear parallel rows. A, B, C, D and E, sit in one row facing south, and, K, L,
M, N and O sit in the other row facing north. Person of one row is facing the person sitting in the other
row.
Each of them either gave an online test or and an offline test.
• E sits second to right of D, who gave offline test. One of them sits at the extreme end.
• M gave online test and, sits at the extreme end facing the one who gave online test.
• In the row, which is facing south, only two persons gave online tests.
• The both immediate neighbours of C gave offline tests.
• The both immediate neighbours of L gave online tests.
• A sits towards right of C and gave offline test.
• O sits to immediate left of K.
• The person facing D as well as B, gave offline test.
दस व्यक्ति दो रै खखक समानाांिर पांक्तियों में बैठे हैं। A, B, C, D और E दक्षक्षर् की ओर मख
ु करके पहली पांक्ति में
बैठिे हैं िर्था K, L, M, N और O दस
ू रे पांक्ति में उत्तर की ओर मख
ु करके बैठिे हैं| पहले पांक्ति के व्यक्तियों का मख
ु ,
दस
ू रे पांक्ति में बैठे व्यक्तियों की ओर है |
उनमें से प्रत्येक ने या िो एक ऑनलाइन परीक्षा या एक ऑफ़लाइन परीक्षा दी र्थी।
• E, D के दायीां ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठिा है , क्जसने ऑफ़लाइन परीक्षा दी र्थी| उनमें से एक चरम अांि पर बैठिा
है |
• M ने ऑनलाइन परीक्षा दी र्थी और िह ऑनलाइन परीक्षा दे ने िाले व्यक्ति की ओर मख
ु करके चरम अांि पर बैठिा
है ।
• पांक्ति में , जो दक्षक्षर् की ओर मख
ु ररि है , केिल दो व्यक्तियों ने ऑनलाइन परीक्षा दी र्थी|
• C के दोनों ठीक बगल के पड़ोलसयों ने ऑफ़लाइन परीक्षा दी र्थी।
• L के दोनों ठीक बगल के पड़ोलसयों ने ऑनलाइन परीक्षा दी र्थी|
• A, C के दायीां ओर बैठिा है और उसने ऑफ़लाइन परीक्षा दी र्थी।
• O, K के ठीक बायीां ओर बैठिा है |
• D और B की ओर मख
ु ररि व्यक्ति ने ऑफ़लाइन परीक्षा दी र्थी।
3.P, R, S, T and V wear red, blue, black, white and pink shirt, not necessarily in the
same order. They buy car, bus, jeep, motorcycle and scooter, not necessarily in
the same order.
i) S does not buy motorcycle
ii) Neither P nor R wears black shirt
iii) T wears blue shirt. V buys scooter
iv) Person who buys car wears red shirt
v) Either R or T buys jeep.
vi) S either wears white shirt or buys bus
vii) Person who buys jeep wears pink shirt
P, R, S, T और V लाल, नीला, काला, सफेद और गुलाबी शर्ण पहनिे हैं, लेककन जरूरी नहीां
कक इसी क्रम में । िे कार, बस, जीप, मोर्रसाइककल और स्कूर्र खरीदिे हैं, लेककन जरूरी
नहीां कक इसी क्रम में हो।
i) S मोर्रसाइककल नहीां खरीदिा है |
ii) न P न ही R काली शर्ण पहनिे हैं|
iii) T नीली शर्ण पहनिा है | V स्कूर्र खरीदिा है |
iv) िह व्यक्ति जो कार खरीदिा है , लाल शर्ण पहनिा है |
v) या िो R या T जीप खरीदिा है |
vi) S या िो सफेद शर्ण पहनिा या बस खरीदिा है |
vii) िह व्यक्ति जो जीप खरीदिा है , गुलाबी शर्ण पहनिा है |
sol:
4.
.Seven cartons were arranged in a stack one over another. Each carton had a different weight 1-
7kg and each had a different fruit peach, papaya, pineapple, kiwi, orange, apple and grapes not
necessarily in the same order.
• There were 4 cartons in between Peach and the carton that weighed 5kg and peach is above
the 5kg carton. Also, the carton with peach was not the topmost carton
• There was one carton in between Papaya and peach
• The carton that weighed 1kg was just above or just below the carton with papaya
• There were 3 cartons in between Apple and orange and the carton with Apple was above the
carton with orange
• Carton with grapes weighed 2kg
• Sum of weights of papaya and pineapple was equal to 7kg
• Carton with Kiwi weighed 2kg more than the carton with orange
• Pineapple and orange were kept in consecutive cartons
• Kiwi and papaya were also kept in consecutive cartons
साि कार्ूणन को एक-के ऊपर एक व्यिक्स्र्थि ककया गया। प्रत्येक कार्ूणन में 1-7 ककलो िक लभन्न - लभन्न
िजन र्था और प्रत्येक में अलग -अलग फल आड़ू, पपीिा, अनानास, कीिी, नारां गी, सेब और अांगरू र्थे जो
इसी क्रम में रखे गए हो जरूरी नहीां र्था ।
• आडू और 5 ककलोग्राम िजन िाले कार्ूणन के बीच 4 कार्ूणन र्थे और आड़ू 5 ककलोग्राम िजन िाले कार्ूणन से
ऊपर है । इसके अलािा, आड़ू का कार्ूणन सबसे ऊपर का कार्ूणन नहीां र्था|
• पपीिा और आड़ू के बीच एक कार्ूणन र्था |
• 1 ककलो िजन िाला कार्ूणन पपीिा िाले कार्ूणन के ठीक ऊपर या नीचे र्था|
• सेब और नारां गी के बीच 3 कार्ूणन र्थे और सेब िाला कार्ूणन नारां गी िाले कार्ूणन से ऊपर र्था
• अांगरू िाला कार्ूणन का िजन 2 ककलो र्था
• पपीिा और अनानास के िजन का योग 7 ककलो के बराबर र्था
• ककिी िाला कार्ूणन का िजन नारां गी िाले कार्ूणन से 2 ककलो अर्िक र्था
• अनानास और नारां गी को क्रलमक कार्ूणन में रखे गए र्थे
• कीिी और पपीिा को भी क्रलमक कार्ूणन में रखे गये र्थे
Sol:
7 Grapes 2kg
6 Peach 6kg
5 Apple 1kg
4 Papaya 3kg/4kg
3 Kiwi 7kg
2 Pineapple 3kg/4kg
1 Orange 5kg
5.
.Aman, Bimal, Charu, Dhawan, Ellie, Farah, Gourav and Hitesh are sitting around a circular table facing
the centre. Each of them uses a different mobile phone brand among Samsung, Nokia, Apple,
Blackberry, Videocon, Micromax, LG and Sony but not necessarily in the same order.
(i) The person who uses Nokia is second to the left of the person who uses Videocon who is third to the
left of Dhawan.
(ii) Aman neither uses Nokia nor Videocon but is sitting opposite the person who uses Apple.
(iii) Charu is neither adjacent to Bimal nor adjacent to the person who uses Micromax. Dhawan does not
use Apple.
(iv) The person who uses Blackberry is to the immediate left of the person who uses Apple and is
adjacent to the person who uses Sony.
(v) The person who uses Micromax is to the immediate left of Gourav who is adjacent neither to the one
who uses Sony nor to the one who uses Samsung.
(vi) Bimal is third to the left of Hitesh who uses neither Apple nor Samsung.
(vii) Farah and Hitesh are not adjacent to each other.
अमन, बबमल, चारू, ििन, एली, फराह, गौरि और हहिेश एक िि
ृ ाकार मेज के चारों ओर केन्द्रोन्मख
ु होकर बैठे हैं|
उनमें से प्रत्येक व्यक्ति के पास लभन्न-लभन्न ब्ाांड अर्थाणि सैमसांग, नोककया,एप्पल, ब्लैकबेरी, विडडयोकोन,
माइक्रोमैतस, एलजी और सोनी का मोबाइल फोन है लेककन आिश्यक नहीां कक क्रम यही हो|
(i) नोककया का मोबाइल प्रयोग करने िाला व्यक्ति, विडडयोकोन का मोबाइल प्रयोग करने िाले व्यक्ति के बायें दस
ू रे
स्र्थान पर बैठा है , जो ििन के बायें िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठा है |
(ii) अमन न िो नोककया का मोबाइल न ही विडडयोकोन का मोबाइल प्रयोग करिा है लेककन िह एप्पल का मोबाइल
प्रयोग करने िाले व्यक्ति के विपरीि स्र्थान पर बैठा है |
(iii) चारू न िो बबमल के सलांग्न न ही माइक्रोमैतस का मोबाइल प्रयोग करने िाले व्यक्ति के सलांग्न बैठी है | ििन
एप्पल का मोबाइल प्रयोग नहीां करिा है |
(iv) ब्लैकबेरी का मोबाइल प्रयोग करने िाला व्यक्ति, एप्पल का मोबाइल प्रयोग करने िाले व्यक्ति के ठीक बायें
स्र्थान पर बैठा है और िह सोनी का मोबाइल प्रयोग करने िाले व्यक्ति के सलांग्न बैठा है |
(v) माइक्रोमैतस मोबाइल का प्रयोग करने िाला व्यक्ति, गौरि के ठीक बायें स्र्थान पर बैठा है जो न िो सोनी का
मोबाइल प्रयोग करने िाले व्यक्ति न ही सैमसांग का मोबाइल प्रयोग करने िाले व्यक्ति के सलांग्न बैठा है |
(vi) बबमल, हहिेश के बायें िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठा है , जो न िो एप्पल का मोबाइल न ही सैमसांग का मोबाइल प्रयोग
करिा है |
Sol:
6.
.Eight persons are sitting in two parallel rows containing four people each in a row such that
there is an equal distance between the adjacent persons. In Row - 1, A, B, C and D are seated
(but not necessarily in the same order) and all of them are facing South. In Row -2, P, Q, R and S
are seated (but not necessarily in the same order) and all of them are facing North. One seat is
vacant in each row, it means total 10 seats are there. Therefore, in the given seating
arrangement, each member seated in a row faces either another member or the vacant seat of
the other row. B sits 2nd to the right of the person who is opposite to R. B is not sitting at the
extreme end. The number of persons sitting to the right of C is one less than to the left of C. In
both the rows vacant seats are not at the extreme ends and both the vacant seats are not
facing each other. Q is facing one of the neighbors of B but not the Vacant seat. No one is
sitting between P and Q and P is not sitting at any end. A is not facing S.
आठ व्यक्ति दो समानाांिर पांक्तियों में बैठे हैं क्जनमें प्रत्येक पांक्ति में चार व्यक्ति बैठे हैं िाकक सांलग्न
व्यक्तियों के बीच समान दरू ी हो। पहली पांक्ति में A, B, C और D बैठे हैं (लेककन जरूरी नहीां कक इसी क्रम में )
और उन सभी का मख
ु दक्षक्षर् की ओर है | दस
ू री पांक्ति में P, Q, R और S बैठे हैं (लेककन जरूरी नहीां कक इसी
क्रम में ) और उन सभी का मख
ु उत्तर की ओर है | प्रत्येक पांक्ति में एक सीर् खाली है , इसका मिलब िहाां
कुल 10 सीर्ें हैं। इसललए, हदए गए बैठने की व्यिस्र्था में , पांक्ति में बैठे प्रत्येक सदस्य का मुख, या िो दस
ू रे
पांक्ति के सदस्य या दस
ू री पांक्ति की खाली सीर् की ओर है । B उस व्यक्ति के दायीां ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर
है , जो R के विपरीि है । B चरम अांि पर नहीां बैठा है। C के दाईं ओर बैठे व्यक्तियों की सांख्या, C के बाईं ओर
बैठे व्यक्तियों की सांख्या से एक कम है । दोनों पांक्तियों में चरम अांि पर खाली सीर् नहीां हैं और दोनों खाली
सीर्ों का मख
ु एक दस
ू रे की ओर नहीां है । Q का मख
ु B के ककसी एक पड़ोसी की ओर है लेककन खाली सीर् की
ओर नहीां | P और Q के बीच कोई नहीां बैठा और P ककसी भी अांतिम छोर पर नहीां बैठा | A का मुख S की ओर
नहीां है |
Sol:
7.
.Eight friends M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T belong to different cities i.e. Goa, Bangalore, Delhi,
Mumbai, Kota, Bhopal, Indore and Jaipur and like different colors i.e. Green, Black, Brown, Pink,
Yellow, Red, Blue and White and earn different salaries i.e. 10000, 15000, 20000, 25000, 30000,
35000, 40000 and 45000 but not necessarily in the same order. Q belongs to Kota and earns not
more than 25000. The one who earns the least likes Red color and belongs to Delhi. N likes
Green and earns 30000. S belongs to Indore and earns 25000. P belongs to Mumbai and likes
Black color. Only one person earns more than R. O likes Blue and earns 15000. T does not earn
the least amount. The one who likes Yellow earns 45000. The one who belongs to Bangalore
earns more than the one who belongs to Goa but less than the one who belongs to Bhopal. The
one who belongs to Jaipur earns 40000 and likes White. The one who earns 20000 doesn't like
Pink color.
आठ दोस्ि M, N, O, P, Q, R, S और T अलग-अलग शहरों अर्थाणि ् गोिा, बैंगलोर, हदल्ली, मुांबई, कोर्ा,
भोपाल, इांदौर और जयपुर से सम्बांर्िि हैं और अलग-अलग रां ग अर्थाणि ् हरा, काला, भूरा, गुलाबी, पीला,
लाल, नीला और सफेद पसांद करिे हैं और अलग-अलग िेिन अर्थाणि ् 10000, 15000, 20000, 25000,
30000, 35000, 40000 और 45000 प्राप्ि करिे हैं, लेककन जरूरी नहीां की इसी क्रम में हों| Q कोर्ा से
सम्बांर्िि है और 25000 से अर्िक नहीां कमािा| िह व्यक्ति जो न्यन
ू िम कमािा है , लाल रां ग पसांद करिा
है और हदल्ली से सम्बांर्िि है | N हरा रां ग पसांद करिा है और 30000 कमािा है |
S इांदौर से सम्बांर्िि है और 25000 कमािा है | P मुांबई से सम्बांर्िि है और काला रां ग पसांद करिा है | केिल
एक व्यक्ति R से अर्िक कमािा है | O नीला रां ग पसांद करिा है और 15000 कमािा है | T न्यन
ू िम रालश
नहीां कमािा| िह व्यक्ति जो पीला रां ग पसांद करिा है , 45000 कमािा है | िह व्यक्ति जो बैंगलोर से
सम्बांर्िि है , उस व्यक्ति से अर्िक कमािा है जो गोिा से सम्बांर्िि है लेककन उस व्यक्ति से कम कमािा
है जो भोपाल से सम्बांर्िि है| िह व्यक्ति जो जयपुर से सम्बांर्िि है , 40000 कमािा है और सफेद रां ग पसांद
करिा है | िह व्यक्ति जो 20000 कमािा है , गुलाबी रां ग पसांद नहीां करिा|
Sol:
7.
Six brands of ice cream Cornetto, Magnum, Amul, Mother Dairy, Vadilal and
Kwality were stacked one over other in some boxes. They were of different
flavours chocolate, vanilla, butter scotch, strawberry, coffee and orange but not
necessarily in the same order.
• Amul was not in the topmost box. Amul was kept above orange flavoured ice
cream with a gap of 2 boxes in between them.
• Amul and Mother Dairy were in consecutive boxes
• Mother Dairy and strawberry flavoured ice creams were at a gap of 2
boxes.Strawberry ice cream was not in the lowest box.
• Cornetto was just above chocolate flavoured ice cream
• Kwality ice cream was coffee flavoured
• Magnum was just above butterscotch
• Vanilla and chocolate ice creams were in consecutive boxes
आइस क्रीम के छह ब्ाांडों अर्थाणि ् कॉनेर्ो, मैग्नम, अमल
ू , मदर डेयरी, िाडीलाल और
तिाललर्ी की आइसक्रीम को कुछ डब्बों में एक के ऊपर एक रखा गया र्था| िे विलभन्न
फ्लेिर चॉकलेर्, िेतनला, बर्र स्कॉच, स्रॉबेरी, कॉफी और ऑरें ज के र्थे, लेककन आिश्यक
नहीां कक क्रम यही हो।
• अमल
ू सबसे ऊपर रखे डब्बे में नहीां र्थी| अमल
ू आइसक्रीम, ऑरें ज फ्लेिर आइसक्रीम के
ऊपर र्थे उनके बीच 2 डब्बों र्थे।
• अमल
ू और मदर डेयरी क्रलमक डब्बों में रखी गई र्थीां|
• मदर डेयरी और स्रॉबेरी फ्लेिर आइस क्रीम 2 डब्बों के अांिराल पर र्थे| स्रॉबेरी फ्लेिर
आइस सबसे नीचे रखे डब्बे में नहीां र्थी|
• कॉनेर्ो, चॉकलेर् फ्लेिर आइसक्रीम के ठीक ऊपर र्थी|
• तिाललर्ी आइसक्रीम कॉफी फ्लेिर की र्थी|
• मैग्नम, बर्र स्कॉच के ठीक ऊपर र्थी|
• िेतनला और चॉकलेर् आइसक्रीम क्रलमक डब्बों में रखी गई र्थीां|
Sol:
6 Magnum Strawberry
5 Cornetto Butterscotch
4 Amul Chocolate
3 Mother Dairy Vanilla
2 Kwality Coffee
1 Vadilal Orange
9.
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H were born in the years 1954,
1960, 1969, 1973, 1978, 1984, 1988 and 1994 not necessarily in the
same order. They were born on the same date i.e. on 1stJanuary of
these years. Make all the age calculations as on 1st January 2018.
• Sum of ages of C and H was equal to B's age
• B and A were born at a gap of 2 persons
• Number of persons born before A was equal to the number of
persons born after F
• D was born just after G
• H and E were born at a gap of 1 person.
आठ व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H िषण 1954, 1960, 1969, 1973, 1978,
1984, 1988 और 1994 जन्मे र्थे, लेककन जरूरी नहीां कक इसी क्रम में हो| िे इन
िषों के समान हदन अर्थाणि ् 1 जनिरी को जन्मे र्थे| सभी के आयु की गर्ना 1
जनिरी 2018 के अनुसार की जाए|
• C और H के आयु का योग, B के आयु के समान र्था|
• B और A - 2 व्यक्तियों के अांिराल पर जन्मे र्थे|
• A से पहले जन्मे व्यक्तियों की सांख्या, F के बाद जन्मे व्यक्तियों के सांख्या के
समान र्थी|
• D, G के ठीक बाद जन्मा र्था|
• H और E- 1 व्यक्ति के अांिराल पर जन्मे र्थे|
Sol:
10
In a six-floor office (from first floor to sixth floor), different number of people work in each
floor. The departments working in each floor is different. The departments are Sales,
Marketing, operation, R&D, Accounts and HR. Number of people working in each floor is 200,
250, 300, 400, 450 and 500.
i) Difference in the number of people working in Operation and Accounts department in 50.
ii) R&D department is below sales department and above the department where 400 people
are working. Difference in the number of people working in 5th floor and 4th floor is 50.
iii) 200 people are working in marketing department. 300 persons are working on the third
floor.
iv) Sales department is exactly between the department that has 450 people and the operation
department.
v) Accounts department is immediately above the HR department, where 400 persons are
working.
vi) Difference in the number of people working in 6th floor and 4th floor is 250.
छः मांक्जला कायाणलय में (पहली मांक्जल से छठी मांक्जल िक), प्रत्येक मांक्जल में अलग-अलग सांख्या में
व्यक्ति कायण करिे हैं| मांक्जल में कायण कर रहे विभाग अलग-अलग हैं। सेल्स, माकेहर्ांग, ऑपरे शन, आर एांड
डी, अकाउां ट्स और एचआर के अलग-अलग विभाग हैं। प्रत्येक मांक्जल में कायण करने िाले व्यक्तियों की
सांख्या 200, 250, 300, 400, 450 और 500 है ।
i) ऑपरे शन और अकाउां ट्स में कायण कर रहे व्यक्तियों की सांख्या में 50 का अांिर है।
ii) आर एांड डी विभाग, सेल्स विभाग से नीचे और उस विभाग से ऊपर है जहाां 400 व्यक्ति कायण कर कर रहे
हैं| पाांचिी और चौर्थी मांक्जल में कायण कर रहे व्यक्तियों की सांख्या में 50 का अांिर है ।
iii) माकेहर्ांग विभाग में 200 व्यक्ति कायण कर रहे हैं| िीसरी मांक्जल पर 300 व्यक्ति कायण कर रहे हैं|
iv) सेल्स विभाग, 450 व्यक्तियों िाले विभाग और ऑपरे शन विभाग के ठीक बीच में है |
v) अकाउां ट्स विभाग, एचआर विभाग के ठीक ऊपर है, जहाां 400 व्यक्ति कायण कर रहे हैं|
vi) छठी और चौर्थी मांक्जल में कायण कर रहे व्यक्तियों की सांख्या में 250 का अांिर है ।
sol:
11
There are twelve chairs placed in two linear rows, six in each row, such that one
row faces north and one to south and each chair in one row faces the other chair
in second row. Eleven players of a cricket team - A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J and K,
each sitting on a different chair and one chair is left vacant.
• F is sitting to the immediate left of vacant chair and is facing south.
• No one sits neither to the immediate left of H nor to that of C.
• Two persons sit to the left of B. E sits second to the left of K.
• G sits second to the right of I, who faces F.
• No chair kept at any extreme end is vacant.
• C and J sit in the same row.
• D doesn't sit at any extreme end.
• H sits in the same row in which a chair is vacant. H is facing K.
दो सीिी पांक्तियों में 12 कुलसणयाां रखी हुई है | प्रत्येक पांक्ति में छः कुलसणयाां हैं| कुलसणयाां इस
प्रकार रखी गयीां हैं कक एक पांक्ति उत्तरोन्मख
ु है और एक दक्षक्षर्ोन्मख
ु िर्था पहली पांक्ति में
प्रत्येक कुसी दस
ू री पांक्ति में रखी कुसी के सम्मख
ु है | एक कक्रकेर् र्ीम के 11 खिलाड़ी - A, B,
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J और K, एक अलग-अलग कुसी पर बैठे हैं और एक कुसी खाली छोड़ दी
गयी है |
• F खाली कुसी के ठीक बाएां बैठा है और दक्षक्षर्ोन्मख
ु है |
• कोई भी व्यक्ति न िो H के और न ही C के ठीक बाएां बैठा है |
• B के बाएां दो व्यक्ति बैठे हैं| E, K के बाएां दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा है |
• G, I के दाएां दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा है जो F के सम्मख
ु है |
• ककसी भी चरम अांि पर कोई भी कुसी खाली नहीां है |
• C और J एक ही पांक्ति में बैठे हैं|
• D ककसी भी चरम अांि पर नहीां बैठा है |
• H उसी पांक्ति में बैठा है क्जसमें एक कुसी खाली है | H, K के सम्मख
ु है |
Sol:
12
12 persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K and L are standing in two parallel rows in
such a way that 6 persons from row 1 are facing north and 6 persons from row 2
are facing south. Every person from row 1 is facing one person from row 2.
• F is standing 2nd to the right of G and is facing B.
• More than 1 persons are standing to the left of B.
• C is standing at the gap of 2 persons from the one facing G.
• A and J are standing diagonally opposite to each other at the extreme end of
their rows.
• J is standing to the right of G.
• H is facing J and standing diagonally opposite to K at the extreme end of the
row.
• D is facing I, who is not the neighbour of L.
• D is standing to the left of E. A is facing south direction.
12 व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K और L दो समानाांिर पांक्तियों में इस िरह से खड़े हैं
कक पहली पांक्ति के 6 व्यक्तियों का मख
ु उत्तर की ओर है और दस
ू री पांक्ति के 6 व्यक्तियों
का मख
ु दक्षक्षर् की ओर है | पहली पांक्ति के प्रत्येक व्यक्ति का मख
ु दस
ू री पांक्ति में खड़े
व्यक्तियों की ओर है |
• F, G के दायीां ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर खड़ा है और B की ओर मख
ु ररि है |
• B के बायीां ओर 1 से अर्िक व्यक्ति खड़े हैं|
• C उस व्यक्ति से 2 व्यक्तियों के अांिराल पर खड़ा है , जो G की ओर मख
ु ररि है |
• A और J अपनी पांक्तियों के चरम अांि पर एक-दस
ू रे के विकर्णिः विपरीि खड़े हैं|
• J, G के दायीां ओर खड़ा है |
• H, J की ओर मख
ु ररि है और पांक्ति के चरम अांि पर K के विकर्णिः विपरीि खड़ा है |
• D, I की ओर मख
ु ररि है , जो L का पड़ोसी नहीां है |
• D, E के बायीां ओर खड़ा है | A दक्षक्षर् हदशा की ओर मख
ु ररि है |
Sol:
13
Six companies - A, B, C, D, E and F have their offices in different cities. The area of
each office is different.
• B's office is larger than the office in Gurgaon with a gap of 2 offices in between
them.
• Only one office is larger than B's office, and B's office is not in Bangalore.
• F's office is neither in Gurgaon nor is smallest.
• Office in Chennai is larger than C's office, which is in Chandigarh.
• E's office is larger than all those offices which are larger than office in Mumbai.
• D's office is in Chennai, which is smaller than office in Bangalore.
• Office in Mumbai is smaller than office in Delhi.
• F's office is smaller than D's office which is not the largest.
छः कांपतनयाां - A, B, C, D, E और F के कायाणलय अलग-अलग शहरों में हैं| प्रत्येक कायाणलय
का क्षेत्रफल अलग-अलग है |
• B का कायाणलय, गड
ु गााँि िाले कायाणलय से बड़ा है और उनके बीच दो कायाणलयों का अांिर
है |
• केिल एक कायाणलय, B के कायाणलय से बड़ा है , और B का कायाणलय बैंगलोर में नहीां है |
• F का कायाणलय न िो गुडगााँि में है न ही आकार में छोर्ा है |
• चेन्नई का कायाणलय, C के कायाणलय से बड़ा है , जो कक चांडीगढ़ में है |
• E का कायाणलय उन सभी कायाणलयों से बड़ा है , जो मांब
ु ई के कायाणलय से बड़े हैं|
• D का कायाणलय चेन्नई में है , जो बैंगलोर के कायाणलय से छोर्ा है |
• मांब
ु ई का कायाणलय, हदल्ली के कायाणलय से छोर्ा है |
• F का कायाणलय, D के कायाणलय से छोर्ा है , जो कक सबसे बड़ा कायाणलय नहीां है |
Sol:
14
Nine persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I were born in the months of March, April
and May on the dates 10, 16 and 21 such that only 3 persons were born in any
month. These persons were born in the same year. No two persons were born on
the same day.
• C was born in April at a gap of 4 persons from H
• H and D were born consecutively
• F was born just after I
• I and D were born at a gap of 1 person
• G was born on 21st of a month
• A was born at a gap of 1 from G but was not the eldest
• B was born just after E.
नौ व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H और I माचण, अप्रैल और मई के महीनें में 10, 16 और 21
िारीख को इस िरह पैदा हुए र्थे कक ककसी भी महीने में केिल 3 व्यक्ति पैदा हुए र्थे| सभी
व्यक्ति समान िषण में पैदा हुए र्थे| कोई भी दो व्यक्ति समान हदन पैदा नहीां हुए र्थे|
• C, H से 4 व्यक्तियों के अांिराल पर अप्रैल महीनें में पैदा हुआ र्था|
• H और D क्रलमक िौर पर पैदा हुए र्थे|
• F, I के ठीक बाद पैदा हुआ र्था|
• I और D, 1 व्यक्ति के अन्िराल पर पैदा हुए र्थे|
• G एक महीनें की 21 िारीख को पैदा हुआ र्था|
• A, G से 1 व्यक्ति के अांिराल पर पैदा हुआ र्था लेककन िह सबसे बड़ा व्यक्ति नहीां र्था|
• B, E के ठीक बाद पैदा हुआ र्था|
Sol:
March 10 E
March 16 B
March 21 G
April 10 C
April 16 A
April 21 I
May 10 F
May 16 D
May 21 H
15
Eight sharpened pencils of different brands - Columbia, Camlin, Nataraj,
Apsara, Luxor, Faber-castle, Ozark and Palomino, are kept in a linear
row - from left to right, not necessarily in the same order, such that, the
sharpened end of each pencil is either facing north or south.
• Nataraj is kept second to the right of Apsara.
• Luxor's sharpened end is facing north and that of pencils kept next to
it are facing in opposite directions.
• No pencil is kept between Camlin and Palomino, and both of their
sharpened ends are facing in opposite directions. (if one faces south
then, other faces north)
• Ozark and Columbia's sharpened ends face in the same direction and
both of these pencils are not placed at immediate neighboring
positions.
• Number of pencils towards the right of Columbia pencil is half the
number of pencils towards right of Faber-castle pencil and both these
pencils' sharpened ends face in opposite direction.Columbia is towards
the left of Faber-castle.
• Apsara's sharpened end faces north.
• One pencil is kept between Nataraj and Ozark.
• Camlin is kept at any of the extreme ends.
• Sharpened end of pencils kept at both the extreme ends face in same
directions.
16
8 friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G & H sits around a square table. 4 of them sits
at four corners & 4 of them sits at the centre of each side. Not more
than 2 person facing the same direction sits together
• A sits 3rd to the right of D who faces towards the centre.
• 1 person sits between A & C
• Immediate neighbors of H face the same direction.
• B sits at corner.
• E & F are immediate neighbours & both faces same direction.
• H faces inside the circle & is not an immediate neighbor of D.
• C & G have 2 people between them.
• D & G don't have 3 people in between them.
8 दोस्ि A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक िगाणकार मेज के चारों ओर बैठिे हैं|
उनमें से 4, चार कोनों पर और शेष 4 प्रत्येक भुजा के केंद्र पर बैठिे हैं| समान
हदशा में मुखररि दो से अर्िक व्यक्ति एक सार्थ नहीां बैठिे|
• A, D के दायीां ओर से िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठिा है , जो केंद्र की ओर मख
ु ररि है |
• A और C के बीच एक व्यक्ति बैठिा है |
• H का ठीक बगल के पड़ोलसयों का मुख समान हदशा में है |
• B कोने पर बैठिा है |
• E और F ठीक बगल के पड़ोसी हैं और दोनों समान हदशा में मख
ु ररि हैं|
• H केंद्र की ओर मुखररि है और D का ठीक बगल का पड़ोसी नहीां है |
• C और G के बीच 2 व्यक्ति हैं|
• D और G के बीच 3 व्यक्ति नहीां है |
Sol:
17
Eight persons Amina, Bidisha, Charu, Drishti, Elina, Flora, Garima and Heena are sitting around a
circular table facing the centre not necessarily in same order. Following is the information
known about them.
(i) Each of them likes a different subject among History, Maths, English, Civics, Biology,
Chemistry, Geography and Physics.
(ii) The person liking Maths is sitting to the immediate right of the person who likes Physics who
is sitting opposite Garima.
(iii) Elina, who likes Biology, is adjacent to Bidisha.
(iv) Drishti is third to the left of Charu, who is adjacent to Heena, who likes Chemistry.
(v) Flora, the one who likes Maths, is sitting to the immediate left of Drishti.
(vi)The one who likes History is sitting opposite to the person who likes Maths.
(vii) The person liking Civics is neither adjacent to the person who likes English nor opposite to
the person who likes Chemistry.
आठ व्यक्ति अलमना, बबदीशा, चारू, दृक्टर्, एलीना, फ्लोरा, गररमा और हीना एक ित्त
ृ ाकार मेज के चारों
ओर केंद्र की ओर मख
ु करके बैठे हैं, लेककन जरूरी नहीां कक इसी क्रम में हो| उनके बारे में तनम्नललखखि
जानकारी ज्ञाि है ।
(i) उनमें से प्रत्येक इतिहास, गखर्ि, अांग्रेजी, नागररक शास्त्र, जीिविज्ञान, रसायन विज्ञान, भूगोल और
भौतिक विज्ञान में से अलग- अलग विषय पसांद करिे हैं।
(ii) गखर्ि पसांद करने िाला व्यक्ति, भौतिक विज्ञान पसांद करने िाले व्यक्ति के ठीक दायीां ओर बैठा है जो
गाररमा के विपरीि बैठा है |
(iii) एलीना, जो जीिविज्ञान पसांद करिी है , बबदीशा के सांलग्न है ।
(iv) दृक्टर्, चारू के बायीां ओर से िीसरे स्र्थान पर है , जो हीना के सांलग्न है , जो रसायन विज्ञान पसांद करिी
है ।
(v) फ्लोरा, जो गखर्ि पसांद करिी है , दृक्टर् के ठीक बायीां ओर बैठी है |
(vi) िह व्यक्ति जो इतिहास पसांद करिा है , उस व्यक्ति के विपरीि बैठिा है जो गखर्ि पसांद करिा है |
(vii) नागररक शास्त्र पसांद करने िाला व्यक्ति न िो उस व्यक्ति के सांलग्न है जो अांग्रेजी पसांद करिा है और
न ही उस व्यक्ति के विपरीि है जो रसायन विज्ञान पसांद करिा है ।
18
8 friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G & H who belongs to Punjab, Delhi, Mumbai, Lucknow,
Pune, Kolkata, Kanpur & Bangalore are sitting in 2 parallel rows facing each other
(not necessarily in same order). 4 people sit in each row. A, B, C & D sit in row 1
facing north while others in row 2 facing south.
Person who belongs Bangalore face person who belong to Delhi. C neither
belongs to Punjab nor to Kolkata. A who belongs to Mumbai sits immediate right
of person who faces E.There is a gap of one Person between person from Kanpur
and the person who faces person from Pune. H neither face D nor belong to
Bangalore. E neither belongs to Bangalore nor sits at extreme ends. Neither
person who belongs to Lucknow nor G is an immediate neighbour of person from
Punjab.B & person who belongs to Pune are immediate neighbours. C & person
who belongs to Delhi have 1 person between them.
8 दोस्ि A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H जो पांजाब, हदल्ली, मांब
ु ई, लखनऊ, पर्
ु े, कोलकािा,
कानपरू और बैंगलोर से हैं, िे एक दस
ू रे की ओर मख
ु ररि हो 2 समानाांिर पांक्तियों में बैठे हैं
(आिश्यक नहीां की क्रम यही हो) प्रत्येक पांक्ति में 4 व्यक्ति बैठे हैं| A, B, C और D पांक्ति 1
में उत्तर की ओर मख
ु ररि हो बैठे हैं, जबकक अन्य पांक्ति 2 में दक्षक्षर् की ओर मख
ु ररि हो बैठे
हैं|
बैंगलौर से सम्बांर्िि व्यक्ति का मख
ु हदल्ली से सम्बांर्िि व्यक्ति की ओर है | C न िो
पांजाब से सांबांर्िि है न ही कोलकािा से सांबांर्िि है | A जो मांब
ु ई से सम्बांर्िि है िह E की ओर
मख
ु ररि व्यक्ति के ठीक दायें बैठिा है | कानपरु से सम्बांर्िि व्यक्ति ,पर्
ु े से सम्बांर्िि
व्यक्ति की ओर मख
ु ररि व्यक्ति से 1 स्र्थान के अांिराल पर बैठिा है | H न िो D की ओर
मख
ु ररि है न ही बैंगलोर से सांबांर्िि है | E न िो बैंगलोर से सांबांर्िि है न ही चरम अांि पर
बैठिा है | न िो लखनऊ से सांबांर्िि व्यक्ति न ही G पांजाब से सांबांर्िि व्यक्ति के ठीक बगल
का एक पड़ोसी है | B और िह व्यक्ति जो पर्
ु े से सांबक्न्िि है , एक दस
ू रे के ठीक बगल बैठे
हैं| C और िह व्यक्ति जो हदल्ली से सांबक्न्िि है , के बीच 1 व्यक्ति है |
Sol:
19
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K and L were seated around a square
table facing the centre. There were 2 persons along each side
and one person on each of the corner.
• G was 2nd to the left of L who was seated at one of the sides
• F was neighbouring L and was seated opposite to K
• K was 2nd to the left of B who faced J
• H was to the immediate left of E who faced D's neighbour
• A was 2nd to the left of I
• I and L were seated at a gap of 3 persons
• C was not neighbouring A
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K और L एक िगाणकार र्े बल के चारों ओर केंद्र की
ओर मख
ु करके बैठे र्थे| प्रत्येक भुजाओां पर 2 व्यक्ति बैठे र्थे और प्रत्येक कोने
पर एक व्यक्ति बैठा र्था।
• G, L के बायीां ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर र्था जो ककसी एक भुजा पर बैठा र्था|
• F, L का पड़ोसी र्था और K के विपरीि बैठा र्था||
• K, B के बायीां ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर र्था, जो J की ओर मुखररि र्था|
• H, E के ठीक बायीां ओर बैठा र्था जो D के पड़ोसी की ओर मुखररि र्था|
• A, I के बायीां ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर र्था|
• I और L, 3 व्यक्तियों के अांिराल पर बैठे र्थे|
• C, A का पड़ोसी नहीां र्था|
20
Leagues of seven different games are held in different years at the gap
of two years each.
• First league is held in 2000.
• Tennis is held before Chess.
• Football league is held after badminton, but before Golf league.
• Number of leagues held before Chess are equal to that held after
Hockey, given Hockey is held before Chess.
• Tennis is held six years after Football.
• Cricket league is held nine years before Tennis league.
साि अलग-अलग खेलों की लीग अलग-अलग िषों में प्रत्येक में दो िषण के अांिराल पर
आयोक्जि की जािी हैं|
• पहली लीग िषण 2000 में आयोक्जि की जािी है |
• र्े तनस, शिरां ज से पहले आयोक्जि ककया जािा है |
• फुर्बॉल लीग, बैडलमांर्न के बाद आयोक्जि की जािी है लेककन गोल्फ लीग से पहले
आयोक्जि की जािी है |
• शिरां ज से पहले आयोक्जि की जाने िाली लीगों की सांख्या, हॉकी के बाद आयोक्जि की
जाने िाली लीगों की सांख्या के बराबर है , िर्था हदया गया है कक हॉकी का आयोजन शिरां ज से
पहले ककया जािा है |
• र्े तनस का आयोजन, फुर्बॉल के आयोजन के छः िषण बाद ककया जािा है |
• कक्रकेर् लीग का आयोजन, र्े तनस लीग के आयोजन से नौ िषण पहले ककया जािा है |
Sol:
2000 Hockey
2003 Badminton
2006 Cricket
2009 Football
2012 Golf
2015 Tennis
2018 Chess
21
Rajiv had put a password to his email account which comprised of
seven characters. There were three numbers 3, 4 and 7 and four
alphabets A, E, K and S in the password. He forgot the password and
could only remember the following data about his password.
(Take directions as per your left and right)
• K was 3rd to the right of S
• 4 was 2nd to the left of A
• A and 7 were at a gap of 3 characters
• E was neighbouring 7
• 7 was not at either of the extreme ends.
राजीि ने अपने ईमेल अकाउां र् में साि कैरे तर्र का एक पासिडण डाला र्था,
क्जसमें िीन सांख्याएां 3, 4 और 7 र्थी और चार िर्ण A, E, K और S र्थे| िह पासिडण
भूल गया और उसे अपने पासिडण के बारे में केिल तनम्न सूचना याद र्थी|
(अपने बायें और दायें के अनुसार तनदे श लें )
• K, S के दायें िीसरे स्र्थान पर र्था|
• 4, A के बायें दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर र्था|
• A और 7, 3 कैरे तर्र के अन्िराल पर र्थे|
• E, 7 का पड़ोसी र्था|
• 7 ककसी भी चरम अांि पर नहीां र्था|
Sol:
22
8 persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H are sitting around the square table
facing the center. 2 persons each are sitting along the four sides of the
table. Each person is facing one person from the opposite side of the
table.
• Number of persons between G and C are less when counted from the
right of G than when counted from the left of G.
• C is sitting 2nd to the left of F.
• A is sitting 2nd to the right of D, who is facing North.
• H is not the neighbor of E.
• E is not the neighbor of D.
• A is facing B, who is sitting along the same side with G.
8 व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G, और H एक िगाणकार मेज के चारों ओर केंद्र की ओर
मुख करके बैठे हैं। मेज की चार भुजाओां में से प्रत्येक पर दो व्यक्ति बैठे हैं।
प्रत्येक व्यक्ति का मुख मेज के विपरीि भुजा के व्यक्ति की ओर है ।
• G और C के बीच बैठे व्यक्तियों की सांख्या, G के बायीां ओर से र्गने जाने की
िुलना में G के दाएां ओर से र्गने जाने पर कम है ।
• C, F के बाईं ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा है ।
• A, D के दाईं ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा है , जो उत्तरोन्मुख है ।
• H, E का पड़ोसी नहीां है ।
• E, D का पड़ोसी नहीां है ।
• A, B के सन्मुख है , जो G के सार्थ समान भुजा पर बैठा है ।
Sol:
23
8 persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H are sitting around the square table
facing the center. 2 persons each are sitting along the four sides of the
table. Each person is facing one person from the opposite side of the
table.
• Number of persons between G and C are less when counted from the
right of G than when counted from the left of G.
• C is sitting 2nd to the left of F.
• A is sitting 2nd to the right of D, who is facing North.
• H is not the neighbor of E.
• E is not the neighbor of D.
• A is facing B, who is sitting along the same side with G.
8 व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G, और H एक िगाणकार मेज के चारों ओर केंद्र की ओर
मख
ु करके बैठे हैं। मेज की चार भुजाओां में से प्रत्येक पर दो व्यक्ति बैठे हैं।
प्रत्येक व्यक्ति का मुख मेज के विपरीि भुजा के व्यक्ति की ओर है ।
• G और C के बीच बैठे व्यक्तियों की सांख्या, G के बायीां ओर से र्गने जाने की
िुलना में G के दाएां ओर से र्गने जाने पर कम है ।
• C, F के बाईं ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा है ।
• A, D के दाईं ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा है , जो उत्तरोन्मुख है ।
• H, E का पड़ोसी नहीां है ।
• E, D का पड़ोसी नहीां है ।
• A, B के सन्मख
ु है , जो G के सार्थ समान भज
ु ा पर बैठा है ।
Sol:
24
A, B, C, D, F, G and H are seven football players, each playing for a
different team among Green, Red and Blue, with at least two of them in
each of these teams. Each of them likes a fruit among Apple, Guava,
Banana, Orange, Mango, Papaya and Grapes not necessarily in the
same order. B plays with F in team Blue and he likes Mango. None of
those who play for either team Red or team Green likes either Guava or
Banana. D plays with only the one who likes Grapes. G likes Papaya and
he plays in team Red. The one who likes Orange does not play in team
Red. H likes Grapes. A likes Apple and he plays for team Red. C does not
like Guava.
साि फुर्बॉल खखलाड़ी A, B, C, D, F, G और H हैं| प्रत्येक खखलाड़ी अलग-अलग
र्ीमों हरी, लाल और नीली र्ीम के ललए खेलिा है और उनमें से प्रत्येक र्ीम में
उनमें से कम-से-कम दो खखलाड़ी खेलिे हैं| उनमें से प्रत्येक व्यक्ति सेब, अमरुद,
केला, सांिरा, आम,पपीिा और अांगूर में से एक फल पसांद करिा है , लेककन
आिश्यक नहीां कक क्रम यही हो| B, F के सार्थ नीली र्ीम के ललए खेलिा है और
िह आम पसांद करिा है | या िो लाल र्ीम या हरी र्ीम में खेलने िाले ककसी भी
खखलाड़ी को या िो अमरुद या केला पसांद नहीां है | D केिल अांगूर पसांद करने िाले
के सार्थ ही खेलिा है | G पपीिा पसांद करिा है और िह लाल र्ीम में खेलिा है |
सांिरा पसांद करने िाला व्यक्ति लाल र्ीम में नहीां खेलिा है | H अांगरू पसांद
करिा है | A सेब पसांद करिा है और िह लाल र्ीम के ललए खेलिा है | C अमरुद
पसांद नहीां करिा है |
Sol:
Player Team Fruit
A Red Apple
B Blue Mango
C Blue Banana
D Green Orange
F Blue Guava.
G Red Papaya
H Green Grapes
25
A cookies factory manufactures eight different types of cookies - A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H. Each
type of cookie is packed in a different colour painted box. The boxes are loaded on a truck such
that they are placed in a linear row from left to right not necessarily in the same order. One box
is not painted with any colour.
• H is packed in yellow coloured box, which is kept third to left of E.
• Pink box is not kept at any extreme ends.
• Number of boxes kept towards right of box of F are equal to that kept towards left of pink
box.
• D is packed in green box, which is kept to immediate left of red box.
• Three boxes are kept between orange and black box, black being kept towards left of orange,
which is of E.
• F is neither packed in black nor pink box.
• Pink box is kept second to right of white box and is not kept towards left of orange box.
• B and G are packed in colored boxes and kept at extreme ends.
एक कूकीज की फैतरी आठ अलग-अलग प्रकार की कूकीज - A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H तनलमणि/बनािी है |
प्रत्येक प्रकार की कूकीज को अलग-अलग रां ग से पें र् ककए गए बतसे में पैक ककया जािा है | बतसों को एक
रक में इस िरह लादा/लोड ककया जािा है कक िे एक पांक्ति में बायें से दायें ओर हो लेककन आिश्यक नहीां कक
क्रम यही हो| एक बतसे को ककसी भी रां ग से पें र् नहीां ककया गया है |
• कूकीज H को पीले रां ग के बतसे में पैक ककया गया है , जो कूकीज E के बायें िीसरे स्र्थान पर रखी है |
• गुलाबी बतसा ककसी भी चरम अांि पर नहीां रखा है |
• कूकीज F के बतसे के दायें ओर रखे बतसों की सांख्या, गल
ु ाबी बतसे के बायें ओर रखे बतसों की सांख्या के
बराबर है |
• कूकीज D को हरे रां ग के बतसे में पैक ककया जािा है , क्जसे लाल बतसे के ठीक बायें स्र्थान पर रखा जािा
है |
• सांिरी बतसे और काले बतसे के बीच िीन बतसे रखे हैं, काला बतसा, सांिरी बतसे के बायें ओर रखा है , जो
कूकीज E का बतसा है |
• कूकीज F न िो काले बतसे न ही गुलाबी बतसे में पैक की जािी है |
• गुलाबी बतसा, सफ़ेद बतसे के दायें दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर रखा है और िह सांिरी बतसे के बायें ओर नहीां रखा है |
• कूकीज B और कूकीज G को रां गे हुए बतसों में पैक ककया जािा है और चरम अांि पर रखा जािा है |
Sol:
26
Seven friends – L, M, N, O, P, Q and R are sitting in
a straight line facing North, not necessarily in the
same order. M sits fifth to the right of O. P sits third
to the right of L. Both L and P do not sit at the
extreme ends of the line. Q and R are immediate
neighbours of each other. N sits third to the left of
Q.
Sol:
27
M,N,A,B,C,D and E are seven employees of a company. They work in three
departments IT, Marketing and HR. There is at least one and not more than three
among them in any of these departments. Each of them get one day off in every
week from Monday to Sunday.
N works with only C in Marketing and his weekly off is immediate to the next off
day of M. B has weekly off on Sunday and he is not in the same department with
either A or N. M is in IT department with A whose off day is immediately after N
and immediately before C. D's off day is immediately after C but not on Saturday.
The employee having off day on Friday works in HR department and that on a
Saturday does not work with C. E does not work either in Marketing or in HR
department.
Sol:
28
(I) Twelve Females & Males are sitting in Two rows in such a way that each
female faces one male.
(II) In row 1 - six females F1, F2, F3, F4, F5 and F6 are sitting and facing South but not
necessarily in the same order.
(III) In row 2 - Six males M1, M2, M3, M4, M5, M6 are sitting and facing North but
not necessarily in the same order.
(IV) F1 is to the immediate right of the female who is facing M5 the male at the
extreme right. Only M2 is between M4 and M5. M6 is to the immediate left of
M1and to the immediate right of M3. F3 is facing M1 and is to the immediate left of
F2. F6 is third to the left of F4.
Sol:
29.
Seven people, namely A, B, C, D, E, F and G watch seven
different serials on seven different days of the same
week starting from Monday and ending on Sunday, not
necessarily in the same order. B watches a serial on
Saturday. More than two people watch a serial between
E and C. A watches a serial on one of the days before C
but not on Monday. As many people watch a serial
between C and G as between A and C. F watches a serial
immediately after G.
साि व्यक्ति, अर्थाणि ् A, B, C, D, E, F िर्था G सोमिार से शरू
ु
होने िाले िर्था रवििार को समाप्ि होने िाले एक ही सप्
िाह के
साि विलभन्
न हदनों पर साि विलभन्
न सीररयल दे खिे हैं लेककन
आिश्यक नहीां है कक इसी क्रम में हों। B शतनिार को सीररयल
दे खिा है । E िर्था C के बीच दो से अर्िक व्यक्ति सीररयल
दे खिे हैं। A, C से पहले ककसी हदन पर सीररयल दे खिा है
लेककन सोमिार को नहीां दे खिा है । C िर्था G के बीच उिने ही
व्यक्ति सीररयल दे खिे हैं क्जिने A िर्था Cके बीच दे खिे
हैं। F, G के िरु ां ि बाद सीररयल दे खिा है ।
Sol:
30.
Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting around a circular table.
Some are not facing the centre while some are facing the centre. G sits
third to the right of B. E sits third to the right of D. The immediate
neighbours of A are facing the centre. H sits second to the left of D and
A sits second to the left of F, who is facing the centre. A is an immediate
neighbour of neither B or G. F is not an immediate neighbour of G. E
and the one who sits opposite E are not facing the centre. The one who
is on the immediate left of E is not the facing the centre while
immediate neighbour of H is facing outward.
आठ दोस्ि A, B, C, D, E, F,
G और H एक गोल मेज के चारों ओर बैठे हैं। कुछ लोग केंद्र कीओर मुह करके बैठे
हैं, जबकक कुछ केंद्र की ओर मह
ु करके नहीां बैठे हैं (अर्थाणि केंद्र की विपरीिहदशा
में हैं)|
G, B के दाएां से िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठा है | E, D के दाएां से िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठा है |
A का पड़ोसीकेंद्र की ओर मुह करके बैठा है | H,
D के बाएां से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा है औरA,
F के बाएां से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा है , क्जसका मुह केंद्र की ओर है |
A न िो B और न ही G का पड़ोसी है | F, G कापड़ोसी नहीां है |
E और E के सामने बैठा व्यक्ति केंद्र की ओर मह
ु करके नहीां बैठे हैं|
E के बाएां ओरका पड़ोसी केंद्र की ओर मुह करके नहीां बैठा है , जबकक H का पड़ोसी
केंद्र से बाहर की ओर मुहकरके बैठा है |
Sol:
31.
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting in a straight line and
facing north direction. They earn different salary, i.e. 7000, 8000,
10000, 12000, 15000, 25000, 30000 and 32000, but not necessarily in
the same order. The person who earns the highest sits at one of the
ends. Three persons are sitting between the one who earns 32000 and
F. The number of persons to the left of B is same as to the right of C. B
is an immediate neighbor of the one who earns the highest. E’s salary is
sum of the salary of G and D also E sits at the corner. E doesn’t earn the
highest. B earns the least. Both D’s neighbours salaries difference is at
least 3000. D earns more than G. A, the one who earns 30000, is 2nd to
the left of D. At least two persons earn less than C.
आठ व्यक्ति A,B,C,D,E,F,G और H उत्िर हदशा की ओर मख
ु करके एक सीिी
रे खा में बैठे है । िे अलग-अलग िनख्
िाह जैसे-
7000,8000,10000,12000,15000,25000,30000 और 32000कमािे है , लेककन
जरूरी नहीां है कक इसी क्रम में हो। जो व्यक्ति सबसे ज्
यादा कमािा है िह पांक्ति
के ककसी एक छोर पर बैठा है । जो व्यक्ति 32000 कमािा है और F के बीच िीन
लोग बैठे है । B के बाांये बैठे व्यक्तियों की सांख्य
ा, C के दाहहने बैठे व्यक्तियो की
सांख्य
ा के बराबर है ।B उसका तनकर्िम पड़ोसी है जो सबसे ज्यादा कमािा
है । E की िनख्
िाह,G और D की िनख्
िाह के योग के बराबर है और E पांक्ति के
ककसी छोर पर बैठा है ।E सबसे ज्यादा नहीां कमािा है ।B सबसे कम कमािा
है । D के दोनो तनकर्िम पड़ोलसयों की िनख्
िाह में कम से कम 3000 का अांिर
है ।D,Gसे अर्िक कमािा है ।A जो 30000 कमािा है िह D के बाांये दस
ू रा बैठा है ।
कम से कम दो व्यक्तिC से कम कमािे है ।
Sol:
32.
M, N, O, P, S, T and U are seven family members sitting around
a circular table facing the centre. There are two married
couples, two sons and two daughters in the family.
P sits third to the right of her grandson. U is son of O and father
of N. T sits second to the right of her mother but is not an
immediate neighbor of her father. S sits third to the left of her
daughter but is not an immediate neighbor of her husband. P is
grandmother of M. M is not granddaughter of O, who is an
immediate neighbor of his wife.
एक पररिार के साि सदस्
य M, N, O, P, S, T और U एक ित्ृ िाकार मेज
के चारों ओर केन्द्र की ओर मुख करके बैठे हैं। पररिार में दो युगल जोड़े,
दो पत्र
ु और दो पत्र
ु ी हैं।
P अपने पौत्र से दायें िीसरे स्
र्थान पर बैठी हैं। U, O का पुत्र है और N का
वपिा है । T अपनी माां के दायें दस
ू रे स्
र्थान पर बैठी है लेककन अपने वपिा
की तनकर्िम पड़ोसी नहीां है । S अपने पत्र
ु ी के बायें िीसरे स्
र्थान पर बैठी
है लेककन अपने पति की तनकर्िम पड़ोसी नहीां है । P, M की दादी है । M,
O की पौत्री नही है , O अपनी पत्नी के तनकर्िम पड़ोसी हैं।
Sol:
33.
Ten people are sitting in two parallel rows having five people each in
such a way that there is equal distance between adjacent persons. In
row-I, F, G, H, I and J are seated and all of them are facing north. In
row-II, R, S, T, U and V are seated and all of them are facing south but
not necessarily in the same order. Therefore, in the given seating
arrangement each member seated in a row faces another member of
the other row.
S sits third to the left of R. U sits second to the right of S. The person
facing U sits immediate left of H. Only one person sits between H and
G. F is not an immediate neighbour of H. Only two people sit between F
and I. Neither H nor F faces V.
10 व्यक्ति दो समानांिर पांक्तियों में 5-5 के समान सांख्या में एक दस
ु रे के सामने
समान दरू ी के सार्थ बैठे है पांक्ति -I, में F, G, H, I और J बैठे है और सभी का मुख
उत्तर के िरफ है | पांक्ति –II में , R, S, T, U और V बैठे है और सभी का मुख
दक्षक्षर् की िरफ है | क्जस कारर् बैठने के क्रम में दोनों पांक्ति में बैठे सदस्य का
मुख एक –दस
ू रे के सामने है |
S, R के बाांये से िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठा है | U, S के दाांये से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा है |
िह व्यक्ति क्जसका मुख U के सामने है ,िो H के िुरांि बाांये बैठा है | केिल एक
सदस्य H और G के बीच मैं बैठा है | F, H का िुरांि पडोसी नहीां है | केिल दो
सदस्य F और I के बीच में बैठा है | न ही H और न ही F का मुख V के सामने है |
Sol:
34.
Five friends A, B, C, D and E go to the trip to Goa. From there, they go to different
cities viz. Mumbai, Delhi, Chennai, Kolkata and Pune (not in the specific order).
After going to these cities, they will go to Patna, Indore, Lucknow, Bhopal and
Dehradoon (not in the specific order). They belong to different cities viz. Surat,
Gandhinagar, Ahemdabad, Rajkot and Vadodara (not in the specific order).
A does not go to Mumbai or Delhi, but he goes to Patna. The one who goes to
Bhopal and Pune belongs to Surat, he is not B. C and D belong to Rajkot and
Vadodara respectively. None of them go to Kolkata. D does not go to Dehradoon.
The one who goes to Mumbai belongs to Ahmedabad. C does not go to Indore.
The same person goes to Delhi and Lucknow. The one who goes to Ahmedabad,
does not go Dehradoon.
पाांच लमत्र A, B, C, D और E एक हरप पर गोआ जािे हैं। िहाां से िे विलभन्न शहर मम्
ु बई,
हदल्
ली, चेन्
नई, कोलकािा और पर्
ु े जािे हैं (पर आिश्यक नहीां कक इसी क्रम में )। इन शहरों
में जाने के बाद िे पर्ना, इन्
दौर, लखनऊ, भोपाल और दे हरादन
ू जािे हैं ( पर आिश्यक नहीां
कक इसी क्रम में )। िे सभी विलभन्
न शहरों सरू ि, गाांिीनगर, अहमदाबाद, राजकोर् और
िडोदरा से सम्
बक्न्
िि हैं (पर आिश्यक नहीां कक इसी क्रम में )।
A ना िो मम्
ु
बई ना हदल्
ली जािा है लेककन िह पर्ना जािा है। िह जो भोपाल और पर्
ु े
जािा है सरू ि से सम्
बक्न्
िि है और िह B नहीां है । C और D क्रमश: राजकोर् और िडोदरा से
सम्
बक्न्िि हैं। इनमें से कोई भी कोलकािा नहीां जािा है । D दे हरादन
ू नहीां जािा है । िह जो
मम्
ु बई जािा है अहमदाबाद से सम्
बक्न्िि है । C इन्
दौर नहीां जािा है । एक ही व्यक्त
ि हदल्
ली
और लखनऊ जािा है । िह जो अहमदाबाद जािा है , दे हरादन
ू नहीां जािा है ।
Sol:
35.
Eight Television sets of different model Sansui, Samsung, Sony, Toshiba,
LG, Micromax, Philips and Panasonic were kept in eight boxes which
were placed in a stack one over another. The boxes were numbered 1-8
bottom to top.
• LG TV had a box number thrice as that of the box number of Sansui TV
• Sansui and Sony TV were kept consecutively
• Sony and Toshiba TV were kept at a gap of 2 TVs
• Samsung was just above Philips
• Philips and Panasonic brands were at a gap of 1
• Panasonic and Toshiba brand TVs were not kept consecutively.
विलभन्न मॉडल सेन्सुई, सैमसांग, सोनी, िोलशबा, एलजी, माइक्रोमैतस,
कफललप्स और पैनासोतनक के आठ र्े लीविजन सेर् आठ बतसे में रखे गए र्थे
क्जन्हें एक दस
ू रे के ऊपर रखा गया र्था| बतसों को नीचे से ऊपर के क्रम में 1 से 8
अांक से सांख्याांककि गया र्था।
• एलजी र्ीिी के बॉतस की सांख्या सेन्सुई र्ीिी के बॉतस की सांख्या से िीन गुना
र्था
• सेन्सई
ु और सोनी र्ीिी क्रमागि र्थे|
• सोनी और िोलशबा र्ीिी, 2 र्ीिी के अांिराल पर रखे गए र्थे
• सैमसांग कफललप्स ठीक ऊपर रखा र्था
• कफललप्स और पैनासोतनक ब्ाांड 1 र्ीिी के अांिराल पर र्थे
• पैनासोतनक और िोलशबा र्ीिी के ब्ाांड क्रमागि नहीां रखे गए र्थे।
Sol:
8 Panasonic
7 Samsung
6 Philips
5 Toshiba
4 Micromax
3 LG
2 Sony
1 Sansui
36.
6 companies HP, Dell, Asus, Acer, Lenovo & Sony sold different number of laptops in the
year 2017. These companies are owned by A, B, C, D, E & F not necessarily in the same
order.
• HP sold more number of laptops than both Lenovo & Sony
• B's company Sony sold more number of laptops than laptops sold by Acer.
• C's company sold more number of laptops than laptops sold by Asus but less than that
of sold by Sony.
• D's company sold maximum number of laptops.
• At least 2 companies sold more number of laptops than Dell.
• C doesn't own Acer.
• A owns Dell.
• Dell sold more number of laptops than Lenovo.
• Neither Asus nor company owned by E sold minimum number of laptops. (It doesn't
mean that E cannot be the owner of Asus.)
6 कांपतनयों अर्थाणि ् एचपी, डेल, एसस, एसर, लेनोिो और सोनी ने िषण 2017 में अलग-अलग सांख्या
में लैपर्ॉप बेचे। इन कांपतनयों के माललक A, B, C, D, E और F हैं लेककन जरूरी नहीां कक इसी क्रम में
हो|
• एचपी ने लेनोिो और सोनी की िुलना में अर्िक सांख्या में लैपर्ॉप बेच|े
• B की कांपनी सोनी ने एसर द्िारा बेचे गए लैपर्ॉप की िुलना में अर्िक सांख्या में लैपर्ॉप बेचे।
• C की कांपनी ने एसस द्िारा बेचे गए लैपर्ॉप िल
ु ना में अर्िक सांख्या में लैपर्ॉप बेचे लेककन सोनी
द्िारा बेचे गए लैपर्ॉप से कम लैपर्ॉप बेचे।
• D की कांपनी ने अर्िकिम सांख्या में लैपर्ॉप बेचे।
• कम से कम 2 कांपतनयों ने डेल से अर्िक सांख्या में लैपर्ॉप बेचे।
• C एसर का माललक नहीां है ।
• A डेल का माललक है ।
• डेल ने लेनोिो की िुलना में अर्िक सांख्या में लैपर्ॉप बेचे।
• न िो एसस और न ही E के कांपनी ने न्यूनिम सांख्या में लैपर्ॉप बेचे। (इसका अर्थण यह नहीां है कक
E, Asus का माललक नहीां हो सकिा।)
Sol:
37. There are six pillars in a linear row from left to right. Each pillar is painted either red
or white. Six persons - L, M, N, O, P and Q, are standing at the pillars, such that, one
person stands at each pillar and all are facing north. The persons who occur
consecutively in the alphabetical order do not stand immediately next to each other.
(For ex.: N cannot stand next to M and vice versa)
• The pillars at extreme ends are painted with different colours. (if one is red, then
other is white and vice versa)
• N is standing to immediate left of a white pillar.
• The person standing at the pillar second from the extreme right end, is second to right
of N.
• O stands to immediate left of a red pillar.
• M and Q, both stand at red pillar.
• The immediate next pillars to the pillar at which P is standing, are of different colours.
• P stands at the pillar of same colour as L, but different colour than of N.
एक रे खीय पांक्ति में बायें से दायें ओर छः खम्भे हैं| प्रत्येक खम्भे को या िो लाल या सफ़ेद रां ग से
रां गा गया है | छः व्यक्ति - L, M, N, O, P और Q इन खम्भों पर इस रह खड़े हैं कक प्रत्येक खम्भे पर
एक व्यक्ति खड़ा है और सभी व्यक्तियों का मुख उत्तर हदशा की ओर है | जो व्यक्ति िर्णमाला क्रम
में क्रलमक रूप से है िे एक-दस
ू रे के बगल में खड़े नहीां होिे हैं| (उदाहरर् के ललए: N, M के बगल में
खड़ा नहीां हो सकिा है और इसके विपरीि में भी क्रम ऐसा ही होिा है )
• चरम अांिों के खम्भों को अलग-अलग रां गों से रां गा गया है | (यहद एक खम्भे को लाल रां ग से रां गा
गया है , िो दस
ू रे खम्भे को सफ़ेद रां ग से रां गा गया है और इसके विपरीि में भी यही क्स्र्थति होिी है )
• N, सफ़ेद खम्भे के ठीक बायें स्र्थान पर खड़ा है |
• िह व्यक्ति जो दायें चरम अांि से दस
ू रे खम्भे पर खड़ा है , िह व्यक्ति N के दायें दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर
खड़ा है |
• O, लाल खम्भे के ठीक बायें स्र्थान पर खड़ा है |
• M और Q दोनों लाल रां ग के खम्भों पर खड़े हैं|
• P क्जस खम्भे पर खड़ा है उस खम्भे से ठीक अगले खम्भों को अलग-अलग रां गों से रां ग गया है |
• P और L समान रां ग के खम्भे पर खड़े हैं लेककन N के खम्भे से अलग रां ग के खम्भे पर खड़े हैं|
Sol:
38.
Jem, Jiya, Jai, Jones, Jack and Jeny, live in a six-floored building (floors been marked as
ground, first and so on, from the bottom), such that only one person lives on each floor,
not necessarily in the same given order. Each one is of different age and each one's age
is a multiple of 4.
• There is one floor between the ones on which Jack and Jones are living, Jack been
above Jones.
• Jeny is the eldest person, who lives on first floor.
• The one whose age is 8 years lives immediately above Jones, and, is the youngest.
• Jeny is 4 years elder than Jones and double the age of Jiya.
• Jack's age is double of that of Jem's age.
• There are two floors in between Jem and Jai. Jem stays above Jai.
• Jones age is thrice the age of Jai, who is younger than Jack.
जेम, क्जया, जय, जोन्स, जैक और जेनी, छः मांक्जला इमारि (मांक्जलो भूिल, प्रर्थम के रूप में
र्चक्ननि की गई है और आगे नीचे से ऐसे ही) में इस िरह से रहिे हैं, कक प्रत्येक मांक्जल पर केिल
एक व्यक्ति रहिा है , लेककन जरूरी नहीां कक इसी क्रम में हो। प्रत्येक व्यक्ति की आयु अलग-अलग
है और प्रत्येक की आयु 4 की गुर्ज है ।
• जैक और जोन्स के मांक्जलों के बीच एक मांक्जल है , क्जसमे जैक जोन्स से ऊपर रहिा है ।
• जेनी आयु में सबसे बड़ी है , जो प्रर्थम मांक्जल पर रहिी है ।
• िह व्यक्ति क्जसकी आयु 8 िषण है , जोंस के ठीक ऊपरी मांक्जल पर रहिा/रहिी है और आयु में
सबसे छोर्ा/छोर्ी है |
• जेनी, जोन्स से आयु में 4 िषण बड़ी है और क्जया की आयु से दोगुनी है |
• जैक की आयु, जेम की आयु से दोगुनी है ।
• जेम और जय के बीच दो मांक्जले हैं | जेम, जय के ऊपर रहिा है |
• जोन्स की आयु, जय की आयु की िीन गुना है , जो जैक से आयु में छोर्ा है ।
Sol:
5th Jiya 20
4th Jack 16
3rd Jem 8
2nd Jones 36
1st Jeny 40
Ground Jai 12
39
P, Q, R, S, T, U, V & W are eight persons. Each person visits different places
namely America, New Zealand, Switzerland, Cuba, Thailand, Russia, Australia &
Mexico but not necessarily in the same order. They also like different colors
namely Red, White, Blue, Black, Yellow, Pink, Violet & Orange but not necessarily
in the same order. T likes Black and doesn't visit Switzerland nor Australia. P visits
Cuba and does not like either Red or White. The one who visits Australia likes
Pink. The one who likes Orange visits New Zealand and the one who visits
Thailand likes Yellow. S doesn't like Blue. V and R like Yellow and Violet
respectively. Q likes Orange. W visits Russia and doesn't like Red. The one who
visits Mexico likes Violet. U doesn't visits Switzerland.
P, Q, R, S, T, U,Vऔर W आठ व्यक्ति हैं। प्रत्येक व्यक्ति अमेररका, न्यूजीलैंड, क्स्िट्जरलैंड,
तयूबा, र्थाईलैंड, रूस, ऑस्रे ललया और मेक्तसको जैसे विलभन्न स्र्थानों का दौरा ककया है लेककन
जरूरी नहीां कक ये इसी क्रम में हों। िे लाल, सफेद, नीले, काले, पीले, गुलाबी, बैंगनी और नारां गी जैसे
विलभन्न रां गों को पसांद करिे हैं लेककन जरूरी नहीां कक ये इसी क्रम में हों। T, काला रां ग पसांद करिा
है और न ही उसने क्स्िट्जरलैंड की यात्रा की है और न ही ऑस्रे ललया की। P ने तयूबा का दौरा ककया
है और उसे लाल या सफेद में से कोई एक रां ग पसांद नहीां है । क्जसने ऑस्रे ललया का दौरा ककया है उसे
गल
ु ाबी रां ग पसांद है । क्जसे नारां गी रां ग पसांद है उसने न्यूजीलैंड का दौरा ककया है और क्जसने र्थाईलैंड
का दौरा ककया है उसे पीला रां ग पसांद है । S को नीला रां ग पसांद नहीां है । Vऔर R को क्रमशः पीला और
बैंगनी रां ग पसांद है । Q को नारां गी रां ग पसांद है । W ने रूस का दौरा ककया है और उसे लाल रां ग पसांद
नहीां है । क्जसने मेक्तसको का दौरा ककया है उसे बैंगनी रां ग पसांद है । U ने क्स्िट्जरलैंड का दौरा नहीां
ककया।
Sol:
40
.Six persons - L, M, N, O, P and Q, have meetings on different dates i.e. either on 20 th or on last
day of the months January, July and October, not necessarily in the given order. Each one likes
either ginger tea, green tea or coffee in beverages. At least one person likes each beverage.
• P has a meeting on even numbered date and doesn't like coffee.
• O likes green tea.
• The ones who have meeting on odd numbered dates, do not like coffee.
• Q doesn't like ginger tea and has meeting before O.
• One person has meeting immediately after P and immediately before L.
• Q doesn't have meeting immediately before/after L.
• The one who has meeting on 20th October likes coffee.
• No person has meeting between L and N, who has meeting after M, but not in October.
• P and N like the same beverage.
• M doesn't have meeting on last day of any month and didn't like ginger tea.
छः व्यक्तियों - L, M, N, O, P और Q की मीहर्ांग अलग-अलग िारीखों पर अर्थाणि ् या िो 20 या जनिरी,
जुलाई और अतर्ूबर महीनें के अांतिम हदन पर होनी है लेककन आिश्यक नहीां कक क्रम यही हो| उनमें से
प्रत्येक व्यक्ति को पेय पदार्थो में से या िो क्जांजर र्ी, ग्रीन र्ी या कॉफ़ी पीना पसांद है | कम-से-कम एक
व्यक्ति प्रत्येक पेय पदार्थण को पसांद करिा है |
• P की मीहर्ांग सम सांख्या िाली िारीख पर है और िह कॉफ़ी पसांद नहीां करिा है |
• O ग्रीन र्ी पसांद करिा है |
• िह व्यक्ति क्जसकी मीहर्ांग विषम सांख्या की िारीख पर है , िह कॉफ़ी पसांद नहीां करिा है |
• Q क्जांजर र्ी पसांद नहीां करिा है और उसकी मीहर्ांग O से पहले होिी है |
• एक व्यक्ति की मीहर्ांग P के ठीक बाद और L से ठीक पहले होिी है |
• Q की मीहर्ांग L के ठीक पहले/बाद नहीां होिी है |
• िह व्यक्ति क्जसकी मीहर्ांग 20 अतर्ूबर को होिी है िह कॉफ़ी पसांद करिा है |
• L और N के बीच ककसी भी व्यक्ति की मीहर्ांग नहीां होिी है , क्जसने M के बाद मीहर्ांग की है लेककन
अतर्ूबर में मीहर्ांग नहीां की है |
• P और N समान पेय पदार्थण पसांद करिे हैं|
• M की मीहर्ांग ककसी भी महीनें के अांतिम हदन पर नहीां होिी है और िह क्जांजर र्ी पसांद नहीां करिा है |
Sol:
41
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H were born in the years 1951,
1954, 1963, 1969, 1972, 1980, 1986 and 2002 not necessarily in the
same order. They were born on the same date i.e. on 1st January of
these years. Make all the age calculations as on 1st January 2018.
• G was not born in 1954 and G's age was found to be a perfect square
• G and F were born at a gap of 2 persons
• B was aged twice as that of E
• D was born at a gap of 1 from E
• A was elder to H who was elder to C
• At least one person was born between A and G
आठ व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H िषण 1951, 1954, 1963, 1969, 1972,
1980, 1986 और 2002 में जन्मे र्थे, लेककन जरूरी नहीां कक इसी क्रम में हो| िे
इन िषों के समान हदनों अर्थाणि ् 1 जनिरी को जन्मे र्थे। सभी के आयु की गर्ना
1 जनिरी 2018 िक की गई है |
• G का जन्म 1954 में नहीां हुआ और उसकी आयु एक पूर्ण िगण के रूप में पाई गई
र्थी|
• G और F 2 व्यक्तियों के अांिराल पर जन्मे र्थे|
• B की आयु E से दोगुनी र्थी|
• D, E से 1 के अांिराल पर जन्मा र्था|
• A आयु में H से बड़ा र्था जो आयु में C से बड़ा र्था|
• कम से कम एक व्यक्ति A और G के बीच जन्मा र्था|
Sol:
1951 67 F
1954 64 A
1963 55 H
1969 49 G
1972 46 C
1980 38 D
1986 32 B
2002 16 E
42
More than 10 persons were seated around a circular table facing the
centre. They were seated at equal distances from each other
• L was to the immediate left of A who was at a gap of 2 from R
• Number of persons between R and J when counted from the left of J
was twice that of the number of persons between R and T when
counted from the right of T
• E was 4th to the left of T and was at a gap of 1 from A
• K was at a gap of 1 from T and at a gap of 3 from J
• R was not neighbouring E or T
• P was 2nd to the right of J
केंद्र की ओर मुख करके गोलाकार मेज के आसपास 10 से अर्िक व्यक्ति बैठे
र्थे| िे एक-दस
ू रे से समान दरू ी पर बैठे र्थे|
• L, A के ठीक बायीां ओर र्था जो R से 2 के अन्िराल पर र्था|
• J के बायीां ओर से र्गने जाने पर R और J के बीच व्यक्तियों की सांख्या T के दायीां
ओर से र्गने जाने पर R ओर T के बीच व्यक्तियों की सांख्या से दोगुना र्थी|
• E, T के बायीां ओर से 4 र्थे स्र्थान पर र्था और A से 1 के अांिराल पर र्था|
• K, T से 1 के अांिराल पर और J से 3 के अांिराल पर र्था|
• E या T का R पड़ोसी नहीां र्था|
• P, J के दायीां ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर र्था|
Sol:
43
.Ten persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I and J were seated around a
rectangular table facing the centre. There was one person at each
corner and one on each of the shorter sides. There were 2 persons on
each of the longer sides.
• A was 3rd to the right of F who was seated at one of the corners
• H was neighbouring F and was seated opposite to B
• E was to the immediate left of B
• E and D were seated at a gap of 2 seats
• I was seated opposite to J's neighbour
• I was not neighbouring F
• G was 2nd to the left of J
• C was not neighbouring J
दस व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I और J एक आयिाकार मेज के चारों ओर
केंद्र की ओर मुख करके बैठे र्थे| प्रत्येक कोने पर एक व्यक्ति और प्रत्येक छोर्ी
भुजाओां पर एक व्यक्ति बैठा र्था। प्रत्येक लांबी भुजाओां पर 2 व्यक्ति बैठे र्थे।
• A, F के दायीां ओर से िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठा र्था, जो कोनों में से ककसी एक पर
बैठा र्था|
• H, F का पड़ोसी र्था और B के विपरीि बैठा र्था|
• E, B के ठीक बायीां ओर बैठा र्था|
• E और D दो सीर्ों के अांिराल पर बैठे र्थे|
• I, J के पड़ोसी के विपरीि बैठा र्था|
• I, F का पड़ोसी नहीां र्था|
• G, J के बायीां ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर र्था|
44
10 students A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I and J are attending the seminar given by
professor P. They are sitting in 2 parallel rows in such a way that 5 of them are
sitting in 1st row and remaining 5 are sitting in 2nd row. Each student from row 2 is
sitting behind the students of row 1.
All students are facing north while professor is facing south and standing exactly
in-front of the student sitting 3rd from the end of the row.
• A sitting to the immediate left of D.
• D is sitting on the right-hand side while G is sitting on the left-hand side of P.
• G is sitting exactly in-front of B.
• B is not sitting at the end of the row.
• F is sitting 2nd to the left of G.
• E is sitting at the gap of 1 person from both H and J.
• Neither C nor I is sitting behind H.
10 विद्यार्थी A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I और J प्रोफेसर P द्िारा हदए गये सेमीनार में भाग ले
रहे है | िे 2 समाांिर पांक्तियों में इस िरह से बैठे हैं कक उनमें से 5 पहली पांक्ति में बैठे हैं और
शेष 5 दस
ू री पांक्ति में बैठे हैं| दस
ू री पांक्ति का प्रत्येक विद्यार्थी पहली पांक्ति के प्रत्येक
विद्यार्थी के पीछे बैठा हुआ है |
सभी विद्यार्र्थणयों का मख
ु उत्तर की ओर है जबकक प्रोफेसर का मख
ु दक्षक्षर् की ओर है और
पांक्ति के अांि से िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठे छात्र के सामने खड़े है |
• A, D के ठीक बायीां ओर बैठा है |
• D,P के दाएां हार्थ पर बैठा है जबकक G, P के बायीां हार्थ पर बैठा है |
• G, B के ठीक सामने बैठा है |
• B पांक्ति के अांि में नहीां बैठा है |
• F, G के बायीां ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा है |
• E, H और J दोनों व्यक्ति से 1 अांिराल पर बैठा है |
• H के पीछे न िो C न I बैठा है |
Sol:
45
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H were born in the years 1951,
1954, 1963, 1969, 1972, 1980, 1986 and 2002 not necessarily in the
same order. They were born on the same date i.e. on 1st January of
these years. Make all the age calculations as on 1st January 2018.
• G was not born in 1954 and G's age was found to be a perfect square
• G and F were born at a gap of 2 persons
• B was aged twice as that of E
• D was born at a gap of 1 from E
• A was elder to H who was elder to C
• At least one person was born between A and G
आठ व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H िषण 1951, 1954, 1963, 1969, 1972,
1980, 1986 और 2002 में जन्मे र्थे, लेककन जरूरी नहीां कक इसी क्रम में हो| िे
इन िषों के समान हदनों अर्थाणि ् 1 जनिरी को जन्मे र्थे। सभी के आयु की गर्ना
1 जनिरी 2018 िक की गई है |
• G का जन्म 1954 में नहीां हुआ और उसकी आयु एक पूर्ण िगण के रूप में पाई गई
र्थी|
• G और F 2 व्यक्तियों के अांिराल पर जन्मे र्थे|
• B की आयु E से दोगुनी र्थी|
• D, E से 1 के अांिराल पर जन्मा र्था|
• A आयु में H से बड़ा र्था जो आयु में C से बड़ा र्था|
• कम से कम एक व्यक्ति A और G के बीच जन्मा र्था|
Sol:
1951 67 F
1954 64 A
1963 55 H
1969 49 G
1972 46 C
1980 38 D
1986 32 B
2002 16 E
46
More than 10 persons were seated around a circular table facing the
centre. They were seated at equal distances from each other
• L was to the immediate left of A who was at a gap of 2 from R
• Number of persons between R and J when counted from the left of J
was twice that of the number of persons between R and T when
counted from the right of T
• E was 4th to the left of T and was at a gap of 1 from A
• K was at a gap of 1 from T and at a gap of 3 from J
• R was not neighbouring E or T
• P was 2nd to the right of J
केंद्र की ओर मुख करके गोलाकार मेज के आसपास 10 से अर्िक व्यक्ति बैठे र्थे|
िे एक-दस
ू रे से समान दरू ी पर बैठे र्थे|
• L, A के ठीक बायीां ओर र्था जो R से 2 के अन्िराल पर र्था|
• J के बायीां ओर से र्गने जाने पर R और J के बीच व्यक्तियों की सांख्या T के दायीां
ओर से र्गने जाने पर R ओर T के बीच व्यक्तियों की सांख्या से दोगुना र्थी|
• E, T के बायीां ओर से 4 र्थे स्र्थान पर र्था और A से 1 के अांिराल पर र्था|
• K, T से 1 के अांिराल पर और J से 3 के अांिराल पर र्था|
• E या T का R पड़ोसी नहीां र्था|
• P, J के दायीां ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर र्था|
Sol:
47
Ten persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I and J were seated around a rectangular table
facing the centre. There was one person at each corner and one on each of the
shorter sides. There were 2 persons on each of the longer sides.
• A was 3rd to the right of F who was seated at one of the corners
• H was neighbouring F and was seated opposite to B
• E was to the immediate left of B
• E and D were seated at a gap of 2 seats
• I was seated opposite to J's neighbour
• I was not neighbouring F
• G was 2nd to the left of J
• C was not neighbouring J
दस व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I और J एक आयिाकार मेज के चारों ओर केंद्र की ओर
मख
ु करके बैठे र्थे| प्रत्येक कोने पर एक व्यक्ति और प्रत्येक छोर्ी भज
ु ाओां पर एक व्यक्ति
बैठा र्था। प्रत्येक लांबी भज
ु ाओां पर 2 व्यक्ति बैठे र्थे।
• A, F के दायीां ओर से िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठा र्था, जो कोनों में से ककसी एक पर बैठा र्था|
• H, F का पड़ोसी र्था और B के विपरीि बैठा र्था|
• E, B के ठीक बायीां ओर बैठा र्था|
• E और D दो सीर्ों के अांिराल पर बैठे र्थे|
• I, J के पड़ोसी के विपरीि बैठा र्था|
• I, F का पड़ोसी नहीां र्था|
• G, J के बायीां ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर र्था|
• C, J का पड़ोसी नहीां र्था|
Sol:
48
10 students A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I and J are attending the seminar given by
professor P. They are sitting in 2 parallel rows in such a way that 5 of them are
sitting in 1st row and remaining 5 are sitting in 2nd row. Each student from row 2 is
sitting behind the students of row 1.
All students are facing north while professor is facing south and standing exactly
in-front of the student sitting 3rd from the end of the row.
• A sitting to the immediate left of D.
• D is sitting on the right-hand side while G is sitting on the left-hand side of P.
• G is sitting exactly in-front of B.
• B is not sitting at the end of the row.
• F is sitting 2nd to the left of G.
• E is sitting at the gap of 1 person from both H and J.
• Neither C nor I is sitting behind H.
10 विद्यार्थी A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I और J प्रोफेसर P द्िारा हदए गये सेमीनार में भाग ले
रहे है | िे 2 समाांिर पांक्तियों में इस िरह से बैठे हैं कक उनमें से 5 पहली पांक्ति में बैठे हैं और
शेष 5 दस
ू री पांक्ति में बैठे हैं| दस
ू री पांक्ति का प्रत्येक विद्यार्थी पहली पांक्ति के प्रत्येक
विद्यार्थी के पीछे बैठा हुआ है |
सभी विद्यार्र्थणयों का मख
ु उत्तर की ओर है जबकक प्रोफेसर का मख
ु दक्षक्षर् की ओर है और
पांक्ति के अांि से िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठे छात्र के सामने खड़े है |
• A, D के ठीक बायीां ओर बैठा है |
• D,P के दाएां हार्थ पर बैठा है जबकक G, P के बायीां हार्थ पर बैठा है |
• G, B के ठीक सामने बैठा है |
• B पांक्ति के अांि में नहीां बैठा है |
• F, G के बायीां ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा है |
• E, H और J दोनों व्यक्ति से 1 अांिराल पर बैठा है |
• H के पीछे न िो C न I बैठा है |
Sol:
49
Ram, Shyam, Raj, Sita & Mohan have mobiles of different price. Each mobile has
different sim cards viz. BSNL, Jio, Vodafone, Airtel & Idea. Each mobile has only
one sim card.
• Ram has Jio sim.
• Mobile having airtel sim is costlier than Sita's mobile.
• Mobile having Vodafone sim is cheaper than mobile having airtel sim.
• Ram's phone costs in between Shyam's & Raj's mobile's cost.
• Mohan and Raj does not use airtel sim.
• Atleast 1 mobile cost lies between Raj's mobile & mobile having BSNL sim.
• Neither Sita nor Raj has Vodafone sim.
• Person having idea sim has the most expensive mobile.
• Mobile having BSNL sim is not the cheapest.
राम, श्याम, राज, सीिा और मोहन के पास अलग-अलग कीमिों के मोबाइल हैं। प्रत्येक
मोबाइल में अलग-अलग लसम काडण हैं अर्थाणि ् बीएसएनएल, क्जओ, िोडाफोन, एयरर्े ल और
आइडडया। प्रत्येक मोबाइल में केिल एक लसम काडण है ।
• राम के पास क्जयो की लसम है ।
• एयरर्े ल लसम िाला मोबाइल, सीिा के मोबाइल से महां गा है ।
• िोडाफोन लसम िाला मोबाइल, उस मोबाइल से सस्िा है क्जसमे एयरर्े ल की लसम है ।
• राम के फोन की कीमि, श्याम और राज के मोबाइल की कीमि के बीच है ।
• मोहन और राज एयरर्े ल की लसम का उपयोग नहीां करिा।
• कम से कम 1 मोबाइल की कीमि, राज के मोबाइल और उस मोबाइल के बीच है क्जसमे
बीएसएनएल की लसम है ।
• न िो सीिा और न ही राज के पास िोडाफोन का लसम है ।
• िह व्यक्ति क्जसके पास आइडडया का लसम है , उसके पास सबसे महां गा मोबाइल है ।
• बीएसएनएल लसम िाला मोबाइल सबसे सस्िा नहीां है ।
Sol:;
50
P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X and Y are sitting in a single row, not necessarily in the
same order. Four of them are facing towards north while the rest of them are
facing towards the south. Only one person is sitting between S and Y. P is sitting
sixth to the right of R. R is facing towards south. Either R or P is sitting at the
extreme ends. W is sitting second to the left of U. W and U are facing opposite
directions. Neither U nor W is the immediate neighbor of either R or P. S is sitting
fifth to the right of W. The immediate neighbor of S is facing in the same direction
as S. X is facing towards north. P is the immediate neighbor of X and Y. Q is sitting
second to the left of V, both of them facing towards south. Those who are sitting
at the extreme ends are facing in the same direction. U is not sitting next to X and
Y is not sitting next to W.
P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X और Y एक पांक्ति में बैठे हैं, आिश्यक नहीां की एक ही हदशा में हों |
उनमें से चार का मख
ु उत्तर की ओर है जबकक उनमें से शेष का मख
ु दक्षक्षर् की ओर है | S और
Y के बीच केिल एक व्यक्ति बैठा है | P, R के दाईं ओर से छठे स्र्थान पर बैठा है | R का मख
ु
दक्षक्षर् की ओर है | या िो R या िो P चरम अांि पर बैठे हैं। W, U के बाईं ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान
पर बैठा है । W और U एक दस
ू रे के विपरीि हदशा में बैठे हैं | न िो U और न W, R अर्थिा P
के ठीक बगल के पडोसी नहीां हैं | S, W के दाईं ओर से पाांचिें स्र्थान पर बैठा है । S के ठीक
बगल का पड़ोसी का मख
ु उसी हदशा में है , क्जस हदशा में S का मख
ु है | X का मख
ु उत्तर हदशा
की ओर है | P ,X और Y के ठीक बगल का पड़ोसी है | Q, V के बाईं ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर
बैठा है और दोनों का मख
ु दक्षक्षर् की ओर है | जो लोग चरम अांि पर बैठे हैं, उनका मख
ु
समान हदशा में है | U, X के बगल में नहीां बैठा और Y, W के बगल में नहीां बैठा |
Sol:
51
.Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H not necessarily in the same order lives in an
eight storey building. The lowermost floor is numbered as 1 and the floor above it
is numbered as 2 and so on. They buy different numbers of items; the persons
living on the even numbered floor buy even number of items and the persons
living on the odd numbered floor buy odd number of items. 'A' buys 15 items and
lives one of the floors below the 4th floor. Two persons live between A and D. One
person lives between D and the one who bought 18 items. F lives just above the
one who bought 13 items but not on the topmost floor. B bought 9 items more
than F. One person lives between A and E and E doesn't live on the 5th floor. C
buys 36 items. Two persons stay between H and the one who buys 33 items. C
lives above D. F buys 1 item less than E.
आठ व्यक्ति A, B, C, D E, F, G और H जरूरी नहीां कक समान क्रम में हो,एक आठ मांक्जला
इमारि में रहिे है | तनम्निम मांक्जल को 1 के रूप में सांख्याांककि ककया जािा है और इसके
ऊपर की मांक्जल को 2 के रूप में सांख्याांककि ककया जािा है और इसके आगे भी इसी क्रम में
सांख्याांककि ककया जािा है | िे विलभन्न सांख्याओां में िस्िुएां खरीदिे है ; सम सांख्याांककि
मांक्जल पर रहने िाले व्यक्ति सम सांख्या में िस्िए
ु ां खरीदिे है और विषम सांख्याांककि
मांक्जल पर रहने िाले व्यक्ति विषम सांख्या में िस्िुएां खरीदिे है | 'A' 15 िस्िुएां खरीदिा है
और चौर्थी मांक्जल से नीचे ककसी मांक्जल पर रहिा है | A और D के बीच दो व्यक्ति रहिे है | D
और 18 िस्िुएां खरीदने िाले व्यक्ति के बीच में एक व्यक्ति रहिा है | F उस व्यक्ति से ठीक
ऊपर रहिा है क्जसने 13 िस्िए
ु ां खरीदी र्थी, लेककन शीषण मांक्जल पर नहीां रहिा र्था| B ने F से
9 िस्िुएां अर्िक खरीदी| A और E के बीच में एक व्यक्ति रहिा है और E पाांचिी मांक्जल पर
नहीां रहिा है | C, 36 िस्िुएां खरीदिा है | H और 33 िस्िुएां खरीदने िाले व्यक्ति के बीच में
दो व्यक्ति रहिे हैं | C, D से ऊपर रहिा है | F, E से एक 1 िस्िु कम खरीदिा है |
Sol:
52
.Six chemicals L, M, N, O, P and Q are kept in bottles of different colours
viz, green, red, blue, white, pink and violet, not necessarily in the same
order. The bottles are arranged from left to right, again not necessarily
in the same order.
Chemical M is kept in white bottle. Chemical L is kept in neither red nor
green bottle and is kept to the immediate left of the violet bottle.
Chemical O is kept in the blue bottle and is kept exactly between the
bottles containing chemicals L and M. The red bottle is at the extreme
left end. The bottle containing chemical Q is not kept at either of the
ends. The green bottle is kept at the extreme right end. Chemical P is
not kept near the white bottle.
छ: रसायन L, M, N, O, P और Q लभन्न रां गों की बोिलों में रखे हैं जैसे हरा, लाल,
नीला, सफ़ेद, गुलाबी, और बैंगनी है , आिश्यक नहीां की क्रम यही हो| बोिलें बाएां
से दायें क्रम में व्यिक्स्र्थि हैं, पुनः आिश्यक नहीां की क्रम यही हो|
रसायन M सफ़ेद बोिल में रखा है | रसायन L न िो हरे बोिल न ही लाल बोिल
में रखा है और ठीक बैंगनी बोिल के बाएां रखा है | रसायन O नीले बोिल में और
रसायन L एिां रसायन M िाली बोिलों के ठीक बीच में रखा है | लाल बोिल चरम
बाएां अांि पर है | िह बोिल क्जसमें रसायन Q है िह ककसी अांि पर नहीां रखी है |
हरी बोिल चरम दायें अांि पर राखी है | रसायन P सफ़ेद बोिल के समीप नहीां
रखा है |
Sol:
53
Seven trunks were arranged in a stack one over another and were numbered 1-7
from bottom to top. Each trunk contained a quilt. The quilts were of different
colours and so were the trunks. The colours were red, brown, black, orange,
purple, blue and yellow.
• Black quilt was at a gap of 2 trunks above the brown trunk
• Trunk number of the blue trunk was thrice as that of the trunk with red quilt
• Purple trunk was just above the red quilt.
• Only trunk number 2 had the same colour as that of the quilt it contained
• Yellow trunk was at a gap of 3 trunks above the trunk with yellow quilt
• Red trunk had brown quilt and was just above the black trunk
• Blue quilt was immediately above or immediately below the orange trunk.
साि रां को को एक के ऊपर एक करके व्यिक्स्र्थि ककया गया र्था और उन्हें नीचे से लेकर शीषण
िक 1-7 के रूप में सांख्याांककि ककया गया र्था| प्रत्येक रां क में एक रजाई रखी र्थी| रजाईयाां
विलभन्न रां गों की र्थी और रां क भी विलभन्न रां गों के अर्थाणिण लाल, भरू े , काले, सांिरी, बैंगनी,
नीले और पीले रां गों के र्थे|
• काली रजाई भरू े रां क के ऊपर के 2 रां को के अांिराल पर र्थी|
• नीले रां क की रां क सांख्या, लाल रजाई के रां ककी सांख्या से िीन गन
ु ा र्थी|
• बैंगनी रां क लाल रजाई के ठीक ऊपर र्था|
• केिल रां क सांख्या 2 का रां ग उसमें रखी रजाई के रां ग के समान र्था|
• पीला रां क, पीली रजाई के रां क के ऊपर 3 रां को के अांिराल पर र्था|
• लाल रां क में भरू ी रजाई रखी र्थी और िह काले रां क के ठीक ऊपर र्था|
• नीली रजाई सांिरी रां क के ठीक ऊपर या ठीक नीचे रखी र्थी|
Sol:
Trunk Quilt
7 Yellow Orange
6 Red Brown
5 Black Blue
4 Orange Black
3 Blue Yellow
2 Purple Purple
1 Brown Red
54
8 friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G & H sits around a square table all facing centre. 2 people sit in each side.
Some of them are male while others are female. No two female sits on same side of table.
They all have different professions viz doctor, CA & teacher. Not more than 3 people have same
profession. No two people with same profession are immediate neighbours. There are at least 3 females
among them
• C is a male & sits to immediate right of doctor.
• Immediate neighbours of D have Same gender.
• None of teachers is female.
• Immediate neighbours of G have same profession.
• H sits 2nd to right of E.
• F is a teacher & sits 2nd to left of C
• G who is a CA sits to immediate left of A on the same side.
• Both immediate neighbours of C are male.
• Teacher doesn't sit to immediate right of doctor.
• Neither B nor D is immediate neighbour of H.
8 दोस्ि, A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक िगाणकार र्े बल के चारों ओर केंद्र की िरफ मह
ुां करके बैठे हैं। प्रत्येक भज
ु ा पर
दो लोग बैठे हैं।
उनमें से कुछ परु
ु ष हैं और कुछ महहलाएां हैं। कोई भी दो महहलाएां र्े बल की एक ही भज
ु ा पर नहीां बैठी हैं।
उन सबका अलग-अलग व्यिसाय है , जैसे डॉतर्र, सीए और लशक्षक। 3 से अर्िक लोगों का व्यिसाय समान नहीां है ।
कोई भी समान व्यिसाय के दो लोग एक दस
ू रे के ठीक बगल के पड़ोसी नहीां हैं। उनमें से कम से कम 3 महहलाएां हैं।
• C एक परु
ु ष है और डॉतर्र के ठीक दाएां बैठिा है ।
• D के ठीक बगल के पड़ोलसयों का ललांग समान हैं।
• कोई भी लशक्षक महहला नहीां है ।
• G के ठीक बगल के पड़ोलसयों का व्यिसाय समान है ।
• H, E के दाएां से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा हुआ है ।
• F एक लशक्षक है और C से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा हुआ है ।
• G, जो एक सीए है , िह समान भज
ु ा की ओर A के ठीक बायीां िरफ बैठा हुआ है ।
• C के ठीक बगल के दोनों पड़ोसी परु
ु ष हैं।
• लशक्षक डॉतर्र के ठीक दाएां नहीां बैठे हैं।
• ना िो B और ना ही D, H के ठीक बगल के पडोसी हैं।
Sol:
55
.9 friends Asha, Bela, Chaya, Dev, Ekta, Fida, Gita, Hema, Ila live in an
apartment which has 9 floors (from ground floor to 8th floor). None of
the two friends live on the same floor. The youngest person lives on the
ground floor, second youngest person lives on the 1st floor,3rd youngest
lives on the 2nd floor and so on. None of the two friends are of the same
age.
i. Age of Asha is greater than the age of Ekta and less than the age of
Fida.
ii. Ila is the oldest and Hema is the youngest person.
iii. Bela lives on the 6th floor. Bela is older to Fida.
iv. Ekta lives neither on the 2nd floor nor on the 1st floor.
v. Age of Chaya is greater than the age of Dev but less than the age of
Fida
9 दोस्ि आशा, बेला, छाया, दे ि, एकिा, कफ़दा, गीिा, हे मा, इला एक अपार्ण मेंर् में
रहिे हैं क्जसमें 9 मांक्जल है (भूिल से 8िीां मांक्जल िक है ) कोई भी दो दोस्ि
समान मांक्जल पर नहीां रहिे हैं| सबसे कम आयु का व्यक्ति भूिल पर रहिा है ,
दस
ू रा सबसे कम आयु का व्यक्ति पहली मांक्जल पर रहिा है | िीसरा सबसे कम
आयु का व्यक्ति दस
ू री मांक्जल पर रहिा है और इसी िरह आगे भी क्रम यही है |
कोई भी दो दोस्ि समान आयु के नहीां है |
i. आशा की आयु एकिा की आयु से अर्िक है और कफ़दा की आयु से कम है |
ii. इला सबसे अर्िक आयु की है और हे मा सबसे कम आयु की व्यक्ति है |
iii. बेला छठी मांक्जल पर रहिी है |बेला कफ़दा से अर्िक आयु की है |
iv. एकिा न िो दस
ू री मांक्जल पर और न ही पहली मांक्जल पर रहिी है |
v. छाया की आयु दे ि की आयु से अर्िक है लेककन कफ़दा की आयु से कम है |
I Can And I Will Page 115
100-PUZZLES-PDF V
sol:
56
Nine persons - B, C, D, L, M, N, O, Q and R are sitting in a linear row from left to
right such that two persons having name appearing consecutively in alphabetical
order do not sit immediate next to each other. For ex. B and C do not sit together
but, P and R may sit together. Some are facing south, and some are facing north.
• Three persons are sitting between M and L, both of whom are facing in same
direction.
• C sits second to left of L and faces north.
• Maximum possible number of persons are sitting between D and C.
• Only one person sits between N and R and that person faces north.
• O sits to immediate left of L and somewhere to left of N.
• B sits somewhere to right of Q, who faces south.
• R, D and O, all face in the direction opposite to N.
नौ व्यक्ति B, C, D, L, M, N, O, Q और R एक रे खीय पांक्ति में बायें से दायें ओर इस िरह
बैठे हैं कक दो व्यक्ति क्जनका नाम िर्णक्रमानस
ु ार क्रलमक िौर पर आिा है िे एक-दस
ू रे के
ठीक बगल में नहीां बैठिे हैं| उदाहरर् के ललए B और C एक-दस
ू रे के सार्थ नहीां बैठिे हैं
लेककन P और R एक-दस
ू रे के सार्थ बैठिे हैं| उनमें से कुछ व्यक्तियों का मख
ु दक्षक्षर् हदशा
की ओर है और कुछ व्यक्तियों का मख
ु उत्तर हदशा की ओर है |
• M और L के बीच िीन व्यक्ति बैठे हैं और दोनों (M और L) का मख
ु समान हदशा की ओर
है |
• C, L के बायें दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा है और उसका मख
ु उत्तर हदशा की ओर है |
• D और C के बीच अर्िकिम सांभाविि सांख्या में व्यक्ति बैठे हैं|
• केिल एक व्यक्ति N और R के बीच बैठा है और उस व्यक्ति का मख
ु उत्तर हदशा की ओर
है |
• O, L के ठीक बायें स्र्थान पर बैठा है और िह N के बायें कहीां बैठा है |
• B, Q के दायें कहीां बैठा है , क्जसका मख
ु दक्षक्षर् हदशा की ओर है |
• R, D और O, सभी का मख
ु N के विपरीि हदशा की ओर है |
Sol:
57
In the civil court of Bangalore, there are six persons - A, B, C, D, E and F, whose cases are
scheduled on different dates of the same month. For every person's case a different Judge is
appointed.
• P is appointed as the judge of the person whose case is scheduled on 7 th.
• E's case is scheduled on 21st but R is not appointed as the Judge of his case.
• One case is scheduled on 12th, whose judge is not U.
• T didn't judge the case on 28th.
• Q is appointed as the judge of D's case which is scheduled on 14th.
• Either S or R is judge to the case that is scheduled on 3rd of the month.
• B's case is scheduled on 7th of the month and T is the judge of C's case.
• Neither R nor U are the Judge of the case scheduled on 28th.
• A's case is scheduled on 3rd of the month.
बैंगलोर के लसविल कोर्ण में , छः व्यक्तियों - A, B, C, D, E और F के केस समान महीनें की अलग-अलग
िारीखों पर होना तनिाणररि हैं| प्रत्येक व्यक्ति के केस के ललए अलग-अलग न्यायिीश को तनयुति ककया
गया है |
• P को उस व्यक्ति के न्यायिीश के िौर पर तनयुति ककया गया है क्जसका केस 7 िारीख को होना
तनिाणररि है |
• E का केस 21 िारीख को होना तनिाणररि है लेककन R को उसके न्यायिीश के िौर पर तनयत
ु ि नहीां ककया
गया है |
• एक केस 12 िारीख को होना तनिाणररि है , क्जसका न्यायिीश U नहीां है |
• T, 28 िारीख को होने िाले केस का न्यायिीश नहीां है |
• Q को D के केस के न्यायिीश के िौर पर तनयुति ककया गया है , जो 14 िारीख को होना तनिाणररि है |
• या िो न्यायिीश S या न्यायिीश R को 3 िारीख को होने िाले केस के ललए तनयत
ु ि ककया गया है |
• B का केस महीनें की 7 िारीख को होना तनिाणररि है और T, C के केस का न्यायिीश है |
• न िो R न ही U को 28 िारीख को होने िाले केस के न्यायिीश है |
• A का केस महीनें की 3 िारीख को होना तनिाणररि है |
Sol:
3rd A R
7th B P
12th C T
14th D Q
21st E U
28th F S
58
Eight people are sitting around a circular table where four of them are
facing inside the table while the rest are facing outside from the table.
S, O and V are facing in the same direction i.e. either each one of them
faces towards the center or outside the center. M is sitting between L
and N and only one among them faces towards the center.Both L and N
face same direction. A and N are facing exactly opposite to each other
and neither O nor V is the immediate neighbor of A. M is facing
someone but that person is not V. O sits third to L. O and D are facing in
different direction i.e. if O is facing inside than D must be facing outside
and vice versa. D is sitting second to the left of S. S is not the immediate
neighbor of L.
आठ लोग एक िि
ृ ाकार मेज के चारो िरफ बैठे हैं ,क्जसमे चार मेज के केंद्र की
ओर मख
ु ररि हैं ,जबकक शेष बचे मेज के बाहर की ओर मख
ु ररि हैं | S, O और V
एक ही हदशा में मुखररि हैं अर्थाणि या िो प्रत्येक केंद्र की ओर मुखररि है या केंद्र
के बाहर मुखररि है | M ,L और N के बीच में बैठा है और उनमे से केिल एक केंद्र
की ओर मख
ु ररि है | L और N दोनों एक ही ओर मख
ु ररि हैं| A और N ठीक एक
दस
ू रे के विपरीि बैठे है और न िो O और न ही V , A के ठीक बगल के पड़ोसी हैं |
M तनक्श्चि रूप से ककसी के मुखररि है ,लेककन िो व्यक्ति V नहीां है | O , L से
िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठिा है | O और D अलग-अलग हदशाओां में मुखररि हैं अर्थाणि
यहद O केंद्र की ओर मख
ु ररि है ,िो D को केंद्र से बाहर मुखररि होना या इसके
विपरीि क्रम में होना जरूरी है | D , S के बाएां से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा है | S, L का
ठीक बगल का पड़ोसी नहीां है |
Sol:
59
.In a school, eight chairs marked - A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H, are kept in two linear
rows, four in each row. Chairs of one row are kept just behind the chairs of
second row. All the chairs are facing north. Each chair belongs to the students
having different roll number in multiples of 10, highest roll number been 80. (if
there are two roll numbers, 1 and 2, then 2 is the higher roll no.)
Chair D is of roll no. 70, and, one chair is kept between D and G. Chair A is kept
just behind chair F and sum of the roll no. to which these two belong, is 40.
Difference in roll no. to which the chairs kept at extreme left ends of both the row
belong is 50, given that chair of higher roll no has been kept behind of lower one.
Chair E is kept at extreme right end. The chair that belong to highest roll number
is not kept at any extreme end. One chair is kept between E and F. Chair G is kept
to immediate left of the chair which is of roll no. 40. Chair B is of roll no. 60 and is
kept in same row as of H. Chair A belongs to lower roll no than to which chair H
belongs.
स्कूल में , आठ र्चक्ननि कुलसणयाां - A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H, दो रै खखक पांक्तियों में रखी
जािी हैं, प्रत्येक पांक्ति में चार कुलसणयों को रखा जािा है । एक पांक्ति की कुलसणयों को दस
ू री
पांक्ति की कुलसणयों के पीछे रखा जािा है । सभी कुलसणयों के सामने उत्तर हदशा है । प्रत्येक कुसी
10 के गुर्कों में अलग रोल नांबर िाले छात्रों से सांबांर्िि है , उच्चिम रोल नांबर 80 है । (यहद
दो रोल नांबर, 1 और 2 हैं, िो 2 उच्च रोल नांबर है ।)
चेयर D का रोल नांबर 70 का है और एक चेयर D और G के बीच रखी जािी है । चेयर A को
चेयर F के ठीक पीछे रखा जािा है और इन दोनों से सम्बांर्िि रोल नांबरों का योग 40 है ।
दोनों पांक्तियों के बाएां चरम अांि की चेयरों से सम्बांर्िि रोल नांबर का अांिर 50 है , हदया गया
है कक अर्िक रोल नांबर की चेयर कम रोल नांबर की चेयर के पीछे रखी गई है । चेयर E को
अांतिम दाएां छोर पर रखा गया है । सबसे अर्िक रोल नांबर की चेयर को ककसी भी चरम अांि
पर नहीां रखा गया है । एक चेयर को E और F के बीच रखा गया है । चेयर G को रोल नांबर 40
की चेयर के ठीक बाएां रखा गया है । चेयर B रोल नांबर 60 का है और H के समान पांक्ति में
रखी हुई है । चेयर A, चेयर H से कम रोल नांबर का है ।
Sol:
60.
Seven persons - P, Q, R, S, T, U and V live in a seven-floored building such that the floors are
marked from ground floor, first floor, and so on, from bottom to top. Each person is either a
Doctor or an actor. If the person is doctor, he has either red or white colour car and, if the
person is actor, he has either green or blue colour car.
• The one who lives on ground floor, who is not P, has white car.
• U has green car and lives immediately above T.
• P lives on an even-numbered floor but not on the Ground Floor, and, is a doctor.
• Two persons live between S and Q, and S has blue car.
• T lives at a gap of two floors above a doctor.
• One who has red car lives at the immediate neighbor floors of both, the ones who have green
and the one who have white cars.
• R lives on second floor and doesn't have green car.
• Two persons have blue car.
साि व्यक्ति P, Q, R, S, T, U और V एक साि-मांक्जला इमारि में इस िरह रहिे हैं कक मांक्जलों को भूिल से
अांककि ककया गया है , उसके बाद पहली मांक्जल है और आगे का क्रम भी नीचे से ऊपर की ओर इसी प्रकार है |
प्रत्येक व्यक्ति या िो डॉतर्र है या अलभनेिा है | यहद एक व्यक्ति डॉतर्र है , िो उसके पास या िो लाल रां ग
या सफ़ेद रां ग की कार है | यहद एक व्यक्ति अलभनेिा है , िो उसके पास या िो हरे रां ग या नीले रां ग की कार है |
• भूिल पर रहने िाले व्यक्ति के पास सफ़ेद रां ग की कार है लेककन िह व्यक्ति P नहीां है |
• U के पास हरे रां ग की कार है और िह व्यक्ति T से ठीक ऊपर रहिा है |
• P सम सांख्या िाली मांक्जल पर रहिा है लेककन भि
ू ल पर नहीां रहिा है और िह एक डॉतर्र है |
• दो व्यक्ति S और Q के बीच में रहिे हैं और S के पास नीले रां ग की कार है |
• T, डॉतर्र से ऊपर दो मांक्जलों के अन्िराल पर रहिा है |
• िह व्यक्ति क्जसके पास लाल रां ग की कार है , िह हरे रां ग की कार िाले व्यक्ति और सफ़ेद रां ग की कार िाले
व्यक्ति दोनों के ठीक बगल िाली मांक्जलो में रहिा है |
• R दस
ू री मांक्जल पर रहिा है और उसके पास हरे रां ग की कार नहीां है |
• दो व्यक्तियों के पास नीले रां ग की कार है |
Sol:
61
.P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are sitting around a rectangular table. One person each is
sitting at the shorter side and three people each on the longer side. Every person
is sitting exactly in front of the person on the opposite side. Three of them are
facing away from the table while the rest are facing towards the table. People
sitting at the shorter sides are facing towards the same direction i.e., if one
person sitting at one of the shorter side is facing towards the table then person
sitting at the other shorter side must be facing away from the table or vice versa.
• U is sitting second to the right of Q, who is facing the table.
• P is facing V.
• Neither U nor R is sitting at any of the shorter sides.
• W is sitting third to the right of T. Both T and W are facing towards the table and
are on the longer sides.
• V doesn't sit to the immediate left of S, who is facing away from the table.
· R is not sitting next to W.
Sol:
62
.Alex, Tony, Rasheed, Zubeen, Monty, Max and Bunny went to different places like Beach,
Stadium, Movie, Circus, Museum, Park and Fair, not necessarily in the same order. Each of them
went to their choice of place on weekends only.
• Zubeen is not a beach lover and he went to his place on Sunday.
• Bunny went to the fair on the same day in which Tony went to watch a live Cricket match.
• Alex and Max went to their places on different days of the weekend and neither of them went
to the movie.
• The one who went to the circus went there on Sunday.
• Museum remains closed on Sunday.
• Rasheed went to the park on Saturdays.
• Alex did not go to the beach.
• Only three people went to any of the place on Saturday.
• Zubeen neither went to the movie nor did he go to the museum.
एलेतस, र्ोनी, रशीद, जब
ु ेन, मोंर्ी, मैतस और बनी अलग अलग स्र्थानों जैसे बीच, स्र्े डडयम, मि
ू ी, सकणस,
म्यूक्जयम, पाकण और मेले में गए, जरूरी नहीां कक इसी क्रम में हों। उनमें से प्रत्येक केिल सप्िाहाांि पर
अपनी पसांद के स्र्थान पर गया।
• जुबेन को बीच पसांद नहीां है और िह रवििार को अपने स्र्थान पर गया।
• बनी उसी हदन मेले में गया, क्जस हदन र्ोनी लाइि कक्रकेर् मैच दे खने गया।
• एलेतस और मैतस सप्िाहाांि के विलभन्न हदनों में अपने स्र्थानों पर गए और उनमें से कोई भी मि
ू ी दे खने
नहीां गया।
• जो व्यक्ति सकणस दे खने गया, िह रवििार के हदन िहाां गया।
• म्यूक्जयम रवििार को बांद रहिा है ।
• रशीद शतनिार को पाकण गया।
• एलेतस बीच पर नहीां गया।
• शतनिार को केिल िीन व्यक्ति ककसी स्र्थान पर गए र्थे।
• जुबेन न िो मूिी दे खने गया और न ही िह म्यूक्जयम गया।
Sol:
63
In a room, eight chairs are placed from left to right in a linear row. Eight persons - A, B, C, D, E,
F, G and H, come inside the room and each sit on one chair. The chairs initially are facing
towards north, but when the persons sit, then some of them turned it to south and then sat on
it.
• E is sitting facing north and is to immediate right of C.
• D sits at one of the extreme ends and the persons sitting next to D, faces north.
• G didn't turn the chair while sitting.
• F, who doesn't sit next to either B or G, sits third to right of H.
• Two persons sit between E and G, with E sitting towards right of G.
• B faces north and sits third to right of E.
• Both the immediate neighbours of E have their chairs turned before sitting.
• Only three persons turned their chairs to south.
• At most one person sit between A and D.
एक कमरे में आठ कुलसणयाां रै खखक पांक्ति में दाएां से बाएां रखी गयी है , आठ व्यक्ति - A, B, C, D, E, F, G और
H कमरें के अन्दर आकर प्रत्येक व्यक्ति एक कुसी पर बैठिे है | शुरुआि में कुलसणयाां उत्तर की ओर मुखररि
है , लेककन जब उस पर व्यक्ति बैठिे है , िो कुछ व्यक्ति कुसी को दक्षक्षर् की िरफ मोड़ लेने के बाद उस पर
बैठिे हैं|
• E उत्तर की ओर मुख करके बैठा है और C के ठीक बगल में दाईं ओर बैठा है |
• D ककसी भी एक चरम अांि पर बैठा है और D के बगल में बैठने िाला व्यक्ति, उत्तर हदशा की ओर मुख
करके बैठा है |
• G बैठने दौरान कुसी का हदशा नहीां मोड़ा |
• F, जो या िो B या G के बगल में नहीां बैठिा है , H के दायीां ओर से िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठा है |
• E और G के बीच दो व्यक्ति बैठे है , क्जसमे E ,G के दायीां ओर बैठा है |
• B उत्तर की ओर मुख करके E के दायीां ओर से िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठा है |
• E के ठीक बगल के दोनों पड़ोसी ने बैठने से पहले अपनी कुलसणयों की हदशा बदल दी हैं|
• केिेल िीन व्यक्तियों ने अपनी कुलसणयाां दक्षक्षर् हदशा की ओर मोड़ ललया है |
• A और D के बीच अर्िक-अर्िक एक व्यक्ति बैठा है |
Sol:
64
Seven persons - O, P, Q, R, S, T and U, work in a seven-floored building and each
person works on different floor. Each person ordered a cloth either from Paytm,
Amazon or Myntra apps and, at least two persons ordered from same app. The
bottommost floor is first floor, then above it is second floor, and so on.
One who works on third floor ordered from Myntra. T works on floor immediately
below the one on which P works, and, none of the two ordered from Myntra, but
both ordered from different apps. R works on an odd numbered floor, but neither
on first floor nor on the top floor. U and O, work on consecutive floors, and both
ordered from Amazon. Q works on floor immediately below R's floor and
immediately above the one's floor who ordered from Myntra. S worked on floor
immediately above U's floor. R ordered from same app as S and, P ordered from
same app as Q.
साि व्यक्ति - O, P, Q, R, S, T और U एक साि-मांक्जला इमारि में काम करिे हैं और
प्रत्येक व्यक्ति अलग-अलग मांक्जल पर काम करिा है | प्रत्येक व्यक्ति या िो पेर्ीम,
अमेजन या लमन्त्रा ऐप से कपड़े आडणर करिा है और कम-से-कम दो व्यक्तियों ने समान एप
से कपड़े आडणर ककए| सबसे नीचे की मांक्जल को पहली मांक्जल के िौर पर माना गया है ,
उसके बाद उससे ऊपर की मांक्जल को दस
ू री मांक्जल और आगे का क्रम भी इसी प्रकार है |
िीसरी मांक्जल पर काम करने िाले व्यक्ति ने लमन्त्रा से आडणर ककया| T, P से ठीक नीचे िाली
मांक्जल पर काम करिा है और उनमें से कोई भी लमन्त्रा से आडणर नहीां करिा है लेककन दोनों
व्यक्ति अलग-अलग ऐप से आडणर करिे हैं| R एक विषम सांख्या िाली मांक्जल पर काम
करिा है लेककन िह न िो पहली मांक्जल पर काम करिा है और न ही सबसे ऊपर की मांक्जल
पर काम करिा है | U और O क्रलमक मांक्जलो पर काम करिे हैं और दोनों व्यक्ति अमेजन से
आडणर करिे हैं| Q, R की मांक्जल के ठीक नीचे िाली मांक्जल पर और लमन्त्रा से आडणर करने
िाले व्यक्ति से ठीक ऊपर िाली मांक्जल पर काम करिा है | S, U की मांक्जल से ठीक ऊपर
िाली मांक्जल पर काम करिा है | R ने उसी ऐप से आडणर ककया है क्जस ऐप से S ने आडणर
ककया| और P ने उसी ऐप से आडणर ककया है क्जस ऐप से Q ने आडणर ककया|
Sol:
7th P Paytm
6th T Amazon
5th R Myntra
4th Q Paytm
3rd S Myntra
2nd U Amazon
1st O Amazon
65.
Five friends - Jenny, Jack, Jill, Jay and Jim have taken holidays from their schools
on different dates of same year. Each took a holiday either on 5th or on 12th of the
months January, March, April and May. At least one person took holiday in each
month. There are some dates on which no one has taken holiday among the given
dates.
No one took a holiday before Jay. Jim took holiday on an even numbered day of a
month with odd-number days. Only one person took holiday between Jack and
Jim. Jill took a holiday on 5th, but not in May. Jack took holiday before Jim on
12th of some given month. Jenny took holiday in April. On 12th January one of
them took holiday. If Jay took holiday on even-numbered date then, Jenny also
took on even-numbered date and, if Jay took on odd-numbered date then Jenny
also took on the same.
समान िषण की विलभन्न तिर्र्थयों पर पाांच दोस्ि जेनी, जैक, क्जल, जय और क्जम ने अपने
स्कूल से छुट्हर्यााँ ली| प्रत्येक ने जनिरी,माचण, अप्रैल और मई महीनों के या िो 5 या 12
िारीख पर छुट्र्ी ली| प्रत्येक महीने में कम से कम एक व्यक्ति ने छुट्र्ी ली| दी गयी
तिर्र्थयों में से ऐसी कुछ तिर्र्थयााँ है क्जसमें ककसी भी व्यक्ति ने छुट्र्ी नहीां ली है |
जय से पहले ककसी ने भी छुट्र्ी नहीां ली| क्जम ने विषम सांख्या के हदनों िाले महीने की सम
सांख्या के हदन पर छुट्र्ी ली| जैक और क्जम के बीच में केिल एक व्यक्ति ने छुट्र्ी ली|
क्जल ने 5 िारीख पर छुट्र्ी ली, लेककन मई में नहीां ली| जैक ने, क्जम के पहले हदए गए
महीने की 12 िारीख पर छुट्र्ी ली| जेनी ने अप्रैल में छुट्र्ी ली| उनमें से ककसी एक ने 12
जनिरी को छुट्र्ी ली| यहद जय ने सम सांख्या की िारीख पर छुट्र्ी ली है , िो जेनी ने भी
सम सांख्या की िारीख पर छुट्र्ी ली और यहद जय ने विषम सांख्या की िारीख पर छुट्र्ी ली
है , िो जेनी ने भी समान विषम सांख्या की िारीख पर छुट्र्ी ली है |
Sol:
January 5th ******
January 12th Jay
March 5th Jill
March 12th Jack
April 5th ******
April 12th Jenny
May 5th ******
May 12th Jim
66
Eight persons Asha, Bobby, Chavi, Damini, Esha, Feroz, Gautam and Harsh went to
the doctor and got their body weights measured. Each had a different body
weight.
• Gautam was found to be heavier than Harsh who was heavier than only 2 other
persons.
• Esha was heavier than Gautam but was lighter than only Bobby
• Chavi is heavier than Feroz who was lighter than Asha
• At least 3 persons had weights lower than Asha
• Feroz was not the lightest
• At least 2 persons weighed between Chavi's and Harsh's weight.
आठ व्यक्ति आशा, बॉबी, छवि, दालमनी, ईशा, कफ़रोज, गौिम और हषण डॉतर्र के पास गए
र्थे और उनके शरीर का िजन नापा। उनमें से प्रत्येक के शरीर का अलग-अलग िजन र्था।
गौिम, हषण से अर्िक भारी पाया गया जो केिल 2 अन्य लोगों से भारी र्था।
ईशा, गौिम से भारी र्थी लेककन केिल बॉबी से हल्की र्थी।
छवि, कफ़रोज से भारी र्थी जो आशा से हल्का र्था ।
कम-से-कम 3 व्यक्तियों का िजन आशा से कम र्था।
कफ़रोज सबसे हल्का नहीां र्था।
कम से कम दो व्यक्तियों का िजन छवि और हषण के िजन के बीच में र्था।
Sol:
67
.Twelve people are sitting in two parallel rows facing other in a manner that person sitting in
one row faces exactly the other person sitting in another row. In Row 1, A, B, C, D, E and F are
sitting together facing towards South. In row 2, P, Q, R, S, T and U are sitting together facing
towards North.
• P is the immediate neighbor of U and S and B is the immediate neighbor of A and E.
• Neither S, U nor A, E sit at any of the extreme ends.
• D sits second to the left of B and Q sits second to the left of P.
• T and R face F and C, not necessarily in the same order.
• U dose not face D and P dose not face A.
• F is not the immediate neighbor of D and R is not the immediate neighbor of S.
बारह व्यक्ति दो समानाांिर पांक्तियों में एक-दस
ू रे की ओर मख
ु करके इस िरह बैठे हैं कक एक पांक्ति में
बैठने िाले व्यक्ति का मुख दस
ू री पांक्ति में बैठने िाले व्यक्ति की ओर हैं| पांक्ति 1 में बैठने िाले व्यक्तियों
A, B, C, D, E और F का मुख दक्षक्षर् हदशा की ओर है | पांक्ति 2 में बैठने िाले व्यक्तियों P, Q, R, S, T और U
का मुख उत्तर हदशा की ओर है |
• P, U और S के ठीक बगल का पड़ोसी है िर्था B, A और E के ठीक बगल का पड़ोसी है |
• न िो S, U और न ही A, E पांक्तियों के ककसी भी चरम अांिो पर बैठिे हैं|
• D, B के बायें दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठिा है और Q, P के बायें दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठिा है |
• T और R का मुख F और C की ओर है , लेककन आिश्यक नहीां कक क्रम यही हो|
• U का मुख D की ओर नहीां है और P का मुख A की ओर नहीां है |
• F, D के ठीक बगल का पड़ोसी नहीां है और R, S के ठीक बगल का पड़ोसी नहीां है |
Sol:
68
.Eight persons A, D, E, F, G, I, J and K are sitting in a row facing either south or
north.
· J is sitting fourth to the left of G, who is facing north.
· Neither J nor G is sitting at any extreme end of the row.
· A is sitting third to the left of both G and K.
· D, who is facing south, is sitting third from the end of the row.
· A and K are facing the same direction.
· Those sitting at the extreme ends are facing opposite directions.
· E is sitting second to the right of A.
· I is an immediate neighbor of only one person.
· F is sitting third to the left of E.
· The neighbours of A are facing north.
आठ व्यक्ति A, D, E, F, G, I, J और K एक पांक्ति में या िो दक्षक्षर् हदशा की ओर या उत्तर
हदशा की ओर मख
ु ररि होकर बैठे हैं|
· J, G के बायें चौर्थे स्र्थान पर बैठा है , क्जसका मख
ु उत्तर हदशा की ओर है |
· न िो J और न ही G पांक्ति के ककसी भी चरम अांि पर बैठे हैं|
· A, G और K दोनों के बायें ओर िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठा है |
· D का मख
ु दक्षक्षर् हदशा की ओर है और िह पांक्ति के अांि से िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठा है |
· A और K का मख
ु समान हदशा की ओर है |
· चरम अांिो पर बैठने िाले व्यक्तियों का मख
ु विपरीि हदशा की ओर है|
· E, A के दायें दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा है |
· I केिल एक व्यक्ति के ठीक बगल का पड़ोसी है |
· F, E के बायें िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठा है |
· A के पड़ोसी का मख
ु उत्तर हदशा की ओर है |
Sol:
69
.Five men Rocky, Max, Ryan, Vince, Sam, from five distinct cities viz Mumbai, Boston,
Manhattan, Berlin and Rome have different occupations viz Painter, Rockstar, Poet, Cook and
Banker but not necessarily in the same order. Following information is available:
i. The painter is from Mumbai. Rocky and Max are not painters.
ii. Ryan is not a cook or banker and is not from Boston or Manhattan.
iii. Vince is the poet.
iv. Sam is not the rock star or the cook. He is not from Berlin or Rome.
v. The rock star is from Berlin and poet is from Rome.
vi. Rocky is not from Boston or Berlin and he is not the cook or rock star.
पाांच आदमी रॉकी, मैतस, रे यान, विन्से, सैम, पाांच विलभन्न शहरों अर्थाणि ् मांब
ु ई, बोस्र्न, मेनहट्र्न, बललणन
और रोम से है िर्था विलभन्न व्यिसाय अर्थाणि ् पें र्र, रॉकस्र्ार, कवि, रसोईया और बैंकर है , आिश्यक नहीां
की क्रम यही हो|
तनम्नललखखि जानकारी उपलब्ि है :
i. पें र्र मुांबई से है | रॉकी और मैतस पें र्र नहीां है |
ii. रे यान रसोईया या बैंकर नहीां और िह बोस्र्न और मेनहट्र्न से नहीां है |
iii. विन्से कवि है |
iv. सैम रॉकस्र्ार या रसोईया नहीां है | िह बललणन या रोम से नहीां है |
v. रॉकस्र्ार बललणन से है और कवि रोम से है |
vi. रॉकी बोस्र्न या बललणन से नहीां है और िह रसोईया या रॉकस्र्ार नहीां है |
70.
Eight persons - A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are having different bags of colours either
red, blue or white. Three persons have red bag, two have white and remaining
have blue bags.
Their bags are stacked one above the other, not necessarily in the same order.
At the top, a red bag is kept. Three bags are kept above G's bag, but below H's
bag, which is white. Two bags are kept between the two white bags. F's bag is
kept immediately below D's bag, which is not kept immediately below G's bag. A's
bag is not white. Three bags are kept between F's bag and a blue bag, which is
below F's bag. C's bag is kept immediately above E's bag, which is blue. C's bag is
not kept immediately above/below H's bag. Neither G's nor F's bag is red.
आठ व्यक्ति - A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H के पास बैग हैं जो या िो लाल, नीले या सफ़ेद रां ग
के हैं| िीन व्यक्तियों के पास लाल रां ग के बैग हैं, दो व्यक्तियों के पास सफ़ेद रां ग के बैग हैं
और शेष व्यक्तियों के पास नीले रां ग के बैग हैं|
उनके बैग स्र्ै क में एक के ऊपर एक करके रखे हुए हैं लेककन आिश्यक नहीां कक क्रम यही हो|
सबसे ऊपर लाल रां ग का बैग रखा हुआ है | िीन बैग, G के बैग से ऊपर लेककन H के बैग से
नीचे रखे हैं, जो कक सफ़ेद रां ग के बैग हैं| दो बैग, दो सफ़ेद बैगों के बीच में रखे हैं| F का बैग, D
के बैग से ठीक नीचे रखा हुआ है , जो G के बैग से ठीक नीचे नहीां रखा हुआ है | A का बैग
सफ़ेद रां ग का नहीां है | िीन बैग, F के बैग और नीले रां ग के बैग के बीच में रखे हुए हैं, जो कक F
के बैग से नीचे रखे हुए हैं| C का बैग, E के बैग से ठीक ऊपर रखा है , जो कक नीले रां ग का बैग
है | C का बैग, H के बैग के ठीक ऊपर/नीचे नहीां रखा है | न िो G का बैग और न ही F का बैग
लाल रां ग का है |
Sol:
Red A
White H
Red D
Blue F
White B
Blue G
Red C
Blue E
71
.Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H work in the same office and were
born in the years 1955, 1964, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1985, 1988 and 1994
not necessarily in the same order. The HR was checking their date of
retirement and she found that they were born on the same date i.e. on
1st January of these years. She made all the age calculations as on
1st January 2018.
• Sum of the ages of F and C was equal to D's age
• Sum of the ages of B and F was equal to A's age
• A and E were born at a gap of 2 persons
• H was 4 years elder to G
• The age of retirement was taken as 60 years.
आठ व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H समान कायाणलय में काम करिे हैं और िे
1955, 1964, 1970, 1974, 1978, 1985, 1988 और 1994 िषों में पैदा हुए र्थे,
आिश्यक नहीां कक यहीां क्रम हो| 'HR' उनकी सेिातनिवृ त्त की िारीख की जाांच कर
रही है और उसने पाया कक िे इन िषों की समान िारीख अर्थािण 1 जनिरी पर
पैदा हुए र्थे| उसने सभी आयु की गर्ना 1 जनिरी 2018 िारीख से की|
• F और C की आयु का योग D की आयु के बराबर र्था|
• B और F की आयु का योग A की आयु के बराबर र्था|
• A और E, 2 व्यक्तियों के अांिराल पर पैदा हुए र्थे|
• H, G से 4 िषण बड़ा र्था|
• सेिातनिवृ त्त की आयु 60 िषण रखी गयी है |
Sol:
1955 63 D
1964 54 A
1970 48 H
1974 44 G
1978 40 E
1985 33 C
1988 30 F
1994 24 B
72.
Eight persons - A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting around a circular table
equidistant from each other. Equal number of persons are facing towards the
centre and away from the centre.
B sits third to right of A, who sits to immediate left of G. Three persons sit
between G and B. E is sitting immediate next to neither A nor G. F sits second to
left of E, who is facing in same direction as A. C and D, both face away from
centre. No one sits between C and F. The immediate neighbours of G, face in
opposite directions. (if one faces inside then other faces outside, and vice versa).
The immediate neighbours of E, face in same directions.
आठ व्यक्ति - A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक दस
ू रे से समान दरू ी पर एक िि
ृ ाकार मेज के
चारों ओर बैठे हैं। बराबर सांख्या में व्यक्ति केंद्र की ओर िर्था केंद्र से बाहर की ओर मख
ु ररि
है ।
B, A के दाएां से िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठा है , जो G के ठीक बाईं ओर बैठा है । G और B के बीच िीन
व्यक्ति बैठे है । E, न िो A के और न ही G के ठीक बगल में बैठा है । F, E के बाईं ओर से दस
ू रे
स्र्थान पर बैठा है , जो A की समान हदशा की ओर मख
ु ररि है । C और D, दोनों केंद्र से बाहर की
ओर मख
ु ररि है । C और F के बीच कोई नहीां बैठा है । G के ठीक बगल के पड़ोसी, विपरीि
हदशाओां में उन्मख
ु हैं। (यहद कोई एक केंद्र की ओर उन्मख
ु है , िो दस
ू रा बाहर की ओर उन्मख
ु
है या कफर इसके विपरीि)। E के ठीक बगल के पड़ोसी, एक ही हदशा की ओर उन्मख
ु हैं।
Sol:
73
.In a square room, eight persons (A to H) are standing - four persons at the centre
of each wall, one at each and four persons at the corners, one at each corner. The
persons who are standing at the centre of each wall, are facing towards the
centre of the room and the remaining who are at the corners face outside the
room's centre.
Each wall is painted with different colour - red, blue, green and yellow.
• E is standing at the centre of green colour wall.
• H is facing outside the centre.
• D is standing second to left of C, who stands immediate right to E.
• A, who is not standing at red wall, is facing F. (on same line of sight)
• G stands second to right of H.
• Red wall is not adjacent to yellow wall.
• C and A do not stand immediate left/right to each other.
एक िगाणकार कमरे में , आठ व्यक्ति (A से H) इस प्रकार खड़े हैं कक उनमें से चार व्यक्ति
प्रत्येक दीिार के मध्य पर खड़े हैं और प्रत्येक कोनों पर चार व्यक्ति खड़े हैं| प्रत्येक दीिार के
मध्य पर खड़े व्यक्ति का मख
ु कमरे के केंद्र की ओर है और शेष व्यक्तियों का मख
ु कमरे के
केंद्र से बाहर की ओर है |
कमरे की प्रत्येक दीिार को अलग-अलग रां गों अर्थाणि लाल, नीला,हरा और पीले रां ग से रां गा
गया है |
• E हरे रां ग की दीिार के मध्य पर खड़ा है |
• H का मख
ु कमरे के केद्र से बाहर की ओर है |
• D, C के बायें दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर खड़ा है , जो E के ठीक दायें स्र्थान पर खड़ा है |
• A लाल रां ग की दीिार पर नहीां खड़ा है और उसका मख
ु F की ओर है | (समान दृटर्ी रे खा में )
• G, H के दायें दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर खड़ा है |
• लाल दीिार, पीली दीिार के सांलग्न नहीां है |
• C और A एक-दस
ू रे के ठीक बायें/दायें नहीां खड़े हैं|
Sol:
74.
A building consists of seven floors whose ground floor is numbered 1; the floor above it is
numbered 2 and so on until the top-most floor, which is numbered 7. Each of the floors is
painted with one of the colors out of Violet, Indigo, Blue, Green, Yellow, Orange and Red.
• Ground floor is not painted with either green or violet.
• 6th floor is painted with either red or yellow.
• Violet colored floor is not above the yellow colored floor.
• 2nd floor is painted with either green or violet.
• Orange colored floor is below Indigo colored floor but not immediately below.
• Red colored floor is above yellow colored floor but not immediately above.
• The lower-most floor is painted with neither orange nor yellow.
• There are exactly two floors between the floors which are painted orange and green.
एक इमारि में साि मांक्जले हैं, क्जसकी भि
ू ल मांक्जल को सांख्या 1 से अांककि ककया गया है , इससे ऊपर की
मांक्जल सांख्या को 2 से अांककि ककया गया है और आगे का क्रम भी मांक्जल सांख्या 7 िक इसी प्रकार है |
प्रत्येक मांक्जल को इन रां गों में से ककसी एक रां ग अर्थाणि ् िायलेर्, इांडडगो, नीला, हरा, पीला, सांिरी और लाल
रां ग से रां गा गया है |
• भूिल को या िो हरे रां ग या िायलेर् रां ग से नहीां रां गा गया है |
• मांक्जल सांख्या 6 को या िो लाल रां ग या पीले रां ग से रां गा गया है |
• िायलेर् रां ग से रां गी गई मांक्जल, पीले रां ग से रां गी गई मांक्जल से ऊपर नहीां है |
• मांक्जल सांख्या 2 को या िो हरे रां ग या िायलेर् रां ग से रां गा गया है |
• सांिरी रां ग से रां गी गई मांक्जल, इांडडगो रां ग से रां गी गई मांक्जल से नीचे है लेककन ठीक नीचे नहीां है |
• लाल रां ग से रां गी गई मांक्जल, पीले रां ग से रां गी गई मांक्जल से ऊपर है लेककन ठीक ऊपर नहीां है |
• सबसे नीचे की मांक्जल को न िो सांिरी रां ग से रां गा गया और न ही पीले रां ग से रां गा गया है |
• सांिरी रां ग से रां गी गई मांक्जल और हरे रां ग से रां गी गई मांक्जल के बीच ठीक दो मांक्जलें हैं|
Sol:
Floor Paint
7 Indigo
6 Red
5 Orange
4 Yellow
3 Violet
2 Green
1 Blue
75.
A, B, C, D, E, F and G are travelling in cars I, II and III to cities P, Q and R. There are
at least two and not more than three people in each car. Each of them is involved
in a different profession Engineering, Doctor and Professor. There are three
engineers, two doctors and two professors among them.
• E, the engineer, is travelling to city R but not in car II.
• C is travelling in car I with only one person and neither of them is an engineer.
• B is travelling to city Q in car II.
• C is not travelling with G but both of them are involved in the same profession.
• The car in which three people are travelling has no person with same
profession.
• F is travelling in car II and D is travelling in car III.
• Both A and F are doctors.
A, B, C, D, E, F और G कार I, II और III से शहर P, Q और R की यात्रा कर रहे हैं। प्रत्येक कार
में कम से कम दो व्यक्ति है और िीन से अर्िक व्यक्ति नहीां हैं। उनमें से प्रत्येक एक अलग
पेशे अर्थािण इांजीतनयररांग, डॉतर्र और प्रोफेसर से सांबांर्िि है । उनमें से िीन इांजीतनयर, दो
डॉतर्र और दो प्रोफेसर हैं।
• E, जो एक इांजीतनयर है , िह शहर R की यात्रा कर रहा है , लेककन कार II में नहीां।
• C कार I में केिल एक व्यक्ति के सार्थ यात्रा कर रहा है और उनमें से कोई भी इांजीतनयर
नहीां है ।
• B कार II में शहर Q की यात्रा कर रहा है ।
• C, G के सार्थ यात्रा नहीां कर रहा है , लेककन दोनों एक ही पेशे से सांबांर्िि हैं।
• क्जस कार में िीन व्यक्ति यात्रा कर रहे हैं, उसमें समान पेशे िाला कोई भी व्यक्ति नहीां है ।
• F कार II में यात्रा कर रहा है और D कार III में यात्रा कर रहा है ।
• A और F दोनों डॉतर्र हैं।
Sol:
Person Car City Profession
A I P Doctor
B II Q Engineer
C I P Professor
D III R Engineer
F II Q Doctor
G II Q Professor
76
.Each of the five students A, B, C, D and E have different heights 160
cm, 170 cm, 180 cm, 185 cm and 190 cm and the weight of these five
students are 60kg, 65kg, 68kg, 75kg and 80kg, not necessarily in the
same order. The marks obtained by them in Maths are 70,75,85,90 and
95, not in the same order. The student with the highest weight has the
highest marks and C has the least weight and a marks of 75. E does not
have the highest weight and D has neither the least nor the highest
marks. The student with marks of 85 is 180 cm tall, and A has a height
of 170cm, but his marks is not 70. It is observed that more the height,
the less is the weight.
पाांच विद्यार्र्थणयों A, B, C, D और E में से प्रत्येक की अलग-अलग लांबाई 160
सेमी, 170 सेमी, 180 सेमी, 185 सेमी और 190 सेमी है और इन पाांच
विद्यार्र्थणयों का िजन 60 ककग्रा, 65 ककग्रा, 68 ककग्रा, 75 ककग्रा और 80 ककग्रा है ,
आिश्यक नहीां की क्रम यही हो| गखर्ि में उनके द्िारा अक्जणि अांक
70,75,85,90 और 95 है , समान क्रम में नहीां| क्जस विद्यार्थी का िजन सबसे
अर्िक है उसके अांक सबसे अर्िक हैं और C का िजन सबसे कम है और उसके
अांक 75 हैं| E का िजन सबसे अर्िक नहीां है और D के अांक न सबसे कम हैं और
न सबसे अर्िक अांक हैं| क्जस विद्यार्थी के अांक 85 हैं, िह 180 सेमी. लांबा है और
A की लांबाई 170 सेमी. है लेककन उसके अांक 70 नहीां हैं| यह दे खा गया कक
क्जसकी लांबाई अर्िक है , उसका िजन कम है ।
Sol:
Student Height Weight Marks
B 160 80 95
A 170 75 90
D 180 68 85
E 185 65 70
C 190 60 75
77
Seven mobile phones of different brands are kept one above the other from
bottom to top. Each phone belongs to a different person.
• Micromax is kept second from the top.
• Motorola, which doesn't belong to D, is kept just above Redmi, that belongs to
C.
• Two phones are kept above the E's phone.
• Two phones are kept below Samsung, but above Nokia.
• One phone is kept between that of B's phone and G's phone.
• F's phone is kept at the bottom and belongs to either HTC or Apple.
• Nokia belongs to either A or G and, is kept above HTC.
• Motorola doesn't belong to either B or A.
साि अलग-अलग ब्ाांड के मोबाइल फोन नीचे से ऊपर की ओर एक-दस
ू रे के ऊपर रखे हैं|
प्रत्येक फोन अलग-अलग व्यक्ति से सम्बांर्िि है |
• माइक्रोमैतस ऊपर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर रखा है |
• मोर्ोरोला, व्यक्ति D से सम्बक्न्िि नहीां है , यह मोबाइल रे ड्मी से ठीक ऊपर रखा है , जो
व्यक्ति C से सम्बांर्िि है |
• दो फोन E के फोन से ऊपर रखे हैं|
• दो फोन सैमसांग फोन से नीचे लेककन नोककया फोन से ऊपर रखे हैं|
• एक फोन B के फोन और G के फोन के बीच में रखा हुआ है |
• F का फोन नीचे रखा है और उसका फोन या िो HTC या एप्पल ब्ाांड का है |
• नोककया का फोन या िो व्यक्ति A या व्यक्ति G से सम्बांर्िि है , यह फोन HTC के फोन से
ऊपर रखा है |
• मोर्ोरोला का फोन या िो B या A से सम्बांर्िि नहीां है |
Sol:
Apple D
Micromax B
Samsung E
Motorola G
Redmi C
Nokia A
HTC F
78.
Six traffic signals - L, M, N, O, P and Q, are in a linear left to right row.
Distance between each signal is a successive multiple of 3, from left to
right.
• Distance between M and L is 33 m.
• Q is to immediate left of N.
• P and Q are 51 m apart, with Q towards left of P.
• There are two signals between Q and M.
• Number of signals towards right of N are same as that towards the
left of O.
छह यािायाि लसग्नल अर्थािण L, M, N, O, P और Q बाएां से दाएां एक रै खखक
पांक्ति में हैं। बाएां से दाएां प्रत्येक लसग्नल के बीच की दरू ी, 3 के क्रलमक गुर्क है ।
• M और L के बीच की दरू ी 33 मीर्र है ।
• Q, N के ठीक बाईं ओर हैं।
• P और Q 51 मीर्र की दरू ी पर हैं, जहााँ Q, P के बाईं ओर है ।
• Q और M के बीच में दो लसग्नल हैं।
• N के दाईं ओर लसग्नलों की सांख्या, O के बाईं ओर लसग्नलों की सांख्या के
समान है ।
Sol:
79
Eight persons - L, M, N, O, P, Q, R and S, are born in same year,
but different dates. Each person is born either on 22nd or 25th of
the months January, March, October and November.
Number of persons born before P are same as number of
persons born after M, P been born before M. At least one
person is born between M and P. R is born on an odd
numbered date, but not in October. N is born immediately
before S. Two persons are born between S and O, who is born
after M. L is born before R.
आठ व्यक्ति - L, M, N, O, P, Q, R और S का जन्म समान िषण में
अलग-अलग िारीखों पर हुआ है | प्रत्येक व्यक्ति जनिरी, माचण,
अतर्ूबर और निम्बर महीनें में या िो 22 िारीख या 25 िारीख को पैदा
हुआ है |
P से पहले पैदा होने िाले व्यक्तियों की सांख्या, M के बाद पैदा होने िाले
व्यक्तियों की सांख्या के समान हैं, P, M से पहले पैदा हुआ र्था| कम-से-
कम एक व्यक्ति M और P के बीच पैदा हुआ है | R एक विषम सांख्या
िाली िारीख पर पैदा हुआ है लेककन अतर्ूबर के महीनें में पैदा नहीां हुआ
है | N, S से ठीक पहले पैदा हुआ है | दो व्यक्ति S और O के बीच पैदा हुए
हैं, जो कक M के बाद पैदा हुए हैं| L, R से पहले पैदा हुआ है |
Sol:
January 22nd L
January 25th R
March 22nd P
March 25th N
October 22nd S
October 25th M
November 22nd Q
November 25th O
80.
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H were seated around a square table facing towards
the centre. They were born in different years and were aged differently 5, 7, 20, 21, 40,
42, 49 and 50 not necessarily in the same order. There was one person on each corner
and one person on each side. The persons seated on the corners had ages which were
multiples of 5 and the persons on each side had ages which were multiples of 7.
• A was seated opposite to the youngest person.
• A was 3rd to the left of B.
• B faced the one who was 2 years elder to the one seated opposite to D.
• E was to the immediate right of the one who was 7 years old.
• B and G were born in consecutive years.
• H was 2nd to the right of the one who was 21 years old.
• One who was 49 years old was neighbouring G.
• Not more than 4 persons were younger to C.
आठ व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक िगाणकार मेज के चारों ओर केंद्र की ओर मख
ु ररि होकर
बैठे हुए हैं। िे अलग-अलग िषों में पैदा हुए र्थे और उनकी आयु अलग-अलग 5, 7, 20, 21, 40, 42,
49 और 50 र्थी , लेककन जरूरी नहीां सामान क्रम में हो। प्रत्येक कोने पर एक व्यक्ति र्था और प्रत्येक
भज
ु ा पर एक व्यक्ति र्था। जो व्यक्ति कोने पर बैठे हुए र्थे उनकी आयु 5 की गर्
ु ज र्थी और प्रत्येक
भुजा पर बैठे हुए व्यक्तियों की आयु 7 की गुर्ज र्थी ।
• A सबसे कम आयु के व्यक्ति के सामने बैठा र्था।
• A, B के बाएां से िीसरा र्था।
• B उस व्यक्ति की ओर मख
ु ररि र्था जो उस व्यक्ति से 2 िषण बड़ा र्था जो D के सामने बैठा र्था।
• E उस व्यक्ति के ठीक दाएां र्था क्जसकी आयु 7 िषण र्थी।
• B और G क्रमागि िषों में पैदा हुए र्थे।
• H उस व्यक्ति के दाएां से दस
ू रा र्था क्जसकी आयु 21 िषण र्थी।
• क्जस व्यक्ति की आयु 49 िषण र्थी िह G का पड़ोसी र्था।
• C से आयु में कम व्यक्तियों की सांख्या 4 से अर्िक नहीां र्थी।
Sol:
81
In a seven floored building, seven persons - F, G, H, I, J, K and L, live on
different floors, not necessarily in the same order. Bottommost floor is
the first floor, above it is second floor and so on. Each person is either a
teacher or a student.
The ones living on topmost and bottommost floors are teacher. Three
persons live between I and F, F been living below I. A teacher lives on
fourth floor. Only one person lives between H and K, who doesn't live
on floor immediately above/below J's floor. J lives immediately above
H, who is a student and lives immediately above a student. L, who lives
above H, is a teacher and lives immediately above a teacher. A student
lives immediately above F and, also, immediately below G.
साि मांक्जला इमारि में , साि व्यक्ति - F, G, H, I, J, K और L, अलग-अलग
मांक्जलों पर रहिे हैं, जरूरी नहीां कक समान क्रम में । सबसे तनचली मांक्जल पहली
मांक्जल है , उसके ऊपर दस
ू री मांक्जल है और आगे भी इसी िरह। प्रत्येक व्यक्ति
या िो एक लशक्षक या एक विद्यार्थी है ।
जो शीषण मांक्जल पर और सबसे तनचली मांक्जल पर रहने िाले व्यक्ति हैं, िे
लशक्षक हैं। I और F के बीच िीन व्यक्ति रहिे हैं, जहाां F, I के नीचे रह रहा है ।
चौर्थी मांक्जल पर एक लशक्षक रहिा है । H और K के बीच केिल एक व्यक्ति रहिा
है , जो J की मांक्जल के ठीक ऊपर/ नीचे नहीां रहिा। J, H के ठीक ऊपर रहिा है , जो
एक विद्यार्थी है और एक विद्यार्थी के ठीक ऊपर रहिा है । L, जो H के ऊपर रहिा
है , िह एक लशक्षक है और एक लशक्षक के ठीक ऊपर रहिा है । एक विद्यार्थी F के
ठीक ऊपर रहिा है और G के ठीक नीचे भी रहिा है ।
Sol:
Final arrangement:
Seventh G Teacher
Sixth I Student
Fifth L Teacher
Fourth J Teacher
Third H Student
Second F Student
First K Teacher
82
Eight persons Ayush, Amita, Avantika, Arvind, Aman, Atul, Arman and Aditya were
seated around a circular table facing the centre. Any person could talk to his immediate
neighbours or to the person seated opposite to him.
• Atul was 3rd to the right of the one who was seated opposite to Arvind
• अिुल, अरविन्द के विपरीि बैठे व्यक्ति के दायें िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठा र्था|
Sol:
83
Eight chairs are there - A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H, in a linear row from
west to east. Some are facing north while some are facing south.
The chair kept at extreme right end is facing south (take that extreme
right as your right). B is third to left of C, which faces north. Both the
chairs immediate next to C face in same direction. F is kept at a gap of
two chairs from E and both face north. There is one chair kept between
C and G. H and F are not immediate next to each other. G and B, face in
opposite direction and G is to the immediate right of B. A is second to
right of E. D is second to right of C. H is facing in same direction as D.
एक रे खीय पांक्ति में पक्श्चम से पूिण हदशा की ओर आठ कुलसणयाां A, B, C, D, E, F,
G और H रखी हैं| कुछ कुलसणयों का मुख उत्तर हदशा की ओर है जबकक कुछ
कुलसणयों का मुख दक्षक्षर् हदशा की ओर है |
चरम दायें अांि पर रखी कुसी का मुख दक्षक्षर् हदशा (चरम दायें अांि को अपने
दायें ओर से माने) की ओर है | B, C के बायें िीसरे स्र्थान पर है , क्जसका मुख उत्तर
हदशा की ओर है | C के ठीक बगल की दोनों कुलसणयों का मुख समान हदशा की ओर
है | F, E से दो कुलसणयों के अन्िराल पर रखी है और दोनों कुलसणयों का मख
ु उत्तर
हदशा की ओर है | C और G के बीच एक कुसी रखी है | H और F एक-दस
ू रे के ठीक
बगल में नहीां रखी है | G और B का मुख विपरीि हदशा की ओर है और G, B के
ठीक दायें स्र्थान पर है | A, E के दायें दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर है | D, C के दायें दस
ू रे स्र्थान
पर है | H का मख
ु उसी ओर है क्जस ओर D का मख
ु है |
Sol:
84.
Seven boxes are marked as - A, B, D, E, F, H and I. are stacked one above the other
from bottom to top. Each box contains a different type of chocolate. No two
boxes appearing consecutively in alphabetical order are placed immediately
above or below each other. F and H can be placed immediately above or below to
each other but, A and B cannot be placed immediately above or below to each
other and so on.
• Two boxes are kept between D and the one containing perk, which is kept
below D.
• Three boxes are kept between H and the one containing dairy milk, which is
kept above H.
• One box is kept between E and B, which is kept below E and contains Bournville.
• A contains munch and, E doesn't contain dairy milk or 5star.
• The box containing perk is kept at the bottom.
• Box containing Milkybar is not kept immediately above I or A.
• One box contains KitKat.
साि बतसे A, B, D, E, F, H और I के रूप में र्चक्ननि है , जो एक के ऊपर करके नीचे से ऊपर
िक रखे हुए है | प्रत्येक बतसे में एक लभन्न प्रकार की चॉकलेर् है | िर्णमाला क्रम में क्रलमक
रूप से आने िाले कोई भी दो बतसे एक-दस
ू रे के ठीक ऊपर और ठीक नीचे नहीां रखे है | F और
H को एक-दस
ू रे के ठीक ऊपर या नीचे रखा जा सकिा है , लेककन A और B को एक-दस
ू रे के
ठीक ऊपर या नीचे नहीां रखा जा सकिा है और आगे भी इसी िरह|
• D और पकण िाले बतसे के बीच में दो बतसे रखे हैं, जो D के नीचे रखें हैं|
• H और डेयरी लमल्क के बतसे के बीच में िीन बतसे रखे हैं, जो H के ऊपर रखें हैं|
• E और B के बीच एक बतसा रखा है , जो E के नीचे रखा है और उसमें बौनणविले है |
• A में मांच है और E में डेयरी लमल्क या 5स्र्ार नहीां है |
• क्जस बतसे में पकण है , िह सबसे नीचे रखा है |
• लमल्कीबार का बतसा, I या A के ठीक ऊपर नहीां रखा है |
• एक बतसे में ककर्कैर् है |
Sol:
E Kitkat
I Dairy milk
B Bournville
D 5star
A Munch
H Milkybar
F Perk
85
Seven investors - J, K, L, M, N, O, P are participated in Lucknow investors Summit 2018.
All these investors are having different number of Companies and each investor belongs
to a different state.
• The investor who is either from UP or Karnataka has highest number of companies.
• The person from Jammu-Kashmir has 3rd lowest number of Companies.
• The investor from Kerala does not have the least number of companies.
• At least four investors have more companies than N, who is from Bihar and does not
have least number of companies.
• J has more companies than K, who belongs to Karnataka. K does not have a lesser
number of companies than M.
• Two investors have lesser number of total companies than L but more than that of O.
• P owns lesser number of companies than both J and M, who belong to West Bengal
and Jammu-Kashmir respectively.
• One of the investors belongs to Rajasthan.
लखनऊ तनिेशक लशखर सम्मलेन 2018 में साि तनिेशक J, K, L, M, N, O, P ने भाग ललया| इन
सभी तनिेशकों के पास कांपतनयों की अलग-अलग सांख्या है और प्रत्येक तनिेशक अलग-अलग
राज्यों से सांबांर्िि है |
• जो तनिेशक या िो उत्तर प्रदे श या कनाणर्क से है उनके पास सबसे अर्िक सांख्या में कांपतनयाां है |
• जम्म-ू कश्मीर के व्यक्ति के पास िीसरी सबसे कम सांख्या में कांपतनयाां है |
• केरल के तनिेशक के पास कम्पतनयों की सांख्या सबसे कम नहीां है |
• कम से कम 4 तनिेशकों के पास N से अर्िक कांपतनयाां है , जो बबहार से है और उनके पास सबसे
कम सांख्या में कांपतनयाां नहीां है |
• J के पास K से अर्िक कांपतनयाां है , जो कनाणर्क से है | K के पास M से कम सांख्या में कांपतनयाां नहीां
है |
• दो तनिेशकों के पास L से कम सांख्या में कुल कांपतनयाां है लेककन O से ज्यादा है |
• P के पास स्ियां J और M दोनों से कम सांख्या में कांपतनयाां है ,जो क्रमशः पक्श्चम बांगाल और
जम्म-ू कश्मीर से सांबांि रखिे है |
• एक तनिेशक राजस्र्थान से सांबांि रखिा है |
Sol:
86.
Seven persons A, B, C, D, E, F and G visited seven different cities Delhi, Lucknow, Kanpur,
Chennai, Mumbai, Kolkata and Hyderabad on the seven days of a week starting Monday
onwards. Only one trip was made by a person on any day and each of them visited only
one place.
• E visited Kanpur just after A
• A and F visited places at a gap of 3 persons
• Visit to Delhi was made 3 days before the visit to Mumbai
• Number of persons who made visits before G was thrice as that the number of
persons who made visits after F
• Hyderabad was visited on Sunday
• B's visit was 2 days after C's visit
• Visit to Chennai was made just before B's visit
• B did not visit Mumbai or Hyderabad and D did not visit Kolkata
साि व्यक्तियों A, B, C, D, E, F और G ने सोमिार से शुरू करिे हुए सप्िाह के साि हदनों पर
अलग-अलग शहरों अर्थाणि ् हदल्ली, लखनऊ, कानपरु , चेन्नई, मांब
ु ई, कोलकािा और है दराबाद का
दौरा ककया| एक व्यक्ति केिल एक हरप पर ककसी एक हदन ही गया और उनमें से प्रत्येक के द्िारा
केिल एक जगह का दौरा ककया|
• E ने A के ठीक बाद कानपरु का दौरा ककया|
• A और F ने िीन व्यक्तियों के अन्िराल पर स्र्थानों का दौरा ककया|
• हदल्ली का दौरा, मुांबई के दौरे से िीन हदन पहले ककया गया|
• G से पहले दौरा करने िाले व्यक्तियों की सांख्या, F के बाद दौरा करने िाले व्यक्तियों की सांख्या से
िीन गन
ु ी र्थी|
• है दराबाद का दौरा रवििार के हदन ककया गया|
• B का दौरा, C के दौरे के 2 हदन बाद र्था|
• चेन्नई का दौरा, B के दौरे से ठीक पहले ककया गया|
• B ने मुांबई या है दराबाद का दौरा नहीां ककया और D ने कोलकािा का दौरा नहीां ककया|
Sol:
Monday A Delhi
Tuesday E Kanpur
Wednesday D Lucknow
Thursday C Mumbai
Friday F Chennai
Saturday B Kolkata
Sunday G Hyderabad
87
Eight cars of different colours are standing in two parallel rows, four in
each row. Cars standing in one row are facing north and that of other
towards south, such that each car of one row is facing the car of other
row.
• Two cars are standing between Orange and Green colour cars.
• Green car faces the car which is second to right of blue car.
• Pink car stands to immediate left of black car.
• The car facing red car is second to left of black car.
• The red car doesn't stand at any of the extreme ends.
• White car is in same row as red car.
• Yellow car is facing north.
विलभन्न रां गों की आठ कारें दो समानाांिर पांक्तियों में खड़ी हैं, प्रत्येक पांक्ति में
चार कार हैं। एक पांक्ति में खड़ी कारें उत्तर की ओर मुखररि हैं और दस
ू री पांक्ति
में खड़ी कारें दक्षक्षर् की ओर इस प्रकार मुखररि हैं कक एक पांक्ति की प्रत्येक कार,
दस
ू री पांक्ति की कार की ओर मख
ु ररि हैं।
• नारां गी और हरे रां ग की कारों के बीच दो कारें खड़ी हैं।
• हरी कार उस कार की ओर मुखररि है , जो नीली कार के दाएां से दस
ू री है ।
• गुलाबी कार, काली कार के ठीक बाईं ओर खड़ी है ।
• लाल कार की ओर मख
ु ररि कार, काली कार के बाएां से दस
ू री है ।
• लाल कार ककसी भी चरम अांि पर नहीां खड़ी है ।
• सफेद कार उसी पांक्ति में है , क्जसमें लाल कार है ।
• पीली कार उत्तर की ओर मुखररि है ।
Sol:
88
Eight fiends; P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are sitting around a circle facing
towards the center. Each of these friends is using one application in his
mobile out of Facebook, Twitter, Hike, Snapchat, Line, WhatsApp,
Skype and Viber. The persons who are using Line and Viber are sitting
opposite to each other. U is using Snapchat and is not sitting adjacent
to the person who is using Facebook. R is sitting third to left of the
person who is using Twitter. P is using Hike and sitting 2nd to the left of
S, who is using Skype. T is using WhatsApp and sitting opposite to W.
Two people are sitting between the persons who are using Twitter and
Skype. W is not using Skype, Line or Viber.
आठ दोस्ि ; P, Q, R, S, T, U, V और W केंद्र की िरफ एक ित्त
ृ के चारों ओर बैठे
हैं। इनमें से प्रत्येक लमत्र फेसबुक, ट्विर्र, हाइक, स्नैपचैर्, लाइन, व्हाट्सएप,
स्काइप और िाइबर में से अपने मोबाइल में एक एक्प्लकेशन का उपयोग कर रहा
है । जो लोग लाइन और िाइबर का उपयोग कर रहे हैं िे एक-दस
ू रे के विपरीि बैठे
हुए हैं। U स्नैपचैर् का उपयोग कर रहा है और फेसबुक का उपयोग करने िाले
व्यक्ति के आसन्न नहीां बैठा है । R, ट्विर्र का उपयोग कर रहे व्यक्ति के बाईं
ओर िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठा है । P, हाइक का उपयोग कर रहा है और S के बाईं ओर
से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा हुआ है , जो स्काइप का उपयोग कर रहा है । T व्हाट्सएप
का उपयोग कर रहा है और W के विपरीि बैठा है । दो लोग ट्विर्र और स्काइप
का उपयोग करने िाले लोगों के बीच बैठे हैं। W- स्काइप, लाइन या Viber का
उपयोग नहीां कर रहा है ।
Sol:
89.
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H are sitting around a
square table such that 4 persons are sitting in the corner
and 4 persons are sitting in the middle of the table.
Person sitting in the middle faces centre while persons
sitting in the corner faces outwards. A & B doesn't sit on
any corners. A sits 2nd to the left of D. E sits 3rd to the
right of H. H is not an immediate neighbour of A or F. B
and G are immediate neighbours. F is not an immediate
neighbour of H or A.
आठ व्यक्ति A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H एक िगाणकार र्े बल के चारों
ओर ऐसे बैठे हैं कक चार व्यक्ति कोने पर बैठे हैं और चार व्यक्ति
र्े बल के बीच में बैठे हैं| बीच में बैठने िाला व्यक्ति केंद्र की ओर
मुखररि है जबकक कोने पर बैठने िाला व्यक्ति बाहर की ओर
मख
ु ररि है | A और B ककसी कोने पर नहीां बैठा है | A और D के
बायीां ओर दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा है | E, H के दायीां ओर िीसरे
स्र्थान पर बैठा है | H, A या F के ठीक बगल का पड़ोसी नहीां है | B
और G ठीक बगल का पड़ोसी है | F, H या A के ठीक बगल का
पड़ोसी नहीां है |
Sol:
90
Seven friends A, B, C, D, E, F and G live on seven different floors of a
building. The lowermost floor is numbered 1, the one above is
numbered 2 and so on till the topmost floor of the building which is
numbered 7. Each of them also likes different fruits from, Pear, Peach,
Plum, Berry, Fig, Coconut and Olive but not necessarily in the same
order. E lives on one of the floors below B. Neither A nor C likes Berry.
The one who likes Peach lives on one of the odd numbered floors above
D but not on the top floor. The one who likes Plum lives immediately
above C. A lives on an odd numbered floor but not on the floor
numbered three. The one who likes Fig lives immediately above A. Only
one person lives between B and E and they live on even numbered
floors. Only two persons live between D and the one who likes Fig. Only
three persons live between C and the one who likes Peach. The one
who likes Pear lives immediately above the one who likes Olive. G lives
on an odd numbered floor. E doesn't like Plum.
साि दोस्ि A, B, C, D, E, F और G एक इमारि की साि अलग-अलग मांक्जल पर रहिे हैं। सबसे तनचली
मांक्जल की सांख्या 1 है , उसके ऊपर िाली इमारि की सांख्या 2 है और इसी िरह आगे भी, इमारि की शीषण
मांक्जल की सांख्या 7 है । उनमें से प्रत्येक नाशपािी, आड़ू , बेर, बेरी, अांजीर, नाररयल और जैिून में से अलग-
अलग फल पसांद करिा है लेककन जरूरी नहीां कक समान क्रम में । E, B के नीचे की एक मांक्जल पर रहिा है ।
ना िो A और ना C बेरी पसांद करिे हैं । क्जसे आड़ू पसांद है िह एक विषम सांख्या की मांक्जल पर D के ऊपर
रहिा है लेककन सबसे शीषण मांक्जल पर नहीां रहिा। िह क्जसे बेर पसांद है िह C के ठीक ऊपर रहिा है । A एक
विषम सांख्या की मांक्जल पर रहिा है लेककन उस मांक्जल पर नहीां क्जसकी सांख्या 3 है। क्जसे अांजीर पसांद है
िह A के ठीक ऊपर रहिा है। केिल एक व्यक्ति B और E के बीच में रहिा है और िे एक सम सांख्या की
मांक्जल पर रहिे हैं। केिल दो व्यक्ति D और क्जसे अांजीर पसांद है उसके बीच रहिे हैं। केिल 3 व्यक्ति C
और क्जसे आड़ू पसांद है उसके बीच रहिे हैं। क्जसे नाशपािी पसांद है िह उसके ठीक ऊपर रहिा है क्जसे
जैिून पसांद है । G एक विषम सांख्या की मांक्जल पर रहिा है । E को बेर पसांद नहीां है।
Sol:
91
Eight people Raju, Bhanu, Chetan, Talwar, Rawat, Azhar, Gokhila and Honey are
sitting in a row, some facing north and some facing south but not necessarily in
the same order.
The following information is given about them:
a. Azhar sits immediate right of Raju who is facing south.
b. Bhanu sits third to the right of Azhar who is facing north.
c. Chetan does not sit at any of the two ends and is facing south.
d. Talwar who is the immediate neighbor of Honey is facing south.
e. Honey who is facing north sits at the extreme right end.
f. Rawat who is facing north likes to sit at the extreme end.
g. Gokhila who is facing south is not adjacent to Raju and sits immediate left of
Bhanu.
एक पांक्ति में आठ व्यक्ति राज,ू भान,ु चेिन, िलिार, रािि, अजहर, गोखखला और हनी बैठे
हैं, कुछ उत्तर की ओर मख
ु करके और कुछ दक्षक्षर् की ओर मख
ु करके बैठे है लेककन
आिश्यक नहीां कक क्रम यही हो|
तनम्नललखखि जानकारी उनके बारे में दी गई है :
a. अजहर, राजू के ठीक दायीां ओर बैठा है क्जसका मख
ु दक्षक्षर् की ओर है |
b. भान,ु अजहर के दायीां ओर िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठा है क्जसका मख
ु उत्तर की ओर है |
c. चेिन दोनों अांिो में से ककसी भी अांि पर नहीां बैठा है और उसका मख
ु दक्षक्षर् की ओर है |
d. िलिार जो हनी का ठीक बगल का पड़ोसी है, उसका मख
ु दक्षक्षर् की ओर है |
e. हनी क्जसका मख
ु उत्तर की ओर है , चरम दाएां अांि पर बैठा है |
f. रािि, क्जसका मख
ु उत्तर की ओर है , चरम अांि पर बैठा है |
g. गोखखला क्जसका मख
ु दक्षक्षर् की ओर है , िह राजू का सांलग्न नहीां बैठी है और भानु के
ठीक बायीां ओर बैठी है |
sol:
92.
Twelve people are sitting in two parallel rows. In row 1, P, Q, R, S, T and U are
sitting facing towards south and in row 2, A, B, C, D, E and F are sitting facing
towards north, not necessarily in the same order.
• At least three people are sitting between P and the one who is facing B.
• E sits second to the left of C.
• Both A and R sitting at the extreme ends of the row and they are facing each
other.
• D is facing T and S is facing the one who is sitting third to the right of F.
• P is sitting to the right side of everyone in that row.
• E doesn't face P and B doesn't face U.
बारह व्यक्ति दो समानाांिर पांक्तियों में बैठे हैं| पांक्ति 1 में P, Q, R, S, Tऔर U दक्षक्षर् हदशा
की ओर मख
ु ररि होकर बैठे हैं और पांक्ति 2 में A, B, C, D, Eऔर F उत्तर हदशा की ओर
मख
ु ररि होकर बैठे हैं लेककन आिश्यक नहीां कक क्रम यही हो|
• कम-से-कम िीन व्यक्ति P और B की ओर मख
ु ररि व्यक्ति की ओर बैठे हैं|
• E, C के बायें दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठिा है |
• A और R दोनों पांक्ति के चरम अांिो पर बैठिे हैं और िे दोनों एक-दस
ू रे की ओर मख
ु ररि हैं|
• D का मख
ु T की ओर है और S का मख
ु F के दायें िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठे व्यक्ति की ओर है |
• P उस पांक्ति में सभी व्यक्तियों के दायें ओर बैठा है |
• E का मख
ु P की ओर नहीां है और B का मख
ु U की ओर नहीां है |
Sol:
93
Eight blood donation camps were organised in different cities Hyderabad,
Lucknow, Kolkata, Mumbai, Jaipur, Surat, Chennai and Bangalore in the months of
January, March, April and May on either 10th or 25th of these months in the same
year. Only one camp was organised on each day.
The camp at Bangalore was organised in April. There was 1 camp that was
organised between the camps at Bangalore and Surat. The camp at Bangalore was
organised before the camp at Surat. Number of camps organised after the camp
at Chennai was thrice as that of the number of camps organised before the camp
at Hyderabad. The camp at Jaipur was organised just after the camp at
Hyderabad. Camp at Hyderabad was not the first camp. There were 2 camps that
were organised between the camps at Mumbai and Kolkata. The camp at Mumbai
was organised before the camp at Kolkata. Camps at Kolkata and Surat were
organised in different months.
आठ रतिदान लशविर समान िषण में जनिरी, माचण, अप्रैल और मई के महीनों में या िो इन
महीनों की 10 िारीख को या 25 िारीख को विलभन्न शहरों अर्थाणिण है दराबाद, लखनऊ,
कोलकािा, मांब
ु ई, जयपरु , सरू ि, चेन्नई और बांगलौर में आयोक्जि ककए गए र्थे। प्रत्येक हदन
केिल एक लशविर आयोक्जि ककया गया र्था।
बैंगलोर में लशविर अप्रैल में आयोक्जि ककया गया र्था। बैंगलोर और सरू ि के लशविरों के बीच
में एक लशविर आयोक्जि ककया गया र्था। बैंगलोर में लशविर, सरू ि के लशविर से पहले
आयोक्जि ककया गया र्था। चेन्नई के लशविर के बाद आयोक्जि लशविरों की सांख्या, है दराबाद
के लशविर के पहले आयोक्जि लशविरों की सांख्या से िीन गन
ु ा र्थी।जयपरु का लशविर,
है दराबाद के लशविर के ठीक बाद आयोक्जि ककया गया र्था। है दराबाद का लशविर पहला
लशविर नहीां र्था। मांब
ु ई और कोलकािा के लशविरों के बीच 2 लशविर आयोक्जि ककए गए र्थे।
मांब
ु ई का लशविर, कोलकािा के लशविर से पहले आयोक्जि ककया गया र्था। कोलकािा और
सरू ि के लशविर विलभन्न महीनों में आयोक्जि ककए गए र्थे।
Sol:
January 10 Mumbai
January 25 Hyderabad
March 10 Jaipur
March 25 Kolkata
April 10 Chennai
April 25 Bangalore
May 10 Lucknow
May 25 Surat
94
Eight persons A, B, D, E, F, G, K and L were seated around a circular table facing
the centre. There were 'n' number of chairs around the table of which few were
vacant, and the rest were taken by these 8 persons
• A was on a chair that was 4th to the left of D who was on a chair that was 2nd to
the left of K
• G was on a chair that was 2nd to the right of L and was seated at a gap of 1 seat
from A
• There were only 2 seats between L and E when counted from the right of E
• B was on a chair that was 3rd to the right of F, who was seated at a gap of 1 seat
from K
• There were 8 seats between A and F when counted from the left of A
आठ व्यक्ति A, B, D, E, F, G, K और L एक िि
ृ ाकार मेज के केंद्र की ओर मख
ु ररि होकर बैठे
र्थे| मेज के चारों ओर 'n' सांख्या में कुलसणयाां र्थी, क्जनमें से कुछ कुलसणयाां खाली र्थी और शेष
कुलसणयों पर ये 8 व्यक्ति बैठे र्थे|
• A, D के बायें चौर्थे स्र्थान की कुसी पर र्था, जो K के बायें दस
ू रे स्र्थान की कुसी पर र्था|
• G, L के दायें दस
ू रे स्र्थान की कुसी पर र्था और िह A से एक स्र्थान के अांिराल पर बैठा र्था|
• यहद E के दायें ओर से गर्ना की जाए, िो L और E के बीच केिल दो स्र्थान र्थे|
• B, F के दायें से िीसरे स्र्थान की कुसी पर र्था, जो K से एक स्र्थान के अन्िराल पर बैठा र्था|
• यहद A के बायें ओर से गर्ना की जाए, िो A और F के बीच 8 स्र्थान र्थे|
Sol:
95
P, Q, R, S, T, U & V are seven persons visiting 7 different places namely
New York, London, Paris, Italy, Germany, Australia, Malaysia in 7
different month namely January, February, March, April, May, June &
July but not necessarily in the same order. The one who visit New York
travels in June. V visits London and travels in March. Q travels in a
month immediately before T. Q doesn't travel on a month after V. The
one who visits Malaysia doesn't travel on or before May. The one who
visits Paris travels in a month immediately after R. T doesn't visit
Germany. The one who visits Australia doesn't travel in a month
immediately before or after V. U doesn't travel in July nor visits Paris. S
travels in a month before P.
साि व्यक्ति P, Q, R, S, T, U और V साि अलग-अलग स्र्थानों अर्थाणि ् न्यूयॉकण,
लांडन, पैररस, इर्ली, जमणनी, ऑस्रे ललया, मलेलशया में साि अलग-अलग महीनों
अर्थाणि ् जनिरी, फरिरी, माचण, अप्रैल, मई, जन
ू और जुलाई के महीनों में घम
ू ने
जािे हैं, लेककन आिश्यक नहीां कक क्रम यही हो। न्यूयॉकण जाने िाला व्यक्ति जून
के महीनें में यात्रा करिा है | V लांडन जािा है और िह माचण के महीनें में यात्रा
करिा है | Q, T से ठीक पहले िाले महीनें में यात्रा करिा है | Q, V के बाद के ककसी
महीनें में यात्रा नहीां करिा है | मलेलशया जाने िाला व्यक्ति मई में या मई से
पहले यात्रा नहीां करिा है | पैररस जाने िाला व्यक्ति, R के ठीक बाद िाले महीनें
में यात्रा करिा है | T जमणनी की यात्रा नहीां करिा है | ऑस्रे ललया की यात्रा करने
िाला व्यक्ति, V के ठीक पहले या बाद िाले महीनें में यात्रा नहीां करिा है | U न िो
जुलाई में यात्रा करिा है और न ही पैररस की यात्रा करिा है | S, P से पहले ककसी
महीनें में यात्रा करिा है |
Sol:
96.
Seven people are sitting around a circular table. Three of them are
facing away from the center while the rest are facing the center.
Immediate neighbors of O are facing opposite him i.e. if O is facing
outside the center then the other two must be facing towards the
center and vice versa. P is sitting third to the left of L. Both P and L are
facing in the same direction i.e. if one of them is facing outside the
center then the other too must be facing outside the center and vice
versa. R is sitting second to the left of O. J is facing opposite to P. K is
not an immediate neighbor of either P or L. M is sitting second to the
left of J. J and O are facing the same direction. M is not sitting near P. K
is not facing the center.
साि व्यक्ति एक ित्त
ृ ाकार मेज के चारों ओर बैठे है | उनमें से िीन व्यक्तियों का
मख
ु केंद्र से बाहर की ओर है जबकक शेष व्यक्तियों का मख
ु केंद्र की ओर है | O के
ठीक बगल में बैठे पड़ोलसयों का मुख उसके विपरीि है अर्थािण यहद O का मुख केंद्र
से बाहर की ओर है , िो अन्य दो व्यक्तियों का मुख केंद्र की ओर होना चाहहए
अन्यर्था इसके विपरीि होना चाहहए| P, L के बायीां ओर से िीसरे स्र्थान पर है | P
और L दोनों का मख
ु समान हदशा में है अर्थािण यहद उनमें से एक व्यक्ति का मख
ु
केंद्र से बाहर की ओर है , िो अन्य व्यक्ति का भी मुख केंद्र से बाहर की ओर होना
चाहहए अन्यर्था इसके विपरीि होना चाहहए| R, O के बायीां ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान
पर बैठा है | J का मख
ु P के विपरीि है | K या िो P या L के ठीक बगल का पड़ोसी
नहीां है | M, J के बायीां ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्थान पर बैठा है | J और O का मुख समान
हदशा में है | M, P के तनकर् नहीां बैठा है | K का मुख केंद्र की ओर नहीां है |
Sol:
97.
M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T not necessarily in the same order are
sitting around a square table in such a way that four of them sit
at four corners of the square while four sit in the middle of
each of the four sides. The ones who sit at four corners face
inside while those who sit in the middle of the sides face
outside. Two persons are sitting between R and T. Q is facing
outside and sits 2nd to the left of T. O is 2nd to the left of R. M is
3rd to the right of O. S is a neighbor of M. N is 3rd to the right of
P, who is facing inside.
Sol:
98.
In a library eight books are stacked one over the another. The shelves are
numbered 1-8 from bottom to top. The subject books are English, mathematics,
chemistry, physics, biology, history, geography and computer.
• There are two books between English book and mathematics book
• The shelf number of the biology book is twice of the shelf number of the history
book
• History and mathematics books are kept on consecutive shelves
• There is 1 book between Physics book and Geography book. Physics book is
above the geography book
• The shelf number of mathematics book is thrice of the chemistry book's shelf
number
• Computer and chemistry books are not kept in consecutive shelves.
एक पस्
ु िकालय में आठ ककिाबें एक-दस
ू रे के ऊपर रखी हुई हैं| शेल्फों को नीचे से ऊपर की
ओर सांख्या 1 से 8 िक अांककि ककया गया है | ये ककिाबें अांग्रेजी, गखर्ि, रसायन विज्ञान,
भौतिक विज्ञान, जीि विज्ञान, इतिहास, भग
ू ोल और कांप्यर्
ू र विषयों की हैं|
• अांग्रेजी की ककिाब और गखर्ि की ककिाबों के बीच दो ककिाबें हैं|
• जीि विज्ञान की ककिाब की शेल्फ सांख्या, इतिहास की ककिाब की शेल्फ सांख्या का दोगुना
है |
• इतिहास की ककिाब और गखर्ि की ककिाब क्रलमक शेल्फों पर रखी हुई हैं|
• भौतिक विज्ञान की ककिाब और भग
ू ोल की ककिाब के बीच 1 ककिाब रखी र्थी| भौतिक
विज्ञान की ककिाब, भग
ू ोल की ककिाब से ऊपर रखी है |
• गखर्ि की ककिाब की शेल्फ सांख्या, रसायन विज्ञान की ककिाब की शेल्फ सांख्या के िीन
गन
ु ा है |
• कांप्यर्
ू र की ककिाब और रसायन विज्ञान की ककिाब क्रलमक शेल्फों पर नहीां रखी हैं|
Sol:
8 Computer
7 Physics
6 English
5 Geography
4 Biology
3 Mathematics
2 History
1 Chemistry
99.
L, M, N, O, P, Q, R and S are sitting in a single row. Four of them
are facing towards north while the rest are facing towards
south. Those who are sitting at the extreme ends are facing in
the same direction. M is sitting at one of the extreme end. L is
sitting third to the left of O. L and O is facing in opposite
direction. R is sitting third to the right of S, who is facing
towards south. P is facing towards south. S is sitting fourth to
the left of P. S doesn't sit at any of the extreme end. P is the
immediate neighbor of only one person. O is the immediate
neighbor of M. N is not the immediate neighbor of R.
L, M, N, O, P, Q, R और S एक पांक्ति में बैठे हैं। उनमें से चार उत्तर की
ओर मुखररि हैं, जबकक शेष दक्षक्षर् की ओर मुखररि हैं। िे व्यक्ति जो
चरम अांिों पर बैठे हैं, िह सभी एक ही हदशा की ओर मुखररि हैं। M
ककसी एक चरम अांि पर बैठा है । L, O के बाईं ओर से िीसरे स्र्थान पर
बैठा है । L और O विपरीि हदशा की ओर मुखररि हैं। R, S के दाईं ओर से
िीसरे स्र्थान पर बैठा है , जो दक्षक्षर् की ओर मख
ु ररि है । P दक्षक्षर् की
ओर मुखररि है । S, P के बाईं ओर से चौर्थे स्र्थान पर बैठा है । S ककसी भी
चरम अांि पर नहीां बैठा है । P केिल एक व्यक्ति का तनकर्स्र्थ पड़ोसी
है । O, M का तनकर्स्र्थ पड़ोसी है । N, R का तनकर्स्र्थ पड़ोसी नहीां है ।
Sol:
100.
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H were born in the year 1982, 1987,
1989, 1992, 1995, 2000, 2003 and 2007 not necessarily in the same
order. Everyone shared the same birthdate i.e. 1st January. All the
calculations are done with respect to their present ages as on
1st January 2017. Only two persons are younger than E. B was born in
an odd numbered year before 1992. Age of C is the sum of the ages of F
and D. F is elder to E. Difference between A's age and F's age is same as
the difference between F's age and B's age. Difference between G's age
and C's age is same as the difference between F's and G's age.
Sol:
Year Age Person
1982 35 C
1987 30 G
1989 28 B
1992 25 F
1995 22 A
2000 17 E
2003 14 H
2007 10 D
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
100 PUZZLES
& SITTING April 28
ARRANGEENT
FOR SBI/IBPS
2019
PO PRELIMS
All Puzzles & Sitting Arrangements are of SBI/IBPS
PO PRELIMS Level and The standard time to solve “I CAN AND I
each puzzle sould not be more than 6 minutes and WILL”
minimum 3 minutes.
PLEASE DO NOT SHARE THIS PDF BAHUT MEHNAT LAGTI HAI BANANE
ME OR 50 RS HAR KOI AFFORD KAR SAKTA HAI SO PLEASE SUPPORT
ME TO SUPPORT YOU.
TARGET - 1
10 AM (ENGLISH)
ROLL NO. 281-350 PRE LEVEL Ke reasoning topics bhejenge like syllogism inequality blood relationship
direction alphanumeric series alphabet test coding decoding symbol coding etc.....
10.05 AM (HINDI)
ROLL NO. 5181-5250 same topic
1 PM - TARGET 1 POLLS
TARGET 2
1.25 PM (ENGLISH)
ROLL NO. 351-400 PRELIMS LEVEL PUZZLES AND SITTING ARRANGEMENT and data interpretation
5 PM - TARGET 2 POLLS
1. ONLY STUDENTS WITH ROLL NUMBERS MENTIONED ABOVE WILL SEND QUESTIONS
2. FIRST SOLVE THAT QUESTION YOURSELF AND IF YOU ARE ABLE TO SOLVE THEN ONLY SEND IT
:heart:
3. TAKE A CLEAR PICTURE OF QUESTION AND SOLUTION AND ATTACH BOTH FILES BEFORE SENDING
THEM
:heart:
5. STUDENTS OTHER THAN MENTIONED ROLL NUMBERS DO NOT SEND ANY QUESTIONS
8. BICH ME KOI BHI MSG NAHI KAREGA OR MUJHE KOI PERSONAL MSG NAHI KAREGA
9. KHUD SE SOLVE HO JATA HAI QUESTION TABHI BHEJNA TAKI AAPKO LEVEL KA PATA HO OR
DUSRON KA BHI TIME WASTE NA HO
:heart::heart::heart:
FREE VIDEOS
100 puzzle and sitting arrangement (new)
https://unacademy.com/lesson/overview-in-hindi/DW58KDQE
https://unacademy.com/lesson/overview-of-the-course-in-hindi/9AQ3AF4A
https://unacademy.com/lesson/overview-in-hindi/V1YCMCL8
https://unacademy.com/lesson/overview-in-hindi/4ZZEXLE7
https://unacademy.com/lesson/overview-in-hindi/MXPS0337
https://unacademy.com/lesson/overview-of-the-course-in-hindi/TN9EE5NZ
1. (4-5MIN)
Ten friends Alka, Binu, Priti, Nitu, Manu, Tina, Rita, Sheela, Umang and Venu sit
around a rectangular table such that two persons sit along each length of the
table, one person sits along each breadth of the table and one person sit at the
corner. Each of them faces towards the table.
i)Rita sits opposite to Sheela and Binu sits opposite to Nitu but none of them sit at
the corner. Exactly two of them sit along the length.
ii)Manu and Umang sit at the corner but they do not sit at the same row.
iii)Sheela sit third to the right of Umang and adjacent to Tina. Binu, Manu and
Venu sit at the same row.
दस मित्र अलका, बिन,ू प्रीती, नीतू, िन,ु टीना, रीटा, शीला, उिंग और वेणु एक आयताकार
िेज के चारों ओर इस तरह िैठे हैं कक दो-दो व्यक्तत िेज की लंिाई की ओर िैठे हैं, एक-एक
व्यक्तत िेज की चौड़ाई की ओर िैठे हैं और एक-एक व्यक्तत कोने पर िैठे हैं। उनिें से प्रत्येक
िेज की ओर िख
ु करके िैठे हैं।
i) रीटा, शीला के ववपरीत िैठती है और बिन,ू नीतू के ववपरीत िैठती है लेककन उनिें से कोई
भी कोनों पर नहीं िैठता है । उनिें से ठीक दो व्यक्तत लंिाई की ओर िैठते हैं।
ii) िनु और उिंग कोनों पर िैठते हैं लेककन वे एक ही पंक्तत िें नहीं िैठते हैं।
iii) शीला, उिंग के दाईं तरफ से तीसरे और टीना के संलग्न िैठती है । बिन,ू िनु और वेणु
एक ही पंक्तत िें िैठते हैं।
Solution:
2. (3-4MIN)
Sol:
2. (5-6MIN)
सात दोस्त P, Q, R, T, U, W व X एक सप्ताह िें सोिवार से रवववार तक रे स्तरां िें जाते हैं। वे या
तो "टे स्टी" नािक रे स्तरां िें या "यम्िी" नािक रे स्तरां िें जाते हैं। वणािाला के क्रि िें के अनस
ु ार
दो लगातार नाि वाले व्यक्तत दो क्रमिक ददनों िें रे स्तरां नहीं जाते हैं। जैसे कक U और W लगातार
ददनों िें रे स्तरां िें जा सकते हैं लेककन T और U लगातार ददनों िें रे स्तरां नहीं जा सकते। "टे स्टी"
रे स्तरां का दौरा पहले ककया जाता है । क्जस व्यक्तत को िैक्तसकन भोजन पसंद है , वह "टे स्टी"
रे स्तरां िें जाता है । W को र्ाई भोजन पसंद है , जो "टे स्टी" रे स्तरां िें नहीं मिलता है । "यम्िी" िें
शुक्रवार को दक्षिण भारतीय भोजन मिलता है । T और X के िीच िें केवल एक ही व्यक्तत है और वह
व्यक्तत "टे स्टी" रे स्तरां िें जाता है । T और X '' टे स्टी'' िें नहीं जाते हैं और ना ही उन्हें दक्षिण-
भारतीय भोजन पसंद है । U को पंजािी भोजन पसंद है और जो दक्षिण-भारतीय भोजन के तरु ं त िाद
मिलता है लेककन उसी रे स्तरां िें नहीं। चीनी भोजन "यम्िी" िें नहीं मिलता है और यह िैक्तसकन
भोजन से पहले मिलता है । R, X के ठीक िाद "यम्िी" िें जाता है । जापानी भोजन, इतालवी भोजन
से पहले मिलता है तर्ा P, T से पहले रे स्तरां जाता है ।
Solution:
4. (3-4MIN)
Five people (Nikhil, Manav, Chetan, Tanmay and Rajesh) are practising
five different professions (Acting, Modelling, Law, Chartered
Accountancy and Teaching). Each one plays only one of the five
different games Cricket, Football, Hockey, Badminton and Tennis.
Nikhil is a Model and plays Hockey. The one who plays Badminton is not
an Actor. Chetan and Manav are not Teachers and Chetan do not play
Cricket. Manav plays Football. Rajesh is a Lawyer and plays Tennis.
5. (3-4MIN)
7 children A, B, C, D, E, F and G are standing in a row. Among the 7 children, 3 are females and 4
are males. Only 2 females face towards north and the rest all face towards south.
iv. C faces towards north. E is a female but does not face towards north
7 िच्चे A, B, C, D, E, F और G एक पंक्तत िें खड़े हैं। इन 7 िच्चों िें से 3 िामलकायें हैं और 4 िालक हैं।
केवल 2 िामलकायें उत्तरोंन्िख
ु हैं तर्ा िाकक सभी दक्षिणोंन्िख
ु हैं।
iv. C उतरोंन्िख
ु है । E िामलका है लेककन उतरोंन्िख
ु नहीं है ।
solution:
A¯ C D¯ F¯ G¯ B E¯
6. (3-4MIN)
P, Q, R, S, T and V live on different floors in the same building having its
six floors numbered one to six (the ground floor is numbered 1, the
floor above it, number 2, and so on, and the topmost floor is numbered
(6)
Sol:
7(5-6MIN)
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H were seated around a square table facing the centre. They
liked different fruits apple, pineapple, plum, peach, pear, litchi, banana and orange not
necessarily in the same order. There was one person at each of the corners and one person at
each of the sides.
• B was 2nd to the left of D who faced the one who liked peach
• H was 2nd to the right of the one who liked banana
• H was facing G's neighbour who liked pineapple
• One who liked apple was 2nd to the right of the one who liked orange
• B was neighbouring E
• The person seated opposite to A liked banana
• The one who liked pear was exactly between D and the one who liked litchi
• One who liked plum was seated at one of the sides
• A did not like pear or peach
• Either G or F liked pineapple
• A and G did not sit together.
आठ व्यक्तत A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक वगााकार िेज के केन्र की ओर िुख करके िैठे हुए र्े | वे सभी
मभन्न-मभन्न फल सेि, अनानास, िेर, आड़ू, नाशपाती, लीची, केला और संतरा पसंद करते र्े लेककन
आवश्यक नही कक यही क्रि हो | वगााकार िेज के प्रत्येक कोने पर एक व्यक्तत और प्रत्येक भुजा पर एक
व्यक्तत िैठा र्ा |
• B, D के िायें दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा र्ा, जो आड़ू पसंद करने वाले के सािने िैठा र्ा |
• H, केला पसंद करने वाले के दायें दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा र्ा |
• H का िख
ु G के पड़ोसी की ओर र्ा, क्जसे अनानास पसंद र्ा |
• सेि पसंद करने वाला, संतरा पसंद करने वाले के दायें दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा र्ा |
• B, E का पड़ोसी र्ा |
• वह जो A के ववपरीत िैठा र्ा उसे केला पसंद र्ा |
• नाशपाती पसंद करने वाला, D और लीची पसंद करने वाले के ठीक िीच िें िैठा र्ा |
• िेर पसंद करने वाला ककसी एक भज
ु ा पर िैठा र्ा |
• A को नाशपाती अर्वा आड़ू पसंद नही र्ा |
• या तो G अर्वा F को अनानास पसंद र्ा |
• A और G सार् िें नही िैठे र्े |
Sol.
8. (3-4MIN)
Indira, Kiran, Leena, Meenal, Chaya and Sonal stay at Delhi, Mumbai,
Kolkata, Chennai, Hyderabad and Jaipur. They work at HCL, Wipro, TCS,
IBM, SAP and Tech Mahindra
i) Kiran lives at Delhi. Chaya works at TCS
ii) Person working at Tech Mahindra stays at Kolkata
iii) Person working at SAP stays at Jaipur
iv) Leena belongs to Hyderabad but does not work at Wipro
v) Meenal stay at Mumbai. Neither Kiran nor the person staying at
Hyderabad work at IBM
इंददरा, ककरण, लीना, िीनल, छाया और सोनल ददल्ली, िुंिई, कोलकाता,
चेन्नई, है दरािाद और जयपुर िें रहते हैं। वे एचसीएल, ववप्रो, टीसीएस,
आईिीएि, सैप और टे क िदहंरा िें काि करते हैं |
i) ककरण ददल्ली िें रहती हैं | छाया टीएसीएस िें काि करती है |
ii) टे क िदहंरा िें काि करने वाला व्यक्तत कोलकाता िें रहता है |
iii) सैप िें काि कर रहा व्यक्तत जयपरु िें रहता है |
iv) लीना है दरािाद से संिंधित है लेककन ववप्रो िें काि नहीं करती |
v) िीनल िुंिई िें रहती है | न तो ककरण और न ही है दरािाद िें रहने वाला
व्यक्तत आईिीएि िें काि करते हैं |
sol:
Tech SAP/Tech
Company Wipro HCL IBM TCS
Mahindra/SAP Mahindra
9. (5-6MIN)
Eight boxes are placed from left to right in a straight line. Extreme left box is
numbered 1 and extreme right box is numbered 8. They have different colors i.e.
Red, Green, Pink, Black, Brown, Yellow, White and Blue but not necessarily in the
same order. Theirs weights are i.e. 8kg, 9kg, 12kg, 14kg, 16kg, 17kg, 21kg and
26kg but not necessarily in the same order. Box 5 weight is multiple of 3 but not
21kg. The sum of the weight of box 3 and box 5 is 26kg. Box 4 is Green and its
weight is twice of box 1. Two boxes are between Green box and Brown box.
Brown box is heavier than Green box. One box is between Pink box and Brown
box. The weight differences of Pink box and Black box is 3kg. The sum of weight of
box 5 and box 6 is equal to box 7. Two boxes are between Black and Blue boxes.
White box is heavier than Red box and lighter than Yellow box. The box which is
immediate left of White box is lighter than White box. The sum of the box 1 and
box 2 is 22 kg.
आठ ितसे को एक सीिी रे खा िें िायें से दादहने क्रि िें रखा जाता है | चरि िाएं रखे िॉतस
पर संख्या 1 और चरि दादहने िॉतस पर संख्या 8 अंककत है | उनके रं ग जैसे लाल, हरा,
गुलािी, काले, भरू े , पीले, सफेद और नीले मभन्न- मभन्न है | आवश्यक नहीं कक क्रि यही हो।
उनका वजन 8 ककग्रा, 9 ककग्रा, 12 ककग्रा, 14 ककग्रा, 16 ककग्रा, 17 ककग्रा, 21 ककग्रा और 26
ककग्रा है लेककन आवश्यक नहीं की क्रि यही हो। िॉतस 5 का भार 3 का गुणज है लेककन 21
ककग्रा नहीं है | िॉतस 3 और िॉतस 5 के वजन का योग 26 ककग्रा है | िॉतस 4 हरा है और
इसका वजन िॉतस 1 से दोगन
ु ा है । हरे िॉतस और भरू े िॉतस के िीच िें दो िॉतस हैं। भरू ा
िॉतस हरे िॉतस से भारी है । गुलािी िॉतस और भरू े िॉतस के िीच िें एक िॉतस है । गुलािी
िॉतस और काले िॉतस के वजन का अंतर 3 ककग्रा है | िॉतस 5 और िॉतस 6 के वजन का
योग िॉतस 7 के िरािर है । काले और नीले िॉतस के िीच दो िॉतस हैं। सफेद िॉतस लाल
िॉतस से अधिक भारी है और पीले िॉतस से हल्का है । जो िॉतस सफेद िॉतस के ठीक िाएं है ,
Box 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Re Whit Blu Gree Pin Blac Brow Yello
Color
d e e n k k n w
Weig
8 14 17 16 9 12 21 26
ht
10. (3-4MIN)
Sol:
11(4-5MIN)
.Study the following information carefully and answer the
questions given below:
Floor Person
8 F
7 A
6 E
5 B
4 G
3 D
2 H
1 C
12. (3-4MIN)
Eight colleagues Leela, Meena, Nandini, Pankaj, Tanvi, Varun,
Rita and Sheela are sitting around a circular table and facing to
the centre.
i) Pankaj sits opposite to Varun. Tanvi sits second to the left of
Sheela
ii) Rita sits exactly between Varun and Pankaj
iii) Meena sits third to the left of Nandini but both of them are
not a neighbour of Varun
iv) Leela is not the neighbour of Varun. Rita is not a neighbour
of Tanvi
आठ सहकिी लीला, िीना, नंदनी, पंकज, तन्वी, वरुण, रीटा और शीला
एक वत
ृ ाकार िेज के चारो ओर केन्र की ओर िुख करके िैठे हुए हैं|
i) पंकज, वरुण के ववपरीत िैठता है | तन्वी, शीला के िायें दस
ू रे स्र्ान
पर िैठती है |
ii) रीटा, वरुण और पंकज के ठीक िीच िें िैठती है |
iii) िीना, नंदनी के िायें तीसरे स्र्ान पर िैठती है लेककन दोनों िें से
कोई भी वरुण की पड़ोसी नही है |
iv) लीला, वरुण की पड़ोसी नही है | रीटा, तन्वी की पड़ोसी नही है |
sol:
13. (3-4MIN)
Seven persons P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are seated in a straight row such
that 4 of them are facing south and 3 are facing north. The row has
eight chairs and one of the chairs is vacant.
• T's only neighbour is seated 2nd to the right of S
• 3 persons are seated between S and Q
• V is seated 3rd to the right of Q
• U is seated 2nd to the right of P
• R is to the immediate left of U
• T and V face the same direction.
• No three persons on consecutive seats face the same direction.
सात व्यक्तत P, Q, R, S, T, U और V एक सीिी पंक्तत िें इस प्रकार िैठे हैं, कक
उनिे से 4 दक्षिण की ओर और 3 उत्तर की ओर िुखररत हैं| पंक्तत िें आठ
कुमसायां हैं और कुमसायों िें से एक खाली है
• T का एकलौता पड़ोसी S के दायें दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा है |
• S और Q के िीच 3 व्यक्तत िैठे हैं|
• V, Q से दायें तीसरे स्र्ान पर िैठा है |
• U, P के दायें दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा है |
• R, U के ठीक िाएं िैठा है |
• T और V का िुख सिान ददशा की ओर है |
• कोई भी तीन व्यक्तत क्रमिक सीटों पर सिान ददशा की ओर िुख ककये नहीं िैठे
हैं|
Sol:
14. (3-4MIN)
Sol:
15. (4-5MIN)
Study the following information carefully and answer the questions
given below:
Eight persons P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W, they were born in the year i.e.
1980, 1987, 1991, 1994, 1998, 2001, 2005, 2010, not necessarily in the
same order. Everyone shared the same birthdate i.e. 1stAugust. All
calculations are done with respect to their present ages as on 1st August
2017. The sum of the ages of U and Q is 49. U is elder to Q. The number
of person born before U is same as that born after P. S is elder to U. T is
younger to P but not the youngest. The difference of ages of V and P is
3 years. R is elder to Q.
ननम्नमलखखत सच
ू ना का ध्यानपव
ू क
ा अध्ययन करे और नीचे ददए गए प्रश्नों के
उत्तर दे :
आठ व्यक्तत P, Q, R, S, T, U, V और W वे सभी ननम्न वषो 1980, 1987, 1991,
1994, 1998, 2001, 2005, 2010 िें पैदा हुए र्े लेककन आवश्यक नही कक यही
क्रि हो | प्रत्येक व्यक्तत के जन्िददन की नतधर् 1 अगस्त है | सभी की वतािान
आयु की गणना 1 अगस्त 2017 के संदभा िें की गई है | U और Q की आयु का
योग 49 है | U, Q से िड़ा है | U से पहले पैदा होने वाले व्यक्ततयों की संख्या और
P के िाद पैदा होने वाले व्यक्ततयों की संख्या सिान है | S, U से िड़ा है | T, P से
छोटा है लेककन सिसे छोटा नही है | V और P की आयु का अंतर 3 वषा है | R, Q
से िड़ा है |
Sol:
Year Person
1980(37) R/S
1987(30) S/R
1991(26) U
1994(23) Q
1998(19) V
2001(16) P
2005(12) T
2010(7) W
16. (3-4MIN)
Ten persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I and J went for a movie. They were
seated in 2 rows facing the north. Each row had 5 seats.
• I was 3rd to the left of G who was seated just behind A
• I's neighbour was just behind J
• J was at a gap of 2 from D
• E was seated just behind H
• E's neighbour was just behind F's neighbour
• B was neighbouring the person who was seated just behind the
person who was 3rd to the left of A.
दस व्यक्तत A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I और J एक कफल्ि दे खने गए र्े। वे उत्तर की
ओर 2 पंक्ततयों िें िैठे र्े। प्रत्येक पंक्तत िें 5 सीट र्ी|
• I, G से िाएं तीसरे स्र्ान पर र्ा, जो A के ठीक पीछे िैठा र्ा
• I का पड़ोसी J के ठीक पीछे र्ा
• J, D से 2 के अंतर पर र्ा
• E, H के ठीक पीछे र्ा
• E का पड़ोसी F के पड़ोसी के ठीक पीछे र्ा|
• B उस व्यक्तत के पड़ोस िें र्ा जो A के िाएं से तीसरे व्यक्तत के ठीक पीछे िैठा
र्ा|
Sol:
17. (3-4MIN)
Sol:
18. (5-6MIN)
There are six adjacent railway tracks numbered 1 through 6. Six trains
A, B, C, D, E and F of different lengths run on these tracks, not
necessarily in the same order.
• Train A is longer than only two trains and it does not run adjacent to
Train D.
• Train C and D do not run on any of the extreme end tracks.
• Train C is longer than Train D, which is longer than Train B.
• Train D does not run on Track no. 3.
• Only train B runs on the track between the tracks on which Train D
and Train E run.
• Neither Train B nor Train F is the shortest train.
• The shortest and the longest trains run on the extreme end tracks.
छ संग्लग्न रे लवे ट्रै क क्जनकी संख्या 1 से 6 तक है | ववमभन्न लम्िाई की छ:
रे ले A, B, C, D, E और F इन ट्रै कों पर चल रही है | आवश्यक नहीं की क्रि यही हो
• रे ल A केवल दो रे लों से लम्िी है और यह रे ल D के संगलग्न नहीं चलती है |
• रे ल C और रे ल D ककसी चरि ककनारे के ट्रै कों पर नहीं चलती है |
• रे ल C, रे ल D से लम्िी है , जो रे ल B से लम्िी है |
• रे ल D ट्रै क संख्या 3 पर नहीं चलती है |
• केवल रे ल B उन ट्रै कों के िीच िें चलती है ,क्जन पर रे ल D और रे ल E चलती है |
• न तो रे ल B और न ही रे ल F िें से कोई भी सिसे छोटी नहीं है |
• सिसे छोटी और सिसे लम्िी रे ल चरि ककनारों के ट्रै क पर चलती है |
Sol:
19(5-6MIN)
.Seven people A, B, C, D, E, F and G stay in a seven-storey building with ground floor being
numbered 1, floor above it being numbered 2 and so on till the topmost floor which is
numbered 7, not necessarily in the same order. Each of them own one pet viz; Goldfish, Cat,
Dog, Parrot, Kitten, White mouse and Horse, not necessarily in the same order.
1. G lives exactly between the floors on which F and C live, all of them being on consecutive
floors. There are two floors between the floors on which C and E live.
2. Dog and Goldfish live on an odd numbered floor.
3. B lives on an odd numbered floor, immediately above the floor of one who owns a parrot.
4. D stays on a floor immediately above A, and A owns a kitten.
5. The one who has white mouse lives on sixth floor.
6. C does not live on top floor and owns a cat.
7. E neither own a dog nor a Goldfish.
8. There are three floors between the floors of one who owns a white mouse and one who
owns a parrot.
सात व्यक्ततयों A, B, C, D, E, F और G एक सात िंक्जला इिारत िें रहते है क्जसिे भूतल िंक्जल की
संख्या 1 है , उससे ऊपर की िंक्जल की संख्या 2 है और आगे इसी क्रि िें सिसे ऊपर की िंक्जल संख्या 7 है ,
लेककन आवश्यक नही कक यही क्रि हो | प्रत्येक के पास एक पालतू जानवर जैसे गोल्डकफश, बिल्ली, कुत्ता,
तोता, बिल्ली का िच्चा, सफेद चह
ू ा और घोड़ा है लेककन आवश्यक नही कक यही क्रि हो |
1. G, F और C के ठीक िीच वाली िंक्जल पर रहता है , ये सभी क्रमिक िंक्जलो पर रहते हैं | क्जन िंक्जल पर
C और E रहते हैं , उनके िीच दो िंक्जल है |
2. कुत्ता और गोल्डकफश ववषि संख्या वाली िंक्जल पर रहते है |
3. B ववषि संख्या िंक्जल पर रहता है , जो तोता पालने वाले से ठीक ऊपर वाली िंक्जल है |
4. D, A से ठीक ऊपर वाली िंक्जल पर रहता है , और A के पास बिल्ली का िच्चा है |
5. वह क्जसके पास सफेद चह
ू ा है वह छठी िंक्जल पर रहता है |
6. C सिसे ऊपर की िंक्जल पर नही रहता है और उसके पास बिल्ली है |
7. E के पास न तो कुत्ता है और न ही गोल्डकफश है |
8. वह क्जसके पास सफेद चह
ू ा है और वह क्जसके पास तोता है , उनके िीच िें तीन िंक्जल है |
Sol:
7 E Horse
6 F White mouse
5 G Dog/Goldfish
4 C Cat
3 B Dog/Goldfish
2 D Parrot
1 A Kitten
20. (3-4MIN)
Sol:
21. (6-7MIN)
Eight persons A, D, G, H, K, L, P and Z were seated around a square table facing the centre. They were
born in the same year but in different months January, March, April, June, August, September, October
and November but not necessarily in the same order. No two persons were born in the same month.
The persons born in a month with 31 days were seated at the corners and the persons born in a month
with 30 days were seated along the sides.
• P was 3rd to the right of the one born in November
• Number of persons born before D was equal to the number of persons born after the person who was
seated opposite to A
• A was to the immediate right of K
• K and Z were born in consecutive months
• Z was 3rd to the right of H whose neighbour was born in April
• P was 3rd to the left of L
• G was to the immediate left of Z
• The one born in March was seated opposite to the one born in January who was neighbouring the one
born in June.
• L was younger to the person who was seated opposite to K.
आठ व्यक्तत A, D, G, H, K, L, P और Z एक वगााकार िेज के चारो ओर केन्र की ओर िख
ु करके िैठे र्े | वे सभी एक
ही वषा के अलग-अलग िहीनो जैसे जनवरी, िाचा, अप्रैल, जन
ू ,अगस्त, मसतम्िर, अतटूिर और नवम्िर िें पैदा हुए र्े
लेककन आवश्यक नही कक यही क्रि हो | कोई भी दो व्यक्तत एक ही िहीने िें पैदा नही र्े | वह व्यक्तत जो 31 ददनों के
िहीनो िें पैदा हुए र्े, वह िेज के कोने पर िैठे र्े और वह जो 30 ददनों के िहीनो िें पैदा हुए र्े, वह िेज की भज
ु ाओ
पर िैठे र्े |
• P, नवम्िर िें पैदा होने वाले के दायें तीसरे स्र्ान पर िैठा र्ा |
• D से पहले पैदा होने वाले व्यक्ततयों की संख्या, A के ववपरीत िैठे व्यक्तत के िाद पैदा होने वाले व्यक्ततयों की संख्या
िरािर है |
• A, K क्र ठीक दायें स्र्ान पर िैठा र्ा |
• K और Z क्रमिक िहीनो िें पैदा हुए र्े |
• Z, H के दायें तीसरे स्र्ान पर र्ा, क्जसका पड़ोसी अप्रैल िें पैदा हुआ र्ा |
• P, L के िायें तीसरे स्र्ान पर र्ा|
• G, Z के ठीक िायें स्र्ान पर िैठा र्ा |
• वह जो िाचा िें पैदा हुआ र्ा, वह जनवरी िें पैदा होने वाले व्यक्तत के ववपरीत िैठा र्ा, जो जून िें पैदा होने वाले का
पड़ोसी र्ा |
22. (6-7MIN)
Vishal, Krishnakant, Sagar, Akash, Mudit and Ashish are six student studying in
Pune Engineering College in six different branches - EC, EE, CS, IT, CE and ME - and
belong to six different societies - Jasmine Groove, Mahagunpuram, Eco Village,
Paramount, Gaurs Green and Amrapali - not necessarily in the same order. Some
information about them is Given below. Further information is as follows:
i. Krishnakant belongs to Amrapali.
ii. Akash study EE and doesn't belong to Jasmine Groove.
iii. The student who study ME belongs to Paramount.
iv. Sagar doesn't belong to Paramount.
v. Vishal belongs to Eco Village, and he study neither IT nor CE.
vi. Ashish doesn't belong to Jasmine Groove.
vii. The student who study CS belongs to Mahagunpuram.
viii. The one who study IT is not from Jasmine Groove.
ix. Either Krishnakant study CE or Mudit study ME.
छः ववद्यार्ी ववशाल, कृष्णकांत, सागर, आकाश, िदु दत और आशीष पण
ु े के इंजीननयररंग कॉलेज के छः अलग-
अलग ववषयों जैसे EC, EE, CS, IT, CE और ME िें पढ़ते है | वे सभी छः मभन्न-मभन्न सोसाइटी- जैसिीन ग्रव
ू ,
िहागन
ु परु ि, इको ववलेज, पैरािाउन्ट, गौर ग्रीन और आम्रपाली से सम्िंधित है लेककन आवश्यक नही कक यही क्रि
हो | सभी के िारे िें कुछ सच
ू नाये नीचे दी गई है |
आगे की सच
ू ना इस प्रकार है:
i. कृष्णकांत आम्रपाली से सम्िंधित है |
ii. आकाश, EE की पढ़ाई करता है और जैसिीन ग्रव
ू से सम्िंधित नही है |
iii. वह ववद्यार्ी जो ME की पढ़ाई करता है , वह पैरािाउन्ट से सम्िंधित है |
iv. सागर, पैरािाउन्ट से सम्िंधित नही है |
v. ववशाल इको ववलेज से सम्िंधित है , और वह न तो IT और न ही CE की पढ़ाई करता है |
sol:
23(3-4MIN)
Six students A, B , C , D , E , F are sitting in
an examination hall . Consider the extreme
left position to be position 1, and the
extreme right position to be 6. A is between
B and C. B is sitting next to D . D is sitting
next to E. E is sitting extreme left to and F
is sitting next to C.
छः ववद्यार्ी A, B , C , D , E , F एक परीिा हॉल
िें िैठे है | िायें चरि अंत के स्र्ान को स्र्ान 1 और
दायें चरि अंत के स्र्ान को स्र्ान 6 िानते हुए | A,
B और C के िीच िें िैठता है | B, D के अगले स्र्ान
पर िैठता है | D, E के अगले स्र्ान पर िैठता है | E
िायें चरि अंत पर िैठता है और F, C के अगले
स्र्ान पर िैठता है |
Sol:
Position 1 2 3 4 5 6
Person E D B A C F
24(4-5MIN)
Seven persons P, Q, R, S, T, U and V belong to different cities viz
Delhi, Bangalore, Kota, Goa, Mumbai, Pune and Kolkata but not
necessarily in the same order. They also like different colors viz
Red, Blue, Black, Green, White, brown and Pink but not
necessarily in the same order. R belongs to Bangalore. T does
not belong to Kolkata and does not like Brown. Q likes Green. U
belongs to Pune. P and S do not belong to Kota. V likes Pink and
P likes Red. The one who belongs to Kolkata likes White color.
The one who likes Brown does not belong to Bangalore. The one
who belongs to Mumbai likes Black. The one who belongs to
Delhi likes Red.
सात व्यक्तत P, Q, R, S, T, U और V मभन्न-मभन्न शहरो जैसे ददल्ली,
िैंगलोर, कोटा, गोवा, िंि
ु ई, पण
ु े और कोलकाता से सम्िंधित है , लेककन
आवश्यक नहीं कक यही क्रि हो। उन सभी को अलग-अलग रं ग जैसे लाल,
नीला, काला, हरा, सफेद, भूरा और गुलािी पसंद है लेककन आवश्यक नहीं कक
यही क्रि हो। R िैंगलोर से है । T कोलकाता से नहीं है और उसे भरू ा रं ग नहीं
पसंद है । Q को हरा रं ग पसंद है । U पुणे से है । P और S कोटा से नहीं हैं। V को
गुलािी और P को लाल रं ग पसंद है । कोलकाता से सम्िंधित व्यक्तत सफेद रं ग
Sol:
25. (4-5MIN)
छह व्यक्तत A, B, C, D, E और F ववमभन्
न फल जैसे – सेि, केला, िेर,
नाशपाती, अंगरू और संतरा पसंद करते हैं लेककन इस क्रि िें नहीं। इन
व्यक्ततयों की आयु 22, 28, 34, 38, 42 और 46 हैं, लेककन आवश्यक नहीं है
कक इसी क्रि िें हो।
B सिूह िें सिसे िड़ा नहीं है और उसे केला पसंद है । E की आयु 34 वषा से
अधिक है और उसे नाशपाती और केला पसंद नही है । D को सेि पसंद नहीं
है । F सिह
ू का सिसे छोटा व्यक्तत नहीं है और C की आयु 38 वषा है और उसे
िेर पसंद है । E और C की कुल आयु A और D की कुल आयु के िरािर
है । व्यक्तत क्जसकी आयु 28 वषा है को संतरा पसंद है और सिूह के सिसे िड़े
व्यक्तत को सेि पसंद नहीं है । A और D की कुल आयु 80 वषा है |
Sol:
26. (3-4MIN)
आठ मित्र A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक गोलाकार
िेज के चारों ओर केन्रोंन्िुख िैठे हैं। यह ज्ञात है कक, A,
E की िाईं ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा है , जो C के ठीक
ववपरीत िैठा है । B, D के संलग्न िैठा है , जो नहीं तो A के
ठीक ववपरीत और न ही A के संलग्न िैठा है । G और H
एक दस
ू रे के ठीक ववपरीत िैठे हैं। G, C के ठीक दादहनी
ओर िैठा है ।
27(3-4MIN)
Ten people are sitting in two parallel rows containing five
people each, in such a way that there is an equal distance
between adjacent persons. In row 1, P, Q, R, S and T are
seated and all of them are facing south. In row 2, A, B, C, D
and E are seated and all of them are facing north.
Therefore, in the given seating arrangement, each member
seated in a row faces another member of the other row.
D sits third to the left of A. P faces immediate neighbour of
D. R sits second to the right of P. Only one person sits
between Q and S. B and E are immediate neighbours. E
does not face P and Q.
28. . (4-5MIN)
Sol;
29. (3-4MIN)
Eight people - Smita, Diti, Ranjini, Deblina, Mira,
Saana, Lacy and Vishakha - are sitting around a
circular table. Smita and Diti are facing towards the
centre while the other six people are facing away
from the centre. Smita is sitting second to the right of
Vishakha. Diti sits third to the left of Smita. Deblina
sits second to the right of Lacy. Lacy is immediate
neighbour of neither Diti nor Smita, but Mira and
Saana are immediate neighbours.
आठ लोग क्स्िता, ददती, रं क्जनी, डडब्लीना, िीरा, सन्ना, लेसी
और ववशाखा - एक वत
ृ ाकार टे िल के चारों ओर िैठे हैं। क्स्िता
और ददती केंर की तरफ िुख करके िैठी हैं जिकक अन्य छह
लोग केंर से िाहर िख
ु करके िैठे हैं। क्स्िता ववशाखा के दायीं
तरफ से दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठी हैं। ददती, क्स्िता के िाईं ओर से
तीसरे स्र्ान पर है । डडब्लीना, लैसी के दायें तरफ से दस
ू रे स्र्ान
पर है ।लेसी न तो ददती और नहीं क्स्िता की ननकटस्र् पड़ोसी है ,
लेककन िीरा और सन्ना ननकटस्र् पड़ोसी हैं।
Sol:
30. (3-4MIN)
Six persons M, N, O, P, Q and R live on an eight-floor building.
Lowermost floor is numbered 1 and topmost floor is numbered
8. Two of the floors are vacant. Only one floor is between the
both vacant floors, and topmost and lowermost floor are not
vacant. Three persons live above O. The number of floors
between O and N is same as the number of floors between O
and P. N lives above P, who does not live on 1st floor. The
number of floors above Q is same as below P. M lives above R,
and N lives below Q.
छह व्यक्तत M, N, O, P, Q व R एक आठ-िंक्जल इिारत िें रहते हैं।
सिसे नीचे की िंक्जल को 1 नंिर और सिसे ऊपरी िंक्जल को 8 नंिर
ददया गया है । दो िंक्जले खाली हैं। दोनों खाली िंक्जलों के िीच केवल
एक िंक्जल है और सिसे ऊपरी िंक्जल और सिसे नीचे की िंक्जल
खाली नहीं है । तीन व्यक्तत O के ऊपर रहते हैं। O और N के िीच
िंक्जलों की संख्या, O और P के िीच िंक्जलों की संख्या के सिान है । N,
P के ऊपर रहता है , जो पहली िंक्जल पर नहीं रहता है । Q से ऊपर की
िंक्जलों की संख्या, P से नीचे की िंक्जलों की संख्या के सिान है । M, R
के ऊपर रहता है , और N, Q से नीचे रहता है ।।
Sol:
Floor Person
8 M
7 Q
6 N
5 Vacant
4 O
3 Vacant
2 P
1 R
31. (4-5MIN)
Eight persons M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T are having different heights and
they like different fruits i.e. Apple, Mango, Cherry, Fig, Plum, Banana,
Papaya and Apricot, but not necessarily in the same order. The one who
is tallest likes Banana. Two persons are shorter to the one who likes
Apricot. The number of person is taller to M is same as the number of
person is shorter to T. Q likes Papaya and taller to O and T but shorter
to M. The one who likes Apple is taller to M. P is taller to R but shorter
to T. R likes Plum. The one who likes Cherry is taller to the one who
likes Fig. Not more than two persons are taller to the one who likes
Mango. S is not the tallest person.
Sol:
32. (3-4MIN)
A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting around a circular table
facing towards the centre. Four of them are male while the
rest of them are female members. E faces F. Neither D
nor B is female. F and A are the only female members
who are sitting between two male members and there is
exactly one person between them. E sits third to the right
of B and A sits third to the right of G. D is not an
immediate neighbour of E. H is not an immediate
neighbour of G and also she is one among the female pair
who are sitting together.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक वत
ृ ाकार िेज के चारो तरफ केंर की ओर
िुख कर िैठे हैं | उनिे से चार पुरुष हैं जिकक िाकक िदहला हैं | E , F की
ओर िख
ु ररत है | न तो D और न ही B िदहला हैं | F और A ही केवल वह
िदहलायें हैं, जो दो पुरुष सदस्यों के िीच िें िैठी है और उनके िीच िें
केवल एक व्यक्तत है | E, B के दादहने से तीसरे स्र्ान पर िैठता है और
A, G के दादहने से तीसरे स्र्ान पर िैठता है | D,E का ठीक िगल का
पड़ोसी नहीं है | H,G के ठीक िगल की पड़ोसी नहीं है और वह उन
िदहला युग्िों िें से हैं, जो एक सार् िैठती हैं |
Sol:
33. (4-5MIN)
Seven advertisers Ram, Rohit, Arpit, Arun, Sanjay, Vikas, Amit, who
endorse seven different soap brands Dove, Pears, Cinthol, Medimix,
Hamam, Dettol and Lux, are sitting in a seminar in the same row facing
north direction. Each person endorses exactly one brand and no two
people endorse same brands. It is known that Arun is not sitting adjacent to
Vikas and doesn't endorse Lux. Vikas endorses Pears and sitting adjacent
to Sanjay but not adjacent to the person who endorses Dove. Arpit
endorses Medimix and sitting third to the left of Sanjay. Ram endorses
Hamam and sitting adjacent to the person who endorses Cinthol. Rohit
endorses Dove and not sitting at any extreme corner. Two people are
sitting to the right of Sanjay but none of them endorses Dove.
सात ववज्ञापनकताा राि, रोदहत, अवपात, अरुण, संजय, ववकास, अमित जो सात अलग-
अलग सािन
ु ब्ांडों डॉव , पेअसा , मसन्र्ोल, िेडडमितस, हिािा , डडट्टोल और लतस का
प्रचार करते हैं, वे एक सेमिनार िें उत्तर ददशा िें िख
ु कर एक ही पंक्तत िें िैठे हैं। प्रत्येक
व्यक्तत केवल एक ब्ांड का प्रचार करता है और कोई दो व्यक्तत एक ही ब्ांड का प्रचार नहीं
करता है | हिे ज्ञात है कक अरुण ,ववकास के संलग्न नहीं िैठा है और लतस का प्रचार नहीं
करता है | ववकास पेअसा का प्रचार करता है और संजय के संलग्न िैठा है लेककन उस व्यक्तत
के संलग्न नहीं िैठा है ,जो डॉव का प्रचार करता है | अवपात िेडडमितस का प्रचार करता है
और संजय के िाए से तीसरे स्र्ान पर िैठा है |राि हिाि का प्रचार करता है और उस
व्यक्तत के संलग्न िैठा है ,जो मसंर्ोल का प्रचार करता है | रोदहत डॉव का प्रचार करता है
और ककसी भी चरि कोनो पर नहीं िैठा है | संजय के दादहने दो व्यक्तत िैठे हैं
लेककन उनिे से कोई भी डॉव का प्रचार नहीं करता है |
Sol:
34(4-5MIN)
.Ten persons A, B, C, D, E, P, Q, R, S and T are seated in 2 different rows
such that A, B, C, D and E are in row 1 and they face South. P, Q, R, S
and T are in row 2 and they face north. The persons in each row face
one another and are seated in an equidistant manner. It is further
known that:
• B faces P's neighbour
• 2 persons are seated between R and S
• Q is at one of the ends and his neighbour faces the one who is 3rd to
the left of B
• D is 2nd to the right of C who is a neighbour of A
• E is to the left of C
• R and T do not sit on consecutive seats.
10 व्यक्तत A , B, C, D, E, P, Q, R, S और T दो अलग-अलग पंक्ततयों िें
इसप्रकार िैठे हैं कक A, B, C, D और E पंक्तत 1 िें दक्षिण ददशा िें िख
ु ररत हैं | P,
Q, R, S और T पंक्तत 2 िें उत्तर ददशा िें िुखररत हैं | प्रत्येक पंक्ततयों के लोग
एक दस
ू रे की ओर िुखररत हैं और िरािर दरू ी पर िैठे हैं | आगे हिे ज्ञात है कक :
• B, P के पड़ोसी की ओर िख
ु ररत है |
• R और S के िीच िें दो व्यक्तत िैठे हैं |
• Q ककसी एक छोर पर है और उसका पड़ोसी ,उसकी ओर िुखररत है , जो B के
िाए से तीसरे स्र्ान पर है |
• D,C के दादहने से दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर है ,जो A का पड़ोसी है |
• E,C के िाए है |
• R और T क्रमिक सीटो पर नहीं िैठते है |
Sol:
35(3-4MIN)
Eight persons P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W not necessarily in
the same order were born in a same year on these two
dates i.e. 5 and 22 in these months i.e. August,
th nd
Sol:
Month 5th 22nd
August(31) Q U
September(30) S W
October(31) P T
November(30) R V
36. (3-4MIN)
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting
around a rectangular table in such a way that two
persons are sitting on each side and all of them are
facing the centre. A is facing C. B is 2nd to the left of
A. D is 2nd to the left of B. One person sits between D
and G. A and G are not on the same side. H is 2nd to
the left of E. H is not facing G. F is not to the
immediate left of B.
आठ व्यक्तत A, B, C, D, E, F, G तर्ा H एक आयताकार िेज के
चारो ओर िैठे हैं| वे इस प्रकार िैठे हैं कक प्रत्येक मसरे पर दो
व्यक्तत िैठे हैं और सभी केंर की ओर िुख ककये िैठे हैं| A, C के
सन्िख
ु है | B, A के िायीं ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा है | D, B के
िायीं ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा है | एक व्यक्तत D तर्ा G के
िध्य िैठा है | A तर्ा G सिान मसरे पर नहीं है | H, E के िायीं
ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा है | H, G के सन्िख
ु नहीं है | F, B के
ठीक िायीं ओर नहीं है |
Sol:
37. (3-4MIN)
S0l:
………B…… January
………A…… March
………C…… May
………F…… July
………G…… August
………E…… October
………D…… December
38. (5-6MIN)
Seven boxes M, N, O, P, Q, R and S of different colors Red, Blue, Pink, Yellow,
Green, Purple, white, not necessarily in the same order. They are stacked one
above the other.
1. Pink box is immediately above yellow box. Pink box is not placed at the top.
2. More than two boxes are kept above N.
3. Blue box is kept between green box and purple box, and all these three boxes
are kept at consecutive positions.
4. R is not a Red colored box.
5. Q is between S and R, and all these three boxes are kept at consecutive
positions.
6. Four boxes are placed between purple box and the top box M.
7. Neither S nor R are purple in color. S is not at the bottom.
8. O is between M and P, and all these three boxes are kept at consecutive
positions. N is neither white nor purple in color.
Sol:
7 M Red
6 O Pink
5 P Yellow
4 N Green
3 S Blue
2 Q Purple
1 R White
39. (4-5MIN)
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H, their ages are i.e. 20, 24, 27, 31,
36, 38, 45 and 51 but not necessarily in the same order. They test their
I.Q. and got a rank from 1 to 8. The person having the best I.Q. got the
1st rank and the person who has the worst I.Q. got the 8th rank. G's age
is a multiple of 4 and at least one person has a better I.Q. than G. The
sum of the ages of D and H is 51. D has a better I.Q. than H. E is 38 years
old. The difference of the ages of C and F is 3 years. F is elder than C. B
has a better I.Q. than A.
(Note: Their I.Q.'s are in a way such that the one who is the youngest
got the 1st rank in I.Q. and the one who is the 2nd youngest got 2nd rank
and so on means the one who is the eldest got the last rank i.e., 8th rank
in I.Q.)
A, B, C, D, E, F, G तर्ा H आठ व्यक्तत है , उनकी आयु 20, 24, 27, 31, 36, 38,
45 तर्ा 51 है परन्तु इसी क्रि िें हो ऐसा आवश्यक नहीं है | वे अपने I.Q. का
परीिण करते है और 1से 8 तक रैंक प्राप्त करते हैं | सिसे अच्छा I.Q. वाला
व्यक्तत प्रर्ि रैंक प्राप्त करता है और सिसे ख़राि I.Q. वाला व्यक्तत 8 वीं रैंक
प्राप्त करता है |G की आयु 4 का गण
ु ज है तर्ा कि से कि एक व्यक्तत का I.Q.
G से िेहतर है | D और H की आयु का योग 51 है | D का I.Q. H से िेहतर है | E -
38 साल का है | C और F की आयु का अंतर 3 वषा है | F,C से िड़ा है | B का I.Q. A
से िेहतर है |
(नोट : उनका I.Q. इस प्रकार से है कक जो सिसे छोटा है I.Q. िें प्रर्ि स्र्ान
प्राप्त करता है तर्ा जो आयु िें दस
ू रा सिसे छोटे है , वह दस
ू री रैंक प्राप्त करता
है और इसी प्रकार जो आयु िें सिसे िड़ा है I.Q. िें 8 वां स्र्ान प्राप्त करता है |)
Sol:
40. (4-6MIN)
Sol:
41(5-6MIN)
.The monthly income data of six richest people in India is provided
with the nature of Business of all the six people. The Business are
'Telecom', 'Manufacturing', 'Banking', 'Retail', 'Finance' and
'Colonizer'.
The person's names are Ambani, Birla, Tata, Murthi, Gates and
Steve.
The incomes from the Business are 300cr, 250cr, 200cr, 175cr,
150cr and 100cr.
Gates's business is Banking and its income is 150cr. Steve's
business is Retail and its income is 250cr. Manufacturing
business person is not Ambani and did income of 300cr. Birla's
business did income of 175cr and his business is not Finance.
Murthi's business is Telecom and it does not have the lowest
income.
भारत िें छः सवााधिक अिीर व्यक्ततयों की िामसक आय की सच
ू ना उनके व्यापार के प्रकार
ु े कचररंग', 'िैंककंग', 'ररटे ल',
के सार् उपलब्ि की गई है | व्यापार िें 'टे मलकॉि', 'िेनफ
'फाइनेंस', और कोलोनाइज़र है |
व्यक्ततयों के नाि अम्िानी, बिरला, टाटा, िर्
ू ी, गेट्स और स्टीव है |
व्यापार से होने वाली आय 300करोड़, 250 करोड़, 200 करोड़, 175 करोड़, 150 करोड़ और
100 करोड़ है |
गेट्स का िैंककंग का व्यापार है और उसकी आय 150 करोड़ है | स्टीव का ररटे ल का व्यापार है
और उसकी आय 250 करोड़ है | िैन्यफ
ु ै तचररंग व्यापर करने वाला आदिी अम्िानी नहीं है
और िैन्यफ
ु ै तचररंग 300 करोड़ का व्यापार ककया| बिरला के व्यापार की आय 175 करोड़ है
और उसका फाइनेंस का व्यापार नही है |
िर्
ू ी का व्यापार टे मलकॉि है और उसका आय सिसे कि नहीं है |
Sol:
42. (5-6MIN)
A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are seated in two parallel rows with 4 persons in each row
facing North and south in such a way that a person in one row is facing another
person in second row. Everyone pursue a different career option: Singer, cook,
businessman, doctor, teacher, painter, engineer and architect not necessarily in
the same order. The arrangement is based on the following rules:
• The singer and the painter are seated diagonally opposite at the two corners.
• The painter sits to the immediate right of businessman C.
• The cook H is a neighbour of both G and another person who is a Doctor.
• G is not a Singer.
• A is at a gap of 2 seats from D, who is neither a doctor nor a painter.
• H is not a neighbour of either F or B.
• The businessman is not seated at any of the corners.
• B is either a singer or a doctor.
• F is an engineer facing north, who sits opposite to the teacher.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H दो सिानांतर पंक्तत िें िैठे हैं, प्रत्येक पंक्तत िें 4 व्यक्तत उत्तरोन्िुख और दक्षिण
की ओर उन्िुख हो इस प्रकार िैठे है कक एक पंक्तत िें िैठे व्यक्तत का िुख अन्य पंक्तत िें िैठे व्यक्तत की
ओर है | प्रत्येक के अलग-अलग कैररयर ववकल्प है अर्ाात : गायक, कुक, व्यापारी, धचककत्सक, मशिक,
धचत्रकार, इंजीननयर और वास्तक
ु ार और आवश्यक नहीं कक इसी क्रि िें हो | व्यवस्र्ा ननम्नमलखखत
ननयिों पर आिाररत है :
• गायक और धचत्रकार नतरछे ववपरीत दो कोनों पर िैठे हैं।
• धचत्रकार, व्यापारी C के ठीक दायीं ओर िैठता है |
• कुक H, दोनों G और अन्य व्यक्तत जो एक डॉतटर है ,का पड़ोसी है |
• G गायक नहीं है |
• A, D से 2 सीटों के अंतराल पर है , जो डॉतटर या धचत्रकार नहीं है
• H, F या B का एक पड़ोसी नहीं है | G धचत्रकार या गायक नहीं है
• व्यापारी ककसी भी कोने िें नहीं िैठा है ।
• B या तो गायक है या डॉतटर है |
• F एक इंजीननयर है , जो उत्तरोंिख
ु है , जो मशिक के ववपरीत िैठता है।
Sol:
43. (3-4MIN)
J, P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are 4 married couples sitting in a circle
facing the centre. The profession of the males within the group
are Lecturer, Lawyer, Doctor and Scientist. Among the males,
only R (the Lawyer) and V (the Scientist) are sitting together.
Each man is seated besides his wife. U, the wife of the Lecturer
is seated second to the right of V. J is sitting between two male.
T is seated between U and V. P is the wife of the Doctor. Q is
not the Doctor. S is a male.
Sol:
44. (4-5MIN)
Eight people are sitting around a circular table in a manner that
some of them are facing towards the center while some are facing
away from the center. R and M are facing in opposite direction.
Immediate neighbors of T are facing in opposite direction to T. D
is sitting third to the right of M. T is sitting second to the right of S.
Both D and M are facing in the same direction. L and P are sitting
facing each other. D is one of the immediate neighbor of P. S and
R are facing in the same direction but they are not sitting exactly
opposite to each other. Q is facing outside the center. Q and T
are sitting facing exactly opposite to each other.
आठ लोग एक वत
ृ ाकार िेज के चारों ओर इस प्रकार िैठे हैं कक, उनिें से कुछ केंर
की ओर िुख ककये िैठे हैं, जिकक कुछ केंर से िाहर की ओर िुख ककये िैठे हैं। R
और M ववपरीत ददशाओं िें उन्िुख हैं। T के ननकटस्र् पड़ोसी, T की ववपरीत
ददशा िें उन्िुख है । D, M की दायीं तरफ से तीसरे स्र्ान पर िैठा है । T, S की
दायीं तरफ से दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा है । D और M दोनों एक ही ददशा िें उन्िुख हैं।
L और P एक दस
ू रे के सन्िुख िैठे है । D, P का एक ननकटस्र् पड़ोसी है । S तर्ा R
एक ही ददशा िें उन्िुख है लेककन वे एक दस
ू रे के ठीक ववपरीत नहीं िैठे हैं। Q केंर
से िाहर की ओर िख
ु ककये िैठा है । Q और T एक दस
ू रे के ठीक सािने िुखररत
हो िैठे हैं।
Sol:
45. (4-5MIN)
Nine persons A, B, D, E, G, H, K, N and P lived in a building with nine
floors which were numbered 1-9 from bottom to top. No two persons
whose names appear consecutively in alphabetical order were living
immediately above or immediately below each other. A and D can be
living on consecutive floors, but A and B cannot be living on consecutive
floors and so on.
• G's floors number was twice as that of H's floor number
• G and D lived at a gap of 3 floors
• A lived above K with a gap of 3 floors in between them.
• E lived just above B
• Number of persons living above P was twice as that of the number of
persons living above B
• N was living somewhere below B but somewhere above K
नौ व्यक्तत A, B, D, E, G, H, K, N और P एक नौ-िंक्जला इिारत िें िंक्जल संख्या 1 से 9 िें
नीचे से ऊपर की ओर रहते र्े | कोई भी क्रमिक वणों वाले दो व्यक्तत क्जनका नाि अंग्रेजी
वणाक्रिानस
ु ार है वे एक-दस
ू रे के ठीक ऊपर अर्वा ठीक नीचे नही रहते र्े | उदाहरण के
मलए A और D क्रमिक िंक्जलो पर रहते है लेककन A और B क्रमिक िंक्जलो पर नही रहते है
और आगे का क्रि भी इसी प्रकार है |
• G की िंक्जल संख्या, H की िंक्जल संख्या से दोगुनी र्ी |
• G और D 3 िंक्जल के अन्तराल पर रहते र्े |
• A, K के ऊपर रहता र्ा और उनके िध्य िें 3 िंक्जलों का अंतराल र्ा।
• E, B से ठीक ऊपर की िंक्जल पर रहता र्ा |
• P से ऊपर रहने वाले व्यक्ततयों की संख्या, B से ऊपर रहने वाले व्यक्ततयों की संख्या के
दोगुनी र्ी |
• N, B से नीचे लेककन कहीं K से ऊपर रह रहा र्ा |
Sol:
9 E
8 B
7 P
6 G
5 A
4 N
3 H
2 D
1 K
46. . (3-4MIN)
There are eight persons Aman, Bharat, Cheenu, Dayal, Neeraj,
Faisal, Gagan and Himanshu are seated in straight line facing
north but not necessarily in the same order. Cheenu sits fourth
to the left of Gagan. Dayal sits second to the right of Gagan.
Only two people are between Dayal and Aman. Bharat and
Faisal are immediate neighbor of each other. Bharat is not an
immediate neighbor of Aman. Himanshu is not an immediate
neighbor of Dayal.
Sol:
47(4-5MIN)
.Eight persons M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T are sitting in a straight
line facing north direction. Their ages are 12, 15, 17, 18, 26, 30,
34 and 40 but not necessarily in the same order. O's age is a
multiple of 6 but not a multiple of 5 and sits to the immediate right
of N. One person sits between O and T and T is 26 years old. T is
not a neighbor of N. The sum of the ages of O and M is equal to
R. Q is elder than R and younger to N. Two persons sit between T
and S. O is elder than P who is not 12 years old. The number of
persons sitting between O and P is same as the persons sitting
between P and R. The sum of ages of P and the person who sits
to the immediate right of P is 49.
आठ व्यक्तत M, N, O, P, Q, R, S और T उत्तर ददशा की ओर िुख कर सीिी
पंक्तत िें िैठे हैं | उनकी आयु 12, 15, 17, 18, 26, 30, 34 और 40 है लेककन
जरूरी नहीं कक इसी क्रि िें हो | O की आयु 6 का गण
ु क है लेककन 5 का गण
ु क
नहीं है और N के ठीक दायीं ओर िैठता है | O और T के िीच एक व्यक्तत िैठता है
और T 26 वषा का है | T, N का पड़ोसी नहीं है | O और M की आयु का योग, R के
सिान है | Q, R से आयु िें िड़ा और N से आयु िें छोटा है | T और S के िीच दो
व्यक्तत िैठते हैं | O, P से आयु िें िड़ा है , जो 12 वषा का नहीं है | O और P के
िीच िैठे व्यक्ततयों की संख्या, P और R के िीच िैठे व्यक्ततयों के संख्या के
सिान है | P और P के ठीक दायीं ओर िैठे व्यक्तत के आयु का योग 49 है |
Sol:
48. (3-4MIN)
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H were born in
the same month but on different dates i.e. 3rd, 6th,
8th, 9th, 12th, 14th, 17th and 20th not necessarily in the
same order. A was born on a date which is multiple
of 3. At least two persons are elder than A. D is 5
days younger to F, and both are younger to A. H is 6
days older than G. The number of person born
between A and D is same as between E and H. B is
elder than C.
आठ व्यक्तत A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H का जन्ि सिान िहीने
िें मभन्न तारीखों अर्ाात 3, 6, 8, 9, 12, 14, 17 तर्ा 20 को हुआ
र्ा| आवश्यक नहीं कक इसी क्रि िें हुआ हो। A का जन्ि 3 के
गुणक वाली एक तारीख को हुआ र्ा। कि से कि दो व्यक्तत
आयु िें A से िड़े हैं। D, F से 5 ददन छोटा है , और दोनों A से आयु
िें छोटे हैं। H, G की तुलना िें 6 ददन िड़ा है । A व D के िीच िें
जन्िें व्यक्ततयों की संख्या, E व H के िीच िें जन्िें व्यक्ततयों
की संख्या के सिान है । B, C से िड़ा है ।
Sol:
Date Person
3rd B
6th C
8th E
9th A
12th F
14th H
17th D
20th G
49. . (3-4MIN)
Sol:
50. (3-4MIN)
ii)Fiza sits opposite to Hina and both of them sit at the corner
sol:
51. (3-4MIN)
• The person standing 3rd from the left end was 54 years old
Sol:
52. (4-5MIN)
Seven friends P,Q,R,S,T,U and V are sitting in a straight line facing South. Each
one of them belongs to a different cities of India viz – Jaipur, Delhi, Mumbai,
Indore, Kolkata, Ranchi and Pune but not necessarily in the same order.
Q sits fourth to the right of the person who belongs to Ranchi. Either Q or the
person who belongs to Ranchi sits at the extreme ends of the line. Only one
person sits between Q and V. V belongs to Mumbai. The person who belongs to
Jaipur sits third to the left of S. S is not an immediate neighbour of V. Only one
person sits between T and the person who belongs to Delhi. P and R are
immediate neighbours of each other. P does not belong to Ranchi. One who
belongs to Kolkata sits third to the left of the one who belongs to Pune.
Sol:
53(5-6MIN)
.Seven people live in different floors of the same building. Each of them has
expertise in a specific subject viz. SQL, Maths, English, VB.net, Excel, Physics and
Accountancy. The ground floor is numbered 1; the floor immediately above it is
numbered 2; and so on till the top-most floor which is numbered 7. M is not the
English expert. The one who is an expert in Excel, lives in floor numbered 3. F lives
in floor numbered 5. S is an expert in SQL. Physics expert lives immediately above
the floor of the Accountancy expert. P doesn't live in any of the even numbered
floor. D likes either Maths or VB.net. D lives below P with a gap of two floors in
between them. L lives no floor above T's floor. P doesn't know either Physics or
Maths while F doesn't know Accountancy. The one, who is an English expert lives
above T's floor with a gap of two floors in between them.
सात लोग सिान इिारत के ववमभन्न िंक्जलों िें रहते हैं। उनिें से प्रत्येक एक ववमशष्ट
ववषय, अर्ाात एसतयए
ू ल, गखणत, अंग्रेजी, वीिी.नेट, एतसेल, भौनतकी और अकाउं टें सी िें
ववशेषज्ञता रखते हैं। सिसे ननचली िंक्जल 1 के रूप िें संख्यांककत है ; उसकी ठीक ऊपरी
िंक्जल 2 के रूप िें संख्यांककत है ; और इसी तरह शीषा िंक्जल तक जो 7 के रूप िें
संख्यांककत है | M अंग्रेजी ववशेषज्ञ नहीं है । वह जो एतसेल िें ववशेषज्ञ है , वह िंक्जल संख्या
3 िें रहता है | F िंक्जल संख्या 5 िें रहता है | S एसतयए
ू ल िें ववशेषज्ञ है । भौनतकी
ववशेषज्ञ, अकाउं टें सी ववशेषज्ञ के िंक्जल के ठीक ऊपरी िंक्जल पर रहता है । P ककसी भी सि
संख्या वाली िंक्जल िें नहीं रहता | D या तो गखणत या वीिी.नेट पसंद करता है | D, P से
नीचे, उन दोनों के िीच दो िंक्जलों के अंतराल पर रहता है | L, T के िंक्जल के ऊपर ककसी
िंक्जल पर नहीं रहता | P भौनतकी या गखणत दोनों िें से कुछ नहीं जानता जिकक F
अकाउं टें सी नहीं जानता है । वह जो अंग्रेजी ववशेषज्ञ है , T के िंक्जल के ऊपर, उनके िीच दो
िंक्जलों के अंतराल पर रहता है |
Sol:
Floor Person ---- Subject
7 P ----- VB.net
6 S ----- SQL
5 F ----- English
4 D ----- Maths
3 M ----- Excel
2 T ----- Physics
1 L ----- Accountancy
54. (4-5MIN)
There are ten friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I and J. All are traveling to Goa by their
6 seater Car but there are only two cars. In car 2 fewer people are traveling.
A does not want to go in the car in which B is traveling unless E is also with them. I
is sitting left towards the Gear in car 2 . G does not want to go in the same car in
which D and B are traveling. C goes with A. J sits in the back seat of car 2. F is not
traveling with B. G and B are sitting back side of the driver seat. A is traveling in
Car1. H and A are diagonally opposite to each other. G, F and E are sitting in the
middle row. G and F are sitting in same row. J,B and D are sitting in the same line.
A, उस कार िें नहीं जाना चाहता क्जसिें B यात्रा कर रहा हैं जि तक की E उसके सार् न आ
जाये। कार 2 िें I धगयर के िाईं ओर िैठा हैं । G उस कार िें नहीं जाना चाहता क्जसिें D और
B यात्रा कर रहें हैं। C, A के सार् जाता हैं। J कार 2 की वपछली सीट पर िैठा हैं। F, B के सार्
यात्रा नहीं कर रहा हैं। G और B ड्राईवर सीट के पीछे वाली सीट पर िैठे हैं।A कार 1 िें यात्रा
कर रहा हैं।H और A एक दस
ु रे के नतरछी/ववकणा व ववपरीत ददशा िें िैठे हैं। G, F और E िध्य
पंक्तत िें िैठे हैं। G और F सार् िें िैठे है | J, B, D एक ही पंक्तत िें िैठे है |
Sol:
55(5-6MIN)
Five persons M, N, O, P and Q go to a coaching centre on different days of a week
started from Monday. Each person studies a different subject. The subjects are
chemistry, biology, physics, history and mathematics.
• Neither P nor N does study biology. N doesn't study on Sunday.
• No one goes on study on Friday. Q studies mathematics on Saturday. Person
who studies history does so immediately after the day on which nobody studies.
• Chemistry is studied on a day which is immediately before the day on which
biology is studied.
• Either on Sunday or on Monday, no one goes to study. Three subjects are
studied between days on which nobody studies.
• O studies on a day which is equidistant from both the days on which nobody
studies.
सोिवार से शरू
ु होने वाले सप्ताह के ववमभन्न ददनों िें पााँच व्यक्तत M, N, O, P और Q
कोधचंग सेंटर जाते है | प्रत्येक व्यक्तत अलग-अलग ववषय पढ़ते हैं | रसायन ववज्ञान , जीव
ववज्ञान, भौनतकी ववज्ञान, इनतहास और गखणत है |
• न तो P न ही N जीव ववज्ञान की पढ़ाई करते है | N रवववार के ददन पढ़ाई नही करता है |
• कोई भी व्यक्तत शक्र
ु वार के ददन पढ़ाई नही करता है | Q शननवार के ददन गखणत की पढ़ाई
करता है | जो व्यक्तत इनतहास की पढ़ाई करता है ,वह ऐसा उस ददन के ठीक िाद करता है
,क्जस ददन कोई पढाई नहीं करता है |
• रसायन ववज्ञान को जीव ववज्ञान से ठीक एक ददन पहले पढ़ा जाता है |
• या तो रवववार अर्वा सोिवार के ददन कोई भी पढ़ाई नही करता है | क्जन ददनों पर कोई
भी व्यक्तत पढ़ाई नही करता है , उन ददनों के िीच िें तीन ववषयों की पढ़ाई की जाती है |
• O उस ददन पर पढ़ाई करता है , जो उन दोनों ददनों से सिान ददन पर है क्जस ददन पर कोई
पढ़ाई नही करता है |
Sol:
56.
Eight persons P, Q, R & S and J, K, L & M are sitting in two rows namely row 1 &
row 2 respectively. Persons in row 1 faces South. Persons in row 2 faces North.
Each person in row 1 is facing exactly one person from row 2. Each of the persons
are from different places namely Chennai, Mumbai, Hyderabad, Kolkata,
Bangalore, Pune, Delhi & Nagpur but not necessarily in the same order. Q sits
second to the left of the person, who is opposite to the person from Bangalore.
The person from Bangalore is an immediate neighbour of L. L is not from Mumbai,
but is an immediate neighbour of the person from Hyderabad. J is not from
Hyderabad, but sits opposite to the person from Delhi, who does not sit at any
ends. P sits opposite to the person from Pune. R is from Nagpur and is an
immediate neighbour of the person from Kolkata. M sits opposite to the person
who is an immediate neighbour of R.
R आठ व्यक्तत P, Q, R और S तर्ा J, K, Lऔर M क्रिशः दो पंक्ततयों पंक्तत 1 और पंक्तत 2 िें िैठे है |
पंक्तत 1 िें िैठने वाले व्यक्ततयों का िुख दक्षिण ददशा की ओर है | पंक्तत 2 िें िैठने वाले व्यक्ततयों का
िख
ु उत्तर ददशा की ओर है | पंक्तत 1 के प्रत्येक व्यक्तत का िख
ु , पंक्तत 2 के ठीक एक व्यक्तत के सन्िख
ु है
| प्रत्येक व्यक्तत अलग-अलग शहरों जैसे चेन्नई, िुंिई, है दरािाद, कोलकाता, िंगलौर, पुणे, ददल्ली और
नागपुर से है , लेककन आवश्यक नहीं कक यही क्रि हो | Q उस व्यक्तत के िायीं ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा
है , जो िंगलौर के व्यक्तत के ववपरीत िैठा है | िंगलौर वाला व्यक्तत, L का ननकटस्र् पड़ोसी है | L िुंिई से
नही है , लेककन वह है दरािाद वाले व्यक्तत का ननकटस्र् पड़ोसी है | J है दरािाद से नही है , लेककन वह ददल्ली
वाले व्यक्तत के ववपरीत स्र्ान पर िैठा है , जो ककसी भी चरि अंत पर नही िैठा है | P, पण
ु े वाले व्यक्तत के
Sol:
57. .
Rahul wears different colour clothes viz. Red, Blue, Green,
Orange, Black, Pink and Yellow on seven different days of the
same week, starting from Monday and ending on Sunday, but
not necessarily in the same order.
Rahul wears orange on Friday. He wears only one colour
between orange and green. He wears only three colours
between green and red. He wears only two colours between
green and black. He does not wear red on Wednesday. Rahul
wears pink immediately before the day he wears green. He
wears yellow on one of the days after he wears pink.
Sol:
58.
Eight friends Pihu, Quba, Riah, Sunny, Tina, Uber,
Vicky and Wadra are sitting in a straight line facing
east. Tina sits to the immediate right of Quba. Three
persons are sitting between Pihu and Wadra. Quba
sits third to the right of Vicky who is second to the
right of Sunny. Wadra who is sitting at one of the
extreme ends and is sitting second to the left of
Uber.
Sol:
59.
In a seven storey building, having floors numbered one to seven
P, Q, R, S, T and V each live on a different floor. (The ground
floor is numbered floor no.1, the floor above it floor no. 2 and
so on.)
One of the floors in the building is vacant. P lives on the fifth
floor. No floor below fifth floor is vacant; also no odd
numbered floor is vacant. Only S lives between T and V. T does
not live on an odd numbered floor. T does not live on a floor
immediately above or immediately below R's floor. Q does not
live on the bottommost floor.
Sol:
60
. Direction: Study the following information and answer the questions.
Eight friends-Riya, Rita, Disha, Diya, Teena, Gaurav, Rahul and Rajesh- are sitting
around a circular table but not facing the centre. Each of them likes a different
colour viz, Pink, Red, Black, Brown, Yellow, Blue, White and Green but not
necessarily in the same order.
* Rajesh who likes Brown sits third to the right of Teena.
* The one who likes Blue sits second to the left of Rahul, who likes Pink.
* Disha who likes white sits between the persons who like Red and Blue colour.
* Rahul sits second to the left of Rita, who cannot sit adjacent to Teena.
* Gaurav likes Green and sits second to the right of Riya, who likes Black Color.
आठ दोस्त - ररया, रीटा, ददशा, दीया, टीना, गौरव, राहुल और राजेश एक गोल िेज के चारों
ओर िैठे हैं लेककन केंर की ओर िंह
ु करके नहीं िैठे हैं। उनिें से प्रत्येक एक अलग रं ग अर्ाात
- गल
ु ािी, लाल, काला, भरू ा, पीला, नीला, सफेद और हरे रं ग िें से ककसी एक को पसंद करते
हैं, लेककन जरूरी नहीं कक ये इसी क्रि िें हों।
* राजेश, जो भरू ा रं ग पसंद करता है , टीना के दाएं से तीसरे स्र्ान पर िैठा है ।
* नीले रं ग को पसंद करने वाला व्यक्तत राहुल के िाएं से दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा है ,राहुल
गल
ु ािी रं ग को पसंद करता है ।
* ददशा, जो सफेद रं ग को पसंद करती है , वह लाल और नीले रं ग को पसंद करने वाले
व्यक्ततयों के िीच िें िैठी है ।
* राहुल रीता के िाएं से दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा है , जो टीना के पास नहीं िैठी है ।
* गौरव को हरा रं ग पसंद है और वह ररया के दाएं से दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा है , जो काले रं ग को
पसंद करती है।
Sol:
61.
. Direction: Read the information carefully and give the answer of the
following questions.
K, L, M, P, Q, R,S and T are sitting around a square table in such a way
that four of them sit at four corners of the square while four sit in the
middle of each of the four sides. The ones who sit at the four corners
face outside while those who sit in the middle of the sides face the
Centre of the table.
P sits third to the right of S. S faces the Centre. Q sits third to the left of
M. M does not sit in the middle of the sides. Only one person sits
between Q and R. R is not an immediate neighbor of M. T faces the
Centre. K is not an immediate neighbor of R.
Sol:
62.
D likes Green and he does not go for the picnic on Sunday. The one who likes
Black goes for picnic on Wednesday. A goes for picnic on Tuesday only with E and
he likes Red. B and C do not go for a picnic on the same day. The one who goes to
picnic on Tuesday does not like Brown colour. F likes Blue but does not go a to
picnic on Wednesday. G goes to picnic on the same day as F. C likes Pink colour.
7 मित्र A,B,C,D,E,F और G मभन्न रं ग पसंद करते है जो लाल,गुलािी, भरू ा, नीला, काला, हरा
और नारं गी है जो कक इसी क्रि से नहीं है | वे सभी तीन मभन्न ददनों िें वपकननक िनाने जाते
है जोकक -िंगलवार,िि
ु वार और रवववार है |कि से कि दो लोग और ज्यादा से ज्यादा तीन
लोग एक सार् वपकननक एक ददन िें िनाने जा सकते है |
Sol:
63.
Sol:
64.
Seven persons A, B, C, D, E, F and G are seated in a row having 8 seats.
One of the seats is Vacant. Some of the persons are facing north and
some of the persons are facing south direction. Only one person is
sitting between C and G. The number of persons to the left of the E is
same to the right of the E, who is facing North direction. C is an
immediate neighbor of E. A is sitting on seat which is 4thto the left of C.
A and C are facing the same direction. D and G are the immediate
neighbors of each other. G sits at any one of the end. Two persons sit
between B and D. B is not neighbor of A. F is sitting exactly between B
and A. Vacant seat is not at any end. The immediate neighbors of E face
the opposite direction. B and F face the same direction. The persons are
sitting at both ends facing opposite direction. Not more than three
persons are facing north direction.
सात व्यक्तत A, B, C, D, E, F और G आठ स्र्ान की एक पंक्तत िें िैठते है | इनिे से एक
स्र्ान खाली है | कुछ व्यक्ततयों का िख
ु उत्तर ददशा की ओर है और कुछ व्यक्ततयों का िख
ु
दक्षिण ददशा की ओर है | C और G के िीच केवल एक व्यक्तत िैठता है | E के िायें स्र्ान पर
िैठने वाले व्यक्ततयों की संख्या, E के दायें स्र्ान पर िैठने वाले व्यक्ततयों की संख्या के
सिान है , क्जनका िख
ु उत्तर ददशा की ओर है | C, E के ठीक िगल का पड़ोसी है | A, C के
िायें चौर्े स्र्ान पर िैठता है | A और C का िख
ु सिान ददशा की ओर है | D और G एक-
दस
ू रे के ठीक िगल के पड़ोसी है | G पंक्तत के ककसी एक अंत पर िैठता है | B और D के िीच
दो व्यक्तत िैठते हैं | B, A का पड़ोसी नही है | F, B और A के ठीक िीच िें िैठता है | खाली
स्र्ान पंक्तत के ककसी भी अंत पर नही है | E के ठीक िगल के पड़ोसी का िख
ु ववपरीत ददशा
की ओर है | B और F का िख
ु सिान ददशा की ओर है | पंक्तत के दोनों अंत पर िैठने वाले
व्यक्ततयों का िख
ु ववपरीत ददशा की ओर है | तीन व्यक्ततयों से अधिक का िख
ु उत्तर ददशा
की ओर नही है |
Sol:
A F B E C Vacant D G
65
.A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are eight boxes of different shapes square, rectangular,
cubical, circular, pentagonal, rhombus, triangular and hexagonal, not necessarily
in the same order. They are stacked one above the other.
1. Circular box is kept between triangular box and hexagonal box, all three being
kept at consecutive positions. Hexagonal box is below triangular box.
2. Box A is kept between box D and box H, and they all three are kept at
consecutive positions.
3. Rhombus shaped box is exactly between pentagonal and cubical box. Cubical
box is below pentagonal box.
4. Circular box is second from the top.
5. Box E is above rectangular box and below box F.
6. Box F is third from the bottom. Box C is above A with a gap 2 boxes in between
them.
7. Pentagonal box is fifth from the top.
8. Only two boxes are kept above box D.
9. Box B is neither at the top nor at the bottom
Sol:
8 C Triangular
7 B Circular
6 D Hexagonal
5 A square
4 H Pentagonal
3 F Rhombus
2 E Cubical
1 G Rectangular
66
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H not necessarily in the same order
were born in the same year but in different months i.e. March, April,
May, June, July, August, September, October, but not necessarily in the
same order. D was born in a month which was having 31 days and at
least 3 persons were born before D. The number of persons born after
D is same as that born before B. A is elder to B but younger to C. C was
born in a month which was having 31 days. The number of person born
between A and D is same as B and H. H is younger to D. G is older to H
but younger to D. E is elder to F.
आठ व्यक्तत A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H आवश्यक नहीं की इसी क्रि िें सिान
वषा के मभन्न िहीनो जैसे िाचा, अप्रैल, िई, जन
ू , जल
ु ाई, अगस्त, मसतम्िर,
अतटूिर िें जन्िे हैं,आवश्यक नही कक इसी क्रि िें जन्िें हो |D उस िहीने िें
पैदा हुआ र्ा क्जस िहीने िें 31 ददन र्े और कि-से-कि तीन व्यक्तत D से पहले
पैदा हुए र्े | D के िाद पैदा होने वाले व्यक्ततयों की संख्या, B से पहले पैदा होने
वाले व्यक्ततयों की संख्या के िरािर है | A, B से िड़ा लेककन C से छोटा है | C उस
िहीने िें पैदा हुआ र्ा क्जस िहीने िें 31 ददन र्े | A और D के िीच पैदा होने
वाले व्यक्ततयों की संख्या, B और H के िीच पैदा होने वाले व्यक्ततयों की संख्या
के िरािर है | H, D से छोटा है | G, H से िड़ा लेककन D से छोटा है | E, F से िड़ा है
|
Sol:
Months Person
March(31) C
April(30) A
May(31) E
June(30) B
July(31) D
August(31) G
September(30) H
October(31) F
67.
Eight persons A, B, C, D, F, H, I and J were seated around a square table facing the centre.
There was one person on every side and one person on every corner. They were born in
different years such that the person seated on the corner had age which were multiples of 11
and the persons seated on sides had age which were multiples of 8. Persons with names in the
alphabetical order were not neighbouring each other. For example, B cannot be neighbouring A
or C. Consider they were born on the same day.
• A was 3rd to the left of F.
• F's neighbour was aged twice that of J.
• B was 2nd to the left of C who was 32 years old.
• I faced the one who was 44 years old.
• The one who was 40 years old was 3rd to the left of I.
• A and C were born in consecutive years. Nobody was aged more than 70 years.
• H was 48 years old.
• The one who was 24 years old was to the immediate left of the one who was 66 years old.
आठ व्यक्तत A, B, C, D, F, H, I और J एक वगााकार िेज के केंर की ओर िुख करके िैठे र्े | उनिे से प्रत्येक
व्यक्तत एक भज
ु ा पर और प्रत्येक व्यक्तत एक कोने पर र्ा | वे सभी अलग-अलग वषो िें इस तरह पैदा हुए
र्े कक कोने पर िैठने वाले व्यक्तत की आयु 11 का गुणज र्ी और भुजा पर िैठने वाले व्यक्तत की आयु 8 का
गुणज र्ी | वणाक्रिानुसार नाि वाले व्यक्तत एक-दस
ू रे के पड़ोसी नही र्े | उदाहरण के मलए, B, A अर्वा C
का पड़ोसी नही हो सकता | ऐसा िान ले कक वे सभी सिान ददन पर पैदा हुए र्े|
• A, F के िायें तीसरे स्र्ान पर र्ा|
• F का पड़ोसी, J की आयु से दोगन
ु ा र्ा|
• B, C के िायें दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर र्ा, जो 32 वषा का र्ा |
• I का िुख 44 वषीय व्यक्तत की ओर र्ा |
• 40 वषीय व्यक्तत, I के िायें तीसरे स्र्ान पर िैठा र्ा |
• A और C क्रमिक वषों िें जन्िे र्े | कोई भी व्यक्तत 70 वषा से अधिक आयु का नही र्ा |
• H की आयु 48 वषा र्ी |
• 24 वषीय व्यक्तत, 66 वषीय व्यक्तत के ठीक िायें स्र्ान पर िैठा र्ा |
68
.Eight friends namely P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are sitting in a circular
table facing towards the center. Each of these friends are using one
social networking application in their phones - Facebook, Twitter, Hike,
Snapchat, Line, WhatsApp, Skype and Viber. It is known that, persons
who are using Line and Viber are sitting opposite to each other. U is
using Snapchat and is not sitting adjacent to the person who is using
Facebook. R is sitting third to the left of the person who is using
Twitter. There are two persons who are sitting between the persons
who are using Twitter and Skype. P is using Hike and sitting 2nd to the
left of S who is using Skype. T is using WhatsApp and sitting opposite to
W.
आठ दोस्त, P, Q, R, S, T, U, V तर्ा W एक वत्त
ृ ाकार टे िल के चारों ओर
केन्रोंिुख िैठे हैं। इनिें से प्रत्येक दोस्त अपने फोन िें एक सोशल नेटवककिंग
एप्लीकेशन का उपयोग कर रहा है , जो हैं - फेसिक
ु , ट्ववटर, हाइक, स्नैपचैट,
लाइन, व्हाट्सएप, स्काइप और वईिर। यह ज्ञात है कक, जो व्यक्तत लाइन और
वईिर का उपयोग कर रहे हैं, वे एक दस
ू रे के ववपरीत िैठे हैं। U, स्नैपचैट का
उपयोग कर रहा है और उस व्यक्तत के संलग्न नहीं िैठा है , जो फेसिुक का
उपयोग कर रहा है । R, ट्ववटर का उपयोग कर रहे व्यक्तत के िायीं तरफ से तीसरे
स्र्ान पर िैठा है । ट्ववटर और स्काइप का उपयोग कर रहे व्यक्ततयों के िीच िें
दो व्यक्तत िैठे हैं। P, हाइक का उपयोग कर रहा है और वह S के िाईं ओर से दस
ू रे
स्र्ान पर िैठा है , जो स्काइप का उपयोग कर रहा है । T, व्हाट्सएप का उपयोग
कर रहा है और W के ववपरीत िैठा है ।
Sol:
69.
Five bank PO aspirants Maya, Madhu, Viren, Chaya and Kiran appear for the bank
PO entrance test. No one gets equal marks. Madhu gets more marks than Chaya.
Each of them gets marks out of 50 where 38 is the cut-off. Only one of them did
not clear the cut off
i)Marks of all the aspirants are even integers and less than 48
ii)Sum of the marks of Maya and Chaya is equal to the sum of the marks of Madhu
and Viren which is 80.
iii) Difference in the marks of Kiran and Maya is equal to the difference in the
marks of Maya and Chaya which is equal to 4. All of them cleared the cut off
पांच िैंक PO उम्िीदवार िाया, िि,ु वीरे न, छाया और ककरण िैंक PO की प्रवेश परीिा िें
शामिल होते हैं| ककसी भी व्यक्तत ने सिान अंक प्राप्त नहीं ककए हैं| ििु ने छाया से अधिक
अंक प्राप्त ककए हैं| उनिें से प्रत्येक व्यक्तत को 50 अंको िें से अंक मिलते हैं, जहां कट-ऑफ
38 है | उनिें से केवल एक व्यक्तत ने कट-ऑफ उत्तीणा नहीं ककया|
ii) िाया और छाया के अंको का योग, जो कक 80 है , ििु और वीरे न के अंको के योग के िरािर
है |
iii) ककरण और िाया के अंको िें अंतर, जो कक 4 के िरािर है , िाया और छाया के अंको िें
अंतर के िरािर है | सभी ने कट-ऑफ उत्तीणा की|
sol:
70.
Seven girls Vatika, Veena, Deepa, Divya, Mohita, Rajini and Prabha are standing in
a queue for Republic day Parade. They belong to the same class of the school.
Each of these girls got a different rank in the class from 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th and
7th rank. It is known that:
1. Vatika was first in the class and she is standing two places ahead of Divya.
2. Rajini and Prabha are standing adjacent to each other and their ranks are also
numerically adjacent to each other.
3. Veena who got 3rd rank in the class is standing behind only Mohita.
4. Divya is not the last person in the row and she didn't get the 4th rank in the
class.
5. Deepa got 5th rank and she is not standing either adjacent to the girl who got
3rd or 4th rank.
6. The girl who is last in the row didn't get 7th rank in the class.
सात लड़ककयां वादटका, वीणा, दीपा, ददव्या, िोदहता, रजनी और प्रभा एक पंक्तत िें गणतंत्र
ददवस के परे ड के मलए खड़ी हैं | वे एक स्कूल की एक ही किा से हैं |इनिें से प्रत्येक लड़की
ने 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th और 7th तक ववमभन्न रैंक प्राप्त की है | यह भी ज्ञात है कक :
1. वादटका का किा िें पहला स्र्ान र्ा और वह ददव्या के आगे दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर खड़ी है |
2. रजनी और प्रभा एक दस
ू रे के संलग्न खड़ी हैं और उनके क्रिांक भी एक दस
ू रे के
संख्यात्िक संलग्न हैं |
3. वीणा क्जसने तीसरी रैंक प्राप्त की है ,वह केवल िोदहता के पीछे खड़ी है |
4. ददव्या पंक्तत िें अंनति लड़की नहीं है और उसने किा िें चौर्ी रैंक प्राप्त नहीं की है |
5. दीपा को पांचवीं रैंक प्राप्त हुई है और वह या तो तीसरे या चौर्े स्र्ान वाली लड़की के
संलग्न नहीं खड़ी है |
6. जो लड़की पंक्तत के अंत िें खड़ी है ,उसने किा िें सातवीं रैंक प्राप्त नहीं की है |
Sol:
Mohita(4), Veena(3), Vatika(1), Deepa(5), Divya(2), Rajini/Prabha(7),
Rajini/Prabha(6)
71
F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M and N are sitting around a circular table. Five of
them are facing the center while the rest are facing away from the
center. N doesn't sit second to the left of L. I is sitting third to the right
of M. I and M are facing in opposite directions i.e. if one of them is
facing inside then the other must be facing outside and vice versa. L is
sitting fourth to the right of F and both of them are facing towards the
center. Neither F nor L is the immediate neighbor of either I or N. G is
sitting second to the right of K. H is sitting fourth to the left of G, who is
facing away from the center. Only one pair is there who is sitting
together and facing in the same direction. J is facing in the same
direction as M. J is not the immediate neighbor of either H or G.
F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M और N एक वत
ृ ाकार िेज के चारो तरफ िैठे हैं | उनिे से
पांच केंर की ओर िुखररत हैं और जिकक िाकक के केंर से िाहर की तरफ िुखररत
हैं | N,L के िाये से तीसरे स्र्ान नहीं िैठता है | I,M के दादहने से तीसरे स्र्ान पर
िैठता है | I और M ववपरीत ददशा िें िुखररत हैं अर्ाात यदद उन िें से एक अन्दर
की ओर िुखररत है ,तो दस
ू रा िाहर की तरफ िुखररत होगा और इसके ववपरीत |
L ,F के दादहने से चौर्े स्र्ान पर िैठता है और दोनों केंर की तरफ िुखररत हैं | न
तो F और न ही L या तो I या N के ठीक िगल के पड़ोसी है | G ,K के दादहने से
दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठता है | H, G के िाए से चौर्े स्र्ान पर िैठता है ,क्जसका िुख
केंर से िाहर की तरफ है | वहां केवल एक जोड़ा है , जो सािान ददशा िें िुख करके
एक सार् िैठा है | J, M के सिान ददशा िें िख
ु ररत है | J , H अर्वा G के ठीक
िगल का पड़ोसी नहीं है |
Sol:
72.
Twelve persons sitting in two parallel rows, six in each
such that they are equidistant from each other. In row 1, B,
C, D, E, F, G sits facing South. In row 2, N, O, P, Q, R, S
sits facing North. N sits 2nd to the right of S. S sits 3rd to
the right of P. O doesn't faces F. O sits 2ndto the left of S.
The person facing O sits to the immediate right of C. Only
one person sits between C and E. Two persons sit
between B and D. B is not an immediate neighbour of C.
Neither C nor B faces R.
दो सिांतर पंक्ततयों िें िारह व्यक्तत िैठते हैं, प्रत्येक िें छह कुछ इस
प्रकार हैं कक वे एक दस
ू रे से सिान दरू ी रखते हैं| पंक्तत 1 िें B, C, D, E,
F, और G दक्षिणोन्िख
ु िैठते हैं| पंक्तत 2 िें , N, O, P, Q, R, और S
उत्तरोंिुख िैठते हैं| N, S के दायें से दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठता है | S, P के
दायें से तीसरे स्र्ान पर िैठता है | O, F की ओर उन्िुख नहीं है | O, S के
िाएं से दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर है | O की ओर उन्िख
ु व्यक्तत C के ननकटस्र्
दायें हैं| C और E के िीच केवल एक व्यक्तत िैठता है | B और D के िीच
दो व्यक्तत िैठते हैं| B, C का ननकटस्र् पड़ोसी नहीं है | ना तो C और ना
ही B, R की ओर उन्िुख हैं |
Sol:
73
To discuss more on GST bill, a meeting is conducted in which eight chief ministers of
India has participated. Eight chief ministers- Aman, Aditya, Raghav, Ram, Shyam,
Mohan, Mudit and Amit - are sitting in two rows such that four of them faces north and
four of them faces south. Each person faces someone. Each chief minister belongs to
one of these eight states - Rajasthan, Bihar, Karnataka, Telangana, Delhi, Haryana,
Uttar Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh.
1) Amit, from Uttar Pradesh, is exactly opposite to the minister from Rajasthan, who is
facing south.
2) The minister from Delhi is at an extreme end and is diagonally opposite to Shyam,
who is from Karnataka.
3) Raghav, representing Telangana, is second to the left of the minister who faces Ram.
Mudit is second to the left of Mohan.
4) Aditya faces north and the minister from Haryana is to the immediate left of Shyam.
5) The minister from Madhya Pradesh neither faces north nor is at an extreme end.
जीएसटी वविेयक पर और अधिक चचाा करने के मलए एक िैठक का आयोजन हुआ क्जसिें भारत के आठ
िख्
ु यिंबत्रयों ने भाग मलया | आठ िख्
ु यिंत्री - अिन, आददत्य, राघव, राि, श्याि, िोहन, िदु दत और
अमित दो पंक्ततयों िें इस तरह िैठे है कक उनिे से चार का िुख उत्तर ददशा की ओर है और अन्य चार का
िुख दक्षिण ददशा की ओर है , प्रत्येक व्यक्तत का िुख ककसी की ओर है | प्रत्येक िख्
ु यिंत्री इन आठ राज्यों
राजस्र्ान, बिहार, कनााटक, तेलंगाना, ददल्ली, हररयाणा, उत्तर प्रदे श और िध्य प्रदे श िें से ककसी एक से
सम्िंधित है |
1) अमित, उत्तर प्रदे श से सम्िंधित है और वह राजस्र्ान के िख्
ु यिंत्री के ववपरीत स्र्ान पर है , क्जसका
िुख दक्षिण ददशा की ओर है |
2) ददल्ली का िुखिंत्री चरि अंत पर है और वह श्याि के ववकणा कोण पर है , जो कनााटक से सम्िंधित है |
3) राघव, तेलंगाना का प्रनतननधित्व करता है , जो राि की ओर िुखररत िुख्यिंत्री के िायें दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर है
| िदु दत, िोहन के िायें दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर है |
4) आददत्य का िुख उत्तर ददशा की ओर है और हररयाणा से सम्िंधित िुख्यिंत्री, श्याि के ठीक िायें स्र्ान
पर है |
5) िध्य प्रदे श से सम्िंधित िुख्यिंत्री का िुख न तो उत्तर ददशा की ओर है और न ही वह चरि अंत पर है |
Sol:
74.
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H, they were born in the
year i.e. 1981, 1985, 1990, 1994, 1997, 2000, 2002 and 2007,
not necessarily in the same order. Everyone shared the same
birthdate i.e. 1stAugust. All calculations are done with respect
to their present ages as on 1st October 2017. The sum of the
age of A and C is equal to H. D is 3 years elder to A. The
difference between age of B and E is 9 years. E is elder than D
but younger to H. B is elder than H. The age difference between
A and G is not more than 3 years.
आठ व्यक्तत A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H, वषा 1981, 1985, 1990, 1994,
1997, 2000, 2002 और 2007 िें जन्िे र्े, लेककन आवश्यक नहीं कक
क्रि यही हो। सभी लोगों की जन्िनतधर् सिान है , अर्ाात ् 1 अगस्त।
सभी के वतािान आयु की गणना 1 अतटूिर 2017 के अनुसार की गई है
| A और C की आयु का योग H के सिान है । D, A से 3 वषा िड़ा है । B
और E की आयु के िीच का अंतर 9 वषा है । E, D से िड़ा है लेककन H से
छोटा है | B, H से िड़ा है | A और G के िीच आयु का अंतर, 3 वषा से
अधिक नहीं है |
Sol:
Year Person
1981(36) F
1985(32) B
1990(27) H
1994(23) E
1997(20) D
2000(17) A
2002(15) G
2007(10) C
75
Eight persons A, B, C, E, F, G, K and M were seated around a circular table facing
the centre. They used either bus or car for travelling to their office. No two
persons whose names appear consecutively in alphabetical order were seated
immediately next to each other. A and C can be seated immediately next to each
other, but F cannot be seated immediately next to G and so on.
• A was seated 3rd to the left of E who was at a gap of 1 from B
• K was seated opposite to M
• C was 2nd to the left of a person who travelled by bus
• B's neighbours travelled by bus
• F was not neighbouring K
• Person seated opposite to G travelled by car
• No 3 persons seated consecutively used the same mode of transportation
• C's neighbours used the same mode of transportation
आठ व्यक्तत A, B, C, E, F, G, K और M एक वत
ृ ाकार िेज के केंर की ओर िख
ु करके िैठे र्े
| वे सभी अपने कायाालय जाने के मलए या तो िस अर्वा कार का प्रयोग करते है | कोई भी
क्रमिक वणों वाले दो व्यक्तत क्जनका नाि अंग्रेजी वणाक्रिानस
ु ार है वे एक-दस
ू रे के ठीक
िगल िें नही िैठे र्े | उदाहरण के मलए A और C एक-दस
ू रे के ठीक िगल िें िैठ सकते है ,
लेककन F, G के ठीक िगल िें नही िैठ सकता है और आगे का क्रि भी इसी प्रकार है |
• A, E के िायें तीसरे स्र्ान पर िैठा र्ा, जो B से 1 के अन्तराल पर र्ा |
• K, M के ववपरीत स्र्ान पर िैठा र्ा |
• C, िस से यात्रा करने वाले व्यक्तत के िायें दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा र्ा |
B के पड़ोमसयों ने िस से यात्रा की र्ी|
• F, K का पड़ोसी नही र्ा |
• G के ववपरीत स्र्ान पर िैठने वाला व्यक्तत कार द्वारा यात्रा करता र्ा |
• क्रिागत िैठे कोई तीन व्यक्तत सिान यातायात के सािन का प्रयोग नहीं करते |
• C के पड़ोसी सिान यातायात के सािन का प्रयोग करते है |
Sol:
76
.Seven cars A, B, C, F, G, H and I of different colour are parked facing north. Each
car is either a petrol or a diesel car. No two cars appearing consecutively in
alphabetical order are parked immediately next to each other. E.g. C and F can be
parked immediately next to each other, but F cannot be parked immediately next
to G or E and so on. Red car is parked at an extreme end, but it is not a diesel car.
F is parked fourth to the right of A. A is not green in colour. B is a yellow coloured
diesel car which is nor parked at any extreme end and is an immediate neighbour
of F and a black coloured car is also an immediate neighbour of F. Two cars are
parked between I and G, one of them is parked at an extreme end but neither of
them is black in colour. C is pink coloured car and I is a diesel car. There are three
petrol cars and none of them are immediate neighbour to each other and only
one of them is at an extreme end. Green car is parked second to the left of white
car. One of the car is blue in colour.
अलग-अलग रं गों की सात कारें A, B, C, F, G, H और I उत्तरोंिख
ु पाका की गयीं हैं | प्रत्येक
कार या तो पेट्रोल या डीजल कार है | अंग्रेजी वणाक्रिानस
ु ार कोई भी दो कारें एक-दस
ू रे के
िगल िें पाका नहीं होती हैं, उदाहरण के मलए Cऔर F को एक दस
ू रे के िगल िें पाका ककया जा
सकता है , लेककन F को G या E के िगल िें पाका नहीं ककया जा सकता है और इसीप्रकार आगे
भी | लाल कार चरि अंत िें पाका है , लेककन यह डीजल कार नहीं है | F, A के दायीं ओर चौर्े
स्र्ान पर है | A का रं ग हरा नहीं है | B एक पीले रं ग की डीजल कार है , जो ककसी भी चरि
अंत पर पाका नहीं है तर्ा F के ठीक पड़ोस िें है और एक काले रं ग की कार भी F के ठीक
पड़ोस िें है | I और G के िीच दो कारें पाका हैं, उनिें से एक को चरि अंत पर पाका ककया गया
है लेककन उनिें से ककसी का भी रं ग काला नहीं है | C गुलािी रं ग की कार है और I एक डीजल
कार है । तीन पेट्रोल कारें हैं और उनिें से कोई भी एक दस
ू रे की ठीक पड़ोसी नहीं हैं और उनिें
से केवल एक चरि अंत पर पाका है । हरी कार, सफेद कार के िाईं ओर दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर पाका है
| एक कार रं ग िें नीली है |
Sol:
77.
Twelve persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K and L were living on a
building with 4 floors which were numbered 1-4 from bottom to top.
Every floor had 3 flats which were facing the north. The flats were
numbered 1-3 from left to right. None of the flat was vacant.
• B lived 3 floors above K who lived to the immediate left of E.
• E and C shared the same flat number. C had the same flat and floor
number.
• D was 2nd to the left of I.
• A's flat number was twice as that of J's flat number.
• H lived just above G but they did not share the same flat number.
• H and F lived on consecutive floors but did not have same or
consecutive flat numbers.
• C lived on one of the floors above I.
• B and A did not share the same flat number.
• L did not live on the same floor as H or I.
िारह व्यक्तत A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K और L एक चार-िंक्जला इिारत िें नीचे से ऊपर की ओर िंक्जल
संख्या 1 से 4 िें रहते र्े | प्रत्येक िंक्जल पर 3 किरे उत्तर ददशा की ओर िुख ककए हुए र्े | किरों की
संख्या िायीं से दायीं ओर 1 से 3 र्ी | कोई भी किरा खाली नहीं र्ा |
• B, K से तीन िंक्जल ऊपर रहता र्ा, जो E के ठीक िायें रहता र्ा |
• E और C सिान किरा संख्या साझा करते है | C का किरा संख्या और िंक्जल संख्या एकसिान र्ी |
• D, I के िायें दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर र्ा |
• A के किरे की संख्या, J के किरे की संख्या से दोगुनी र्ी |
• H, G से ठीक ऊपर रहता र्ा लेककन वे दोनों सिान किरा संख्या साझा नहीं करते र्े |
• H और F क्रमिक िंक्जलो पर रहते र्े लेककन किरा संख्या सिान अर्वा क्रमिक नही र्ी |
• C, I से ककसी एक िंक्जल ऊपर रहता र्ा |
• B और A सिान किरा संख्या साझा नही करते र्े |
• L उस सिान िंक्जल पर नही रहता र्ा, क्जस िंक्जल पर H अर्वा I रहते र्े |
Sol:
1 2 3
4 B L F
3 H A C
2 D G I
1 J K E
78.
Each of the six people - A, B, C, D, E and F - play a different sport among
Cricket, Football, Hockey, Tennis, Boxing and Wrestling and belong to a
different city among Delhi, Kanpur, Meerut, Mumbai, Jaipur and Pune,
in no particular order. It is also known that the person who plays
Hockey belongs to Kanpur. The person who plays Tennis belongs to
neither Jaipur nor Pune. The same is true for the person who plays
Football. Neither A nor D belongs to Mumbai. A plays neither Boxing
nor Cricket. The same is true for F. D likes Wrestling and belongs to
neither Jaipur nor Pune. B belongs to Delhi and doesn't play Football.
छह व्यक्ततयों A, B, C, D, E तर्ा F िें से प्रत्येक कक्रकेट, फुटिॉल, हॉकी, टे ननस,
ित
ु केिाजी और कुश्ती िें से अलग-अलग खेल खेलता है और ददल्ली, कानपुर,
िेरठ, िुंिई, जयपुर और पुणे िें से अलग-अलग शहर से हैं, लेककन कोई ववशेष
क्रि नहीं है । यह भी ज्ञात है कक जो व्यक्तत हॉकी खेलता है , वह कानपुर से है । जो
व्यक्तत टे ननस खेलता है , वह न तो जयपुर से और न ही पुणे से है । यही तथ्य
फुटिॉल खेलने वाले व्यक्तत पर भी लागू होता है । न तो A और न ही D िंि
ु ई से
है । A न तो िुतकेिाजी और न ही कक्रकेट खेलता है । यही तथ्य F पर भी लागू
होता है । D को कुश्ती पसंद है और वह न तो जयपुर से है और न ही पुणे से है । B
ददल्ली से है और फुटिॉल नहीं खेलता है ।
Sol:
Person Sport City
A Hockey Kanpur
B Tennis Delhi
C Cricket/Boxing Jaipur/Pune
D Wrestling Meerut
E Cricket/Boxing Jaipur/Pune
F Football Mumbai
79.
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are seated on 2 squares. Four of
them are seated at the longer square and four of them are seated at
the shorter square. The two square is like that shorter square is
covered by the longer square. All the persons are seated at the corners.
Those four persons who are seated on the longer square is facing inside
and those four persons who are seated on the shorter square facing
outside(They are seated like that shorter square seated persons facing
the longer square seated persons). Only one person is seated between
A and C. F is facing A. D is 2nd to the left of F. E is the neighbor of A and
C. E is facing B. B sits to the immediate right of F. H sits to the
immediate left of C and facing outside.
आठ व्यक्तत- A, B, C, D, E, F, G तर्ा H, 2 वगों िें िैठे हैं | उनिें से चार िड़े वगा
िें तर्ा उनिें से चार छोटे वगा िें िैठे हैं | दोनों वगा इस प्रकार हैं कक छोटा वगा,
िड़े वगा से ढका हुआ है | | सभी व्यक्तत कोनों पर िैठे हैं | िड़े वगा िें िैठे व्यक्तत
अंदर की ओर िुख ककये िैठे हैं तर्ा जो छोटे वगा िें िैठे हैं वे िाहर की ओर िुख
ककये िैठे हैं (वे इस प्रकार िैठे हैं कक छोटे वगा िें िैठे व्यक्तत िड़े वगा िें िैठे
व्यक्ततयों की ओर िुख ककये िैठे हैं) केवल एक व्यक्तत A तर्ा C के िध्य िैठा है
| F, A की ओर िख
ु ररत है | D, F के िाएं से दस
ू रा है | E, A तर्ा C का पड़ोसी है |
E, B की ओर िुखररत है | B, F के ठीक दायें िैठता है | H, C के ठीक िाएं िैठता है
तर्ा िाहर की ओर िुख ककये हुए है |
Sol:
80.
Four boys D, M, R and C and Four girls A, B, P and N are
sitting in a single row facing north. Three girls are sitting
between two boys and the only girl who is not among those
girls is sitting at one of the extreme ends. N is sitting fourth
to the left of C. Both M and R are sitting beside a girl. M is
not the immediate neighbor of C. M doesn't sit at any of the
extreme ends. P is sitting between N and B. C doesn't sit at
any of the extreme ends. Not more than two boys are sitting
together.
चार लड़के D, M, R तर्ा C और चार लड़ककयां A, B, P तर्ा N एक ही
पंक्तत िें उतरोन्िख
ु िैठे हैं। तीन लड़ककयां दो लड़कों के िीच िें िैठी हैं
और वह एकिात्र लड़की जो इन लड़ककयों िें से नहीं है , वह ककसी एक
चरि अंत पर िैठी है । N, C के िाईं ओर से चौर्े स्र्ान पर िैठी है । M
और R दोनों ककसी लड़की के िगल िें िैठे हैं। M, C का ननकटस्र्
पड़ोसी नहीं है । M ककसी भी चरि अंत पर नहीं िैठा है । N और B के
िीच िें P िैठा है । C ककसी भी चरि अंत पर नहीं िैठा है । दो से अधिक
लड़के एक सार् नहीं िैठे हैं।
Sol:
81.
आठ व्यक्तत A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H
एकवत्त
ृ ाकारिेजकेचारोओरिैठेहैं।उनिें से चार ककनारे पर िैठे हैं और
चार िध्य िें िैठे हैं। जो ककनारे पर िैठा है उसका िख
ु अंदर की ओर है
औरजो िध्य िें िैठा है उसका िुख िाहर की ओर है ।
Sol:
82
.There are seven districts in a particular state. Let them be called as D1, D2, D3,
D4, D5, D6 and D7. Each district has a bank as its lead bank. Banks are BOI, BOB,
PNB, UCO, SBI, UBI and OBC. All these banks have different number of branches in
that particular district.
• D7 has 67 branches of its lead bank .
• SBI has 59 branches in its district.
• BOB and BOI have 78 and 70 number of branches respectively.
• PNB is lead bank of D4.UCO and PNB have even number of branches in their
respective district.
• UBI is lead bank of either D4 or D6.
• D5 has odd number of branches. D2 and D4 has 52 and 86 branches
respectively.
• D6 has 64 branches which is 6 less than D1.
एक ववशेष राज्य िें सात क्जले है | इन्हें D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6 और D7 के नाि से
संिोधित ककया जाता है | प्रत्येक क्जले िें प्रिख
ु िैंक के रूप िें एक िैंक है | यह िैंक BOI,
BOB, PNB, UCO, SBI, UBI और OBC है | इन सभी िैंकों की उस ववशेष क्जले िें ववमभन्न
संख्याओं िें शाखाएं हैं।
• D7 िें इसके प्रिख
ु िैंक की 67 शाखाएं हैं |
• SBI िैंक के अपने क्जले िें 59 शाखाएं है |
• BOB और BOI िें शाखाओं की संख्या क्रिशः 78 और 70 है |
• PNB, D4 का प्रिख
ु िैंक है | UCO और PNB िैंक के सम्िंधित क्जलों िें शाखाओं की संख्या
सि है |
• UBI, D4 अर्वा D6 िें से ककसी एक क्जले का प्रिख
ु िैंक है |
• D5 िें शाखाओं की संख्या ववषि है | D2 और D4 िें शाखाओं की संख्या क्रिशः 52 और
86 है |
• D6 िें 64 शाखाएं है , जो कक D1 की तुलना िें 6 कि है |
83.
• D is not neighboring of B.
• A, F के िायें दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा है |
• H और A एक-दस
ू रे की ओर िख
ु ररत है | H, G के ठीक िायें स्र्ान पर िैठा है |
• B, C और A का पड़ोसी नहीं है |
• D, B का पड़ोसी नहीं है |
Sol:
84
.Six students Chander, Chirag, Chandni, Chameli, Charlie and Charu participated in a race and
finished on different ranks i.e. from 1-6 with the highest rank being 1. They were from different
colleges A, B, C, D, E and F but not necessarily in the same order. For the prize distribution
ceremony, they stood in a straight line facing the north. Higher rank means the better rank and
rank 1 is to be considered higher than rank 2.
• Charlie was 2nd to the left of the one who was from college F.
• The person from college F is 2nd to the left of Chirag's neighbour.
• Chirag and the person from college D are seated at a gap of 2.
• The person from college E stood 4th.
• Chander was the immediate neighbor of the person from college B and the one who stood 1 st.
• Person from B had not stood 1st.
• The person from college A was 2nd to the right of the person who stood 3rd.
• The person from college C had a rank that was 3 ranks higher than Charlie's rank.
• Chandni's neighbour was from college E who was 2nd to the right of Chander.
• Charlie's neighbour did not stand 1st.
• Chameli did not finish 3rd.
छः ववद्यार्ी चंदर, धचराग, चांदनी, चिेली, चाली और चारू एक दौड़ िें दहस्सा लेते है और अलग-अलग
रैंको पर दौड़ को सिाप्त करते है , जैसे 1-6 िें उच्चति रैंक 1 है | वे सभी अलग-अलग कॉलेज A, B, C, D, E
और F से र्े लेककन आवश्यक नहीं कक यही क्रि हो | परु स्कार ववतरण सिारोह के मलए, वे सभी एक सीिी
रे खा िें उत्तर ददशा की ओर िुख करके खड़े र्े | अधिक रैंक का अर्ा िेहतर रैंक है , रैंक 1 को रैंक 2 से अधिक
िाना जाना चादहए |
• चाली, उस व्यक्तत के िायें से दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर र्ा, जो कॉलेज F से र्ा |
• वह व्यक्तत जो कॉलेज F से र्ा, वह धचराग के पड़ोसी के िायें दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर र्ा |
• धचराग और कॉलेज D का व्यक्तत दो के अन्तराल पर िैठे र्े |
• वह व्यक्तत जो कॉलेज E से र्ा, वह चौर्े स्र्ान पर खड़ा र्ा |
• चंदर, कॉलेज B के व्यक्तत और पहले स्र्ान पर खड़े व्यक्तत के ठीक िगल का पड़ोसी र्ा |
• B की ओर से खड़े व्यक्तत का पहला स्र्ान नहीं र्ा |
• वह व्यक्तत जो कॉलेज A से र्ा, वह तीसरे स्र्ान पर खड़े व्यक्तत के दायें दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर र्ा |
• वह व्यक्तत जो कॉलेज C से र्ा, उसका रैंक चाली के रैंक से 3 रैंक अधिक र्ा |
• चांदनी का पड़ोसी कॉलेज E से र्ा, जो चंदर के दायें दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर र्ा |
• चाली का पड़ोसी पहले स्र्ान पर नहीं खड़ा र्ा |
85
.Eight young cadets A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H went for their SSB Medical
and it was noted that each cadet had a different height.
• Number of cadets who were taller than F was thrice as that the
number of cadets who were taller than H
• D was taller than only 3 other cadets but was shorter than G
• B is taller than A with a gap 3 cadets in between them.
• A was taller than E
• C was taller than B
आठ युवा कैडेट्स A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H अपने एसएसिी िेडडकल के मलए
गए र्े और यह नोट ककया गया कक प्रत्येक कैडेट की ऊंचाई अलग र्ी |
• F से लम्िे कैडेटों की संख्या, H से लम्िे कैडेटों की संख्या की तीन गन
ु ा र्ी |
• D केवल 3 अन्य कैडेटों से लंिा र्ा लेककन G से छोटा र्ा |
• B, A से लम्िा है और उन दोनों के िीच 3 कैडेट का अंतर है |
• A, E से लम्िा र्ा |
• C, B से लम्िा र्ा |
Sol:
86
.Ananya, Gauri, Jaya, Kavya, Kiran, Medha, Parul, Rohini and Sheetal
stand in a queue, not necessarily in the same order. Each of them faces
towards north direction.
i)The number of people in between Rohini and Kavya is same as the
number of people in between Rohini and Sheetal. Kavya stands to the
left of Sheetal.
ii)The number of people in between Jaya and Gauri is same as the
number of people in between Jaya and Parul .
iii) Ananya stands to the left of Kavya. Gauri stands to the left of
Sheetal.
iv) Kiran stands third to the left of Sheetal.
v) Jaya stands to the right of Sheetal.
अनन्या, गौरी, जया, काव्या, ककरण, िेिा, पारुल, रोदहणी और शीतल एक
कतार िें खड़े हैं, लेककन जरूरी नहीं कक इसी क्रि िें हों। उनिें से प्रत्येक का िख
ु
उत्तर ददशा की ओर है ।
i) रोदहणी और काव्या के िीच व्यक्ततयों की संख्या, रोदहणी और शीतल के िीच
व्यक्ततयों की संख्या के सिान है । काव्या, शीतल के िायीं ओर खड़ी है ।
ii) जया और गौरी के िीच व्यक्ततयों की संख्या, जया और पारुल के िीच
व्यक्ततयों की संख्या के सिान है ।
iii) अनन्य, काव्या के िायीं ओर खड़ी है | गौरी, शीतल के िायीं ओर खड़ी है |
iv) ककरण, शीतल के िायीं ओर से तीसरे स्र्ान पर खड़ी होती है |
v) जया, शीतल के दायीं ओर खड़ी है |
sol:
Ananya Kavya Kiran Rohini Gauri Sheetal Jaya Medha
Parul
87.
8 persons are sitting around square table in such a way that 4 of them facing centre and rest
are facing away from the centre. 4 persons are sitting at the corner of the table while 4 are
sitting along the side of the table. Each one is wearing different coloured shirt.
• C is sitting at the corner of the table and facing away from the centre.
• B and D are facing each other.
• G is wearing green shirt and sitting 3rd to the left of A, who is wearing red shirt.
• One of the neighbour of C is facing centre while other is facing away from the centre. Same is
true for B.
• A is sitting to the immediate left of both B and C.
• E, who is wearing white shirt is not the neighbour of G.
• The one who is wearing Blue shirt is facing B and is the neighbour of F.
• H is wearing black shirt. Neighbours of A are wearing Orange and Yellow shirts.
• One of the persons is wearing Violet shirt.
8 व्यक्तत एक वगााकार टे िल के चारों ओर इस तरह से िैठे हैं कक उनिें से 4 का िख
ु केंर की ओर है शेष का
िुख केंर से िाहर की ओर है | 4 व्यक्तत टे िल के कोनों पर िैठे हैं जिकक 4 टे िल के भुजाओं पर िैठे हैं।
प्रत्येक व्यक्तत ने अलग-अलग रं ग की शटा पहनी है |
• C टे िल के कोने पर िैठा है और उसका िुख केंर से िाहर की ओर है |
• B और D का िख
ु एक-दस
ू रे की ओर है |
• G ने हरी शटा पहनी है और A के िायीं ओर से तीसरे स्र्ान पर िैठा है , क्जसने लाल शटा पहनी है |
• C के पड़ोसी िें से एक का िुख केंर की ओर है जिकक अन्य का िुख केंर से िाहर की ओर है | यही क्स्र्नत
B के मलए भी सत्य है |
• A, B और C दोनों के ठीक िायीं ओर िैठा है |
• E, क्जसने सफ़ेद शटा पहनी है , G का पड़ोसी नहीं है |
• वह व्यक्तत क्जसने नीली शटा पहनी है , उसका िुख B की ओर है और F का पड़ोसी है |
• H ने काले रं ग की शटा पहनी है | A के पड़ोमसयों ने नारं गी और पीली शटा पहनी है |
• इनिें से एक व्यक्तत ने िैंगनी रं ग की शटा पहनी है |
Sol:
88
.In a nine-storey building, eight persons - P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W lives, each on
different floor such that one floor is left vacant. The floors are one to nine from
bottom to top. Each person is either a doctor or an engineer. No two engineers
live immediately above/below each other.
• Number of floors above and below U are equal.
• Neither V nor Q is a doctor.
• Five floors are there between P's floor and V's floor. P lives above V.
• Only one person, who is an engineer, lives between R, who lives on top floor
and S.
• Q lives above W with a gap of 2 floors in between them. Q does not live
immediately above/below S.
• U doesn't live immediately below the vacant floor and T lives below the vacant
floor.
एक नौ िंक्जला इिारत िें आठ व्यक्तत P, Q, R, S, T, U, V तर्ा W रहते हैं। प्रत्येक अलग-
अलग िंक्जल पर इस प्रकार रहते हैं कक एक िंक्जल खाली रहती है । िंक्जलें नीचे से ऊपर
एक से नौ तक संख्याककत हैं। प्रत्येक व्यक्तत या तो एक डॉतटर है या एक इंजीननयर है।
कोई भी दो इंजीननयर एक-दस
ू रे से ठीक ऊपर/नीचे नहीं रहते हैं।
• U के ऊपर और नीचे िंक्जलों की संख्या िरािर है ।
• न तो V और ना ही Q एक डॉतटर है ।
• P की िंक्जल और V की िंक्जल के िीच िें पांच िंक्जलें हैं। P, V से ऊपर रहता है ।
• केवल एक व्यक्तत, जो एक इंजीननयर है , शीषा िंक्जल पर रहने वाले R तर्ा S के िीच रहता
है ।
• Q, W के ऊपर रहता है और उनके िध्य िें 2 िंक्जलों का अंतराल है । Q, S के ठीक
ऊपर/नीचे नहीं रहता है ।
• U खाली िंक्जल के ठीक नीचे नहीं रहता है और T खाली िंक्जल के नीचे रहता है
Sol:
9 R Doctor
8 P Engineer
7 vacant
6 S Engineer/Doctor
5 U Doctor
4 Q Engineer
3 T Doctor
2 V Engineer
1 W Doctor
89.
Seven Adults Siddharth, Mahima, Mayur, Abdul, Ram, Anamika and Aniket are
from different cities namely Jaipur, Kota, Ahmedabad, Madurai, Vizag, Amritsar
and Jabalpur.
They all have different phones among Samsung, Apple, HTC, Nexus, Motorola,
Lava and Micromax.
Siddharth has Micromax.
The one who has Lava is from Jabalpur.
The one who has Samsung is from Ahmedabad
Ram is not from Ahmedabad.
Anamika has Nexus and is not from Kota.
Aniket is from Vizag.
Mahima has Apple and is from Jaipur.
Abdul has HTC and is from Madurai.
सात वयस्क मसद्िार्ा, िदहिा, ियरू , अब्दल
ु , राि, अनामिका और अननकेत अलग-अलग
शहरों अर्ाात ् जयपरु , कोटा, अहिदािाद, िदरु ई , ववजाग, अित
ृ सर और जिलपरु से हैं।
उनके पास सैिसंग, ऐप्पल, एचटीसी, नेतसस, िोटोरोला, लावा और िाइक्रोिैतस के अलग-
अलग फोन हैं |
मसद्िार्ा के पास िाइक्रोिैतस है |
वह व्यक्तत क्जसके पास लावा है , जिलपरु से है |
वह व्यक्तत क्जसके पास सैिसंग है , अहिदािाद से है |
राि अहिदािाद से नहीं है |
अनामिका के पास नेतसस है और वह कोटा से नहीं है |
अननकेत ववजाग से है |
िदहिा के पास ऐप्पल है और वह जयपरु से है ।
अब्दल
ु के पास एचटीसी है और वह िदरु ई से है ।
Sol:
90.
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H were seated in two rows such that four of them
were in row 1 facing the South and four of them were in row 2 facing the North. The
persons seated in row 1 played indoor games Ludo, chess, carrom and cards and the
persons seated in row 2 played outdoor games cricket, basketball, tennis and
badminton. Persons seated in the 2 rows were facing each other.
• F was 2nd to the right of the one who played carrom and he was not seated opposite
to the one playing basketball
• B faced the one who played cricket
• One who played basketball was 2nd to the left of D
• C played Ludo and his neighbour faced G
• G's neighbour faced the one who played chess
• B and C were seated at a gap of 1
• Person who played badminton was seated at one of the extreme ends
• E faced South and H was seated at one of the extreme ends. H did not play
badminton.
आठ व्यक्तत A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H दो पंक्ततयों िें इस तरह से िैठे र्े कक उनिें से चार दक्षिण की ओर
िुख करके पहली पंक्तत िें िैठे र्े और अन्य चार उत्तर की ओर िुख करके दस
ू रे पंक्तत िें िैठे र्े | पहले
पंक्तत िें िैठे व्यक्ततयों ने इंडोर खेल जैसे लूडो, शतरं ज, कैरि और काडा खेले और दस
ू रे पंक्तत िें िैठे
व्यक्ततयों ने आउटडोर खेल जैसे कक्रकेट, िास्केटिॉल, टे ननस और िैडमिंटन खेले | दोनों पंक्ततयों िें िैठे
व्यक्ततयों का िुख एक-दस
ू रे की ओर र्ा |
• F उस व्यक्तत के दायीं ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर र्ा जो कैरि खेलता है और वह उस व्यक्तत के ववपरीत नहीं
िैठा र्ा जो िास्केटिॉल खेलता है |
• B का िुख उस व्यक्तत की ओर र्ा जो कक्रकेट खेलता है |
• वह व्यक्तत जो िास्केटिॉल खेलता है , वह D के िायीं ओर से दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर र्ा |
• C लूडो खेलता है और उसके पड़ोसी का िुख G की ओर र्ा |
• G के पड़ोसी का िख
ु उस व्यक्तत की ओर र्ा जो शतरं ज खेलता है |
• B और C, 1 के अंतराल पर िैठे र्े |
• वह व्यक्तत जो िैडमिंटन खेलता है , चरि अंतों िें से ककसी एक पर िैठा र्ा |
• E दक्षिण की ओर िुखररत र्ा और H चरि अंतों िें से ककसी एक पर िैठा र्ा | H िैडमिंटन नहीं खेलता |
Sol:
91
.Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting around a
circular table and facing the centre. Their ages are i.e. 15, 17, 21,
24, 26, 32, 34 and 38 but not necessarily in the same order. The
one who is youngest and the one who is eldest in the group are
sitting together. E is 2nd to the left of the one who is youngest
person. The one who is 7 years younger than E sits opposite to E.
G is 32years old and sits 2nd to the right of B. A sits opposite to G.
The one who is 21years old sits opposite to C. C is not the eldest
or the youngest person. The one who is 4 years older than C sits
2nd to the left of C. A and C are not neighbors. D is elder than H
but younger than F.
आठ व्यक्तत A, B, C, D, E, F, G और H एक वत
ृ ाकार िेज के चारों िैठे है और उन
सभी का िुख केंर की ओर है | उनकी आयु 15, 17, 21, 24, 26, 32, 34 और 38 है
लेककन आवश्यक नहीं कक क्रि यही हो | सिह
ू िें आयु िें सिसे छोटा व्यक्तत
और सिसे िड़ा व्यक्तत एक सार् िैठे है | E, आयु िें सिसे छोटे व्यक्तत के िायें
दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा है | वह जो आयु िें E से 7 वषा छोटा है , वह E के ववपरीत िैठा
है | G की आयु 32 वषा है और वह B के दायें दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा है | A, G के
ववपरीत िैठा है | वह क्जसकी आयु 21 वषा है , वह C के ववपरीत िैठा है | C न तो
आयु िें सिसे छोटा है और न ही सिसे िड़ा है | वह जो C से 4 वषा िड़ा है , वह C के
िायें दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर िैठा है | A और C एक-दस
ू रे के पड़ोसी नहीं है | D, H से िड़ा
लेककन F से छोटा है |
Sol:
92.
A glass bottle is filled with different colours of sand layered from bottom to top, by pouring
each coloured sand one by one such that the one which is poured first settles in the bottle at
the bottom and the one which is poured last settled at the top. No two layers are of same
colour.
• Purple sand is poured immediately after the black sand.
• Only two different coloured sands are poured between red sand and yellow sand. Yellow sand
is poured before red sand.
• At-most two different coloured sand is poured before yellow sand.
• Layer of brown sand is at the top.
• Yellow sand's layer is not at the bottom of the bottle.
• Only two different coloured sands are poured between brown sand and white sand, among
which one is red coloured sand.
• Blue sand layer is immediately above white sand layer.
एक शीशे की िोतल अलग-अलग रं गों की रे त की परत से नीचे से ऊपर की ओर भरी हुई है | प्रत्येक रं ग की
रे त को एक-एक करके िोतल िें इस तरह डाला जाता है कक क्जस रं ग की रे त को सिसे पहले िोतल िें डाला
जाता है वह सिसे नीचे िैठ जाती है और उसी तरह क्जस रं ग की रे त को सिसे अंत िें डाला जाता है वह
सिसे ऊपर िैठ जाती है | रे त की कोई भी दो परतों का रं ग एक सिान नहीं है |
• िैंगनी रे त को काली रे त के ठीक िाद िें िोतल िें डाला जाता है |
• दो अलग-अलग रं ग वाली रे तों को लाल रे त और पीली रे त के िीच डाला जाता है |
पीली रे त को लाल रे त से पहले डाला जाता है।
• ज्यादा से ज्यादा दो अलग-अलग रं ग वाली रे तों को पीली रे त से पहले डाला जाता है |
• सिसे ऊपर की परत भरू े रं ग की है |
• िोतल िें पीले रे त की परत सिसे नीचे नहीं है |
• भूरी रे त और सफ़ेद रे त के िीच दो अलग-अलग रं ग वाली रे तों को
डाला जाता है , क्जनिें से एक रे त लाल रं ग की है |
Red
Blue
White
Yellow
Purple
Black
93
ii) The number of people in between Gagan and Heena is same as the number of
people in between Gagan and Farida
iii) Heena lives above Aman with a gap of 2 floors in between them.
iv) Sum of the floor numbers of Chinki and Gagan is less than the floor number
of Heena
अिन, धचंकी, फरीदा, गगन, हीना, और जगदीश छः िंक्जला अपाटा िेंट िें ठहरे हैं | भत
ू ल
को 1 और सिसे ऊपरी िंक्जल को 6 से संख्यांककत ककया गया है | कोई भी िंक्जल खाली
नहीं है | कोई भी दो व्यक्तत सिान िंक्जल पर नहीं रहते हैं |
ii) गगन और हीना के िीच व्यक्ततयों की संख्या, गगन और फरीदा के िीच व्यक्ततयों के
संख्या के सिान है |
Floor no Person
6 Heena
5 Jagdish
4 Gagan
3 Aman
2 Farida
1 Chinki
94.
Nine PhD scholars A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I submitted their thesis
in the months of January, March and April on either 1st, 11th or
21st of the month. Only one scholar submitted the thesis on one
day.
• C submitted the thesis in March at a gap of 4 from F
• F and A submitted their thesis on consecutive turns
• Number of persons who submitted thesis before G was thrice as
that of the number of persons who submitted thesis before D
• I and E submitted thesis on the same date of different months.
• H and I submitted thesis consecutively, but H was neither the last
nor the 1st to submit his thesis
• B did not submit the thesis on 1st.
Nine PhD scholars A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I submitted their thesis
in the months of January, March and April on either 1st, 11th or
21st of the month. Only one scholar submitted the thesis on one
day.
• C submitted the thesis in March at a gap of 4 from F
• F and A submitted their thesis on consecutive turns
• Number of persons who submitted thesis before G was thrice as
that of the number of persons who submitted thesis before D
• I and E submitted thesis on the same date of different months.
• H and I submitted thesis consecutively, but H was neither the last
nor the 1st to submit his thesis
• B did not submit the thesis on 1st.
Sol:
January 1 F
January 11 A
January 21 D
March 1 H
March 11 I
March 21 C
April 1 G
April 11 E
April 21 B
95
Eight persons - P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are born in consecutive years (in one year,
only one person is born), not necessarily in the same order, the youngest one
been born in 1988. Each belong to different profession.
S is born in an odd numbered year after at least one person and is an engineer.
Doctor is the eldest one. Three persons are born in the years between the years
of birth of engineer and nurse, who is born in the year immediately preceding the
year in which U is born. One of the persons is a merchant. W is elder than same
no. of persons from which P is younger than. W is born before P. Officer is born
just after the year in which engineer is born. R is a manager and P is clerk.
Businessman who is not T, is born five years after Q.
आठ व्यक्ततयों - P, Q, R, S, T, U, V और W का जन्ि क्रिागत वषों ( एक वषा िें केवल एक
ही व्यक्तत का जन्ि हुआ)िें हुआ, लेककन आवश्यक नहीं कक क्रि यही हो, सिसे यव
ु ा
व्यक्तत का जन्ि 1988 िें हुआ | प्रत्येक एक अलग पेशे से सििंधित है |
S का जन्ि कि से कि एक व्यक्तत के िाद एक ववषि संख्या वषा िें हुआ और वह एक
इंक्जननयर है | डॉतटर आयु िें सिसे िड़ा है | इंक्जननयर और नसा के जन्ि वषों के िीच के
वषों िें तीन व्यक्ततयों का जन्ि हुआ, क्जसका जन्ि U के जन्िवषा के ठीक पहले के वषा िें
हुआ| एक व्यक्तत व्यापारी है | W उतने ही व्यक्ततयों से िड़ा है क्जतने व्यक्ततयों से P छोटा
है | W का जन्ि P से पहले हुआ र्ा | अधिकारी का जन्ि इंक्जननयर के ठीक िाद वाले वषा
Sol:
Year Person Profession
1981 Q Doctor
1982 R Manager
1983 S Engineer
1984 W Officer
1985 P Clerk
1986 V Businessman
1987 T Nurse
1988 U Merchant
96.
12 chairs are placed around the square table in such a way that one chair each is
placed at the corner of the table and 2 chairs each are placed along the side of the
table. Chairs placed at the corner are facing away from the centre and chairs
placed along the side are facing towards the centre. 10 persons are sitting on the
chairs and 2 chairs are vacant.
• D is facing away from the centre and sitting at the gap of 1 person from F.
• F is facing vacant chair.
• One of the vacant chair is placed 2nd to the right of another vacant chair.
• G is sitting opposite to the vacant chair.
• A is sitting to the immediate left of F and is sitting opposite to E.
• B is facing C. None of them is the neighbor of either F or G.
• H is facing K, who is neither the neighbor of B nor D.
• J is sitting in one of the chair.
एक वगााकार िेज के चारों ओर 12 कुमसायां इस तरह रखी हैं कक िेज के कोने पर एक कुसी
रखी है और िेज की भज
ु ा पर 2 कुमसायां रखी हैं| िेज के कोने पर रखी कुमसायों का िख
ु केंर
से िाहर की ओर है और िेज की भज
ु ा पर रखी कुमसायों का िख
ु केंर की ओर है | 10 व्यक्तत
कुमसायों पर िैठे हैं और 2 कुमसायां खाली हैं|
• D का िख
ु केंर से िाहर की ओर है और वह F से 1 व्यक्तत के अन्तराल पर िैठा है |
• F का िख
ु खाली कुसी की ओर है |
• एक खाली कुसी, एक अन्य खाली कुसी के दायें दस
ू रे स्र्ान पर रखी है |
• G खाली कुसी के ववपरीत िैठा है |
• A, F के ठीक िायें स्र्ान पर िैठा है और वह E के ववपरीत िैठा है |
• B का िख
ु C की ओर है | कोई भी व्यक्तत या तो F या G का पड़ोसी नहीं है |
• H का िख
ु K की ओर है , जो न तो B और न ही D का पड़ोसी है |
• J ककसी एक कुसी पर िैठा है |
Sol:
97.
[Rank decreases moving from left to right as: MD, ED, CGM, GM,
DGM, AGM and Officer]
There are only 3 persons with the rank higher than C but lower
than the one working in the city Pune. A is the DGM and is
working in Solapur. F is either ED or CGM and is working in
Mumbai. The rank of D is higher than B but lower than the one
working in Delhi. Neither D nor B is the GM. E is working in
Nagpur. Neither C nor AGM is working in Kolhapur.
[रैं क बाएीं से िाएीं जािे पर घटता जाता है : एमडी, ईडी, सीजीएम, जीएम,
डीजीएम, एजीएम और अनिकारी]
केर्ल तीि व्यक्तिर्ोीं का रैं क C से अनिक है लेनकि पणे शहर में कार्वरत
व्यक्ति से कम है | A डीजीएम है और सोलापर में कार्व करता है | F र्ा तो ईडी
अथर्ा सीजीएम है और मींबई में कार्व करता है | D का रैं क B से अनिक लेनकि
निल्ली में कार्वरत व्यक्ति से कम है | ि तो D और ि ही जीएम है | E िागपर में
कार्व करता है | ि तो C और ि ही एजीएम कोल्हापर में कार्वरत है |
Sol
98.
6 persons Sachin, Virendra, Saurav, Ricky, Yuvi and Chinky were seated on a
circular table facing centre in such a way that each person was equidistant
from its neighbour. Their surnames were Patil, Talpade, Gurav, Shinde,
Patodia and Mishra not necessarily in the given order.
· Sachin was seated either 3rd to the left or 3rd to the right of Talpade.
· Patil was seated to the immediate left of Sachin.
· Virendra was facing Gurav and was seated to the immediate left of Ricky.
· Gurav was not the immediate neighbour of Saurav.
· Surname of Saurav was not Gurav.
· Surname of Yuvi was neither Gurav nor Patil.
· Mishra was not immediate neighbour of Talpade.
· Surname of Chinky was not Patil and surname of Yuvi was not Shinde.
6 व्यक्तत- सधचन, वीरे न्र, सौरव, ररकी, यव
ु ी और धचंकी एक वत्त
ृ ाकार िेज के चारो
ओर केन्रोंन्िख
ु इस प्रकार िैठे र्े कक प्रत्येक व्यक्तत अपने पड़ोसी से सिान दरू ी पर
ं े , पटोददया और मिश्रा र्े, लेककन
र्ा | उनके उपनाि पादटल, तलपड़े, गुरव, मशद
आवश्यक नहीं कक क्रि यही हो |
· सधचन, तलपड़े के या तो िाएं तीसरे स्र्ान पर र्ा या कफर उसके दायें तीसरे स्र्ान
पर र्ा |
· पादटल, सधचन के ठीक िाएं स्र्ान पर िैठा र्ा |
· वीरे न्र, गुरव के सम्िख
ु िैठा र्ा और ररकी के ठीक िाएं िैठा र्ा |
· गरु व, सौरव का ननकटस्र् पड़ोसी नहीं र्ा |
· सौरव का उपनाि गरु व नहीं र्ा |
· युवी का उपनाि न तो गौरव र्ा और न ही पादटल र्ा |
· मिश्रा, तलपड़े का ननकटस्र् पड़ोसी नहीं र्ा |
· धचंकी का उपनाि पादटल नहीं र्ा और यव ं े नहीं र्ा |
ु ी का उपनाि मशद
I Can And I Will www.bankingchronicle.co.in Page 201
100-PUZZLES-PDF VI
Sol:
99.
7 tiles of the same shape and dimensions A, B, C, D, F, G and E are stacked one
above another. Each tile is of the different colour among Red, Purple, Black, Blue,
White, Orange and Pink not necessarily in the same order.
• Tile B is placed at the gap of 2 tiles from tile C.
• Tile F is not orange in colour.
• Tile A is blue in colour and is placed at the gap of 2 tiles below White coloured
tile.
• Orange coloured tile is placed above tile C but below tile D.
• Red coloured tile is placed at the gap of 4 tiles from tile B, which is neither
placed at the top nor at the bottom.
• Blue coloured tile is not placed at the bottom of the stack.
• Tile E, which is black in colour, is placed immediately above tile B.
• Pink tile is placed above Purple tile.
सिान आकार और आयाि की 7 टाइलें A, B, C, D, F, G और E एक स्टै क िें एक-दस
ू रे के
ऊपर रखी हुई हैं| प्रत्येक टाइल मभन्न-मभन्न रं गों लाल, िैंगनी, काला, नीला, सफ़ेद, संतरी
और गुलािी िें से ककसी एक रं ग की है , लेककन आवश्यक नहीं कक क्रि यही हो|
• टाइल B, टाइल C से 2 टाइल के अन्तराल पर रखी है |
• टाइल F संतरी रं ग की नहीं है |
• टाइल A नीले रं ग की है और वह सफ़ेद रं ग की टाइल से नीचे 2 टाइल के अंतराल पर रखी
है |
• संतरी टाइल, टाइल C से ऊपर और टाइल D से नीचे रखी है |
• लाल टाइल, टाइल B से 4 टाइल के अंतराल पर रखी है , जो न तो सिसे ऊपर और न ही
सिसे नीचे रखी है |
• नीली टाइल स्टै क िें सिसे नीचे नहीं रखी है |
• टाइल E काले रं ग की है , जो कक टाइल B से ठीक ऊपर रखी है |
• गुलािी टाइल, िैंगनी टाइल से ऊपर रखी है |
Sol:
E Black
B Pink
D White
G Orange
C Purple
A Blue
F Red
100.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H were born in different years 1962,
1968, 1975, 1982, 1986, 1988, 1993 and 2000 not necessarily in
the same order. Each of them was born on the same day i.e. on
1st January. Assume the age calculations are done on 1st January
2018.
Sol:
1962 56 B
1968 50 H
1975 43 D
1982 36 F
1986 32 A
1988 30 G
1993 25 C
2000 18 E
www.bankingchronicle.co.in
1)
Seven containers named C, D, E, F, G, H and I are placed one above other. Each
container contains different quantity of oil i.e. 18, 21, 28, 32, 38, 44 and 63 litres
but not necessarily in the same order.
Container with 63 litre oil is placed just above H. Three containers are placed
between E and H but neither of them is placed at the bottommost position. Three
containers are placed between container of 32 litre and of 18 litre oil. H does not
contain 18 litre oil. Container with 18 litre oil is placed below container with 32
litre oil. No container is placed between containers of 18 litre and 38 litre oil,
which is not at bottommost position. I contain 28 litres oil and is not below
container of 18 litre oil. D is placed at bottommost position. G is placed above F
which does not contain 38 litre oil. Container C is placed just below the container
with 32 litre oil. The container which contains 44 litre oil is placed below the one
which contains 21 litres oil. The container with 21 litre oil is placed below the
container with 28 litre oil.
: C, D, E, F, G, H औ I ए ऊप ए
- : 18, 21, 28, 32, 38, 44 औ 63
63 ,H ऊप Eऔ H
32 औ 18
H 18 18 , 32
18 औ 38
, I 28 औ 18
D प G, F ऊप 38
C, 32 44
, 21 21 , 28
SOL
2)
A, B, C, D, E, F औ G : ,
, ए
ए :ए ,ए ए , , , ,
औ ए - -
प
F, B ए D, G
E, ए ए A,
C A, ए
E औ D
, D, C
औ , G, ए
प
SOL 2)
3)
Eight people A, B, G, H, N, O, X and Y are member of family. Among them four are
males and four are females. There are three husbands, three wives, two
daughters, and two sons in the family. Each member of the family likes different
color i.e. Yellow, Red, Blue, Brown, Black, Green, Grey and Pink. They all are
sitting around a circular table facing the centre.
No male like Blue. Y likes Black and is married to the one who likes Green. A is
father of G and O. O, who is a male likes Green. A and B do not sit adjacent to
each other. All females sit together. H likes Pink and is sitting second to the left of
her father. H is daughter of G. G sits second to the right of her son. B sits between
one male and one female. The one who likes Grey is married to the one who likes
Brown and neither A nor B likes Brown. N likes Blue and is sitting between the one
who like Red and the one who like Grey. X does not like grey. X is father of B and
is sitting between two male members. Son and Daughter-in-law of A faces each
other.
आ A, B, G, H, N, O, X औ Y ए प प औ
ए प प , प , प औ प प
:प , , , , , , औ
प ओ ओ
प प Y प औ प
A, G औ O प O, प , प
Aऔ Bए आ एए H,
प औ प प प H, G प
G, प प प B, ए प औ ए
प , प
औ A B प N, प औ प
औ प X,
प X, B प औ प A प औ
प ए ओ
SOL
4)
आ A, B, F, G, L, N, T औ S
ओ प
ओ औ ओ Bऔ A
, ओ Bऔ
F ए N, F
प L, S प , F
N प L, F प
T, G प , S
प B औ T, G ओ
Lऔ N ओ
SOL
5)
Nine people A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I stay in a building. The building has nine
floors and only one person stays on one floor. Each of them is the owner of a
coaching - Adda, OT, Career Launcher, PM, Oliveboard, Kd, CP, TIME and
Testbook. Each person belongs to different city, i.e. Mumbai, Agra, Bhopal,
Chennai, Delhi, Kolkata, Noida, Banglore and Gurugram, but not necessarily in the
same order. The ground floor is numbered 1, the floor above it is numbered 2,
and so on, and the topmost floor is numbered 9.
The one who belongs to Banglore stays on the fourth floor. A does not belong to
Kolkata. There are three floors between the floors on which C and G stay. D stays
on a floor immediately above the I’s floor. The one who has coaching named as
CP stays on an even numbered floor. F does not belong to Gurugram. The one
who belongs to Mumbai stays on the topmost floor. The one who has coaching
named as PM stays immediate below to the one who has coaching named as
Adda. F has coaching named as Kd and does not stay on the ground floor. H
belongs to Chennai and stays on an even-numbered floor and he has coaching
named as PM. G belongs to Noida. E stays on the second floor and belongs to
Bhopal. There are three people between the one who has coaching named as OT
and the one who has coaching named as TIME. The person who has coaching
named as OT stays below the person who has coaching named as TIME. The one
who belongs to Gurugram stays on the third floor. There are two floors between
the floors on which the people who belong to Noida and Chennai live. The person
who has coaching named as TIME is from Noida. C belongs to Agra. The one who
has coaching named as Testbook stays immediate above C. There is one floor
between the floors on which F and G stay. There is one floor between the floors
on which the one who has coaching named as Career Launcher and the one who
has coaching named as Testbook stay. A stay on an even-numbered floor below
the floor on which H stays.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H औ I ए औ
ए प ए ए –
,ओ , ,पए ,ओ , , प, औ
- – ,आ , प , , ,
, ए , औ , आ
1 , ऊप 2 औ आ
ऊप 9
प A
प Cऔ G , D, I ऊप
प प , ए
प F ऊप
प पए ,
F औ
प H औ ए प
पए G ए E प
औ प ओ औ ,
ओ ,
प
ए औ
, ए Cआ
,C ऊप प Fऔ G
, ए औ
, ए Aए प
प H
SOL
6)
Eight persons A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8 are sitting in a row not necessarily in the
same order. Some of them are facing north while some of them are facing south. They
used to do shopping from different brands i.e. Levis, John Players, Spykar, Denizen,
Gantt, Flying Machine, USPA, Superdry but not necessarily in the same order.
The one who shop from Denizen sits fifth to the right of A6 and both of them are facing
same direction. The persons who used to do shopping from John Players and Spykar are
immediate neighbors of each other and none of them sits at the corner. A3 does
shopping from Gantt and faces south direction. Only one person sits to the left of A6. A4
does shopping from Flying Machine sits third to the left of the one who shop from
Spykar. The immediate neighbours of A3 faces opposite directions (if one faces north
then other faces south or vice versa). A8 sits at the corner and faces north direction. A7
who faces south and shop from Superdry sits second to the right of A8. A1 does not
shop from Spykar and Denizen and faces north. A2 faces north direction and is not an
immediate neighbour of A5. A6 shop from USPA. A3 sits second to the right of A4. A8 is
not an immediate neighbor of one who shop from Denizen.
Sol
7)
Eight friends S, T, U, V, W, X, Y and Z are sitting around a circular area of
equal distances between each other, but not necessarily in the same order.
Some of the people are facing the centre while some faces outside. They
have relation with each other.
Y’s grandfather sits third to the right of U. Immediate neighbours of U face
the same direction. Y faces the same direction as U’s grandfather.
Immediate neighbours of W face opposite direction. S is brother-in-law of T.
Immediate neighbours of U’s father face opposite direction. U’s uncle sits
second to the left of Y, who is one of the sons of X. Z is not immediate
neighbour of V’s grandsons. T, who is the wife of V, sits second to the left of
Y’s mother. Y’s mother faces the centre. U’s father sits third to the right of
U’s grandmother. Y’s grandfather has only one brother. T’s daughter-in-law
W has two sons and one brother-in-law. Z is the son of V. T is the wife of Y’s
grandfather. U’s mother sits second to the left of U.
आ S, T, U, V, W, X, Y औ Z ए ओ ए -
प , आ
ओ ओ ए -
Y ,U ए प U प
ओ Y U ओ
W प प ओ S, T - -
U प प प ओ U Y
ए प ,X प ए Z, V प
प T, V प ,Y ए प Y
ओ U प ,U ए प
Y ए T प W प औ ए
- - Z, V प T, Y प U U ए
प
Sol
8)
Five coaches were presented with Dronacharya award in different cities viz.
Mumbai, Delhi, Nagpur, Kolkata and Bangalore. They were awarded on
different days of the same week. No one was awarded in weekends. These
coaches teach different sports viz. Boxing, Wrestling, Judo, Archery and
Swimming. Among the five coaches only two are males. The one who
teaches Wrestling was not awarded in Bangalore. The coach who teaches
archery was awarded in Nagpur. The one who teaches Swimming was
awarded neither in Kolkata nor in Bangalore. A female coach was awarded
in Bangalore. The one who was awarded in Mumbai is a female and she was
awarded on Tuesday. The Wrestling coach was awarded on Wednesday. The
male coaches were awarded on alternate days of the week but not on
Monday. Neither Boxing nor Archery coach was awarded on Monday. Judo
coach was awarded just immediately after wrestling coach. In Bangalore the
award was given on Thursday.
प - , , प , औ
- , , , औ
प प ,
, प
ए
ए औ
प ए
Sol
9)
A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7 and A8 are eight employees who work in an eight-
storey building. The ground floor is numbered one and the topmost floor is
numbered eight. Each of them earns different amount of rupees per day viz 80,
70, 210, 500, 150, 290, 140 and 50 but not necessarily in the same order. There is
gap of only one floor between A1 and the one who earns 50 lives. The one who
earns 80 works on an even-numbered floor and just above the floor on which the
one who earns 150. A4 does not works on the 1st floor. A8 does not work on third
floor. Only one person works between the one who earns 140 and A4. A1 works
on an odd-numbered floor and A5 works on the floor which is just above the floor
on which A1 works. A2 works on the fourth floor. Two persons work between the
one who earns 290 and A1. A6 works just below the one who earns 150. The one
who earns 210 does not work on an odd-numbered floor. A7 does not earn 70.
There is a gap of two floors between the floor on which A8 and A5 works. A8
works on floor which is below the floor of A5. There is a gap of two floors
between the one who earns 500 and the one who earns 210.
Sol.
10)
Seven students Swati, Shradha, Preeti, Mansi, Charu, Pooja and Shruti
are going to visit famous temples of India viz; Badrinath, Konark-Sun,
Somnath, Kedarnath, Sanchi Stupa, Vaishno Devi and Siddhivinayak but
not necessarily in the same order. Each of them also uses different
means to travel viz; Car, Bus, Train, Air-Plane, Cycle, Boat and Bike, not
necessarily in the same order. Preeti visits Siddhivinayak and she goes
by Train. The one who goes by Car visits Somnath temple. Charu does
not go by Boat. Pooja does not visit Sanchi Stupa and Kedarnath. The
one who goes by Bike does not go to Badrinath. Shruti visit Konark Sun
and her means of travel is Air Plane. Mansi goes to visit Vaishno Devi.
Shradha’s means of travelling is Cycle. Pooja does not visit Somnath
temple and her means of travelling is not Bike. Swati travels by Bus. The
one whose means of travel is Cycle does not visit Kedarnath.
, , , , ,प औ
, ; , - , , ,
प, औ
, ; ,
, , , , औ ,
, औ
, , प , प
औ ,
, - औ ए
, ए
प , औ ए
, ए
,
Sol)
11)
Ten persons P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X and Y lives in a building of five
floors such that ground floor is numbered 1 and floor above it is 2 and
so on up to top floor which is numbered as 5. Each of the floor consist
of 2 flats as flat-1and flat-2. Flat-1 of floor-2 is immediately above flat-1
of floor-1 and immediately below flat-1 of floor-3 and in the same way
flat-2 of floor-2 is immediately above flat-2 of floor-1 and immediately
below flat-2 of floor-3 and so on. Flat-2 of each floor is in east of Flat-1
S lives in even numbered flat of even numbered floor. R lives west of U
on one of the floor above S.
There are three floors in between floors of V and R.
Only One floor is in between the floors of X and Y, who does not live
with V. X lives above Y but not in same numbered flat. P live in flat-1 of
odd numbered floor. T live below P but not in flat-2.
W lives east of P but not on same flat numbered as of V.
P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X औ Y ए प प
1औ ऊप 2
औ 5 . 2 - -1
औ -2. -1 औ -2 1 1 ऊप औ
3 1 औ 2 2
1 2 ऊप औ 3 2 औ
आ . -2 -1 प .
S . R, S ऊप
ए प U प .
Vऔ R .
Xऔ Y ए , V . X,Y ऊप
.P -1
. T,P -2 .
W, P प प प V .
I Can And I Will Page 23
100-PUZZLES-PDF- II
Sol.
12)
Seven person A, B, C, D, E, F and G goes for shopping on different days
of the week from Monday to Sunday on different malls viz. MGF, DLF,
Metropolitan, Pheonix, DB City, Mantri Square and Select Citywalk (but
not necessarily in the same order).
G goes to Pheonix but neither on Saturday or Friday. The one who goes
to Metropolitan for shopping goes on Wednesday. F neither goes to DB
city nor MGF but goes on Sunday. B goes on Monday. A goes on
Tuesday for shopping in DLF. The one who shops in Mantri Square goes
before F. Neither C nor D goes on Wednesday. The one who shops from
Mantri Square did not goes on Friday or Monday. D does not shops
from Mantri Square but shops after the one who shops at MGF.
A, B, C, D, E, F औ G
प , - ए , ए , प , ,
, औ प ए
( ).
G औ .
प ए प .F औ
ए .B .A
प ए ए . प
F प . Cऔ D .
प .D
ए
.
Sol.
13)
Some persons A1, A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7 and A8 sit in a row facing
North. All of them likes different color and each of them have different
height. A3 sits 4th to the left of A4, who likes orange color. The one
who likes black color sits at extreme right end. A5 sits 3rd to the left of
A6, who likes white color. Only four persons sit between A8 and A6.
Four persons sit between A3 and A1, who likes green color. A7 sits 7th
from the left end. Only one person sit between A6 and A2, who sits at
extreme right end. A8 sits immediate right to the one who likes orange
color. Only two persons sit to the left of A1.The one who likes Pink
color sits 5th to the left of A6. The one who likes Blue color sits 2nd to
the right of A8. A7 likes Yellow color. The one who likes Red color sits
5th to the right of A1.
Sol.
14)
Ten persons are sitting in two parallel rows containing five persons in
each row. In row 1, P1, P2 P3, P4 and P5 are sitting and all of them are
facing south. In row 2, A1, A2, A3, A4 and A5 are sitting and all of them
are facing north. In the given seating arrangement, each person seated
in a row faces another person of the other row but not necessarily in
the same order. Each of them has a birthday in different months viz.
March, April, May, June, July, August, September, October, November
and December but not necessarily in the same order.
Two persons sit between the one whose birthday is in March, who sits
at an extreme end and P5. A1 sits middle of the row and he is not an
immediate neighbour of A2, whose birthday is not in December. A5 is
sitting at an extreme end of the row. P5’s birthday is in July and he sits
on the immediate right of the one whose birthday is in April. P5 faces
the immediate neighbour of A2. P3 does not sit at the extreme left end
of the row. A1’s birthday is not in November. Only one person sits
between P2 and P4 whose birthday is in March. A4’s birthday is in
August and he is an immediate neighbour of the one whose birthday is
in December. A4 does not face the one whose birthday is in May. A3’s
birthday is in June and he is an immediate neighbour of the one whose
birthday is in November. The one whose birthday is in November faces
the one who is immediate neighbour of the one whose birthday is in
July. There are two persons between the one whose birthday is in
September and the one whose birthday is in May. P3’s birthday is not in
September. A5’s birthday is not in October.
प प प .
प 1 , P1, P2 P3, P4 औ P5 औ ओ .
प 2 , A1, A2, A3, A4 औ A5 औ ओ .
,प प
ओ .
: , , , , , , ,
, औ .
, आ प औ
P5 . A1 प औ A2 प
आ . A5 प प
. P5 औ प ए
. P5, A2 प ओ . P3 प ए
प . A1 . ए P2
औ P4 . A4
औ प . A4
ओ . A3
औ प
. , प
प ओ . औ प ए
. P3 . A5
.
Sol.
15)
Six persons A, B, C, D, E and F attends lecture of six different
subjects i.e. English, Hindi, Maths, Science, Economics and
Accounts in a same institute in six continuous time slots each of
either 1.5 hour or 3 hours. There is no break time between lecture
timings. First lecture starts at 6:30 AM. Three lectures are of 3
hours each and rest are of 1.5 hour each. B does not studies
Science or Economics. C does not studies accounts or Maths. A
attends lecture of English and his lecture ends at 12:30 PM.
There are two lectures between lectures of English and that of
Hindi, which is of 1.5 hours. More than three persons attend
lecture between D and F. D attends lecture immediate before the
lecture of Economics, which starts at 9:30 AM. B attends lecture
just after the one who attends lecture of accounts which is of 3
hours.
- A, B, C, D, E औ F, - - ,
, , औ ए
1.5 3
प 6:30 प प
आ 3 औ
1.5 B, प C, ए
प A, औ
12:30 प प औ
, 1.5 Dऔ F
D, प ,
9:30 प प आ B, ए
, 3
Sol.
16)
Ten persons sit in two parallel rows facing each other. A, B. C. D and E sits in row 1 and
faces South. U, V, W, X and Y sits in row 2 and faces North. Each of them likes ten
different festivals i.e. Holi, Diwali, Eid, Rakhi, Easter, Gurupurab, Onam, Pongal,
Christmas and Bihu.
X sits third to left of one who likes Easter. C sits in middle of the row. The one who likes
Christmas is an immediate neighbor of D and faces the one who likes Easter. Two
persons sit between V and W. The one who likes Diwali is an immediate neighbour of
the one who faces V. C does not like Diwali. Two persons sit between the one who likes
Eid and the one who likes Onam. The one who likes Bihu faces Eid and sit third to the
left of E. U does not likes Easter. U is not an immediate neighbor of the one who faces B.
The one who likes Gurupurab sit at an extreme end. V does not like Eid. Only one person
sits between the one who likes Gurupurab and Pongal. The one who like Holi faces the
one who likes Pongal. The one who likes Rakhi faces North.
प A, B, C, D औ E, प -1 औ
ओ U, V, W, X औ Y प -2 औ ओ
- , , , , , प ,ओ ,प ,
औ प
X, प ए प C, प
प ,D ए प औ प
ओ Vऔ W प ,V
ओ ए प C, प औ
ओ प प , प
ओ औ E ए प U, प
U, B ओ प प प
प V, प प औ प प
ए प ,प प
ओ प ओ
Sol.
17)
- P, Q, R, S, T, V औ U -
, , , , , औ
, - प आ पए ,
, , आ ,ए ए , औ ए आ T,
औ 30 S R,
ए आ Tऔ
Qऔ V
औ ए ए
P, R औ आ
P ,आ पए S
U औ Q, ए ए
आ 30
Sol.
18)
Eight family members M, N, O, P, Q, R, T and U are going for a
marriage party. Only three of them are females. They all sit
around a circular table for dinner facing center but not
necessarily in the same order. Each of them is in relation with
M in some way. O is the son of M and sits third to the right of
him. Brother of M sits opposite to O. U is the wife of M and sits
opposite to her son-in-law. Father of Q sits third to the left of
him. P is not mother-in-law of U. Mother-in-law of M’s wife sits
second to the left of M. R sits immediate right to her husband
T.
प आ M, N, O, P, Q, R, T औ U
ए
एए ओ
आ M ए
O, M प औ
प M O प U, M प
औ प प Q प ,
प P, U M प ,M
प R प प T ओ
Sol.
19)
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting around a square table and
all of them are facing towards the center of table. Each of them like different
brand viz. Oneplus, Honor, Apple, Poco, Oppo, Vivo, Samsung and Moto but
not necessarily in the same order. Two persons sit on each side of table.
A sits third to left of G who likes Moto brand. Only one person sits between
A and C. The one who likes Apple brand sits second to right of C. Only one
person sits between A and H. The persons who like Oneplus and Samsung
brand sit on the same side. E neither like Oneplus nor Samsung brand. Three
persons sit between the one who likes Poco brand and the one who like
Oneplus brand. C does not like Poco or Oneplus brand. Only one person sits
between E and F who likes Oppo brand. The one who likes Honor brand
does not sit with adjacent to F. H does not sit on same side with the one
who likes Poco brand. Only three persons sit between the one who likes
Vivo and D.
आ A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H ए ओ औ
ओ . प :
, ,ए ,प ,ओ , , औ
. प .
A, G ए प प . ए
Aऔ C . ए प ,C
प . ए Aऔ H .
औ प , प .E औ
प . प औ प
. C, प प .
ए Eऔ F , ओ प .
प ,F आ .Hप प
प . प औ
D .
Sol.
20)
Eight employees P, R, T, V, A, C, E and G are living in a building on different floors
such as ground floor is numbered as 1 and top floor is numbered as 8, but not
necessarily in the same order. All of them work at different banks ICICI, BOI, BOB,
OBC, SBI, HDFC, DCB and UCO, but not necessarily in the same order.
Four employees live between E and the one who works at BOI, who lives above E.
P lives at odd no floor except 7th floor and does not live adjacent to E. The one
who works at DCB lives adjacent above BOI. One employee lives between P and
the one who works at ICICI bank. G works at BOB and lives above 5th floor. A does
not live adjacent to the one who works at ICICI bank and does not work at OBC or
UCO bank. V does not live at odd no floor and does not work at DCB or BOI bank.
The one who works at SBI lives at ground floor. More than three employees live
between A and the one who works at BOB. One employee lives between T and C,
who does not work at DCB. The one who work at OBC does not live adjacent to A.
आ P, R, T, V, A, C, E औ G ए प
1औ 8 ,
. : ICICI, BOI, BOB, OBC, SBI, HDFC, DCB
औ UCO, .
E औ BOI , E ऊप .
P, 7 प औ E आ
. DCB , BOI ऊप .ए P
औ ICICI . G, BOB औ
प ऊप . A, ICICI
औ OBC UCO .V प
औ DCB BOI . SBI
प . A औ BOB
.ए Tऔ C , DCB . OBC
,A .
Sol.
21)
Eight Students are sitting in two parallel rows in such way that there is an
equal distance between adjacent students. In row-I A, C, G and H are seated
and all of them are facing south. In row-II P, S, T and W are seated and all of
them are facing north, but not necessarily in the same order. Each of them
gets different ranks in test viz 1st, 2nd, 3rd , 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th and 8th, but
not necessarily in the same order.
C sits second to the left of the one who gets 3rd rank. The one who gets 8th
rank faces North direction. The one who gets 6th rank sits between P and W.
H and the one who gets 8th rank do not sit any extreme ends. C does not get
7th rank. A gets 3rd rank and sits opposite to the one who sits second left of
P. The one who gets 5th rank sits in same row with the one who gets 2nd
rank. The one who gets 7th rank does not sit at extreme ends. P sits at
extreme end. S gets 1st rank and does not sit opposite to the one who gets
2nd rank. P does not get 2nd rank.
आ प
.प -I , A, C, G औ H ए ओ
. प -II , P, S, T औ W ए ओ ,
.
, -प , , , ,प , , औ आ
.
C, ए प . आ
, ओ . ,P
औ W .Hऔ आ ,
प .C .A
औ P ए प प .
प , प
. , प .P
प .Sप औ
प .P .
Sol 21
22)
There are eight people A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H they live on 8 different floors
of a building, lowermost floor is numbered as 1 and topmost floor is
numbered as 8. All are of different ages i.e. 51, 36, 39, 25, 14, 11, 17 and 19,
but not necessarily in the same order.
Only three person lives between B and the one who is 14 years old. Only
two persons live between G and the one who is second eldest person among
all. F is the oldest person among all. Only two person lives between G and
the one whose age is a perfect square of odd number. G does not live on
even number floor. Only three person lives between H and the one who is
11 years old. A is not the youngest among all. E and D are not the second
youngest person and neither of them is 25 years of age. The one who is
oldest does not live on odd number floor. A live immediately above the one
who is 14 years of age but not on even number floor. A’s age is not an odd
number. E’s age a prime number but does not live on the top floor. H is
younger than E.
आ A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H 8 - प ,
1औ 8 - आ ,
: 51, 36, 39, 25, 14, 11, 17 औ 19,
B औ 14 आ Gऔ
F,
Gऔ आ प ,
G प H औ 11
आ A
Eऔ D औ
आ 25 प A, 14
आ ऊप प A
आ ए E आ प
H, E
Sol. 22
23)
Ten persons P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y are going to attend the seminar on
two different dates 18 and 25 of five different months January, March, April,
May, June. Also each of them is of different height. Only four persons are
shorter than Q. X attend the seminar on an even date of a month having 30
days. Only three persons attend seminar in between X and Y who is the
tallest person. V goes immediately before U but not in the same month also
V is shorter than U. Only four persons attend the seminar in between V and
R. W attend the seminar immediately before R and is third shortest person.
S is just taller than V. The one who is second tallest attend the seminar
immediately before the one who is the shortest. R is taller than X but
shorter than U. P is shorter than W and X, who is not the shortest. The
shortest person attends the seminar immediately before the one who is the
tallest. Q does not attend the seminar on an odd date. T is not the second
tallest. P neither attend the seminar before W nor in a month having 30
days. R is shorter than S.
P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y प - , , ,
, - 18 औ 25
Q X, 30
Xऔ Y
, V, U प
V, U Vऔ R
W, R प औ
S, V ,
प R, X U
P, W औ X , ,
प Q
T P W प 30
R, S
Sol.
24)
There are eight persons i.e. A, B, C, D, M, N, O and P who all sitting around a
circular table such that four of them like fruits i.e. Banana, Mango, Litchi,
Kiwi and other four likes Rose, Orchid, Lily and Sunflower. Those who likes
Flower face outside and those who like Fruits face inside.
M sits third to the right of the one who likes Rose. Only one person sits
between the one who likes Rose and Orchid. N, who likes Kiwi sits third to
the right of the one who likes Orchid. Only one person sits between N and
the one who likes Banana. O does not like Flower. O sits opposite to the one
who like Mango. Only one person sits between O and P. The one who like
Litchi and sunflower are immediate neighbours. P faces same direction as N.
A sit second to the right of B and does not like Orchid. C is not immediate
neighbour of P. D is not the immediate neighbour of M.
आ : A, B, C, D, M, N, O औ P ए ओ
प : ,आ , ,
औ ,ओ , औ प प
ओ औ प ओ
M, प प औ
ओ प ए N,
प ,ओ प प N
औ प ए O प
O, आ प प Oऔ P
ए औ प ए
प P ओ ओ N
A, B प औ ओ प C, P
प D, M प
Sol.
25)
ए ए प ओ
प S, P प
Q, प औ S प प
औ प
प ,P ए प प
औ F, प ए
Fऔ V प , प प
, प X प औ P
प C, प औ X प
प
Sol.
26)
Eight students J, K, L, M, N, P, Q and R participated in a Quiz in a school
competition. They were sitting around a circular ring facing outside the
centre. All eight students participated in different subjects quiz Science,
Mathematics, English, and Reasoning, at least two students in each subject
group, but not necessarily in the same order. These students are from
different schools, viz DAV Model, Indian School of Learning (ISL), DAV
Baniahir, DPS Central, BAL Bhawan, Valmiki, Amity International and Ryan
Public school but not necessarily in the same order.
No two students of the same subject group are sitting adjacent to each
other except those who belong to English group. The Students from
reasoning group are sitting opposite to each other. M is neither in DAV
Baniahir nor in BAL Bhawan School. The student who is from Amity
international school is sitting on the immediate right of the student who is
from DAV Baniahir. L, who is in the DPS Central, is in Science group and she
is sitting on the immediate right of P, who is in group English. P is not in BAL
Bhawan School and she is not from DAV Baniahir. K who is from DAV Model
School is neither in reasoning group nor in the subject group of Science and
Math’s. K is sitting opposite to N. Only Valmiki’s Student J is sitting between
the participant N, who is from Amity School and the Ryan Public School
participant. Both the students of subject group Mathematics are sitting
adjacent to students of subject group Reasoning. Q is not the neighbour of
M.
आ J, K, L, M, N, P, Q औ R ए ए
ओ ए ओ
आ , , औ
, ,
आ : ए ,
ऑ (ISL), ए , पए , ,
,ए औ प आ
ए ए -
ए - प
M ए औ
ए ए ए
L, पए , औ P
ए , P, औ
ए K, ए औ
ए K, N प
J, N ए औ
, प ,
Q, M प ?
Sol.
27)
M, N, O, P, Q, R and S attended their school farewell party in different
months of the same year viz. February, March, April, May, Aug, October and
December but not necessarily in the same order. No two persons attended
the farewell in the same month. Each one of them uses different stationery
items i.e. Pen, Pencil, Scale, Sharpener, Note book, Marker pen and Eraser
but not necessarily in the same order. Each person also likes different food
items i.e. Burger, Sandwich, Hotdog, Dairy Milk, Pizza, Cake and Snickers but
not necessarily in the same order.
The person who likes Dairy milk attends the farewell party on one of the
months after March which has less than 31 days. The one who likes
sandwich does not use Pen. M attended farewell party in that month which
has less than 31 days. R does not use Marker pen. There is only one person
who attended the farewell between R and the person who uses Pencil. The
one who uses Pencil attended the farewell party in the month having less
than 31 days. The person who likes Hotdog attends the farewell party in the
month immediately before the one who likes Snickers and immediately after
the one who likes Dairy Milk. The one who uses Scale attends the farewell
party immediately before R. P attended the farewell party immediately after
R. Only two persons attended farewell party between P and Q. The person
who likes Pizza attends the farewell party immediately before the one who
likes Cake. O attended the farewell party immediately after M. Only one
person attended farewell party between R and the one who uses Note Book.
O does not like Burger. The one who uses Sharpener attended the farewell
party immediately before the one who use Note book. There are two
persons attend the farewell party between the one who likes dairy milk and
the one who likes pizza. S does not use scale. The person who uses Marker
pen attended the farewell party in the month having less than 30 days.
M, N, O, P, Q, R औ S - , , ,
, , औ , प प ,
, -
प ,प , , प , , प औ
प , - ,
, , , प , औ ,
प प
, 31 प प
प M, प ,
31 R, प प Rऔ प
प ए प
प प प
, 31 प ,
प प औ प
प
प ,R प प P, R
प Pऔ Q
प प प , प
प प O, M प
Rऔ प ए
प O प प
प , प प
प औ प प
प S, प
प प प
, 30
Sol.
28)
There are ten female friends who are sitting in two parallel rows containing
five persons each. In row 1, J, K, L, M and N are sitting and all of them are
facing south. In row 2, U, V, W, X and Y are sitting and all of them are facing
north. In the given seating arrangement, each member seated in a row faces
another member of the other row. Moreover, each of them is searching
handbag online on different online websites. They like different handbag
brands i.e. Caprese, Fostelo, Lavie, Baggit, Lino perros, Diana korr, Cathy
london, Adisa, Yark and Alessia, but not necessarily in the same order.
Y is sitting at an extreme end. There are only two women sitting between
the one who likes Caprese brand, who sits at an extreme end and N. U, who
sits in the middle of the row, is not an immediate neighbour of V, who
doesn’t like Alessia brand. N likes Lino perros brand and sits on the
immediate right of the person who likes Fostelo brand. N faces the
immediate neighhour of V. K is not sitting at the extreme left end. U does
not like Yark brand. There is only one person sit between L and M, who like
Caprese brand. X who likes Diana korr brand is an immediate neighbour of
the woman who likes Alessia brand and X does not face the woman, who
likes Lavie brand. W, who likes Baggit brand, is an immediate neighbour of
the person who likes Yark brand and the person who likes Yark brand faces
the immediate neighbour of the person who likes Lino perros brand. There
are two women between the woman who likes Cathy London brand and the
woman who likes Lavie brand. K does not like Cathy London brand. Y does
not like Adisa brand.
प , प प
प 1 , J, K, L, M औ N औ ओ
प 2 , U, V, W, X औ Y औ ओ
,ए प प
ओ , ऑ प ऑ
प ; - , ,
, , प , , , , औ ए ,
आ
Yए प ए प , प
औ N ए U, प ,V
प , ए प N प
प औ ए , प
N, V प ओ K ए प
U प L औ M, प ,
ए X, प , प
, ए प औ प ओ
W, प , प
प औ प , प प
प ओ औ
प ओ ए K,
प Y प
Sol.
29)
There are five guests from five different foreign countries. These guests lives
on different floors viz. Fourth, Eighth, Second, Sixth and Third of a same
building. These guests have different number of pets with them viz. 3, 5, 6, 4
and 9. They are from different countries viz. K, L, M, J and N but not
necessarily in the same order. The Name of the guests are P, Q, R, S and T.
Neither R nor T lives on fourth floor. The person who lives on fourth floor
does not have the most and the least number of pets. The person who is
from N has five pets but that person is neither Q nor T. The person who is
from K lives on second floor. The person who is from M has six pets and he
lives on one of the floors amongst Eighth, Second and Third. S has three pets
and he does not live on second floor. The number of pets P has is a multiple
of 3. P is not from K nor does he live on fourth floor. The person who is from
L lives on either Second or Third floor.
प प ए -
प ,आ , , औ
प - , 3, 5, 6, 4 औ 9
K, L, M, J औ N
P, Q, R, S औ T Rऔ T प
प प प
N , प 5प
Qऔ T K , प
M प प औ
आ , औ ए प S प प
औ प P प 3
P, K औ प L
, प
Sol.
30)
Seven countries participated in two different games Kabaddi and
Hockey. The countries which participated in both the games were
Japan, India, Pakistan, Afghanistan, Iran, South Korea and Australia.
Each country obtained different rankings on the basis of their
performance in the games. No two countries obtained the same
ranking in a particular game. Japan’s ranking in Kabaddi race was just
above South Korea but in Hockey it was just below Pakistan.
Afghanistan's ranking in Hockey was just above Australia but in Kabaddi
it was just below Iran. Ranking of Japan and Afghanistan were
consecutive (but not necessarily in the same order) in both the games.
At least four countries got rankings above Japan in Kabaddi. Pakistan
did not get the highest or the lowest ranking in any games. South
Korea‘s performance was better than Australia’s in both games. Japan
was ranked amongst top three teams in Hockey.
औ
- प , ,प , , ,
औ ऑ प आ प
ए
प ऊप
प
ऑ ऊप प
औ (
) प ऊप
प
ऑ
प
Sol.
31)
A, B, C, D, E and F are six businessmen from six different countries U, V,
W, X, Y and Z but not necessarily in the same order. Each of them have
different amount of land and different number of flats.
The businessman from V has land which is two acres less than half the
amount of land as the businessman who has 8 flats. C and the
businessman from Z together have 25 acres of land. B has 12 more flats
than D ,who is from W. The businessman from X has 4 acres of land.
The businessman from W has 24 acres of land and has 8 flats. The
businessman who has 15 acres of land has 24 flats. E is from country Y.
Neither A nor B is from Z. The number of flats E has is equal to the sum
of the number of flats possessed by A and C. The businessman from Y
has 8 acres of land. The businessman from Y has six flats more than A ,
who is from country U. B has land which is 20 acres less than D’s land.
A, B, C, D, E औ F , - U, V, W, X, Y औ Z
, प
औ
V , प 8 आ
ए Cऔ Z , प 25
ए B प D 12 , W X
, प 4ए W , प 24 ए
औ 8 प 15 ए , प
24 E Y A B, Z E ,Aऔ C
Y , प
8ए Y , प A ,
U B प 20 ए , D प
Sol.
32)
A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are eight family members who are living in
different cities as they work in different places. All members are
meeting at F’s house on the occasion of Diwali Pooja. Each member is
related to F in a certain way as in - Father, Mother, Brother, Sister,
Wife, Son, Daughter but not necessarily in the same order. They are
sitting around the circular table in such a way that some are facing to
the center of the table and some are facing away from the center of the
table.
G sits second to the left to D and A sits second to the right to the one
who is opposite to C. The Father of F sits third to the left to his
granddaughter. Only one pair of mother and daughter sit together and
they face in opposite direction and other pair face same direction. Only
one person sits between E and B and E faces to the Centre. Two
persons sit between F and his sister and they face same direction. One
couple faces opposite direction while other couple faces same
direction. E sits immediate right of her uncle who face same direction
to his father. B sits second to the right of her granddaughter. D sits
opposite to her brother in law and faces the same direction as him. No
father sits adjacent to her daughter. No one sits between A and his son.
G sits between two females and face outward. H sits to immediate left
of A and faces same direction as his sister faces.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H ए प आ ,
प प
प F प F
, - प , , , ,प ,प ,प ,
ओ
ओ औ ओ
G, D ए प औ A, C प
प F प , प प ए प
औ प ए ए प
औ Eऔ B
ए E ओ Fऔ
ए प
E प
, प प B, प प
प D प - - प औ
ओ ए प प प
Aऔ प G ओ
औ ओ H, A ए औ
प
Sol.
33)
Eight students i.e. B, C, K, L, G, P, M and Z are sitting around a
circular table for dinner purpose and all are facing toward the centre.
They are from different standards i.e. 1st, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 7th, 8th, 9th
and 12th but not necessary in same order. The one who is in 5th
standard sits immediate left of the one who sits opposite of L. M sits
second to the left of Z who sits opposite of the one who is in 7th
standard. Z is an immediate neighbour of P who sits second to the
right of the one who is in 5th standard. The one who is in 7th standard
does not sit immediate right of the one who sits opposite of the one
who is in 5th standard. B sits third to the right of M and studies in 12th.
C sits immediate right of K but does not sit opposite to the one who is
in 12th standard. The one who is in 9th standard sits opposite to
K.The one who is in 1st standard sits opposite to the one who is in
8thstandard.K is in 4th standard and sits adjacent to the one who is in
1st standard.
आ , - B, C, K, L, G, P, M औ Z एए
ओ ओ , - 1st, 3rd,
4th, 5th, 7th, 8th, 9th औ 12th आ
5 , ए , L प M, Z ए
, 7 प प Z, P ए
प , 5 प प
7 प , 5 प प
B, M प औ 12th प
C, K , 12 प प
9 प K प 1 प ,
8 प प K 4 औ 1 प
आ
Sol.
34)
Seven persons i.e. M, H, V, B, G , C and Y are living on seven storey building.
Ground floor is numbered as 1st floor and Top most floor is numbered as
7th floor. They like different mobile phones i.e. Sony, HTC, MI, Lenovo,
Redmi, Samsung and Iphone, but not necessarily in the same order. The one
who likes Redmi lives on even numbered floor but above from V and H.
There are two persons live between the one who likes Redmi and C. C lives
just below from the one who likes Samsung. G lives on even numbered floor
and just above from the one who likes MI Phone. The one who likes HTC
mobile lives on 1st floor but that person is not C. V lives on odd numbered
floor and just below from the one who likes Sony. C does not like MI phone.
B likes Lenovo phones. H lives just above from M.
, - M, H, V, B, G , C औ Y
1 औ 7 प
, - ,ए ,ए आ , , , औ आ ,
प
प , V औ H ऊप प औ C
C, प G
- प औ ए आ प ऊप
ए प प प ,
C V प औ प
C, ए आ प B,
प H, M ऊप
Sol.
35)
A, D, F, L, M, Q, R ए प
ओ
ओ , आ R
प ए प M, R ओ
प Q, M ओ प D, Q ए
प A, Q ओ प F,
M ए प F, L ओ प
A ,L प ओ ( L
ओ A ओ
प ) A प F
ओ D, F ओ
प
I Can And I Will Page 76
100-PUZZLES-PDF- II
Sol.
36)
Eight girls P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, X uses different brands of shampoo viz. Clinic
Plus , Dove, Fiama Di Wills, Head & Shoulder ,Himalaya, L’Oreal Paris,
Sunsilk, Tresemme also wears clothes of different brands viz. Armani,
Burberry, Chanel, Fendi, Gucci, Hermes, Parada, Versace but not necessarily
in the same order. Himalaya is used by the one who wears Fendi. R wears
Versace and does not use Sunsilk or Tresemme. V uses Head & Shoulder. T
uses Dove and wears Burberry. The one who uses Fiama Di Wills does not
wear the clothes of Armani and Chanel. X wears Herms and Q wears Parada
respectively. P and S do not use Himalaya. P does not wear Gucci or Chanel.
The one uses Tresemme does not wear Chanel or Armani. The one who uses
Sunsilk does not wear Gucci or Chanel. X does not use Sunsilk or Fiama Di
Wills. R uses Clinic Plus. The one who wears Parada uses L’Oreal Paris.
आ P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, X,
- , , आ , ए , ,ए
ओ प , , , प
, , , , , ,प , , आ
प प R प प औ
V‘ ए ’ T
औ प प ‘ आ ’
औ प प X औ Q
प प प Pऔ S P
औ प प
प प
प प X ‘ आ ’
R‘ ’ प
प प ‘ए ओ प ’
Sol.
37)
Ten persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I and J are sitting in a row some are facing
north and some are facing south (but not necessarily in the same manner).
(Note: Facing the same direction means if one is facing north then the other
also faces north and vice versa. Facing opposite direction means if one is facing
north then the other faces south and vice versa).
Six persons sit between A and D and none of them sits at any end of the row.
Both A and D faces same direction. Two persons sit between E and D. I sits
fourth to the left of E. Only one person sit between H and I. C sits to the
immediate left of H. G and B are not the immediate neighbors of A. Persons
sitting at the end face opposite directions. Immediate neighbors of D face same
direction as D. Two persons sit between J and G. F faces north. G and B face
same direction as J. Immediate neighbors of E face opposite direction. The
number of person facing south is not equal to the number of person facing
north.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I औ J ए प ओ
औ ओ ( )
( : ओ ए ओ
ओ औ प प ओ
ए ओ ओ औ
प )
Aऔ D औ प प
Aऔ D ओ Eऔ D
I, E प Hऔ I ए
C, H G औ B, A प प
प ओ D प ओ
ओ D Jऔ G F
ओ Gऔ B ओ ओ J
E प प ओ ओ
, ओ
Sol.
38)
J, K, L, M, N, O औ P प ओ
: ,ए ए औ पए
ए प ए
: , ,प , , ,
औ ( )
M, औ पए ए P
प ,
L, औ पए ए
J,
ए K, ए
औ N,
I Can And I Will Page 82
100-PUZZLES-PDF- II
Sol.
39)
Twelve persons are sitting in two parallel rows facing
each other. A, B, C, D, E and F are sitting in row 1
facing north and P, Q, R, S, T and U are sitting in row 2
facing south (not necessarily in the same order).
Two persons sit between F and B. Neither F nor B sits
at any end. Immediate neighbor of the one facing B
faces C. R sits at one of the end and faces D. Three
persons sit between T and R. F does not face T. S sits
to the immediate left of T. One of the immediate
neighbors of A faces T. Q faces E. U sits second to the
left of P. C does not face U.
प ए ओ
A, B, C, D, E औ F प 1 ओ
P, Q, R, S, T औ U प 2
ओ (आ )
Fऔ B Fऔ B
प B ओ ए
प C ओ Rए प औ
D ओ Tऔ R F, T
ओ S, T ओ A ए
प T ओ Q, E ओ
U, P ओ प C, U ओ
Sol.
40)
Eight people viz. P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W live in a
building of eight different floors. The ground floor is
numbered as 1, the floor just above it is numbered as 2
and so on till top floor which is numbered as 8 . Each of
them works in a different company viz. CTS, TCS, HCL,
L&T, Oracle, Capgemini, Infosys and Wipro (but not
necessarily in the same order).
Only three persons live below the floor in which the one
who works in CTS live. Two persons live between T and
the one who works in CTS. P who works in HCL lives
immediately above T. Four persons live between the one
who works in Wipro and the one who works in Infosys
and neither of them lives on the ground floor. R works in
L&T and does not live on an odd numbered floor. V
works in Capgemini. There are as many persons live
between V and the one who works in HCL as there are
between S and the one who works in CTS. U works in
Oracle. W lives in one of the floor above Q. The one who
works in Infosys does not live above W.
आ P, Q, R, S, T, U, V औ W ए
आ प
1 प , ऊप
2 प औ ऊप
8 ए प
- ए , ए ,ए ए ,ए ए ,
ओ , प , औ ( आ
)
प ए
Tऔ ए
P, ए ए
,T ऊप
औ
प R, ए ए
औ प
V प Vऔ ए ए
Sऔ ए
U, ओ
W, Q ऊप ए प
W ऊप
Sol.
आ A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H ए औ
ओ (आ )
, , , , ,
,प औ ( आ )
E, F ओ प औ Eऔ
A ओ C
, प G
औ ओ
ओ प
A औ H, B ओ
प D, A ओ प
Sol.
42)
Eight persons - H, I, J, K, L, M, N and O - are standing in a straight line
at equidistant. Some of them are facing north while others are facing
south. L is the brother of J .M who is son of H standing third to the
right to H. M is standing at one of the extreme ends. L is standing
third to the left of H, who is the husband of O. The immediate
neighbours of J face north. N, who is mother-in-law of O, is not an
immediate neighbour of H, who is son of I. The persons standing at
the extreme ends face the same direction (both are facing either North
or South). The immediate neighbours of H face just opposite direction
as that of M. I is father of J, who is aunt of M. The immediate
neighbours of O face opposite direction with respect to each other. K
is the child of H. K is one of the immediate neighbour of L and is
facing north. I is standing between J and M. Not more than four
persons are facing north. L is immediate right of K.
आ - H, I, J, K, L, M, N औ O – ए प प
ओ ओ L, J
M, H प ,H ए प M, ए
प L, H ए प , O प
J प ओ N, O ,H
प , I प प
( प ओ ) ओ H
प ,M प ओ I, J प , M
आ O प ए - प ओ ओ
K, H K, L ए प औ ओ
I, J औ M
ओ L, K ए
Sol
43)
A, B, C, D, E, F औ G ए ,
, औ ए
- - ए
- प - , , ,
, , प प औ पप D, औ
प प प प
F, पप प , B,
औ प C, G
प प , प
प
A औ प
Sol
44)
Sol.
45)
Sol.
46)
A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are eight friends in the college. They
all are the players of cricket and play at inter school
competition. They like different cricketers among Dhoni, Kohli
and Sachin but not necessarily in the same order. Three of
them like Kohli and Sachin each and two of them like Dhoni.
Each one of them has a different height.
i. The tallest does not like Dhoni and the smallest does not
like Kohli.
ii. F is taller than A and D, but shorter than H and B. E, who
does not like Kohli, is taller than B and is the second tallest. G
is shorter than D but taller than A.
iii. H, who is fourth from the top, likes Sachin along with D.
iv. G does not like Kohli and Dhoni. B does not like Dhoni.
ए A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H आ
औ ,
औ - प
आ औ
प औ प
:
i. प औ
प
ii. F, A औ D , Hऔ B E,
प ,B औ G, D
A
iii. H, प ,D प
iv. G औ प B प
Sol.
47)
I, X, M, Y, N, Z, K and L are sitting around a square table in
such a way that four of them sit at four corners of the square
while four sit in the middle of each of the four sides. The ones
who sit at the four corners face the centre while those who sit
in the middle of the sides face outside. Four of them are
males and rest are females. Two females sit in the middle of
the sides and two at the corners. I sits second to the left of K.
K sits in the middle of one of the sides. M sits fourth to the
right of his wife and his wife is not an immediate neighbour of
I or K. X sits third to right of her husband. X does not sit at any
of the corners. Only Y sits between X and L. L is the husband
of I. N is a male.
औ ए ओ
ए प
ओ ए प
ओ ओ
ओ प औ ए
ओ ए प
ए प ए आ
प प ए प औ प
प प प ए प
प औ
प ए प
Sol
48)
A, B, C and D are the presidents of four different countries
who stand side by side for a media photo-shoot. They are
from different countries viz. P, Q, R and S and they all are
wearing different clothes i.e Sherwani, Suit, Kurta and
Tuxedo though not necessarily in the same order. B is the
president of Q.
The president of S is wearing sherwani. The president of P
is standing at the leftmost end of the line. The president of
P is standing adjacent to C. The person who is standing
second from the right end is wearing a suit. The president
of R wears a kurta. C wears a sherwani. D is standing to
the right of B.
A, B, C औ D, प , ए -
एए - ,
: P, Q, R औ S ए - प
प : , , औ , आ
B, Q प
S प , प ए P प ,प ए
प P प ,C
ए प , प ए R
प प ए C प D, B ए
ओ
Sol.
49)
P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are seven employees who are
working in a bank. They work on seven different floors of a
building, but not necessarily in the same order. The
lowermost floor of the building is numbered one; the one
above it is number two and so on till the topmost floor is
number seven. Each of them also likes a different dish in
breakfast i.e. Dosa, Poha, Idli, Vada, Sandwich, Upma
and Burger, but not necessarily in the same order.
T works on one of the floors below Q, but does not work
on the lowermost floor. V works on the floor immediately
below the floor on which T works. The one who works on
7th floor likes Dosa. Only one person works between the
one who likes Sandwich and the one who likes Upma. S
does not like Sandwich. V does not like Dosa. There are
three persons between Q and T. The one who likes Vada
works on one of the odd-number floor below U. P works
immediately above U and does not like Idli. Only one
person works between Q and the one who likes Idli. The
one who likes Poha works on one of the even-numbered
floors above the one who likes Idli. The one who likes
Burger works immediately above V, who does not like
Vada. S works on one of the floors above R.
P, Q, R, S, T, U औ V ए
ए - प ,
आ
1 , ऊप 2 औ आ
7
- प प , - ,प , , ,
, प औ , आ
T, Q ए प ,
प V,
प , प T 7
प , प प
औ प प
ए S प V
प Qऔ T
प , U ए -
प P, U ऊप औ
प Qऔ प
ए प प ,
प ऊप ए
प प , V
ऊप , प S, R ऊप
ए प
Sol.
50)
There are five Gymnasts A, B, C, D and E who are
fighting with five grapplers viz. Q, R, S, T and U but
not necessarily in the same order. Each fight is of
one hour duration. First fight is scheduled from 6PM
and the last at 10PM. All five fights are taking place
at different cities viz. Sydney, New York, Las Vegas,
Toronto and Sao Paolo. No male Gymnast fights
with a female grappler. Among Gymnasts, there are
only three females, who are- the one who fights with
R, the one whose fight is at 8 PM and the one
whose fight is in Toronto. The female whose fight is
at 10 PM fights in Las Vegas. The grappler whose
fight is in New York does not fight at 6 PM. S’s fight
is neither in New York nor in Sydney. T does not
fight in New York. The Gymnast who has a fight with
T is a female but she is not D. E fights at 10 PM. A
and C are not females. A’s fight is at 9 PM and fights
neither with T nor with the one whose fight is in New
York. B fights at 7 PM. Q’s fight is in Sydney and he
does not fight with A.
प A, B, C, D औ E , प प
Q, R, S, T औ U, ,
आ ए
प 6 औ 10
प -
, , , औ ओप
प , प
, ए R
, 8 औ
10
, प
, 6
S औ
T
T , ए D
E 10 Aऔ C
A 9 औ T
औ
B 7 Q
औ A
Sol.
51)
There are seven people P, Q, R, S, T, U and V.
Consider that they all were born on same date and
same month but on different years viz. 1949, 1956,
1961, 1965, 1977, 1982, and 1990 but not
necessarily in same order. Calculation should be
done with respect to the year 2017 and assuming
months and date to be same. U was born after 1965
but not on 1990. Total age of U and P is 96yr.
Difference between the age of T and S is more than
8yr but less than 13yr. R was born on odd year but
not on 1965. Q is older than V. R’s age is greater
than 40 yrs. There is only one person between T
and S.
P, Q, R, S, T, U औ V ए
औ
- 1949, 1956, 1961, 1965, 1977, 1982, औ 1990
, आ
औ ए 2017
ए U 1965 आ 1990 आ
Uऔ P आ 96 Tऔ S आ
8 13 R
आ 1965 आ Q, V
आ R आ 40 Tऔ S
ए आ
I Can And I Will Page 111
100-PUZZLES-PDF- II
Sol.
52)
Eight persons are sitting in two square tables, 1
table is inner side of another table. 4 persons are
sitting on each table. The persons who sit in inner
side of the table sit in the middle side and faces
outside the center and the persons who sit on outer
side of the square sit in the corner and faces inside.
T sits second to the left of R who is not an
immediate neighbor of V, who sits immediate right of
U. S and Q do not sit on the same table. P and W
are not immediate neighbors and do not sit in front
of each other. W does not sit with U in the same
table. Q is to immediate left of R. V sits opposite to
P, who does not sit at the corner side of the table.
आ प ,1 ,
ओ प 4 ओ
ओ औ
ओ प , प
औ ओ
T, R ओ प , V प
, U ओ Sऔ Q प
Pऔ W प औ ए -
W, U प Q, R
ओ V, P प , ए
प
I Can And I Will Page 113
100-PUZZLES-PDF- II
Sol.
53)
Twelve friends are sitting in two rows facing each other. L, K, Z,
O, P and M are sitting in a row-2 facing North and S, T, V, U, C
and A are sitting in a different row-1 facing South, but not
necessarily in the same order. Each friend in a row is facing
exactly one friend from the other row. The following information
is known about them. S sits second to the right of the person
who sits opposite K. K does not sit at any end of the row. Z and
O are immediate neighbours of K, and one of them sits at an
extreme end. P sits second to the left of O but does not
opposite to V. S is a neighbor of V but does not opposite to M.
Neither T nor C are adjacent to S. C is adjacent to either V or T
but not both. A is a neighbor of the person who sits opposite to
P.
प ए - ओ L,
K, Z, O, P औ M प -2 ओ
S, T, V, U, C औ A ए प -1 ओ
, आ ए प
प ए ओ
S, ओ
प , K प Kप
प Z औ O, K प औ
ए प P, O ओ प
V प S, V ए प M
प T C, S आ C, V T
आ A प P
प
I Can And I Will Page 115
100-PUZZLES-PDF- II
Sol.
54)
There are Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F and G who watch
movies on different months of the year viz. January, April,
May and September, such that only two persons watch
movie in each of the months. Each Movie is watched on
either 7th or 21th day of the month. No two persons can
watch a movie on the same day. D watches movie in the
month of September. H and B watch the movies in the
same month. There are three movies watched between
the movies watched by E and C. H does not watch movie
in September. G watches movie immediately after B. The
number of persons who watch movies between the movies
of F and G is the same as the number of persons who
watch movies between the movies of B and D. E does not
watch the movie on May. H watches movie before B.A
does not watch movie immediately before D.
आ A, B, C, D, E, F औ G , ए -
, , औ
ए
7 21 ए
D, H
औ Bए Eऔ C
H
G, B Fऔ G
Bऔ D
E, H, B प
A, D प
Sol.
55)
While discussing a wartime strategy, eight soldiers P,
Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are standing in a circular
arrangement with equal distance between each other
but not necessarily in the same order. Some of them
are facing the centre while some are facing outside the
centre i.e. away from the centre). They all are from four
different parts of the country viz. West India, North
India, East India and South India, such that two soldiers
are from each part. S stands second to the right of U. R
stands on the immediate right of Q, who is from West
India. U stands third to the left of V, who is from South
India and both are facing the same direction. W is not
facing the centre and is from East India. W and S are
immediate neighbours of V. The immediate neighbours
of P are facing the centre. One of the persons who is
from South India is an immediate neighbour of the
persons who are from East India. P stands fourth to the
left of R and both are facing opposite directions and are
from the same part of the country. U and Q are not
facing the same direction but U is an immediate
neighbour of P. The soldiers who are from West India
stand adjacent to each other, but face opposite
directions. The one who is on the immediate left of S is
not facing the centre. The soldiers who are from North
India stand opposite to each other.
ए एआ P, Q, R, S, T,
U, V औ W ए प प
, आ
ओ ओ
( ) –
प , ,प औ
,
S, U ए प R, Q ए
, प U, V ए
प , औ ए
ओ W, ओ औ प
W औ S, V प P
प ओ
ए ,
प , प P, R ए प
औ प ओ ओ ए
Uऔ Q ओ ओ
U, P ए प
प ए –
प प ओ ओ S ए
, ओ
ए - प
Sol.
56)
Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting
around a square table in such a way that four of
them sit at four corners of the square while the other
four sit in the middle of each sides. All of them have
different profession viz. Athlete, Singer, Dancer,
Writer, Anchor, Actor, Businessman and Banker.
The ones who sit at the four corners do not face
outside the center while those who sit in the middle
of the sides do not face inside.
Two persons sit between H who is a Businessman
and F. The one who is a Dancer sits third to the right
of F. Singer is neither an immediate neighbor of
Businessman nor F. G sits to the immediate right of
the Dancer. Two persons sit between G and C. A
and D are immediate neighbors. The one who is an
Actor sits opposite to the one who is an Anchor. F is
not an Anchor. The one who is a Writer sits to the
immediate right of the Athlete. C is not an Athlete. B
is a Banker and faces inside. D does not sit third to
the left of the Banker.
आ A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H ए
प
- ए ,
, , ,ए , , औ
प ओ
ओ
ओ
H औ F
,F ओ प
औ F प G,
ओ Gऔ C
Aऔ D प ,
ए प Fए
,ए ओ Cए
Bए औ ओ D,
ओ प
Sol.
57)
Eight different lectures viz. History, Geography, Mathematics,
Physics, Chemistry, English, Hindi and Biology are to be
organized on four different days of the week viz. Monday,
Tuesday, Friday and Saturday starting from Monday in two
sessions i.e. Morning and Evening (but not necessarily in the
same order).
The lecture of languages was organized on Friday.
Geography was organized in the morning session but not on
Monday. One lecture was organized between Physics and
Geography. No lecture was organized after Chemistry.
Mathematics was not organized immediately after English.
History was organized on Tuesday. Mathematics and
Chemistry was not organized on same session.
आ - , , , ,
, , औ आ
ए - ,
, औ औ
( आ )
ओप आ
आ
औ ए आ
आ आ
आ
औ ए
आ
Sol.
58)
Eight friends P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, and W are sitting
around a square table in such a way that four of
them sit at four corners while four sits in the middle
of each of the four sides. The one who sit at the four
corners face the center while those who sit in the
middle of the sides face outside (Opposite to the
center). V sits second to the right of R. R sits in the
middle of one of the sides of table. Only two people
sit between V and Q. S is one of the immediate
neighbors of Q. T sits second to the left of S. P sits
second to the left of U. V is not an immediate
neighbour of U.
आ P, Q, R, S, T, U, V औ W ए
ओ ,
प ओ
प ओ
ओ ओ
( प ) V, R प R,
ए Vऔ Q
S, Q प
ए T, S प P, U ए
प V, U प
Sol.
59)
Twelve friends are sitting in two parallel rows containing six
people each such that they are equidistant from each other. In
row 1: A, B, C, D, E and F are seated and all of them are
facing South. In row 2: P, Q, R, S, T and U are seated and all
of them are facing North. Therefore, in the given seating
arrangement, each member seated in a row faces another
member of the other row. D sits third to the right of B. E does
not face the immediate neighbour of S. Neither Q nor U sits at
an extreme end of the line. Two people sit between Q and U.
The immediate neighbour of Q faces the person who sits third
to the left of A. The one who faces B sits second to the right of
T. C and E are immediate neighbors. R sits second to the left
of P. Either D or B sits at an extreme end of the line.
प , प
ए प प -1 A, B, C,
D, E औ F औ ओ प -2 P,
Q, R, S, T औ U औ ओ
ए प प
ओ D, B प
E, S प ओ Q U
प प Qऔ U
Q प ,A प
ओ B ओ ,T प
Cऔ E प R, P प
D Bप ए प
Sol.
60)
There are seven friends A, B, C, D, E, F and H travels in three
different Cities viz. Goa, Shimla and Kochi with their cars. At
least two friends travel in one City. All of them have different
cars viz. Maruti, Honda, Hyundai, Audi, BMW, Renault and
Mahindra (but not necessarily in the same order).
D travels to Shimla only with the one who has Mahindra car. B
who has Audi travels to Goa with A who does not have
Hyundai car. The one who has Honda travels to Kochi. E
does not travel to Kochi. F has BMW. D does not have Maruti.
The one who has Hyundai does not travel to Shimla. The one
who has BMW does not travel to Goa. C travels with the one
who has Maruti.
- A, B, C, D, E, F औ H -
, औ प ए
प -
- , , ,ऑ , .ए . औ
( आ )
D प B
प ऑ A , प
प , E
F प .ए . D प
प ,
प .ए . C
प
Sol.
61)
Nine persons i.e. F, A, B, D, X, P, K, G and J live in nine storey
building. Ground floor is numbered as 1st floor and top most floor is
numbered as 9th floor. They know different languages i.e. Maithili,
Tamil, Hindi, German, Urdu, Telugu, French, Bhojpuri and English, but
not in same order.
The one who knows Urdu lives just below J. There are three persons
live between J and B who lives on odd numbered floor. There are one
floors gap between B and K who knows Hindi. There are two floors
between the one who likes German and the one who likes Hindi. A
lives on 5th floor, just below from the one who knows German. P lives
just above X. B does not live on 1st floor. F knows Telugu and lives
below B. G does not know German. The one who knows English lives
just above the one who knows French. X does not know Bhojpuri and
Tamil. The one who knows Tamil lives above the one who knows
Telugu language.
, - F, A, B, D, X, P, K, G औ J ए
प 1 औ ऊप
9 ए , : , , , ,
, , , प औ आ
,J Jऔ B
, प Bऔ K ए
, औ
A, प प ,
P, X ऊप B, प प F,
औ B G,
, ऊप X, प औ
, ऊप
Sol
62)
Seven people D, G, X, Z, Y, B and W are sitting in a straight line with
equal distance between them, but not necessarily in the same order.
Some of them are facing North and some are facing South. They like
different cricketers i.e. Dhoni, Kohli, Sachinn, Dravid, Saurabh, Lara,
Malinga but not in same order. Only two people are sitting to the left of
G. Only two people sit between G and W who likes Saurabh. X sits
second to the left of W. The immediate neighbours of X face opposite
directions. The one who likes Lara sits 2nd left of the one who liks
Dhoni. Only one person sits between X and D who likes Sachin. The
one who likes Kohli sits 2nd left of D. Y sits third to the left of D. B is
not an immediate neighbour of W. Both the immediate neighbours of
D face the same direction. X faces the same direction as that of D. Z
faces North. W sits to the immediate left of Z. There are two people sit
between the one who likes Saurabh and the one who likes Dravid. Y
does not like Dhoni.
D, G, X, Z, Y, B औ W ए प प
, आ ओ
औ ओ प
, : , , , , , ,
G ए Gऔ W
, प X, W ए प X
प प ओ प ,
ए प ए Xऔ D ,
प प ,D ए प
Y, D ए प B, W प
D प ओ X, D
ओ Z, ओ W, Z ए
, औ प Y
प
Sol.
63)
Eight friends i.e. Z, F, J, T, X, R, P and A are sitting around a circular table and
facing to the centre. They are doing the preparation of different exams i.e. CGL,
Assistant, PO, Clerk, IES, CHSL, IIT, and IAS but not in same order. They have
exams on different dates of same month in same year.
IAS exam is going to be held on 26th. P does not do the preparation of IAS and
sits 2nd right of the one who is doing the preparation of IES. The one, who is
immediate neighbor of P whose exam is on 2nd, is doing the preparation of
Clerk. The one who is doing the preparation of CGL which is going to be held on
9th, sits 2nd right of the one who is doing the preparation of Clerk. F sits
immediate left of J and J sits 2nd right of R who is doing the preparation of IIT
which is going to be held on 18th. The one whose exam is on 18th sits opposite
to P. The one who is doing the preparation of Assistant sits 2nd right of F. A and
Z does not do the preparation of Assistant. X’s exam is on 9th. Z does not do the
preparation of PO, IAS and Clerk. Z’s exam is on 12th. T ‘s exam is on 17th. A’s
exam is on 20th and J’s exam is going to be held on the date just after the date
on which A’s exam is going to be held.
आ , - Z, F, J, T, X, R, P औ A ए ओ औ
ओ प ओ , ए , , प ओ,
,आ ए , ए ए ए ,आ आ औ आ एए , आ
प ए ए -
आ एए प 26 आ P, आ एए
औ ए प , आ ए
, P प , प 2 ,
, ए , प 9 ,
ए प F, J ए औ J, R
ए प , आ आ , प 18
प 18 ,P प
, ,F ए प A औ Z,
X प 9 Z, प ओ, आ एए औ
Z प 12 T प 17 A
प 20 औ J प
A प आ
Sol.
64)
Seven persons i.e. K, V, H, P, J, B and T live in different area of
Delhi-Ncr. These area are Saket, Ghaziabad, LaxmiNagar,
Yamuna Bank, Dwarka, Kirti Nagar and Noida but not in same
order. They work in different organizations i.e. Dell, CP, Infy, HP,
TCS, Ericsson and CTS, but not in same order.
J lives in Noida and does not work in HP and Infy. The one who
works in Infy, lives in Laxmi Nagar. H works in Dell. The one who
works in Ericsson does not live in Noida and Saket. V lives in
Dwarka but does not work in TCS and CTS. B does not live in
Ghaziabad and Saket and B does not work in Infy and HP. The
one who works in TCS is K. T does not work in HP, CTS and CP
but lives in Kirti Nagar. K does not live in Saket. The one who
lives in Noida does not work in CP.
K, V, H, P, J, B औ T -ए आ -
- , , , ,
, औ ए आ
, प, ,ए प, ए ,ए
औ ए , आ
J ए औ ए प औ
H
ए ए
औ
V ए औ ए
B औ औ B औ
ए प ए K T,
ए प, ए औ प
K ए प
Sol
65)
Eight friends i.e. M, J, W, F, R, D, V, and C live in a hostel. During the
lunch, they have seated around a circular table and face outside the
centre. They belong to different cities of India. These cities are Delhi,
Kanpur, Bhopal, Kolkata, Goa, Chennai, Pune, and Patna, but not in
same order. The one who belongs to Bhopal sits 2nd left of the one
who sits opposite to V. D sits immediate right of the one who belongs
to Patna. There are two persons sitting between the one who belongs
to Patna and the one who belongs to Pune. R sits 2nd right of the one
who belongs to Pune. D sits opposite to R and belongs to Kanpur. D is
the immediate neighbor of the one who belongs to Patna and W who
sits opposite of the one, who belongs to Bhopal. F does not belong to
Patna and Bhopal and does not sit opposite of J. The one who
belongs to Delhi is immediate neighbor of R. M is immediate neighbor
of J who does not belong to Bhopal. The one who belongs to Goa sits
opposite to F. W does not belong to Chennai. J sits third to the left of
the one who belongs to Pune.
आ M, J, W, F, R, D, V, औ C ए
, ए ओ औ ओ
- , प , प ,
, , ,प औ प ,
प ,V प ए प D,
प ए प औ प
R, प ए
प D, R प औ प D,
प औ W, प ,
प , प Fप औ प
औ J प ,R प
M, J प , प
F प W J, प
ए प
66)
Seven persons i.e. K, B, T, P, J, F and G live in a nine storey building in
which two floors are vacant. Both vacant floors are odd numbered floor.
Top floor is numbered as 9th floor and ground floor is numbered as 1st
floor. They like different branded laptops i.e. Dell, Acer, Toshiba, HCL, HP,
Sony and Lenovo. The one who lives on top most floor likes HCL laptop.
There are two persons live between the one who likes HCL laptop and HP
laptop. The one who likes HP laptop lives on even numbered floor and lives
above from 3rd floor. P lives one of the floor above the floor on which T
lives. F lives just below from T and likes Acer. P does not live on top floor
and 7th floor. The one who lives on 2nd floor likes Sony Laptop. There are
three floors between the one who likes Sony and Dell. B lives on odd
numbered floor and likes Toshiba laptop. B lives below from the one who
likes HP laptop. There are two floors between 1st vacant floor from bottom
and J who lives just above the floor on which B lives. Ground floor is not
vacant. F lives on 3rd floor. P and K do not like Lenovo.
K, B, T, P, J, F औ G ए ,
ऊप
9 औ ए - प प
,ए , ,ए ए ,ए प, औ प ऊप
प ए ए प पप ए ए प पऔ
ए प प पप ए प प पप
प औ ऊप
P ऊप प , प T F, T
औ ए प P ऊप औ प
प प पप औ प
B प औ
प पप B, ए प प प प
प औ J ऊप
प प B F
प Pऔ K प
Sol
67)
Eight friends i.e. A, B, D, H, L, K, J and G are seated around a circular
table and face towards a circular table. They like different laptops i.e. HP,
Toshiba, HCL, Sony, Apple, Compaq, Dell and Lenovo but not in same
order. The one who likes HCL laptop sits opposite to the one who likes
Lenovo who sits 2nd right of G. There are two people sit between the one
who likes Apple and G. L sits 2nd left of the one who likes Apple. L sits
opposite of the one who likes Compaq. B sits 3rd left of G and likes
Compaq. J sits opposite to the one who likes Lenovo. The one who likes
Dell and the one who likes Toshiba laptop sits opposite to each other. The
one who likes Dell sits 2nd left of the one who likes HCL. L does not like
HP.A is an immediate neighbor of J. D is an immediate neighbor of the one
who likes Lenovo. K sits opposite to G. D does not like Lenovo.
आ A, B, D, H, L, K, J औ G, ए औ
ओ प पप -ए प,
,ए ए , , , , औ , आ
ए ए प पप प
प , G ओ प प
औ G L, ओ
प प L, प
प B, G ओ प औ प J,
प , प प औ
प पप ए - प
प ओ प ए ए प
L ए प प A, J प D,
प प K, G प D प
Sol.
68)
In a university, X, P, Y, K, Z, J and B are teachers who teach different
subjects on each day of the same week, starting from Sunday to
Saturday. These different subjects are Biology, Electronics, Civics,
English, History, Computer science, Geography, but not in same
order. Only one subject teaches on each day.
The one, who teaches Geography, takes the class after Wednesday.
P teaches the class after the day on which Geography subject was
taught but not immediately after. There are two days gap between the
classes which were taught by P and B. K teaches English on one of
the day before X who teaches Computer Science that is just before
the day on which Biology was taught. Y takes class just after J who is
taking the class just after Biology class. Z teaches on Monday and
does not teach History and Civics. Y does not teach Civics.
ए X, P, Y, K, Z, J औ B, प
, - प , आ
, , , ,
, , , आ
ए प
प प , P,
प ,
प Pऔ B ओ प K, X ए
प प , प , प
प Y, J
Z, प औ
औ प Y, प
Sol.
69)
Seven Persons P, Q, R, S, T, U and V live on seven different
floors of a building, but not necessarily in the same order. The
lowermost floor of the building is numbered one and topmost
floor is numbered as seven. Each of them also likes a
different colours and cities i.e. colors are- Red, Yellow, Black,
Blue, Pink, Brown, White and cities are- Delhi, Noida, Jaipur,
Dehradun, Mumbai, Pune and Chennai but not necessarily in
the same order.
Only one person lives between the one who likes Pink and the
one who likes Brown. S does not like Pink. The one, who likes
Pune lives immediately above the one, who likes Pink. The
one who lives on 7th floor is immediate above the one, who
lives immediate below the one who likes Chennai. There are
three persons between Q and T who lives on 3rd floor. The
one who likes Blue lives on odd-numbered floor below U. P
lives immediately above U and does not like Black. The one,
who likes Jaipur lives immediately above the one, who likes
Mumbai. U likes Delhi and lives on 5th floor. The one who
likes Brown is also like Noida. Only one person lives between
Q and the one who likes Black. The one, who likes Mumbai
lives below the one who likes Delhi. Only two persons live
between V and the one who likes Black. The one, who likes
Yellow lives on one of the even-numbered floors above the
one who likes Black. The one, who likes White lives
immediately above V. S lives on one of the floors above R. V
does not like Red and Pune. V doesn’t live on an odd
numbered floor. R does not like Red.
P, Q, R, S, T, U औ V, ए प
, आ
1 औ 7
प - ,प , , , , ,
प - , ए , प , ,
,प औ , आ
प औ प
, ए S प
प प ऊप ,
प 7प , ऊप
, प Q
T -3 प
प ,U ए प P, U
ऊप औ प
प प ऊप , प
U प औ 5प
प ए प Qऔ प
ए प
प Vऔ
प प
प ऊप ए प
प प , V
ऊप S, R ऊप ए प V औ प
प Vए प R
प
Sol.
70)
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H are seating in a row and some are facing
towards North and some are facing towards south (not necessarily in same
order). They are of different ages (in years) i.e. 32, 30, 27, 49, 47, 17, 12,
and 24 (not necessarily in same order).
C doesn’t sit immediate left of A. Only two persons sit to the right of H. The
Immediate neighbors of C face opposite direction with respect to each
other. E’s age is average of A’s and H’s age. The one who is second
youngest doesn’t sits left of D. D sits third to the right of C. C is not older
than E and his age is an even number. D is an immediate neighbor of both
H and G. H sits immediate left of F, who is of 47 years old. G is not oldest.
D’s age is not a perfect square. E is not an immediate neighbor of C. D
faces same direction as F faces. C sits second to the left of the one who
sits immediate right of A, whose age is second highest even numbered age
among all the ages. D doesn’t face north direction. A and G face opposite
direction with respect to each other.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H, ए प औ
ओ औ ओ , आ
आ ( ) 32, 30, 27, 49, 47, 17, 12, औ 24,
आ
C, A ओ H ओ C
प ए - प E आ ,Aऔ
H आ औ आ D ओ
D, C ओ प Cआ E औ
आ ए D, H औ G ए प H, F
ओ , आ 47 Gआ D
आ ए प प E, C ए प D
F C ओ प
A ओ , आ आ
D ओ Aऔ G ए
प |
Sol.
71)
Seven friends i.e. G, H, I , J, K, L and M are sitting on a bench
and facing towards South. They like different planets i.e. Venus,
Jupiter, Mars, Mercury, Uranus, Saturn, and Earth, but not in
same order.
The one who likes Saturn sits 2nd right of I. There are two friends
sit between M and L who likes Mercury. K who sits at extreme
end of this bench, sits 2nd right of L. G and J are immediate
neighbor of each other. But J is not near to L. The one who likes
Venus sits immediate right of the one who likes Mars. The one
who likes Mars sits 3rd right of the one who likes Saturn. I does
not like Jupiter. But the one who likes Jupiter is immediate
neighbor of I. G does not like Earth.
: G, H, I , J, K, L औ M ए प औ
ओ : , ,
, , , औ प
प ,I प Mऔ L
प K, प
,L प Gऔ Jए
प J, L प ,
प प ,
प प I,
प प ,I
प G, प प
Sol.
72)
Seven students i.e. P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are studying in
different streams of engineering i.e. ECE, CSE, EE, ME, CE, ETC
and EEE. They belong to different cities i.e. Delhi, Goa, Pune,
Patna, Chennai, Kolkata, and Lucknow but not in same order.
The one who belongs to Lucknow studies in ETC. R studies in
CE. U belongs to Patna. The one who studies in EE is not Q and
P. S belongs to Kolkata. Q studies in EEE.
P does not belong to Chennai and Goa. The one who studies in
EE belongs to Chennai. V does not study in CSE and ECE and
does not belong to Chennai. The one who belongs to Delhi,
studies in ECE. U does not study in CSE. The one who studies in
EEE belongs to Goa
: P, Q, R, S, T, U औ V
प : , ए , ,ए , , औ
: , ,प ,प , ,
औ ऊ
ऊ , प R, प U,
प प ,Qऔ P S,
Q, प
P, औ प ,
V, ए औ प औ
, प U, ए
प प ,
Sol.
73)
Eight friends S, T, U, V, W, X, Y and Z, are from different fields
i.e. Teacher, Singer, Cricketer, Astronaut, Doctor, Dancer,
Engineer, and Scientist (but not necessarily in the same order),
are sitting around a circular table, facing the centre.
U sits opposite to the one who is an engineer. Y is not an
immediate neighbour of Z. Z is a teacher whereas X is not a
dancer or engineer. The one who is dancer sits third to the right of
singer. V is an immediate neighbour of dancer. W, who is not
scientist, sits second to the right of dancer. Z is not an immediate
neighbour of W. The one who is engineer sits third to the right of
Z. S sits second to the right of engineer. Y is a cricketer and
doesn’t sit immediate left of W. X is not a singer and doesn’t sit
second place away from S. X and the one who is astronaut sit
opposite to each other. V is not a dancer.
आ S, T, U, V, W, X, Y औ Z :
, , , , , , औ
ओ , ओ
( )
U, प Y, Z प
Z, X, ,
प V, प
W, , प Z, W
प ,Z प
S, प Y, औ W
X, औ S X
औ ए प V,
Sol.
74)
Eight friends M, N, O, P, Q, R, T, and S are living on different floors of
eight storey building. Ground floor is numbered as 1st and top floor is
numbered as 8th floor. They like different brands of scooter TVS,
Yamaha, Hero, Honda, Tata, Maruti, Ducati, and Vespa (not necessarily
in same order).
O doesn’t live on the top floor. P doesn’t live on lowermost floor. M likes
TVS brand and lives on an even numbered floor. There are three
persons live between M and the one who likes Ducati brand. N likes
Yamaha brand and lives on an even numbered floor below the one who
like Ducati brand. Only one person lives between N and T. At least two
persons live below N. O likes Vespa brand and doesn’t live on an odd
numbered floor. The one who likes Hero brand lives one of the floors
above M. At least three persons lives between the one who likes Hero
brand and the one who likes Vespa brand. P likes Honda brand and
doesn’t live just above and below N. Only two floors are between M and
S who doesn’t like Hero brand. Q likes Tata brand
आ M, N, O, P, Q, R, T औ S आ प
1 औ ऊप 8
प : ए , , , ,
, , औ ( )
O, ऊप प P, प
M, ए प औ ए प Mऔ
प N,
प औ प
प Nऔ T ए N
O, प औ प
प ,M ऊप ए प
प औ प
P, प औ N ऊप औ
Mऔ S प
Q, प
Sol.
75)
Six employees of an organization i.e. B, C, F, E, G, and D are living in Eight storey
building in which two floors are vacant which is at even numbered floor. They are
going to attend their friends’ wedding ceremony in different cities. These cities
are Kanpur, Manali, Kullu, Pune, Delhi and Lucknow but not necessary in same
order. Top floor is not vacant. The one who is going to attend the wedding in
Kanpur, lives on odd numbered floor which is just above the one of the Vacant
floor. E lives below to C but not just below. There are two employees live between
the one who is going to attend wedding in Kanpur and the one who is going to
attend the wedding in Kullu. B lives just above D who is at odd numbered floor.
The one who is going to attend the wedding in Lucknow lives on 4th floor. C lives
immediate below the one who is going to attend the wedding in Lucknow. The
one who is going to attend the wedding in Kanpur lives below the one who is
going to attend the wedding Kullu. G lives on 5th floor which is just below one of
the Vacant floor. G is not going Manali and Pune. The one who is going to attend
the wedding in Pune lives below the one who is going to attend the wedding in
Manali.
ए , - B, C, F, E, G औ D ए आ ,
, प प
ए - प , , ,प ,
औ ऊ,
ए प , प , ए
ऊप E, C
ए प औ ए
, B, D ऊप , प
ए ऊ , प
C, , ए ऊ
ए प , ,
ए G, प प , ए
G, औ प ए
प , , ए
Sol.
76)
, - M, P, B, L, E, O, R, K, Y औ Z प M, Z, E,
O औ Y, प 1 ओ B, K,R, L औ P, 2प
ओ प , - ,
,ए आ , , , , ओ, , औ , आ
प , K
ओ Kऔ प ,R ए
R , MI प ओ O,
प ए आ प औ प
B, L ए औ E ओ
प , प ओ ,
प ए Z ओ ,
ओप , प O, Y ए
प L, प
Sol.
77)
Seven boxes M, N, O, P, Q, R and S are kept one above another, but not
necessarily in the same order. Each box is of a different weight – 12kg,
10kg, 18kg, 20kg, 24kg, 5kg and 8kg – but not necessarily in the same
order.
The 20kg box is kept immediately below M. Only two boxes are kept
between the 20kg box and the 12kg box. More than two boxes are kept
above the 12kg box. Only one box is kept between the 12kg box and R. O is
kept immediately above R. Neither O nor S is a 20kg box. S is kept
immediately above the 5kg box. S is not a 12kg box. N is kept immediately
above Q. Only one box is kept between N and the 10kg box. N is kept
above the 10kg box. Only two boxes are kept between the 10kg and the
8kg box. The 18kg box is kept neither at the top nor at the bottom of the
stack.
, M, N, O, P, Q, R औ S ए ऊप ए , आ
- – 12 , 10 ,
18 , 20 , 24 ,5 औ 8 – आ
20 ,M 20 औ 12
12 ऊप
12 औ R ए
O, R ऊप O S, 20 S, 5
ऊप S, 12 N, Q
ऊप N औ 10 ए N,
10 ऊप 10 औ 8
18 , प
आ
Sol.
78)
- L, M, N, O, P, Q औ R, ए प ,
आ 1
ए प - , , , , , औ
आ ए Mए
प , प औ
प ,R ऊप ,
प , Q ऊप ए प
P, प औ प L, P ऊप प औ
प प , प औ
प , प ,
N, ए प औ
, प O,
Sol.
79)
Ten persons are sitting in two parallel rows containing five person each, in
such a way that there is an equal distance between adjacent persons. In first
row A, B, C, D and E are seated and all of them are facing South. In second
row, F, G, H,I and J are seated and all of them are facing North. Therefore, in
the given seating arrangement, each person seated in a row faces another
person of the other row. All the persons bought different items from the
store.
The one who sits at extreme left end of the row 1 bought flowers and faces
the one who bought Deo. I sits third to the left of F.H ,B, J bought frame
,bag, Perfume respectively. A faces immediate neighbour of I. C sits second
to the right of A. The one who sits diagonally opposite to F bought cup.
Only one person sits between B and D. The one who sits opposite to B,
bought chocolate. The immediate neighbour of I bought Candy. G and J are
immediate neighbours. J does not face A and B.A bought wallet and the
one who sits adjacent to him, bought shoes.
प प ,
आ प प A, B, C, D औ E
औ ओ प F, G, H, I औ J औ
ओ ए ,प ,
प ओ ,
प 1 प औ
ओ I, F प H ,B, J , ,
प A, I प ओ C, A
प F : प प Bऔ D
ए B प , I
प , Gऔ J प J, A औ B ओ
A, औ आ
Sol.
80)
K, O, V, B, C, F औ L आ ए ए आ
प 21 औ 27
: , ,
, , , औ
प :
, , , प , , औ
, ए
L, प ,
औ Lऔ F
, प
Bऔ V ए V
प औ V,
औ ,
औ प O, B प
औ , , औ
प प C, V औ C,
प K, प औ
B, औ
,
Sol.
81)
Ten persons U, V, W, X, Y, G, H, I, J and K give exam on different
days of the week starting from Monday to Friday. Only two
persons give exam in a day in the morning and in the afternoon
shift respectively. There are two times on a day in which exams are
organized i.e. 9 a.m. and 1 p.m.
G gives exam on Wednesday at 1p.m. U gives exam before G but
not immediate before the day on which G gives exam and U does
not give exam on 1p.m. W does not give exam on Tuesday. K does
not give exam on 1p.m. Only four persons give exam between W
and I. W gives exam before I. Only three persons give exam
between H and W. H gives exam in the morning. There are only
four persons who give exam between K and X. X does not give
exam on Monday. There are two days gap between the exam of J
and Y. J gives exam in the afternoon.
U, V, W, X, Y, G, H, I, J औ K
प ए
औ प प ए प आ
: 9 a.m. औ 1 p.m
G, 1p.m प U, G प प
Gप प प औ U, 1p.m
प W, प K, 1p.m. प
Wऔ I प W, I प
प Hऔ W प H,
प Kऔ X प X,
प Jऔ Y प
J, प प
Sol.
82)
R, S ,T, U, V, W, X and Y are eight friends .They are sitting in a
straight line equidistant from each other (but not necessarily in
the same order). Some of them are facing south while some are
facing north.
R faces north. Only two people sit to the right of R. S sits third to
the left of R. Only one person sits between S and W. W sits to the
immediate right of V. Only one person sits between V and Y. Both
the immediate neighbors of S face the same direction. T sits third
to the left of W. S faces the opposite direction as R. X does not sit
at any of the extremes ends of the line. U faces the same direction
as V. Both X and T face the opposite direction of Y.
R, S ,T, U, V, W, X औ Y आ ए
प ( )
ओ ओ
R, ओ R ओ S, R
प Sऔ W ए
W,V Vऔ Y ए
S प ओ T, W
प S, R प ओ X, प
प U, V ओ X
औ T ,Y प ओ
Sol
83)
G, H, I, J, K, L औ M , ए प
आ औ प
- प , - , ,
, प , , औ प ,
आ
, : , , ऊ, प , , औ
, आ
H, प औ ,
J J प औ
J प प Mऔ L
,
ए Jऔ I I, औ
I, प औ
प ,
ए , ऊ K, I
ए K प , G प ,
औ प प J प औ
प प ,
, प M,
प , औ
प
Sol.
84)
There are twelve friends who are seated in two parallel rows facing to
each other. U, V, W, X,Y and Z are seated in first row and facing to
south. P, Q, R, S, T and O are seated in second row and facing
north.They all like different beaches in india.
U likes Colva and faces the one who likes Yarada. Q is on the
immediate right of S ,who is facing U. Q , Y, and V like Dhanushkodi,
Mandrem and Marari beach respectively. X is on the immediate right
of U. P, R,Z and W are at extreme ends of the rows and nobody is
seated on the right of Z. R and P like Cola and Versova respectively. P
sits near the one who likes Candolim beach. Only O is seated between
P and T and he is not facing V. T and X like Elephanta and Varca beach
respectively. Q is on the immediate left of R. The one who sits at
extreme left end of row 1 likes Juhu and the one who sits at another
end in same row likes Agonda beach.
प ए - ओ U, V, W,
X,Y औ Z प प ओ P, Q, R, S, T औ
O प ओ
प
U प औ ओ , प
Q, S ए , U ओ Q,Yऔ V : ,
औ प X, U ए P, R, Z औ W
प प औ Z ए Rऔ P
: औ प P, प
O, P औ T ए V ओ
Tऔ X :ए औ प Q, R ए
प 1 ए प , प ए
प प , प
Sol.
85)
A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are eight friends who are working in a same office.
They are all sitting around a circular table. Four of them are facing towards
the centre and four of them are facing away from the centre. Some of them
like different fruits which are Grapes, Papaya, Apple and Banana and Some
like different vegetables i.e. Tomato, Carrot, Raddish and Brinjal, but not
necessarily in the same order. The persons who face towards centre like
fruits and the persons who face away from the centre likes vegetables.
Both the immediate neighbours of E face away from the centre and like
carrot or Tomato. D faces away from the centre. E faces towards the centre
and likes Grapes. Both the immediate neighbours of D do not face away
from the centre. E sits third to the right of F, who likes Brinjal. C sits third to
the left of F.The one who likes carrot sits opposite to F. The one who likes
raddish is not the immediate neighbour of F and faces away from the
centre. A sits second to the left of C and does not eat Apple or Banana. The
one who likes Apple sits between H and F. B faces away from the centre
and does not eat raddish.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H आ , ए ऑ ए
ओ ओ
ओ प , : ,
पप , औ ए प , : , ,
औ , आ ओ
प ए ओ प
E प ओ ए
प D, ओ E ओ ए
प D प ओ E, F ए
प , प C, F ए प
प ,F प प ,F
ए प औ ओ A, C ए
प ए प प ,H
औ F B, ओ ए प
Sol.
86)
A, B, C, D, E and F are six friends who are going with other six friends U, V,
W, X, Y and Z (not necessarily in the same order), within a year in the
months of January, February, March, May, October and November and
going to different states to visit namely viz; Maharashtra, Gujarat,
Uttarakhand, Goa, Assam and Sikkim but not necessarily in the above
order.
C goes to Uttarakhand ,however he was not going with U or Z. A goes to
Maharashtra and E goes to Goa, however neither of them is going with V or
X. The one who is going to Sikkim is going for the holiday in January . W is
going for the holiday in February, but he does not go to Maharashtra . U
and Y are going for the holiday in January and October respectively and
they are going to Uttarakhand and Sikkim but not necessarily in the above
order .D does not go to Gujarat and Sikkim and is going for the holiday in
November. F is going for the holiday with V in May.
A, B, C, D, E औ F , U, V, W, X, Y औ Z
(आ ), ए - ,
, , , औ , : , ,
, , औ , आ प
C, , U Z A, ए
E, , V X
, प W, प
Uऔ Y प : औ
ए औ आ प D,
औ ए प F, V
प
Sol.
87)
Eight persons O, P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are living in an 8-floor building. Only one
person stays on one floor. All persons are going to give RBI ASSISTANT MAINS
exam. They are going to different city Nagpur, Mumbai, Lucknow, Jammu,
Bhopal, Kolkata, Chennai and Ahmedabad but not necessarily in the same order.
They all wear T-shirts of different colours viz. Black, Blue, Grey, Orange, Green,
Red, Purple and brown but not necessarily in the same order.
Q is going to Jammu and lives on the sixth floor. The person who goes to
Lucknow wears Orange T-shirt and lives on the third floor. The person who is
going to Kolkata lives on the first floor.The person who wears Brown T-shirt lives
on the top floor. The person who is going to Chennai lives between T and R. P
goes to Bhopal and O goes to Nagpur. The person who is going to Ahmedabad
wears Green T-shirt and does not stay on the fifth floor. The person who wears
Purple T-shirt lives on the seventh floor. P does not live on the 8th and first floor.
The person who goes to Mumbai lives on the fifth floor. The person who goes to
Mumbai does not wear Red T-shirt. The person who wears Grey T-shirt lives on
an even-numbered floor. R goes to Mumbai and U goes to Ahmedabad. S and
another person who wears Blue T-shirt stay on even-numbered floors.
आ O, P, Q, R, S, T, U औ V ए 8- ए प
ए आ आ प
, - प , , ऊ, , प , , औ
, आ - प
, - , , , , , , औ , आ
Q, औ प ऊ -
प औ प प प
- प प ,Tऔ R
P, प औ O, प ,
- प औ प प - प ,
प P, आ औ प प ,
प प , - प - प
,ए प R, औ U, S
औ , - प , प
Sol.
88)
There are ten friends who are sitting in two parallel rows. There are 6
seats in each row. one seat is vacant in each row. In row- 1 , K, L, M, N
and O are sitting and facing south. In row-2, U, V, W, X and Y are
sitting and facing north. All of them work in different Arab country, ie;
Bahrain, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, UAE,
Yemen and Iran.
Y sits third to the right of V and works in Lebanon. Only two people sit
between U and the vacant seat. U does not work in Oman and Kuwait.
O is an immediate neighbour of M.L works in Iran. The one who works
in Kuwait faces the one who works in UAE.The one who works in
Kuwait sits opposite to the one who sits third to the right of the one
who sits opposite to Y.M is not an immediate neighbour of N.X, who
works neither in Oman nor in Qatar, does not face the vacant seat.
Neither Y nor V sits at the extreme ends. N faces V. Vacant seats are
not opposite to each other. Two persons sit between X and W.The one
who works in Yemen faces the one who works in Lebanon. The
persons who work in Bahrain and UAE are adjacent to each other. The
vacant seat of row one is not adjacent to N.U sits at one of the
extreme ends. V does not work in Bahrain and UAE.The vacant seat of
row one does not face Y and also it is not at the extreme ends. W is an
immediate neighbour of Y, who faces the person who works in
Yemen.L faces the vacant seat in row-2 and sits third to the right of
M.M works in Saudi Arabia.
प , प 6
प ए प - 1 , K, L, M, N औ O ओ
प -2 , U, V, W, X औ Y ओ
, - ,
, , ,ओ ,क़ , ऊ , ए , औ
Y, V प औ
,Uऔ U, ओ औ
O, M ए प L,
, ए
ओ , प , Y
प प M, N ए
प X, ओ ,
ओ Y V, प
N V ओ ए - प Xऔ
W ,
ओ औ ए
,ए - प प 1 ,N
U ए प V, औ ए
प 1 Y ओ औ प
W, Y ए प ,
ओ L प -2 ओ
औ M प M, ऊ
Sol.
89)
Five male models viz. A, B, C, D and E are going on a ramp walk with five
other female models. Each of the male model is accompanied by one
female model viz. H, I, J, K and L but not necessarily in the same order. Thus
they are going in a group of two(a male and a female) for a ramp walk.
Each group is sponsored by different brand viz; Lakme, Loreal, Maybelline,
Colorbar and Olay but not necessarily in the same order. The ranking of
each of these groups in the fashion show is different viz. 3rd , 5th , 6th , 4th
and 9th. A is sponsored by neither Maybelline nor Olay and his group is not
ranked 3rd and 5th. is accompanied by either C or E. Ranking of ’s group
is 5th but it is sponsored by neither Loreal nor Olay. H is accompanied by C.
Ranking of J’s group is 6th and her partner is one among B, C and E. The
Ranking of the group which is sponsored by Colorbar is 3rd but C is not the
one who is sponsored by colorbar. The ranking of the group which is
sponsored by Lakme is in a multiple of 3 but the group does not have A
and H. The group which is sponsored by Loreal brand is better ranked than
the group which is sponsored by Olay.
प प , - A, B, C, D औ E प ए
ए प ए -H, I, J, K औ L
, आ ए
(ए प औ ए )
, - , , , औ ओ , आ
, -
,प , , औ A, ओ
औ प I C E L
प , ओ H C J
ए B, C औ E ए
, C,
,3 Aऔ H
,ओ
Sol.
90)
ए एए
, ए A, B, C, D, L, M, N औ O,
प औ ओ ए
ओ प ए
प
A, L ए प A, O प M, D
प , L ए प O औ C,
ए - प M, प प B ए प
L, A ए प प , D
प
Sol.
91)
B, D, E, P, Q and R are six persons who are going to watch different
movies in a multiplex .The movies are Darkest hour, Justice league,
Mayhem, Wonder, The star and Coco but not necessarily in the
same order. Each person watches only one movie. They are going
with S, T, U, V, W and X exactly with one friend. They watch only one
show among First show, Second show, Third show and Fourth show
and watch movie at the top three screens only. No two of the pairs
watch the movie at same screen in the same type of show.
At least one pair watches movie in each show.
Only the person who watches Darkest hour watches in First show
and he is P. Only The person who watches The star movie watches at
the 3rd screen. U is the partner of the person who watches movie in
Second show, but does not watch the movie at 3rd screen. V is the
partner of R and watches the movie either at the 1st or at the 2nd
screen. B watches Mayhem and watches in Third show. The person
who watches Justice league watches movie at the 1st screen but he
is neither D nor Q. Among the given persons only two persons
watch movie in Second show, but D is not among them. The person
who watches Justice league, the one who watches Darkest hour and
R watch movie at the same screen. D watches the movie at the 2nd
screen. W is the partner of the person who watches movie at the
2nd screen, but he is not D. E watches Justice League with U. S is the
partner of the one who watches Coco, who watches movie in the
same show in which the one who watches Wonder does. X is not the
partner of the one who watches Darkest hour.
B, D, E, P, Q औ R ए -
- ऑ , , , , औ
आ ए
S, T, U, V, W औ X ए
प , , औ ए औ
प ए प ए
- - ए
ऑ प औ
P प
U प ,
प V, R प औ प
प B औ
,प प
D औ Q ए ए
, D
, ऑ औ Rए प
D प W प ,
प , D E, U
S प ,
X
प , ऑ
Sol.
92)
Eight persons i.e. D, G, P, K, B, C, J and R live in a nine storey building in
which one floor is vacant. Ground floor is numbered as 1st floor and Top
floor is numbered as 9th floor. They have different amount in their pocket.
These amounts are 9k, 14k, 18k, 15k, 12k,5k, 20k and 16k, but not in same
order. The one, who lives on 4th floor, has 18k. There are two people live
between the one who has 18k and P. The one who has 15k amount in his
pocket, lives on an odd numbered floor and below 4th floor. There is one
floor gap between the one who has 15k amount and vacant floor. R lives
just below P. G lives just below D, who lives just below from vacant floor. G
does not live below from J. There are three people live between the one
who has 15k and the one who has 12k. R does not have 14k amount in his
pocket. The one who has 14k amount in his pocket lives on an odd
numbered floor and below from P. The one who has 5k amount lives just
above the one who has 20k amount. J has 16k amount in his pocket. C lives
on an even numbered floor. B does not have 14k amount in his pocket.
आ D, G, P, K, B, C, J औ R ए ,
ए 1 औ ऊप 9
प - : 9k, 14k, 18k, 15k, 12k, 5k,
20k औ 16k, प प 18k
प 18k औ P,
15k , ए प औ
प 15k औ , ए
R, P G, D ,
G, J प 15k औ 12k ,
R 14k प 14k ,
प औ P प 5k ,
ऊप प 20k J प
16k Cए प B प 14k
Sol.
93)
Sol.
94)
Seven students i.e. K, R, P, F, J, B and Z are doing the preparation
of banking in Delhi. They have selected in different bank as PO i.e.
BOB, BOM, OBC, PNB, SBI, Dena and IDBI but not necessary in
same order. They belong to different cities i.e. Goa, Patna,
Darbhanga, Delhi, Lucknow, Daman and Chennai but not
necessary in same order. The one, who belongs to Lucknow, has
selected in BOM. J belongs to Chennai. Z has selected in BOB. The
one, who belongs to Daman, has selected in Dena bank. R has not
selected in SBI, OBC and PNB. B belongs to Delhi. The one who is
selected in OBC is F. The one who belongs to Goa is R. P does not
belong to Daman. The one who belongs to Chennai has not
selected in SBI. The one who belongs to Darbhanga, has not
selected in OBC.
, - K, R, P, F, J, B औ Z
- ओ , ओए , ओ ,पए ,
ए आ , औ आ आ पओ प ,
आ -
, - ,प , , , ऊ, औ
आ ऊ ,
ओए आ J, Z ओ
आ , आ R
ए आ ,ओ औ पए आ B,
ओ आ , F
R P,
, ए आ आ
, ओ आ
Sol.
95)
There are eight persons X, U, Z, K, R, G, H and S are sitting around a circular
table such that some of them are facing outside and some of them facing
inside. They are of different age i.e. 25, 32, 18, 28, 41, 16, 30 and 22 but not
necessarily in the same order.
The one who is 28 years old sits 2 nd to the left of one who is 32 years old.
X sits opposite to U and faces the centre. Z and X faces opposite directions
(i.e. if X faces outside then Z faces inside and vice versa.) The one who is 18
years old sits opposite to K. H is 22 years old and sits 3 rd to right of G,
who is an immediate neighbour of U, who is 28 years old. Z sits 2nd to the
left of K, who is 30 years old. Z faces the same direction as G and G is 18
years old. H is an immediate neighbour of Z. R is 25 years old and sits on
the immediate right of S. K and R faces same direction. The one who is16
years old sits on the immediate left of R.U and H face same direction as S.
आ X, U, Z, K, R, G, H औ S ए ओ
ओ औ ओ
आ : 25, 32, 18, 28, 41, 16, 30 औ 22
28 आ , 32 आ प
X, U प औ ओ Zऔ X प ओ
( : X ओ Z ओ औ
प ) 18 आ ,K प H, 22 औ G
प , U प , 28 Z, K
प , 30 Z, G ओ
औ G, 18 H, Z प R, 25 औ S
Kऔ R ओ आ 16 ,
R Uऔ H ओ ओ S
Sol
96)
R, S, T, U, V, W and X are seven friends who draw different types of paintings, viz Sand
painting, Digital painting, Illusion painting, Acrylic painting, Oil painting, Water painting
and Pastel painting but not necessarily in the same order. They draw paintings in the
seven consecutive months of a year starting from January. Only one person draws
painting in a month. They use different places to draw painting, viz Face, Wall, Chart,
Class, Beach, Ice and Floor, but not necessarily in the same order.
S, who paints on Ice, draws painting in the month which has 31 days but before April
but neither Sand painting nor Pastel painting. Two persons draw painting between S
and W. There is one person who draws painting between R and T. T does not draw
painting in the month which has 31 days. T paints on Wall and draws Sand painting. The
one who draws Illusion painting draws in July and paints on Chart. U does not draw
painting in the month either immediately before or immediately after the month in
which R draws the painting. R does not paint either on Beach or on Face or or in Class. X
draws painting immediately after T and he paints on Face. V does not paint on Beach
and draws Water painting. R does not draw either Oil painting or Acrylic painting. The
one who draws Digital painting draws painting immediately after the month in which
one draws Sand painting. W does not draw Oil painting.
R, S, T, U, V, W औ X प : प ,
प , प , प ,ऑ प , प औ प प
आ ए प
ए ए प प ए
: , , , , ,आ औ
S, आ प प , प , 31
प , प प औ प प Sऔ W
प Rऔ T ए प T, प
31 T, प प औ प प
, प औ प प U प
प , Rप R प प
प X, T प औ प प V,
प प औ प R ऑ प प
प , प प
W, ऑ प
Sol.
97)
Ten people i.e. Z, O, X, P, B, A, I, E, Y and M are sitting in two parallel rows such
that five persons are sitting in row 1 and facing towards South and five persons
are sitting in Row 2 and facing towards North. They like different celebrities i.e.
Yuvraj, Gayle, Gambhir, Sachin, Salman, Shahrukh, Rahul, Nitish, Virat and Dhoni,
but not in same order. The one who likes Salman faces the one who likes
Shahrukh. There are two people sit between the one who likes Shahrukh and M. X
sits 2nd left of M in row 2. B faces X , who sits 2nd right of the one who likes
Yuvraj. Z sits 3rd left of the one who likes Sachin and faces in South direction. I
does not like Yuvraj. The one who faces the one who likes Sachin sits immediate
left of the one, who likes Shahrukh. The one who likes Virat sits 2nd right of E ,
who faces the one who likes Nitish. I sits 3rd left to the one who likes Nitish and
faces North direction. P likes Salman and sits 2nd right of Z. The one who likes
Dhoni faces the one,who sits immediate right of Z. O does not face in South
direction and does not like Yuvraj. A is not immediate neighbor of P. The one
who faces the one,who likes Gayle, sits immediate left of M. E does not like
Rahul.
: Z, O, X, P, B, A, I, E, Y औ M प
प 1 प औ ओ ए प 2 प
औ ओ प : , ,
, , , , , , औ
प , प ओ
प औ M प 2 X, M
प B, X ओ , प
प Z, प
प औ ओ I, प
प ओ , प
प ,E प ,
प ओ I, प
प औ ओ P, प औ Z
प प ,Z
ओ O, ओ औ प A,
P प प ओ ,M
E, प
I Can And I Will Page 209
100-PUZZLES-PDF- II
Sol.
98)
आ :B, O, M, P, X, A, J औ F ऑ ए
आ ऑ , प
, ,ए , ओ, ,ए आ , औ प प
प , औ ऊप
,आ M, औ प
ओ , प ऊप
औ O ओऔ X प ,
B, X , ए A, औ
प ओ , प ए आ
प प ओ Bऔ J प
, A प
प ए आ औ प
औ O , P, प ए आ
औ ,
Sol.
99)
Sol 8)
100)
Ten footballers belongs to ten different countries viz. A, B, C, D, E, F, M,
N, O and P are sitting in two parallel rows. In Row-1- G, H, I, J and K are
seated whereas U, V, W, X and Y are seated in Row-2 but not
necessarily in the same order. Each of them is either facing north or
south direction. Row-1 runs parallel and to the north of Row-2. Each
member of the two rows are seated opposite to each other. Each of
them was born on different months of the same year starting from Jan
to May. Two of them were born on each month but on different date
i.e. 13th and 29th. The player from A is sitting at the extreme end. U
sits third to the right of V, who was not born in the month which has 31
days . J sits to the immediate left of K. W, who is the oldest is not an
immediate neighbour of U. Y faces opposite direction to W who belongs
to F. J sits to the immediate left of the person, who sits opposite to V.
Only one person sits between J and G. The number of persons born
between H and X is the same as the number of persons born between U
and G. The persons who belongs to P and E are sitting diagonally
opposite to each other. V belongs to A. The one who belongs to N sits
in Row-2. The one who belongs to O is sitting to the right of the one
who belongs to M. K, who belongs to C does not sit opposite to Y. The
one who belongs to P is older than Y but younger than H. K is the fifth
youngest person. J and U face opposite directions. Y is to the
immediate right of U. K sits second to the left of H who belongs to D. Y
sits third to the left of W. G was born in Jan. Three of the persons who
were born on 13th date of the month are sitting at the ends. The one
who sits second to the right of G is the youngest. U and one of his
immediate neighbor were born in the same month. The one who
belongs to B sits opposite to K. H who was not born in March sits to the
immediate left of G. Y is second to the left of X. The fifth oldest person
is facing south. U is older than X who is older than Y.
: A, B, C, D, E, F, M,
N, O औ P प प -1 G, H, I, J औ K
U, V, W, X औ Y प -2
ओ प -1,
प -2 औ ओ प ए
प ए
: 13 औ 29 A
प U, V प , 31
आ J, K W, , U
प Y, W प ओ , F
J, V प Jऔ G
ए Hऔ X
,Uऔ G P
औ E ए : प V, A
N , प -2 O ,
M ओ K, C ,Y
प P ,Y H K,
प Jऔ U प ओ Y, U
K, H प D
Y, W प G आ
13 प G
प Uऔ ए प
B ,K प H,
आ ,G Y, X
प प ओ U, X
Y
SOL
****************
1 Abha, Divya, Jaya, Kiran, Manu, Neela and Tina live in a seven-floored
apartment (first floor to seventh floor). None of the two live on the
same floor.
i) Divya lives exactly between the floors in which Neela and Tina live
and these three live in consecutive floors in any order.
ii) Number of floors between Manu and Kiran is same as the number of
floors between Manu and Tina.
iii) Jaya lives in one of the floors above the floor in which Tina lives.
iv) There are two floors in between Kiran and Abha, and Kiran lives
above Abha.
, , , , , औ (
)
i) उ , औ
औ
ii) औ , औ
iii) , उ ऊ ए
iv) औ ,औ , ऊ
SOL.
2
Ten people are sitting in two parallel rows having five people each, in
such a way that there is an equal distance between adjacent persons. In
row 1 - A, B, C, D and E are seated (but not necessarily in the same
order) and all of them are facing North. In row 2 - M, N, O, P and Q are
seated (but not necessarily in the same order) and all of them are
facing south. Therefore, in the given seating arrangement, each
member seated in a row faces another member of the other row.
D sits third to the left of B. The one who faces D sits second to the right
of M. Only one person sits between M and P.
O and Q are immediate neighbours of each other. Q does not sit at any
of the extreme ends of the line. The one who faces N sits to the
immediate right of E. C is not an immediate neighbour of E.
10 5 इ
1 A, B, C, D औ E
( इ )औ उ
2 M, N, O, P औ Q ( इ
)औ इ ,
ए
D, B ओ D M ओ
Mऔ P ए
Oऔ Qए Q
N E ओ C, E
SOLUTION
3
Seven friends Tahir, Urvashi, Vidhi, Washim,
Mona, Yogesh and Zareen are playing in a park.
They are sitting in a straight line facing north.
Washim sits fifth to the right of Tahir. Washim
does not sit at any of the extreme ends. Two
people sit between Zareen and Mona. Yogesh sits
third to the left of Urvashi. Yogesh sits exactly in
the middle. Zareen is not an immediate neighbour
of Yogesh.
,उ , , , , औ
ए | ए
उ ओ | ,
|
| औ
| ,उ |
| ,
|
SOL
, |
औ |
, |
TVS |
औ |
इ औ |
SOLUTION
5
8 friends P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W having a birthday on different month
April, June, July, and August but not necessary in the same order on
different date 9th and 16th.
T has a birthday on the month which does not have 30 days. Only one
person is between T and V. R is immediately before T. Only one person
is between R and U. S is before V but not immediate of R and V. Only
one person is between S and P. W is not immediate of V. V does not
have birthday in a month having 30 days. S does not have a birthday
which has even number as a date of birth. Q's month is August and is
immediate neighbour of V.
P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W , , औ
- 9 औ 16
इ
T उ 30 Tऔ V
ए R T
Rऔ U ए S
V Rऔ V Sऔ P
ए W V
V 30
S Q
औ V
SOL.
Apr 9 (30) S
Apr 16 (30) W
June 9 (30) P
June 16 (30) R
July 9 (31) T
July 16 (31) U
Aug 9 (31) V
Aug 16 (31) Q
6
Stefan, Elena, Damon, Caroline, Jeremy and
Tyler, are six children who live in the same
building, but each one lives on different floor, not
necessarily in the same order. The building has
six floors and is marked as ground floor, first floor,
and so on from bottom to top. All study in the
same class but in different sections from A to F.
• Tyler lives above Elena with a gap of one floor in
between them.
• Stefan lives above Caroline,who is in section A
with a gap of one floor in between them.
• Number of children who live above the floor on
which child in section D lives is same as that who
live below the floor on which child in section B
lives.
• Only two people live between Damon and
Jeremy.
• Damon lives above the one who studies in D
with a gap of one floor in between them.
• Child who is in section C doesn't lives on top
floor.
• Jeremy is not in either of section C or E.
, ए , , , औ इ
ए इ -
|इ
औ ऊ ओ
, औ
इ |
A F - |
• ,ए ऊ ए
• ऊ , A ,
औ उ ए |
• D ,
उ ऊ ,
B ,उ
|
• औ |
• , D ऊ ए
|
• C ऊ
|
• C E
I Can And I Will Page 15
100-PUZZLES-PDF III Download More PDF - https://www.instamojo.com/ankushlamba411/
SOL.
7
There are 8 boxes which are containing different number of watches,
one box is empty and the other seven boxes are, P, Q, R, S, T, U and V
are arranged in the order that numbered 1-8 from bottom to top. They
are containing different number of watches-1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 and 10 but
not necessarily in the same order.
Box V contained only 1 watch. There is gap of 4 boxes between box Q
and the empty box. Box Q is containing such number of watches which
are half of its box number. The total number of watches contained by T
and Q is equal to the number of watches contained by S. U’s box
number is 1. Box R is kept just below that box which is contained 10
watches. The empty box is between T and P. 4 boxes are kept between
P and V. Box P is containing 2 more watches than box R. The box
containing 5 watches is kept below the box containing 3 watches.
- ओ ,ए
औ P, Q, R, S, T, U औ V ऊ 1-8
ए उ ओ 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 औ 10
इ
V 1 Qऔ 4
Q उ
Qऔ T S
U 1 Rउ
10 , Tऔ P Pऔ V
4 P R 2
5 3
SOL.
8
Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G & H have different height.
They all are standing according to increasing order of
height such that Smallest at front & tallest at Last.
• Number of people standing between C & B is equal to
number of people standing between D & G.
• Both B & G are taller than C & D.
• F & E have at least 4 people standing between them.
• F Who is taller than A, is not the tallest.
• D is taller than C.
• Neither C nor D is adjacent to H.
• Number of people taller than A is one less than no of
people smaller than A.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H ऊ - |
ऊ इ
ऊ औ
|
•Cऔ B ,Dऔ G
|
•Bऔ G Cऔ D |
•Fऔ E 4 |
•F A , |
• D, C |
• C D, H |
•A ,A 1
|
SOL.
9
Seven persons A, B, C, D, E, F and G conduct workshop on Developing
Production skills in seven different companies P, Q, R, S, T, U and V on a
different day of the week from Monday to Sunday. The order of
persons, companies and days of the week are not necessarily the same.
B organizes workshop in Company S on Wednesday. D does not
conduct workshop for companies P or R and conducts on the very next
day of E who conducts the workshop for Company U. F conducts
workshop for Company T on Friday. G conducts workshop on Monday
but not for Company R or V. C conducts workshop for Company P but
not on Tuesday.
A, B, C, D, E, F औ G -
P, Q, R, S, T, U औ V उ
, औ
इ
B S D Pऔ R
औ E
U ए F, T ए
G
R V ए C, P ए
SOL.
10
Eight lunch boxes - A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are
kept one above the other.
• G is kept at the top.
• D is kept at a gap of one box below E, which is
kept immediately below C.
• H is kept below A.
• C is kept above A.
• F is kept above E but, below B.
- A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H ए
ऊ |
•G |
•D,E ए , C
|
• H, A |
• C, A ऊ |
•F,E ऊ , B |
SOL.
11
In a meeting of co-founders of a company, there are eight persons Sushil, Tarun,
Yami, Virendra, Upendra, Zoya, Gurmeet and Bipasha, sitting in a way such that
some of them are facing south and remaining are facing north.
Sushil sits fourth to left of Gurmeet. Gurmeet sits at one of the extreme ends of
the line. Both the immediate neighbours of Sushil face north. Tarun sits second to
the left of Zoya. Zoya is not an immediate neighbor of Sushil. Neither Zoya nor
Upendra sits at the extreme end of the line. Both the immediate neighbours of
Upendra face north. Bipasha sits to the immediate left of Yami. Immediate
neighbours of Virendra face opposite directions (i.e. if one of them faces North
and the other faces south). Immediate neighbors of Tarun face opposite
directions (i.e. if one of them faces north and the other one faces south). Sushil
faces south. People sitting at the extreme ends face the opposite directions (i.e. if
one person faces North then the other faces south and vice versa).
ए - , , , , ,
उ , , , उ
ओ उ ओ
, ओ
ए उ ओ
, ओ ,
| उ उ
उ ओ , ओ
ओ ( उ ए उ
ओ ओ )
ओ ( उ ए उ ओ
ओ ) ओ
ओ ( ए उ ओ
ओ )
SOL.
12
Few persons were seated across a straight row
facing the north.
• A was 2nd to the left of F's neighbour
• F and D were seated at a gap of 3 persons
• D was seated at either of the extreme ends
• E was seated exactly in the middle of the row
• Number of persons seated to the right of F was
one more than the number of persons to the left of A
• B was seated 2nd from the left end of the row.
उ ओ ए
• A, F ओ
•Fऔ D3
•D ए
•E
•F ओ ,A ओ
ए
•B ए
SOL.
13
Twelve persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K and L
were seated around a square table facing the
centre. There was one person on each of the
corners and two persons on each of the sides.
• G was 3rd to the left of E who was seated at one of
the corners
• D was 2nd to the left of H who faced B
• B and J were seated at a gap of 3 persons
• J faced G's neighbour
• C was to the immediate right of F
• D was seated opposite to I's neighbour
• K was 3rd to the left of L
• K was seated opposite to A
औ ए
ओ ए
औ |
ए
|
ओ |
औ |
ओ |
|
|
|
|
I Can And I Will Page 29
100-PUZZLES-PDF III Download More PDF - https://www.instamojo.com/ankushlamba411/
SOL.
14
Eight persons M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T are sitting around a circular
table. Some of them are facing inside and some of them are facing
outside from the centre. R is 2nd to the right of O. P is 2nd to the left of
R. P and O are facing same direction. S is 3rd to the right of P. T is 2nd to
the left of S. T is not neighbor of P. S is not facing outside. One person
sits between S and Q. M is 2nd to the left of Q. M and Q are facing the
same direction. O’s both neighbors are facing the same direction with
each other. P is 2nd to the right of N.
M, N, O, P, Q, R, S Tए ओ
उ ओ
ओ R, O ओ P, R ओ
P O ए S, P ओ
T, S ओ T, P
S ओ S Q ए M,
Q ओ M Q ए O
ए - ए P, N
ओ
SOL.
15
Eight students Alia, Bimla, Charu, David, Piya, Qarim, Riya
and Siya sit around a circular table in such a way that some
are facing away from the centre and the remaining people
are facing the centre. Alia and Charu are neighbours. Alia
sits third to the left of Piya, who faces the centre. Atleast
two persons are sitting between Piya and Charu. The
students who sit at a gap of one place to Charu face away
from the centre. No two adjacent students face the centre.
David sits second to the right of Qarim, who sits to the
opposite of Siya. The neighbours of Riya face opposite
directions (i.e., if one faces the centre, the other faces away
from the centre).
, , , , , , औ
ए ओ इ उ
ओ औ
ओ | औ ए - |
, ,
ओ | औ |
ए ,उ
ओ |
ओ | , ,
|
ओ( ए ओ ,
ओ ) ओ |
SOL.
16
Six students - P, Q, R, S, T and U, live in a hostel which has 6 floors
(bottommost floor is first floor, then above it is second, and so
on). Each of them lives on different floor and each of them is
either from London or from Delhi.
One who lives on bottommost floor, is from Delhi.
Q who is from elhi lives on floor immediately above S's floor.
There are two floors below the one on which P lives.
Two floors are there between Q's and R's floor.
S is from ondon.
U is not from Delhi.
One who lives immediately above R as well as the one who lives
immediately above T, both are from Delhi.
-P Q R S Tऔ U ए
उ ऊ
औ इ उ -
औ उ |
|
Q S ऊ |
P उ |
Qऔ R |
S |
U |
R ऊ औ T
ऊ |
SOL.
17
Eight persons M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T are staying on an eight storey
building. Lowermost floor is numbered 1 and top most floor is
numbered 8. M is going to visit Bhopal and lives on an odd numbered
floor below 5thfloor. Two floors are between M and R. S is going to visit
Pune and lives on an even numbered floor above R’s floor. O lives just
below S but not on 5th floor. The number of floors above O is same as
the number of floors below Q, who is going to visit Indore. Two floors
are between Q and N. N is somewhere below R. The one who is going
to visit Delhi lives above N on an even numbered floor. The one who is
going to visit Goa lives on 1st floor.
M, N, O, P, Q, R, S Tए
1 ऊ 8 M
ए
M R S
R ऊ ए O, S
, O ऊ
Q , इ
Q N N, R
ए
N ऊ ,
SOL
18
There are eight people; A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H
having different weights. It is known that
1- Weight of B is less than H but more than C.
2- Weight of C is more than F and D.
3- Weight of E is less than A but more than G.
4- Weight of G is less than B.
5- Weight of A is more than B but less than H.
; A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H -
| -
1- B H C |
2- C Fऔ D |
3- E A G |
4- G B. |
5- A B H. |
SOL.
Combining all these five information we will get
the below conclusion.
H > A > B > C > (F, D) and B > G, A > E > G
19
Four married couples are sitting around a circular table and
facing the centre. They all related to each other.
Note: All wives are sitting with their husbands.
O is 2nd to the left of T. Two persons are sitting between T and
P’s wife. M is 2nd to the left of P. One person is sitting between
M’s wife and T’s wife. O is brother of S and two persons are
sitting between O and S. S is daughter of P. M is married to N. R
is grandmother of M. Q has no child.
ओ ए
ओ ए -
:
O, T ओ T P
M, P ओ M
T ए O, S O
S S, P M N
R, M Q
SOL.
20
There are eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H, sitting in a row
facing north but not in a same order. Each of them likes
different fruits apple, grapes, litchi, nuts, papaya, orange, guava
and banana but necessarily in the same manner.
B sits on one of the end and does not likes grapes and guava.
There are two persons between B and E. G sits second to the
right of E, who likes grapes. D sits to immediate left of H, who
likes orange. The one who likes papaya and orange sits
together. The one who likes apple and guava sits on the
corners. A sit between the one who likes grapes and banana. C
does not like litchi and F doesn’t sits at any corner. A like nuts.
A sits 4th from the right end.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H, ए उ ओ
इ उ ,
, , , , , औ
इ
B ए औ उ औ
Bऔ E G, E
, D, H ओ ,
औ ए
औ ए A
उ औ C
औ Fए A
I Can And I Will Page 43
100-PUZZLES-PDF III Download More PDF - https://www.instamojo.com/ankushlamba411/
SOL.
21
Four males M, B, N, P and four females H, O, K,
D are sitting in a single row facing towards north,
not necessarily in the same order. Only two
females are sitting between M and P. No male is
an immediate neighbor of other male. Only two
female are sitting together. The male who is
sitting fifth from the right end is sitting third to the
left of O. B is not among the males who are the
immediate neighbors of O. D sits second to the
right of K. N doesn't sit at any of the extreme
ends.
M, B, N, P औ H, O, K, D ए
उ औ ,
इ ए
M औ P
ए
ए
O ए B उ
O D, K ए
N
SOL.
22
A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are members of a family with three generations
are sitting around a circle in a random manner. Four of them face inside
and other outside the circle. No three females sit together.
B sits second to the left of D’s husband. E is daughter of D and sits
immediate right of her father. G sits second to the right of her husband
and both face outside. C has one grandson, who sits immediate right to
his mother. C sits between G and H. H’s father sits second to the left of
A. C has only one son and a daughter D, who has only one child, who
sits between F and A. B is sitting opposite to his sister. A is female and H
is father of B. B, C and D face same direction. E’s father faces outside
the circle.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H ए ,ए
ओ उ ओ
औ ओ एए
B, D ए E, D औ
ओ G औ
ओ C ए , उ
ओ C, G औ H H A
ओ C ए औ ए D
ए , Fऔ A B उ ओ
Aए औ H, B B, C औ D ए
E ओ
SOL.
23
One of the seven cars viz. Van , Ritz, Zen, ford, Toyata ,
Safari, and Indica went to hill stations with tourists on
one day each in the week starting from Monday and
ending on Sunday. Ford went on Thursday. Safari was
gone the day immediately next to the day when Ritz was
gone. Safari neither went on Tuesday nor Saturday. Only
one car went between Ford and Zen. Two cars were gone
between Van and Ritz. Indica neither went on Monday
nor Sunday.
, , , , , ,औ
इ ए
ए
, ए
औ
औ ए
औ इ औ
SOL.
24
Seven boxes were arranged in a stack one above
another. The boxes were numbered 1-7 from bottom
to top. The boxes had different vegetables potato,
tomato, turnip, lemon, brinjal, peas and cabbage not
necessarily in the same order.
• Potato was kept at a gap of 3 boxes above tomato
• Brinjal and potato were kept in consecutive boxes
• Turnip was kept at a gap of 2 boxes above peas
which was not kept just above or just below lemon
• Number of boxes kept below cabbage was equal to
the number of boxes kept between turnip and lemon
• Lemon was not kept in the topmost box.
ए ऊ ए ए ए
ऊ 1-7 -
, , , , , औ
ए
• ऊ 3
• औ
• ऊ 2 ,
ऊ
• औ
SOL.
25
Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are seated
around a circular table not necessarily in the
same order. They are facing the centre. The
arrangement is based on the following rules:
• A is seated 2nd to the left of D
• C and H are seated a gap of two seats
• H is not a neighbour of D and D is not a
neighbour of B and C.
• F is 2nd to the right of G
• E is seated 3rd right of B
• F and H are seated on consecutive seats.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H ए
ओ इ
ओ उ
:
• A, D
•Cऔ H
• H, D D, B औ C
|
• F, G
• E, B
•Fऔ H
I Can And I Will Page 54
100-PUZZLES-PDF III Download More PDF - https://www.instamojo.com/ankushlamba411/
SOL.
26.
Chunnu, Munna, Dolly, Bablu, Radha and Govind like different movies
KMG, KKKG, KKHH, KNPH, KANK and KHNH not necessarily in the same
order. They also like a different film star; Ranveer, Ranbir, Govinda, Salman,
Sharukh and Aamir not necessarily in the same order. It is further known
that:
One who likes Shahrukh likes either NPH or KMG
Radha likes N and does not like amir or Salman
One who likes ovinda does not like or N
Munna likes but he does not like amir or Ranbir
ovind does not like NP or N but likes either ovinda or Ranveer
One who likes KANK likes Govinda or Salman
ablu likes amir but does not like NP or M
hunnu does not like ovinda
olly does not like Shahrukh
One who likes Ranveer does not like or N
औ KM NP
N औ N उ
औ
:
NP M |
N औ |
N |
|
NP N
|
N |
NP M |
SOL.
27.
Sol.
28
Eight family members- M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and T were
sitting around a circular table facing the centre. O, one of
the sons of S, sits exactly opposite S and is an immediate
neighbor of his mother. O's sister R is exactly opposite her
husband P and is an immediate neighbour of T. O's niece,
N, sits third to the left of her grandfather. Q, who has no
child, is a male member while O and N are the only
unmarried members of the family. No couple sits together.
O's sister-in-law, T, sits second to the right of her husband.
- M, N, O, P, Q, R, S औ T
ओ O, S ,
S औ औ
O R P औ T
O , N,
Q, ,ए
Oऔ N
O , T,उ ओ
Sol.
29
Seven floors of a building have been named after seven planets namely Mercury,
Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn and Uranus, not necessarily in the same order.
Each floor is occupied by a person namely T, U, V, W, X, Y and Z. The lower-most
floor is numbered 1; the floor immediately above it is numbered 2 and so on till
the top-most floor which is numbered 7.
Mercury is occupied by T.
T lives no floor below arth.
U is living in Venus which is not an odd numbered floor.
There are two floors in between V and Earth and V lives in a floor above Earth
Neither V nor arth is either at the top-most nor the lower-most floor.
Y lives in the top-most floor which is either Saturn or Jupiter.
W lives in Uranus in a floor below Saturn and there is a gap of one floor in
between them.
There are two floors between the floor in which U lives and Saturn.
X is living in an odd numbered floor.
ए इ
औ ए ए
ए T U V W X Yऔ
उ ऊ
औ ऊ इ |
T |
T |
U ए |
Vऔ औ Vउ ऊ |
V ऊ
|
Y ऊ |
W औ ए
|
U औ |
X |
I Can And I Will Page 62
100-PUZZLES-PDF III Download More PDF - https://www.instamojo.com/ankushlamba411/
SOL.
30.
, , , ,इ , औ
ए |
|उ ओ |उ
I, II, III, IV, V, VI औ VII |
| :
1) IV
|
2) III औ V
|
3) I 2 ए
|
4) औ |
5) , |
6) ,इ औ I
|
7) VI |
8) |
SOL.
31.
A, B, C, D, E, F and G are seven persons who live in a seven-storey
building. The first floor is numbered 1 and topmost floor is numbered 7.
Each of goes to a different destination, Paris, Queensland, Russia,
Sweden, Tanzania, Uganda and Vietnam but not necessarily in same
order.
The one who goes to Vietnam lives above A. G lives on fifth floor.
Neither G nor E goes to Queensland. There are two floors between the
floors on which E and C lives. The one goes to Uganda lives on the
topmost floor. The one who goes to Tanzania lives immediately above
E. C lives on an even number floor. The person F is from Russia. There is
only one floor between B and the one who goes to Queensland. There
are three floors between A and the one who goes to Paris. G and E does
not go to Sweden.
A, B, C, D, E, F औ G ए
1औ ऊ 7 ए
, , , , ,
औ ओ , इ
,A ऊ G
G E, Eऔ C उ
, ऊ
ओ ,E ऊ Cए
F Bऔ
ए Aऔ
G औ E,
Sol.
32
Seven persons M, N, O, P, Q, R and S are standing in a row. The
positions from left to right are numbered 1 to 7. They all are
facing north. They like different colors viz, Red, Blue, Black,
White, Pink, Green and Yellow.The 3rd person in the row likes
Red color. P does not like Pink and is standing next to the
person who immediately follows Q. M likes Green. The one
who likes Black is standing at the sixth position. The one who
likes Blue is standing to the immediate left of the one who likes
Pink. S stands to the immediate right of R and to the immediate
left of N. Q likes White and standing at fifth position.
, M, N, O, P, Q, R Sए उ
1 7 उ ओ ए ए |
, , , , , औ
P,
औ Q
M
S, R
औ N Q,
औ
Sol.
33.
P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are seated in a straight line
facing North. The arrangement is based on the
following rules:
• P is seated 2nd to the right of Q
• R and S are seated at a gap of 3 seats and
neither of them is at the corner seat
• V is 3rd to the left of U
• T is not a neighbour of S
• P is not a neighbour of R
• Q is at one of the extreme end.
P, Q, R, S, T, U औ V ए उ
ओ
:
• P, Q
• R औ S 3 औ उ
• V, U ए
• T, S
• P, R
•Q ए
SOL.
34
In a seven storey building, having floors
numbered one to seven, P, Q, R, S, T and V each
live on a different floor. (The ground floor is
numbered floor no. 1, the floor above it floor no. 2
and so on.) One of the floors in the building is
vacant. P lives on the fifth floor. No floor below
fifth floor is vacant; also no odd numbered floor is
vacant. Only S lives between T and V. T does not
live on an odd numbered floor. T does not live on
a floor immediately above or immediately below
R's floor, Q does not live on the bottom-most floor.
ए इ ए
P, Q, R, S, T औ V |
( 1,उ ऊ 2 औ इ
)इ ए |P
|
,
|Tऔ V S |T
| T, R
ऊ औ |Q
|
SOL.
35
Six friends A, B, C, D, E and F bought pencils of
green, yellow, pink, red, blue and black colors and
sharpeners of black, white, grey, blue, red and
green colors. The one who bought green pencil,
bought black sharpeners. The one who bought
blue sharpener, bought red pencil. Nobody bought
pencil and sharpener of the same color. D bought
a blue pencil and C bought green sharpener. A
bought white sharpener and pink pencil. E did not
buy red pencil. F bought a sharpener of red color.
C does not buy yellow pencil.
6 A, B, C, D, E औ F , , , ,
औ , , ,
, औ |
,उ |
,उ
| ए औ
|D औ C
|A औ
|E |F
|C |
SOL.
36
Kajal, Juhi, Alex, Dev, Ravi, Rahul, Namit and
Pankaj live on different floors of same building.
The lower-most floor is numbered 1; the floor
immediately above it is numbered 2, and so on till
the top-most floor which is numbered 8. Rahul
lives four floors above Ravi. Kajal lives one floor
above Rahul's floor. Alex lives on an odd
numbered floor but not on floor number 3. Alex
lives above Ravi's floor. Dev does not live above
Rahul's floor. Juhi lives three floors below the floor
of Pankaj. Namit lives below the floor of Dev.
औ ए
इ
उ ऊ औ
उ ऊ
ऊ ए
ऊ ए
ऊ ऊ
SOL.
37
Eight persons - L, M, N, O, P, Q and R, S are sitting on
chairs put in two parallel rows. Each row consists of five
chairs and the persons sitting on chairs of one row are
facing south and the other are facing north such that, each
person of one row faces the person sitting in another row.
One chair in each row is left vacant.
L is facing a vacant chair as well as is sitting beside a
vacant chair. O, who faces south, sits second to left of a
vacant chair. Chair at extreme ends are not vacant. N sits
to immediate left of L. Only one person sits between M
and P. S sits immediate next to P. No one sits between L
and Q.
- M N O P Q Rऔ S
औ ए
ओ औ
उ ओ
ए
ओ ए |
ओ औ
O ओ औ
N Mऔ P
ए S P औ Q
|
SOL.
38
Eight Family Members Vishal, Priya, Rohan,
Rashi, Sanchit, Ananya, Nikhil and Karan are
seated around a circular Dining Table, facing
inwards.
Priya is sitting 3rd to the right of Rashi. Sanchit
is sitting to the immediate left of Ananya. Priya
is not sitting next to Rohan. Ananya is not the
neighbor of Priya and Rashi. Priya is not the
neighbor of Sanchit. Vishal and Rohan are
sitting next to each other. Rashi is not sitting
next to Nikhil.
ए
औ ए ओ
ओ ए
ए
ए
औ
औ ए -
-
SOL.
39
A, B, C, D, E, F, G are seven persons who have their meetings
on different days of a week namely Sunday, Monday, Tuesday,
Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday not necessarily in the
same order. Each of them likes different colours namely Blue,
Black, Orange, Yellow, White, Brown, Pink not necessarily in
the same order. B likes Orange colour and has meeting on
Monday. F likes Brown colour. One who has meeting on
Wednesday likes Blue colour. D likes Pink colour and doesn't
have meeting on Friday. E has meeting on Thursday and G has
meeting on Saturday. C doesn't like yellow colour and has
meeting on Sunday. The one who likes White colour doesn't
have meeting on Saturday or Sunday.
इ उ -
इ औ उ
उ औ
उ औ
औ उ
उ
SOL.
40
Six boxes were stacked one over another and were
differently coloured. The colours were white, black, blue,
red, green and yellow not necessarily in the same order.
Each box was filled with some balls which were made up of
different materials glass, cork, plastic, ceramic, steel and
rubber not necessarily in the same order.
The ceramic balls were kept just above the red box
The red and Yellow boxes were kept at a gap of boxes
There were boxes between the blue box and the box
with the rubber ball. The blue box was above the box with
the rubber balls
There was one box between the cork and glass balls.
Cork balls were kept above the glass balls
ए ऊ ए ए औ -
ए | , , , , औ
|
- ,
, , , औ
|
• , ऊ |
• औ
|
• औ ए
ए | , ए ऊ
|
• ए औ ए
|
• , ऊ |
• औ ए
| ,
ऊ |
• |
SOL.
41
Nitin, Jahanvi, Lalit, Mohak, Piya, Khanak, Omkar and Qasim are sitting
around a circular table facing the centre. Each of them was born in
different years, 1981, 1983, 1985, 1987, 1989, 1991, 1993 and 1995,
not in this particular order.
Mohak is sitting second to the right of Khanak. Lalit is sitting third to the
right of Jahanvi. The only person sitting between Jahanvi and Khanak is
born in 1991. Nitin is the eldest person among all, is not an immediate
neighbour of Jahanvi or Mohak. Qasim is older than only Mohak. Qasim
is sitting second to the left of Piya. Piya does not sit beside Nitin. Lalit
does not sit beside Nitin. The sum of the ages of Jahanvi and Khanak is
equal to that of Lalit and Omkar. One of the neighbours of Nitin was
born in 1983. Khanak is older than Jahanvi. (Ages are to be calculated
taking 2017 into consideration).
, , , , , ,ओ औ ए
ओ ओ - 1981,
1983, 1985, 1987, 1989, 1991, 1993 औ 1995
इ
, ,
औ ए 1991
इ ,
, ,
,
औ औ ओ
1983 ,
(2017 )
Sol.
42
P, Q, R, S, T, U and V live on seven different floors of a building but not
necessarily in the same order. The lower most floor of the building is
numbered 1, the one above that is numbered 2 and so on till the topmost
floor is numbered 7. They live in seven different countries viz, China, India,
Japan, Canada, England, Australia and Russia but not necessarily in the same
order.
P live on an odd numbered floor but not on the floor numbered 3. The one
who lives in England lives immediately above P. Only two persons live
between S and the one who lives in England. The one who lives in India, lives
on the odd numbered floor above the floor on which S lives. Only three
persons live between R and the one who live in India. The one who lives in
Japan, lives immediately above R. The one who lives in China lives
immediately above the one who lives in Russia. V lives on an odd numbered
floor. Only one person lives between Q and T. Q lives above T. Neither R nor
P lives in Canada. T doesn’t live in Japan.
P, Q, R, S, T, U औ V ए ,
| 1 उ ऊ 2
औ इ ऊ 7 | - ,
, , ,इ , औ ,
|
Pए , 3 | इ
P ऊ | Sऔ इ
| S ऊ ,
|Rऔ |
,R ऊ | ,
ऊ |V |
Qऔ T ए | Q, T ऊ | R P
|T |
Sol.
43
A, B, C, D, E औ F 1993
इ -
, , , , औ
ए
|उ -
|
, उ
| - - D
ए ,
| C, F ए
| A | D
| E
|
|
,
ए ,
|
SOL.
44
Six different cars, which belong to six different persons P,
Q, R, S, T and U are parked in a linear row from left to right
facing north.
Skoda, which belongs to S, is parked third to left of U's car.
Two cars are parked towards left of Honda, but towards
right of Jaguar. P's car is third to left of R's car, which is not
parked at any extreme end. Jaguar belongs to neither Q nor
T. Mercedes is parked to immediate left of Honda. BMW is
parked to immediate right of Audi. Q's car is not parked at
any extreme ends.
- , - P, Q, R, S, T
औ U ,उ ए उ
ओ
, S ,उ U
ओ | ओ
ओ
P ,R ओ ,
|
Qऔ T |
| BMW
|Q
|
I Can And I Will Page 95
100-PUZZLES-PDF III Download More PDF - https://www.instamojo.com/ankushlamba411/
SOL.
45
Eight persons A, B, C, D, P, Q, R and S were seated around a
square table facing the centre. There was one person at
each of the corner and one person along each of the sides.
• A was seated 2nd to the right of D who faced C
• S was to the immediate left of Q
• Q was not neighbouring D
• P was 2nd to the right of B
• B was seated at one of the corners & R is not neighbouring
D.
A, B, C, D, P, Q, R औ S ए
ओ ओ ए ए
औ ए
• A, D ए C ओ
• S, Q ए
• Q, D
•P,B ए
•Bए औ R, D
SOL.
46
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are sitting in a straight line and facing
north direction. They were born in the year 1980, 1985, 1987, 1990, 1992,
1997, 1999 and 2004 not necessarily in the same order. Everyone shared the
same birthdate i.e. 1st January. All calculations are done with respect to their
present ages as on 1st January 2017. The number of person to the left of D is
one less than to the right of D. The one who is eldest sits 3rd to the right of
D. The one who was born in 1997 are sitting at the left end.F is 3 years older
to C. C is neighbor of D. B was born in an odd number year and younger to C.
One person sits between B and A. D is elder to F but younger to E. G is elder
to A and sits immediate left of E. H is not neighbor of A. H is 18 years old.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H ए उ ओ
उ 1980, 1985, 1987, 1990, 1992, 1997, 1999 औ
2004 , इ ए
1 उ 1
, 2017 D ओ D ओ
1 D ओ
1997 ए F, C
C, D B ए औ C
|ए Bऔ A D, F E
G, A औ E ओ | H, A H
18
Sol.
47
Eight people P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are sitting around a circle facing
outward. All of them belong to different cities viz—Mumbai, Kota, Jaipur,
Indore, Pune, Goa, Raipur and Kolkata. S is sitting third to the right of U. The
one who belongs to Kota sits on the immediate left of S, who doesn’t belong
to Mumbai. Q sits fourth to the left of V. Neither Q nor V is an immediate
neighbour of S. T belongs to Indore and sits third to the left of the one who
belongs to Kota. The one who belongs to Goa sits second to the right of the
one who belongs to Indore. The one who belongs to Raipur sits second to
the right of S. P belongs to Jaipur and sits exactly between T and V. The one
who belongs to Pune sits second to the left of the one who belongs to
Jaipur. W sits third to the right of T.
P, Q, R, S, T, U, V औ W ए ओ औ
| - : , ,
,इ , , , औ | S, U
| , S , | Q, V
|Q V, S |Tइ
औ उ |उ
,इ |
,S |P औ Tऔ V ए
| ,
| W, T |
Sol.
48
Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are seated
around a circular table not necessarily in the same
order. They are facing the centre. The arrangement
is based on the following rules:
• A sits diagonally opposite to B.
• B is neither a neighbour of F nor G
• G sits opposite to D who sits 3rd to the right of C
• Exactly 2 people sit between G & H.
• C is neither a neighbour of A nor B.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H ए
ओ , |
ओ |
|
• A, B |
•B F औ G |
• G, D , C
|
• Gऔ H |
•C A औ B |
SOL.
49
Twelve people are sitting in two parallel rows containing six people
each, in such a way that there is an equal distance between
adjacent persons. In the first row A, B, C, D, E and F are seated and
all of them are facing south. In the second row P, Q, R, S, T and V
are seated and all of them are facing north. Each member seated in
a row faces another member of the other row.
V sits third to right of S. S faces F and F does not sit at any of the
extreme ends of the line. D sits third to right of C. R faces C. The
one facing E sits third to right of P. B and P do not sit at the
extreme ends of the line. T is not an immediate neighbor of V and A
is not an immediate neighbor of C.
,
इ |
A, B, C, D, E औ F औ उ
ओ | P, Q, R, S, T औ V औ उ
उ ओ |
ओ | V, S ओ
|S F ओ औ F
| D, C ओ |R
C ओ |E ओ P ओ
|Bऔ P | T,
V औ A, C |
SOL.
D B F C E A (Facing south)
T P S R Q V (Facing north)
50
Six people P, Q, R, S, T and U belong to Bangalore,
Delhi, Pune, Mumbai, Chennai and Kolkata and play
six different sports Cricket, Chess, Hockey,
Badminton, Golf and Tennis in no particular order. Q
belongs to Bangalore and plays Cricket. R does not
play Hockey or Golf.
It is also know that-
1- U plays Tennis and does not belong to Chennai.
2- T plays Chess and belongs to Delhi.
3- P belongs to Pune and the person who belongs to
Kolkata plays golf.
P, Q, R, S, T औ U , , , ,
औ औ -
, , , , औ
| Q
औ |R
|
1-U औ |
2-T औ |
3 - P औ
|
SOL.
51
Eight persons K, L, M, N, O, P, Q and R - live on eight different floors of a
building but not necessarily in the same order. The lower most floor of the
building in numbered one, the one above that is numbered two and so on till the
topmost floor is numbered eight. Each of them also likes a different flower
namely- Lotus, Sunflower, Lily, Camellia, Rose, Dahlia, Antonio and Zinnia, but
not necessarily in the same order. The one who likes Camellia lives on an even
numbered floor. Only three persons live between the one who likes Camellia and
M. Only two persons live between M and N. N does not live on the lowermost
floor. Only four persons live between N and the one who likes Rose.O lives
immediately above K. O lives on an even numbered floor. K does not like Rose.
K lives neither on floor numbered three nor five. Only one person live between K
and the one who likes Antonio. Only one person lives between the one who likes
Antonio and Zinnia. The one who like Zinnia lives below the one who likes
Antonio. L lives immediately above Q. Only one person lives between Q and the
one who likes Lily. The one who likes Dahlia lives immediately above the one
who likes Lotus. P does not like Camellia. M does not like Sunflower. L lives on
the sixth floor.
K, L, M, N, N, O, P, Q औ R ए इ
इ 1, इ ऊ
2औ इ ऊ 8
- , , , , , ,ए
औ इ ,
ए औ M
Mऔ N N
Nऔ
O, K ऊ Oए K
K Kऔ ए
ए औ
ए ए
L, Q ऊ Qऔ
ए
ऊ P M L
Sol.
52
Eight friends Cheeka, Dhruv, Fakir, Gagan, Lakshya, Om,
Palak and Yashi are sitting on a circular table. Some of them
are facing inside while others are facing outside.
, औ
,ओ ,
, ओ ,
ओ औ
ए - , औ
औ
औ
Sol.
53
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H are 8 persons standing in
a straight line equidistant from each other.
Some are facing north while others are facing
south. F is standing 3 to the left of A. F is at
rd
ओ | B- F औ C |4
ओ |
SOL.
Hence the final arrangement is as follows.
5. उ
6. , ए
I Can And I Will Page 115
100-PUZZLES-PDF III Download More PDF - https://www.instamojo.com/ankushlamba411/
SOL.
55
There are seven different types of games, viz J, K, L, M, N, O
and P being played on different days of a week starting from
Monday and ending on Sunday.
L is played on Thursday. Two games are played between
game L and game N. Only one game is played between game
J and game K. Game J is not played on the day immediately
before or immediately after the day when game L is played.
Game P is played on the day immediately before the day on
which game M is played. Game K is not played after game O.
- - K, L, M, N, O औ P ,
-
L, Lऔ N
Jऔ K ए
J, L
P, M ए K,
O
Sol.
Day Game
Monday N
Tuesday P
Wednesday M
Thursday L
Friday K
Saturday O
Sunday J
56
Eight friends Rohan, Ramesh, Rupesh, Rupral, Ravan,
Raghav, Ram and Rizvaan are sitting in a circle in such a way
that three of them are facing outside and rest of them are
facing towards the centre.
, , , , , , औ ए
इ उ ओ औ
ओ
, औ ,
ओ , ए औ उ
ओ ए , औ
ओ -
, ए ,
ओ
Sol.
57
Eight Family Members Raju, Nikita, Lavanya,
Anupama, Deepa, Gokul, Divya and Akansha are
seated around a circular Table, facing the center.
Anupama is not sitting next to Divya. Neither
Nikita nor Anupama is a neighbor of Gokul. Nikita
and Deepa are not next to each other. Nikita is
not sitting next to Lavanya. Gokul is sitting to the
immediate right of Deepa. Anupama is sitting 3rd
to the left of Nikita. Raju and Lavanya are next to
each other.
ए , , , ,
, , औ ए
ओ ओ |
, | औ
, | औ ए -
| ,
| , ओ |
, ओ |
औ ए - |
SOL.
58
Eight friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G & H lives on an 8-floored
building. The ground floor of the building is numbered 1 &
topmost is numbered 8. As floor number of a person increases,
his/her salary decreases.
• A lives on the 5th floor.
• B salary is more than D's.
• G lives immediately above H
• E's floor number is more than F's.
• 4 people live between the person whose salary is 2nd highest
&B
• A & C have 1 floor between them
A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H 8 ए
| 1औ ऊ
8 | ए ,
उ /उ |
•A5 |
•B D |
• G, H ऊ |
•E F |
• औ B 4
|
•Aऔ C ए |
I Can And I Will Page 123
100-PUZZLES-PDF III Download More PDF - https://www.instamojo.com/ankushlamba411/
SOL.
59
Seven persons N, O, P, Q, R, S and T are
sitting in a linear row from west to east and, all
are facing towards the south. Each person
either likes blue or red colour. No two persons
who like the same colour, sit together.
P sits at a gap of two persons from R, who sits
towards left of P. O likes blue and sits to
immediate right of S, and one of them sits at
extreme end. Neither N nor T, like red. P and Q
do not sit together. S and T do not sit together.
N, O, P, Q, R, S औ T ए
ओ ,
ओ | |
ए -
|
P, R , P ओ
|O औ S ओ
औ उ ए |
Nऔ T |Pऔ Qए -
|Sऔ Tए - |
SOL.
60
Eight persons P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W were
born in different months from January to August
but in the same year, not necessarily in the
same order. T was born in a month which has
31 days. R is 3 months younger to T. U is 2
months elder to T. Q is one-month elder than V
and born in a month which has 30 days. S was
born in a month which has least number of
days. The number of persons born between P
and S is same as the number of persons born
between Q and V.
P, Q, R, S, T, U, V औ W
- ए
|Tउ
31 | R, T 3
| U, T 2 | Q, V ए
औ उ
30 | S उ
|Pऔ S
,Qऔ V
|
SOL.
61
In an inter-college fest different institutes have participated
namely: SDPS, JLU, MLB, MVM, MIT, PDDB and GMC in
different competitions namely singing, dancing, debate, quiz,
chess, fashion show, carom, rangoli and face painting
respectively but not necessarily in the same order.
The one who won the fashion show also won face painting. MLB
and PDDB did not participated in debate, rangoli or chess and
they won exactly one competition. MIT won in rangoli only. MVM
won in singing and secured 1 position in one more competition
but not in dancing or quiz. GMC and JLU won only in 1
competition but none in rangoli. PDDB won either carom or
rangoli. JLU won neither Quiz nor face painting. None of the
institute won more than 2 competitions.GMC won either chess or
dancing.
ए उ -ए ए , ए ,
ए ए ,ए ए ,ए , औ ए -
ओ - , , , , , , ,
औ , इ
, ए ए औ
, औ ए
ए ए ए
,ए औ
ए औ ए
ए
ए
Sol.
62
There are eight persons-D, E, F, G, H, Q, R and S and out of them 4
are females. They sit in a row facing south direction and have different
brands of watches-Sonata, Titan, Rolex, Fastrack and Omega. Only
one person has Sonata and not more than two persons have the
same watch. The following information is known about them.
The two males having Rolex form the only pair who has the same
watch and is sitting together (Apart from these two, no other two
adjacent people have same watch). Neither G nor F has Fastrack. S
sits 4th to the left of Q. F sits adjacent to D and H. D who is the wife of
E is sitting at 4th position from left end according to their own direction.
R who is the husband of G has Titan and sits 2nd to the right of Q and
none of them sits at extreme end. E sits to the immediate right of Q.
The persons who have Omega have two persons in between them.
Two females sit adjacent to each other and one of them sit on one of
the extremes.
D, E, F, G, H, Q, R औ S औ उ 4 ए
औ ,उ -
, इ , , औ ओ ए
औ ए उ
उ |
औ ए ए
औ इ , ए
Gऔ F S, Q ओ 4th
F, D औ H D, E
4th औ R, G उ इ
औ Q औ 2nd औ उ
E, Q ओ ओ
उ ए औ उ
ए
Sol.
63
There are eight boxes with different food items
among PIZZA, BURGER, MAGGI, PASTA,
CHOCOLATE, CAKE, SANDWICH, CHEESE
placed in the form of a stack numbered 1-8 with 1
being the lowermost position and 8 being the
uppermost, not necessarily in the same order.
Cake is at 7th position. Maggi is at an odd position.
Only pizza is in between cheese and chocolate.
There are only two boxes between cake and
burger but does not include sandwich.
- - , ,
, , , , औ ए
1 8 इ
- 1
औ ऊ ए -
8
| |
| औ
| औ
ए उ |
Sol.
64
Seven persons A, B, C, D, E, F and G
belonging to a sports club play a
different sport and also each one of
them plays a different musical
instrument. The seven different sports
are Golf, Cricket, Swimming, Kabaddi,
Chess, Snooker and Trekking and the
seven musical instruments are drum,
harmonium, flute, guitar, saxophone,
violin and piano. B plays cricket and
violin. E likes to play kabaddi but not
harmonium or guitar. The one who plays
snooker plays saxophone. F plays
drums but does not swim or play golf. A
treks and plays flute. The one who plays
golf does not play guitar. G plays
snooker and C plays harmonium.
ए A, B,
C, D, E, F औ G -
औ इ ए
- , ,
, , , औ
औ , , ,
, , औ B
औ
E
, F
A औ
,
G औ C
Sol.
65
Eight Family Members Sumit, Arti, Tanya,
Manoj, Karan, Pawan, Anjana and Anubhav are
seated around a circular Dinner Table, facing
inside.
Anjana and Manoj are not next to each other.
Manoj is sitting 3rd to the left of Arti. Sumit and
Tanya are next to each other. Arti and Karan
are not next to each other. Arti is not sitting next
to Tanya. Pawan is sitting to the immediate
right of Karan. Pawan is not the neighbor of Arti
and Manoj.
ए , , , ,
, , औ ए
ओ ओ |
औ ए - - |
, | औ
ए - - | औ
ए - - | ,
| ,
| , औ |
I Can And I Will Page 138
100-PUZZLES-PDF III Download More PDF - https://www.instamojo.com/ankushlamba411/
Sol.
66
Eight persons P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are sitting around a
circular table and facing the center. They like different colors
i.e. Yellow, Green, Black, Brown, Red, White, Blue and Pink,
not necessarily in the same order. T likes Brown and sits
opposite to S. P is 2nd to the left of S. Q likes Red and sits
3rd to the left of P. U is 2nd to the left of Q. R is not neighbor of
P. W likes Pink and sits 2nd to the left of V. The one who likes
Yellow sits opposite to the one who likes Blue. The one who
likes Yellow is 2nd to the left of the one who likes Green. U
doesn’t like White.
P, Q, R, S, T, U, V औ W ए
ओ ओ ,
, , , , , औ ,
इ T औ S
P, S Q
औ P U, Q
R, P W औ V
ए ,
ए
U,
Sol.
67
There are seven persons A, B, C, D, E, F and G having a
meeting on seven days of the week starting from Sunday in
three different companies HCL, HP, and Infosys. There are
minimum two and maximum three person works on the same
company. The person whose meeting on Friday works in HCL
Company. Person C having a meeting on Wednesday and
there are two persons between C and D. B and one other
person work in HCL. There are three persons between both
the persons work in Infosys company, and both do not have
their meeting monday. There are two persons between E and
F where E is always before F. A workS in HCL and has a
meeting immediately before C. Number of persons who work
in Infosys and HCL is same and D has a meeting before C.
A, B, C, D, E, F औ G
ए ए ,ए ,औ
इ औ
ए
ए ए
C औ Cऔ D
Bऔ ए ए ए इ
,उ
Eऔ F , E
F Aए ए औ C ए
इ औ ए ए
ए औ D C
Sol.
68
Ten people are sitting in two parallel rows in a manner that
person sitting in one row is sitting exactly opposite to the
person sitting in other row. In row 1 - S, T, U, V and W are
sitting facing towards south and in row 2 - E, F, G, H and K are
sitting facing towards north, not necessarily in the same order.
• T is sitting third to the right of W.
• H is facing V and he is not sitting at any of the extreme ends.
• E is facing U.
• V is sitting opposite to the person who is sitting second to the
right of K.
• Three people are sitting between K and G.
• T is facing either G or K.
इ
, |
-1 S, T, U, V औ W ओ
औ -2 E, F, G, H औ K उ ओ ,
|
• T, W |
•H V ओ औ |
•E U ओ |
• V, K ओ
•Kऔ G |
•T G K ओ |
Sol.
69
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H are living on a
eight storeyed floor not necessarily in the same
order. The floors are numbered from 1 to 8 starting
with ground floor number as 1, first floor as 2 and so
on. G lives on floor number 7. There are 3 persons
between D & A. E is between B & C. A does not live
on the even numbered floor. D doesn't live on the
lowermost floor. Neither H nor C is an immediate
neighbour of D. B and C lives on a floor which is
immediately above and immediately below the floor
of E.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H ए - इ
, | 1
8 , 1
, 2
औ इ |G
7 |Dऔ A |
E, B औ C |A
|D | Hऔ
C, D | B औ C, E ऊ
औ |
Sol.
70
8 persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are born in the same
year. They are born either on a date 12th or 23rd of the
month. They are born in the month February, April, May
and November not necessarily in the given order.
H and G are born on 12th of the month. Not more than 3
persons are elder than G. At-least 4 persons are younger
than H. Only 3 persons are younger than G but elder than
D. Only 2 persons are born between D and A, who is not
the youngest person. Number of persons younger than A
and elder than C are same. D and B are born in the same
month. F is younger than E and B.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H
| 12 23 ए
| , , औ ए
|
Hऔ G 12 ए |G 3
| - - 4 H
| 3 G D |
2 Dऔ A ए ,
| A औ
C |Dऔ B
ए |F Eऔ B |
I Can And I Will Page 148
100-PUZZLES-PDF III Download More PDF - https://www.instamojo.com/ankushlamba411/
Sol.
71
Nine friends A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I are
sitting around a circular table in a restaurant
facing the centre. G is fourth to the left of
F.F is second to the right of E.H is fourth to
the right of E and is second to the left of
D.C is fourth to the right of D.A is not an
immediate neighbor of either D or G.B is
third to the right of I.
ए ओ A,
B, C, D, E, F, G, H औ I ओ
| G, F ओ | F,
E ओ | H, E
ओ औ D
ओ | C, D ओ
| A, D G
| B, I ओ
|
Sol.
72
A, B, C, D, L, M, P and S are sitting around a
square table. Those who are sitting at the
corners of the table are facing the center while
those who are sitting at the edges are facing
away from the center. S is not an immediate
neighbor of B. A is facing away from the center
and is sitting to the immediate right of L. P is
facing in the same direction as L and is not
sitting next to either A or M. B and C are the
immediate neighbors of P. C is sitting second to
the right of M.
A, B, C, D, L, M, P औ S ए ओ
| ,उ
ओ ओ
ओ | S, B
|A ओ औ L
|Pऔ L
ओ औ P A M
| B औ C, P | C, M
|
Sol.
73
8 buses A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are parked in a row
facing the same direction. Bus D is parked 2nd from
the left end of the row and is parked at the gap of 3
buses from G. Bus A is parked to the right of C but
to the left of F. Bus F is neither the neighbour of G
nor parked at the end of the row. Bus H is parked to
the left of B. Bus G is not parked at the position
neighbouring to bus E.
ए ओ 8 - A,
B, C, D, E, F, G औ H | D
ए
औ G 3 |
A C ओ
F ओ | F G
औ
| H B ओ |
G E
|
Sol.
74
P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are seven professors. Each one teaches
a different subject from Physics, Chemistry, Biology, English,
Mathematics, Economics and Geography, not necessarily in
the same order, each of them teaches one day each on the
seven days of the week from Monday to Sunday not
necessarily in the same order. R teaches Biology on Friday.
Q teaches Mathematics on the previous day of the day on
which the professor teaches Physics. V teaches on Sunday
but does not teach Chemistry or English. S teaches
Economics on the previous day on which U teaches. P
teaches Geography on Tuesday. T does not teach English.
P, Q, R, S, T, U औ V | -
, , ,
, , औ
|उ
|R |Q
|V
औ | S, U
|P |
T |
I Can And I Will Page 156
100-PUZZLES-PDF III Download More PDF - https://www.instamojo.com/ankushlamba411/
Sol.
75
Six persons have different heights of which
the tallest person is 195 cm. Ramesh is
taller than only Naresh. Only two people are
taller than Suresh. The tallest person is not
Paresh. Sukesh is neither taller than Dinesh
nor shorter than Paresh. The difference
between the height of the third shortest and
the tallest person is 5. Suresh is shorter
than Sukesh.
- ,
195
औ
औ
5 ,
Sol.
76
Six persons A, B, C, D, E and F are sitting in a straight line
and facing north direction, distance between them is multiple
of 3. A is 36m to the west of D. C is 45m east of F. A is sitting
at extreme left end. D is 27m to the east of B. F is in east
direction of D. Distance between C and E is 9m. Distance
between D and F is double the distance of A and B (like-If
distance between A and B is 2m then distance between D and
F will be 4m). Distance between F and E is more than 50m.
6 A, B, C, D, E औ F उ ओ ए
,उ A,D
36 C,F 45 A
D,B 27
F,D Cऔ E 9 Dऔ F
,Aऔ B ( -Aऔ B
2 Dऔ F 4 ), F
औ E 50
Sol.
77
Seven persons Atul, Arnav, Anmol, Anand, Aakash, Arvind and Ankur live in a
seven-storey building. The bottom floor is numbered 1 and the floor above it is
numbered 2 and so on, the topmost floor is numbered 7. All the persons are
working with different company, viz Facebook, Google, Micorsoft, TCS, Infosys,
HCL and HP but not necessarily in the same order.
Anmol lives on the third floor but does not work with Facebook company. Arnav
does not work with Google. The one who works with HP lives immediately below
the person who works with TCS. Arvind works with Micorsoft but he does not live
on an even-numbered floor. The floor on which Atul lives is immediately above
the floor on which Arnav lives. Atul does not work with Facebook company. The
one who works with HCL lives immediately below the one who works with
Google. Anand lives on floor number 6. Neither Atul nor Aakash works with
Infosys. Ankur works with TCS and lives on the topmost floor. The one who works
with Facebook does not live above the person who works with Google.
, , , , , औ ए
इ 1औ उ ऊ 2औ इ
ऊ 7 , ,
इ , ए ,इ ,ए ए औ ए
इ
, ए ए , ए
, इ
ऊ , ए ए ए
6
इ , ए
औ ऊ ए
ऊ
Sol.
78
(ii) F H ओ H, I H, J
(iii) C औ H ए C, I J
F, J ओ J औ G
ए
(iv) J, I ओ I, E I, G
I, C D, E औ F
| C, F
Sol.
79
Nine friends L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S and
T are sitting in a circle facing the
centre. T sits fifth to the right of R. N is
not an immediate neighbour of either R
or T. M is between S and P. N sits
fourth to the left of P. O sits second to
the right of Q. S is not an immediate
neighbour of T.
L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S औ T ए
ओ ए
T, R ए
N, R T
M, S औ P N, P
ए O, Q
ए O, Q
ए S, T
Sol.
80
Twelve people sitting in two parallel lines facing
each other. Row 1 has six people A, B, C, D, E and
F facing south. Row 2 has six people P, Q, R, S, T
and U facing north. A faces R. F and Q are sitting at
extreme end but they don't face each other. U sits
second to the right of the one who is facing C. S is
as far from U as D is from F. E is not the immediate
neighbour of either C or D. B sits third to the right of
E. E faces T.
ए - ओ
| 1 A, B, C, D, E औ F
ओ | 2
P, Q, R, S, T औ U उ ओ |
A, R ओ |Fऔ Q
ए - ओ | U, C
ओ ओ
| S, U , D, F उ | E,
C D | B, E
ओ | E, T ओ
|
Sol.
81
Nine people A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H and I are
sitting in a row and all are facing North. It is
known that C sits exactly in the middle and
there is no person to the right of I. D is fourth to
the right of F. G and H are sitting next to each
other. E is the neighbor of D but not of C.
It is also known that
(1) H doesn't sit at any extreme corner.
(2) D is not sitting adjacent to either C or I.
(3) A is second to the right of H.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H औ I ए
औ उ ओ | C
/ औ I ओ
| D, F ओ |Gऔ H
ए - | E, D C
|
(1) |
(2) D C I |
(3) A, H ओ |
Sol.
82
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are
sitting around a rectangular table and facing the
centre. They are sitting like that four of them on
corners and four of them middle on the edges.
B is facing G.G is on the middle of the edge. E
is 3rd to the right of A. The number of person
between A and B (if starts counting from the left
of A) is same as F and G (if starts counting from
the left of F). E is not neighbor of G or B. D is
immediate right of H. C is not neighbor of B.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H ए
ओ औ ओ
इ उ
औ ओ B, G
ओ G E, A
ए Aऔ B
( A ए ), F औ G
( F
ए ) E, G B
D, H ए C, B
I Can And I Will Page 172
100-PUZZLES-PDF III Download More PDF - https://www.instamojo.com/ankushlamba411/
Sol.
83
7 persons-P, Q, R, S, T, U and V enter in a room and take
a seat. Seats are arranged from left to right-number 1 to 7
in order. Numbered-1 seat is at left end and Numbered-7
seat is at right end. R enters the room first and takes even
numbered seat. Then P enters the room and takes
2nd numbered seat. U is sitting exactly between P and R. S
and P are good friends so they both are sitting together
and S takes a seat which is at the end. V takes even
numbered seat. T has some issues with R so they are not
sitting together.
7 - P, Q, R, S, T, U औ V ए औ
ओ ,
1 7 1 औ
7 R
औ P औ
U, P औ R
Sऔ P इ ए औ S
V, T R
इ ए
Sol.
84
P, Q, R, S, T, U, V and W are eight friends who sit around the circular table
and they are facing the centre. Each one of them uses creams of different
brands viz. Vaseline, Ponds, Revlon, L’Oreal, Lakme, Biotique, Olay and
Lotus.
U sits second to the right of the one who uses Vaseline. The one who uses
Ponds is an immediate neighbour of the one who uses Vaseline. Two
people sit between Q and the one who uses Ponds. R and T are the
immediate neighbours of each other. Neither R nor T is an immediate
neighbour of either Q or the one who uses Vaseline.
The one who uses Lakme sits second to the right of S. S does not use
Ponds or Vaseline. V and the one who uses Olay are immediate
neighbours of each other. Q does not use Olay. Only one person sits
between R and the one who uses Revlon. W sits third to the left of the one
who uses Biotique. The one who uses Lotus sits second to the left of the
one who uses L’Oreal.
P, Q, R, S, T, U, V औ W ए औ
ए उ ए उ
, , , , , ,ओ औ
U उ ओ
उ उ
,Qऔ उ Rऔ Tए
R T, Q उ
उ , S S
उ Vऔ ओ उ ए -
Qओ उ Rऔ उ
ए W, उ
ओ उ ,
उ ओ
I Can And I Will Page 176
100-PUZZLES-PDF III Download More PDF - https://www.instamojo.com/ankushlamba411/
Sol
85
There are eight girls named ‘Hina, Gurmeet, Poonam, Sneha, Anita, Bindu,
Deepika and Chandni’ who stay in a eight-floor building numbered 1 to 8 as
bottom to top of the building. They go on a tour at different places named Goa,
Mumbai, Delhi, kerala, Lucknow, Himachal, Masoori and Lonawala but not
necessarily in the same order.
The girl who stays on 6th floor goes Kerala. One girl stays between Poonam and
the one who goes Kerala. Gurmeet stays below Poonam on an even numbered
floor. Gurmeet does not go Kerala. The one who goes Masoori stays just above
Gurmeet. Two girls stay between Poonam and Hina. Poonam doesn’t stay on the
top floor. Hina stays below Poonam. Two girls stay between Anita and the one
going Himachal. The one who goes Himachal stays above Anita. Bindu goes
Lucknow. The one who goes Goa stays just above the one who goes Mumbai. One
girl stays between Chandni and Sneha. The girl who goes Goa, doesn’t stay on an
even numbered floor. Hina doesn’t go Lonawala. Sneha doesn’t stay on the top
floor.
- , , , , , ,
औ ए इ
1औ ऊ 8 - -
, , , , ऊ, , औ ,
इ ,
औ ए
, ए ,
, ऊ औ
ऊ ,
औ
ऊ , ऊ
,
ऊ औ ए
, ,
, ऊ
Sol.
86
- A, B, C, D, E,औ F- ए
,
ऊ
औ इ उ
- ,
(i)E
(ii) F उ D
(iii)उ B
,उ E
ऊ
(iv)C उ A औ
E
(v)E ए
Sol.
87
P, Q, R, S, T, V, W and X are seated in a
straight line facing North. T sits fourth to the left
of W.
Neither T nor W sits at the extreme end of the
line. Only one person sits between X and R.
Neither X nor R is an immediate neighbour of
W. P sits second to the right of X. Only two
people sit between P and S. Q is not an
immediate neighbour of S.
P, Q, R, S, T, V, W औ X ए उ
ओ | T, W
|
T औ W |
ए Xऔ R | X
औ R, W | P, X
| Pऔ S
| Q, S |.
Solution :
Only one person sits between X and R.
P sits second to the right of X. hence R
sits second to the left of X. R __ X __
P.
Only two people sit between P and S.
Hence, R __ X __ P __ __ S.
T sits fourth to the left of W. hence, R T
X __ P W __ S
Q is not an immediate neighbour of S.
Hence the order is R T X Q P W V S
88
Five friends - A, B, C, D and E - have
different heights and different weights. B
is not the second heaviest and is shorter
than C. The only person shorter than A
is, D. The second tallest among them is
the third heaviest. A is neither the
lightest nor the second heaviest. E is the
tallest and the heaviest.
- A, B, C, D औ E ऊ औ
- |B
औ ऊ C |
ए Dऊ A |उ
|A औ
|E
औ |
Sol.
89
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H are living on an eight-story floor not
necessarily in the same order. They like different colors such as Green, Blue, Red,
Pink, White, Brown, Yellow and Orange not necessarily in the same order. The
floors are numbered from 1 to 8 starting with ground floor number as 1, first floor
as 2 and so on. G lives on an even numbered floor above 5. Only 1 person lives
between G and the one who likes Green. The number of persons living above G is
same as the number of persons living between G and E. E doesn't like Yellow. Only
2 persons live between E and the one who likes Orange. B lives in one of the even
numbered floor above Orange and does not like Pink. Only 2 persons live between
B and the one who likes Blue. One who likes Red lives immediately above Orange.
H neither likes Pink nor Brown. Only 3 persons live between G and A. The one
who likes Yellow lives immediately above the one who likes White but not on the
topmost floor. Only 1 person lives between H and one who likes Yellow. Only 1
person lives between C and the one who likes Blue. D lives on the lowermost
floor.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H :
|उ - , , , , , , औ ,
: | 1 8 |
औ औ इ | G, 5 ऊ |
1 Gऔ |G ऊ
उ Gऔ E उ ऊ |E
|Eऔ |B
ऊ ए ,औ उ |B
औ |
ऊ |H |Gऔ A
|
ऊ , |Hऔ
1 |Cऔ
1 |D |
Sol.
90
Seven friends P, M, J, Q, Z, V and F sit around a circular table. Some of
them are facing the centre while some are facing away from the centre.
They work in different companies viz. HCL, Mahindra, Infosys, IBM,
Accenture, Cognisant and TCS.
V sits to the immediate left of F and they face opposite directions. The one
who works in TCS sits third to the right of Z. Neither V nor F sits beside Z.
Either V or F works in TCS. The one who works in IBM sits second to the
left of Q. Q works in Infosys. Neither P nor M sits beside Q. Z faces the
centre. Q does not sit adjacent to Z. Z does not work in IBM. M sits second
to the right of V. Only two people sit between P and J. Q faces away from
the centre. J and P work in neither HCL nor Mahindra. P and Z face the
same direction. M and the one who works in TCS face same direction. Q
sits to the immediate left of the one who works in Cognisant.
P, M, J, Q, Z, V औ F ए ओ उ
ओ ओ
ए ए , ,इ , ए ,ए , औ ए
V, F औ ए
ए Z ओ V F, Z
V F ए ए ए Q
ओ Q, इ P M, Q
Z ओ Q, Z Z, ए
M, V ओ Pऔ J
Q ओ Jऔ P ए ए
Mऔ ए ए Q,
ओ
Sol.
91
Ten people are sitting in two parallel rows containing five
people each, in such a way that there is an equal distance
between adjacent persons. In row 1, P, Q, R, S and T are
seated and all of them are facing south. In row 2, A, B, C,
D and E are seated and all of them are facing north.
Therefore, in the given seating arrangement, each
member seated in a row faces another member of the
other row.
D sits third to the left of A. P faces immediate neighbour of
D. R sits second to the right of P. Only one person sits
between Q and S. B and E are immediate neighbours. E
does not face P and Q.
ए 5 इ
ए , 1
, P, Q, R, S औ T ए औ ओ
ए 2 , A, B, C, D औ E ए औ
उ ओ ए इ ए,
,ए
ए ओ
D,A ए P, D
ओ R, P ए
ए Qऔ S Bऔ E
E, P औ Q ओ
Sol.
92
Seven friends P, Q, R, S, T, U and V
are sitting in a straight line facing the
north, not necessarily in the same
order. T sits fourth to the left of V.
Neither T nor V sits at the extreme
ends. P sits third to the right of S. R sits
fourth to the left of U. R does not sit at
any of the extreme ends.
P, Q, R, S, T, U औ V ए
उ ओ ,
| T, V
ओ | Tऔ
V | P, S ओ
| R, U ओ
|R
|
I Can And I Will Page 193
100-PUZZLES-PDF III Download More PDF - https://www.instamojo.com/ankushlamba411/
Sol.
93
Eight persons A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H are sitting in a
straight line at equal distances, but not necessarily in the
same order. Four of them are facing north and four of them
are facing south.
D who is facing south is sitting fourth to the left of H, who is
sitting between two persons facing opposite directions to each
other. Immediate neighbours of B face the same direction.
Neither D nor H sits at the extreme ends. G is sitting third to
the left of C and is sitting at one of the extreme ends. A and D
are immediate neighbours and face opposite directions to
each other. E is sitting to the immediate right of G, who is fifth
to the left of F. D and G face the same direction.
A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H ए ए
, इ इ
उ औ
ओ
D ओ ,H ,H
B
D H
G,C औ
Aऔ D औ उ ए -
E,G ,GF
Dऔ G
Sol.
94
Eight persons Abhinav, Balram, Chetna, Deepa, Esha, Furkan, Gagan and Harshit
are sitting in a straight line. Some persons are facing north and some are facing
south.
(A). Two persons sit between Gagan and Abhinav. The persons sitting at the
extreme ends face the opposite direction. Deepa faces towards the South
direction.
(B). Esha sits third to the right of Furkan. Abhinav sits second to the left of Esha.
(C). Balram sits third to the right of Deepa. Neither Balram nor Deepa is an
immediate neighbour of Abhinav.
(D). Gagan is third to the right of Abhinav who is the immediate right of Chetna.
(E). Balram is second to the right of Harshit.
(F). Abhinav is sitting at one of the extreme ends.
, , , , , , औ ए
उ औ
(A) औ
ओ
(B) , ,
(C) , ,
(D) , , ,
(E) ,
(F)
Sol.
95
A, B, C, D, E, F and G lives on a different floor of
the 7-storey building.Lowermost floor is numbered
1 and the topmost floor is numbered 7. Some of
them lives in 1-BHK while rest lives in 2-BHK
apartment.
There are 2 floors between B and D, B lives
above D who lives in 1-BHK apartment. No 2
consecutive floors have 1-BHK apartments. C
lives on a lowermost floor, immediately below G,
who lives in 1-BHK apartment. A lives above E
but not in 2-BHK apartment. F lives below E.
A, B, C, D, E, F औ G इ -
1
औ 7 उ
1-BHK 2- BHK
Bऔ D 2 , B, D ऊ
1-BHK 2
1-BHK C G
, 1-BHK A, E ऊ
2- BHK F, E
Sol.
96
A 8 floor building having floors
numbered one to eight, Shukla, Devraj,
Mathew, George , Mudit, Aryan and
Ryan each live on different floors. The
ground floor is numbered floor 1 while
the top floor is floor 8. One of the floors
in the building is commercial, rest all
the residential floors. Devraj lives on
the sixth floor. No floor below the fourth
floor is commercial. Also no even
numbered floor is commercial. Shukla
lives exactly between George and
Ryan. George does not live on an odd
numbered floor. George does not live
on a floor immediately above or
immediately below Mudit's floor. Aryan
does not live on the first floor. Mathew
lives on a floor immediately above the
commercial floor.
I Can And I Will Page 201
100-PUZZLES-PDF III Download More PDF - https://www.instamojo.com/ankushlamba411/
ए - इ 1 8
, -
, , , , ,
औ | 1
ऊ
8 |
इ इ ए औ
|
|
|इ
- औ
|
| ,
ऊ औ
|
|
ऊ |
I Can And I Will Page 202
100-PUZZLES-PDF III Download More PDF - https://www.instamojo.com/ankushlamba411/
Sol.
97
Seven friends T, U, V, W, X, Y and Z
are sitting in a straight line facing north.
W sits fifth to the right of T. W does not
sit at any of extreme ends. Two people
sit between Z and X. Y sits third to the
left of U. Y sits exactly in the middle. Z
is not an immediate neighbour of Y.
T, U, V, W, X, Y औ Z ए
उ ओ |
W, T ओ |W
|Zऔ X
| Y, U ओ
|Y /
| Z, Y |
Solution :
W sits fifth to the right of T. W does not
sit at any of extreme ends. It means T
is the leftmost and W is 2nd from the
right end. Y sits exactly in the middle
and Y sits third to the left of U. Thus U
is the right end. Two people sit between
Z and X. Z is not an immediate
neighbour of Y.
Hence the order is T Z V Y X W U
98
Seven people P, Q, R, S, T, U and V sitting around a circular table facing away from
the center and belongs to different countries viz India, China, Japan, France,
England, Russia and Pakistan. Each of them likes a different color viz, Pink, Red,
Brown, Yellow, Blue, Black and White but not necessarily in the same order.
The one who likes Brown is from China and is not P. T sits third to the right of the
one who is from Russia. R's immediate neighbors are P and S. The one who likes
White is from Pakistan. The one who likes Pink sits with the one who is from
France. R does not like Yellow. P sits second to the right of U. S likes Blue and
belongs to India. V has neighbors who like Black and Brown. Neither P or T is from
France. Q does not sit with V. The people from England and France are sitting
together. Neither P nor U is from Russia.
P, Q, R, S, T, U औ V ए ओ
औ - , , , ,इ , औ
ए |उ ए , , , , ,
, औ ए , इ
औ P |T
ए | R, P औ S |
|
R | P, U ए |S
औ औ
V Pऔ T Q, V |
इ औ | Pऔ U
Sol.
99
Eight persons are sitting around a circular table named – Ram, Rama, Ramu, Raju,
Raja, Ramesh, Rupesh, and Rohit (not necessarily in the same order). They all are
facing to the centre and all of them are going to different places Jaipur, Delhi,
Gurugram, Noida, Bangalore, Kota, Mumbai, Mathura.
Ram is facing towards the southwest direction and he goes to Delhi. Ram is sitting
in front of the one who is going to Jaipur. Ramesh is sitting opposite to Rama, who
does not go to Gurugram and facing south. Ramu is facing north – west direction
and likes to go Noida. Rohit is going to Bangalore. Raja, who is going to kota is not
facing east direction and he is not sitting between Ram and Ramu. Rupesh is going
to Mumbai and is sitting opposite to one who is facing west. Raju is facing north –
east direction. The person who sits between the one who likes to go kota and
Delhi, is going to Mathura.
ए ओ : , , , , ,
, औ ( इ )
ओ औ , , , ए , , ,
औ
- औ
,
औ इ ओ उ -
औ ए
औ इ औ औ
औ
उ - औ
Sol.
100
A, B, C, D, E, F, G औ H , , औ
23
29
B Aऔ B ए
Dऔ C ए G ए
29 A 31 H
C Aऔ E
,Dऔ G F
G
Sol.
**********************